Skip to main content

Full text of "The Graduate catalog"

See other formats 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/graduatecatalog1977univ 


GRADUATE  CATALjOG 
1977/1978 

University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Park 


GRADUATE  CATALOG 
1977/1978 

University  of  IVIaryland 
at  College  Park 


Cover  Photo  By  Tom  Poore 


Academic  Resources 

Near  the  University  of 

Maryland 

College  Park 


Baltimore 

Johns  Hopkins 

University 

UM  Professional 

Schools 


Johns  Hopkins 

Applied  Physics  Laboratory 

D 


D  Atomic  Energy 
Commission 


National  Bureau  D 
of  Standards 


National  Institutes 

of  Health  D 
National  c 

IVIedical  Library 


Naval  Ordnance 
Laboratory 


Bethesda  National 
Naval  IVIedical 
D  Center 


'National 
Agriculturey 
Library 


'Baltimore 
Washington 
Parkway 


□  Goddard  Space 
Flight  Center 


Baltimore 
Washington 
^  International 
Airport 


Smithsonian 
Ecological 
.Center 


College! 
.Park 


■  Beltway:  495 


Washington,  DC 


Annapolis 

U.S.  Naval 
Academy 


Dulles  international ' 
Airport 


National  ' 
Airport  □ 


Resources  Located  In 
Washington 

American  University 
Catholic  University 
Corcoran  Gallery 
Folger  Shakespeare  Library 
Freer  Gallery 
Georgetovi/n  University 


George  Washington  University 
Howard  University 
Library  of  Congress 
National  Archives 
National  Gallery  of  Art 
Naval  Observatory 
Naval  Research  Laboratory 
Phillips  Collection 
Smithsonian  Institution 


Chesapeake  Bay 


Contents 


ACADEMIC  RESOURCES  MAP/i 
CONTENTS/ii 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

Academic  Calendar/ 1 

University  Officers/2 

Graduate  Schiool  Officers  and  Staff/3 

Graduate  Council  Committees/4 

Plan  of  Academic  Organization/5 

University  Policy  Statement/5 

Title  IX  Compliance  Policy/5 

GENERAL  INFORMATION 

History, National  Organizations,  Major  Role/6 
Governance/6 
Location/7 

Special  Research  Resources,  Special  Op- 
portunities for  tfie  Artist/7,  8 
Libraries/8 

Institutes,  Centers,  and  Bureaus/8 
Consortia/ 10 

FEES  AND  EXPENSES 

Graduate  Fees/ 11 

Determination  of  in-State  Status  for  Admis- 
sion, Tuition,  and  Charge-differential  Pur- 
poses./1 1 

FINANCIAL  ASSISTANCE 

Fellowships/12 

Assistantships/12 

Loans  and  Part-time  Employment/ 12 

Veteran  Benefits/ 13 

STUDENT  SERVICES 

Housing/ 13 
Food  Services/ 14 
Career  Development  Center/ 14 
Counseling  Center/ 14 
Health  Care/14 
Health  Insurance/14 
Publications  of  Interest  to  Graduate  Stu- 
dents/14 

Student  Data/Information  Policy/15 

ADMISSION  TO  GRADUATE 
SCHOOL 

Graduate  Programs/ 17 

Administrative  Offices/ 17 

General/18 

Criteria  for  Admission/18 

Categories  of  Admission  to  Degree 

Programs/19 
Non-degree  Admission  Categories/ 19 
Offer  of  Admission/20 
Admission  Time  Limits/20 
Change  of  Objective.  Status,  Termination  of 
Admission/21 
Admission  of  Faculty/21 
Application  Instructions/21 
Foreign  Student  Applications/21 
Records  Maintenance  and  Disposition/22 


REGISTRATION  AND  CREDITS 

Schedule  of  Classes/22 
Developing  a  Program/22 
Course  Numbering  System/22 
Designation  of  Full  and  Part-time  Stu- 
dents/23 
Grades  for  Graduate  Students/23 
Minimum  Registration  Requirements/Dis- 
sertation Research/Continuous  Regis- 
tration/23 


Partial  Credit  Course  Registration  for  Handi- 
capped Students/23 

Graduate  Credit  for  Senior  Under- 
graduates/24 

Undergraduate  Credit  for  Graduate  Level 
Courses/24 

Credit  by  Examination/24 

Transfer  of  Credit/24 

Criteria  that  Courses  Must  Meet  to  be  Ac- 
cepted for  Graduate  Credit/24 

The  Inter-campus  Student/25 

DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 

Graduate  School  Requirements  Applicable  to 

all  Master's  Degrees/25 
Graduate  School  Requirements  for  the  M.A., 

M.S..  Thesis  Option,  Non-thesis  Option/ 

25,26 
Requirements  for  the  M.Ed.  Degree/26 
Requirements  Applicable  to  Other  Master's 

Degrees/26 
Graduate  School  Requirements  Applicable  to 

All  Doctoral  Degrees/26 
Graduate  School  Requirements  for  the 

Degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy/27 
Requirements  for  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of 
Education/27 
Requirements  for  Other  Doctoral  Degrees/ 

28 
Commencement/28 

THE  GRADUATE  FACULTY/29 

GRADUATE  PROGRAMS 

Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum 

Program/45 
Aerospace  Engineering  Program/47 
Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

Program/48 
Agncultural  and  Resource  Economics 

Program/49 
Agricultural  Engineenng  Program/51 
Agronomy  Program/52 
American  Studies  Program/54 
Animal  Sciences  Program/55 
Applied  Mathematics  Program/58 
Art  Program/61 
Astronomy  Program/63 
Botany  Program/64 

Business  and  Management  Program/67 
Chemical  Engineering  Program/73 
Chemical  Physics  Program/75 
Chemistry  Program/76 
Civil  Engineering  Program/78 
Comparative  Literature  Program/82 
Computer  Science  Program/83 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  Program/ 

86 
Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology  Program/88 
Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

Program/89 
Economics  Program/92 
Electrical  Engineering  Program/96 
Engineering  Matenals  Program/101 
English  Language  and  Literature  Program/ 

102 
Entomology  Program/ 104 
Family  and  Community  Development 

Program/106 
Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administration 

Program/ 107 
Food  Science  Program/109 
French  Language  and  Literature  Program/ 

111 
Geography  Program/113 


German  Language  and  Literature  Program/ 

116 
Government  and  Politics  Program/1 18 
Health  Education  Program/122 
Heanng  and  Speech  Sciences  Program/ 123 
History  Program/124 

Concentration  in  the  History  and  Philoso- 
phy of  Science/129 
Horticulture  Program/129 
Human  Development  Education  Program 

(Institute  for  Child  Study)/13i 
Industnal  Education  Program/ 133 
Journalism  Program/ 135 
Library  and  Information  Services  Program/ 

136 
Mathematics  Program/139 
Measurement  and  Statistics  Program/145 
Mechanical  Engineering  Program/147 
Meteorology  Program/ 151 
Microbiology  Program/ 154 
Music  Program/ 155 
Nuclear  Engineering  Program/ 158 
Nutntional  Sciences  Program/160 
Philosophy  Program/161 
Physical  Education  Program/ 160 
Physics  Program/ 166 
Poultry  Science  Program/171 
Psychology/171 
Recreation  Program/ 175 
Secondary  Education  Program/177 
Social  Foundations  of  Education  Program/ 

180 
Sociology  Program/ 181 
Spanish  Language  and  Literature 

Program/ 184 
Special  Education  Program/186 
Speech  and  Dramatic  Art  Program/ 188 
Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  Program/ 

192 
Urban  Studies  Program/194 
Zoology  Program/196 

ADDITIONAL  GRADUATE  LEVEL 
COURSE  OFFERINGS 

Afro-American  Studies  Courses/200 

Applied  Design  Courses/200 

Agnculture  Courses/200 

Anthropology  Courses/200 

Architecture  Courses/201 

Chinese  Courses/202 

Crafts  Courses/202 

Dance  Courses/203 

Engineering  Cooperative  Education  Courses/ 

203 
Engineering  Science  Courses/203 
Engineering  technology  Fire  Service  Courses/ 

203 
Fire  Protection  Engineering  Courses/203 
Foreign  Language  Courses/204 
Geology  Courses/204 
Greek  Courses/205 
Hebrew  Courses/205 
Housing  and  Applied  Design  Courses/205 
Human  and  Community  Resources  Courses/ 

205 
Information  Systems  Management  Courses/ 

205 
Japanese  Courses/206 
Latin  Courses/206 

Other  University  of  Maryland 
Campuses/207 

Index/208 


University  of  iVIaryland,  College  Park 

Academic  Calendar 


Fall  Semester,  1977 

August  22,  23 

Monday-Tuesday 

Registration 

August  24 
Wednesday 
Classes  Begin 

August  29-September  7 
Monday-Wednesday 
Late  Registration 

September  5 

Monday 

Holiday.  Labor  Day 

September  7 
Wednesday 
End  of  Sctiedule  Adjustment  Period 

November  1 

Tuesday 

Last  Day  to  Drop  a  Course 

November  23-27 
Wednesday-Sunday 
Thanksgiving  Recess 

December  9 

Friday 

Last  Day  of  Classes 

December  10,  1 1 
Saturday-Sunday 
Examination  Study  Days 

December  l'2-19 
Monday-Monday 
Final  Examination  Period 

December  19 

Monday 

Commencement,  7:30  p.m 


Spring  Semester,  1978 

January  16,  17 

Monday-Tuesday 

Registration 

January  18 
Wednesday 
Classes  Begin 

January  23-31 
Monday-Tuesday 
Late  Registration 

January  31 

Tuesday 

End  of  Schedule  Adjustment  Period 

March  20-26 
Monday-Sunday 
Spring  Recess 

April  4 

Tuesday 

Last  Day  to  Drop  a  Course 

May  9- 

Tuesday 

Last  Day  of  Classes 

May  10 
Wednesday 
Examination  Study  Day 

May  11-18 
Thursday-Thursday 
Final  Examination  Period 

May  19 

Friday 

Commencement,  2:00  p.m. 


Fall  Semester,  1978  Summer  Session,  1978 


August  21,  22 
Monday,  Tuesday 

Registration 

August  23 
Wednesday 
Classes  Begin 

September  4 

Monday 

Holiday,  Labor  Day 

November  22-26 
Wednesday-Sunday 
Thanksgiving  Recess 

December  8 

Friday 

Last  Day  of  Classes 

December  9 
Saturday 
Examination  Study  Day 

December  11-18 
Monday-Monday 
Final  Examination  Period 

December  18 

Monday 

Commencement,  730  p.m. 


Session  I 

May  22 
Monday 
Registration 

May  23 
Tuesday 
Classes  Begin 

May  29 
Monday 
Holiday,  Memorial  Day 

June  30 
Friday 
Term  Ends 


Session  II 

June  28 

Wednesday 

Registration 

July  4 

Tuesday 

Holiday,  Independence  Day 

Julys 

Wednesday 
Classes  Begin 

August  1 1 
Fnday 
Term  Ends 


The  University  / 1 


University  Officers 


Board  of  Regents 

Chairman 

Dr.  B.  Herbert  Brown 

Vice  Chairman 

Mr  Hugh  A.  McMullen 

Secretary 

Dr.  Samuel  H.  Hoover 

Treasurer 

Mr  N.  Thomas  Whitlington.  Jr. 

Assistant  Secretary 
Mrs  Mary  H.  Broadwater 

Assistant  Treasurer 
Mr.  John  C  Scarbath 

Members 

Mr.  Percy  M  Chaimson 

Mr  Robert  M.  Coultas,  Jr. 

Mr.  Ralph  W.  Frey 

The  Hon  Young  D  Nance,  ex  officio 

Mr.  A.  Paul  Moss 

Mr.  James  W.  Motsay 

Mr.  Peter  F.  O  Malley 

The  Hon.  Joseph  D  Tydlngs 

Mr.  Wilbur  G.  Valentine 


Central  Administration 
of  the  University 

President 
Wilson  H.  Elkins 

Vice  President  for  General  Administration 
Donald  W  OConnell 

Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs 
R.  Lee  Hornbake 

Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies  and 

Research 

Michael  J  Pelczar.  Jr. 

Vice  President  for  Agricultural  Affairs  and 
Legislative  Relations 
Frank  L.  Bentz.  Jr 

Vice  President  for  Development 
Robert  Smith 


College  Park  Campus 
Administration 

Chancellor 

Robert  L.  Gluckstern 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 
Nancie  L.  Gonzalez 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Administrative  Affairs 
(Acting)  John  A.  Bielec 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs 
William  L.  Thomas.  Jr. 

Provosts  at  College 
Park 

Divison  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences 
Francis  C  Stark 

Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities 
Robert  A.  Corrigan 

Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 
Murray  Polakoff 

Division  of  Human  and  Community  Resources 
George  J  Funaro 

Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences 
and  Engineenng 
Joseph  M  Marchello 


Deans  at  College  Park 

School  of  Architecture 
John  W.  Hill 

College  of  Agriculture 
Gordon  M.  Caims 

College  of  Business  Management 
Rudolph  P.  Lamone 

College  of  Education 
Dean  C.  Corrigan 

College  of  Engineenng 
George  E.  Dieter.  Jr. 

College  o'  Human  Ecology 
John  R.  Beaton 

College  of  Journalism 
Ray  E.  Hiebert 

College  of  Library  and  Information  Services 
Acting  Dean;  Jerry  S.  Kidd 

College  of  Physical  Education.  Recreation  and 

Health 

Marvin  H.  Eyier 

Administrative  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies 
David  S.  Sparks 

Administrative  Dean  for  Summer  Programs 
Melvin  N-  Bernstein 

Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies 
Robert  E  Shoenberg 


2  /  The  University 


Graduate  School 
Officers  and  Staff 


Dean  for  Graduate  Studies 

David  S.  Sparks.  A.B.,  Grinnell  College.  1944; 
M.A..  University  of  Chicago.  1945;  Ph.D..  1951. 

Associate  Dean  for  Graduate 
Studies 

Robert  E.  Menzer.  B.S..  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1960;  M.S.  University  of  tvlary- 
land,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1964. 


Assistant  Dean  for  Graduate 
Studies 

Archie  L.  Buffkins.  B.S  .  Jackson  State  Univer- 
sity. 1956;  M.A..  1961;  Ed. D..  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1963, 

Assistants  to  the  Dean 

Alice  M.  Piper,  B,A,,  University  of  Pittsburgh, 

1941, 
Joanna  F,  Schmeissner,  B,A.,  Agnes  Scott 
College,  1960;  MA,,  Yale  University,  1962, 


Director  of  Graduate  Records 

Carl  L  Seidel,  B  S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

Assistant  Director 

Lois  M.  Lyon.  B.A..  University  of  Michigan.  1952. 


Graduate  Council 


Ex-officio  Councillors 

Chancellor.  Robert  L.  Gluckstern 
Vice  Chancellor.  Nancie  L,  Gonzalez 
Dean,  David  S.  Sparks 
Associate  Dean.  Robert  E,  Menzer 

Appointed  Councillors 

Professor  William  L.  Klarman.  Botany 

Professor  Elizabeth  Pemberton.  Art 

Professor  John  A.  Haslem,  Business  and  Manage- 
ment 

Professor  Mane  S.  Davidson.  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

Professor  Albert  Gomezplata.  Chemical  Engi- 
neering 


Elected  Councillors 

Mr.  David  Abercrombie.  Chemistry 
Professor  Mark  Keeney.  Chemistry 
Professor  Allen  L.  Steinhauer.  Entomology 
Professor  Bernard  A.  Twigg.  Horticulture 
Professor  Herman  J.  Belz.  History 
Professor  Beatrice  C.  Fink.  French  and  Italian 
Mr.  Paul  Noga.  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
Professor  John  D.  Russell.  English 
Mr,  Michael  Courlander.  Institute  for  Criminal 

Justice  and  Cnminology 
Professor  Walter  W  Deshler.  Geography 
Professor  Irwin  L.  Goldstein.  Psychology 
Professor  Roger  C.  Pfaffenbergr.  Business  and 

Management 


Professor  Rachel  Dardis.  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics 

Professor  Robert  W,  Ridky,  Secondary  Educa- 
tion 

Ms  Barbara  Sadowski,  Early  Childhood - 
Elementary  Education 

Professor  David  L.  Williams.  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education 

Mr.  James  H.  Beall.  Physics 

Professor  Patrick  F.  Cunniff.  Mechanical  Engi- 
neenng 

Professor  Karen  Kirby.  Mathematics 

Professor  David  L,  Matthews.  Institute  for  Phy- 
sical Sciences  and  Technology 


The  University  /  3 


Committees  of  the 
Graduate  Council 


COMMITTEE  ON  ACADEMIC 
STANDARDS 

Prof  Beatrice  C.  Fink,  Chairwoman,  French  & 

Italian,  1977 
Prof.  Theodore  W.  Cadman,  Chemical  Engineer- 
ing, 1979 
Prof.  Irwin  L.  Goldstein,  Psychology,  1978 
Prof.  IVIarshall  L.  Ginter,  Molecular  Physics,  1978 
Prof.  J.  Norman  Hansen,  Chemistry,  1978 
Prof.  Mancur  L.  Olson,  Economics.  1977 
Prof,  Elizabeth  Pemberton.  Art,  1979 
Prof.  Marie  B.  Pennbam,  History,  1978 
Prof.  Cyril  Ponnamperuma,  Chemistry,  1978 
Prof.  William  D.  Schafer,  Measurement  &  Statis- 
tics, 1977 
Prof.  Francis  C.  Stark.  Horticulture,  1977 
Mr.  Ken  Baskin.  Graduate  Student.  English, 

1977 
Mr.  Gregory  Nenstiel,  Graduate  Student, 

Secondary  Education,  1978 
Dr,  Robert  E.  Menzer,  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  ADMISSIONS 

Prof.  Paul  J.  Smith,  Chairman,  Mathematics, 

1977 
Prof.  Pedro  Albrecht,  Civil  Engineering,  1979 
Prof.  Esther  K  Birdsall,  English,  1978 
Prof.  Antonio  F.  Chaves.  Geography,  1978 
Prof  Lindley  Darden.  Philosophy,  1979 
Prof.  Jean  R.  Hebeler,  Special  Education,  1979 
Prof.  Burns  F.  Husman,  Physical  Education. 

1977 
Prof.  Paul  A.  Meyer,  Economics,  1978 
Prof.  James  R  IVIiller,  Agronomy,  1977 
Prof.  Charles  W.  Reynolds,  Horticulture,  1978 
Mr,  Gerald  Lordan,  Graduate  Student, 

Elementary  Education,  1977 
Mr.  Karl  Wright,  Graduate  Student,  Agric.  & 

Resource  Econ.,  1978 
Mr.  Carl  L.  Seidel.  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  ELECTIONS 

Prof.  Roger  Meersman.  Chairman,  Speech  & 

Dramatic  Arts,  1977 
Prof.  Jomills  H.  Braddock,  Sociology,  1979 
Prof.  Henry  A.  Lepper,  Jr.,  Civil  Engineering, 

1978 
Prof.  John  H,  Vandersall,  Dairy  Science,  1979 
Prof  Leda  Wilson.  Family  &  Comm.  Dev,.  1977 
Mrs.  Alice  M.  Piper,  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  FELLOWSHIPS 

Prof  Edward  Z.  Dager.  Chairman.  Sociology, 

1978 
Prof.  C.  Rose  Broome,  Botany,  1978 
Prof.  Manlyn  G  Church,  Elementary  Education, 

1977 
Prof  Mane  S  Davidson,  Inst,  for  Child  Study, 

1978 
Prof.  Walter  W.  Deshler.  Geography.  1977 
Prof.  Douglas  J  Farquhar.  Art.  1978 
Prof.  Albert  Gomezplata.  Chemical  Engineenng. 

1977 
Prof.  James  A.  Hummel.  Mathematics.  1979 
Prof  Henry  Mendeloff.  Spanish  &  Portuguese, 

1979 


4  /  The  University 


Prof  Joseph  H.  Scares,  Poultry,  1977 
Mr.  Dewey  Covington,  Graduate  Student. 

Governments  Politics.  1977 
Ms.  Ruth  Gordner.  Graduate  Student.  Urban 

Studies.  1978 
Dr  Archie  L.  Buffkins.  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  GRADUATE 
FACULTY 

Prof  Hayes  A.  Newby,  Chairman.  Hearing  & 

Speech  Science.  1977 
Prof.  J.  Robert  Anderson.  Physics.  1977 
Prof.  Louise  M.  Berman.  Early  Childhood-  Elem. 

Ed..  1978 
Prof  William  E.  Bickley.  Entomology.  1977 
Prof  Sherod  M.  Cooper,  Jr.,  English.  1978 
Prof  Rachel  Dardis,  Textiles  &  Consumer  Econ.. 

1979 
Prof.  Gertrude  S.  Fish,  Housing  &  Applied 

Design.  1977 
Prof.  Clifford  M.  Foust.  History.  1979 
Prof.  Chester  C  Holmlund.  Chemistry.  1977 
Prof.  John  A.  Haslem.  Business  &  Management. 

1979 
Prof  Jack  Minker.  Computer  Science.  1978 
Dr  Robert  E.  Menzer.  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROGRAM 
REVIEW 

Prof.  Clifford  L.  Sayre.  Chairman.  Mechanical 

Engineenng.  1977 
Prof.  Marjorie  H.  Gardner.  Science  Education, 

1978 
Prof  Jacob  K  Goldhaber.  Mathematics,  1977 
Prof.  Ramon  E  Henkel,  Sociology,  1978 
Prof  Williams  L  Klarman,  Botany,  1979 
Prof.  Myron  O.  Lounsbury,  American  Studies, 

1978 
Prof  Robert  J.  Munn,  Chemistry,  1977 
Prof  Ellin  Scholnick,  Psychology,  1979 
Prof  Betty  F  Smith,  Textiles  &  Consumer  Econ., 

1979 
Ms  Nancy  Strunah,  Graduate  Student,  Physical 

Education,  1977 
Mr  James  Beall,  Graduate  Student,  Physics, 

1978 
Dr.  Robert  E.  menzer,  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROGRAMS  AND 
COURSES 

Prof  Bruce  R  Fretz,  Chairman,  Psychology, 

1977 
Prof.  Richard  H.  Austing,  Computer  Science. 

1977 
Prof  Audrey  Barnett.  Zoology,  1979 
Prof  Douglas  G  Currie,  Physics  and  Astronomy, 

1979 
Prof  Patricia  Florestano,  Urban  Studies,  1978 
Prof  Mark  Keeney,  Chemistry,  1977 
Prof  David  Lockard.  Secondary  Education, 

1979 
Prof  Leonard  I  Lutwack,  English,  1978 
Prof  George  L  Marx,  Couns.  &  Personnel 

Service,  1977 
Prof  Roger  L.  Meersman,  Speech  &  Dramatic 

Arts,  1979 


Prof.  Don  C.  Piper,  Government  &  Politics,  1978 
Prof.  James  M.  Stewart,  Chemistry,  1978 
Prof  Eugene  Owen,  Graduate  Student,  Agri.  & 

Ext.  Education,  1977 
Ms  Barbara  Williams,  Graduate  Student, 

Astronomy,  1978 
Dr.  Robert  E  Menzer,  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLICATIONS 

Prof.  John  Duffy,  Chairman,  History,  1979 

Prof,  William  S,  Benedict,  IMP,  1979 

Prof.  Kenneth  C.  W.  Kammeyer,  Sociology,  1978 

Prof  John  W.  Kinnaird,  English,  1979 

Prof.  George  Levitine,  Art,  1977 

Prof.  Allen  L.  Steinhauer,  Entomology,  1978 

Mr.  Gerald  Day,  Graduate  Student,  Industrial 

Education,  1977 
Ms.  Adrienne  Gray,  Graduate  Student,  Journa- 
lism, 1978 
Mrs.  Alice  M,  Piper,  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  RESEARCH 

Prof.  Rita  Colwell,  Chairo/oman,  Microbiology, 

1979 
Prof  Manoj  K.  Banerjee,  Physics,  1978 
Prof  Roger  Bell,  Astronomy,  1977 
Prof.  Dudley  Dillard,  Economics,  1978 
Prof.  Richard  B.  Imberski,  Zoology,  1978 
Prof.  Peter  P.  Lejins,  Inst,  of  Criminal  Justice 

&  Cnminology,  1977 
Prof.  David  L.  Matthews,  IPST,  1979 
Prof-  Henry  Mendeloff,  Spanish  &  Portuguese, 

1977 
Prof  John  R  Moore.  Agn.  &  Resource  Econ  , 

1978 
Prof  Marlene  Mayo,  History,  1979 
Prof.  Carol  Seefeldt,  Early  Childhood -Elem 

Ed,,  1979 
Prof.  Robert  M.  Steinman,  Psychology,  1977 
Prof.  Calhoun  Winton,  English,  1979 
Mr.  Russel  Tobias,  Graduate  Student,  Physics, 

1977 
Mr  David  Abercrombie,  Graduate  Student, 

Chemistry.  1978 
Dr  Robert  E,  Menzer.  ex  officio 

COMMITTEE  ON  STUDENT  LIFE 

Prof.  Charles  R.  Curtis.  Chairman.  Botany.  1978 
Prof,  John  D.  Anderson,  Aerospace  Engineer- 
ing, 1979 
Prof  Alan  W  DeSilva.  Physics.  1978 
Prof,  Larry  W.  Douglass,  Dairy  Science,  1979 
Prof  Eldon  Lanning,  Government  &  Politics, 

1979 
Prof.  Agnes  B.  Hatfield.  Institute  for  Child  Study, 

1977 
Prof.  Robert  K.  Hirzel,  Sociology,  1977 
Prof,  Guenter  G.  Pfister,  Germanic  &  Slavic, 

1978 
Prof.  John  D.  Russell,  English,  1978 
Prof.  David  L,  Williams,  Early  Childhood  -Elem. 

Ed.,  1978 
Mr  Michael  Courlander,  Graduate  Student, 

Criminal  Justice  &  Criminology,  1978 
Mr  Henry  F  Ward,  Graduate  Student,  Music, 

1977 
Dr.  Archie  L.  Buffkins,  ex  officio 


Plan  of  Academic 
Organization 


Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life 
Sciences: 

College  of  Agriculture: 
Agncultural  and  Extension  Education 
Agncultural  and  Resource  Economics 
Agncultural  Engineenng 
Agronomy 
Animal  Science 
Dairy  Science 
Horticulture 

Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture 
Poultry  Science 
Vetennary  Science 

Other  Units  within  the  Division: 
Botany 
Chemistry 
Entomology 
Geology 
Microbiology 
Zoology 

Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities: 

School  of  Architecture 

College  of  Journalism 

Other  Units  within  the  Division: 
American  Studies  Program 
Art 

Classics 
Dance 
English 

French  and  Italian 
Germanic  and  Slavic 
History 
Music 


Oriental  and  Hebrew  Program 

Philosophy 

Spanish  and  Portuguese 

Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social 
Sciences: 

College  of  Business  and  Management 

Other  Units  within  the  Division: 
Afro-American  Studies 
Anthropology 

Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 
Bureau  of  Governmental  Research 
Economics 
Geography 

Government  and  Politics 
Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 
Information  Systems  Management 
Institute  for  Urban  Studies 
Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Cnminology 
Linguistics  Program 
Psychology 
Sociology 

Division  of  Human  and  Community 
Resources: 

College  of  Education: 
Administration  Supervision  and  Curriculum 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 
Early  Childhood  Elementary  Education 
Industrial  Education 
Institute  for  Child  Study 
Measurement  &  Statistics 
Secondary  Education 
Special  Education 


College  of  Human  Ecology 

Family  and  Community  Development 
Foods.  Nutntion  and  Institution  Administration 
Housing  and  Applied  Design 
Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 

College  of  Library  and  Information  Services 

College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and 
Health: 
Health  Education 
Physical  Education 
Recreation 


Division  of  Mathematical  and 
Physical  Sciences  and 
Engineering: 

College  of  Engineering: 
Aero-Space  Engineering 
Chemical  Engineering 
C'vil  Engineenng 
Electncal  Engineenng 
Fire  Protection  Curnculum 
Mechanical  Engineering 

Other  Units  within  the  Division: 
Applied  Mathematics  Program 
Center  for  Matenals  Research 
Computer  Science 

Institute  for  Physical  Sciences  and  Tech- 
nology 
Meteorology  Program 
Mathematics 
Physics  and  Astronomy 


University  Policy  Statement 

The  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be 
regarded  as  an  irrevocable  contract  between  the 
student  and  the  University  of  Maryland.  Changes 
are  effected  from  time  to  time  in  the  general  regu- 
lations and  in  the  academic  requirements  There 
are  established  procedures  for  making  changes, 
procedures  which  protect  the  institution  s  integri- 
ty and  the  individual  student  s  interest  and  wel- 
fare. A  curnculum  or  graduation  requirement, 
when  altered,  is  not  made  retroactive  unless  the 
alteration  is  to  the  students  advantage  and  can 
be  accommodated  within  the  span  of  years  nor- 
mally required  for  graduation.  When  the  actions 
of  a  student  are  judged  by  competent  authonty, 
using  established  procedure,  to  be  detnmental  to 
the  interests  of  the  university  community,  that 
person  may  be  required  to  withdraw  from  the 
university. 


The  University  of  Maryland,  in  all  its  branches 
and  divisions,  subscnbes  to  a  policy  of  equal 
educational  and  employment  opportunity  for 
people  of  every  race,  creed,  ethnic  ongin.  and 
sex 

It  is  university  policy  that  smoking  in  class- 
rooms is  prohibited  unless  all  participants  agree 
to  the  contrary.  Any  student  has  the  nght  to  re- 
mind the  instructor  of  this  policy  throughout  the 
duration  of  the  class. 


Title  IX  Compliance  Policy 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  does 
not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  sex  in  its  educa- 
tional programs  and  activities  The  policy  of 
non-discnmination  extends  to  employment  in  the 
institution  and  academic  admission  to  the  institu- 
tion. Such  discnmination  is  prohibited  by  Title  IX 


of  the  Education  Amendments  of  1972  (20  U  S.C. 
1681 .  et  seq  )  and  45  C  F.R  86.  and  this  notifica- 
tion IS  required  under  the  Federal  regulations  pur- 
suant to  20  use  1681  et  seq. 

Inquiries  concerning  the  application  of  Title  IX 
and  Part  86  of  45  C  F  R  to  the  University  of  Mary- 
land. College  Park,  may  be  directed  to  the  Office 
of  Human  Relations  Programs.  Mam  Administra- 
tion Building,  University  of  Maryland.  College 
Park:  or  to  the  Director  of  the  Office  of  Civil 
Rights  of  the  Department  of  Health  Education, 
and  Welfare,  Washington,  DC. 

The  masculine  gender  of  personal  pronouns 
in  this  document  includes  the  feminine  gender. 


The  University  /  5 


General  Information 


History 

The  history  of  the  Graduate  School  at  the  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park  has  been  one  of  rapid,  at  times 
almost  explosive,  growfth.  Established  in  1919  with  an 
enrollment  of  13,  the  Graduate  School  has  developed  in- 
to one  of  the  nation's  largest.  In  the  fall  of  1976,  there 
were  approximately  7,800  graduate  students  enrolled  in 
the  more  than  65  graduate  programs  and  departments.  In 
the  academic  year  1975-1976,  369  doctoral  degrees  and 
1,442  master's  degrees  were  awarded. 

The  Graduate  School  has  matched  its  tremendous 
growth  In  size  by  an  even  more  significant  growth  in  its 
role  as  a  center  for  the  advancement  of  knowledge.  The 
Graduate  School  has  increasingly  sought  scholars  of  the 
highest  quality,  and  today  it  numbers  among  its  faculty 
men  and  women  who  have  achieved  national  recognition 
and  eminence  in  their  fields.  Active  in  scholarship  in 
every  area,  students  and  faculty  members  of  the  Grad- 
uate School  have  designed  equipment  for  the  lunar 
space  flights,  excavated  the  gardens  in  Pompeii,  per- 
formed important  research  in  the  unique  ecological  sys- 
tems of  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  and  won  national  awards 
for  their  creative  work  in  fiction,  poetry,  and  the  arts. 

The  history  of  the  Graduate  School  has  been  a  history 
of  growth  in  service  as  well  as  scholarship.  Graduate  pro- 
grams at  the  University  have  always  reflected  the  mis- 
sion of  the  School  as  a  servant  to  the  State  of  Maryland. 
That  mission  is  continued  today  more  vigorously  than 
ever  in  the  numerous  programs,  centers,  and  special  re- 
search projects  through  which  graduate  faculty  and  stu- 
dents address  directly  the  needs  of  the  residents  of 
Maryland. 

In  the  last  two  decades,  the  national  impact  of  the 
Graduate  School  has  become  of  major  importance  as 
well,  with  the  ever  increasing  involvement  of  talented 
faculty  and  graduate  students  in  the  work  of  the  many 
federal  agencies,  institutions,  libraries,  and  programs  in 
the  nation's  Capital. 

Finally,  the  University  of  Maryland  Graduate  School  is 
especially  aware  today  of  its  mission  to  the  wider  com- 
munity of  man.  The  Graduate  School  not  only  has  a  large 
number  of  students  and  faculty  from  other  countries,  but 
it  also  is  well  represented  in  international  conferences 
and  symposia  by  faculty  members  who  participate  on  a 
regular  basis.  In  several  divisions,  there  are  specific  proj- 
ects and  programs  undertaken  jointly  with  foreign  uni- 
versities, and  the  results  of  faculty  research  are  pub- 
lished in  international  journals. 

The  Graduate  School  today  is  active  and  vital,  con- 
scious of  its  past  growth  and  achievements  and  eager  to 
develop  more  fully  its  potential  as  a  leading  educational 
and  research  institution.  Its  goal  is  to  sustain  and 
strengthen  in  every  area  the  intellectual  quality  and  com- 
mitment to  service  and  significant  scholarship  that  char- 
acterize the  foremost  graduate  institutions. 

National  Organizations 

In  order  to  shape  and  participate  in  national  policies  and 
developments  in  graduate  education,  the  Graduate 
School  maintains  close  contact  with  other  graduate 
schools  and  is  a  member  of  the  following  national  orga- 
nizations: the  Association  of  American  Universities,  the 

6  /  General  Information 


Association  of  Graduate  Schools,  and  the  Council  of  Grad- 
uate Schools  in  the  United  States. 

Major  Role 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  keenly  aware  of  the  chal- 
lenges facing  graduate  education  today.  The  Graduate 
School  has  sought  innovative  and  productive  ways  to  ad- 
just to  the  problems  created  by  restricting  financial  real- 
ities and  fluctuating  opportunities  for  professionals  in 
every  field.  In  addition,  the  Graduate  School  has  chan- 
nelled many  of  its  resources  into  a  variety  of  academic 
services  that  meet  the  inceasing  demands  of  our  society 
on  universities. 

In  all  of  its  activities,  however,  the  Graduate  School  is 
guided  by  the  belief  that  it  can  best  serve  society  and  re- 
spond to  current  challenges  by  a  consistent  and  firm 
commitment  to  its  traditional  principles.  Accordingly,  the 
major  role  of  the  Graduate  School  is  to  provide  for  the  ed- 
ucation of  students  in  the  scholarly  methods  of  intellectu- 
al inquiry  and  critical  analysis;  to  train  them  in  the  disci- 
pline and  skills  necessary  for  beneficial  research;  and  to 
foster  in  them  a  dedication  to  creative  thought  and  the 
search  for  knowledge. 

Not  simply  an  extension  of  the  colleges,  schools,  or  di- 
visions, the  Graduate  School  is  specifically  designed  to 
prepare  those  who  will  dedicate  themselves  to  individual 
inquiry  and  service.  To  achieve  this  goal,  it  promotes  the 
freedom  and  intellectual  environment  necessary  to  stim- 
ulate research  and  scholarship  of  the  highest  quality  for 
both  students  and  faculty. 

Governance 

The  Graduate  Faculty 

In  1956  the  Graduate  Faculty  adopted  a  formal  Constitu- 
tion to  "provide  a  means  for  the  Graduate  Faculty  to  dis- 
charge its  functions  with  respect  to  educational  policies 
and  procedures  of  the  Graduate  School  on  this  campus." 
That  Constitution,  as  amended  in  1968  and  1974,  contin- 
ues to  govern  the  policies  and  procedures  of  the  Graduate 
School  on  the  College  Park  Campus. 

The  Graduate  Faculty,  working  through  the  Assembly 
and  the  Graduate  Council,  establishes  policies  governing 
admission  to  graduate  study  and  minimum  requirements 
to  be  met  by  all  students  seeking  advanced  degrees  in 
more  than  sixty-five  graduate  departments  and  programs 
leading  to  degrees  awarded  by  the  Graduate  Faculty  on 
the  College  Park  Campus.  The  faculties  of  the  individual 
academic  departments  and  interdisciplinary  graduate  pro- 
grams may  establish  additional  requirements  for  admis- 
sion or  for  degrees  above  the  minima  established  by  the 
Graduate  Council. 

The  Assembly  of  the  Graduate  Faculty  consists  of  all 
full  and  associate  members  of  the  Graduate  Faculty  who, 
through  their  participation  in  research  and  graduate  in- 
struction, have  displayed  a  capacity  for  individual  research 
or  creative  and  scholarly  work  at  the  highest  levels. 

The  Graduate  Council  consists  of  members  of  the  Grad- 
uate Faculty  elected  by  the  Assembly,  as  well  as  appoint- 
ed and  ex  officio  members.  It  is  charged  with  the  formu- 
lation of  the  policies  and  procedures  for  the  Graduate 
School  of  College  Park  including  admission  standards. 


the  review  of  individual  student  programs,  the  review  of  all 
new  programs  and  courses  submitted  by  members  of  the 
Graduate  Faculty,  graduate  student  theses  and  disserta- 
tions, and  the  periodic  review  of  all  graduate  degree  pro- 
grams. It  meets  approximately  eight  times  a  year  to  con- 
duct its  regular  business  and  may  be  called  into  special 
session  as  the  need  arises. 

In  its  work  the  Graduate  Council  is  aided  and  advised  by 
ten  standing  committees.  Included  are  committees  on: 
Academic  Standards,  Admissions,  Elections,  Fellowships, 
Program  Review,  Graduate  Faculty,  Programs  and  Courses, 
Publications,  Research,  and  Student  Life.  Membership  on ' 
these  committees  is  limited  to  members  of  the  Graduate 
Faculty  and  graduate  students.  Members  are  appointed  by 
the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  for  terms  of  three  years. 

Graduate  Students 

The  value  of  student  opinion  and  participation  in  determin- 
ing matters  of  policy,  procedure,  and  administration  is 
appreciated  and  encouraged.  In  addition  to  their  appoint- 
ments to  the  Committees  of  the  Graduate  Council,  graduate 
students  serve  on  many  divisional  and  departmental  com- 
mittees. 

Established  in  1970,  the  Chancellor's  Graduate  Student 
Advisory  Council  (CGSAC)  meets  periodically  with  the 
Chancellor  of  the  College  Park  campus  and  regularly  on  its 
own  to  discuss  a  wide-range  of  issues  affecting  the  grad- 
uate community  (e.g.  the  role  and  mission  of  higher  educa- 
tion; stipends  for  fellows,  assistants,  and  researchers;  part- 
time  graduate  student  problems;  redress  of  grievances; 
social  activities;  etc.).  The  Council  also  meets  with  adminis- 
trative leaders  from  all  fields  and  divisions  as  pertinent  to 
problem  solving  and  alternatives.  In  addition,  the  Council 
serves  as  a  source  of  information  to  State  Legislators  and 
members  of  the  Board  of  Regents.  Membership  is  open  to 
all  interested  students.  For  additional  information,  contact 
the  Office  of  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies. 

Location 

In  location,  faculty  and  students  at  the  University  of  Mary- 
land enjoy  the  best  of  all  possible  worlds.  Situated  on  1,300 
acres  in  Prince  Georges  County,  the  College  Park  Campus 
is  a  part  of  the  larger  metropolitan  area  of  Washington,  D.C., 
which  is  rapidly  becoming  the  nation's  capital  for  cultural 
and  intellectual  activity  as  well  as  for  political  power.  The 
Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts,  the  Filene  Center, 
and  the  many  fine  area  theaters  regularly  present  perfor- 
mances by  the  world's  most  exciting  and  renowned  artists. 
The  Smithsonian  Museums  and  the  National  Gallery  of  Art, 
among  others,  sponsor  standing  collections  and  special  ex- 
hibits that  attract  national  attention.  In  addition  to  cultural 
activities,  the  nation's  Capital  provides  interested  students 
the  opportunity  to  observe  at  first  hand  the  work  of  federal 
institutions;  to  sit  in  the  galleries  of  Congress;  to  watch  the 
Supreme  Court  in  session;  and  to  attend  public  Congres- 
sional hearings.  The  possibilities  for  personal  enrichment 
offered  in  this  exciting  cosmopolitan  area  are  indeed 
enormous. 

Outside  the  metropolitan  area,  and  just  minutes  from  the 
campus,  the  scene  in  the  Maryland  countryside  is  pleasant- 
ly rural.  Maryland  offers  a  great  variety  of  recreational  and 
leisure  activities  in  its  many  fine  national  and  state  parks. 


from  the  Catoctin  Mountains  in  Western  Maryland  to  the 
Assateague  Island  National  Seashore  on  the  Atlantic  bound 
Eastern  Shore,  all  within  a  pleasant  drive  from  the  campus. 
Historic  Annapolis,  the  state  capital,  is  only  a  short  drive 
away,  and  the  city  of  Baltimore,  with  its  rich  variety  of 
ethnic  heritages,  its  cultural  and  educational  institutions, 
and  its  impressive  urban  transformation,  is  only  thirty  miles 
from  College  Park. 

Special  Research  Resources 

The  College  Park  Campus  is  in  the  midst  of  one  of  the 
greatest  concentrations  of  research  facilities  and  intellec- 
tual talent  in  the  nation,  if  not  in  the  world.  Libraries  and 
laboratories  serving  virtually  every  academic  discipline 
are  within  easy  commuting  distance.  There  is  a  steady 
and  growing  interchange  of  ideas,  information,  technical 
skills,  and  scholars  between  the  university  and  these  cen- 
ters. The  libraries  and  facilities  of  many  of  these  centers 
are  open  to  qualified  graduate  students  at  the  university. 
The  resources  of  many  more  are  available  by  special  ar- 
rangement. 

In  the  humanities,  the  Library  of  Congress  and  the 
Folger  Library,  with  its  extensive  collection  of  rare  manu- 
scripts, are  among  the  world's  most  outstanding  research 
libraries.  In  addition,  Dumbarton  Oaks;  the  National  Ar- 
chives; the  Smithsonian  Institution;  the  World  Bank;  the 
National  Library  of  Medicine;  the  National  Agricultural 
Library;  the  Enoch  Pratt  Free  Library  of  Baltimore;  the 
libraries  of  the  Federal  Departments  of  Labor;  Commerce; 
Interior;  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare;  Housing  and 
Urban  Development;  and  Transportation,  and  approximate- 
ly 500  other  specialized  libraries  are  all  within  a  few  min- 
utes drive  of  the  College  Park  Campus.  These  resources 
make  the  University  of  Maryland  one  of  the  most  attrac- 
tive in  the  nation  for  scholars  of  all  disciplines. 

The  proximity  of  the  Beltsville  Agricultural  Research 
Center  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  has 
stimulated  the  development  of  both  laboratories  and  op- 
portunitites  for  field  research  in  the  agricultural  and  life 
sciences.  The  National  Institutes  of  Health  offer  unparal- 
leled opportunities  for  collaboration  in  biomedical  and  be- 
havioral research.  Opportunities  are  also  available  for 
collaborative  graduate  study  programs  with  other  major 
government  laboratories,  such  as  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards  and  the  Naval  Research  Laboratory. 

The  long-standing  involvement  of  the  State  of  Maryland 
in  the  development  of  the  commercial  and  recreational  re- 
sources of  the  Chesapeake  Bay  has  resulted  in  the  estab- 
lishment of  outstanding  research  facilities  for  the  study 
of  marine  biology  at  the  University  of  Maryland  Center  for 
Environmental  and  Estuarine  Studies,  with  research  facili- 
ties at  Horn  Point  near  Cambridge,  at  Crisfield,  and  at 
Solomons  Island,  Maryland. 

Campus  facilities  are  also  excellent  for  other  disci- 
plines. Work  in  the  behavioral  sciences,  particularly  In 
learning,  is  centered  in  laboratories  equipped  for  fully 
automated  research  on  rats,  pigeons,  and  monkeys. 

Exceptional  research  facilities  in  the  physical  sciences 
include  a  160  MeV  cyclotron;  two  small  Van  de  Graaff 
accelerators;  an  assortment  of  computers,  including  a 
PDP  11/45,  aUNIVAC  1108  and  a  UNIVAC  1100/41;  a  10 
KW  training  nuclear  reactor;  a  full  scale  low  velocity  wind 
tunnel;  several  small  hypersonic  helium  wind  tunnels; 


General  Information  /  7 


specialized  facilities  in  both  the  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology  and  the  Center  for  Materials  Re- 
search; a  psychopharmacology  laboratory;  shock  tubes; 
a  quiescent  plasma  device  (Q  machine)  for  plasma  re- 
search; and  rotating  tanks  for  laboratory  studies  of  mete- 
orological phenomena.  The  university  also  ovi^ns  and  oper- 
ate one  of  the  vi/orld's  largest  and  most  sophisticated 
long-v(/avelength  radio  telescopes  located  in  Clark  Lake, 
California  and  a  cosmic  ray  laboratory  located  in  New 
Mexico. 


Special  Opportunities  for  Artists 

Advanced  work  in  the  creative  and  performing  arts  at  Col- 
lege Park  is  concentrated  in  the  Tawes  Fine  Arts  Building 
and  the  recently  completed  Art-Sociology  Building.  Cre- 
ative work  is  greatly  stimulated  by  the  close  interaction 
that  has  developed  between  the  students  and  faculty  of 
the  University  and  the  artists  and  scholars  at  the  National 
Gallery,  the  Corcoran  Gallery,  the  Hirshorn  Museum,  the 
Phillips  Gallery,  the  Museum  of  Modern  Art,  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  as  well  as  the  musicians  of  the 
National  Symphony  Orchestra  and  smaller  musical 
groups.  The  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts  and 
the  Filene  Center  (Wolf  Trap  Farm  Park)  have  further  en- 
hanced the  climate  for  creative  artists  attending  the  Uni- 
versity. 

Outstanding  work  on  campus  in  theater,  dance,  radio, 
and  television  is  aided  by  the  proximity  of  the  campus  to 
the  National  Theater,  the  Arena  Stage,  the  Morris  Mechan- 
ic Theater,  and  numerous  little  theater  groups  in  the 
Washington  and  Baltimore  area.  There  is  a  frequent  and 
steady  interchange  of  ideas  and  talent  between  students 
and  faculty  at  the  University  and  both  educational  and 
commercial  radio  and  television  media  as  a  consequence 
of  the  large  professional  staffs  which  are  maintained  in 
the  Washington  area. 

Libraries 

The  University  library  system  includes  major  research 
libraries  on  both  the  College  Park  and  Baltimore  Cam- 
puses. 

The  Theodore  R.  McKeldin  Library  is  the  graduate  li- 
brary of  the  College  Park  Campus,  containing  reference 
works,  periodicals,  circulating  books,  and  other  materials 
in  all  fields  of  research  and  instruction.  Other  libraries 
Include  the  Engineering  and  Physical  Sciences  Library, 
the  Architecture  Library,  and  the  Charles  White  Memorial 
Library  for  chemistry  and  the  life  sciences.  A  new  Under- 
graduate Library  opened  in  1972. 

The  Libraries  on  the  College  Park  Campus  contain  near- 
ly 2,000,000  volumes,  and  they  subscribe  to  more  than 
15,000  periodicals  and  newspapers.  Additional  collections 
of  research  materials  are  available  on  microfilm,  micro- 
fiche, phonorecords,  tapes,  and  films. 

Special  collections  include  those  of  Richard  von  Mises 
in  mathematics  and  applied  mechanics;  Max  Born  in  the 
physical  sciences;  Thomas  i.  Cook  in  political  science; 
Romeo  Mansueti  in  the  biological  sciences;  Katherine 
Anne  Porter;  Maryland;  U.S.  government  publications 
(for  which  the  University  is  a  regional  depository);  docu- 
ments of  the  United  Nations,  the  League  of  Nations  and 


other  international  organizations,  agricultural  experiment 
station  and  extension  service  publications;  maps  from  the 
U.S.  Army  Map  Service;  the  files  of  the  Industrial  Union  of 
Marine  and  Shipbuilding  Workers  of  America;  the 
Wallenstein  collection  of  musical  scores;  and  research 
collections  of  the  American  Bandmasters  Association, 
the  National  Association  of  Wind  and  Percussion  Instruc- 
tors, and  the  Music  Educators  National  Conference.  In 
addition,  the  collections  include  microfilm  productions 
of  government  documents,  rare  books,  early  journals,  and 
newspapers. 

Within  the  East  Asia  Collection  is  the  world's  largest 
repository  of  published  and  unpublished  Japanese- 
language  materials  from  the  Allied  Occupation  period. 

Institutes,  Centers,  and  Bureaus 

Acknowledging  the  importance  of  an  interdisciplinary 
approach  to  knowledge,  the  University  maintains  orga- 
nized research  units  outside  the  usual  departmental  struc- 
tures. These  institutes,  centers,  and  bureaus  offer  valu- 
able opportunities  for  faculty  and  students  to  engage  in 
research  and  study  in  specialized  areas  and  in  public  ser- 
vice activities. 

Institute  for  Child  Study:  Director:  Hugh  Perkins.  In  its 
program  the  institute  collects,  interprets,  and  synthesizes 
the  scientific  findings  in  various  fields  that  are  concerned 
with  human  growth,  development,  learning  and  behavior. 
The  Institute  offers  graduate  programs  leading  to  the 
Master  of  Education,  Master  of  Arts,  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
and  Doctor  of  Education  degrees,  and  the  Advanced  Grad- 
uate Specialist  Certificate  in  the  area  of  human  develop- 
ment. 

Institute  for  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology:  Director: 
Peter  P.  Lejins.  The  purpose  of  the  Institute  is  to  provide 
an  organizational  and  administrative  unit  for  the  interests 
and  activities  of  the  University,  its  faculty  and  students 
in  the  areas  of  the  law  enforcement,  criminology  and  cor- 
rections. Through  the  Institute,  the  University  became  a 
member  of  the  seven-university  National  Criminal  Justice 
Educational  Development  Consortium.  The  Institute  of- 
fers the  M.A.  degree  with  options  in  criminology  or  crim- 
inal justice  and  the  Ph.D.  degree  in  criminal  justice  and 
criminology. 

Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology:  Director, 
Joseph  Silverman.  The  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology  is  a  center  for  interdisciplinary  research  in 
pure  and  applied  science  problems  that  lie  between  those 
areas  served  by  the  academic  departments.  These  inter- 
disciplinary problems  afford  challenging  opportunities  for 
thesis  research  and  classroom  instruction.  Current  topics 
of  interest  are:  atomic  physics,  a  wide  variety  of  problems 
in  plasma  physics,  statistical  mechanics  of  physical  and 
living  systems,  physics  of  the  upper  atmosphere  and  mag- 
netosphere,  fluid  dynamics,  physical  oceanography,  var- 
ious aspects  of  space  and  planetary  science,  theoretical 
and  applied  numerical  analysis,  control  theory,  epidemi- 
ology and  biomathematics,  chemical  processes  induced 
by  ionizing  radiation,  and  the  history  of  science.  They  also 
include  analysis  of  a  number  of  current  problems  of  soci- 
ety such  as  mathematical  models  applied  to  public  health. 
Courses  and  thesis  research  guidance  by  the  faculty  of 


8  /  General  Information 


the  Institute  are  provided  through  the  graduate  programs 
in  the  academic  departments  of  the  Division  of  Mathemat- 
ical and  Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering.  The  Institute 
sponsors  a  wide  variety  of  seminars.  Of  principal  interest 
are  general  seminars  in  plasma  physics,  applied  mathe- 
matics, fluid  dynamics,  and  in  atomic  and  molecular  phys- 
ics. Information  about  these  can  be  obtained  by  writing 
the  Director  or  by  calling  (301)  454-2636. 

Institute  for  Urban  Studies:  Director:  Thomas  P.  Murphy. 
The  Institute  aims  at  developing  students  knowledgeable 
both  in  the  technical  competencies  which  constitute  the 
skills  of  "urban  manpower"  and  in  the  professional  under- 
standing of  the  urban  community  as  an  object  of  interdis- 
ciplinary analysis. 

The  Institute  for  Urban  Studies  is  a  multi-campus  inter- 
disciplinary B.A.  and  M.A.  degree  granting  program.  It  was 
created  to  offer  a  teaching  program  to  educate  urban  ad- 
ministrators and  specialists  to  manage  existing  communi- 
ties as  well  as  to  plan  the  development  of  new  ones.  The 
Washington-Baltimore  urban  corridor  provides  an  excel- 
lent teaching  and  research  setting  for  faculty  and  stu- 
dents. Since  contemporary  urban  problems  must  be 
solved  by  a  multi-disciplinary  approach,  the  master's 
program  supplements  the  Institute  core  courses  with  the 
specialized  problem  solving  methods  of  the  diverse  de- 
partments and  professional  schools  of  the  University. 

Center  on  Aging:  Director:  Jody  K.  Olsen.  The  Center  on 
Aging,  focuses  its  efforts  on  stimulating  interest  in  aging 
within  existing  departments,  colleges,  and  schools 
throughout  the  University  through  research  and  teaching. 
In  addition,  it  has  developed  and  maintains  contact  with 
students  in  the  general  field  of  gerontology  and  helps 
them  to  devise  educational  programs  to  meet  their  goals. 
The  Center  sponsors  an  ongoing  colloquium  series  on 
aging  and  community  training  programs  based  primarily 
on  psychosocial  needs  of  the  elderly.  In  conjunction  with 
participating  departments  and  schools,  the  Center  offers 
a  certificate  of  concentration  at  the  master's  degree  level, 
which  requires,  in  addition  to  formal  coursework,  a  prac- 
ticum  experience  in  aging. 

Center  of  IVIaterials  Research:  Director:  Robert  L.  Park. 
The  Center  is  an  interdepartmental  organization  engaged 
in  graduate  research  and  education  in  materials  science 
and  engineering.  Research  is  presently  focused  in  the 
areas  of  phase  transitions,  metals  and  alloys,  and  sur- 
faces and  interfaces.  These  programs  are  under  constant 
review  to  ensure  that  the  Center  remains  responsive  to 
changing  state  and  national  needs.  To  support  these  pro- 
grams, the  Center  maintains  central  research  facilities 
including  electron  microscopy,  x-ray  analysis,  and 
spectroscopy. 

Computer  Science  Center;  Director:  John  P.  Menard.  The 
Computer  Science  Center  provides  the  academic  com- 
munity of  the  University  with  ready  access  to  large-scale 
computer  facilities.  The  Center's  primary  function  is  the 
effective  operation,  maintenance,  and  management  of 
these  facilities  so  as  to  provide,  as  nearly  as  possible, 
uninterrupted  computer  services  to  the  University  com- 
munity. The  Center  also  carries  on  an  active  program  of 
basic  and  applied  research  in  computer  science. 
Graduate  students  and  faculty  with  programming  pro- 


blems can  bring  them  to  a  group  of  programmer  consul- 
tants who  work  on  an  individualized  basis  to  assist  in 
applying  appropriate  computer  techniques.  The  Center 
also  has  a  staff  of  systems  analysts  to  assist  in  debug- 
ging programs,  to  adapt  software  developed  elsewhere  to 
use  the  Center's  equipment,  and  to  devise  original  soft- 
ware to  meet  user  needs.  There  is  a  well-stocked  program 
library,  keypunch  and  digitek  services  are  available,  and 
the  Center  offers  several  non-credit  short  courses  for  new 
users  or  those  with  specialized  needs. 

The  Center's  basic  hardware  consists  of  a  UNIVAC  1108 
Shared  Processor  System  and  a  UNIVAC  1 100/41  system, 
along  with  other  associated  hardware.  Two  terminal 
rooms  and  two  keypunch  areas  with  reproducer,  interpret- 
er and  lister  are  maintained  in  the  Computer  Science  Cen- 
ter. Terminals  owned  or  leased  by  other  departments  can 
also  access  the  Center's  large-scale  equipment. 

Transportation  Studies  Center:  Director:  Everett  C.  Carter. 
Housed  in  the  Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sci- 
ences and  Engineering,  the  Center  acts  as  a  catalyst  to 
foster  research  and  development  and  interdisciplinary 
studies  in  transportation  and  to  provide  the  means  for 
investigators  from  different  disciplines  to  work  together 
on  a  wide  range  of  transportation  related  problems.  Objec- 
tives of  the  Center  are  to  identify  potential  research  proj- 
ects by  establishing  a  dialogue  and  rapport  with  spon- 
soring agencies  and  offices;  to  provide  coordination  be- 
tween the  various  disciplines  engaged  in  or  having  poten- 
tial to  engage  in  transportation  research  and  between 
potential  research  sponsors  and  University  researchers;  to 
facilitate  cooperation  between  the  University  of  Maryland 
and  other  universities  and  industry,  for  joint  undertakings; 
to  promote  and,  where  appropriate,  to  supervise  specific 
educational  programs  of  an  interdisciplinary  nature. 

Among  the  areas  identified  as  having  interest  and  re- 
search potential  are  transportation  systems  management, 
transportation  planning,  public  policy,  public  utilities,  sys- 
tems economics,  multiple  uses  of  rights-of-way,  mass 
transit  systems,  conservation  of  energy,  terminal  siting, 
bridge  and  pavement  design,  traffic  flow  coordination, 
traffic  safety  and  efficiency,  transportation  economics, 
aerospace  transportation,  meteorological  factors,  noise 
control;  highway  landscaping,  environmental  considera- 
tions, and  air,  rail,  water  and  highway  alternatives. 

Water  Resources  Research  Center:  Coordinator:  Robert  L 
Green.  The  Water  Resources  Research  Center  sponsors 
and  coordinates  research  on  all  aspects  of  water  supply, 
demand,  distribution,  utilization,  quality  enhancement  or 
degradation,  and  allocation  or  management.  A  committee 
of  water  resource  research  information  users  including 
representatives  from  management,  planning  and  regula- 
tory federal,  state  and  local  governments  and  citizens 
groups  has  been  formed  to  advise  on  research  needs  of 
Maryland.  Basic  funding  is  from  the  annual  allotment  of 
the  Water  Resources  Research  Act  of  1964  as  amended. 
The  Center  also  assists  faculty  members  in  developing 
matching  fund  proposals  and  in  seeking  other  research 
funds.  Currently,  there  are  twelve  research  projects  in 
progress  in  five  different  departments,  including  one  in 
UMCEES  and  two  at  UMBO. 

Bureau  of  Educational  Research  and  Field  Services:  Direc- 


General  Information  /  9 


tor:  Marjorie  H.  Gardner.  The  Bureau  of  Educational  Re- 
search and  Field  Services  was  established  to  serve  in  a 
consultative  capacity  in  implementing  research  designs 
of  faculty  members,  graduate  students  and  public  school 
systems.  It  acts  as  a  coordinating  agency  between  the 
University  and  public  school  systems  for  both  research 
and  field  services.  The  Bureau  also  serves  as  a  source  of 
information  and  assistance  regarding  federal  and  non- 
federal research  support  that  is  available. 

Bureau  of  Governmental  Research:  Acting  Director:  Davis 
B.  Bobrow.  The  Bureau  engages  in  research  about  Mary- 
land state  and  local  government  with  a  central  focus  on 
urban  affairs.  It  also  makes  numerous  administrative  stud- 
ies at  the  request  of  county  and  municipal  governments. 

Consortia 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  a  member  of  a  number  of 
national  and  local  consortia  concerned  with  advanced  ed- 
ucation and  research.  They  offer  a  variety  of  opportunities 
for  senior  scholar  and  graduate  student  research. 

OAK  RIDGE  ASSOCIATED  UNIVERSITIES,  INC.  (ORAU), 
is  a  non-profit  educational  and  research  corporation 
formed  in  order  to  broaden  the  opportunities  for  member 
institutions  collectively  to  participate  in  many  fields  of  ed- 
ucation and  research  in  the  natural  sciences  related  to 
nuclear  energy.  Educational  programs  range  from  short 
term  courses  or  institutes,  conducted  with  ORAU  facili- 
ties and  staff,  to  fellowship  programs  administered  by 
ORAU  for  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission. 

The  National  Center  for  Atmospheric  Research  (NCAR), 
in  Boulder,  Colorado,  was  created  in  1960  to  serve  as  a 
focal  point  of  a  vigorous  and  expanding  national  research 
effort  in  the  atmospheric  sciences.  NCAR  is  operated 
under  the  sponsorship  of  the  National  Science  Founda- 
tion by  the  UNIVERSITY  CORPORATION  FOR  ATMO- 
SPHERIC RESEARCH  (UCAR),  made  up  of  44  U.S.  and 
Canadian  universities  with  graduate  programs  in  the  at- 
mospheric sciences  or  related  fields.  The  scientific  staff 
includes  meteorologists,  astronomers,  chemists, 
physicists,  mathematicians,  and  representatives  of  other 
disciplines. 

UNIVERSITIES  RESEARCH  ASSOCIATION  (URA),  a 
group  of  52  universities  engaged  in  high  energy  research, 
is  the  sponsoring  organization  for  the  National  Accelera- 
tor Laboratory,  funded  by  the  U.S.  Atomic  Energy  Com- 
mission. The  accelerator,  located  near  Batavia,  Illinois,  is 
the  world's  highest  energy  machine. 

The  INTER-UNIVERSITY  COMMUNICATIONS  COUNCIL 
(EDUCOM)  provides  a  forum  for  the  appraisal  of  the  cur- 
rent state  of  the  art  in  communications  science  and  tech- 
nology and  their  relation  to  the  planning  and  programs  of 
colleges  and  universities.  The  council  particularly  fosters 
inter-university  cooperation  in  the  area  of  communica- 
tions science. 

The  UNIVERSITIES  SPACE  RESEARCH  ASSOCIATION 
(USRA)  was  designed  to  promote  cooperation  between 
universities,  research  organizations,  and  the  government 
in  the  development  of  space  science  and  technology,  and 
in  the  operation  of  laboratories  and  facilities  for  re- 
search, development,  and  education  in  these  fields. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  a  member  of  the  INTER- 
UNIVERSITY  CONSORTIUM  FOR  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


RESEARCH.  One  purpose  of  the  Consortium  is  to  facili- 
tate collection  and  distribution  of  useful  data  for  social 
science  research.  The  data  include  survey  data  from  the 
University  of  Michigan  Survey  Research  Center  and  from 
studies  conducted  by  other  organizations  or  by  individ- 
uals, census  data  for  the  United  States,  election  data,  leg- 
islative roll  calls,  judicial  decision  results,  and  biograph- 
ical data. 

The  2400-acre  waterfront  CHESAPEAKE  BAY  CENTER 
FOR  ENVIRONMENTAL  STUDIES  (CBCES),  is  dedicated 
to  preserving  and  enhancing  the  quality  of  man's  environ- 
ment through  programs  of  ecological  study  and  educa- 
tion. Located  on  the  western  shore  of  the  Chesapeake 
Bay,  just  south  of  Annapolis,  it  presents  a  wide  selection 
of  local  eco-systems.  Scientific  programs  of  the  Center, 
a  major  component  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  are 
guided  by  the  consortium  in  which  the  University  of  Mary- 
land participates.  The  unique  ecological  environment  pro- 
vided by  the  Center  furnishes  an  attractive  site  for  grad- 
uate student  research  programs. 

The  University  of  Maryland  jointly  participates  In  the 
CHESAPEAKE  RESEARCH  CONSORTIUM,  INC.,  a  wide 
scale  environmental  research  program,  with  the  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  the  Virginia  Institute  of  Marine  Sci- 
ence, and  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  The  Consortium, 
originally  funded  by  a  1.2  million  dollar  grant  from  the 
National  Science  Foundation  in  1971,  coordinates  and  in- 
tegrates research  on  the  Chesapeake  Bay  region  and  is 
compiling  a  vast  amount  of  scientific  data  to  assist  in  the 
management  and  control  of  the  area.  Each  participating 
institution  calls  on  faculty  expertise  in  a  diversity  of  disci- 
plines including  biology,  chemistry,  physics,  engineering, 
geology,  and  the  social  and  behavioral  sciences.  Through 
this  interdisciplinary  research  program  a  computerized 
Management  Resource  Bank  is  being  developed  contain- 
ing a  biological  inventory  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay  region, 
a  legal  survey,  and  socioeconomic  data  of  the  surrounding 
communities.  The  Consortium  provides  research  opportu- 
nities for  faculty  members,  graduate  students,  and  under- 
graduate students  at  the  University. 

Officially  chartered  in  1969,  the  ASSOCIATION  OF  SEA 
GRANT  PROGRAM  INSTITUTIONS  is  a  growing  organiza- 
tion concerned  with  the  development  and  wise  use  of 
ocean  and  Great  Lakes  resources.  Composed  of  the  na- 
tion's major  colleges,  universities  and  institutions  with 
ocean  programs,  the  Association  works  for  the  betterment 
of  the  management  and  utilization  of  marine  resources. 
Members  represent  almost  half  of  the  universities  and 
colleges  in  the  U.S.  that  offer  marine  related  degrees.  The 
Association's  goals  are  to  further  the  development,  use, 
and  conservation  of  marine  and  coastal  resources,  and  to 
encourage  increased  accomplishments  and  initiatives  in 
related  areas;  to  increase  the  effectiveness  of  member 
institutions  in  their  work  on  marine  and  coastal  resources; 
and  to  stimulate  cooperation  and  unity  of  effort  among 
members. 

The  20-member  MIDDLE  ATLANTIC  CONSORTIUM  ON 
AIR  POLLUTION  (MACAP)  was  established  in  1971  pri- 
marily as  an  educational  effort  in  the  area  of  air  pollution, 
on  a  grant  from  the  Environmental  Protection  Agency. 
Originally  designed  to  administer  training  grant  programs, 
the  Consortium  also  sponsors  short  courses,  confer- 
ences, telecom  seminars,  and  symposia,  including  a  re- 


10  /  General  Information 


cent  one  in  West  Virginia  which  was  run  for  and  by  grad- 
uate students.  For  the  telecom  series  of  seminars,  experts 
in  specific  fields  prepare  video  tapes  which  are  copied 
and  distributed  to  participating  institutions  for  viewing  by 
their  students  and  guests  from  government  and  industry. 
After  all  participants  have  viewed  the  tape,  a  conference 
call  is  placed  to  the  speaker  allowing  for  a  general  discus- 
sion and  question/answer  session. 

Established  in  1965,  the  UNIVERSITIES  COUNCIL  ON 
WATER  RESOURCES  (UCOWR),  is  a  national  consortium 
with  approximately  80  members.  UCOWR  was  created  to 
provide  a  forum  for  interchange  of  information  pertaining 
to  water  resources  research  in  academic  communities. 
Member  institutions  also  exchange  information  on  special 
conferences,  seminars,  symposia  and  graduate  study 
opportunities. 

The  NATIONAL  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  EDUCATIONAL 
CONSORTIUM  was  formed  in  November  1973  under  fund- 
ing from  the  Law  Enforcement  Assistance  Administration 
of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Justice.  The  University  of  Mary- 
land is  one  of  seven  universities  selected  to  participate. 
Among  the  stated  goals  of  the  consortium  are  the  devel- 
oping and  strengthening  of  graduate  programs  in  criminal 
justice  or  directly  related  studies  at  the  doctoral  level  and 
the  building  of  a  framework  for  cooperation  and  the  ex- 
change of  knowledge  among  affiliated  universities. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  an  associate  member  of 
the  UNIVERSITY-NATIONAL  OCEANOGRAPHIC  LABORA- 
TORY SYSTEM  (UNOLS)  established  to  improve  coordi- 
nated use  of  federally  supported  oceanographic  facilities, 
bringing  together  the  Community  of  Academic  Ocean- 
ographic Institutions  which  operate  those  facilities,  and 
creating  a  mechanism  for  such  coordinated  utilization  of 
and  planning  for  oceanographic  facilities.  As  an  associate 
member,  the  University  of  Maryland  has  a  very  active  grad- 
uate level  research  program  in  the  marine  sciences  and 
operates  facilities  through  the  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for 
Environmental  Studies. 


Fees  and  Expenses 

Payment  of  Fees 

All  Students  Who  Pre-Register  Incur  a  Financial  Obliga- 
tion to  the  University.  Those  students  who  pre-register 
and  subsequently  decide  not  to  attend  must  notify  the 
Registration  Office,  Room1130A,  North  Administration 
Building,  in  writing,  prior  to  the  first  day  of  classes.  If 
this  office  has  not  received  a  request  for  cancellation  by 
4:30  p.m.  of  the  last  day  before  classes  begin,  the  Univer- 
sity will  assume  that  the  student  plans  to  attend  and  ac- 
cepts his  financial  obligation. 

After  classes  begin,  students  who  wish  to  terminate 
their  registration  must  follow  the  withdrawal  procedures 
and  are  liable  for  charges  applicable  at  the  time  of  with- 
drawal. 

State  of  Maryland  legislation  has  established  a  State  Cen- 
tral Collections  Unit,  and  in  accordance  with  State  law  the 
University  is  required  to  turn  over  all  deliquent  accounts 
to  that  office  for  collection  and  legal  follow-up.  Delin- 
quent accounts  are  automatically  identified  and  collected 
on  a  monthly  basis  by  computer  readout. 


Graduate  Fees* 

Application  fee 

This  fee  is  not  refundable  $15.00 

Tuition  Per  Credit  Hour: 

Resident  Student $50.00 

Non-Resident  Student $85.00 

Students  admitted  to  the  Graduate 
School  must  pay  graduate  tuition  fees 
whether  or  not  the  credit  will  be  used  to 
satisfy  program  requirements.  A  grad- 
uate student  who  wishes  to  audit  a  course 
must  pay  the  usual  graduate  tuition. 

Continuous  Registration  Fee $10.00 

Registration  Fee  $  5.00 

Recreation  Fee 

(Summer  School  Only) $  4.00 

Vehicle  Registration  Fee $12.00 

Graduation  Fee, 

Master's  Degree $15.00 

Graduation  Fee, 

Doctor's  Degree $60.00 

Health  Fee  (Per  Semester) $  5.00 

(Part-time  Student) 

Health  Fee  (Per  Semester) $10.00 

(Full-time  Student) 

*The  fees  listed  here  are  those  charged  at  the  time  this  Catalog 
went  to  press  and  are  offered  as  a  general  guide.  They  are  sub- 
ject to  change.  Fees  charged  in  a  particular  semester  are  pub- 
lished in  the  Schedule  of  Classes  for  that  semester. 


Determination  of  In-State  Status 
for  Admission,  Tuition  and 
Charge-Differential  Purposes 

The  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  Maryland  ap- 
proved new  regulations  for  the  determination  of  in-state 
status  for  admission,  tuition  and  charge-differential  pur- 
poses at  its  meeting  on  September  21, 1973.  The  new 
regulations  became  effective  with  the  January  1974  term. 

An  initial  determination  of  in-state  status  for  admission, 
tuition  and  charge-differential  purposes  will  be  made  by 
the  University  at  the  time  a  student's  application  for  ad- 
mission is  under  consideration.  The  determination  made 
at  that  time,  and  any  determination  made  thereafter  shall 
prevail  in  each  semester  until  the  determination  is  suc- 
cessfully challenged.  The  deadline  for  meeting  all  require- 
ments for  an  in-state  status  and  for  submitting  all  docu- 
ments for  reclassification  is  ttie  last  day  of  late  registra- 
tion for  tfie  semester  the  student  wishes  to  be  classified 
as  an  in-state  student. 

The  volume  of  requests  for  reclassification  may  neces- 
sitate a  delay  in  completing  the  review  process.  It  is 
hoped  that  a  decision  in  each  case  will  be  made  within 
ninety  (90)  days  of  a  request  for  determination.  During  this 
period  of  time,  or  any  further  period  of  time  reauired  by 
the  University,  fees  and  charges  based  on  the  previous 
determination  must  be  paid.  If  the  determination  is 
changed,  any  excess  fees  and  charges  will  be  refunded. 

Persons  who  are  interested  in  obtaining  a  copy  of  the 
regulations  or  who  wish  assistance  with  their  classifica- 
tion should  contact:  The  Graduate  School  Office  of  Grad- 
uate Records,  Room  2117,  South  Administration  Building, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742— 
phone  (301)  454-5428. 


General  Information  / 1 1 


Financial  Assistance 

The  University  of  Maryland  recognizes  the  high  cost  of  ed- 
ucation today  and  makes  every  effort  to  offer  financial 
assistance  to  qualified  students  through  a  variety  of  pro- 
grams. Approximately  one-half  of  all  full-time  graduate 
students  receive  financial  support,  which  includes  remis- 
sion of  tuition  fees,  through  teaching  and  research  assis- 
tantships  and  University  and  state  fellowships.  In  addi- 
tion, education  loans  are  available  through  the  University 
at  very  reasonable  terms,  and  short-term,  interest-free 
emergency  loans  may  be  obtained  if  needed.  Referrals  for 
on-campus  or  area  employment  opportunities  for  students 
and  students'  spouses  are  also  available  in  various  depart- 
ments and  in  specific  student  service  centers  on  campus. 

Fellowships 

A  fellowship  is  an  award  bestowed  on  a  student  who  dis- 
plays academic  merit  and  promise  to  assist  him  in  de- 
voting full  time  to  scholarly  pursuits.  All  applicants  for 
fellowships  must  be  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  on  a 
full-time  basis  to  be  eligible.  Inquiries  and  requests  for 
appropriate  forms  should  be  directed  to  the  Fellowships 
and  Finance  Office,  Room  2126,  South  Administration 
Building,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland 
20742. 

The  Maryland  Fellowship  Program,  established  by  the 
State  Legislature  and  administered  by  the  Graduate 
School,  provides  a  limited  number  of  fellowships  to  quali- 
fied applicants  who  are  enrolled  in  doctoral  programs  and 
who  agree  to  teach  in  a  public  institution  of  higher  learn- 
ing in  the  State  of  Maryland  for  a  period  of  three  years 
following  receipt  of  their  doctoral  degree,  if  a  suitable 
position  is  offered.  The  stipend  is  $2,500  for  the  academic 
year,  with  remission  of  tuition.  Although  renewable  an- 
nually, these  fellowships  normally  carry  a  three  year  non- 
renewable tenure.  Deadline  for  the  application,  which  is 
available  from  the  Fellowship  Office  of  the  Graduate 
School,  is  February  15. 

The  Graduate  School  Fellowships  are  awarded  annually 
on  a  competitive  basis.  The  stipend  is  $1,000  for  the  aca- 
demic year,  with  remission  of  tuition.  The  standard  appli- 
cation for  financial  aid  will  serve  as  an  application  for  this 
fellowship  program  and  must  be  submitted  by  February  1. 
Awards  are  based  upon  the  recommendation  of  the 
department  chairman. 

Graduate  Fellowships  for  Other  Races  have  been  estab- 
lished to  provide  financial  assistance  to  qualified  grad- 
uate students  who  meet  the  following  criteria:  1.  The 
applicant  must  be  a  member  of  a  minority  race  as  defined 
by  the  racial  composition  of  the  College  Park  Campus 
graduate  student  body.  2.  The  applicant  must  be  a  legal 
resident  of  Maryland.  3.  The  applicant  must  be  admitted 
as  a  full-time  graduate  student  in  a  degree  program.  4.  The 
applicant  must  be  a  first-time  graduate  student.  5.  The  ap- 
plicant must  be  able  to  demonstrate  financial  need  as 
determined  by  the  College  Park  Graduate  School.  The  in- 
dividual fellowship  shall  not  exceed  $1,000  plus  waiver  of 
tuition,  and  a  student  may  apply  for  reappointment  on  a 
yearly  basis.  Additional  details  and  application  materials 
are  available  from  the  Fellowships  and  Finance  Office  of 
the  Graduate  School. 

12  /  General  Information 


Assistantships 

Offers  of  assistantships  are  made  contingent  upon  the 
applicant's  acceptance  as  a  graduate  student  by  the  Grad- 
uate School. 

Graduate  Teaching  Assistantships  are  available  to  quali- 
fied graduate  students  in  many  departments  and  pro- 
grams. In  addition  to  remission  of  tuition,  these  carry 
ten-month  stipends  ranging  from  $3,800  to  $4,750.  Appli- 
cations for  assistantships  should  be  made  directly  to  the 
department  in  which  the  applicant  will  study. 
Graduate  Research  Assistantships,  with  comparable  sti- 
pends, are  available  in  some  departments  on  a  ten  or 
twelve  month  basis.  For  information  inquire  in  the  individ- 
ual department  or  program. 

Resident  Graduate  Assistantships,  in  limited  number,  are 
also  available.  The  stipend  is  $3,800  per  year,  plus  remis- 
sion of  tuition,  in  exchange  for  part-time  work  In  under- 
graduate residence  halls  as  Residence  Halls  staff  mem- 
bers. These  Resident  Assistantships  are  open  to  both 
men  and  women.  Applications  for  a  Resident  Graduate  As- 
sistantship  should  be  made  to  the  Director  of  Resident 
Life,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Loans  and  Part-Time  Employment 

National  Direct  Student  Loan  Funds  are  available  to  grad- 
uate students  of  the  University  of  Maryland.  Applicants 
must  be  United  States  nationals  (citizens  and  permanent 
resident  status).  Loans  are  approved  based  upon  financial 
need;  the  average  loan  is  $1,500  per  year.  Repayment 
begins  nine  months  after  the  borrower  leaves  school,  and 
no  interest  is  charged  until  the  beginning  of  the  repay- 
ment schedule.  Interest  after  that  date  is  charged  at  the 
rate  of  three  per  cent  per  annum.  Repayment  of  the  loan, 
including  interest,  is  deferred  during  the  time  the  borrower 
may  be  in  military  service,  the  Peace  Corps,  VISTA,  and 
ACTION,  up  to  a  period  of  three  years  as  well  as  during 
time  of  continued  study  on  at  least  a  half-time  basis. 
Applications  should  be  directed  to  the  Director,  Office  of 
Student  Aid,  North  Administration  Building,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742,  by  May  1  for  the 
fall  semester. 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  programs  which  have  been 
established  for  State  of  Maryland  residents  through  the 
Maryland  Higher  Education  Loan  Corporation,  permit  stu- 
dents to  borrow  money  from  their  hometown  banks  or 
other  local  financial  institutions.  Graduate  students  in 
good  standing  may  borrow  up  to  $5,000  per  year,  but  state 
agencies  and  individual  banks  may  set  their  own  limits  up 
to  this  amount.  Notes  may  not  bear  more  than  seven  per- 
cent simple  interest.  Monthly  repayments  begin  ten 
months  after  graduation  or  withdrawal  from  school.  The 
federal  government  will  pay  the  interest  for  eligible  stu- 
dents while  the  student  is  in  school.  Further  details  re- 
garding this  program  for  Maryland  residents  may  be  se- 
cured from  the  Office  of  Student  Aid.  For  prospective 
non-Maryland  borrowers  unable  to  obtain  information  con- 
cerning the  particular  loan  programs  of  their  states,  the 
Office  of  Student  Aid  can  provide  necessary  information. 

Student  Emergency  Loans  are  available,  in  case  a  student 
has  a  financial  emergency, from  the  Office  of  Student  Aid. 


If  the  funds  have  not  been  depleted,  students  may  borrow 
with  no  interest  up  to  $75.00  ($300.00  if  the  student  spec- 
ifies that  the  loan  is  to  help  pay  registration  debts).  Emer- 
gency loans  must  be  repaid  within  one  semester. 

AAUW  Loan:  The  College  Park  Maryland  Branch  of  the 
American  Association  of  University  Women  has  estab- 
lished a  small  AAUW  loan  fund  for  graduate  women  stu- 
dents at  the  University  of  Maryland.  The  amount  loaned 
will  be  based  on  need  and  on  the  amount  of  funds 
available.  Repayment  of  the  loan  shall  begin  within  one 
year  of  leaving  the  University,  and  the  note  will  carry  4  per 
cent  per  annum  simple  interest  to  be  charged  on  the  un- 
paid balance,  beginning  when  the  borrower  leaves  the 
University.  For  information  and  application  forms,  please 
contact  the  Fellowship  and  Finance  Office  in  the 
Graduate  School. 

The  Office  of  Student  Aid,  located  in  the  North  Adminis- 
tration Building,  serves  without  charge  as  a  clearinghouse 
for  students  seeking  part-time  work  and  employers  seek- 
ing help.  Many  jobs  are  available  in  the  residence  halls, 
libraries,  laboratories,  and  elsewhere  on  and  off  campus. 
All  full-time  students  seeking  work  are  welcome  to  visit 
the  office  and  consult  referral  lists. 
Worl(-Study  Program.  The  University  has  in  operation  a 
College  Work-Study  Program  provided  under  Title  1-C  of 
the  Economic  Opportunity  Act  of  1964  and  subsequent 
amendments. 

The  purpose  of  the  College  Work-Study  Program  is  to 
expand  part-time  employment  opportunities  for  students 
who  are  in  need  of  the  earnings  from  part-time  employ- 
ment in  order  to  continue  their  education.  Preference  is 
given  to  students  with  the  greatest  financial  need. 

Employment  under  the  College  Work-Study  Program  is 
available  to  a  student  who  meets  the  following  qualifica- 
tions: (1)  is  in  need  of  employment  in  order  to  pursue  a 
course  of  study  at  this  University;  (2)  is  capable  of  main- 
taining good  standing  in  the  course  of  study  while  em- 
ployed; (3)  is  a  citizen  of  the  United  States  or  a  permanent 
resident;  (4)  is  enrolled  or  has  been  accepted  for  enroll- 
ment as  either  an  undergraduate,  graduate,  or  profession- 
al student  on  a  full-time  basis. 

Students  employed  through  the  College  Work-Study 
Program  are  assigned  to  most  of  the  departments  on 
campus  and  to  a  few  departments  off-campus.  Students 
may  be  employed  up  to  40  hours  per  week  during  the  sum- 
mer, semester  break,  and  Spring  holidays.  During  the 
school  year,  to  include  examination  week,  students  may 
work  up  to  15  hours  per  week.  Minimum  pay  is  $3.50  per 
hour  during  this  school  year. 

Additional  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office 
of  Student  Aid,  Student  Employment  Section,  located  in 
Room  2114,  North  Administration  Building.  Telephone: 
454-4592. 

Veterans  Benefits 

Recent  federal  legislation  has  had  significant  impact  on 
the  veteran-graduate  student.  People  who  originally  were 
entitled  to  36  months  of  V.A.  Educational  Benefits  now 
have  a  total  of  45  months  of  educational  benefits.  The 
new  complement  of  benefits  can  be  used  for  graduate 
work. 


See  the  Veterans  Section  of  the  current  Schedule  of 
Classes  for  other  current  information. 

Veterans  Administration  counselors  work  on  campus 
full-time  to  assist  veterans,  their  dependents,  and  service- 
men with  all  V.A.  related  questions  and  problems.  These 
representatives  can  offer  you  help  in  getting  your  monthly 
educational  assistance  checks,  as  well  as  other  less 
known  but  available  benefits.  Some  of  these  are  compen- 
sation for  service  connected  disabilities,  guaranteed 
home  loans,  and  vocational  rehabilitation  services  for  dis- 
abled veterans. 

Related  information,  such  as  facts  on  individual  state 
bonuses,  removal  of  derogatory  SPN  codes  from  your  mil- 
itary discharge  {DD214),  and  University  of  Maryland  Veter- 
ans Club  activities,  is  also  available. 

The  counselors  are  available  on  a  walk-in-basis  during 
normal  office  hours  in  Room  1130  or  2108  North  Adminis- 
tration Building.  Telephone  454-5276  or  454-5734. 

Student  Services 

Housing 

There  is  no  on-campus  housing  provided  for  unmarried 
graduate  students.  The  Off-Campus  Housing  Office 
(Room  121 1H,  Student  Union,  454-3645),  in  cooperation 
with  many  of  the  local  landlords  and  apartment  managers, 
maintains  an  extensive  and  up-to-date  list  of  vacancies 
under  several  headings  (Rooms,  Unfurnished  Apartments, 
Houses  to  Share,  etc.).  This  office  can  also  provide  stu- 
dents with  convenient  maps  of  the  College  Park  area  and 
with  lists  of  local  motels,  trailer  and  mobile  home  parks, 
real  estate  agents,  and  furniture  rental  companies. 

Current  rates  for  housing  in  the  area  are  about  $85-$125 
per  month  for  a  room  in  a  private  home,  $175-$250  per 
month  for  an  efficiency  or  one  bedroom  apartment;  $250/ 
month  for  a  furnished  apartment,  $90-130/month  for 
shared  apartment,  and  $300-$350/month  for  a  two-bed- 
room house. 

The  University  itself  maintains  two  apartment  com- 
plexes for  married  graduate  students  and  for  a  limited 
number  of  single  graduate  students.  Both  Lord  Calvert 
Apartments  and  University  Hills  Apartments  are  within 
walking  distance  of  campus,  which  means  that  there  is 
usually  a  waiting  list,  especially  during  the  period  immedi- 
ately preceding  the  fall  semester.  Priority  for  housing  in 
these  complexes  is  currently  given  to  married  full- 
time  graduate  assistants,  then  married  full-time  graduate 
non-assistants. 

Rent  for  a  one-bedroom  apartment  is  $135-$148/month, 
with  two-bedroom  apartments  costing  about  fifteen 
dollars  more;  a  limited  number  of  efficiencies  are  avail- 
able to  single  students  for  a  slightly  lower  monthly  rent. 
Students  must  sign  a  one  year  lease  and  pay  a  security 
deposit  of  $50  (payable  when  the  applicant's  name  is 
added  to  the  waiting  list).  There  is  a  nonrefundable  appli- 
cation fee  of  $10  for  adding  a  name  to  the  waiting  list. 
After  the  initial  lease  expires,  residence  in  the  apartments 
is  on  a  monthly  basis.  Graduate  students  who  maintain 
full-time  status  are  permitted  to  live  in  the  apartments  for 
a  maximum  of  five  years. 

Information  and  applications  for  University-owned 
housing  can  be  obtained  from  the  Rental  Office,  3424 
Tulane  Drive,  Hyattsville,  Maryland  20783  (422-7445). 


General  Information  /  13 


University  Food  Services 

The  University  Food  Service  offers  tliree  dining  contract 
options  which  are  available  to  graduate  students.  One 
plan  offers  the  diner  19  meals  per  v^feek,  the  second  offers 
any  15  per  weel<,  and  the  third  offers  the  choice  of  any  10 
meals  per  vk^eek.  The  1976-1977  cost  of  contract  dining 
plans  ranged  from  $330  to  $380  per  semester.  University 
affiliated  people  can  obtain  guest  meal  tickets  for  individ- 
ual meals  in  contract  dining  halls  for  fairly  reasonable 
prices  (unlimited  quantities  for  $1.65  at  breakfast,  $2.00  at 
lunch,  and  $2.50  at  dinner).  More  information  about  con- 
tract dining  can  be  obtained  from  Mr.  John  Goecker  (454- 
2901). 

In  addition  to  the  services  offered  by  the  contract 
dining  halls,  graduate  students  may  wish  to  take  advan- 
tage of  the  cash  line  services  available  at  the  Hill  Dining 
Hall  or  the  various  restaurants  and  snack  bars  at  the  Stu- 
dent Union. 

Hillel  Kosher  Dining  Club,  housed  in  Hillel  House,  7505 
Yale  Avenue,  College  Park  (277-8961),  provides  Kosher 
meals  on  either  a  regular  or  occasional  basis. 

Career  Development  Center 

The  Career  Development  Center,  located  in  Terrapin  Hall, 
offers  a  wide  variety  of  services  to  graduate  students.  The 
goal  of  the  Center  is  to  assist  students  in  exploring  career 
opportunities  and  planning  their  careers.  Services  include 
career  advising,  the  Career  Library,  the  credentials  ser- 
vice, and  the  on-campus  interview  program. 

The  career  advising  program  includes  both  individual 
and  group  advising  sessions  and  workshops  on  job- 
seeking  skills,  resume  preparation,  and  interviewing 
skills.  The  Career  Library  contains  occupational  informa- 
tion, full-time  job  listings,  employer  directories,  and  other 
reference  sources. 

Graduate  students  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  on- 
campus  interview  program,  which  involves  campus  visits 
by  representatives  from  business,  government,  and  educa- 
tion. Students  interested  in  employment  in  the  fields  of 
education  and  library  science  will  find  the  credentials 
service  especially  valuable. 

Certain  services  of  the  Center  are  also  available  to  stu- 
dents' spouses. 

Counseling  Center 

The  Counseling  Center  offers  consultation  on  educa- 
tion/psychological concerns;  an  open  educational-voca- 
tional information  library;  recorded  interviews  with 
department  heads  on  the  characteristics  of  graduate 
majors  offered  on  the  campus;  and  a  weekly  Research  and 
Data  series  of  presentations  on  current  educational/ 
psychological  topics. 

Available  services  include  the  following:  the  Counseling 
Service,  which  offers  initial  consultation  on  any  problems 
and  provides  further  counseling  services  or  referral  ser- 
vices to  appropriate  individuals  or  agencies  in  the  area; 
the  Reading  and  Study  Skills  Laboratory,  for  those  inter- 
ested in  improving  any  of  their  educational  skills;  the 
Parent  Consultation  and  Child  Evaluation  Service,  pro- 
viding a  variety  of  services  to  the  parents  of  young  chil- 
dren with  learning  or  behavior  problems;  and  the  Testing, 


Research  and  Data  Processing  Division,  which  serves  as 
the  testing  and  census  taking  arm  of  the  campus. 

The  Center  provides  consultation  to  a  variety  of  groups 
and  individuals  concerning  organizational  development 
and  group  productivity.  Other  programs  include  a  series 
of  self-understanding  and  development  groups  for  inter- 
ested students  and  staff. 

The  Center  provides  a  wide  variety  of  research  reports 
on  characteristics  of  students  and  campus  environment. 

National  testing  programs  (GRE,  Miller  Analogies,  etc.) 
are  administered  by  the  Counseling  Center  as  well  as 
testing  for  counseling  purposes.  Office  location:  Shoe- 
maker Building.  Telephone:  Counseling  Services  454-2931; 
Reading  and  Study  Skills  Lab  454-2935. 

Health  Care 

The  University  Health  Center  is  located  on  Campus  Drive 
directly  across  from  the  Student  Union.  Both  graduate  and 
undergraduate  students  are  eligible  for  health  care  at  the 
Health  Center.  Services  provided  include  both  emergency 
and  routine  medical  care,  mental  health  evaluation  and 
treatment,  health  education,  laboratory,  x-ray,  gynecolog- 
ical services,  and  upon  referral  from  a  Health  Center 
physician,  dermatological  services  and  orthopedic 
services. 

Students  requiring  service  should  call  the  Health  Cen- 
ter for  an  appointment.  Students  who  are  injured  or  are 
too  ill  to  wait  for  an  appointment  will  be  seen  on  a  walk-in 
basis.  Emergencies  always  receive  highest  priority. 

The  Health  Center  is  open  8:00  a.m. -10:00  p.m.  week- 
days and  11 :00  a.m. -3:00  p.m.  on  weekends  with  acute 
illnesses  taking  priority  on  evenings  and  weekends.  Emer- 
gencies are  seen  24  hours  a  day. 

Upon  payment  of  the  health  fee  at  registration,  a  stu- 
dent becomes  eligible  for  routine  medical  care  and  pro- 
fessional services  at  the  Health  Center.  Charges  however, 
are  made  for  certain  laboratory  tests,  all  x-rays,  casts  and 
allergy  injections.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  mandatory 
health  fee  is  not  a  form  of  health  insurance.  For  informa- 
tion and  emergencies,  call  454-3444;  Appointments,  454- 
4923;  Mental  Health,  454-4925;  Women's  Health,  454-4921; 
Health  Education,  454-4922. 

Health  Insurance 

Because  the  mandatory  health  fee  is  not  a  form  of  health 
insurance  and  many  students  do  not  have  adequate 
coverage,  a  voluntary  group  insurance  policy  is  available 
to  students.  This  policy  provides  benefits,  at  very  reason- 
able rates,  for  hospital,  surgery,  emergency,  laboratory, 
and  x-ray  purposes;  some  coverage  for  mental  and  ner- 
vous problems;  and  contains  a  major  hospital  provision. 
Students  may  enroll  at  mid-year  for  a  half-yearly  rate,  and 
they  may  elect  to  have  family  coverage.  Enrollment  for  the 
policy  is  open  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester.  For 
additional  information  and  application  forms,  see  the 
brochure  available  in  the  Health  Center  or  in  the  Office  of 
Student  Affairs. 

Publications  of  Interest  to  Graduate 
Students 

In  addition  to.the  Catalog  and  Bulletin,  the  Graduate 


14  /  General  Information 


School  prepares  the  following  publications: 
Guide  to  Graduate  Life.  This  handbook,  designed  to  pro- 
vide the  new  graduate  student  with  an  introduction  to  the 
campus  and  the  College  Park  area,  is  available  from  the 
office  of  the  Dean  tor  Graduate  Studies. 
Important  Dates  for  Advisors  and  Students.  This  calendar 
card  of  dates  for  submission  of  final  documents  is  avail- 
able from  the  various  departmental  graduate  offices,  as 
well  as  from  the  office  of  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies. 
Graduate  Student  Academic  Handbook.  This  manual  con- 
tains the  instructions  for  preparation  of  theses  and  dis- 
sertations and  is  available  at  a  nominal  cost  from  the  Uni- 
versity book  store. 

Graduate  Assistant  Policy  Manual  and  Handbook.  This 
handbook  sets  forth  policies,  procedures,  and  services  of 
interest  to  graduate  assistants  and  is  available  from  the 
departmental  graduate  offices  and  the  office  of  the  Dean 
for  Graduate  Studies. 


Student  Data  Information 

Policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  on 
Access  to  and  Release  of  Student  Data/ 
Information 

General  Statement.  The  University  of  Maryland  has  the  re- 
sponsibility for  effectively  supervising  any  access  to  and/ 
or  release  of  official  data/information  about  its  students. 
Certain  items  of  information  about  individual  students  are 
fundamental  to  the  educational  process  and  must  be  re- 
corded. This  recorded  information  concerning  students 
must  be  used  only  for  clearly-defined  purposes,  must  be 
safeguarded  and  controlled  to  avoid  violations  of  personal 
privacy,  and  must  be  appropriately  disposed  of  when  the 
justification  for  its  collection  and  retention  no  longer 
exists. 

In  this  regard,  the  University  is  committed  to  protecting 
to  the  maximum  extent  possible  the  right  of  privacy  of  all 
individuals  about  whom  it  holds  information,  records  and 
files.  Access  to  and  release  of  such  records  is  restricted 
to  the  student  concerned,  to  others  with  the  student's 
written  consent,  to  officials  within  the  University,  to  a 
court  of  competent  jurisdiction  and  otherwise  pursuant  to 
law. 

Access.  All  official  information  collected  and  maintained 
in  the  University  identifiable  with  an  individual  student  will 
be  made  available  for  inspection  and  review  at  the  written 
request  of  that  student  subject  to  certain  exceptions. 

For  purposes  of  access  to  records  at  the  University  of 
tVlaryland,  a  student  enrolled  (or  formerly  enrolled)  for 
academic  credit  or  audit  at  any  campus  of  the  University 
shall  have  access  to  official  records  concerning  him  on 
any  campus  on  which  he  is  or  has  been  enrolled. 

The  personal  files  of  members  of  the  faculty  and  staff 
which  concern  students,  including  private  correspon- 
dence, and  notes  which  refer  to  students,  are  not  regard- 
ed as  official  records  of  the  University.  This  includes 
notes  intended  for  the  personal  use  of  the  faculty  and 
never  intended  to  be  official  records  of  the  University. 

A  request  for  general  access  to  all  official  records,  files 


and  data  maintained  by  a  campus,  must  be  made  in  writ- 
ing to  the  coordinator  of  records  or  to  other  person(s)  as 
designated  by  the  chancellor  at  that  particular  campus.  A 
request  for  access  to  official  data  maintained  in  a  particu- 
lar office  may  be  made  to  the  administrative  head  of  that 
office. 

When  a  student  (or  former  student)  appears  at  a  given 
office  and  requests  access  to  the  University  records  about 
himself. 

1.  The  student  must  provide  proper  identification  veri- 
fying that  he  is  the  person  whose  record  is  being 
accessed. 

2.  The  designated  staff  person(s)  must  supervise  the  re- 
view of  the  contents  of  the  record  with  the  student. 

3.  Inspection  and  review  shall  be  permitted  within  a 
period  not  to  exceed  45  days  from  the  date  of  the 
student's  request. 

4.  The  student  will  be  free  to  make  notes  concerning 
the  contents  but  no  material  will  be  removed  from 
the  record  at  the  time. 

Under  normal  circumstances,  the  student  is  entitled  to 
receive  a  copy  only  of  his  permanent  academic  record.  A 
reasonable  administrative  fee  may  be  charged  for  provid- 
ing copies  of  this  or  other  items. 

Record  keeping  personnel  and  members  of  the  faculty 
and.  staff  with  administrative  assignment  may  have  access 
to  records  and  files  for  internal  educational  purposes  as 
well  as  for  routinely  necessary  clerical,  administrative  and 
statistical  purposes  as  required  by  the  duties  of  their  jobs. 
The  name  and  position  of  the  official  responsible  for  the 
maintenance  of  each  type  of  educational  record  may  be 
obtained  from  the  coordinator  of  records  or  other  person 
appointed  by  the  chancellor  on  each  campus. 

Any  other  access  allowed  by  law  must  be  recorded 
showing  the  legitimate  educational  or  other  purpose  and 
the  signature  of  the  person  gaining  access.  The  student 
concerned  shall  be  entitled  to  review  this  information. 
Release  of  Information.  Except  with  the  prior  written  con- 
sent of  the  student  (or  former  student)  concerned,  or  as 
required  by  federal  and  state  law,  no  information  in  any 
student  file  may  be  released  to  any  individual  (including 
parents,  spouse,  or  other  students)  or  organization  with 
the  exception  of  information  defined  as  "Public  Informa- 
tion." 

When  disclosure  of  any  personally  identifiable  data/in- 
formation from  University  records  about  a  student  is  de- 
manded pursuant  to  court  order  or  lawfully  issued  sub- 
poena, the  staff  member  receiving  such  order  shall 
immediately  notify  the  student  concerned  in  writing  prior 
to  compliance  with  such  order  or  subpoena. 

Data/information  from  University  records  about  stu- 
dents will  be  released  tor  approved  research  purposes 
only  if  the  identity  of  the  student  involved  is  fully 
protected. 

A  record  will  be  kept  of  all  such  releases. 

Information  from  University  records  may  be  released  to 
appropriate  persons  in  connection  with  an  emergency  if 
the  knowledge  of  such  information  is  necessary  to  protect 
the  health  or  safety  of  a  student  or  other  persons. 

Public  Information.  The  following  items  are  considered 
public  data/information  and  may  be  disclosed  by  the  Uni- 
versity in  response  to  inquiries  concerning  individual  stu- 


General  Information  / 15 


dents,  whether  the  inquiries  are  in  person,  In  writing  or 
overihe  telephone. 

1.  Name 

2.  Affirmation  of  whether  currently  enrolled 

3.  Campus  location 

Unless  the  student  has  officially  filed  a  request  with  the 
campus  registrar  that  disclosure  not  be  made  without  his 
written  permission,  the  following  items  in  addition  to 
those  above  are  considered  public  information  and  may 
be  included  in  appropriate  University/campus  directories 
and  publications  and  may  be  disclosed  by  designated 
staff  members  in  each  campus  in  response  to  inquiries 
concerning  individual  students,  whether  the  inquiries  are 
in  person,  in  writing,  or  over  the  telephone. 

1.  School,  college,  department,  major  or  division 

2.  Dates  of  enrollment 

3.  Degrees  received 

4.  Honors  received 

5.  Local  address  and  phone  number 

6.  Home  address  (permanent) 

7.  Participation  in  officially  recognized  activities  and 
sports 

8.  Weight  and  height  of  members  of  athletic  teams 
The  release  of  public  information  as  described  above 

may  be  limited  by  an  individual  campus  policy. 

Letters  of  AppraisaL  Candid  appraisals  and  evaluations  of 
performance  and  potential  are  an  essential  part  of  the  ed- 
ucational process.  Clearly,  the  provision  of  such  informa- 
tion to  prospective  employers,  to  other  educational 
Institutions,  or  to  other  legitimately  concerned  outside  in- 
dividuals and  agencies  is  necessary  and  in  the  interest  of 
the  particular  student. 

Data/information  which  was  part  of  University  records 
prior  to  January  1,  1975  and  which  was  collected  and 
maintained  as  confidential  information,  will  not  be  dis- 
closed to  students.  Should  a  student  desire  access  to  a 
confidential  letter  of  appraisal  received  prior  to  January  1, 
1975,  the  student  shall  be  advised  to  have  the  writer  of 
that  appraisal  notify,  in  writing,  the  concerned  records 
custodian  of  the  decision  as  to  whether  or  not  the  writer 
is  willing  to  have  the  appraisal  made  available  for  the  stu- 
dent's review.  Unless  a  written  response  is  received  ap- 
proving a  change  of  status  in  the  letter,  the  treatment  of 
the  letter  as  a  confidential  document  shall  continue. 

Documents  of  appraisal  relating  to  students  collected 
by  the  University  or  any  department  or  office  of  the  Univer- 
sity on  or  after  January  1,  1975,  will  be  maintained  confi- 
dentially only  if  a  waiver  of  the  right  of  access  has  been 
executed  by  the  student.  In  the  absence  of  such  a  waiver, 
all  such  documents  will  be  available  for  student  inspec- 
tion and  review. 

All  references,  recommendations,  evaluations  and  other 
written  notations  or  comments,  originated  prior  to  Jan- 
uary 1,  1975,  where  the  author  by  reason  of  custom, 
common  practice,  or  specific  assurance  thought  or  had 
good  reason  to  believe  that  such  documents  and  mate- 
rials would  be  confidential,  will  be  maintained  as  confi- 
dential, unless  the  author  consents  in  writing  to  waive 
such  confidentiality. 

If  a  student  files  a  written  waiver  with  the  department 
or  office  concerned,  letters  of  appraisal  received  pursuant 


to  that  waiver  will  be  maintained  confidentially.  Forms  will 
be  available  for  this  purpose. 

Challenges  to  the  Record.  Every  student  shall  have  the  op- 
portunity to  challenge  any  item  in  his  file  which  he  consid- 
ers to  be  inaccurate,  misleading  or  otherwise  inappropri- 
ate data.  A  student  shall  initiate  a  challenge  by  submitting 
a  request  in  writing  for  the  deletion  or  correction  of  the 
particular  item.  The  request  shall  be  made  to  the  custo- 
dian of  the  particular  record  in  question. 

If  the  custodian  and  the  student  involved  are  unable  to 
resolve  the  matter  to  the  satisfaction  of  both  parties,  the 
written  request  for  deletion  or  correction  shall  be  submit- 
ted by  the  student  to  the  coordinator  of  records,  or  other 
such  person  as  designated  by  the  chancellor,  who  shall 
serve  as  the  hearing  officer.  The  student  shall  be  given  the 
opportunity  for  a  hearing,  at  which  the  student  may  pre- 
sent oral  or  written  justification  for  the  request  for  dele- 
tion or  correction.  The  hearing  officer  may  obtain  such 
other  information  as  he  deems  appropriate  for  use  in  the 
hearing  and  shall  give  the  student  a  written  decision  on 
the  matter  within  thirty  (30)  days  from  the  conclusion  of 
the  hearing.  If  the  decision  of  the  hearing  officer  is  to 
deny  the  deletion  or  correction  of  an  item  in  the  student's 
file,  the  student  shall  be  entitled  to  submit  a  written  state- 
ment to  the  hearing  officer  presenting  his  position  with 
regard  to  the  item.  Both  the  written  decision  of  the  hear- 
ing officer  and  the  statement  submitted  by  the  student 
shall  be  inserted  in  the  student's  file.  The  decision  of  the 
hearing  officer  shall  be  final. 

Grades  may  be  challenged  under  this  procedure  only  on 
the  basis  of  the  accuracy  of  their  transcription. 
Exceptions  to  the  Policy.  It  is  the  position  of  the  Univer- 
sity that  certain  data/information  maintained  in  various 
offices  of  the  University  is  not  subject  to  the  provisions  of 
this  policy  with  regard  to  inspection,  review,  challenge, 
correction  or  deletion. 

(a)  Statements  submitted  by  parent/guardian  or  spouse  in 
support  of  financial  aid  or  residency  determinations 
are  considered  to  be  confidential  between  those  per- 
sons and  the  University,  and  are  not  subject  to  the  pro- 
visions of  this  policy  except  with  the  written  consent 
of  the  persons  involved.  Such  documents  are  not  re- 
garded as  part  of  the  student's  official  record. 

(b)  University  employment  records  of  students  are  not  in- 
cluded in  this  policy,  except  as  provided  under  Article 
76A  of  the  Annotated  Code  of  Maryland. 

(c)  With  regard  to  general  health  data,  only  that  data/infor- 
mation which  is  used  by  the  University  in  making  a  de- 
cision regarding  the  student's  status  is  subject  to 
review  by  the  student  under  this  policy.  Written  psy- 
chiatric or  psychological  case  notes  which  form  the 
basis  for  diagnoses,  recommendations,  or  treatment 
plans  remain  privileged  information  not  accessible  to 
the  student.  Such  case  notes  are  not  considered  to  be 
part  of  official  University  records.  To  ensure  the  avail- 
ability of  correct  and  helpful  interpretations  of  any 
psychological  test  scores,  notes  or  other  evaluative  or 
medical  materials,  the  contents  of  these  files  for  an  in- 
dividual student  may  be  reviewed  by  that  student  only 
in  consultation  with  a  professional  staff  member  of 
the  specific  department  involved. 

(d)  Records  relating  to  a  continuing  or  active  investigation 


16  /  General  Information 


by  the  campus  security  office,  or  records  of  said  office 
not  relating  to  the  student's  status  with  the  University 
are  not  subject  to  this  policy. 
(e)  No  student  is  entitled  to  see  information  or  records 
that  pertain  to  another  student,  to  parents,  or  to  other 
third  parties.  A  student  is  entitled  to  review  only  that 
portion  of  an  official  record  or  file  that  pertains  to  him. 

Notice.  Notice  of  these  policies  and  procedures  will  be 
published  by  the  University. 

The  foregoing  statement  of  University  policy  becomes 
effective  immediately,  but  should  be  regarded  as  tentative 
pending  the  issuance  of  federal  regulations  and  guide- 
lines or  amendments  in  the  applicable  laws. 

The  masculine  gender  of  personal  pronouns  in  this 
document  includes  the  feminine  gender. 
Approved  by  the  President's  Administrative  Council, 
2/3/75. 


Admission  to 
Graduate  School 

Graduate  Programs 

Programs  Degrees  Offered 

Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum  ' .  .M.Ed., 
M.A.V  A.G.S.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Aerospace  Engineering M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education^   M.S.*. 

A.G.S.,  Ph.D. 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  .  .  .M.S.*.  Ph.D. 

Agricultural  Engineering M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Agronomy M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

American  Studies' M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Animal  Sciences M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Applied  Mathematics M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Art M.A.*,  M.F.A.,  Ph.D. 

Astronomy' M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Botany M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Business  Administration'    M.B.A.,  D.B.A. 

Chemical  Engineering M.S.*.  Ph.D. 

Chemical  Physics M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Chemistry M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Civil  Engineering   M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Comparative  Literature M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

ComputerScience'   M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Services'  . .  .M.Ed.,  M.A.*, 

A.G.S.,  Ph.D. 

Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology' M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education'  .M.Ed.,M.A., 
A.G.S.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Economics' M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Electrical  Engineering M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Engineering  Materials     M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

English  Language  and  Literature  M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Entomology M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Family  and  Community  Development'  M.S. 

Food.  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration'  .M.S.* 

Food  Science  M.S.*.  Ph.D. 

French  Language  and  Literature' M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Geography' M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Germanic  Language  and  Literature M.A.*,  Ph.D. 


Government  and  Politics'  M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Health  Education M.A..  Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences' M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

History' M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Horticulture   M.S.*, Ph.D. 

Human  Development  Education'  .  M.Ed.,  M.A.,  A.G.S., 

Ed.D..  Ph.D. 
Industrial  Education' .  M.Ed.,  M.A.,  A.G.S.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Journalism' M.A.* 

Library  and  Information  Services' M.L.S.,  Ph.D. 

Mathematics M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Measurement  and  Statistics'  . .  .M.Ed.,M.A.*,A.G.S., 

Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Mechanical  Engineering M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Meteorology M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Microbiology' M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Music' M.M.,D.M.A.,Ph.D. 

Nuclear  Engineering   M.S.*,  Ph.D, 

Nutritional  Sciences   M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Philosophy' M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Physical  Education' M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Physics'    M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Poultry  Science M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Psychology' M.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Recreation'   M.A.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Secondary  Education' M.Ed.,  M.A.*,  A.G.S., 

Ed.D..  Ph.D. 

Social  Foundations  of  Education'   M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Sociology' M.A.,  Ph.D. 

Spanish  Language  and  Literature  M.A.*,  Ph.D. 

Special  Education'.  .  .M.Ed.,M.A.,A.G.S.,  Ed.D.,  Ph.D. 

Speechand  DramaticArt' M.A.* 

Text  lies  and  Consumer  Economics' M.S.*,  Ph.D. 

Urban  Studies' M.A.* 

Zoology M.S.*,  Ph.D. 


'GMAT  (Graduate  Management  &  Admissions  Test) 
^Miller  Analogies  Test  required  for  admission. 
'Graduate  Record  Examination  Aptitude  Test  required. 
'Graduate  Record  Examination  Advanced  Test  required. 
'Both  Aptitude  and  Advanced  Graduate  Record  Examina- 
tions required. 

*Non-thesis  option  available  for  M.A.  or  M.S. 

For  further  details  on  entrance  examinations  see 
Admission  to  Graduate  School  below. 


Administrative  Offices 

The  administrative  offices  of  the  Graduate  School  are 
located  on  the  second  floor  of  the  South  Administration 
Building,  and  the  Dean.  Associate  Dean,  and  Assistant 
Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  their  staff  may  be  found  in 
Suite  2133.  Other  offices  to  which  students  may  go  for 
administrative  assistance  are  listed  below: 
Office  of  the  Director  of  Graduate  Records:  Room  2125, 
South  Administration  Building.  The  Director  of  Records  of 
the  Graduate  School  is  the  person  in  charge  of  graduate 
admissions  and  records  of  degree  progress  for  all  pro- 
spective and  admitted  students. 

Office  of  Graduate  Admissions:  Room  2107,  South  Admin- 
istration Building.  This  office  receives  and  maintains  all 


General  Information  /  17 


files  of  students  applying  for  admission  and  answers  all 
inquiries  regarding  the  admission  process. 
Office  of  Graduate  Records:  Room  2117,  Soutfi  Admin- 
istration Building.  This  office  maintains  all  files  for  grad- 
uate students  after  they  have  been  admitted  and  provides 
information  on  registration  procedures.  Students  may  ob- 
tain the  "Continuous  Registration  Form"  and  the  "Inter- 
campus  Enrollment  Form"  here,  and  petitions  and  infor- 
mation on  in-state  classification  for  tuition  and  charge- 
differential  purposes  are  handled  by  this  office. 
Fellowships  and  Finance  Office:  Room  2126,  South  Ad- 
ministration Building.  The  Fellowships  and  Finance  Office 
serves  as  a  clearinghouse  for  information  on  available 
fellowships  which  are  sponsored  by  the  Graduate  School. 
Office  of  the  Assistant  to  the  Dean:  Room  2114,  South  Ad- 
ministration Building.  The  Assistant  to  the  Dean  is  gener- 
ally responsible  for  assuring  that  the  academic  programs 
and  accomplishments  of  graduate  students  fulfill  the  re- 
quirements for  degrees  established  by  the  Graduate 
Council.  The  following  forms  are  received  and  processed 
by  this  office:  1)  "Doctoral  Candidacy  Forms";  2)  "Mas- 
ter's Approved  Program  Form";  3)  "Certification  of  Com- 
pletion of  the  Non-thesis  Master's  Option";  4)  "Certifica- 
tion of  Completion  of  the  Master's  Thesis";  5)  "Certifica- 
tion of  Completion  of  the  Doctoral  Dissertation."  It  is  to 
this  office  that  copies  of  the  thesis  and  dissertation  must 
be  submitted,  and  it  is  the  Assistant  to  the  Dean  who  pre- 
pares official  commencement  lists.  In  addition,  students 
submit  to  this  office  registration  forms  for  foreign  lan- 
guage examinations  and  requests  for  approval  of  transfer 
of  credit. 

General 

Responsibility  for  admitting  applicants  to  graduate  pro- 
grams rests  with  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  his 
staff,  who  regularly  seek  the  advice  of  the  chairmen  and 
graduate  admission  committees  of  the  academic  pro- 
grams in  making  their  decisions.  In  the  case  of  foreign 
student  applicants,  the  University's  Director  of  Interna- 
tional Education  is  also  consulted.  Standards  applied  by 
the  Graduate  School  and  individual  programs  are  to  insure 
that  students  admitted  have  high  qualifications  and  a  rea- 
sonable expectation  of  successfully  completing  a  grad- 
uate program.  Standards  for  admission  to  doctoral  pro- 
grams are  frequently  higher  than  those  for  admission  to 
master's  programs.  In  many  degree  programs  applications 
by  qualified  students  for  admission  to  graduate  study 
regularly  exceed  the  number  of  students  who  can  be 
accommodated.  In  order  to  maintain  programs  of  out- 
standing quality,  the  number  of  spaces  in  each  program  is 
limited  according  to  the  availability  of  faculty,  special 
resources,  and  funds  for  students  requiring  financial 
assistance.  The  Graduate  School  admits  the  most  highly 
qualified  applicants  up  to  the  limit  of  the  number  of 
spaces  in  each  program. 

Criteria  for  Admission 

The  decision  to  admit  an  applicant  to  a  program  is  based 
primarily  on  results  from  a  combination  of  the  following 
criteria,  according  to  requirements  of  the  specific  pro- 
gram or  department. 


1 .  Quality  of  previous  undergraduate  and  graduate  work. 

The  Graduate  School  requires  as  a  minimum  standard 
a  B  average  or  3.0  on  a  4.0  scale,  in  a  program  of  study 
resulting  in  the  award  of  a  baccalaureate  degree  from 
a  regionally  accredited  college  or  university.  In  addi- 
tion, the  student's  undergraduate  program  should  in- 
clude completion  of  the  prerequisites  for  graduate 
study  in  his  chosen  field.  In  individual  programs,  where 
resources  are  available,  a  few  applicants  who  do  not 
meet  this  minimum  standard  for  undergraduate  work 
may  be  provisionally  admitted  if  there  is  compelling 
evidence  on  the  basis  of  other  criteria  of  a  reasonable 
likelihood  of  success  in  the  program  the  person  de- 
sires to  enter.  If  an  applicant  has  studied  at  the  grad- 
uate level  elsewhere,  less  weight  may  be,  but  is  not 
necessarily,  placed  on  the  quality  of  the  undergraduate 
academic  record.  Some  programs  may  require  a  higher 
minimum  grade  average  for  admission. 

2.  Strength  of  letters  of  recommendation  from  persons 
competent  to  judge  the  applicant's  probable  success 
in  graduate  school.  Usually  these  letters  are  from  the 
applicant's  former  professors  who  are  able  to  give  an  in- 
depth  evaluation  of  the  applicant's  strengths  and  weak- 
nesses with  respect  to  academic  work.  Additional  rec- 
ommendations may  come  from  employers  or  super- 
visors who  are  familiar  with  the  applicant's  work  experi- 
ence. Applicants  should  instruct  their  references  to 
send  all  letters  of  recommendation  directly  to  the  pro- 
gram in  which  they  desire  entrance.  Some  departments 
do  not  require  letters  of  recommendation  (See  applica- 
tion form.). 

3.  Scores  on  a  nationally  standardized  examination. 
Because  the  predictive  utility  of  these  scores  may  vary 
from  one  group  of  applicants  to  another,  a  discriminat- 
ing use  of  all  relevant  materials  will  be  made  in  each 
applicant's  case.  The  three  most  widely  used  stan- 
dardized examinations  are  the  Graduate  Record  Exam- 
inations, Graduate  Management  Admissions  Test,  and 
the  Miller  Analogies  Test. 

GRADUATE  RECORD  EXAMINATIONS  (GRE):  Al- 
though many  graduate  programs  do  not  require  the 
GRE,  almost  all  will  use  such  test  scores  as  an  addi- 
tional measure  of  an  applicant's  qualifications.  The 
GRE  may  be  taken  in  either  or  both  of  two  forms;  The 
Aptitude  Test  and  The  Advanced  Test.  Applicants  can 
take  this  test  in  their  senior  year  or  when  filing  for  ad- 
mission. For  details,  applicants  should  write  directly  to 
Graduate  Record  Examinations,  Educational  Testing 
Service,  Box  955,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540. 

GRADUATE  MANAGEMENT  ADMISSIONS  TEST 
(GMAT):  Details  about  this  test,  required  when  applying 
to  a  program  in  Business  and  Management,  can  be  ob- 
tained by  writing  to  the  Educational  Testing  Service, 
Box  966,  Princeton,  N.J.  08540. 

THE  MILLER  ANALOGIES  TEST  (MAT):  Details  about 
the  graduate  form  of  this  test  can  be  obtained  by  writ- 
ing to  the  Director,  Counseling  Center,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Md.  20742. 

For  information  on  the  programs  requiring  one  of  these 
tests,  please  see  the  List  of  Graduate  Programs  in  this 
catalog  and  the  instructions  accompanying  application 
forms. 


18  /  General  Information 


4.  Statement  by  the  applicant  of  his  academic  and  career 
objectives  and  their  relation  to  the  program  of  study  he 
wishes  to  pursue.  These  statements  help  the  depart- 
ment or  progam  identify  students  whose  objectives  are 
consonant  with  the  objectives  of  the  program. 

5.  Other  evidence  of  graduate  potential.  Some  programs 
require  other  evidence  of  graduate  potential,  such  as 
samples  from  portfolios  of  creative  work,  completion 
of  specialized  examinations,  or  personal  interviews. 

In  addition  to  the  above  criteria,  special  consideration  will 
be  given  to: 

1.  Residence  of  the  applicant.  While  the  University  de- 
sires to  maintain  a  geographically  diverse  graduate 
student  population,  it  also  recognizes  its  responsibility 
to  legal  residents  of  the  state.  Every  effort  will  be  made 
to  accommodate  qualified  Maryland  residents. 

2.  Sex  and  minority  group  membership.  The  University  of 
Maryland,  its  Graduate  School  and  each  of  its  academ- 
ic components  have  strong  affirmative  action  programs 
for  increasing  the  participation  of  minority  groups  and 
women  among  its  students,  staff  and  faculty. 

Categories  of 

Admission  to  Degree  Programs 

Full  Graduate  Status 

For  admission  in  this  category  an  applicant  must  have 
received  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  a  regionally  accred- 
ited institution  and  be  otherwise  fully  qualified  in  every 
respect. 

Provisional  Graduate  Status 

This  designation  may  be  used  when  1)  the  quality  of  the 
previous  academic  record  at  a  regionally  accredited  insti- 
tution is  lower  than  established  standards  or  when  there 
is  a  lack  of  adequate  prerequisite  course  work  in  the 
chosen  field:  2)  when  the  applicant  has  majored  in  another 
area  with  a  creditable  record  but  there  is  some  doubt 
about  his  ability  to  pursue  the  program  of  study  in  ques- 
tion; 3)  when  the  applicant  is  engaged  in  graduate  study  at 
another  institution  but  is  not  able  to  furnish  a  transcript 
indicating  completion  of  course  work  or  degree  require- 
ments; or  4)  when  the  applicant  is  a  senior  in  his  final 
semester  of  work  for  a  bachelor's  degree  and  is  not  able 
to  furnish  a  final  transcript  indicating  the  completion  of 
all  requirements  and  the  award  of  the  degree. 

Students  admitted  provisionally  because  of  incomplete 
official  supporting  documents  must  have  a  complete  offi- 
cial record  of  all  previous  work  sent  to  the  Graduate 
School  within  three  months  following  the  completion  of 
such  study  and  the  award  of  the  degree,  or  they  face  can- 
cellation of  admission. 

Students  admitted  provisionally  because  of  incomplete 
official  supporting  documents  must  have  a  complete  offi- 
cial record  of  all  previous  work  sent  to  the  Graduate 
School  within  three  months  following  the  completion  of 
such  study  and  the  award  of  the  degree,  or  they  face  can- 
cellation of  admission. 

A  program  to  correct  any  deficiencies  in  preparation 
will  be  outlined  by  the  faculty,  and  the  student  is  expect- 
ed to  become  fully  qualified  within  a  specified  time  limit. 


When  all  conditions  have  been  met,  the  department  may 
recommend  admission  of  the  student  to  full  status.  Stu- 
dents who  are  unable  to  qualify  for  full  admission  under 
the  conditions  specified  may  have  their  admission  termi- 
nated. 

Non-degree  Admission  Categories 

Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  Status 

The  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  program  is  designed  to 
promote  a  high  level  of  professional  competence  in  an 
area  of  specialization  in  the  field  of  education.  The  candi- 
date must  be  able  to  show  that  he  or  she  can  operate  as 
an  effective  counselor,  administrator,  teacher  or  skilled 
person  in  his  major  field  of  professional  endeavor.  The  Ad- 
vanced Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  is  offered  through 
most  of  the  programs  in  the  College  of  Education  and  the 
Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  program  in  the  Col- 
lege of  Agriculture.  The  Certificate  is  awarded  by  the  Col- 
lege of  Education  or  by  the  College  of  Agriculture.  Re- 
quirements are  as  follows: 

1.  Applicants  must  meet  the  same  general  criteria  for 
admission  as  are  prescribed  for  degree  seekers.  Addi- 
tionally, the  applicant  must  have  completed  a  master's 
degree  or  the  equivalent  in  credits  earned  either  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  or  at  another  regionally  accredited 
institution.  The  Miller  Analogies  Test  scores  are  required 
at  the  time  of  application. 

2.  Coursework  totaling  not  more  than  30  credits  with 
grades  of  at  least  a  "B"  from  an  accredited  institution 
may  be  transferred  to  the  program  at  the  University  of 
Maryland. 

3.  The  program  must  be  developed  in  cooperation  with  an 
advisor  and  filed  with  the  Graduate  Studies  office  in  the 
College  of  Education. 

4.  The  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  program 
requires  a  minimum  of  60  semester  hours  of  credit  with 
not  less  than  30  semester  hours  of  credit  completed  with 
the  University  of  Maryland.  At  least  one  half  of  the  credits 
earned  either  at  other  institutions  or  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  must  be  in  courses  comparable  to  those  in  the 
600-800  series.  The  student  may  be  required  to  take  a  sub- 
stantial portion  of  the  program  in  departments  other  than 
those  in  the  College  of  Education  or  the  College  of  Agri- 
culture. Registration  in  certain  kinds  of  field  study,  field 
experience,  apprenticeship  or  internship  may  also  be  re- 
quired. 

5.  There  will  be  a  written  examination  of  not  less  than  six 
hours.  A  "B"  average  with  no  "D"  or  "F"  grades  will  be 
required  before  the  certificate  can  be  awarded. 

For  additional  details  see  "Statement  of  Policies  and 
Procedures;  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Program  in  Ed- 
ucation," issued  by  the  College  of  Education. 

Advanced  Special  Student  Status 

The  Advanced  Special  Student  Status  is  designed  to  pro- 
vide an  opportunity  to  individuals  who  do  not  have  an  im- 
mediate degree  objective  in  mind  to  take  graduate  level 
courses.  Although  the  primary  mission  of  the  Graduate 
School  is  to  conduct  programs  of  graduate  instruction 
leading  to  advanced  degrees,  the  Graduate  Faculty  wel- 
comes, to  the  extent  that  available  resources  allow,  qual- 
ified students  who  have  no  degree  objectives. 


General  Information  /  19 


Applicants  for  admission  to  Advanced  Special  Student 
Status  must  satisfy  at  least  one  of  the  following  criteria: 

1.  Hold  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  a  regionally  ac- 
credited institution  with  an  overall  "B"  (3.0)  average.  Ap- 
plicants must  submit  official  transcripts  covering  all 
credits  used  in  satisfying  the  baccalaureate  degree  re- 
quirements. 

2.  Hold  a  master's  or  doctoral  degree  from  a  regionally 
accredited  institution.  Applicants  must  submit  an  official 
transcript  showing  the  award  of  a  master's  or  doctoral 
degree. 

3.  Hold  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  a  regionally  ac- 
credited institution  and  have  at  least  four  years  of  suc- 
cessful post-baccalaureate  work  or  professional  experi- 
ence. Applicants  must  submit  an  official  transcript  show- 
ing the  award  of  the  baccalaureate  degree  and  a  signed 
statement  summarizing  successful  post-baccalaureate 
work  or  professional  experience.  Letters  from  employers 
or  professional  organizations  to  support  the  statement  of 
successful  professional  experiences  are  also  required. 

4.  Achieve  a  score  that  places  the  applicant  in  the  upper 
50  percentile  of  appropriate  national  standardized  apti- 
tude examinations  such  as  the  Graduate  Record  Examina- 
tion Aptitude  Test,  the  Miller's  Analogies  Test,  the  Grad- 
uate Management  Admissions  Test. 

Admission  to  Advanced  Special  Student  status  will  con- 
tinue for  five  years.  If  there  is  no  registration  in  three 
consecutive  academic  year  semesters,  the  admitted  sta- 
tus will  lapse,  after  which  a  new  application  will  be 
.'equired. 

Advanced  Special  Students  must  maintain  a  2.75  grade 
point  average. 

Advanced  Special  Students  must  pay  all  standard  grad- 
uate fees.  Students  in  this  status  are  not  eligible  to  hold 
appointments  as  Graduate  Teaching  or  Research  Assist- 
ants or  Fellows.  All  other  services,  e.g.  parking,  library 
privileges,  etc.,  are  the  same  as  those  accorded  to  other 
graduate  students. 

Admission  to  Advanced  Special  Student  status  is  not 
intended  to  be  used  as  a  preparatory  program  for  later 
admission  to  a  doctoral  or  master's  program  nor  to  the 
Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  program.  Cred- 
its earned  while  in  this  status  may  be  applicable  to  a  de- 
gree or  certificate  program  at  a  later  time  only  with  the 
approval  of  the  faculty  in  the  desired  program,  if  the  stu- 
dent is  subsequently  accepted  for  degree  or  certificate 
study.  For  consideration  of  admission  to  a  degree  pro- 
gram at  a  later  time,  the  student  must  submit  an  applica- 
tion in  the  standard  format,  with  a  new  application  fee,  to 
the  Graduate  School. 

Visiting  Graduate  Student  Status 

A  graduate  student  matriculated  in  another  graduate 
school,  who  wishes  to  enroll  in  the  Graduate  School  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  and  who  in- 
tends thereafter  to  return  to  the  graduate  school  in  which 
he  is  matriculated,  may  be  admitted  as  a  Visiting  Grad- 
uate Student. 

Criteria  for  enrollment  as  a  visitor  are  admission  to  and 
good  standing  in  another  recognized  graduate  school.  The 
applicant  need  not  submit  full  transcripts  of  credits,  but 
he  must  apply  for  admission  to  the  UMCP  Graduate 


School  and  pay  the  application  fee.  In  lieu  of  transcripts, 
a  student  may  have  his  own  graduate  dean  certify,  in  writ- 
ing, to  the  Graduate  School  that  he  is  in  good  standing 
and  that  the  credits  will  be  accepted  toward  his  graduate 
degree.  Unless  otherwise  specified,  admission  will  be 
offered  for  one  year  only. 

Non-degree  Student  Status— Undergraduate 

This  is  an  undergraduate  classification  and  may  be 
assigned  by  the  Director  of  Admissions  (undergrad- 
uate division)  to  those  applicants  who  have  received 
the  baccalaureate  or  an  advanced  degree  from  a  re- 
gionally accredited  institution  but  who  do  not  desire 
or  who  do  not  qualify  for  graduate  admission.  Non- 
degree  seeking  students  who  do  not  have  a  bacca- 
laureate degree  or  an  R.N.  must  submit  transcripts 
and  meet  regular  admission  standards.  Transcripts 
are  not  required  from  students  with  baccalaureate 
degrees  or  an  R.N. 

Application  for  Non-degree  Student  Status- 
Undergraduate  must  be  made  directly  to  the  Office 
of  Admissions,  not  to  the  Graduate  School. 

Students  often  need  permission  from  the  deans  of 
the  various  schools  and  colleges  of  the  university 
to  enroll  as  a  Non-degree  Student.  Non-degree  Stu- 
dents may  enroll  for  courses  through  the  500  num- 
bered series  for  which  they  possess  the  necessary 
prerequisites.  Courses  numbered  600  or  above  are 
restricted  to  admitted  graduate  students  only. 

The  student  is  warned  that  no  credit  earned  while 
in  a  Non-degree  Student  Status— Undergraduate 
may  be  applied  at  a  later  date  to  a  degree  program. 

Offer  of  Admission 

A  written  offer  of  admission  is  made  to  all  accepted 
applicants  and  specifies  the  date  of  entrance,  which 
will  normally  coincide  with  the  date  requested  in  the 
application.  The  student  must  accept  or  decline  the 
offer  of  admission  by  the  date  indicated  in  the  offer, 
or  it  lapses  and  the  space  is  reassigned  to  another 
applicant.  An  individual  whose  offer  of  admission 
has  lapsed  must  submit  a  new  application  and  fee,  if 
he  wants  to  be  reconsidered  for  admission  at  a  later 
date. 

The  offer  of  admission  is  also  a  permit-to-register 
for  courses  and  must  be  presented  by  the  student  at 
the  time  of  his  first  registration.  Identification  as  a 
graduate  student,  to  be  used  thereafter,  will  be  is- 
sued at  the  time  of  first  registration. 

Admission  Time  Limits 

For  master's  degree  candidates.  Advanced  Graduate 
Specialist  Certificate  seekers,  and  Advanced  Special 
Students,  admission  terminates  five  years  from  the 
entrance  date.  Visitmg  Graduate  Students  and  NSF 
Institute  students  are  admitted  for  specified  periods. 
A  doctoral  student  must  be  admitted  to  candidacy 
within  five  years  after  entrance  and  must  complete 
all  remaining  requirements  within  four  years  after 
admission  to  candidacy.  Admission  to  the  doctoral 
program  terminates  If  these  conditions  are  not  met. 


20  /  General  Information 


Change  of  Objective,  Status 
Termination  of  Admission 

students  are  admitted  only  to  a  specified  program 
and  within  that  program  only  for  the  specified  ob- 
jective: e.g.,  master's  degree,  doctoral  degree,  or 
Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate.  If  the  stu- 
dent wishes  to  change  either  the  program,  the  objec- 
tive within  that  program,  or  his  status  (for  example, 
from  Advanced  Special  Student  to  degree  status),  he 
must  submit  a  new  application  and  fee  for  admis- 
sion. Admission  in  the  new  status  is  not  granted 
automatically. 

The  student's  admission  also  terminates  when  the 
original  objective  has  been  attained;  for  example, 
the  admission  terminates  when  a  student  who  is  ad- 
mitted for  the  master's  degree  completes  the  re- 
quirements for  that  degree.  If  the  student  wishes  to 
continue  for  the  doctorate,  a  new  application  for  ad- 
mission to  the  doctoral  program  must  be  submitted; 
requests  for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program  are 
subject  to  the  same  review  process  applied  to  others 
seeking  admission  to  that  program. 

A  student  can  be  admitted  to  only  one  graduate  pro- 
gram at  any  one  time.  Application  for  and  acceptance  of 
an  offer  of  admission  in  a  second  graduate  program  auto- 
matically terminates  the  student's  admission  to  the  first 
program. 

Students  must  maintain  an  average  grade  of  B  or  better 
in  all  graduate  courses  taken  and  must  otherwise  satisfy 
all  additional  departmental  and  Graduate  School  program 
requirements.  The  admission  of  all  students,  both  degree 
and  non-degree,  is  continued  at  the  discretion  of  the 
major  professor,  the  department  or  program  director,  and 
the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies. 

Admission  of  Faculty 

No  member  of  the  faculty  employed  by  the  University  of 
Maryland  having  the  rank  of  Assistant  Professor  or  above 
is  permitted  to  take  work  leading  to  an  advanced  degree 
at  this  institution. 

Application  Instructions 

To  apply  you  must  send  both  the  completed  application 
and  complete,  official  transcripts  covering  all  credits 
earned  at  any  institution,  in  duplicate,  to  the  Office  of  the 
Dean  for  Graduate  Studies,  University  of  Maryland,  Col- 
lege Park,  Maryland  20742.  Applications  and  supporting 
materials  must  be  received  in  the  Office  by  the  following 
dates: 

For  entry  for  either  summer  terms  and  for  fall  semes- 
ters   March  1 

For  entry  for  spring  semesters November  1 

Decisions  on  admission  and  financial  aid  will  first  be 
made  for  those  whose  completed  applications  and  sup- 
porting material  have  been  received  by  the  Graduate 
School  on  or  before  March  1.  Qualified  applicants  whose 
completed  applications  and  supporting  material  are  re- 
ceived after  March  1  but  on  or  before  May  1  will  be  grant- 
ed admission  and  financial  aid  on  a  first-come,  first-serve 
basis,  up  to  the  limits  of  available  space  in  the  program. 


It  is  in  general  to  the  student's  advantage  to  apply  be- 
fore the  deadline,  since  in  many  programs,  no  space  will 
be  available  to  those  who  apply  after  March  1  due  to  heavy 
demand  for  admission.  Applicants  who  require  financial 
support  and  wish  to  be  among  those  first  considered 
should  submit  their  applications  by  February  1. 

The  application  should  arrive  before  the  arrival  of  tran- 
scripts and  other  supporting  evidence  of  preparation,  if 
these  materials  cannot  be  attached  to  the  application. 

Applicants  are  solely  responsible  for  making  certain 
that  their  transcripts  have,  in  fact,  been  received  by  the 
Graduate  School  and  not  by  the  Registrar's  Office  or  the 
graduate  program  desired,  since  there  is  no  follow-up 
action  taken  by  the  Graduate  School. 

Students  who  apply  in  their  senior  year  in  college  must 
have  a  transcript  sent  to  the  Graduate  School  of  all 
coursework  completed  up  to  the  time  of  application.  In 
addition,  senior  year  first  semester  grade  reports  should 
be  forwarded,  if  they  are  not  on  the  current  transcript, 
since  no  final  decision  will  be  possible  without  such 
grades.  Seniors  should  also  submit  with  the  application 
a  list  of  the  courses  in  which  they  are  currently  enrolled. 

An  official  transcript  is  defined  as  a  record  which  bears 
the  signature  of  the  registrar  and  the  seal  of  the  insti- 
tution. 

A  complete  and  separate  application  and  fee  must  be 
submitted  for  each  program  in  which  entrance  is  sought. 
A  new  application  is  also  required  if  there  is  a  change  in 
the  objective  or  program. 

A  fee  of  $15.00  must  accompany  the  application  for 
admission.  This  fee  is  not  refundable  under  any  circum- 
stances. Payment  must  be  made  by  check  or  money  order 
payable  to  the  University  of  Maryland.  Do  not  send  stamps 
or  cash. 

Foreign  Student  Applications 

No  foreign  student  seeking  admission  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  should  plan  to  leave  his  country  before  receiving 
an  official  offer  of  admission  from  the  Director  of  Grad- 
uate Records  of  the  Graduate  School. 

Academic  Credentials 

The  complete  application  and  official  academic  creden- 
tials—beginning with  secondary  school  records— should 
be  received  by  the  Graduate  Admissions  Office  at  least 
seven  months  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  semester  in 
which  the  student  plans  to  enter  the  graduate  program. 
Space  available  for  foreign  students  may  have  been  filled 
prior  to  this  deadline,  and  all  qualified  students  may  not 
be  accepted. 

English  Proficiency 

In  addition  to  meeting  academic  requirements,  the  for- 
eign student  applicant  must  demonstrate  proficiency  in 
English  by  taking  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  lan- 
guage (TOEFL).  Because  TOEFL  is  given  only  four  times 
a  year  throughout  various  parts  of  the  world,  as  soon  as 
a  student  contemplates  study  at  the  University  of  Mary- 
land, he  should  make  arrangements  to  take  the  test.  For 
test  information,  write  to  TOEFL  Director,  Educational 
Testing  Service,  Box  899,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540. 
When  the  applicant  is  ready  to  begin  his  studies,  he  will 


General  Information  /  21 


be  expected  to  read,  speak,  and  write  English  fluently,  to 
understand  lectures  and  to  take  pertinent  notes. 

Financial  Resources 

A  statement  regarding  the  applicant's  financial  support  is 
required  by  the  Office  of  International  Education  Services. 
The  Office  must  be  assured  that  an  applicant  has  suffi- 
cient financial  resources  to  meet  educational  and  living 
expenses  of  approximately  $7,000  per  year  for  the  entire 
period  of  study  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Immigration  Documents 

it  is  necessary  for  students  eligible  for  admission  to  se- 
cure from  the  university's  Director  of  International  Educa- 
tion Services  the  immigration  form  required  for  obtaining 
the  appropriate  visa.  Students  already  studying  in  the 
United  States  who  wish  to  transfer  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  must  also  secure  proper  immigration  docu- 
ments to  request  the  Immigration  and  Naturalization  Ser- 
vice to  grant  permission  for  transfer. 

Reporting  Upon  Arrival 

Every  foreign  student  is  expected  to  report  to  the  Office 
of  International  Education  Services,  Room  2115,  North  Ad- 
ministration Building,  as  soon  as  possible  after  he  arrives 
at  the  University.  This  Office  will  be  able  to  assist  not  only 
with  various  problems  regarding  immigration,  housing, 
and  fees,  but  also  with  problems  relating  generally  to 
orientation  to  university  and  community  life. 

Questions  concerning  criteria  and  requirements  for  for- 
eign applicants  should  be  addressed  to  the  Director,  Inter- 
national Education  Services,  University  of  Maryland,  Col- 
lege Park,  Md.  20742. 

Records  Maintenance  and  Disposition 

All  records,  including  academic  records  from  other  institu- 
tions, become  part  of  the  official  file  and  can  neither  be 
returned  nor  duplicated  for  any  purpose.  A  student  should 
obtain  an  additional  copy  of  his  official  credentials  to 
keep  in  his  possession  for  advisory  purposes  and  for 
other  personal  requirements. 

The  admission  credentials  and  the  application  data  of 
applicants  who  do  not  register  for  courses  at  the  time  for 
which  they  have  been  admitted  or  whose  applications 
have  been  disapproved  or  who  do  not  respond  to  the  de- 
partmental requests  for  additional  information  or  whose 
applications  are  not  complete  with  respect  to  the  receipt 
of  all  transcripts  or  test  results  are  retained  for  18  months 
only  and  then  destroyed. 

Registration  and  Credits 

Schedule  of  Classes 

Graduate  students  are  expected  to  be  thoroughly  familiar 
with  the  "Schedule  of  Classes,"  a  publication  issued  prior 
to  the  beginning  of  each  semester,  available  in  the  li- 
braries, the  North  Administralion  Building,  and  the  Stu- 
dent Union.  The  summer  session  publication,  with  infor- 
mation on  both  summer  sessions,  is  available  in  the 
Turner  Laboratory  Summer  School  Offices.  The  "Schedule 
of  Classes"  lists  rules  and  regulations  governing  all  as- 
pects of  registration,  including  deadlines;  procedures  for 


dropping  or  adding  a  course  or  making  other  changes  in 
registration;  procedures  for  the  payment  of  tuition  and 
fees;  information  about  the  times  and  places  classes  will 
be  offered;  and  the  names  of  the  professors  or  instructors 
who  will  be  teaching  a  particular  course  or  section.  It  also 
contains  the  names,  telephone  numbers,  and  office  loca- 
tions of  persons  who  can  supply  additional  information. 

Developing  a  Program 

The  student  is  responsible  for  ascertaining  and  complying 
with  the  rules  and  procedures  of  the  Graduate  School  and 
all  applicable  department  or  graduate  program  require- 
ments which  govern  the  individual  program  of  study. 

Registration  for  the  newly  admitted  graduate  student 
seeking  a  degree  or  certificate  begins  with  a  visit  to  the 
student's  academic  advisor  in  the  graduate  program  or  de- 
partment to  which  the  student  has  been  admitted.  There 
the  student  will  obtain  information  about  specific  degree 
or  certificate  requirements,  which  supplement  those  of 
the  Graduate  School. 

The  student  will  consult  the  "Schedule  of  Classes" 
and  will  develop,  in  consultation  with  a  graduate  faculty 
advisor,  an  individual  program  of  study  and  research. 

Students  admitted  to  Advanced  Special  Student  Status 
may  seek  advice  from  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and 
his  staff  or  from  appropriate  faculty  members. 

While  most  questions  normally  raised  by  graduate  stu- 
dents, and  most  problems  they  meet,  will  be  answered  or 
resolved  by  the  faculty  advisor  or  a  departmental  commit- 
tee, the  students  should  remember  that  the  staff  of  the 
Graduate  School  is  specifically  charged  with  the  responsi- 
bility for  assisting  graduate  students  who  need  additional 
information,  guidance,  or  assistance.  Further,  the  Dean 
for  Graduate  Students  is  the  individual  to  whom  requests 
or  petitions  for  exceptions  or  waivers  of  regulations  or 
graduate  degree  requirements  should  be  addressed  and  to 
whom  appeals  from  decisions  of  departmental  or  program 
faculty  or  administrators  should  be  directed. 

Course  Numbering  System 

Courses  are  designated  as  follows: 

000-099  Non-credit  courses. 

100-199  Primarily  freshman  courses. 

200-299  Primarily  sophomore  courses. 

300-399  Junior  and  senior  courses  not  ac- 

ceptable for  credit  toward  graduate 
degrees. 

400-499  Junior  and  senior  courses  accept- 

able for  credit  toward  some  grad- 
uate degrees. 

500-599  Professional  school  courses  (Den- 

tistry, Law,  Medicine)  and  post-bac- 
calaureate courses  not  for  graduate 
degree  credit. 

600-898  Courses  restricted  to  graduate  stu- 

dents. 

799  Master's  thesis  credit. 

899  Doctoral  dissertation  credit. 

The  first  character  of  the  numeric  position  deter- 
mines the  level  of  *he  ccrse  and  the  last  two  digits 


22  /  General  Information 


are  used  for  course  identification.  Courses  ending 
with  an  8  or  9  are  courses  that  are  repeatabie  for 
credit.  All  non-repeatable  courses  must  end  in  0 
through  7. 

Graduate  credit  will  not  be  given  unless  the  stu- 
dent has  been  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School. 

Designation  of  Full  and  Part-time 
Graduate  Students 

In  order  to  accurately  reflect  the  involvement  of  graduate 
students  in  their  programs  of  study  and  research  and  the 
use  of  University  resources  in  those  programs,  the  Grad- 
uate Council  uses  the  graduate  unit  in  making  calcula- 
tions to  determine  full  or  part-time  student  status  in  the 
administration  of  the  minimum  registration  requirements 
described  belovk*  and  in  responding  to  student  requests 
for  certification  of  full-time  student  status.  The  num- 
ber of  graduate  units  per  semester  credit  hour  is  cal- 
culated in  the  following  manner: 

Courses  in  the  series:  000-399  carry  2  units/credit 

hour. 

Courses  in  the  series:  400-499  carry  4  units/credit 

hour. 

Courses  in  the  series:  500-599  carry  5  units/credit 

hour. 

Courses  in  the  series:  600-898  carry  6  units/credit 

hour. 

Research  course:  799  carries  12  units/credit  hour. 

Research  course:  899  carries  18  units/credit  hour. 

To  be  certified  as  a  full-time  student  a  graduate  student 
must  be  officially  registered  for  a  combination  of  courses 
equivalent  to  48  units  per  semester.  A  graduate  assistant 
holding  a  regular  appointment  is  a  full-time  student,  if  he 
is  registered  for  at  least  24  units  in  addition  to  the  asslst- 
antship. 

Grades  for  Graduate  Students 

A  minimum  grade  point  average  of  3.0  is  required  for  grad- 
uation with  a  graduate  degree. 

Grading  Systems 

The  conventional  A  through  F  grading  system  is  used  in 
graduate  level  courses. 

A  "Satisfactory  or  Failure"  (S— F)  grading  system  may 
be  used,  at  the  discretion  of  the  department  or  program, 
for  certain  types  of  graduate  study.  These  include  courses 
which  require  independent  field  work,  special  projects,  or 
independent  study.  Departmental  seminars,  workshops, 
and  departmental  courses  in  instructional  methods  may 
also  be  appropriate  for  the  S— F  grading  system. 

The  "Pass— Fail"  grade  option,  which  may  be  elected 
by  undergraduates,  is  not  available  to  students  at  the 
graduate  level. 

Thesis  and  dissertation  research,  and  courses  labelled 
"Independent  Study"  or  "Special  Problems,"  may  use 
either  the  A— F  or  the  S  — F  grading  system. 

Only  one  grading  system  will  be  used  for  a  single 
course  in  a  particular  semester.  The  grading  system  will 
be  designated  by  the  department  or  program  offering  the 
course. 

Computation  of  Grade  Point  Average 
The  A  is  calculated  at  4  quality  points,  and  the  grades  of 


D,  F,  and  I  receive  no  quality  points.  After  a  student  is 
matriculated  as  a  graduate  student,  all  courses  he  takes 
numbered  400  and  above,  except  those  numbered  799  or 
899  and  those  graded  with  an  S,  will  be  used  in  the  calcu- 
lation of  the  grade  point  average.  A  student  may  repeat 
any  course  in  an  effort  to  earn  a  better  grade.  The  later 
grade,  whether  higher  or  lower,  will  be  used  in  computing 
the  grade  point  average.  No  course  taken  after  August  23, 
1974,  will  be  considered  "not  applicable"  for  the  purpose 
of  computing  the  grade  point  average  of  a  graduate  stu- 
dent. No  graduate  credit  transferred  from  another  institu- 
tion will  be  included  in  the  calculation  of  the  grade  point 
average. 

Minimum  Registration  Requirements  for 
Doctoral  Candidates 

Doctoral  students  who  have  been  advanced  to  candidacy 
must  register  each  semester,  excluding  summer  sessions, 
until  the  degree  is  awarded. 

Dissertation  Research 

Those  who  have  not  completed  the  required  12  semester 
credit  hours  of  Dissertation  Research  (899),  or  its  equiva- 
lent, must  register  for  a  minimum  of  18  graduate  units 
each  semester.  Doctoral  candidates  whose  demands  upon 
the  University  are  greater  than  that  represented  by  this 
minimum  registration  will,  of  course,  be  expected  to  regis- 
ter for  the  number  of  units  which  reflect  their  use  of  Uni- 
versity resources. 

Continuous  Registration 

Doctoral  candidates  who  have  completed  the  required 
minimum  of  12  credit  hours  of  Dissertation  Research 
(899),  or  its  equivalent,  and  who  are  making  no  use  of 
University  resources,  must  meet  a  Continuous  Registra- 
tion requirement,  in  each  semester,  except  for  summer 
sessions,  until  the  degree  is  awarded.  This  requirement 
is  met  by  submitting  the  Continuous  Registration  Form 
and  paying  the  $10.00  Continuous  Registration  fee,  in  per- 
son or  by  mail,  directly  to  the  Graduate  School.  Forms 
and  fees  must  be  received  before  the  end  of  the  eighth 
week  of  classes  during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters. 
Continuous  Registration  forms  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Graduate  School,  Room  2117,  South  Administration  Build- 
ing, University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 
Failure  to  comply  with  the  requirement  for  maintaining 
Continuous  Registration  will  be  taken  as  evidence  that 
the  student  has  terminated  his  doctoral  program,  and  ad- 
mitted status  to  the  Graduate  School  will  be  terminated.  A 
new  application  tor  admission,  with  the  consequent  re- 
evaluation  of  the  student's  performance,  will  be  required 
of  a  student  wishing  to  resume  a  graduate  program, 
whose  admission  has  been  terminated  under  this  regula- 
tion. 

Partial  Credit  Course  Registration  for 
Handicapped  Students 

The  Graduate  School  recognizes  that  physically  handi- 
capped students  may  derive  considerable  educational 
benefit  from  courses  which  include  laboratories  or  other 
non-classroom  activities  in  which  the  student  is  prevented 
from  participating  because  of  the  handicap.  It  is,  there- 
General  Information  /  23 


fore,  the  policy  of  the  Graduate  School  to  allow  handi- 
capped students  to  enroll  in  such  courses,  complete  only 
those  parts  of  the  course  that  their  physical  capabilities 
permit,  and  receive  credit  for  the  course  proportionate  to 
their  levels  of  participation. 

Physically  handicapped  graduate  students  wishing  to 
enroll  in  such  courses  but  participate  only  in  certain  as- 
pects of  them,  should  consult  the  Assistant  to  the  Dean 
of  the  Graduate  School  (Room  2114  South  Administration 
Building).  That  person  will  assist  the  student  in  making 
the  necessary  arrangements  with  the  department  offering 
the  course,  the  department  supervising  the  student's 
graduate  program,  and  the  Registration  Office.  The  final 
agreement  as  to  the  student's  level  of  participation  and 
the  amount  of  credit  to  be  awarded  will  be  specified  in  an 
agreement  to  be  drawn  up  by  the  Graduate  School  and 
signed  by  all  parties  concerned. 

Graduate  Credit  for  Senior  Undergraduates 

A  senior  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  who 
is  within  seven  credit  hours  of  completing  the  require- 
ments for  an  undergraduate  degree  may,  with  the  approval 
of  his  undergraduate  dean,  the  provost  of  his  division,  the 
department  or  program  offering  the  course,  and  the  Grad- 
uate School,  register  for  graduate  courses.  These  may 
later  be  counted  for  graduate  credit  toward  an  advanced 
degree  at  the  University,  if  the  student  has  been  approved 
for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School.  The  total  of  under- 
graduate and  graduate  courses  must  not  exceed  15  cred- 
its for  the  semester.  Excess  credits  in  the  senior  year  can- 
not be  used  for  graduate  credit  unless  proper  prearrange- 
ment  is  made.  Seniors  who  wish  to  register  for  graduate 
credit  should  inquire  at  the  Graduate  School,  Office  of  the 
Director  of  Records,  for  information  about  the  procedure. 

Undergraduate  Credit  for 
Graduate  Level  Courses 

Subject  to  requirements  determined  by  the  graduate  facul- 
ty members  of  the  department  or  program  offering  the 
course,  undergraduate  students  may  register  for  graduate 
level  courses,  i.e.,  those  numbered  from  600  to  898,  with 
the  exception  of  799,  for  undergraduate  credit. 

A  student  seeking  to  utilize  this  option  will  normally  be 
in  the  senior  year,  have  earned  an  accumulated  grade 
point  average  of  3.0,  have  successfully  completed,  with  a 
grade  of  B  or  better,  the  prerequisite  and  correlative 
courses,  and  be  a  major  in  the  appropriate  or  a  closely  re- 
lated department.  The  student  will  be  required  to  obtain 
prior  approval  of  the  department  offering  the  course. 

Enrollment  in  a  graduate  level  course  does  not  in  any 
way  imply  subsequent  departmental  or  Graduate  School 
approval  for  admission  into  a  graduate  program,  nor  may 
the  course  be  used  as  credit  for  a  graduate  degree  at  the 
University  of  Maryland. 

Credit  by  Examination 

A  graduate  student  may  obtain  graduate  credit  by  exami- 
nation in  courses  at  the  400  level  previously  identified  by 
the  appropriate  department  or  program.  As  a  general  rule, 
credit  by  examination  is  not  available  for  courses  at  the 
61^"  700,  c   ^00  levels  for,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Graduate 

24  /  General  Information 


Council,  courses  at  these  levels  require  a  continuing  inter- 
action between  faculty  and  students  to  achieve  the  educa- 
tional goals  of  advanced  study. 

A  student  may  receive  credit  by  examination  only  for  a 
course  for  which  he  is  otherwise  eligible  to  receive  grad- 
uate credit.  The  department  or  program  in  which  he  is  en- 
rolled may  establish  a  limit  on  the  number  of  credits 
which  may  be  earned  in  this  manner.  Graduate  students 
seeking  credit  by  examination  must  obtain  the  consent  of 
their  advisor  and  of  the  instructor  currently  responsible 
for  the  course.  Once  the  student  begins  the  examination, 
the  grade  earned  will  be  recorded. 

The  Graduate  School  maintains  a  list  of  courses  for 
which  examinations  are  available  or  will  be  prepared.  The 
fee  for  credit  by  examination  for  full-time  graduate  stu- 
dents is  $30.00  per  course  regardless  of  the  number  of 
credits  or  units  to  be  earned.  Part-time  graduate  students 
will  be  charged  the  same  fee  per  credit  hour  they  would 
pay  if  taking  the  course  in  the  usual  manner. 

Transfer  of  Credit 

A  maximum  of  six  semester  hours  of  graduate  level 
course  credits  earned  at  regionally  accredited  institutions 
prior  to,  or  after,  matriculation  in  the  Graduate  School 
may  be  applied  toward  master's  degrees  at  the  University 
of  Maryland.  Proportionately  larger  amounts  of  credit  may 
be  applied  toward  doctoral  degrees. 

All  graduate  study  credits  offered  as  transfer  credit 
must  meet  the  following  criteria: 

1.  They  must  have  received  graduate  credit  at  the  institu- 
tion where  earned. 

2.  They  must  not  have  been  used  to  meet  the  require- 
ments for  any  degree  previously  earned. 

3.  They  must  have  been  taken  within  the  time  limits  appli- 
cable to  degrees  awarded  by  the  Graduate  School. 

4.  The  department  or  program  to  which  the  student  has 
been  admitted  at  Maryland  must  certify  the  courses  are 
appropriate  to  the  degree  program  the  student  is  pur- 
suing at  Maryland. 

5.  The  student  must  have  earned  a  B  or  better  in  the 
courses  offered  for  transfer  credit. 

6.  Transfer  work  normally  satisfies  only  the  400  level  re- 
quirements for  the  master's  degree  and  does  not  apply 
to  the  upper  level  requirement. 

A  student  seeking  acceptance  of  transfer  credit  is  ad- 
vised to  submit  the  necessary  transcripts  and  certification 
of  department  or  program  approval  to  the  Graduate 
School  as  promptly  as  possible  for  its  review  and  deci- 
sion. 

Criteria  That  Courses  l\/lust  IVIeet  To  Be 
Accepted  For  Graduate  Credit 

Any  courses,  workshops,  or  seminars  planned  to 
take  place  in  a  span  of  time  less  than  a  normal  aca- 
demic semester  or  summer  session  and  offering 
graduate  credit  to  the  participants  must  meet  the 
following  criteria: 
1.  There  must  be  15  "contact  hours"  per  graduate 

credit. 

a.  Lectures:  1  contact  hour  per  50  minutes 
lecture. 


b.  Non-lecture  contact  (laboratory,  workshops, 
discussion  and  problem  working  sessions, 
etc.):  1  contact  hour  per  2  or  3  hour  session. 

2.  No  more  than  three  "contact  hours"  per  day  will 
be  permitted.  (Three  "contact  hours"  are  equiva- 
lent to  0.2  credits) 

3.  Credit  may  be  accumulated  at  the  rate  of  no  more 
than  one  credit  per  week. 

The  Inter-Campus  Student 

A  student  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  on  any 
campus  of  the  University  is  eligible  to  take  courses 
on  any  other  campus  of  the  University  with  the  ap- 
proval of  his  academic  advisor  and  the  graduate 
deans  on  the  home  and  host  campuses.  Credits 
earned  on  a  host  campus  are  resident  credit  at  the 
home  campus  and  meet  all  degree  requirements. 
Transcripts  of  work  taken  at  another  campus  will  be 
maintained  on  the  home  campus,  and  fees  will  be 
paid  to  the  home  campus.  Forms  for  registration  as 
an  inter-campus  student  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Graduate  School  offices  on  any  campus  of  the  Uni- 
versity. 

DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 

Graduate  School  Requirements  Applicable 
to  all  Master's  Degrees. 

Programs 

The  entire  course  of  study  undertaken  for  any  mas- 
ter's degree  must  constitute  a  unified,  coherent  pro- 
gram which  is  approved  by  the  student's  advisor 
and  by  the  Graduate  School. 

A  minimum  of  thirty  semester  hours  in  courses 
acceptable  for  credit  towards  a  graduate  degree  is 
required;  in  certain  cases  six  of  the  thirty  semester 
hours  must  be  thesis  research  credits.  The  graduate 
program  must  include  at  least  12  hours  of  course 
work  at  the  600  level  or  higher.  If  the  student  is  in- 
adequately prepared  for  the  required  graduate 
courses,  additional  courses  may  be  required,  which 
may  not  be  considered  as  part  of  the  student's  grad- 
uate program. 
Grade-point  Average 

The  student  seeking  any  master's  degree  must  main- 
tain an  average  grade  of  B  over  all  courses  taken  for 
graduate  credit. 
Time  Limitation 

All  requirements  for  the  master's  degree  must  be 
completed  within  a  five  year  period. 
Residence  Requirements 

A  minimum  residence  of  one  year  of  full-time  study, 
or  its  equivalent,  at  this  university  is  required. 
Additional  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  above  requirements,  special  de- 
partmental or  collegiate  requirements  may  be  im- 
posed, especially  for  degrees  which  are  offered  only 
in  one  department,  college,  or  division.  For  these 
special  requirements  consult  the  descriptions  which 
appear  under  the  departmental  or  collegiate  listing 


in  this  catalog  or  the  special  publications  which  can 
be  obtained  from  the  department  or  college. 

Graduate  School  Requirements  for 
the  Degrees  of  Master  of  Arts 
and  Master  of  Science 

THESIS  OPTION 

Course  Requirements 

A  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  including  six  hours 
of  thesis  research  credit  (799)  is  required  for  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of  Science.  Of 
the  24  hours  required  in  graduate  courses,  no  less 
than  12  must  be  earned  in  the  major  subject.  No 
less  than  one-half  of  the  total  required  course  cred- 
its for  the  degree,  or  a  minimum  of  twelve,  must  be 
selected  from  courses  numbered  600  or  above. 
Thesis  Requirement 

A  thesis  is  required  for  the  Master  of  Arts  and  Mas- 
ter of  Science  degrees  except  for  those  programs 
in  which  a  non-thesis  option  has  been  approved  by 
the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  in  conformity  with 
the  policy  of  the  Graduate  Council.  Approval  of  the 
thesis  is  the  responsibility  of  an  examining  commit- 
tee appointed  by  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies.  The 
student's  advisor  is  the  chairman  of  the  committee, 
and  the  remaining  members  of  the  committee  are 
members  of  the  graduate  faculty  who  are  familiar 
with  the  student's  program  of  study.  The  chairman 
and  the  candidate  are  informed  of  the  membership 
of  the  examining  committee  by  the  Dean. 

Directions  for  the  preparation  and  submission  of 
thesis  will  be  found  in  the  Graduate  Student  Aca- 
demic Handbook,  which  may  be  purchased  at  the 
university  book  store. 
Oral  Examination 

A  final  oral  examination  on  the  thesis  shall  be  held 
when  the  student  has  completed  his  thesis  to  the 
satisfaction  of  his  advisor,  providing  he  has  com- 
pleted all  other  requirements  for  the  degree  and  has 
earned  a  3.0  grade  average,  computed  in  accordance 
with  the  regulations  described  under  "Grades  for 
Graduate  Students." 

The  examining  committee,  with  a  minimum  of 
three  members,  conducts  the  oral  examination  (an 
additional  comprehensive  written  examination  may 
be  required  at  the  option  of  the  department  or  pro- 
gram). The  chairman  of  the  examining  committee 
selects  the  time  and  place  for  the  examination  and 
notifies  other  members  of  the  committee  and  the 
candidate.  Members  of  the  committee  must  be  given 
a  minimum  of  seven  school  days  in  which  to  read 
the  thesis. 

The  duration  of  the  examination  is  normally  about 
an  hour,  but  it  may  be  longer  if  necessary  to  insure 
an  adequate  examination.  The  report  of  the  commit- 
tee, signed  by  each  member,  must  be  submitted 
to  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  no  later  than  the 
appropriate  date  listed  in  the  "Important  Dates  for 
Advisors  and  Students,"  if  the  student  is  to  re- 
ceive a  diploma  at  the  Commencement  in  the  se- 
mester in  which  the  examination  is  held. 


General  Information  /  25 


NON-THESIS  OPTION 

The  requirements  for  Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of 
Science  degrees  withiout  thesis  vary  slightly  among 
departments  and  programs  in  which  this  option  is 
available.  Standards  for  admission  are,  how/ever, 
identical  with  those  for  admission  to  any  other  mas- 
ter's program.  The  quality  of  the  work  expected  of 
the  student  is  also  identical  to  that  expected  in  the 
thesis  programs. 

The  general  requirements  for  those  on  the  non- 
thesis  program  are  a  minimum  of  30  semester  credit 
hours  in  courses  approved  for  graduate  credit  with 
a  minimum  average  grade  of  B  in  all  course  work 
taken;  a  minimum  of  18  semester  credit  hours  in 
courses  numbered  600  or  above;  the  submission  of 
one  or  more  scholarly  papers;  and  successful  com- 
pletion of  a  comprehensive  final  examination,  a 
portion  of  which  must  be  written. 

A  student  following  a  non-thesis  master's  pro- 
gram will  be  expected  to  meet  the  same  deadlines 
for  application  for  a  diploma  and  for  final  examina- 
tion reports  established  for  all  other  degree  pro- 
grams. 

For  information  on  programs  which  offer  the  non- 
thesis  option,  see  the  list  of  Graduate  Programs 
in  this  Catalog. 


Requirements  for  the  Degree  of 
Master  of  Education 

Nearly  all  departments  in  Education  offer  the  Master 
of  Education  (M.Ed.)  degree  with  the  following  re- 
quirements: 

1.  A  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  in  coursework 
with  a  grade  average  of  B.  Grades  for  courses  not 
a  part  of  the  program  but  taken  in  graduate  status 
will  be  computed  in  the  average. 

2.  A  minimum  of  15  hours  in  courses  numbered  600- 
800  with  the  remainder  at  least  in  the  400  series. 
Some  departments  require  courses  in  depart- 
ments outside  of  those  in  Education. 

3.  A  comprehensive  written  examination  taken  at 
the  end  of  coursework.  A  part  of  the  examination 
may  be  oral. 

4.  EDMS  646  or  EDMU  690  and  one  seminar  paper; 
or  two  seminar  papers. 

5.  EDMS  446  or  EDMS  451. 

6.  Test  battery. 

For  further  details,  see  "Statement  of  Policies 
and  Procedures:  Master's  Degrees  in  Education," 
issued  by  the  College  of  Education,  and  descriptions 
of  departmental  programs 

Requirements  Applicable  to 
Other  Master's  Degrees 

The  particular  requirements  for  the  degrees  of  Mas- 
ter of  Business  Administration,  Master  of  Library 
Science,  Master  of  Music,  and  Master  of  Fine  Arts 
are  given  under  the  individual  Graduate  Program 
entries  in  those  fields. 


Graduate  School  Requirements 
Applicable  to  All  Doctoral  Degrees 

Credit  Requirements 

The  Graduate  School  requires  that  every  student 
seeking  the  doctoral  degree  register  for  a  minimum 
number  of  12  research  credits,  but  the  number  of 
research  and  other  credit  hours  required  in  the  pro- 
gram varies  with  the  degree  and  program  in  ques- 
tion. 

Residence 

The  equivalent  of  three  years  of  full-time  graduate 
study  and  research  is  the  minimum  required.  Of  the 
three  years,  the  equivalent  of  at  least  one  year  must 
be  spent  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  On  a  part- 
time  basis  the  time  needed  will  be  increased  corre- 
spondingly. All  work  at  other  institutions  offered  in 
partial  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  for  any  doc- 
toral degree  must  be  submitted,  with  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  department  or  program  concerned, 
to  the  Graduate  School  for  approval  at  the  time  of 
application  for  admission  to  candidacy.  Official 
transcripts  of  the  work  must  be  filed  in  the  Grad- 
uate School. 

Admission  to  Candidacy 

Preliminary  examinations,  or  such  other  substantial 
tests  as  the  departments  may  elect,  are  frequently 
prerequisite  for  admission  to  candidacy. 

A  student  must  be  admitted  to  candidacy  for  the 
doctorate  within  five  years  after  admission  to  the 
doctoral  program  and  at  least  one  academic  year 
before  the  date  on  which  the  degree  will  be  con- 
ferred. 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  submit  his 
application  for  admission  to  candidacy  when  all  the 
requirements  for  candidacy  have  been  fulfilled. 
Applications  for  admission  to  candidacy  are  made  in 
duplicate  by  the  student  and  submitted  to  the  major 
department  for  further  action  and  transmission  to 
the  Graduate  School.  Application  forms  may  be  ob- 
tained at  the  office  of  the  Assistant  to  the  Dean  for 
Graduate  Studies. 

Time  Limitation 

The  student  must  complete  the  entire  program  for 
the  degree,  including  the  dissertation  and  final  ex- 
amination, during  a  four  year  period  after  admission 
to  candidacy.  Extensions  of  time  are  granted  only 
under  the  most  unusual  circumstances.  If  a  student 
fails  to  complete  all  requirements  within  the  time 
allotted,  he  must  submit  another  application  for 
admission  to  the  Graduate  School  and,  if  readmit- 
ted, another  application  for  Advancement  to  Candi- 
dacy, after  satisfying  the  usual  program  prerequi- 
sites prior  to  Advancement  to  Candidacy. 

Dissertation 

A  dissertation  or  its  equivalent  is  required  of  all 
candidates  for  a  doctoral  degree.  The  topic  of  the 
dissertation  must  be  approved  by  the  department  or 
program  committee. 

During  the  preparation  of  the  dissertation,  all 
candidates  for  any  doctoral  degree  must  register 


26  /  General  Information 


for  the  prescribed  number  of  semester  fiours  of 
Doctoral  Dissertation  Research)  (899)  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland. 

Directions  for  the  preparation  and  submission  of 
dissertations  will  be  found  in  the  Graduate  Student 
Academic  Handbook,  which  may  be  purchased  at 
the  university  book  store. 
Publication  of  the  Dissertation 
If  a  student  wishes  to  publish  all  or  a  portion  of  his 
thesis  or  dissertation  prior  to  its  defense  and  ap- 
proval by  the  Graduate  Faculty  examining  commit- 
tee, he  must  first  seek  the  approval  of  the  Dean  for 
Graduate  Studies.  This  approval  is  sought  through 
a  letter  to  the  Dean,  endorsed  by  the  dissertation 
advisor,  containing  an  explanation  of  the  need  for 
early  publication. 

Final  Examination 

The  final  oral  defense  of  the  dissertation  is  con- 
ducted by  a  committee  of  the  Graduate  Faculty 
appointed  by  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies.  Nomi- 
nations for  membership  on  the  committee  are  sub- 
mitted by  the  student's  major  professor  by  the  third 
week  of  the  semester  in  which  the  student  expects 
to  complete  all  requirements,  but  no  later  than  two 
months  prior  to  the  examination,  on  the  designated 
form. 

The  major  professor  serves  as  chairman  of  the 
committee,  which  will  consist  of  a  minimum  of  five 
voting  members,  all  of  whom  hold  the  doctoral  de- 
gree. At  least  one  of  the  five  must  be  a  faculty  mem- 
ber in  a  department  or  Graduate  Program  external  to 
the  one  in  which  the  student  is  seeking  the  degree. 
A  minimum  of  three  members  of  the  committee 
must  be  regular  members  of  the  Graduate  Faculty 
of  the  University  of  Maryjand. 

One  or  more  members  of  the  committee  may  be 
persons  from  other  institutions  who  hold  the  doc- 
torate and  who  are  distinguished  scholars  in  the 
field  of  the  dissertation. 

The  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  designates  one 
member  of  the  committee  as  his  representative.  In 
addition  to  having  the  normal  responsibility  of  a 
faculty  examiner,  the  Dean's  representative  has  the 
responsibility  of  assuring  that  the  examination  is 
conducted  according  to  established  procedures.  Any 
disagreement  over  the  examination  procedures  is 
referred  to  the  Dean's  representative  for  decision. 

The  time  and  place  of  the  examination  are  estab- 
lished by  the  chairman  of  the  committee.  The  stu- 
dent is  responsible  for  distributing  a  complete  copy 
of  the  dissertation  to  each  member  of  the  committee 
at  least  ten  days  before  the  examination. 

All  final  oral  examinations  are  open  to  all  mem- 
bers of  the  Graduate  Faculty.  After  the  examination 
the  committee  deliberates  and  votes  in  private.  Two 
or  more  negative  votes  constitute  a  failure.  The  can- 
didate may  present  himself  for  the  final  oral  exami- 
nation only  twice. 

Additional  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  above  requirements,  special  de- 
partmental or  collegiate  requirements  may  be  im- 
posed, especially  for  those  degrees  which  are 


offered  in  only  one  department,  college,  or  division. 
For  these  special  requirements,  consult  the  descrip- 
tions which  appear  under  the  departmental  or  col- 
legiate listing  in  this  catalog  or  the  special 
publications  which  can  be  obtained  from  the  depart- 
ment, college,  or  division. 

Graduate  School  Requirements  for 
the  Degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy 

The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree  is  granted  only 
upon  sufficient  evidence  of  high  attainment  in  schol- 
arship and  the  ability  to  engage  in  independent  re- 
search. It  is  not  awarded  for  the  completion  of 
course  and  seminar  requirements  no  matter  how 
successfully  completed. 

Residence 

See  requirements  for  all  doctoral  degrees. 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 

A  number  of  departments  have  a  foreign  language 
requirement  for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree. 
The  student  should  inquire  in  the  department  regard- 
ing this  requirement.  The  student  must  satisfy  the 
departmental  or  program  requirement  before  he  can 
be  admitted  to  candidacy  for  the  doctorate. 

Program 

There  is  no  Graduate  School  requirement  for  a  spe- 
cific number  of  course  credits  in  either  a  major  or 
a  minor  subject.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  Graduate 
School  to  encourage  the  development  of  individual 
programs  for  each  student  who  seeks  the  Ph.D.  To 
that  end  the  academic  departments  and  interdisci- 
plinary programs  have  been  directed  to  determine 
major  and  minor  requirements,  levels  or  sequences 
of  required  courses,  and  similar  requirements  for 
submission  to  the  Graduate  Council  for  approval. 

Admission  to  Candidacy 

See  requirements  for  all  doctoral  degrees. 

Dissertation 

The  ability  to  do  independent  research  must  be 
demonstrated  by  an  original  dissertation  on  a  topic 
approved  by  the  department  or  program. 

During  the  preparation  of  the  dissertation,  all 
candidates  for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree 
must  register  for  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours 
of  doctoral  research  (899)  at  the  University  of 
Maryland. 

Final  Examination 

See  requirements  for  all  doctoral  degrees. 

Requirements  for  the  Degree  of 
Doctor  of  Education 

The  requirements  for  the  Doctor  of  Education  (Ed.D.) 
degree  are  for  the  most  part  the  same  as  those  for 
the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  in  education  de- 
partments in  the  Graduate  School.  The  only  differ- 

General  Information  /  27 


ence  lies  in  the  amount  of  credit  for  the  Ed.D. 
project  (6-9  hours)  as  compared  to  that  required  for 
the  Ph.D.  dissertation  (12-16  hours).  For  details  see 
"Statement  of  Policy  and  Procedures:  Doctoral  De- 
grees in  Education,"  issued  by  the  College  of  Educa- 
tion, as  well  as  requirements  for  the  Ph.D.,  see 
above,  and  departmental  regulations. 

Requirements  for 
Other  Doctoral  Degrees 

The  particular  requirements  for  the  degrees  of  Doc- 
tor of  Business  Administration  and  Doctor  of  Musi- 
cal Arts  are  given  under  the  corresponding  program 
descriptions. 

Commencement 

Applications  for  the  diploma  must  be  filed  with  the 
Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations  within  the 
first  three  weeks  of  the  semester  in  which  the  can- 
didate expects  to  obtain  a  degree,  except  during 
summer  session.  During  the  summer  session,  the 
application  must  be  filed  during  the  first  week  of 
the  second  summer  session.  Exact  dates  are  noted 
for  each  semester  and  the  summer  sessions  in  "Im- 
portant Dates  for  Advisors  and  Students." 

If,  for  any  reason,  a  student  does  not  graduate  at 
the  end  of  the  semester  in  which  he  applies  for  the 
diploma,  he  must  re-apply  for  it  in  the  semester  in 
which  he  expects  to  graduate. 

Academic  costume  is  required  of  all  candidates  at 
commencement  exercises.  Those  who  so  desire  may 
purchase  or  rent  caps  and  gowns  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  student  supply  store.  Orders  must  be  filed 
eight  weeks  before  the  date  of  commencement  but 
may  be  cancelled  later  if  the  student  finds  himself 
unable  to  complete  the  requirements  for  the  degree. 


28  /  General  Information 


The  Graduate  Faculty 


Aaron,  Henry  J.,  ^^'c'es&c--  z'  Ecc-c-cs 

5  A    un.-.-ef3.ty  3'  Ca.--'o--a  ^^  A.-9e«s  1958  MA  Hansm 

-- .ersrty.  I960  PhD    1963 

A(taini,  John  O,  ■,  Assodale  Protessor  ol  Eoonomcs 
A_e.,  Obe>fn Cotege,  1960:  PhD  .  Omeistf  ol Texas.  1965 

Adams,  WMten  W,  Preiesscir  o(  MaOiematics 

BX.  Umversily  o(  CaMtxna.  Los  Angeles.  1959;  Pri  D  ,  Cokm- 

txaLkifvetsly.  1964. 

Adiilman.  bma.  Professor  of  Economcs 

B.S..  Universi«yo«Caifamia.  1950;  MA.  1951:  Ph-D,  1955 

AdUns,  Arthur  J,  Assoooie  Professor  at  Secondary  Educaoor 
B.S..  Sam  Cloud  Stale  Colege.  1942:  MA.  Umetsty  ol  kiWv 
nesola.  1947:  Ph  D  .  1958 

Acfcr,  Isidore,  Professor  0*  CTiefTistry 
BA.  BrooMyn  Colege.  1942:  B.S..  New  Yor*  Unr«s*y.  1943: 
M.S..  Polylecfnc  mstimte  of  Brooidyn.  1947:  Ph.D-.  195a 
Aggour.  Hotiamed  S,  Assistant  Professor.  Civil  Engmeermg 
B-S..  Caro  UnrveisSy  (Egypt).  1964:  M.S..  1966:  Pti  D  ,  Umer- 
sily  o(  Washington.  1972. 

Agranrala,  AX-,  Assoaale  Professor  of  Computer  Soencs 
Ph.D..  Harvard  Uriversiy.  1970 

Agre,  Gene  P,  Associate  Professor  o(  SooaJ  Founoanors  o* 

BA.  Macatester  CoSege.  1951:  B  S  UnrrersHy  ol  Mvnesota 
1953:  MA.  Ph.D..  Ureveisiy  01  Brwe.  1964. 

A'Heam,  MKtiael  F„  Assocale  Professor  of  Astnmorrry 
B.S..  Boston  Colege.  1961:  Ph.D..  Unveisiiy  of  Wisconsvi. 
1966. 

Ahem,  Dennis  KL,  Assetart  Professor  of  Ptalosapfiy 

BA.  Cornel  Unrvetsily.  1968:  PIU}..  Univasity  of  C^ferrn. 

1973. 

Ahrens,  Richard  A^  Professor  of  Food  and  NutrHion  and  InsHu- 
bonal  Admnstration 

B.S..  UnivefSily  of  Wiscortan.  1958:  PI1.D..  Universily  of  Cd- 
tomia.  Oavis.  1963. 

Afeert,  Thomas  F,  Assoctale  Professor  of  Velerwiary  Science 
B  S..  Pennsytvana  State  Unrversily.  1958:  VMO.  Urwersily  of 
Pennsytvarta.  1962:  Ph.0..  Geotg^mm  University.  1972. 

AfcrecW.  Peilro  A,  Assoraalp  Piultu.:^  of  Civi  Engineering 

Opl.  kig..  Federal  Instilufe  of  Tectnology.  Swilzertaid.  1962; 
Ph-D-.  Lehigh  Unrvetsity.  1972. 

Alexander,  James  C  Assodale  Professor  of  Mathematics  and 

Statistics 

BA,  The  Johns  Hopfotrs  Uraversity.  1964;  Pn,D..  1968 

Alexander,  ILR,  Assstant  Professor.  Ctiernsny 

BA.  Harvard  Colege.  1964;  Pti.0..  Uraversay  of  Paris,  1967 

AHan,  J.  OavM^Assistar*  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.Sc..  University  of  British  Coluntiia.  1966:  MS  .  Unnersity  of 
Uchigaa  1968:  Ph.D..  1971 

Alan,  Thomas,  Associate  Professor  o*  Counseing  ana  Persxi- 
nel  Services 

B.S  .  Nontiwesfem  Uraversity.  19S0;  MA.  University  of  Mary- 
land. lS64:Ph.D..  1966. 

AMen.  Redfidd  W,,  Professor  of  MechsK^  Engneenng 
B.S.,  Universily  of  MaylKid.  1953:  MS..  1949:  Ph.D..  Uraversity 
of  Mniesata.  1959. 

AHey,  Catraa  O,  Jr„  Professor  of  Ptiysics 
B.S    Uraveisily  of  Richmorvl.  1948:  MA.  Princeton  Uraversity. 
19S1:Ph.D..  1962- 
Almenas,  Kazys  K,,  Associate  Professorof  Nudear  Engineenng 
B.a.  University  of  Netxasta.  1957:  Ph.D  .  Urmersity  w«j  Poly- 
technic of  Warsaw.  1968 

Aknon,  Ctopper,  Jr„  Professor  of  Ecommics 

A.B..  Vandertm  Uraversity.  1956:  MA.  Haiv»d  University 

1961:Ph.D.  1962 

AMhoff,  Saly  A,  Assista*  Professor  of  HeaMi  Education 
B.S..  Bowing  Green  State  Uraveisily.  1966;  MEd..  Uraversity  of 
Toledo.  1968:  PhD..  1971. 

Amershek,  Kathleen  G.,  Assoaafe  Professorof  Eaity  Chid- 
hood  and  Qententary  FrIiw'HIiiJit 

B.S..  State  Teadieis  Colege.  19S1 :  M.Ed..  Pennsylvaraa  State 
Unrversily,  1957:  Pti.0..  Uraversity  of  Mraiesola.  1965 

Ammon,  Herman  L,  Professor  of  Ctiemctry 

ScB..  Brown  University.  1958:  Ph,0.,  Uraveisily  of  Washmglon. 

1962 

Anaml,  Davinilef  K^  Piufev^  of  Mochaniciil  Engineering 

B.S  George  Wastangton  University.  1959;  MS..  1961;  D.  Sc. 
1965 

Anastos,  Gi'CMi|i',  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S..  Umersity  of  Akron.  1942:  MA.  Harvard  University.  1947: 

Ph.D..  1949. 

Anderson,  Cart  R^  Assistant  Professor  of  Busviess  and  Man- 

B.S..  The  PermsyVaraa  State  Urwersity.  1969:  MBA.  1971; 
Ph.D..  1974 

Andetaon,  Charles  R-,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondevy  Edu- 
cation and  Asstslart  Dean  of  Ihe  Colege  of  Education 
B.S..  Universily  of  Maiyland.  1957;  MEd..  1959:  Ed.D..  1969. 


Anderson.  Henry,  Professor  of  Busness  and  Management 

BA   Unrversity  of  London.  1939:  MBA.  ColiiTOia  Umversrty 

1948;  PhD.  1959 

AiNlerson,  J.  Psul,  Professor  of  A<ti«iisuj|ioa  Supervision. 

and  CumdAjm 

B  S    Unrversity  Of  Mrmesota  1942:  MA.  1948:  Ph  D  .  i960 

Anderson.  J.  Rotiert.  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
B  S  ,  Stale  Unrversity  o(  Iowa.  1956,  Ph.D..  1963 

Andersoa  John  0„  Jr..  Professor  and  Charman  of  Aerospace 

Engineenng 

B  S    University  o(  Flonda  1959.  Ph  D  .  Oh«  State  Universily. 

1966 

Andetsorv  Nancy  S.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

BA.  University  of  Colorado.  1952:  MA.  Oh«  State  Umversity. 

19S3;Ph.D..  1956 

Anderson,  Stephen  C,  Assetant  Professor  of  Recreation 
B  S..  Inciana  Stale  Uraversity.  1969:  MS.  Appalachian  State 
Uraversrty,  1973:  PhD..  Uraversity  of  Maytand,  1976. 

Anderson,  Thornton  K,  Professor  of  Government  and  PoMks 
A.B.UraversityofKei«icl<y.ia37:MA.1938:PhO  University 
of  Wisconsin.  1948 

Ansello.  Edward  F,  Asssant  Professor.  Institute  lor  Child 

StLKIy 

AB    Boston  College.  1966:MEd..Uraversityof  Hfcsouri.  1967; 

Ph.D..  1970- 

AnHnan,  Stuart  S.,  Professor  of  Mattiemalics 

B.S  .  Hensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1961.  MS  .  University 

of  Mnnesota  1963:  PhD..  1963. 

Aimstrong,  Eariene,  Assstant  Professor.  Entomology 

B-S..  North  Carolina  Central  Uraversity.  1969:  MS  .  1970:  Ph  D  . 

Cornel  University.  1975. 

Aimstrong,  Ronald  W.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineenng 
B.E.S..  The  Johns  Hoplons  University.  1955:  M.Sc .  Cameg«- 
Molon  University.  1957:  Ph.D..  1958. 

Araenault,  Richard  J,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineenng  and 
Engineeiwig  tilaterials 

B.S..  MKhjgan  Technological  Unnersity,  1957:  Ph.0..  North- 
western University.  1962. 

Aahlocfc,  Rotiert  8.,  Professor  of  Eaty  Oaktnad  and  Elemen- 
taiy  Education 

B.S  .  Butler  Univefsity.  1957.  MS  .  1959:  Ed.D..  Indiana  Univer- 
sity. 1965 

Ashmen,  Roy,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment 

B  S..  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology.  1935:  M.S.,  Coliiiit»  Uni- 
versity. 1936: PhD..  Norttiwestem Uraversity.  1950 

Atchison,  WiWam  F.,  Piofesscv  of  Computer  Science 

A.B  .  Georgetown  Colege  (Ky.).  1936:  MA.  University  of  Ken- 

tudcy.  1940;Ph.D..  Univeisityof  ICnois.  1943. 

Auslander,  Joseph,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1952;  MS  .  Univer- 
sity of  Peraisytvaiia  1953;  Ph.D..  1957 

Austin,  Giliefl,  Lecturer  in  Secondary  Education 
8.S..  Central  Connecticut  State  Colege.  1953;  MALS.,  Wesley- 
ai  Univetsity.  1956;  CAG.S.,  Universily  of  Hartlbrd.  1959: 
Ph.D.,  Uraversity  of  Comecbcut  1965. 

Austing,  Richard  K.  Associate  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
B.S..  Xavier  Uraversity.  1953;  MS..  Sant  Louis  University.  1955; 
Ph.D..  Calhoic  University  of  America.  1963. 

Avery,  Wiliam  T.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Classical  Lan- 
guages and  Uterabxes 

BA.  Western  Resene  Uraversity.  1934;  MA.  1935.  PhD. 
1937 

Ajtiey.  Jofm  H„  Prtjfessor  of  Agronomy 
BA   University  of  Wisconsin.  1937:  P»i.D..  1945 

Ayars,  James  E..  Assistartt  Professrx.  Agricullurai  Engwieenng 
BAE  Comet  Unrversity.  1965:  MS  .  Colorado  Stale  Univer- 
sity, 1973;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Aycock,  Marvin  IC,  %lr..  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 
8.S..  Norih Caroina  Stale  University,  1959:  MS  .  1963:  Ph  0  , 
kma  Stale  University.  1966. 

Ayhirard,  Thomas  J.,  Professor  and  Ctiannan  of  Speech  and 

Dramatic  Art 

B  S  ,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1947  MS  ,  1949:  Ph  D  .  1960 

Etalxislta.  Ivo,  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical  Sci- 
ence and  Technology  and  Maltiemalics 
D<il   Ing,.  Technical  Uraversity  of  Prague.  1949:  Pti.D.,  1960 
PhD  .  Czechostovak  Academy  of  Soences,  1955:  PhD..  1960 

Bagchi,  Amilabha,  Assistant  Professor  of  Ptiysics 

B.Sc..  Calcutta  Unveisrty.  1964;  MS..  Unmersity  of  Caifbmia, 

San  Diego,  1967;  Ph.D..  1970 

Bailey,  Martin  J.,  Professor  of  Economics 

BA.  Unnrersity  of  CaMomia.  Los  Angeles.  1951;  MA.  The 

Johns  Hopkins  University.  1953;  Ph.D..  1956. 

Bailey,  WiMam  J.,  Research  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.Chem..  University  of  Mmnesola  1943;  Ph.D  .  University  of  II- 
bnos.  1946 

Daird.  Janet  R,  Assistant  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 

and  Spanish  and  Portuguese. 

B.S..  Unrversity  of  Kansas,  1966;  MA.  1971;  Ph.D.,  1973. 


Baird,  Joan  C.  Assistant  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
B  S  .  Kansas  Stale  University.  1956:  M.S..  1960:  Ed.D..  Okla- 
homa Stale  University.  1969 

Baker,  OonaM  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Hearing  and  Speech 

Sciences 

BS  Ed   Ohio  Slate  University.  1954;  MA,  1956;  PhD  ,  1962 

Baker,  Rotiert  L,  Associate  Professor  of  Horticulture 

BA,  Swanhmore  College.  1959;  MS,  University  ol  Marylav] 

1962;  Ph  D  ,  1965 

Bandel,  Verrxm  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 
B.S  ,  Unrversity  of  Maryland.  1959:  MS,  1962:  Ph.D..  1965. 

Banerjee,  Manoj  K.,  Professor  of  Ptiyscs 

8  S    Patna  University,  1949;  MS  .  Cakxitta  University.  1951; 

Ph  D,  1956 

Bankson.  NictMlas  W..  Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chair- 
man of  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 
BS..  Unrversity  ol  Kansas.  1960;  MA.  1961.  PhD.  1970. 

Baras,  Jofm  S.,  Assistant  Professor  ol  ElectncaJ  Engineering 
Diptoma.  Na&onal  Technical  University  of  Athens.  1970:  S.M.. 
Harvard  University.  1971:  Ph  D  .  1973. 

Barbarin.  Oscar,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychokigy 
A  B    St  Josephs  Seminary  College,  1968;  MA.  New  Yortt  Uni- 
versity. 1971   M  S.  Rutgers  University.  1973;  Ph.D  .  1975. 

Bartier,  Willard  F.,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 

AB     Stanford  University.  1928,  M  A,.  1929;  D^jloma.  The  War 
College,  1948 

Banjasis.  Angelo,  Assooate  Professor  of  Physics 

AB  ,  Cornell  University,  1957;  MS  .  University  of  Illinois.  1959: 

PhD  ,  1962. 

Barlow.  Jewel  B..  Associate  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineer- 


Bames.  Jack  C.  Associate  Professor  of  English 

8-A.,  Duke  University.  1939:  MA.  1947;  PhD.,  University  ol 

Maryland  1954 

Bamett  Audrey  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zookigy 

BA.,  Wilson  College.  1955;  M.A..  Indiana  University.  1957; 

Ph  D  ,  1962. 

Bamett.  Neal  M.,  Assooate  Professor  of  Botany 

B  S    PLrdue  Ur-iversity   1959   Ph  D  ,  Duke  Unrversity,  1966 

Barrett  James  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychotogy 

B-A..  University  of  Maryland,  1966,  Ph  D,.  Pennsylvania  State 

Unrversity.  1971 

Barry,  Jackson  C,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

8A.  Yale  College.  1950:  M.A..  Cokimtjia  University.  1951: 

M  F  A  ,  Western  Resenie  University.  1962:  Ph  D  .  1963 

BarUett,  Claude  J„  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Psycfiotogy 
B.S  .  Denisoo  Unrversity.  1954:  MA.  Ohio  State  University. 
1956;  Ph.D.  1959, 

Basfum,  Ray  S.,  Assooate  Professor  of  Electncal  Engineenng 
8  S  ,  US   Military  Academy,  1945:  MS  .  Unrversity  of  ICnoe. 
1952.  Ph  D  .  1962. 

Basili,  Victor  H..  Assooate  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
B  S    Forflham  College.  1961;  MS    Syracuse  University.  1963; 
Ph  0,,  Unrversity  of  Texas,  1970 

Beall,  Edgar  F..  Assooate  Professor  of  Physics 

8  A    University  of  CaJifomia  at  Berkeley.  1958.  Ph.D  .  1962 

Beall.  Otho  T.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Amencan  Studies 

BA     WcNams  College.  1930:  MA,  University  ol  Minnesota. 

1932,  Ph.D  ,  Unrversity  of  Pennsylvania.  1952, 

Bean,  George  A,  Assooate  Professor  of  Botany 
BS    Cornell  Unrversity,  1958.  M  S  ,  University  ol  Minnesota. 
I960,  PhD..  1963- 

Beard,  Larry  H,,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment 
A  8  J    University  ol  Georgia.  1964;  MA.  1965.  Ph  0.,  1974. 

Beasley.  Maurine  H.,  Assistant  Professor.  CoOege  of  Jour- 
nalism 

B  A  .  University  of  Mrssoun,  1958,  B  J     1958;  MS  ,  Cokimtjia 
University  1963,  Ph  D  .  George  Washington  University.  1974. 

Beaton.  John  H..  Dean.  College  of  Human  Ecotogy  and  Profes- 
sor, Food,  Nutrition  and  Institutional  ArJministration 
8  A  .  University  of  Toronto,  1949;  MA.  1950:  Ph.D..  1952 

Beatty,  Ctiarles  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industnal  Educa- 
tion 

B  S    l*xthem  Michigan  University.  1959:  MA  Michigan  State 
University.  1963.  Ph.D  .  OhK)  Slate  University.  1966 

Beckmann,  Rotjett  B.,  Dean  of  the  College  ol  Engineenng  and 

Professor  of  Chemicaf  Engineenng 

B.S  .  Unrversity  of  Illinois.  1940:  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin. 

1944, 

Bedingfield.  James  P„  Assooate  Professor  of  Business  aid 

Management 

B  S    Univer&t>  of  Maryland,  1966,  M  B.A-.  1968;  OB.A..  1971. 

Beicken,  Peter  U.,  Associate  Professor  Germanic  and  Slavic 

Languages 

Mag.  Art..UniversityofMunich(Gemiany),  1968,  PhD.  Stanford 

University.  1971. 


Graduate  Faculty  /  29 


Betcher,  Ralph  L,  Lecturef  and  Reactor  Director.  Nuclear  Engi- 
neering 

BS  .  Marshall  University.  1941;  M.S..  Unrversrty  of  Kentucky. 
1947;  Ph.D..  Unrversrty  ol  Maryland.  1966 

Bell,  Rogef  A.,  Professor  of  Astronomy 

B.S..  Universrty  of  Meltxxime.  1957;  PhD  .  Australian  National 

University,  1962 

Bellama,  Jon  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
A.B  .  Allegheny  College.  1960;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Pennsyl- 
vania. 1966. 

Bellows,  William,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agncuttural  and  Re- 
source Economics 

A.B  .  Harvard  College.  1959;  M.S  .  University  ol  Massachusetts. 
1968;  PhD.  1971 

Belz.  Herman  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 
B.A-.  Pnnceton  Universrty.  1959;  M.A..  Universrty  ol  Washington. 
1963;  PhD  .  1966 

Bender,  Filmore  E.,  Professor  of  Agncurtural  and  Resource 
Economics 

B.S..  University  of  California.  Bert<eley.  1961 ;  MS..  North  Caro- 
lina Stale  Universrty  at  Raleigh.  1965.  Ph.D..  1966. 

Benedetto,  John  J.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A..  Boston  College.  1960;  M.A..  Harvard  University.  1962; 

PhD  .  Unrversrty  of  Toronto.  1964 

Benedict,  William  S.,  Director,  Chemical  Physics 
B.A..  Cornell  Unrversrty.  1928;  MA  .  PhD,  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology,  1933. 
Benesch.  William,  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science 

and  Technology 

B  A  Lehigh  University,  1942;  MA.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity. 1950  Ph  D . 1952 

Beni>en,  Lawrence  H.,  Professor  ol  Physics 

B.A.,  Bnx)klyn  College.   1951;  MS.  Universrty  of  Maryland. 

1955;  PhD  .  Rutgers  Universrty.  1958 

Benr)en,  Robert  L,  Associate  Professor  ol  Economics 
B  A.  Unrversrty  ol  Texas.  1951.  MA  .  1955;  Ph  D..  1963. 

Bennett  Stanley  W.,  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  ChiW 

Study 

BS  .  Iowa  State  Universrty.  1959.  M  A  .  State  Universrty  ol  Iowa, 

1961 ;  PhD  .  Universrty  ol  Michigan.  1970 

Berenstein,  Carlos  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
bcendiado  en  Malematicas,  Universrty  of  Buenos  Aires,  1966, 
M.S.,  New  Yon<  Universrty,  1969;  Ph  D  ,  1970 

Berg,  Kenneth  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Unrversrty  of  Minnesota,  1960;  PhD  ,  1967 

Berger,  Bruce  S.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineenng 
B,S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1954,  M.S..  1958.  PhD  .  1962 

Bergeron,  Raymond,  Assistant  Professor.  Chemistry 

A.B  .  Clart<  Universrty.  1967.  Ph.D..  Brandeis  University.  1973 

Bergmann,  Bartiara  R.,  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A..  Cornell  Universrty.  1948.  M.A..  Harvard  Universrty.  1955. 

Ph  D  .  1959 

Berman,  Joel  H.,  Professor  of  Music 

B.S..  JuilliardSchool  ol  Music.  1951 ;  M.A..  Columbia  Universrty. 

1953;  DM  A..  Unrversrty  of  Michigan.  1961 

Berman,  Louise  M„  Professor  ol  Administration,  Supen/ision 

and  Cumculum  and  Director  of  Nursery-Kindergarten  School 

A.B  ,  Wheaton  College,  1950;  M.A..  Columbia  Universrty.  1953. 

Ed.D  .  Columbia  University.  1960 

Bernstein,  Allen  R„  Professor  ol  Mathematics 

B  A  ,  California  Instrtute  ol  Technology,  1962;  MA..  Universrty  of 

California  at  Los  Angeles,  1964,  Ph  D  ,  1965. 

Bernstein,  IMelvIn,  Administrative  l^an  for  Summer  Programs 
and  Professor  of  Music 

A.B  .  Southwestern  at  Memphis.  1947;  8  Music.  1948;  M.  Muse. 
Unrversrty  of  Michigan.  1949;  MA..  Universrty  ot  North  Carolina. 
1954.  PhD  .  1964 

Bemthal,  John  E.,  Assistant  Professor  ol  Heanng  and  Speech 

Saences 

B.F  A..  Wayne  State  College.  1962;  M.A..  Kansas  Universrty. 

1964.  Ph  D  .  Universrty  of  Wisconsin.  Madison.  1971 

Best,  Otto  F.,  Professor  of  Germanic  arxl  Slavic  Languages 
Atirtur.  Realgymnasium.  1948;  Certificate.  Universite  de  Tou- 
kxjse,  1951;  Doctor  of  Phitosophy,  Universrty  of  Munich,  1963 

Bests,  Charles  Edward,  Assoaate  Professor  of  Horticurture 
B.S-.  Purdue  Unrversrty.  1961;  MS  .  1969,  Ph.D.,  1971 

Betancourt,  Roger  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 
B  A-,  Georgetown  Universrty,  1965;  PhD  .  Universrty  of  Wiscon- 
sin. 1969 

Bhagat,  Satindar  M„  Professor  of  Physics 
B  A  .  Jammu  and  Kashmir  Unrversrty  of  India,  1950;  M.A..  Uni- 
versrty ol  Delhi.  1953;  Ph  D  .  1956. 

BIckley,  William  E.,  Professor  of  Entomotogy 
BS  .Unrversrty  of  Tennessee.  1934;  M.S..  1936;  PhD  .Universi- 
ty of  Maryland.  1940 

Bigbee,  Daniel  E.,  Associate  Professor  ot  Poultry  Science 
BS, Oklahoma  StateUniversrty,  1956;M  S„  1958;Ph  D  , Michi- 
gan State  Universrty,  1962 


Blllig,  Frederick  S.,  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  Engineenng 

BE..  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1955;  M  S.,  Universrty  of 

Maryland.  1958.  Ph  D  .  1964 

Binqham,  Alfred,  J.,  Professor  of  French  and  Italian 

B  a'  Yale  University.  1933.  Ph  D..  Columbia  Universrty.  1939 

Birdsall,  Esther  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A..  Central  Michigan  College.  1947;  MA.  University  of  Anzo- 

na.  1950.  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1959 

Birk,  Janice  M,,  Associate  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Person- 
nel Services  and  Counselor,  Counseling  Center 
B  A  ,  Sacred  Heart  College.  1963;  M  A  .  Loyola  College.  1966. 

Ph  D  .  Universrty  of  Missoun.  1970 

Btrkner,  Francis  B.,  Assoaate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineenng 
B  S..  Newark  College  of  Engineenng  1961;  MS.E,,  Universrty  of 
Ronda,  1962;  Ph  D  ,  1965. 

Bish,  Robert  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Urtjan  Studies 
B  A.,  Universrty  of  Southern  California,  1964,  M  A..  Indiana  Uni- 
versrty. 1966.  Ph.D.  1968 

Btair,  Donald  James,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical  Engi- 
neenng 

BS.  Bradley  University.  1957.  M.S.  Universrty  of  Flonda. 
Gainesville.  1962;  PhD  .  University  of  Maryland.  1969 

Blair,  John  D.,  Assistant  Professor  ol  Sociotogy 

BA.  Gustavus  Adolphus  College.  1966;  MA..  Universrty  of 

Michigan,  1972;  Ph  D  .  1975 

Blevins,  Dale  Glenn,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 

BS  .  Southwest  Missoun  State  University.  1965;  MS.  Missoun 

University.  1967,  PhD  .  University  of  Kentucky,  1972. 

Block,  Ira,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textile  and  Consumer  Eco- 
nomics 
BS.,  University  of  Maryland.  1963;  PhD  .  1971. 

Bloom,  Paul  N.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment 

B  S.,  Lehigh  University.  1968.  M  BA,.  Universrty  ol  Pennsylva- 
nia. 1970.  PhD  .  Northwestern  Universrty.  1974 

Bluth,  Linda  Fran,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology  and 
Special  Education 

BA  .  College  ol  Empona.  1965.  MS  .  Kansas  State  Teachers 
College  1966  Ed  D  .  Universrty  of  Illinois.  1972 

Bobko,  Philip,  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology 

B  S..  Massachusetts  Instrtute  of  Technology.  1970;  MS.  Buch- 

nell  University.  1972.  Ph  D  .  Cornell  Universrty.  1976 

Bobrow,  Davis  B.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Government  and 
Politcs 

B  A.,  University  ot  Chicago,  1955,  B.A..  1956;  B.A.,  Oxford  Uni- 
versrty. 1958;  Ph  D..  Massachusetts  Instrtute  of  Technotogy. 
1961 

Bode,  Carl,  Professor  of  English 

Ph.B  .  Universrty  of  Chicago.  1933;  M.A  .  Northwestern  Universi- 
ty. 1938.  PhD..  1941 

Bolsaitis,  Peter  P.,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineenng 

BS   California  Instrtute  of  Technology,  i960.  M  S.  1961:  Ph.D., 

Delaware  Stale  College,  1964 

Bonar.  Dale  B,.  Assistant  Professor  Zoology 

BA  .  Whitman  College.  1967;  M.S..  Universrty  of  the  Pacific. 

1970;  PhD  .  University  ot  Hawaii.  1973 

Bottino.  Paul  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

8  8  .  Utah  State  Universrty.  1964.  MS  .  1965.PhD..  Washington 

State  Universrty,  1969 

Boughner,  Robert  F.,  Assistant  Professor  ol  Classical  Lan- 
guages and  Literature 

B.A.  Duke  University.  1968;  MA..  Johns  Hopkins  Universrty. 
1969.  PhD  .  1975 

Bowers,  Mollie  H,,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement 

B.A..  University  ot  Rochester.  1967;  M.A..  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin. 1969.  Ph  D  .  Cornell  University.  1974 

Bouwkamp,  John  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Horticulture 
B.S..  Michigan  State  Universrty.  1964.  M.S..  1966;  Ph.D.,  1969 

Boyd,  Alfred  C,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

BS  .  Canisius  College.  1951.  MS..  Purdue  Universrty,  1953, 

PhD  .  1957 

Boyd,  Derek  A..  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 

B  S-.  University  ol  Cape  Town  (S.  Atnca).  1964;  B  S  .  (Hons.). 

1965,  M  Sc  ,  1967,  PhD,  Stevens  Institute  olTechnology,  1973 

Boyd,  Vivian  S.,  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel 

Services 

B  A  ,  Antioch  College,  1961;  MA.,  University  ol  Colorado,  1968, 

MA,  Universrty  of  Maryland,  1972;  PhD  ,  1975 

Brabble,  Elizabeth  W..  Associate  Professor,  Family  and  Com- 
munity Development 

BS  ,  Virginia  Stale  College  1960;MS  ,  Pennsylvania  Stale  Uni- 
versity, 1966,  Ed.D  .  1969 

Brace,  John  W..  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B  A  ,  Swarthmore  College,  1949,  AM  .  Cornell  Universrty.  1951; 

Ph  D . 1953 

Bradbury,  Utiles  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A  B  ,  Han/ard  University.  1960;  AM  .  1961;  Ph.D..  1967 

Braddock,  Jomills  H.,  II,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 
BA  .  Jacksonville  University.  1969.  MS..  Flonda  State  Universi- 
ty. 1972;  Ph  D  ,  1973. 


Brandt  John  C,  Professor  of  Astronomy 

A.B  .  Washington  University.  1956;  Ph.D..  University  of  Chicago, 

1960 

Brauth,  Steven  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychotogy 

BS  .  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1967;  Ph.D..  New  York 

University.  1973 

Breger,  Irving  A.,  Professor  ot  Chemistry 

BS  .  Worchesier  Polytechnic  Instrtute.  1941.  S.M  .  Massachu- 

sens  Instrtute  of  Technology.  1947;  PhD  .  1950. 

Breslow,  Marvin  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

BA  .  University  ol  Nebraska.  1957;  M.A..  Harvard  Universrty. 
1958;  PhD.,  1963 

Brigham,  Bruce  W.,  Assoaate  Professor  ol  Secondary  Educa- 
tion 

8  S  ,  State  University  of  New  York,  1949;  M.S..  Temple  Universi- 
ty. 1967.  Ph.D..  1967. 

Brill,  Dieter  R.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B  A  .  Pnnceton  University.  1954;  M.A..  1956;  Ph.D..  1959 

Brinkley,  Howard  J.,  Professor  ol  Zook>gy 

B  S    West  Virginia  University.  1958:  MS  .  Universrty  ol  Illinois. 

1960:  Ph.D..  1963. 

Brodsky,  Harold,  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 

BS-.  Brooklyn  College.   1954;  MS  .  Universrty  of  Colorado, 

1960;  Ph  D  ,  Universrty  ol  Washington,  1966. 

Broome,  C.  Rose,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 

BS  .  University  of  Miami.  1965:  AM,.  Universrty  of  South  Fton- 

da.  1968:  Ph.D..  Duke  University.  1974 

Brown,  Charles  C,  Assistant  Professor  o(  Economics 
B.A  .  Boston  College.  1970:M.A..  1970;  Ph.D..  Hanrard  Universi- 
ty. 1974. 

Brown,  John  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A  B  .  Pnnceton  University,  1952;  M.A  .  1957;  Ph.D..  1959. 

Brown,  Joshua  R.C..  Professor  of  Zoology 

A.B  .  Duke  University.  1948.  M.A..  1949;  PhD  .  1953. 

Brown,  Richard  H.,  Visrting  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 
B.A  .  University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1961;  M.A..  Columbia 
University.  1965:  Ph.D..  University  of  California  at  San  Diego. 
1973. 

Brown,  Robert  A.,  Assoaate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A..  University  of  Richmond.  1958:  M.A..  Universrty  ol  towa. 

1961;  PhD  ,  1962. 

Brown,  Samuel  E.,  Assoaate  Professor  of  English 
A.B  .  Indiana  Universrty.  1934;  M.A..  1946.  PhD  .  Yale  Universi- 
ty. 1955 

Brush,  Steplien  G.,  Professor  of  History  arxi  Research  Profes- 
sor 
B  A..  Harvard  Universrty.  1955;  D.Phil.  Oxford  Universrty.  1958. 

Bryer,  Jackson  R.,  Professor  ol  English 

B.A  .  Amherst  College.  1959:  M.A  .  Columbia  Universrty,  1960, 

PhD  .  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1%5. 

Buchler,  Edward  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zooksgy 
B  S.,  California  State  Polytechnic  College.  1964;  M.S..  Universi- 
ty of  California.  1966;  Ph.D..  Universrty  ol  Montana.  Missoula, 
1972. 

Buck,  Allen  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Textile  and  Consumer 

Economics 

B  S  .  Michigan  State  University.  1939;  M.S..  Western  Reserve 

University.  1942;  PhD  .  1947 

Buckley,  Frank  T.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engi- 
neenng 
BS..  Universrty  ot  Maryland.  1959;  PhD.  1968 

Bundy,  Mary  Lee,  Professor.  College  ot  Library  and  Informa- 
tion Services 

BE  .  State  University  ol  New  York  at  Potsdam.  1948;  MA.  Uni-      < 
versify  of  Denver.  1951 ;  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois.  1960. 

Bunts,  Frank,  Professor  of  Art 

BS  .  Case  Westem  Reserve  Universrty.  1963;  Diploma.  Cleve- 
land Instrtute  of  Art.  1964;  M.A..  Case  Westem  Reserve  Univer- 
sity. 1964 

Burger,  Mary  M.W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B  A  .  AM  and  N.  College.  1959:  MA  .  Cotorado  State  University, 

1961 ;  Ph.D..  Washington  University.  1973. 

Buric,  John,  Associate  Professor  ol  Animal  Science  4 

BS  .  West  Virginia  University.  1948.  M.S..  University  ot  Mary- 
land 1952.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Illinois,  i960. 

Burt,  Gordon  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S..  Tennessee  Technological  Institute.  1961.  M.S.  Cornell 

University.  1964.  PhD  .  Washington  State  University.  1967. 

Burt  John  J.,  Professor  and  Chairman.  Department  of  Hearth 

Education 

B  A..  Duke  University.  1955.  MEd  .  Universrty  of  North  Carolina. 

1956.  M  S  .  Oregon  State  University,  i960:  Ed  D  .  1963 

Butler,  Lillian  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Food  and  Nutntion  i 

BS  .  Universrty  ot  Illinois.  1941 .  MS.  Universrty  ol  Texas  1945; 
Ph  D  .  University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1953. 

Butler,  Richard  Roy,  Assistant  Professor.  Institute  of  Cnminal  I 

Justice  and  Cnminology  ] 

B  A  .  William  Carey  College.  1967.  MA..  Mississippi  Stale  Uni-  'I 

versify.  1970;  Ph.D..  1973.  J 


30  /  Graduate  Faculty 


Butterworth,  Charles  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government 

and  Politics 

B.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1959;  Doctorat.  University  of 

Nancy,  France,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Ctiicago.  1962:  Ph  D  , 

1966 

Byrne,  Richard  H.,  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services 

A-B.,  Franklin  &  Marsfiall  College,  1938;  MA..  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1947:  EdD  ,  1952 

Cadman.  Theodore  W.,  Professor  and  Director  of  Chemical 

Engineenng 

B.S.  Carnegie-Mellon  University.  1962;  M.S.,  1964;  Ph.D..  1966 

Cain,  Jarvis  L.,  Professor  of  Aghcultural  and  Resource  Eco- 


Calrns,  Gordon  M.,  Dean,  College  of  Aghculture  and  Professor 

of  Dairy  Science 

B.S..  Cornell  University,  1936:  M.S.,  1938;  Ph  D..  1940. 

Callcott,  George  H.,  Professor  of  History 
A.B..  University  of  South  Carolina.  1950;M.A.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity. 1951;  Ph.D..  University  of  North  Carolina,  1956 

Cambridge,  Milton  H.,  Assistant  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services 

B.A.,  Queens  College,  1969;  MS  .  University  of  Southern  Mis- 
sissippi. 1973;  Ph  D , 1976 

Campagna,  Andrew  F.,  Assistant  Professor.  French  and  Ital- 
ian 

A.B.,  Dartmouth  College,  1966,  MA.,  University  of  Rochester, 
1967,  Ph.D..  Washington  University.  1975 

CampagnonI,  Anthony  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
A.B..  Northeastern  University,  1964;  PhD  .  Indiana  University, 
1968. 

Camptjelt,  Donald  L.,  Assistant  Professor,  Veterinary  Science 
D  V  M  ,  University  of  Georgia,  1968:  M.S.,  Texas  Agricultural  and 
Mechanical  University,  1972 

Campbell,  Ehwood  G.,  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
B  S.,  Northeast  Missoun  State  College.  1949:  MA.  Northwest- 
ern University,  1952:  Ph  0  ,  1963 

Campbell,  Kenneth,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 
Massachusetts  College  of  Art:  National  Academy  of  Design;  Art 
Students  League:Lowell  Institute 

Carlsone,  Robert  P.,  Professor  of  Administration,  Supen/ision 
and  Curriculum 

B.S,.  East  Montana  College.  1953.  M  Ed  .  Emory  University. 
1958;  Ph.D..  University  of  Chicago.  1961 

Caron,  Dewey  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Entomology 
B  A  .  LJniversity  of  Vermont.  1964.  MS  .  University  of  Tennes- 
see. 1966;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1970 

Carr,  John  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
B.S.  Wilson  Teachers  College.  1952:  MP  A..  Catholic  University 
of  Amenca,  1953;  Ph  D.,  1965. 

Carroll,  Rotjert  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
B  S.,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1965,  M.A.,  Ohio  Slate  Universi- 
ty, 1968;  Ph. D,  1969 

Carroll,  Stephen  J.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment 

B.S  .  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles.  1957;  M.A..  Univer- 
sity of  Minnesota,  1959;  PhD  .  1964 

Carter,  Everett  C,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Civil  Engineenng 
B.S  C  E,.  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1958,  M  S.C  E..  Univer- 
sity of  California,  Berkeley,  1959;  Ph.d.,  Northwestern  University. 
1969 

Castellan,  Gilbert  W.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S,,  Regis  College,  1945,  Ph.D.,  The  Catholic  University  of 

America,  1949;  Sc  D  ,  Regis  College,  1967 

Cate.  George  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A..  Rutgers  University.  1960;  M.A.,  Duke  University.  1962. 

PhD  .  1968 

Causey,  George  D.,  Research  Professor  of  Hearing  and  Speech 

Sciences 

B.A..  University  of  Maryland  1950:  MA.,  1951,  Ph.D.,  Purdue 

University,  1954. 

Celarier,  James  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B..  University  of  Illinois,  1956.  MA,  1958:  Ph.D..  University  of 

Pennsylvania.  1960, 

Chaiken,  Irwin  M.,  Lecturer  in  Chemistry 

A. B.,  Brown  University,  1964;  Ph. D,  University  of  California.  Los 

Angeles.  1968. 

Chang,  Chla-Cheh,  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astron- 
omy 

B.S..  Tughal  University  (Taiwan),  1961:  MA,  University  of 
Southern  California,  1966:  Ph  D  ,  1968 

Chang,  Chung-Yun,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
PhD  .  Columbia  University.  1966 

Chant,  Nicholas,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
Ph  D..  Lincoln  College.  Oxford,  1966 

Chapin,  John  L.,  Professor,  Institute  for  Child  Study 

A.B..  Denison  University,  1939;  Ph.D..  University  of  Rochester. 

1950. 


Chasnoft,  Sellna  Sue,  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services 

A.B  ,  University  of  Connecticut,  1957;  A.G.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1968:  M  Ed.,  1968,  Ph  D  ,  1971. 

Chaves,  Antonio  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 
Doctor,  Law,  University  of  Havana,  1941.  Doctor  of  Filosofia  & 
Leiras.  1946.  MA.  Northwestern  University.  1948 

Chen,  Yung-Gann,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
B.S.E.S..  National  Taiwan  University,  1957;  MS.E  E,,  National 
Chio-Tung  University,  1960:  D  Eng  Sci.,  Columbia  University. 
1966 

Christensen,  Abel  Cheryl  J.,  Assistant  Professor.  Government 
and  Politics 

B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota.  1968:  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology.  1975 

Christian,  Charles  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography  and 
Urban  Studies 

B.A  .  Northeastern  State  College.  1966;  MA.,  University  of  Illi- 
nois. 1968.  PhD.  1975. 

Chu,  Hsin,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B  S..  Hupeh  Teachers  College.  1948:  M.S..  Tulane  University. 

1957;  Ph  D..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1959. 

Chu,  Yaohan,  Professor  of  Computer  Science  and  Electncal 
Engineering 

B.S..  Chiao-Tung  University.  1942,  M.S  .  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology.  1945:  Sc  D..  1953. 

Churaman,  Charlotte  V.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Family  and 
Community  Development 

B.S  ,  Berea  College.  1942:  M.Ed..  Penn  State  University.  1964; 
Ed.D  .  1969 

Church,  Kenneth  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
and  Recreation 

B.S..  University  of  Northern  Iowa.  1946.M  S  .  University  of  Iowa. 
1955.  PhD  .  Indiana  University.  1963. 

Church,  Marilyn  G.,  Associate  Professor.  Eariy  Childhood  and 

Elementary  Education 

B  S  .  Indiana  University.  1962:  MS  .  1963:  Ed  D..  1969 

Churchill,  John  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Recreation 
B.S  .  State  University  of  New  Yori(  at  Cortland,  1958:  MS.,  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois,  1959,  Ph  D,,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1968 

Cirrincione,  Joseph  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Edu- 
cation and  Geography 

B.S..  Slate  University  of  New  York  at  Oswego,  1962;  M.A.. 
Ohio  State  University.  1967,  Ph.D..  1970. 

Clague.  Christopher  K..  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 
B  A..  Swarthmore  College.  1960;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University, 
1966 

Clague,  Monique  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Administration,  Su- 
pervision and  Curriculum 

B  A.,  Swarthmore  College.  1959.  PhD..  Harvard  University, 
1969 

Ciaiborn,  William  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.A..  University  of  Rochester.  1964.  M.A..  Syracuse  University. 
1968:  Ph.D..  1968 

Oarit,  Eugenie,  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A..  Hunter  College,  1942,  M.A.,  New  Yori(  University.  1946: 

PhD  ,  1951 

Clark,  Joseph  E.,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics 

B.S.  Villanova  University.  1958;  M.S..  1960:  Ph.D..  University  of 
Windsor.  Canada.  1963 

Clark,  Neri  A.,  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B  S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1954:  Ph  D  .  1959. 

Clarke,  David  H.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B  S.,  Spnngfield  College.  1952:  MS..  1953:  Ph  D.,  University  of 

Oregon.  1959 

Claude,  Richard  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B.A..  College  of  St  Thomas.  1956.  MS..  Florida  State  Univer- 
sity. 1960;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Virginia,  1964 

Clearwater,  Harvey  E.,  Associate  Professor,  Health  Education 
A.B  .  Stale  University  of  New  Yort<  at  Albany.  1955:  MA..  Michi- 
gan Slate  University.  1967:  Ed  D..  1970 

Ciemson,  Barry  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Administration.  Su- 
pervision and  Curnculum 

B.S.  The  Pennsylvania  Slate  University.  1965:  MA..  1968: 
Ph  D  .  1975. 

Clotfelter,  Charles  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
A  B  .  Duke  University.  1969:  Ph  D  .  Harvard  University.  1973 

Cockburn,  James  S.,  Professor  of  History 

L.L.B  .  Leeds  University,  1959.  L.L.M  .  1961:  PhD..  1970. 

Cohen,  Joel,  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics 

Sc  B..  Brown  University.  1963;  Ph  D  .  Massachusetts  Institute  of 

Technology.  1966. 

Cole,  Wayne  S.,  Professor  of  History 

B.A  .  Iowa  State  Teachers  College.  1946.  MS..  University  of 

Wisconsin.  1948;  PhD  .  1951 

Collier,  Robert  K.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engi- 
neenng 
B.S..  Arizona  Stale  University.  1965;  M.S..  1972;  Ph.D..  1975 


Coiton,  Craig  W.,  Assistant  Professor.  Recreation 

B  S  .  Brigham  Young  University.  1963.  MS.  1970.  Ph  D..  1976. 

Cotville,  James,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineenng 

B  S  .  Purdue  University.  1959.  MS  .  1960;  Ph  D..  University  of 

Texas.  1970. 

Colwell,  Rita  Rossi,  Professor  of  Microbiology 

8  S  .  Purdue  University.  1956;  M  S  .  1958.  Ph  D  .  University  of 

Washington.  1961 

Contrera,  Joseph  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 
B  A  .  New  York  University.  1960:MS  .  1961;  PhD.  1966 

Conway,  Mary  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Poli- 
tics 

B.S..  Purdue  University.  1957.  MA.  University  of  California, 
Berkeley.  1960:  PhD  .  Indiana  University.  1965 

Coogan,  Robert,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A..  lona  College.  1954.  M.A..  De  Paul  University.  1958.  Ph.D., 

Loyola  University.  1967 

Cook,  Clarence  H.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.  Slate  University  of  Iowa,  1948:  M.S..  1950.  PhD  ,  Universi- 
ty of  Colbrado,  1962 

Cook,  Thomas  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B  S..  University  of  Maryland.  1955:  M  S  .  1957;  Ph  D..  Rutgers 

University.  1963 

Cooper,  Jeffrey  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B  A  ,  Havertord  College.  1962.  MS.  University  of  Illinois.  1964; 

Ph  D..  1967 

Cooper,  Sherod  M.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B  S  .  Temple  University.  1951;  M.A..  1953;  Ph.D..  University  of 

Pennsylvania.  1963. 

Cortwtt,  M.  Kenneth,  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S  .  McGill  University.  1960:  Ph  D..  Cornell  University.  1954 

Corliss,  John  0.,  Professor  and  Chainnan  of  Zoology 

B.S  .  University  of  Chicago.  1944.  B.A..  University  of  Vemiont. 

1947;  PhD  .  New  York  University.  1951. 

Corning,  Gerald  D.,  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineenng 
B.S..  New  York  University.  1937.  MS  .  Catholic  University.  1954. 

Correl,  Ellen,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S  .  Douglass  College.  1951.  MS  .  Purdue  University,  1953; 

Ph.D..  1958. 

Corrlgan,  Robert  A.,  Provost.  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities 
and  Professor  of  Amencan  Studies 

A.B..  Brown  University.  1957:  M.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1959:  Ph.D.  1967. 

Corsi,  Thomas  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement 

B  A..  Case  Western  Reserve  University.  1971 ;  M.A..  Kent  State 
University.  1974.  Ph.D  ,  University  of  Wisconsin  at  Milwaukee, 
1976, 

Cournyn,  John  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
B.S,.  University  of  Alabama,  1946,  MS  .  1948 

Coursey,  Robert  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.S..  Spring  Hill  College.  1966:  Ph  D  .  University  of  Rochester, 
1970. 

Courtwright,  Benjamin  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Infonnation 

Systems  Management 

B.A..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1939;  Ph.D..  1968. 

Cox,  Evelyn  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Food.  Nutrition  and  In- 
stitution Administration 

MS  .  Syracuse  University.  1948;  Ph  D  .  Iowa  State  University. 
i960. 

Crites,  John  O.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B-.  Pnnceton  University.  1950;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University. 

1957 

Cumberland,  John  H.,  Professor.  Bureau  of  Business  and  Eco- 
nomic Research 

B  A,.  University  of  Maryland.  1947;  M.A.,  Harvard  University, 
1949:  PhD  .  1951, 

Cunniff,  Patrick  F.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Mechanical 
Engineering 

B  S  .  Manhattan  College.  1955;  M.S..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Insti- 
tute. 1956:  Ph  D .  1962 

Currie,  Douglas  G.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B  E.P  Cornell  University.  1958;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Rochester. 

1962. 

Currier,  Albert  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B  A  .  State  University  of  Iowa.  1954,  M.A..  The  Johns  Hopkins 

University.  1959:  Ph  D..  1968, 

Curtis,  Charles  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

B  S..  Colorado  Stale  College,  1961;  MS..  1963.  Ph.D..  1965 

Curtis,  John  M.,  Professor  of  Agncultural  and  Resource  Eco- 
nomics 

BS.  North  Carolina  State  College.  1947;  M.S..  1949.  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1961. 

Cussler,  Margaret  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 
B.A.  State  University  of  New  Yori<  at  Albany.  1931;MA,.  1933; 
MA,.  Harvard  University.  1941;  Ph  D  .  1943 

Oachler,  H.  Peter,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B  S  .  Richmond  Professional  Institute.  1963;  M.A..  University  of 

Illinois.  1968;  Ph.D..  1969 


Graduate  Faculty  /  31 


Dagalakis.  Nicholas  G..  Assistant  Professor.  Mechanical  Engi- 

neenng 

Dipl.  ol  Mech   Engr.,  National  Technical  University  (Greece), 

1969;  MS.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1971:  EngD. 

1973;  PhD,  1975. 

Oager.  Edward  Z.,  Professor  ol  Sociology 

B.A.,  Kent  State  University.  1950.  MA..  Ohio  State  University, 

1951,  Pfi  D  ,  1956 

Dainis,  Andrew.  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B  S  .  University  of  Adelaide,  South  Australia,  1962,  Ph.D..  1967: 

MA  ,  University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill,  1972 

Dally,  James  W.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

BS   Camegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1951:  MS..  1953:  Ph.D. 

Illinois  Institute  of  Technology,  1958 

Oancis,  Jerome,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B  S  ,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1961 :  MS  ,  University  of 

Wisconsin,  1963;  Ph  D  ,  1966 

Oarden.  Lindley.  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy  and  History 
B  A  Southwestern  at  Memphis,  1 968.  MA..  University  of  Chica- 
go  1969;  S  M  ,  1973;  Ph  D . 1974 

Dardis,  Rachel,  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 
and  Lecturer  m  Economics 

B  S  St  Marys  College.  Dublin,  1949;  MS  ,  University  of  Min- 
nesota, 1963:  PhD,.  1965 

Oavey,  Beth,  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
B  S  ,  Miami  University  of  Ohio.  1965,  M  A  ,  University  of  Roch- 
ester, 1969;  PhD.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University,  1971 

Davidson,  James  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Vetennary  Science 
B  S  .  Michigan  State  University.  1964;  D,V  M,.  1966;  MS,,  1974, 
Ph  D..  1977 

Davidson,  John  A.,  Professor  of  Entomology 
B  A..  Columbia  Union  College.  1955:  M  S..  University  of  Mary- 
land. 1957;  PhD..  1960 

Davidson.  Marie  S.,  Assistant  Professor.  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

BS.  Dillard  University.  1959:  M.S..  University  of  Maryland. 
1967;  Pfi  D  ,  1971. 

Davidson.  Nell,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
and  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
BS  ,  Case  Institute  ol  Technology,  1961;  MS.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1963;  Ph  D  ,  1970 

Davidson,  Ronald  C,  Professor  of  Physics 

BSc,  McMaster  University.  1963;  PhD..  Pnnceton  University. 

1966 

Davis,  Christopher  C.  Assistant  Professor.  ElectncaJ  Er>gineer- 

,ng 

B.A.,  Cambndge  University,  1965:  MA..  1970:  Ph  D  ,  Man- 
chester University  (England),  1970, 

Davis,  Linda  S..  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B  A  .  University  of  Texas.  Austin.  1971  :M.A..  1974:  PhD  .  1975 

Davis,  Richard  F.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Dairy  Science 
and  Animal  Science 

BS,  University  ol  New  Hampshire.  1950:M,S.  Cornell  Universi- 
ty, 1952,  Ph  D    1953 

Davis,  Shelley,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 
B  A  .  Washington  Square  College  of  New  Yorit  University,  1957; 
M  A  ,  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and  Sciences  of  New  Yofl^  Uni- 
versity, 1960:  PhD,  1971 

Davisson.  Lee  D.,  Professor.  Electrical  Engineenng 
BSE  ,  Pnnceton  University,  1958.  M  S,E,,  University  ol  Cali- 
fornia (Los  Angeles),  1961,  PhD,  1964 

Dawson,  Townes  L.,  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 
B  B  A.,  University  ol  Texas.  1943,  B  S,.  United  States  Merchant 
Manne  Academy,  1946.  B  A  University  of  Texas,  1947;  Ph  0  , 
1950;  LLB.  1954 

Dawson.  Victor.  CD.,  Lecturer  in  Mechanical  Engineenng 
B  S    Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1948,  MS  ,  Har- 
vard University   1951,  ME  .  California  Institute  of  Technology, 
1959,  Ph  D.  University  of  Maryland.  1963. 

Day,  Thomas  B.,  Professor  of  Physics  and  Vice  Chancellor  for 

Academic  Planning  and  Policy 

B  S  ,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1952;  PhD  .  Cornell  University. 

1957 

Dayton,  Chauncy  M.,  Professor  ol  Measurement  and  Statistics 
A  B  .  University  of  Chicago,  1955,  MA.  University  of  Maryland, 
1963,  PhD.  1964 

OeBarthe,  Jerry  v.,  Assoaate  Professor  of  Animal  Science 
B  S  ,  Iowa  Slate  University.  1961.  Ph  D,.  1966 

Oebro,  Julius,  Assistant  Professor.  Institute  of  Cnminal  Justice 

and  Cnmtrx)iogy 

B  S  ,  University  of  San  Francisco,  1953:  M,A  .  San  Jose  State 

College  1967 

Decker,  A.  Morris,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B  S  ,  Colorado  AiM.  1949.  MS  .  Utah  State  College,  1951; 

Ph  D  ,  University  ol  Maryland.  1953 

DeClaris.  Nicholas.  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineenng 

B  S  .Texas  ASM  University,  1952;  S.M,  Massachusetts  Institute 

of  Technology.  1954,  Sc  D  ,  1959 

DeLeiris,  Alain.  Professor  ol  Art 

B  F  A  ,  Rhode  Island  School  of  Design.  1948:  A.M,.  Harvard 

University,  1952:  Ph  D  ,  1957 


De  Lorenzo,  William  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Edu- 
cation 

B.A  ,  Montclair  State  College.  1959:  MA,.  1964;  PhD  ,  Ohio 
State  University,  1971. 

Demaitre,  Ann,  Associate  Professor  of  French  and  Italian 
B  A    Columba  University.  1950.  M  A..  University  ol  California, 
Berkeley,  1951 ,  MS,.  Columbia  University.  1952:  PhD,,  Univer- 
sity ol  Maryland,  1960, 

DeMonte.  Claudia  A..  Lecturer  Art 

B.A    College  of  Notre  Dame  of  Maryland.  1969;  M.F  A..  Catholic 

University  of  America,  1971 

Denno,  Robert  F.,  Assistant  Professor.  Entomology 

BS  ,  University  of  California  (Davis).  1967:  Ph.D..  1973. 

Denny,  Don  W..  Professor  of  An 

B.A  .  University  of  Flonda,   1959:  MA,.  New  York  University. 

1961,  PhD  ,  1965, 

DeRocco,  Andrew,  G.,  Professor  ol  Institute  of  Physical  Science 
and  Technology 

BS,  Purdue  University.  1951;  MS,,  University  of  Michigan. 
1953,  PhD.,  1957 

Derrick,  Frederick  W.,  AssistanI  Professor.  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics 

B  S  North  Carolina  Slate  University.  1972.  MS  .  1974;  PhD  . 
1976 

OeRucher,  Kenneth  N.,  Assistant  Professor,  Civil  Engineenng 
BS  C  E  ,  Tn-Slate  College.  1971;  MS,  University  ol  North 
Dakota,  1973,  Ph  D  ,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1976 

Deshler.  Walter  W.,  Prolessor  of  Geography 

B  S  ,  Lafayette  College,  1943;  MA.,  University  ol  Maryland, 

1953,  Ph  D  ,  1957 

DeSilva,  Alan  W..  Professor  of  Physics 
B  S  ,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles.  1954:  Ph  D  .  Uni- 
versity of  California,  Beri<eley,  1961 

Dessaint,  Alain,  Assistant  Professor  ol  Anthropology 

BA,  University  ol  Chicago.  1961.  MA,.  Stanford  University. 

1962,  Ph  D    University  of  Hawaii,  1972 

Destler,  William  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electncal  Engineer- 
ing 

BS.,  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology.  1968:  PhD,  Cornell  Uni- 
versity, 1972, 

Devine.  Donald  J.,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

B  B  A  ,  Saint  John  s  University,  1959;  MA  .  Brooklyn  College. 

1965;  Ph  D  ,  Syracuse  University,  1967 

DeVoe  Howard  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A  .  Oberlin  College.  1955,  Ph  D  ,  Harvard  University.  1960 

Dies,  Robert  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
B  S    Carroll  College,  1962:  M  A  ,  Bowling  Green  State  Univer- 
sity. 1964,  Ph  D  ,  University  Of  Connecticut,  1968 

Dietz,  Maureen  A.,  Associate  Professor  ol  Eariy  Childhood  and 
Elementary  Education 

B  S  ,  Creighion  University.  1964;  MS,.  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1965,  PhD  ,  1968 

Difederico,  Frank  Robert,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 
B  A  .  University  ol  Massachusetts,  1955:  MA,,  Boston  Univer- 
sity, 1961 .  Ph  D  .  New  York  University.  1970, 

Diggs,  Charles  C,  Assistant  Prolessor.  Hearing  and  Speech 

Sciences 

AB  ,  Loyola  College.  1969,  MS  ,  Purdue  University  1972:  Ph  D  , 

1973 

Dillard,  Dudley,  Professor  of  Economics  and  Provost,  Div,  of  Be- 
havioral and  Social  Sciences 
B  S  ,  University  of  Califomia.  Bert<eley.  1935:  Ph.D..  1940. 

DIttman,  Laura  L.,  Professor  Institute  for  Child  Study 

B  S  ,  University  ol  Colorado,  1938;  MA  .  University  ol  Maryland, 

1963  Ph  D  ,  1967 

Dively.  Galen  P..  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Entomology 

BS.  Juniata  College.  1966.  MS.  Rutgers  University.  1968, 

Ph  D , 1971 

Dixon,  Jack  R.,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Physics 

B  S  ,  Western  Reserve  University.  1948;  M.S..  1950.  PhD,,  Uni 

versify  of  Maryland,  1956, 

Dodge,  Norton  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

AB  ,  Cornell  University,  1948;  MA,.  Harvard  University.  1951 

Ph  D , 1960 

Doetsch,  Raymond  N.,  Professor  ol  Microbiology 

BS,,  University  of  Illinois.  1942.  A.M..  Indiana  University.  1943; 

Ph  D  .  University  of  Maryland,  1948, 

Dombeck,  Thomas  W.,  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  As 
tronomy 

B  A  .  Columbia  University,  1967;  Ph.D..  Northwestern  Umver 
sity.  1972. 

Donaldson,  Bruce  K.,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Aerospace  Engi 
neenng 

B.S..  Columbia  University.  1955.  MS  .  Wichita  Stale  Univer- 
sity. 1962.  M  S  .  1963.  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Illinois  at  Urbana, 
1968 

Dortman,  J.  Robert,  Professor  of  Physics  and  Institute  loi 
Physical  Science  and  Technology 
B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1957;  PhD  ,  1961 


Dorman,  Gary  J.,  Assistant  Professor.  Economics 

A  B  ,  University  of  Michigan.  1972:  Ph.D..  University  of  Cali- 

lornia.  1976 

Dorsey,  John  W.,  Vice  Chancellor  for  Administrative  Affairs  and 
Professor  of  Economics 

B  S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1958:  M.A..  Harvard  University, 
1962;  PhD,  1963 

Dotson,  Charles  O.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B  A  ,  Morehead  State  University.  1963,  MS,,  Purdue  University, 
1964;  PhD  ,  1968 

Doudna,  Mark  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Hearing  and  Speech 

Sciences 

BS,.  Ohio  State  University,   1948:  MA,,  1956;  PhD,,   1962 

Douglass,  Larry  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 
B  S  .  Purdue  University,  1963;  MA,  1966,  Ph  D  ,  Oregon  Slate 
University,  1969 

Douglis,  Avron,  Prolessor  of  Mathematics 

A  B  .  University  of  Chicago,  1938.  M.A,,  New  York  University, 

1949;  PhD,,  1949 

Dragt,  Alexander  J.,  Prolessor  and  Chairman  of  Physics 
A  B.,  Calvin  College.  1 958  Ph.D..  University  of  California,  Berke- 
ley, 1963 

Drew,  Howard  Dennis,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B  S  ,  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1962;  PhD  .  Cornell  University, 

1967 

Driskell,  David  C,  Professor.  Art 

A  B  .  Howard  University.  1955:  M  F  A  .  Catholic  University  of 
America,  1962;  Rijksbureau  voor  Kunsthislorisches  Documenta- 
lie.  Den  Haag  (Holland).  1964, 

Dudley,  James,  Professor  of  Administration.  Supervision  and 

Curnculum 

B  A.,  Southern  Illinois  University,  1951;  M.S-.  Southern  Illinois 

University.  1957,  Ed  D,,  University  of  Illinois.  1964 

Duffy,  Dick,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering  and  Nuclear 

Engineering 

B  S,.  Purdue  University,  1939:  MS..  University  of  Iowa.  1940; 

Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1956. 

Duffey,  Robert  V.,  Professor  of  Eariy  Childhood  and  Elemeritary 

Education 

B  S,.  Millersville  State  College.  1938;  Ed,M,.  Temple  University, 

1948;  Ed,D,  1954, 

Duffy,  John  Professor  of  History 

BA,,  Louisana  State  Nomial  College.  1941;  MA,.  1943;  PhD., 

University  of  Califomia,  1946, 

Dunn,  Norma  E.,  Assistant  Professor.  English 

B.A,,  Madison  College,  1946:  M,A,.  University  of  Pennsylvania, 

1953,  Ph.D.,  1968, 

Dutta,  Sukanta  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 
BSc,  (Vet )  Bombay  University.  India,  1956:  MS,,  University  of 
Minnesota.  1960;  Ph  D  ,  1962, 

Dworzecka,  Maria,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
MSc,  Warsaw  University,  1964;  PhD,.  1969, 


Edmister,  Robert  O.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement 

BS,,  Miami  University.  1964:  MB.A,,  University  of  Michigan. 
1965;  Ph  D,.  Ohio  State  University.  1970, 

Edmundson,  Harold  P.,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Com- 
puter Science 

BA.,  University  of  California.  Los  Angeles.  1946;  MA..  1948; 
Ph  D.,  1953 

Ehrlich,  Gertrude,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S..  Georgia  State  Ckjilege  for  Women,  1943:  MA,.  University 

of  North  Carolina.  1945:  Ph.D,.  University  of  Tennessee.  1953. 

Einstein,  Theodore  L.,  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  As- 
tronomy 

BA,.  Harvard  University,  1969:  MA,.  1969:  Ph.D  .  University  ol 
Pennsylvania,  1973, 

Eisenberg,  John,  Adjunct  Profesor  ol  Zoology 
BS, ,  Washington  Stale  University.  1 957;  M,A,,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia, Berkeley,  1959.  PhD,,  1962 

Elder,  Steven  D.,  Assistant  Professor  ol  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages 

B  A  ,  Kalamazoo  College,  1962;  M,A„  Ohio  State  University, 
1964;  PhD  ,  1969 

Eley,  George.  Associate  Professor  of  Eariy  Childhood  Elemen- 
tary Education 
B  S  .  Ohio  State  University,  1952;  MEd,.  1957;  PhD..  1966, 

Eliot,  John,  Associate  Prolessor.  Institute  lor  Child  Study 

AB,,  Harvard  University,  1956;  AMT  ,  1958:  Ed,D,.  Stanford 

University,  1966 

Elkin,  Stephen  L,  Associate  Professor  ol  Govemment  and  Politics 

B  A  ,  Allred  University,  1961;  MA,.  Ph.D,.  Harvard  University, 

1969 

Elkins,  Earleen  F.,  Research  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Hearing 

and  Speech  Sciences 

B  A  .  University  of  Maryland.  1954;  MA,  1956;  Ph  D,.  1967 

Elkins,  Richard  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Education 
BS,.  University  of  Maryland.  1953.  MA,,  1958.  Ed,D,,  1972, 


32  /  Graduate  Faculty 


Elklns,  Wilson  H.,  President.  University  of  Maryland 
B.A.,  University  o(  Texas,  1932:  MA-,  1932.  Litl.  B  .  Oxford  Uni- 
versity. 1936:0  Phil..  1936 

Ellingson,  Robert  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Meteorology 
B,S,.  Flonda  Stale  University.  1967:  M.S..  1968:  Ph.D  .  1972 

Elltot  Teresa  G.,  Assistant  Professor,  Speecti  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  Catholic  University  of  Amenca.  1950:  M.C  A,,  1970. 

Ellis,  Robert  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A..  Miami  University.  1960.  Ph.D  .  Duke  University.  1966 

Ellsworth,  Robert  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S  .  Yale  University.  1960:  Ph.D  .  University  of  Rochester.  1965. 

Emad,  Fawzi  P..  Associate  Professor  of  Electncal  Engineenng 
B.S..  American  University  (Beinjl).  1961.  M.S.  Northwestern 
University,  1963.  Ph.D  ,  1965 

Ephremides,  Anthony,  Associate  Professor  of  Electncal  Engi- 
neenng 

B.S..  National  Technical  University  of  Athens.  1967:  MA..  Pnnce- 
ton  University.  1969.  Ph  D  .  1971 

Ericl(Son,  William  C,  Professor  of  Astronomy 

B.A..  University  of  Minnesota.  1951:  MA  .  1955,  Ph.D..  1956 

Evans,  Emory,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  History 
B.A..  Randolph-Macon  College.  1950:  MA..  University  of  Vir- 
ginia, 1954,  Ph.D  .  1957 

Evans,  Martha  C,  Assistant  Professor.  Earty  Childhood  Ele- 
mentary Education.  BA..  Stanford  University.  1966:  M  8  Ed  . 
Indiana  University.  1969:  Ed.D  .  1974. 

Eyier,  Marvin  H.,  Dean  and  Professor.  College  of  Physical  Edu- 
cation. Recreation  and  Health 

A.B.,  Houghton  College,  1942,  M.S..  1942.  M.S.,  University  of  Il- 
linois, 1948:  Ph.D.  1956 

Fain,  Gerald  S.,  Assistant  Professor.  Recreation 
B.S  .  Spnngfield  College,  1969:  MS  .  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina. 1971 

Fatcione,  Raymond  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

BA  ,  Akron  University,  1965:  M.A..  1967:  Ph.D  .  Kent  State  Uni- 
versity. 1972. 

Falk,  David  S.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S..  Comell  University,  1954,  M.S..  Harvard  University.  1955: 

Ph.D..  1959. 

Faller,  Alan  J.,  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology  and  Meteorology 

SB..  Massachusetts  Institute  for  Technology,  1951:  MS  .  1953. 
Sc.D.,  1957, 

Fanning,  Delvin  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S..  Comell  University.  1954;  MS.  1959,  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Wisconsin.  1964. 

Farquhar,  Douglas  James,  Associate  Professsor  of  Art 

B  A  ,  Washington  and  Lee  University,  1963,  M  A  ,  University  of 

Chicago,  1966:  Ph  D,  1972 

Farrell,  Richard  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Educa- 
tion and  History 

A-B-,  Wabash  College,  1954:  M.S.,  Indiana  University,  1958: 
Ph.D  .  1967 

Felton,  Kenneth  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engi- 
neenng 

BS.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950,  B.S.,  1951:  M.S.,  Pennsyl- 
vania State  University.  1962. 

Ferrell,  Richard  A.,  Professor  of  Physics 

BS. ,  California  Institute  of  Technology.  1948:M  S  .  1949:Ph  D  . 

Princeton  University.  1952. 

Fey,  James  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
and  Mathematics 

B.S.  UniversityofWisconsin.  1962:  M.S.,  1963:  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
University,  1968 

Fink,  Beatrice  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Freoch  and  Italian 
BA  ,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1953:  MA.,  Yale  University,  1956: 
Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1966. 

Finkelstein,  Barbara  J.,  Associate  Professor.  Social  Founda- 
tions of  Education 

BA..  Barnard  College.  1959:  M.A  .  Teacher's  College.  Columbia 
University.  1960:  Ed.D..  1970 

Finstert>usch,  Kurt,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 
B.A..  Princeton  University.  1957.  B.D..  Grace  Theological  Semi- 
nary. 1960:  Ph  D  .  Columbia  University.  1969 

Fish,  Gertrude  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Housing  and  Applied 

Design 

B.S..  Comell  University.  1968:  MA.  1970.  Ph  D  .  1973 

Fisher,  Anthony  C,  Professor  of  Economics 
B  A..  Columbia  University.  1962.  Ph  D..  1968. 
Fivel,  Daniel  I.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
BA  .  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1953:  Ph  D  ,  1959 

Flack,  James  K.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B  A  .  Albion  College.  1959:M  A  .  WayneStateUniversity.  1963: 

PhD  .  1968 

Flatter,  Charles  H.,  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Child 

Study 

BA.,  DePauw  University,  1961:  E.Ed.,  University  of  Toledo, 

1965   Ed  D  ,  University  of  Maryland,  1968 


Fleck,  Jere,  Associate  Professor  of  Germanic  and  Slavic  Lan- 
guages 
Ph  D  ,  University  of  Munich,  1968 

Fleig,  Albert  J.,  Jr.,  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  Engineenng 

B.S  E.S-.  Purdue  University.  1958:  Ph  D  .  Catholic  University  of 

Amenca.  1968 

Florestano,  Patricia  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Urban  Studies 
B  A  .  University  of  Maryland.  1958:  M.A..  1970.  Ph.D  .  1974 

Flyger,  Vagn,  Professor.  Zoology 

BS  .  Comell  University.  1948:  MS.  Pennsylvania  State  Univer- 
sity. 1952.  Sc  D  .  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1956 

Folsom,  Kenr>eth  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

BA,,  Pnncelon  University,  1943:  B  A  ,  University  of  California, 

Beri^eley,  1955,  M  A  ,  1957,  Ph  D  ,  1964 

Folstrom,  Roger  J.,  Professor  of  Music  and  Secondary  Educa- 
tion 

B  S  ,  College  of  St  Thomas,  1956:  M  Ed  ,  1959:  MM,,  North- 
western University.  1963:  Ph  D..  1967 

Fonaroff,  L.  Schuyler,  Professor  of  Geography 
B  A  .  University  of  Anzona.  1955.  PhD  .  The  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity. 1961 

Forl)es,  Jatrws  H.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 
B  A..  University  of  Maryland.  1964:  M.A..  1966. 

Formisarw,  Roger  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

BA  .  University  of  New  Hampshire.  1971:  Ph  D  .  University 

of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill,  1976. 

Forsnes,  Victor  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engi- 
neenng 

BES.  Bngham  Young  University.  1964.  ME.  1965:  PhD. 
Purdue  University.  1970 

Foss,  John  E.,  Professor  of  Agronomy 
B  S  .  Wisconsin  State  University.  1957:  M  S..  University  of  Min- 
nesota. 1959.  Ph.D..  1965 

Foster,  Phillips  W.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Resource 

Economics 

B  S  ,  Cornell  University,  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois.  1956: 

Ph.D  .  1958 

Foumey,  William  L.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineenng 
B  S  A  E  .  West  Virginia  University.  1962:  M.S..  1963:  Ph.D..  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois.  1966 

Foust,  Clifford  M.,  Professor  of  History 

B  A  ,  Syracuse  University,  1949:  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago. 

1951.  PhD.  1957 

Frank,  Susan,  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology 

B  A  .  New  Yori(  University.  1971;  Ph  D  .  Yale  University.  1976 

Frederiksen,  EIke  P.,  Assistant  Professor.  Gennanic  and  Slavic 

Languages 

MA.  University  of  Kiel  (Gemnany).  1962:  MA..  University  of 

Wisconsin.  1965:  Ph.D  .  University  of  Colorado.  1973 

Freedman,  Morris,  Professor  of  English 
B  A..  City  University  of  New  Yorii.  1941 :  MA,.  Columbia  Univer- 
sity. 1950:  Ph.D  .  1953 

Freeman,  David  H.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B  S..  University  of  Rochester.  1952:  M.S  .  Camegie  Institute  of 

TechriokDgy.  1954.  Ph.D  .  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technotogy. 

1957 

Freeman,   Robert,  Associate   Professor  of  Psychology  and 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 

B  A  .  Haverford  College,  1951  .MA.  Wesleyan  University.  1954. 
Ph  D  .  University  of  Marylarid.  1964 

Freimuth,  Vicki  8.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic 

Art 

B.S..  Eastern  Illinois  University.  1966.  MA.  University  of  Iowa. 

1967.  Ph  D  .  Flonda  Stale  University.  1974 

Fretz.  Bruce  R.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

BA  .  Gettysburg  College  1961 .  MA  .  Ohio  State  University. 

1963.  PhD  .  1965. 

Friedman,  Hert>ert,  Professor  of  Physics 
B.A..  Brooklyn  College.  1936;  Ph.D..  The  Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity. 1940 
Fringer,  Margaret  Neal,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Educa- 

tlOri 

B.S..  Uriiversity  of  North  Carolina.  1957.  M  A  .  University  of 
Michigan.  1961 :  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1972. 

Fritz,  Sigmund,  Visiting  Professor  of  Meteorology 
B  S  .  Brooklyn  College.  1934.  MS  .  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Tectinology.  1941.  ScD.  1953. 

Fromovitz,  Stan,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment 

B,  A.Sc  .  University  of  Toronto.  1 960:  MA.  1 961 .  Ph  D  .  Stanford 
University.  1965 

Fry,  Gladys  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
B.A..  Howard  University.  1952:  M.A..  1954.  Ph.D..  Indiana  Uni- 
versity. 1967 

Fuegi,  John  8.,  Professor  and  Director  Comparative  Literature 
Program 

B.A..  Pomona  College.  1961:Ph.D.. University  of  Southern  Cali- 
fornia. 1967 


Funaro,  George  J.,  Provost  Division  of  Human  and  Community 
Resources  and  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Educatkjn 
B  A  .  American  International  College.  1956.  M  A  ,  Untversity  of 
Connecticut.  1961.  Ph  D  .  1965 

Gatlman,  Phillip  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electncal  Engineer- 


Galloway.  Raymond  A,,  Professor  of  Botany 

B  A  ,  University  of  Maryland,  1952,  MS,  1956,  Ph  D  ,  1958 

Gammon,  Robert  W„  Assistant  Professor  of  Institute  of  Physical 
Science  arid  Techriology 

B  A  ,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1961 :  M  S  ,  California  Institute 
of  Technology.  1963.  Ph.D  .  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1967 

Gannon,  John  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
B  A  .  Brown  University.  1970;  M  S  .  1972:  University  of  Toronto. 
1975 

Gannon,  Martin  J.,  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 

BA  .  University  of  Scranton,  1961;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University, 
1969 

Gantt,  Walter  N.,  Associate  Professor  of  Eariy  Childhood-Ele- 
mentary Education 

B  S  .  Coppin  Slate  College.  1942.  MA,.  New  Yorti  University, 
1949.  Ed  D  .  University  of  Maryland,  1968. 

Garbanati,  Dennis,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematks 

BA  .  Spring  Hill  College.  1967;  MA..  Universily  of  Califomia. 

Santa  Barbara.  1969.  Ph  D  .  1972 

Gart)er,  Daniel  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineenng 
B  S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1952:  M  S,.  1959;  Ph.D..  1965 

Gardner,  Albert  H„  Associate  Professor.  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

B  S  .  Stale  University  of  New  Yorti.  Cortland.  1958:  M  A..  Syra- 
cuse University.  1964.  Ph  D  .  1967 

Gardner,  Marjorie  H.,  Professor  of  Secondary  Education  and 

Chemistry 

B  S  .  Utah  State  University.  1946.  MA.  Ohio  State  University, 

1958:  Ph  D.  1960 

Gardner,  Michael  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 
B  A  .  Reed  College.  1966:  Ph  D  .  Han/ard  University.  1971 

Garst,  Ronald  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 

B.S  ,  Anzona  State  University,  Tempo,  1963:  MA,  1966:  Ph  D., 

Michigan  State  University,  East  Lansing,  1972 

Garvey,  Everlyn  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B  S  ,  Temple  University,  1943:  MM,  University  of  Rochester, 

1946 

Gasner,  Larry  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical  Engi- 
neeririg 

B.S  .  University  of  Minnesota.  1965.  MS..  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology.  1967.  Ph  D  .1971. 

Gass,  Saul  I.,  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 

B.S  .  Boston  University.  1949.  M.A,.  1949;  Ph  D  .  University  of 

California.  1965. 

Gatz,  Margaret  J,,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B  A  ,  Southwestern  at  Memphis,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University. 

1972 

Gaylin,  Ned  L.,  Professor  and  Chairman,  Department  of  Family 

and  Community  Development 

B  A  ,  University  of  Chicago,  1956:  M.A.,  1961:  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Gelman,  Ellen  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 

AB  ,  Brandeis  University.  1961.  M  FA..  Columbia  University. 

1964 

Gelso,  Charles  J..  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
B  S  .  Bloomsburg  State  College.  1963.  M  S  .  Flonda  State  Uni- 
versity. 1964.  Ph  D  .  Ohio  Slate  University.  1970 
Gemmill,  Perry  R.,  Assistant  Professor,  Industnal  Education 
B  S  ,  Millersville  State  College,  1968,  MAE..  Ball  Stale  College, 
1970 

Gentry,  James  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineer- 
ing 

B  S  .  Oklahoma  State  University.  1961;  MS.  University  of  Bir- 
mingham. 1963:  Ph  D  .  University  of  Texas.  1969 

Giblette,  John  F.,  Professor.  Measurement  and  Statistics 

B  A  .  George  Washington  University.  1947.  M.A  .  University  of 

Minnesota.  1952.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1960, 

Giffin,  Donald  W..  Associate  Professor  of  History  and  Director 

of  Admissions  and  Registrations 

B  A  .  University  of  California.  Santa  Barbara.  1950;  M.A.,  Van- 

derbilt  University.  1956.  Ph  D  .  1962 

Gilbert.  Claire  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  French  and  Italian 
B  A  .  Rice  University    1960:  M  A  .  University  of  Delaware.  1963; 

Ph  b  .  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1969 

Gilbert.  James  B..  Professor  of  History 

BA.  Carteton  College.  1961.  M.A.  University  of  Wisconsin. 

1963:  PhD.  1966 

Gill,  Douglas  E..  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

BS  ,  Marietta  College,  1965:M.A,  University  of  Michigan,  1967; 

Ph.D,  1971 

Ginter,  Marshall  L.,  Professor.  Institute  lor  Physical  Science  and 

Technology 

B.S..  Chico  Slate  College. 1958:  Ph  D  .  Vanderbilt  University,  1961. 


Graduate  Faculty  /  33 


Girdano,  Daniel  A..  Associate  Professor  o1  Health  Education 
B  A  ,  West  Liberty  State  College.  1964.  MA..  Kent  State  Univer- 
sity. 1965.  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Toledo.  1970 

Girdano,  Dorothy  D.,  Associate  Professor  ol  Health  Education 
B  S..  University  of  Nebraska.  1960;  MA.  Colorado  Stale  Col- 
lege  1964.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Toledo.  1969 

Glass,  James  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Poii- 


Glasser,  Robert  G.,  Professor  of  Physics 

AB.UniversityofChicago.  1948;  B.S.I  950:  M.S..  1952;  PhD.. 

1954 

Glendening.  Parris  N..  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

B.A  .  Flonda  State  University.  1964.  MA  .  1965.  Ph  D..  1967. 

Glick,  Arnold  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A..  Brooldyn  College.  1955.  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland, 

1959 

Gllgor,  Virgil  D.,  Assistant  Professor.  Computer  Science 

B.S.  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1972,  M.S..  1973;  Ph.D., 

1976. 

Gloeckler,  George,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

BS..  University  of  Chicago.  1960.  M.S.  1961.  PhD..  1965 

Gtover,  Rolfe  E.,  Professor  of  Physics 

A.B  .  Bowdom  College.  1948.  BS  .  Massachusetts  Institute  of 

Technology.  1948;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Goettingen.  1953 

Gluckstem,  Rot>ert  L.,  Chancellor  and  Professor  of  Physics  and 

Astronomy 

BEE.  City  College  of  Nev»  York.  1944;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts 

Institute  ol  Technology.  1948 

Goering,  Jacob  D.,  Professor.  Institute  for  Child  Study 

B  A.  Bethel  College.  1941.  PhD.  University  of  Maryland.  1959 

Goldberg,  Seymour,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

AB.  Hunter  College.  1950.  M  A.  Ohio  State  University.  1952. 

PhD  ,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles,  1958 

Golden,  Bruce  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment 

B  A  .  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1972;  S  M  .  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology.  1974.  Ph.D..  1976 

Goldenbaum,  George  C  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

BS  .  Muhlenberg  College.  1957;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Maryland. 

1966 

Goldhaber,  Jacob  K.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Mathematics 

B.A  .  Brooklyn  College.  1944.  M.A..  Han/ard  University.  1945, 

Ph  D  .  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1950 

Goldman,  David  T.,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineenng 

B.A..  Brooklyn  College.  1952.  MS  .  Vanderbilt  University,  1954; 

Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1958. 

Goldman,  Harvey,  Associate  Professor  of  Administration.  Su- 
pervision and  Curnculum 

B.A  .  University  of  Rhode  Island.  1960;  MA..  John  Carroll  Uni- 
versity. 1962.  Ed.D..  Michigan  State  University.  1966 

Goldsby,  Richard  Allen,  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B  A  .  University  of  Kansas.  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California. 
1961 

Goldstein  Irwin  L.,  Professor  of  Psychology 
B  A  .  City  College  ol  Nev»  York,  1959,  MA.  University  ol  Mary- 
land. 1962;  PhD  ,  1964 

Goldstein,  Larry  L.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A  .  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1965;  MA..  1965;  M.A..  Pnnce- 

ton  University.  1967;  PhD  .  1967 

Gottub,  Lewis  R,,  Professor  of  Psychology 
A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1955,  Ph  D..  Harvard  Univer- 
sity. 1958. 

Gomezplata,  Albert,  Prolessor  of  Chemical  Engineenng 
B  Ch  E  .  Brooklyn  Polytechnic  Institute.  1952;  M  Che.E..  Rens- 
selaer Polytechnic  Institute.  1954.  Ph  D  .  1958 

Good,  Richard  A.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.  Ashland  College.  1939;  MA.  University  of  Wisconsin. 

1940.  PhD.  1945 

Goode,  Melvyn  Dennis,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B  S  .  University  ol  Kansas.  1963;  Ph  D  .  Iowa  State  University. 

1967 

Goodin,  Robert  Edward,  Assistant  Professor  ol  Government 

and  Politics 

B.A  .  Indiana  University.  1972;  Ph  D..  Oxford  University.  1974 

Goodwyn.  Frank,  Professor  of  Spanish 

B  A  ,  College  ol  Arts  and  Industries.  1940;  MA  .  1941.  Ph  D.. 

University  of  Texas.  1946 

Gordon,  Donald  C,  Professor  of  History 
A.B  .  College  ol  William  and  Mary.  1934.  MA.  Columbia  Univer- 
sity. 1937; Ph D . 1947 

Gordon,  Glen  E.,  Prolessor  of  Chemistry 

BS  .  University  of  Illinois,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Calilomia. 

Berkeley.  1960 

Gordon,  Stewart  L.,  Professor  of  Music 

B.A  .  University  of  Kansas.  1953;  MA  .  1954.  DM  A,.  University 

of  Rochester.  1965 

Gormally,  James,  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology 

B.A  .  Manrt  College,  1969;  M.A..  Southern  Illinois  University. 

1972.  Ph  D .  1974 


Gorovitz,  Samuel,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  the  Department 
of  Philosophy 

BS  .  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1960;  Ph  D  .  Stan- 
ford University.  1963 

Gowdy,  Robert  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
B  S  .  Worchester  Polytechnic  Institute.  1963;  MS  .  Yale  Univer- 
sity. 1964.  PhD  .  1968. 

Gramberg,  Edvard,  Professor  of  Spanish 
B  A..  University  of  Amsterdam,  1946;  MA..  University  of  Cali- 
fornia. Los  Angeles,  1949;  Ph.D  .  University  of  California.  Berke- 
ley. 1956. 

Grambs,  Jean  D.,  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 

AB.  Reed  College,   1940;  MA..  Stanford  University.   1941; 

EdD  .  1948 

Grant,  Lee  P.,  Assistant  Professor.  Agncultural  Engineenng 
B  S  .  University  of  Connecticut.  1962,  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1971.  Ph  D  .  1974. 

Gray,  Alfred,  Professor  ol  Mathematics 

B.A  .University  of  Kansas.  1960.  MA.  1961  Ph.D.  University  of 

California.  Los  Angeles.  1964 

Green,  Eleanor  B.,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Art 
A.B  .  Vassar  College.  1949;  M.A.,  George  Washington  Univer- 
sity. 1971;  PhD  .  1973 

Green,  Harry  B.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor.  Institute  for  Child 

Study 

B.A  .  University  of  Virginia.  1959.  M.Ed..  1963;  Ph.D..  1965 

Green,  Paul  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A  .  Cornell  University.  1959;  MA.  Harvard  University.  1960; 

Ph  D  .  Cornell  University.  1964 

Green,  Robert  L.,  Professor.  Agncultural  Engineenng 

B  S  A  E  .  University  of  Georgia.  1934;  MS  .  lov»a  State  College. 

1939.  Ph  D..  Michigan  State  University.  1953 

Green,  Willard  W,,  Professor  of  Animal  Science 

B  S  .  University  of  Minnesota,  1933,  MS  .  1934.  Ph.D..  1939 

Greenberg,  Kenneth  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services 

B  S  .  Ohio  State  University.  1951;  M.A..  1952.  Ph  D.,  Western 
Reserve  University.  1960 

Greenberg,  Leon,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B  S  .  City  College  of  New  York,  1953;  M.A..  Yale  University. 

1955;  PhD  .  1958 

Greentjerg,  Louis  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B  A  .  Brooklyn  College,  1954;  MA.,  Harvard  University.  1957; 

Ph  D . 1963 

Greent>erg,  Oscar  W.,  Professor  of  Physics 

BS  .  Rutgers  University,  1952;  M.S..  Pnnceton  University.  1954. 

Ph  D..  1956 

Greene,  James  B..  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement 
B  A.,  Duke  University.  1969;  PhD  .  University  of  Michigan.  1975 

Greenwood,  David  C,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
B  A  .  University  of  London.  1949.  Certificate  in  Education.  Not- 
tingham. 1953.  Ph.D..  University  ol  Dublin.  1968 

Greer,  Thomas  V.,  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 
B  A  .  University  ol  Texas.  1953  M  B  A  .  Ohio  State  University. 
1957.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Texas,  1964 

Greisman,  Harvey  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 
B  A  .  State  University  of  New  Yorti.  NewPaltz.  1966;M.A.  Syra- 
cuse University.  1969;  Ph  D  .  1972 

Griem,  Hans,  Professor  of  Physics 

Arbiture.  Max  Planck  Schule.  1949;  PhD.  University  of  Kiel. 

1954. 

Griffin,  James  J.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B  S..  Villanova  College.  1952;  M.S.,  Pnnceton  University,  1955. 

PhD  .  1956 

Grim,  Samuel  0.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

BS  .  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts 

Institute  ol  Technology.  1960 

Grimsted,  David  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

A  B  .  Harvard  University.  1957.  M  A..  University  of  Calilomia, 

Berkeley.  1958.  PhD.  1963 

Grollman,  Sfgmund,  Professor  of  Zoology 

BS,  University  ol  Maryland.   1947;  MS.  1949;  PhD.   1952 

Groves,  Paul  A,,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Geography 

B  Sc  .  University  of  London.  1956.  MA.  University  of  Maryland. 

1961 ;  Ph  D  .  University  ol  California.  Berkeley.  1969 

Gruchy,  Allan  G.,  Professor  ol  Economics 
B  A  .  University  of  Bnlish  Columbia.  1926.  MA..  McGill  Univer- 
sity. 1929.  PhD  .  University  of  Virginia.  1931 

Grunig,  James  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Journalism 

B  S  .  Iowa  State  University.  1964.  MS  .  University  of  Wisconsin. 

1966;  PhD.  1968 

Guernsey,  Ralph  L.,  Research  Associate  Professor.  Institute  lor 
Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B  A  .  Miami  University.  1952;  MS  .  1954.  Ph  D  .  University  ol 
Michigan.  1970 

Gulllory,  John  U.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

BA..  Rice  University,   1962,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California. 

Berkeley.  1970. 


Gulick,  Sidney  L.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A..  Oberlin  College.  1958;  MA.  Yale  University  1960.  Ph.D., 

1963 

Gump,  Lamey  R.,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services 

BS  ,  West  Virginia  University.  1959;  M.Ed..  Temple  University, 
1961.  D  Ed  .  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1967. 

Haber,  Francis  C,  Prolessor  of  History 

B  A  .  University  ol  Connecticut.  1948;  MA..  The  Johns  Hopkins 

University.  1952.  Ph  D..  1957 

Hacklander,  Effie,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics 

BS  .  University  of  Minnesota.  1962;  M.A..  Michigan  State  Uni- 
versity. 1968  Ph  D  .  1973. 

Hagerty,  Patrick  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
B.A.,  Syracuse  University.  1960;  BE.E.,  1961;  M.S.,  1967;  Ph.D., 
1969 

Haley,  A.J.,  Professor  of  Zoology 

B  S  .  University  of  New  Hampshire.  1949;  M.S..  1950;  Sc.D  .  The 

Johns  Hopkins  University.  1955 

Hall,  Jerome  W,,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineenng 
B  S  .  Han,ey  Mudd  College.  1965;  MS  .  University  of  Washing- 
ton. 1968.  PhD  .  1969 

Hamilton,  Donna  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A..  SI   Olaf  College.  1963;  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin, 

Madison.  1968 

Hamilton,  Gary  O.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A..  SI.  Dial  College.  1962;  M.A..  University  of  Wisconsin, 

1965;  PhD  .  1968 

Hamlet,  Richard  Graham,  Assistant  Professor  of  Computer  Sci- 
ence 

BS  ,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1959;  M.S.,  Cornell  University, 
1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1971. 

Hamlet,  Sandra  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Heahng  and  Speech 
Sciences.  B.A  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1959;  M.A..  University 
of  Washington.  1967.  PhD  .  1970 

Hammer,  David  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B  S  .  California  Institute  of  Technology.  1964;  Ph.D.,  Comell 

University.  1969 

Hammond,  Rot)ert  C,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Vetehnary 

Science 

B  S..  Pennsylvania  Slate  University,  1943.D.V.M..  University  of 

Pennsylvania.  1948 

Hahnemann,  Robert  J.,  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical  Engi- 
neenng 

B  S  ,  Illinois  Institute  ol  Technology.  1970;  M.S..  New  YorV  Uni- 
versity. 1972;  Sc  D..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1975. 

Hansen,  J.N.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A..  Drake  University.  1964;  Ph  D  University  ol  California.  Los 

Angeles.  1968 

Harber,  Jean  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Special  Education 
B  A  ,  State  University  of  New  York.  1969,  M  Ed..  Temple  Uni- 
versity. 1971;  Ed.D,,  1975. 

Hardgrave,  Walter  Terry,  Assistant  Professor.  Information  Sys- 
tems Management 
B  S..  University  ol  Texas,  1967;  MA  .  1970;  Ph.D..  1972 

Hardie,  Ian  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agncultural  and  Re- 
source Economics 

B.S..  University  of  California.  Davis.  1960;  Ph  D  .  University  ol 
California.  Berkeley  1965. 

Hardin,  Russell,  Associate  Professor,  Government  and  Politics 
B.A  and  BS.  University  of  Texas.  1963.  B.A.  Oxford  University; 
Ph  D  .  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1971 

Hardwick,  Mark  W„  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services 
B  A..  Michigan  Slate  University,  1966;  M.A.,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Hardy,  Robert  C,  Associate  Professor.  Institute  For  Child  Study 
B  S  Ed  .  Bucknell  University.  1961.  MS. Ed..  Indiana  University, 
1964,  EdD.  1969 

Harger,  Robert  O.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Electhcal  Engi- 
neenng 
BSE  .  University  ol  Michigan.  1955,M.S.E.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Harlan,  Louis  R.,  Prolessor  of  History 

B.A,.  Emory  University.  1943;  M  A  .  Vanderbilt  University.  1947: 

Ph  D  .  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1955 

Harper,  Glenn  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 
BS..  Purdue  University.  1958.  MS..  1961.  Ph.D.  1968. 

Harper,  Robert  A.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Geography 
PhB.  University  ol  Chicago,   1946.  BS.  1947;  M.S..  1948: 
PhD  .  1950 

Harrington,  J.  Patrick,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Astronomy 
B  S  .  University  of  Chicago.  1961.  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1964.  PhD  .  1967 

Harris,  Curtis  C,  Prolessor  of  Economics 

BS  .  University  of  Florida.  1956.  (vl.  A.  Harvard  University,  1959: 

PhD.  1960 

Harris,  James  F.,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  History 

B  S  .  Loyola  University.  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 

1964.  PhD.  1968. 


34  /  Graduate  Faculty 


Harris,  Wesley  L.,  Professor  o(  Agricultural  Engineering 
B.S.A.E.,  University  ol  Georgia,  1953.  M.S..  1958;  Ph.D.,  Michi- 
gan State  University,  1960 

Harrison,  Floyd  P.,  Professor  of  Entomology 
BS  .  Louisiana  Stale  University.  1951;  M.S..  1953.  Ph.D  .  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1955 

Harrison,  Horace  V.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.A  .  Tnnity  University.  1932;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas   1941 
Ph.D.,  1951 

Harrison,  Paul  E.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Industrial  Education 
B.Ed.  Northern  Illinois  StateCollege.  1942;  MA.  Colorado  State 
College.  1947;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1955. 

Hasenauer,  Edward  J.,  Assistant  Professor.  Speech  and  Dra- 
matic Art 

B.A..  lona  College.  1971 

Haslem.  John  A.,  Professor  and  Associate  Dean  of  the  College 
of  Business  and  Management 

A.B..  Duke  University.  1956;  M.B.A..  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina. 1961;  Ph.D..  1967 

Hatch,  Randloph  Thomas,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical 
Engineering 

BS  .  University  of  California.  Berlieley.  1967;  MS  .  Massachu- 
setts Institute  of  Technology.  1969;  Ph.D.  1973 

Hatfield,  Agnes  B.,  Associate  Professor.  Institute  tor  Child 

Study 

B.A.,  University  of  California.  1948  M  A  .  University  of  Denver. 

1954;  PhD  .  1959 

Hathorn,  Guy  B.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

A.B  .  University  of  Mississippi.  1940.  MA.  1942;  PhD  .  Duke 

University.  1950 

Hauptman,  William,  Assistant  Professor  of  An 

B.A..  Tfie  George  Washington  University.  1968;  M.A..  1970;  Ph  D.. 

The  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1975. 

Hayleck,  Charles  R.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical 

Engineering 

BS  .  University  of  Maryland.  1943;  M  S  .  1949 

Hayward.  Raymond  W.,  Professor  of  Physics 

8  S..  Iowa  State  College.  1943;  Ph.D..  University  of  Calfornia. 

Berkeley.  1950 

Head,  Emerson,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 
B  Mus..  University  of  Michigan.  1957,  M  Mus  ,  1961 

Heath,  James  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 
BS  ,  Louisiana  State  University,  1963,  MS  ,  1968,  PhD.  1970 

Hetwler,  Jean  R.,  Professor  of  Special  Education 

B.S..  Buffalo  State  Teachers  College.  1953.  MS  .  University  of 

Illinois.  1956;  Ed.D  .  Syracuse  University.  1960 

Hecht,  Matthew  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
8  S  E  ,  Case  Western  Resen/e  University.  1970;  M  S.E.  Pnnce- 
ton  University.  1971;  MA.  1973;  PhD.  1973 
Heidclbach,  Ruth,  Associate  Professor  of  Early  Childhood  Ele- 
mentary Education  and  Associate  Director,  Office  of  Laboratory 
Experiences 

B  S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1949;  M  Ed  .  University  of  Florida. 
1958;  Ed.D..  Columbia  University.  1967 

Heikltinen,  Henry  Wendell,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 
and  Secondary  Education 

B  Eng  .  Yale  University.  1956,  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1962, 
Ph  D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973 

Helm,  Norman,  Professor  of  Music 

B  M.Ed.,  Evansville  College,  1951.  M.M.,  University  of  Roches- 
ter, 1952,  DMA,  1962 

Helns,  Conrad  P.,  Jr.,  Professor.  Civil  Engineenng 
B  S  .  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology.  1960.  MS  .  Lehigh  Univer- 
sity. 1962;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Maryland.  1967 

Helsler,  Martin  O.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Pol- 


Hellman,  John  L.,  Assistant  Professor.  Entomology 
B  S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1966,  M  S  .  1968 

Helm,  E.  Eugene,  Professor  of  Music 

B  M  E..  Southeastern  Louisiana  College.  1960.  M  M.E..  Louis- 
iana State  University.  1955;  Ph  D  ,  North  Texas  State  University, 
1958 

Helz,  George  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
A  B  .  Pnncelon  University.  1964;  Ph  D  ,  Pennsylvania  State  Uni- 
versity, 1971 

Helzer,  G.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B  A  .  Portland  State  College.  1959.  MA  .  NorthvKestern  Univer- 
sity. 1962.  PhD.,  1964 

Hempstead,  R.  Ross,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education.  Educa- 
tion Technology  Center 

A  B..  University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1962.  M  A  .  1966;  Ph  D  . 
1968 

Henery-Logan,  Kenneth  R.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.Sc  .  McGill  University.  1942;  Ph  D  ,  1946 

Henkel,  Ramon  E..  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

Ph.B  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1958.  MA..  1961;  Ph.D..  1967 

Henkelman,  James,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Educa- 
tion and  Mathematics 

B  S  .  Miami  University.  1954.  M  Ed  .  1955;  Ed  D  .  Harvard  Uni- 
versity. 1965 


Herlng,  Chrlstoph  A.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Germanic  and 

Slavic  Languages 

PhD  .  Rhein-Friedrich-Wilhelms  Universitat.  1950 

Herman,  Harold  J.,  Associate  Professor.  English 
B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1952,  Ph  D,,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1960 

Herman,  Wayne  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Early  Childhood  and 
Elementary  Education 

B  A..  Ursinus  College.  1955.  M.Ed..  Temple  Universitv.  1960; 
Ed.D..  1965. 

Herschbach,  Dennis  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industnal  Edu- 
cation 

A.B..  San  Jose  Stale  College.  1960;  M.S..  University  of  Illinois. 
1968;  Ph.D..  1972 

Hesse,  Michael  Bernard,  Assistant  Professor  of  Journalism 
A  B  .  University  of  Cincinnati.  1965;  M  A  ,  American  University. 
1967.  PhD  .  University  of  Wisconsin,  1974 

Hetrick  Frank  M.,  Professor  of  Microbiology 
B.S..  Michigan  State  University.  1954;  M.S..  University  of  Mary- 
land. 1960;  PhD.  1962 

Hicks,  Eric  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  French  and  Italian 
B  A..  Yale  University.  1959.  PhD  .  1965. 

Hiet)ert,  Ray  Eldon,  Professor  and  Dean  of  the  College  of  Jour- 
nalism 

BA,.  Stanford  University.  1954.  M.S.  Columbia  University. 
1967;M  A  ,  University  of  Maryland.  1961.  Ph.D.  1962 

Higgins,  William  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

BS  .  Boston  College.   1969;  Ph.D..  Florida  State  University. 

1973 

Highton,  Richard,  Professor  of  Zoology 

A.B  .  New  York  University,  1950;  M.S  .  University  of  Florida, 

1953,  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Hill,  Clara  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A  .  Southern  Illinois  University.  1970;  MA..  1972;  Ph  D  .  1974 

Hill,  David  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B  S.  Carnegie-Mellon  University.  1959.  MS  .  1960.  PhD..  1964 

Hilt,  Kathy  Jean,  Assistant  Professor  of  Elementary  Education 
B.A..  State  University  of  New  York.  1964.  M.Ed.,  1970;  Ed.D,, 
1975, 


Hirzel,  Rot)ert  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

BA.  Pennsylvania  Slate  University.  1946;  M.A..  1950.  Ph.D. 

Louisiana  State  University.  1954 

Hochull,  Urs  E.,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

BS  .  Technikum  Biel.  Switzerland.  1952;  MS,.  University  of 

Maryland.  1955;  PhD  .  Catholic  University  of  America.  1962. 

Hodos,  William  Professor  of  Psychology 

8  S  .  Brooklyn  College.  1955.  M  A  .  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

1957;  Ph  D .  1960 

Hoffman,  Ronald,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B  A  .  George  Peabody  College.  1964.  M  A  .  University  of  Wis- 

1965;  Ph.D.,  1969 

Holdaway,  P.K.,  Assistant  Professor,  Dairy  Science 

B.S..  Brigham  Young  University.  1966;  M.S.,  1969;  Ph.D..  Ohio 

Slate  University.  1973 

Holloway,  David  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering 
B  S.,  University  of  Illinois.  1966;  MS  .  1969;  PhD  ,  1971. 

Holmgren,  Harry  D.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.Phys.  University  of  Minnesota.  1949;  MA..  1950;  Ph.D..  1954 

Holmgren,  John  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1965;  Ph  D  .  Stanford  University. 

1970 

Holmlund,  Chester  E.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

BS  .  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute.  1943.  M.S..  1951;  Ph.D.. 

University  of  Wisconsin.  1954 

Holton,  William  Milne,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B..  Dartmouth  College.  1954;  L.L.B  .  Han/ard  University.  1957; 

MA.  Yale  University.  1959;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Holum,  Kenneth  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B  A    Augstana  College,  1961.  MA  ,  University  of  Chicago,  1969; 

Ph.D.  1973 

Hopkins,  Richard  L.,  Associate  Professor,  Social  Foundations 
of  Education 

8  S.  Stanford  University.  1962;  M.S..  1963;  Ph.D.  University  of 
California.  Los  Angeles.  1969. 

Hornbake,  R.  Lee,  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs  and  Pro- 
fessor of  Industrial  Education 

B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  Teachers  College.  1934;  M.A..  Ohio 
State  University.  1936.  Ph.D..  1942;  L.L.D..  Eastern  Michigan 
University.  1963 

Hornung,  Carlton,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 
B.A..  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo.  1967.  M.A..  Syra- 
cuse University.  1970;  Ph  D  .  1972. 

Hornyak,  William  F.,  Professor  of  Physics 

BEE..  City  University  of  New  York.  City  College.  1944.  M.S.. 

California  Institute  of  Technology.  1946.  Ph  D  .  1949 

Horton,  David  L.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A..  University  of  Minnesota.  1955;  M.A..  1957;  Ph  D  .  1959. 


Horvath,  John  M.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 
Ph.D..  University  of  Budapest.  1947 

Houppert,  Joseph  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

Ph  B  .  University  of  Detroit.  1955;  M.A..  University  of  Michigan 

1957;  Ph D . 1964 

Hovey.  Richard  B.,  Professor  of  English 

A.B  ,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1942;  MA,  Han/ard  University, 

1943.  PhD.  1950 

Howard,  John  0.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B  A..  Washington  College.  1956;  M.A..  University  of  Maryland 

1962;  PhD..  1967 

Howard,  Lawrence  V.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Microbiology 
B.A  .  Emory  University.  1963.  M.S..  University  of  North  Carolina 
at  Chapel  Hill.  1966;  PhD  .  1970 

Hoyt,  Kenneth  B.,  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Personnel  Ser- 
vices 

B  S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1948;  MA.  George  Washington 
University.  1950;  Ph.D..  University  of  Minnesota.  1954 

Hsu,  Shao  T.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B  S-.  Chiao-Tung  University.  1937;  MS  .  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology.  1944;  Sc.D  .  Swiss  Federal  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, 1954. 

Hsueh,  Chun-tu,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
L.L.B  .  Chaoyang  University  Law  School.  1946;  M.A..  Columbia 
University.  1953;  PhD  .  1958, 

Hubbard,  Bert  E.,  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical  Sci- 
ence and  Technology,  and  Mathematics 
BS  .  Western  Illinois  University.  1949;  MS..  State  University  of 
Iowa.  1952;  PhD  .  University  of  Maryland.  1960 

Hubbe,  Rolf  O.,  Associate  Professor  of  Classical  Languages 
and  Literature 

A  B..  Hamilton  College.  1947;  AM.  Princeton  University.  1950; 
PhD  .  1950. 

Huden,  Daniel  P.,  Associate  Professor.  Social  Foundations  of 
Education 

8.S-.  University  of  Vermont.  1954;  M.A..  Columbia  Teachers 
College.  1958.  Ed  D  .  1967 
Hudson,  William  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus..  Philadelphia  Conservatory  of  Music.  1954;  B.A..  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania.  1957;  M. Mus,.  Yale  School  of  Music.  1961. 

Huebner,  Rotwrt  W.,  Associate  Professor.  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

BS,  Concordia  Teachers  College.  1957;  MA.  1960;  Ph.D..  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland.  1969 

Huheey,  James  E.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S..  University  of  Cincinnati.  1957;  M.S..  1959;  Ph  D  .  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois.  1961 

Hult,  Joan  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
BS  .  Indiana  University.  1954;  M.Ed..  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina. 1957;  Ph.D..  University  of  Southern  Califomia.  1967. 

Hummel,  James  A.,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Statistics 
B.S..  California  Institute  of  Technology.  1949.  M.A..  Rice  Insti- 
tute. 1953;  Ph.D..  1955 

Humphrey,  James  H.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education  and 
Chairman.  Recreation 

8. A..  Denison  University.  1 933;  M.A..  Westem  Resen/e  Universi- 
ty. 1946;  Ed  D  .  Boston  University.  1951 

Hunt,  Edith  J.,  Assistant  Professor.  Institute  for  Child  Study 
A.B..  University  of  Redlands.  1954.  M.A.,  Fresno  State  College. 
1964;  Ed.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1967 

Hunt,  Janet  GIbbs,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

BA..  University  of  Redlands.  1962;  MA  .  Indiana  University. 

1966;  PhD..  1973 

Hunt,  Larry  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 
B.S..  Ball  State  University.  1961.  M.A.,  Indiana  University.  1964. 
Ph.D..  1968. 

Hurdis,  David  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing 

BS.  University  of  Rhode  Island.  1962;  M.S..  1964,  Ph.D..  Catho- 
lic University.  1973. 

Husman,  Burrls  F.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion 

B.S..  University  of  Illinois.  1941;  MS..  1948.  Ed.D.  University  of 
Maryland.  1954 

Hynes,  Cecil  v..  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment 
B.A.,  Michigan  State  University.  1948;  MA..  1949;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Imtierski,  Richard  8.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 
B.S..  University  of  Rochester.  1959;  Ph  D  .  1965 

Ingling,  Allen  L.,  Assistant  Professor.  Vetennary  Science 
B.S.E.E..  University  of  Maryland.  1963;  V.M.D  .  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1969 

Ingraham,  Barton  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Cnminal  Justice 
and  Criminology 

A.B..  Harvard  University.  1952;  L  LB  .  Harvard  Law  School.  1957; 
M-Cnm..  University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1968;D.Cnm..  1972. 

Ingram,  Anne  G.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

A. 8..  University  of  North  Carolina    1944.  MA.  University  of 

Georgia.  1948;  Ed.D  .  Columbia  University.  1962. 

Inouye,  David  W.,  Assistant  Professor.  Zoology 
B.A..  Swarthmore  College.  1971 ;  Ph.D..  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina. 1976. 


Graduate  Faculty  /  35 


Irwin,  George  R.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

A,B  .  Knox  College.  1930:  MS.  University  of  Illinois.  1933. 

Ph.D.,  1937. 

Isaacs,  Nell  D.,  Protessor  of  English 

A  B  .  Dartmouth  College.  1953;  A.M..  University  of  Calilomia. 
Berkeley.  1956;  Ph  D  .  Brown  University,  1959. 
Ishee,  Sidney,  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Resource  Eco- 
nomics 

B.S..  Mississippi  Stale  College.  1950;  M.S..  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1952;  Ph  D.,  1957 

Israel,  Gerhard  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Meteorology 
B.S..  University  of  Heidelt)er9.  1962.  Ph.D.,  Technologische 
Hochschule.  Aachen.  1965 

Jachowski,  Leo  A.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.  University  of  Michigan.  1941;M  S  .  1942.  ScD  .The  Johns 

Hopkins  University.  1953 

Jackson,  Stanley  B.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B-.  Bates  College.  1933;  A.M..  Hanrard  University.  1934;  Ph  D  . 

1937. 

Jacobs,  Walter  D.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.S..  Columbia  University,  1955;  M.A..  1956,  Ph.D.,  1961 

Jacobson,  Elliott  R,,  Assistant  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 
B.A..  City  University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn).  1967;  MS  .  New 
Mexico  State  University.  1969;  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Missouri. 
1975;  DV.M..  1975 

James,  Edward  F„  Assistant  Professor  of  English  and  Secon- 
dary Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1954;  M.A..  1955,  Ph.D.,  Catholic 
University  of  America.  1969 

James,  M.  Lucia,  Professor.  Administration.  Supervision  and 

Curriculum 

A.B.,  North  Carolina  College,  1945;  MS  .  University  of  Illinois. 

1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut.  1963. 

Jamieson,  Kathleen,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dra- 
matic Art 

B.A..  Marquette  University,  1967;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1968;  PhD.  1972 

Janes,  Robert  W„  Prolessor  of  Sociology 
A.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938.  M.A..  1939;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Illinois.  1942. 

Jantz,  Richard  K,,  Associate  Professor  of  Early  Childhood  Ele- 
mentary Education 

B.S..  Indiana  University  at  Fort  Wayne,  1968;  M.S..  1970;  Ed. D., 
Ball  State  University.  1972 

Jaquith,  Richard  H,,  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Assistant  Vice- 
Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 

B.S..  University  of  Massachusetts.  1940.  M.S..  1942;  Ph  D  . 
Michigan  State  University.  1955 

Jarvis,  Bruce  8.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1963;  Ph  D.,  University  of  Colo- 
rado. 1966 

Jashemski,  Wilhelmlna  F,,  Professor  of  History 

A.B..  York  College.  1931;  A.M..  University  of  Nebraska.  1933; 

PhD  .  University  of  Chicago.  1942 

Jellema,  Roderick  H,,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Calvin  College.  1951.Ph  D  .  University  of  Edinburgh.  1962 

Johns,  Elizabeth  B,,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A  .  Birmingham-Southern  College.  1959.  MA.  University  of 

California.  Berkeley.  1965;  PhD  .  Emory  University.  1974 

Johnson,  Arthur  T.,  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineer- 
ing 
B  S  A  E..  Cornell  University.  1964;  M.S.,  1967;  Ph.D..  1969 

Johnson,  Bruce  H,,  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology 

A.B..  Whealon  College.  1959;  B  D  .  Tilles  Theological  Seminary. 
1962.  IVI  A,.  University  of  Illinois.  1968.  Ph  D..  1973 

Johnson,  Charles  E.,  Associate  Protessor  of  Education 
B.A..  University  of  Minnesota.  1957.  Ph  D  .  1964 

Johnson,  Conrad  D,,  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 
A.B..  Stanford  University.  1965.  A.M..  University  of  Michigan. 
1966.  PhD  .  1969 

Johnson,  Everett  R,,  Associate  Dean  and  Professor  of  Chemi 
cal  Engineering 

B  A  ,  State  University  of  Iowa.  1937;  M.A..  Harvard  University 
1940;  PhD  .  University  of  Rochester.  1949 

Johnson,  Jerry  Wayne,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 
AS.  Abraham  Baldwin  Agricultural  College.  1968.  B.S..  Univer 
sity  of  Georgia.  1970;  MS  .  Purdue  University.  1972;  PhD 
1974 

Johnson,  Knowlton,  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Cnminiat  Justice 
and  Criminology 

B.S  .  Clemson  University,  1 964;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University. 
1969.  PhD  .  1971 

Johnson,  Martin  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education 

A, A..  Friendship  Junior  College,  i960.  B  S..  Morns  College. 
1962.  M  Ed  .  University  of  Georgia.  1968;  Ed.D  .  1971 

Johnson,  Raymond  L,,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B  A  .  University  of  Texas.  1963.  Ph  D  .  Rice  University.  1969 

Johnson,  Ronald  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B  S    Baylor  University,  1957;  M  S  .  1958;  Ed  D  .  1970 

36  /  Graduate  Faculty 


Johnson,  Warren  R,,  Professor  of  Health  Education 
B  A  .  University  of  Denver,  1942;  M.  A..  1946;  Ed.D  .  Boston  Uni- 
versity. 1950 

Jolson,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 
B.E  E  .  George  Washington  University.  1949.  MBA.  University 
of  Chicago.  1965.  D  B  A..  University  of  Maryland.  1969 

Jones,  Everett,  Associate  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineenng 
BAE  ,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1965;  MAE.  1960 
Ph  D  .  Stanford  University.  1968 

Jones,  George  P.,  Professor  of  Germanic  and  Slavic  Lan- 


A.B  .  Emory  University.  1938;  M.A..  Oxford  University.  1943; 
PhD  .  Columbia  University.  1951. 

Jones,  G,  Stephen,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology 

A  B  ,  Duke  University.  1952;  Navy  Certificate.  Naval  Post-gradu- 
ate School.  1955;  MS  .  Uhiversity  of  North  Carolina.  1958. 
PhD  .  University  ol  Cincinnati.  1960 

Jones,  Jack  C,  Professor  of  Entomology 

BS  .  Alabama  Polytechnic  Institute.  1939;  MS..  1947;  PhD  . 

Iowa  State  University.  1950 

Kacser,  Claude,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A  .  Oxford  University.  1955.  M.A..  1959;  PhD  ,  1959. 

Kahn,  Wallace  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services 

B.S  .Bloomsburg  State  College.  1966;  M.Ed  .  University  of  Mary- 
land. 1971.  AGS.  1972;  PhD.  1974 
Kammeyer,  Kenneth  C.W.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Sociolo- 
gy 

B  A..  University  of  Northern  Iowa.  1953;  M  A..  State  University  of 
Iowa,  1958,  Ph.D..  1960. 

Kanal,  Laveen  N,,  Professor  of  Computer  Science 

B  SEE..  University  of  Washington.  1951;  M.S.E.E..  1953;  Ph.D.. 

University  of  Pennsylvania.  1960 

Kantzes,  James  G.,  Professor  of  Botany 

BS.  University  of  Maryland.  1951;MS.  1954;  PhD.  1957 

Karlander,  Edward  P„  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

B  S-.  University  ol  Vermont.  1960  M.S..  University  of  Maryland. 

1962.  PhD..  1964. 

Karlovitz,  Les,  A.,  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 

Science  and  Technology,  and  Mathematics 

B  S  .  Yale  University,  1959.  PhD  .  Carnegie  Mellon  University. 

1964 

Kasler,  Franz  J,,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
Ph.D..  University  of  Vienna.  1959 

Kaufman,  Stuart  B,,  Associate  Professor  of  History 
B  A..  University  of  Florida.  1962.  MA  .  1964,  Ph.D.,  Emory  Uni- 
versity. 1970 

Kedem,  Benjamin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B  S.,  Roosevelt  University.  1968;  MS.  Camegie-Mellon  Univer- 
sity. 1970;  PhD  .  1972. 

Keeney,  Mark,  Chairman.  Nutritional  Sciences  and  Professor  of 
Chemistry  and  Dairy  Science 

B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1942.  MS  .  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity. 1947;  Ph-D  .  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1950 

Kelejian,  Harry  H,,  Professor  of  Economics 

B  A.  Hofstra  College.  1962,M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1965; 

Ph.D.,  1968. 

Keltey,  David  L.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
A  B..  San  Diego  State  College.  1957;  M.S..  University  ol  South- 
ern California.  1958;  PhD  .  1962 

Kellogg,  R.  Bruce,  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology,  and  Mathematics 
B  S  .  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1952;  MS  .  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago.  1953.  Ph  D  .  1959. 

Kelsey,  Roger  R.,  Associate  Protessor  of  Administration.  Su- 
pervision and  Curnculum 

B.A..  Saint  Olaf  College,  1934;  MA,.  University  ol  Minnesota. 
1940;  Ed.D  .  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers.  1954 

Kenny,  Shirley  S.,  Prolessor  and  Chairman  of  English 

B.A  .  University  of  Texas.  1955;  MA..  University  ol  Minnesota, 

1957;  Ph.D..  University  of  Chicago,  1964, 

Kent,  George  O.,  Professor  of  History 

BS.  Columbia  University.  1948;  M.A..  1950;  Ph.D.,  Oxford  Uni- 
versity. 1958, 

Kenworthy,  William  J.,  Assistant  Professor.  Agronomy 
B  S  ,  Purdue  University.  1970;  M.S.,  North  Carolina  State  Uni- 
versity. 1972. 

Kerley,  Ellis  R,,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Anthropology 

B  S..  University  of  Kentucky,  1950;  M.S..  University  of  Michigan. 

1956,  Ph.D.,  1962 

Kerr,  Frank  J„  Professor  and  Director  of  Astronomy 

B.S..  University  of  Melbourne.  1938;  MS  .  1940;  M.A.,  Harvard 

University.  1951.  D  Sc  .  University  of  Melbourne.  1962. 


KIdd,  Jerry  S.,  Acting  Dean,  College  of  Library  and  Infomiation 
Services  and  Professor.  College  of  bbrary  and  Information  Ser- 
vices 

B.S  .  Illinois  Wesleyan  University.  1950;  M.A..  Northwestern  Uni- 
versity. 1954;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Kim,  Chul,  Assistant  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
BS.  Seoul  National  University.  1963;  M.S..  University  of  Minne- 
sota. 1971.  Ph  D .  1975 

Kim,  Hogil,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineenng  and  Physics 
B  S  .  Seoul  National  University.  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Birming- 
ham. 1964. 

Kim,  Young  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S..  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology.  1958;  Ph.D..  Princeton 

University.  1961. 

King,  A,,  Thomas,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

AS-.  Stanford  University,  1966;  M.Phil..  Yale  University,  1969; 

Ph.D.,  1972. 

King,  Henry  C,  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 

A.B..  Brown  University,  1969;  Ph.D..  University  of  California  (Betke- 

ley).  1974, 

King,  Raymond  L.,  Director.  Food  Science  and  Professor  of 

Dairy  Science 

AS.  University  of  Califomia.  Berkeley.  1955.  PhD  .  1958 

King,  William  E.,  Jr,,  Assistant  Professor,  Chemk:al  Engineenng 
B.S  .  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1965,  M.S.,  Camegie-Mellon  Uni- 
versity. 1968. 

Kinnaird,  John  W,,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A-.  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  1944;  M.A.,  Columbia 

University.  1949;  Ph.D..  1959 

Kirby,  Karen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

Sc.B..  Brown  University.   1972;  M.S.,  1972;  M.A..  Pnnceton, 

1974;  PhD,.  1975, 

Kirk,  James  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.E.E..  Ohio  University.  1967,  M.S.M.E..  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology.  1969;  Sc.D.,  1972. 

Kirkley,  Donald  H„  Jr„  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Arl 

B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  Uni- 
versity, 1967. 

Kirwan,  William  E,.  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A  B.,  University  of  Kentucky.  1960;  M.S.,  Rutgers  University, 

1962;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Klank,  Richard  E,,  Associate  professor  of  Art 
B.A..  Catholic  University.  1962;  M.F.A  .  1964 

Klarman,  William  L,,  Professor  of  Botany 

B  S  ,  Eastern  Illinois  University,  1957.  M.S  .  University  of  Illinois, 

1960,  Ph. D.  1962. 

Kleine,  Don  W.,  Associate  Prolessor  of  English 

B.A  .  University  of  Chicago,  1950;  MA..  1953;  Ph.D  .  University 

of  Michigan,  1961. 

Kleppner,  Adam,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B  S..  Yale  University.  1953;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1954; 

Ph.D..  Harvard  University,  1960. 

Knefelkamp,  L.  Lee,  Assistant  Protessor  of  Counseling  and 

Personnel  Services 

B.A.,  Macalester  College,  1967;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota, 

1973;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Knifong,  James  Dan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Elementary  Educa- 


Knight,  Robert  E,L,,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B  .  Harvard  University,  1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Califomia, 

Bert<eley.  1958. 

Knoche,  Walter,  Assistant  Professor  of  Germanic  and  Slavic 

Languages 

B.A..  Marquette  University,  1961;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University, 

1963;  Ph.D.  1968. 

Kobayaski,  Takao,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  Nagoya  Institute  of  Techology,  1966;  M.S..  Illinois  Insti- 
tute ol  Technology.  1969;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Koch,  E,  James,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Horticulture 

B.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1947;  M.S..  North  Carolina  State 

University,  1949. 

Kolker,  Robert  P„  Associate  Professor  ol  Speech  and  Dramatk: 

Art 

B.A..  Queens  College.  1962;  MA..  Syracuse  University,  1964; 

Ph.D..  Columbia  University.  1969. 

Koopman,  David  W,,  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Fluk] 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.A  .  Amherst  College.  1957;MS,.  University  ol  Michigan,  1959; 
Ph  D,,  1964. 

Koopman,  Elizabeth  Janssen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Human 
Development  Education 

A  B..  University  of  Michigan,  1960,  M.A.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Maryland.  1973. 

Korenman,  Victor,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B  A  .  Princeton  University,  1958;  M.A.,  Harvard  University.  1959; 

Ph.D.,  1966. 


Koury,  Enver  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Poli- 
tics 

B  A.,  George  Washington  University.  1953:  PhD  ,  American  Uni- 
versity. 1958. 

Kramer,  Amihud,  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.S,.  University  of  Maryland.  1938;  M.S  .  1939;  Ph.D..  1942. 

Kramer,  George  F.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1953;  M.A..  1956;  PhD  .  Louisiana 

State  University.  1967, 

Krass,  Jerry  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 
B.A..  Pacific  Lutheran  University.  1961 ;  MA,  University  of  Michi- 
gan. 1962;  Ph.D..  1967 

Krisher,  Lawrence  C,  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science 
and  Technology 

A.B.  Syracuse  University.  1955;  A.M..  Harvard  University,  1957 
Ph.D..  1959- 

Krusberg,  Lorin  R.,  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S..  University  of  Delaware.  1954;  M.S..  North  Carolina  State 

College.  1956.  PhD  ,  1959, 

Kuehl,  Phillip  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment 

B.B.S-.  Miami  University.  1965;  M.B.A..  Ohio  State  University 
1967;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Kueker,  Oavid  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
A.B..  University  of  Califomia.  Los  Angeles.  1964;  M.A..  1966; 
Ph.D..  1967. 

Kuenzel,  Wayne  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 
B.S,.  Bucknell  University.  1964;  M.S..  1966;  Ph  D..  University  of 
Georgia.  1969. 

Kuhn,  Terry  Lee,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S..  University  of  Oregon.  1963;  M.M.E,.  1%7;  PhD    Florida 

State  University.  1972. 

Kumar,  Parmeswar  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B.Sc..  University  of  Bombay.  1956;  M.S..  University  of  Banda. 

1960;D.B.Sa..  University  of  Madras.  1971.  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania 

State  University.  1975. 

Kundu,  Mukul  R.,  Professor  of  Astronomy 

B.Sc.  Calcutta  University.  1949;  M.Sc.  1951;  D.Sc.  University 

of  Paris.  1957. 

Kunkle,  William  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Animal  Science 
B.S,.  Ohio  State  University.  1970;  M.S..  1970;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Kurtz,  John  J.,  Professor.  Institute  For  Child  Study 
B.A..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1935;  M.A..  Northwestern  Univer- 
sity. 1940;  Ph.D..  University  of  Chicago.  1949. 

Kuss,  Frederick  R.,  Associate  Professor.  Recreation 

B.S,.  University  of  New  Hampshire.  1948.  M.S..  1950;  Ph  D,. 

Cornell  University.  1968. 

Kyle,  David  G..  Associate  Professor.  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.A  .University  of  Denver.  1952;  MA,.  1953;  Ed. D.  University  of 
Maryland.  1961 

Laffer,  Norman  C,  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.S,.  Allegheny  College.  1929.  MS..  University  of  Maine.  1932. 

Ph  D  .  University  of  Illinois.  1937, 

Lakshmanan,  Sitarama,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.Sc.  University  of  Annamalai.  1946;  M.A..  1949;  PhD  .  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  1954 

Lambour,  Gary  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Special  Education 
BA.  Saint  Francis  College.  1967.  M  Ed  .  University  of  Pitts- 
burgh. 1969;  Ph  D  .  Ohio  State  University.  1975 

Lamone,  Rudolph  P..  Professor  and  Dean  of  the  College  of 

Business  and  Management 

B.S,.  University  of  North  Carolina.  1960;  Ph.D..  1966 

Lampe,  John  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A..  Harvard  University.  1957;  M.A..  University  of  Minnesota. 

1964;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1971 

Landry,  L.  Bartholomew,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 
A.A..  St,  Michael's  Seminary.  1959.  BA.  1961  ;B,A  .  Xavier  Uni- 
versity. 1966;  Ph  D  .  Columbia  University.  1971. 

Lanning,  Eldon  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B.S..  Northwestern  University.  1960;  PhD  .  University  of  Vir- 
ginia. 1965 

Laplnski,  Tadeusz,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 
M.F  A  .  Academy  of  Fine  Arts  (Poland).  1955 

Larkin,  Wlllard  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.S..  University  of  Michigan.  1959.  MA,.  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania. 1963.  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois.  1967 

Lashjnsky,  Hertjert,  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology 

B.Sc.  City  College  of  New  Yorl<.  1950;  Ph.D..  Columbia  Univer- 
sity. 1961 

Lawrence,  Richard  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Counseling  and 

Personnel  Services 

B.S,.  Michigan  State  University.  1955;  M.A..  1957;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Lawrence,  Robert  G.,  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Re- 
source Economics 

B.Sc.  University  of  Oklahoma.  1957.  MBA..  1960.  PhD.  Texas 
ASM  University,  1970, 


Lawson,  Lewis  A.,  Professor  of  English 

OS  ,  East  Tennessee  State  College.  1957;  MA.  1959.  Ph  D  . 

University  of  Wisconsin.  1964, 

Lay,  Oavid  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

BA,.  Aurora  College.  1962;  MA,.  University  of  California  Los 

Angeles.  1965;  Ph.D..  1966. 

Layman,  John  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
and  Physics 

B  A  .  Park  College.  1955;  MS.  Temple  University.  1962.  Ed  D  . 
Oklahoma  State  University.  1970 

Lee,  Chi  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineenng 
OS.  National  Taiwan  University.  1 959;  M.S..  Han/ard  University. 
1962;  Ph  D.  1968 

Lee,  Richard  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Journalism 
B  S  .  University  of  Illinois.  1956:  MA..  Southern  Illinois  Univer- 
sity. 1964.  PhD  .  University  of  Iowa.  1972. 

Lee,  Young  Jack,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
BSE.  Seoul  National  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, 1972.  PhD.  1974 

Leedy,  Charlotte  A.,  Assistant  Professor.  Recreation 
B  S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1960;  M.A..  1966. 

Leeper,  Sarah  L.,  Professor.  Early  Childhood  and  Elementary 

Education 

A  B,.  Florida  Stale  College  for  Women.  1932,  MA.  Florida  State 

University.  1947.  Ed.D  .  1953. 

Leete,  Burt  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment 

B  S,.  Juniata  College.  1962:  MBA,.  University  of  Maryland. 
1964.  J.D.,  American  University.  1969. 

Leffel,  Emory  C,  Professor  of  Animal  Science 

B.S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1943:  MS.  1947;  Ph.D..  1953 

Lehner,  Guydo  R.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

BS  .  Loyola  University.  1951.  M.S.  University  of  Wisconsin. 

1953.  Ph  D.  1958 

Lejins,  Peter  P.,  Professor  and  Director.  Institute  of  Cnmmal 
Justice  and  Criminology 

Ph  M  .  University  of  Latvia.  1930;  L.L.M..  1933:  Ph  D  .  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago.  1938 

Lembach,  John,  Professor  of  Education  and  Art 
B  A..  University  of  Chicago.  1934.  MA.  Nonhwestern  Univer- 
sity. 1937;  Ed.D  .  Columbia  University.  1946 

Lengermann,  Joseph  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 
A  B  .  University  of  Notre  Dame.  1958.  M.A..  1964.  Ph.D.,  Cornell 
University.  1969 

Leonard,  Mary  Margaret,  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services 

B.S..  R.N,.  Boston  College.  1968;  MA,.  University  of  Minnesota. 
1970:  Ph.D..  1974, 

Lepper,  Henry  A.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineenng 

B.S  .  George  Washington  University.  1936:  M.S..  University  of 

Illinois.  1938:  D  Eng..  Yale  University.  1947, 

Lesher,  James  H„  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 

BA  .  University  of  Virginia.  1962;  Ph.D..  University  of  Rochester. 

1966 

Lessley,  Billy  V.,  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman.  Agncullural 
and  Resource  Economics 

BS-.  University  of  Arisansas.  1 957;  M.S.,  1 960:  PhD..  University 
of  Missouri.  1965 

Levine,  Marvin  J.,  Professor.  Business  and  Management 

B  A..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1952;  J.D  .  1954.  M.A..  1959; 

PhD  .  1964, 

Levine,  Stephen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services 

AB.HunterCollege.  1967;  M.S.E..  1969;  Ph.D.  Hofstra  Univer- 
sity. 1972. 

Levine,  William  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineer- 


Levjnson,  John  Z.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

BA,.  University  of  Toronto.  1939.  MA.  1940;  Ph  D..  1948. 

Levitan,  Hert>ert,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 
BEE,.  Cornell  University.  1962:  Ph.D..  1965, 

Levitine,  George,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Art 

B  A..  University  of  Pans.  1938;  MA..  Boston  University.  1946. 

Ph  D,.  Han/ard  University.  1952 

Leviton,  Daniel,  Professor  of  Health  Education 
B  S  .  George  Washington  University.  1953:  M.S..  Spnngfield  Col- 
lege, 1956;  PhD  .  University  of  Maryland.  1967, 

Liet}erman,  Charles,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
B  S  .  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1970:  AM..  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania.  1972:  Ph.D..  1974 

Liesener,  James  W.,  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Informa- 
tion Services 

BA.,  Wartburg  College.  1955;  M.A..  University  of  Northern  In- 
diana. 1960.  A  MLS.  Universityof  Michigan.  1962.  PhD..  1967 

Ligomenides,  Panos  A.,  Professor  of  Electncal  Engineenng 
Diploma.  University  of  Athens,  1951 :  Gr.  Spec.  D,.  1952.  MS  . 
Stanford  University.  1956;  Ph.D..  1958. 


Lin,  Hung  Chang,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
BS..  Chiao-Tung  University.  1941.  M  S  E  .  University  of  Michi- 
gan. 1948.  DEE.  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn.  1956 

LInder,  Harris,  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

BS.  Long  Island  University.  1951;  M.S.  Cornell  University, 

1955;  PhD  .  1958 

Lindsay,  Rao  H.,  Associate  Professor.  Social  Foundations  of 
Education 

B  A.  Brigham  Young  University.  1954.  MA.  1958.  MA,.  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan.  1963:  Ph  D  .  1964 

Link,  Conrad  B.,  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B  S,.  Ohio  State  University.  1933.  M  S  .  1934.  Ph  D  .  1940 

Linkow,  Irving,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A,.  University  of  Denver.  1937.  MA..  1938, 

Lipsman,  Ronald  L.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S,.  City  College  of  New  York.  1964;  PhD  .  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute of  Technology.  1967. 

Liu,  Chuan  Shen,  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
Tunghai  University  (Taiwan).  1960.  MA,.  University  of  Califomia 
(Beri<eley).  1964;  Ph  D  .  1968 

Liu,  Tai-Ping,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B  S  .  National  Taiwan  University.  1968.  M  S  .  Oregon  State  Uni- 
versity. 1970:  Ph  D,.  University  of  Michigan.  1973 

Lockard,  J.  David,  Professor  of  Secondary  Education  and  Asso- 
ciate Professor  of  Botany 

B  S  .  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1951;  M  Ed  .  1955;  Ph.D., 
1962 

Locke,  Edwin  A.,  Professor  of  Business  and  Management  and 

Psychology 

B  A  .  Harvard  University.  1960:  MA.  Cornell  University.  1962: 

Ph  D,.  1964 

Loeb,  Stephen  E.,  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 
BS.  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1961.  MBA.  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1963;  PhD.  1970 

Longest,  James  W.,  Professor  of  Agncultural  and  Extension 
Education 

B.S  .  University  of  Illinois.  1951.  M.S..  1953:  Ph  D  .  Cornell  Uni- 
versity. 1957. 

Longley,  Edward  L.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Secondary 

Education 

B.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  University. 

1953;  Ed  D..  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1967 

Lopez-Escobar,  Edgar  G.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B  A  ,  University  of  Cambridge.  1958:  M.A..  University  of  Cali- 
fornia. Berkeley.  1961;  PhD  .  1965. 

Lounsbury,  Myron  O.,  Associate  Professor  and  Chairman  of 
American  Studies 

B.A  .  Duke  University.  1961;  MA,.  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1962.  PhD  .  1966 

Luetkemeyer,  Joseph  F.,  Professor  of  Industnal  Education 
B  S..  Stout  State  College.  1953.  MS.  1954;  Ed  D,.  Universityof 
Illinois.  1961. 

Lutwack,  Leonard  I.,  Professor  of  English 

B  A  .  Weselyan  University.  1939:  M.A..  1940;  PhD  .  Ohio  State 

University.  1950. 

Lynch,  James  B.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Art 

A.B  .  Harvard  University.  1941;  AM,.  1947.  PhD  .  1960 

Lynn,  Jeftrey  W.,  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B  S  .  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology.  1969.  M.S..  1970;  Ph.D.. 
1974, 

MacBain,  William,  Professor.  French  and  Italian  Language  and 

Literature 

M  A  .  University  of  Saint  Andrews.  1952;  PhD,.  1955 

MacDonald,  William  M..  Professor  of  Physics 

BS  .  Universityof  Pittsburgh.  1950.  Ph.D..  Princeton.  University, 

1955 

Mack,  Maynard,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
BA  .  Yale  University.  1964.  Ph.D..  1969. 

MacLeod,  Anne  S..  Assistant  Professor  of  Library  and  Informa- 
tion Sen/ices 

B  A  .  University  of  Chicago.  1948:  M.L.S..  University  of  Mary- 
land. 1966;  Ph  D .  1973 

MacQuillan,  Anthony  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Microbiology 
BS.A,.  University  of  Brtish  Columbia.  1956:  M.S..  1958.  PhD  . 
University  of  Wisconsin.  1962 

MacReady,  George  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Measurements 
and  Statistics 

B  A,.  Williamene  University.  1965:  M  A..  University  of  Oregon. 
1967;  Ph.D..  University  of  Minnesota.  1972. 

Madison,  John  P.,  Assistant  Professor.  Early  Childhood.  Ele- 
mentary Education 

B  S  .  Stale  University  College  of  New  York  (Geneseo).  1962: 
MS  .  1965:  EdD  .  University  of  Illinois.  1972 

Magoon,  Thomas  M.,  Professor  of  Psychology  and  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Sen/ices.  Director.  Counseling  Center 
BA,.  Dartmouth  College.  1947:  M  A  .  University  of  Minnesota. 
1951:  PhD  .  1954 

Maida,  Peter  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Cnminal  Justice  and 

Cnminology 

B.A..  St,  Vincent  College.  1960:  M.  A..  Fordham  University.  1962. 

Ph  D  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1969, 


Graduate  Faculty  /  37 


Mafeska,  George  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Brooklyn  College,  1961;  MA..  Indiana  University.  1964; 

Ph.D  .  1968, 

Ma|eskie,  J.  Lee,  Assistant  Professor,  Dairy  Science 

B.S-,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964,  M.S  ,  1966,  Pti  D,,  Kansas 

State  University,  1 970. 

Male,  George  A,,  Professor,  Social  Foundations  of  Education 
B.A..  University  ol  Michigan,  1948;  MA.,  1949;  Pti.D  .  1952 

Maley,  Donald,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Industnal  Education 
8  S..  California  State  College  of  Pennsylvania,  1943;  M.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1947,  Ph  D.,  1949 

Marando,  Vincent  L.,  Associate  Professor,  Acting  Director.  In- 
stitute for  Urban  Studies 

B.S..  State  University  College.  Buffalo.  1960;  MA  ,  Michigan 
State  University.  1964;  Ph.D..  1967 

Marchello,  Joseph  M.,  Provost.  Division  of  Mathematical  and 

Physical  Sciences  and  Engineenng  and  Professor  of  Chemical 

Engineenng 

B.S..  University  of  Illinois,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Institute  of 

Technology,  1959 

MarclnkowskI,  M.  John,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineenng, 
Engineenng  Matenal 

B.ST..  University  of  Maryland.  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1955;  Ph.D.,  1959 

Marcus,  Robert  F,,  Assistant  Professor  of  Human  Development 

Education 

B.A.,  Montclair  State  College.  1965;  M.A..  New  York  University, 

1967,  Ph  D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1973 

Marll,  Herman,  Professor  of  Art 

Graduate,  The  Maryland  Institute  of  Fine  Arts,  1 928. 

Marlon,  Jerry  B.,  Prolessor  of  Physics 
B.A.,  Reed  College,  1952;  M.S.,  Rice  University,  1953;  Ph  D  , 
1955. 

Markley,  Nelson  G.,  Associate  Professor  ol  Mathematics  and 
Statistics 

B.A.,  Lafayette  College, 1962;  MA,  Yale  University,  1964;  Ph.D., 
1966. 

Marks,  Colin  H..  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing 

B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1956;  M.S.,  1957;  PhD  , 
University  of  Maryland,  1965, 
Marquardt,  Warren  W,,  Associate  Professor  of  Vetennary  Sci- 

B.S..  University  of  Minnesota,  1959;  D.V.M..  1961;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Marra-Lopez,  Jose  R.,  Professor  of  Spanish 

B.A.,  Nra.  Sra.  del  Pilar,  1949;  MA  .  University  ol  Madrid,  1959. 

Marrls,  Robert  L.,  Professor  and  Chairman,  Economics 
B.A.,  Cambridge  University,  1947;  ScD.,  1968. 

Martin,  David  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S..  University  of  Minnesota,  1963,  M.S.,  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin, 1965;  Ph  D  ,  1968 

Martin,  Frederick  W.,  Assistant  Professor  ol  Physics 

A.B.,  Pnnceton  University,  1957,  M.S.,  Yale  University,  1958; 

Ph.D.,  1964. 

Martin,  James  G.,  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.S.,  University  of  Nonha  Dakota,  1951 ;  M.A.,  University  of  Min- 
nesota. 1958;  PhD  .  1960. 

Martin,  L.,  John,  Professor  ot  Journalism 

B.A..  American  University  of  Cairo.  1947;  M.A..  University  ol 

Minnesota.  1951;  PhD.,  1955. 

Martin,  Raymond  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A  .  Ohio  Slate  University.  1962;  MA.  1964,  Ph  D  ,  University 

of  Rochester,  1968. 

Marx,  George  L.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Counseling  and 

Personnel  Services 

B.A..  Yankton  College,  1953;  MA.,  State  University  of  Iowa. 

1958;  Ph.D..  State  University  of  Iowa,  1959 

Mather,  Ian  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 
B.Sc.  University  College  ol  North  Wales,  1%6;  Ph  D  ,  1969 

Matosslan,  Mary  K,,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Stanford  University.  1951.  M.A..  American  University  ot 

Beinjt,  1952,  Ph  D  ,  Stanford  University,  1955 

Matteson,  Richard  L.,  Associate  Professor,  Institute  For  Child 
Study 

B.A.,  Knox  College,  1952;  M.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1955; 
Ed.D  .  1962 

Matthew,  Gary  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing 
B.S.,  University  of  Flonda.  1970;  ME.  1973,  Ph  D.,  1975, 

Matthews,  David  L.,  Research  Associate  Professor.  Institute  for 

Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.S  ,  Queens  University,  1949;  Ph  D  .  Pnnceton  University.  1959 

Matthews,  Thomas  A.,  Associate  Professor  ot  Astronomy 
B  A,,  University  of  Toronto.  1950,  MS  .  Case  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology. 1951.  Ph.D..  Han/ard  University.  1956 

Mattick,  Joseph  F.,  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

May,  Gordon  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment 

B.S.B.A.,  Wittenberg  University,  1964,  M.B.A.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1965;  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University,  1972, 


Mayer-Sommer,  Alan  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B,A..  Columbia  University,  1963;  MB. A..  Han/ard  University. 

1965,       MPA..       Georgia       State       University.       1974; 

Ph.D..  1976. 

Mayes,  Sharon  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

8  A,.  Michigan  State  University.  1970;  M  Phil..  Yale  University. 

1972.  PhD  .  1974 

Mayo,  Marlene  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Wayne  University,  1954,  M.A.,  Columbia  University.  1957. 

Ph.D..  1961 

Mazzocchi,  Paul  H.,  Associate  Professor  ot  Chemistry 
B.S.,  Queens  College.  1961.  Ph  D  .  Fordham  University.  1966 

McCall,  James  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Animal  Science 
B.S  .  Texas  ASM  University.  1966.  MS.  1969;  PhD  .  1972, 

McCarrick,  Earleen  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

B  A.,  Louisiana  State  University.  1953;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D..  Van- 

derbilt  University.  1964 

McClellan,  Gene  E,,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

BS  ,  Iowa  State  University,  1965;  M.S.  Cornell  University.  1968; 

PhD  .  1970, 

McClellan,  Michael  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Computer  Sci- 
ence 

B.S  .  Marquette  University.  1960.  M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin. 
1962;  Ph.D..  1971. 

McClure,  L.  Morris,  Professor  of  Administration.  Supervision 
and  Curriculum 

B.A  .  Western  Michigan  University.  1940.  IVI  A  .  University  of 
Michigan,  1946;  Ed.D  .  Michigan  University.  1953 

McCrank,  Lawrence  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Library  and  In- 
formation Services 

B  A,,  Moorshead  State  University,  1967;  MA.,  University  of  Kan- 
sas. 1970.  ML  S..  University  of  Oregon.  1976;  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Virginia.  1974 

McCuen,  Richard  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineenng 
B.S.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University.  1967;  M.S  ,  Georgia  Institute 
ol  Technology.  1969.  Ph.D.  1971 

McCusker,  John  J,,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

8  A  ,  St  Bernards  College,  1 961 ;  MA.,  University  ol  Rochester, 

1963;  PhD  .  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1970 

McDonald,  Frank  B.,  Professor  of  Physics 

8  S-,  Duke  University,   1948;  M,S,,  University  of  Minnesota, 

1952;  PhD,  1955 

McElreath,  Mark  P.,  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Journalism 
B.A  ,  University  of  Houston.  1969.  MA,.  University  of  Wisconsin. 
1972.  PhD.  1975 

McGuire,  Martin,  Professor  of  Economics 

B  A  .  Oxford  University.  1958;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1964. 

Mcllrath,  Thomas  J..  Associate  ol  Professor  of  Physics  and  In- 
stitute for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 
B  S  .  Michigan  State  University.  1960.  Ph  D  ,  1966, 

Mclntire,  Roger  W.,  Professor  of  Psychology 
8  A..  Northwestern  University.  1958.  MA.  Louisiana  State  Uni- 
versity. 1960.  Ph.D.  1962. 

Mclntyre,  Jennie  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A  .  Howard  College.  1960;  MS.  Florida  State  College.  1962; 

PhD  .  1966 

McLoone,  Eugene  P„  Associate  Professor  of  Administration, 
Supervision  and  Curnculum  and  Economics 
B.A,,  LaSalle  College,  1951,  MS,,  University  of  Denver,  1952; 
Ph.D..  University  ol  Illinois.  1961 

McMullan,  Yyonne  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  & 
Personnel  Services 

B.A.,  Emory  University.  1969;  M.Ed  ,  Georgia  State  University. 
1970;  Ph.D.,  1973 

McNetly,  Theodore  H.,  Professor  ol  Government  and  Politics 
B.S  .  University  of  Wisconsin,  1941;M.A,.  1942;  Ph.D.  Columbia 
University.  1952 

McNesby,  James,  Visiting  Prolessor  and  Acting  Chairman  of 

Chemistry 

B.S  .  Ohio  University.  1943;  Ph  D,.  New  Yori(  University.  1951 

McSpaden,  Jay  8.,  Assistant  Professor.  Heanng  and  Speech 
Sciences 

B.A..  Mount  Angel  College,  1967,  MS  .  Oregon  College  of  Edu- 
cation, 1968;  Ph  D  ,  University  ol  Washington,  1971 

McWhInnie,  Harold  J„  Lecturer  in  Applied  Design  and  Crafts 
and  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Secondary  Education 
B.A.E,,  Art  Institute  ot  Chicago,  1953;  M,F  A,,  University  ol  Chi- 
cago, 1957;  Ed  D  ,  Stanford  University,  1966 

Measday,  Walter  S.,  Lecturer  of  Economics 
AS..  College  of  William  and  Mary.  1941;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  ot  Technology.  1955 

Medvene,  Arnold,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services  and  Counselor.  Counseling  Center 
BS  .  Temple  University.  1959.  M.E.,  1963;  Ed.D.,  University  ol 
Kansas.  1968 

Meeker,  Barbara  F.,  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Sociology 

B  A,,  University  of  Kansas,  1961,  MA,,  Stanford  University, 

1963,  PhD.,  1966. 


Meersman,  Roger  L.,  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.  St   Ambrose  College.  1952.  MA.  University  ot  Illinois. 
1959;  PhD.  1962 

Meljer,  Marianne  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  French  and  Italian 
Baccalaureat  de  L  Enseignement  Secondaire  Francais.  1944; 
Candidaats  Romaanse  Taal — en  Litterkrunde,  Leiden,  1948. 
M.A..  Catholic  University.  1960;  Ph  D  .  1972 

Melnick,  Daniel,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Poli- 
tics 
B.A  ,  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1963;  M.A..  1964.  Ph.D..  1970. 

Mllnik,  Walter  L.,  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineering 

BS,.  University  ol  Minnesota.  1951.  M.S..  1953;  PhD..  1964 

Meltzer,  Richard  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.A..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1968;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Cali- 
fornia. San  Diego.  1971. 

Mendeloff ,  Henry,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Spanish  and  Por- 
tuguese 

B.S..  City  College  ol  New  Yori^.  1936;  M.S..  1939;  Ph.D..  Catho- 
lic University  of  Amenca.  i960. 

Menzer,  Rot>ert  E.,  Professor  of  Entomology  and  Associate 
Dean  for  Graduate  Studies 

BS,,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1960;  M.S  ,  University  of  Mary- 
land. 1962.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1964. 

Merkel,  James  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engi- 
neenng 

B.S  .  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1962;  M.S..  Iowa  Slate  Uni- 
versity, 1965;  PhD  .  1967. 

Merrill,  Horace  S.,  Professor  of  History 
BE  .  Wisconsin  State  University.  1 932;  Ph. M.  University  ot  Wis- 
consin. 1933;  Ph.D.,  1942, 

Messersmith,  Donald  H.,  Professor  of  Entomology 

8  Ed,,  University  of  Toledo,  1951 ;  MS,,  University  ol  Michigan, 

1953;  PhD,.  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1962. 


Meyer,  Paul  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A..  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1961;  M.A..  Stanford  Uni- 
versity. 1963;  Ph  D  .  1966 

MIetus,  Walter  S.,  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Industnal  Education 
BS.  Chicago  Teachers  College.  1957;  M  Ed..  1959;  Ed.D. 
Loyola  University.  1966. 

Mtgliazza,  Ernest,  Assistant  Professor  of  Anthroplogy 
B.A  .  Indiana  University.  1963;  M.A..  1968.  Ph.D..  1972 

MIkulskI,  Piotr  W.,  Professor  ot  Mathematics 

Diploma.  Main  School  ol  Planning  and  Statistics,  Warsaw, 

1951;  Masters,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  ot  California,  1962 

Mllhollan,  Frank,  Associate  Protesstr,  Institute  For  Child  Study 
B.A,.  Colorado  College,  1949;  MPS  .  University  of  Colorado, 
1951,  PhD  .  University  of  Nebraska.  1966 

Miller,  Catherine  M.,  Associate  Professor  ol  Health  Education 
B  S..  Illinois  State  University.  1956;  MA.  Colorado  State  Col- 
lege, 1959,  PhD  .  Ohio  State  University.  1967 

Miller,  Douglas  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.S.,  University  of  California.  Davis.  1964;  M.S..  1965.  Ph.D.. 

1969 

Miller,  Frederick  P..  Professor,  Agronomy 

BS  ,  Ohio  State  University,  1958;  M.S..  1961.  PhD,.  1965, 

Miller,  Gerald  Ray,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Chemistry 

BS  .  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1958;  M.S..  University  ol  Illinois. 

1960.  PhD,.  1962, 

Miller,  James  R.,  Prolessor  and  Chairman  of  Agronomy 
BS,.  University  ol  Maryland.  1951;  M.S..  1953;  Ph.D..  1956, 

Miller,  Mary  R.,  Associate  Prolessor  ol  English 

B  A  .  University  of  Iowa,  1941;  M.A..  University  ot  Denver.  1959; 

Ph  D..  Georgetown  University.  1969 

Miller.  Paula  Jean,  Assistant  Prolessor  ol  Sociology 

B.A,.  University  ol  Texas.  Austin,  1969;  MA,,  1971;  PhD,,  1974 

Mills.  David  H.,  Prolessor  ol  Psychology  and  Assistant  Director, 
Counseling  Center 

BS,,  Iowa  State  University,  1955,  MS,  1957,  PhD.,  Michigan 
State  University,  1964, 

Mills,  David  L.,  Assistant  Prolessor  ol  Computer  Science 
B  S  E  .  Engineenng.  University  of  Michigan,  1960;  BSE  .  Math- 
ematics, 1961,  M  SE  ,  1962;  M.S..  1964;  PhD.  1964 

Mills,  Judson  B.,  Prolessor  ol  Psychology 

B  S.,  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1953,  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University. 

1958 

Minker,  Jack.  Professor  ol  Computer  Science 

8. A..  Brooklyn  College.  1949;  MS  .  University  ol  Wisconsin. 

1950;  Ph  D,.  University  ot  Pennsylvania,  1959 

Minor,  W,  William,  Assistant  Prolessor,  Institute  ol  Cnmimal 
Justice  and  Cnminology 

8  S  ,  Michigan  State  University,  1968,  MS.,  Flonda  State  Uni- 
versity, 1973;  PhD,  1975 

MIntz,  Lawrence  E,,  Associate  Professor  of  American  Studies 
8  A.,  University  ol  South  Carolina.  1966;  MA,.  Michigan  State 
University.  1967;  Ph  D  .  1969, 

Mish,  Charles  C,  Prolessor  ol  English 

BS  .  University  ol  Pennsylvania.  1936.  MA  .  1946;  Ph.D.,  1951. 


38  /  Graduate  Faculty 


Mlsner,  Charles  W..  Professor  o*  Physics 

8-S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame.  1952.  M  A..  PnrKeton  Unrversfty 

1954;  PhD  .  1957 

Mitctiell,  Robert  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 
MA.  University  of  Glasgow.  1962:  Ph  D-.  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin. 1969 

Mohanty,  Sastii  B.,  Professor  of  Vetennary  Science 

B  V.Sc  &  A.H  .  Bihar  University.  India.  1956:  MS..  University  of 

Maryland.  1961.  Ph. D.  1963 

Montero,  Dairel  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Urt>an  Studies 
B.A  .  California  State  University.  1970:  M  A..  1972:  Ph  D  .  1974 

Montgomery,  William,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B  M.E  .  Cornell  College  of  Iowa.  1953.  MM..  Catholic  Univefsify 
of  Amenca.  1957:  Ph  D  .  1972 

Moore,  John  H.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Cr>emistry 
B  S  .  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology.  1963:  MS.  Johns  Hop- 
kins University.  1965.  Ph  D..  1967 

Moore,  John  R.,  Professor  of  Agncuttural  and  Resources  Eco- 
nomics 

B.S.,  Ohio  Slate  University,  195t .  M  S  .  Corrwll  University.  1955: 
Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1959 

Moore,  Michael  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic 


Moore,  Robert,  Associate  Professor  of  English 
B  A..  Davidson  College   1962  MA    University  of  North  Caro- 
lina, 1964.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1972 

Morgan,  Oelbert,  T.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S  .  Kent  State  University.  1940:  MA.  Columbia  University. 

1942:  PhD..  1948- 

Morgan,  H.  Gerthon,  Acting  Dean.  College  of  Education  and 
Piolessor.  Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.A..  Furman  University  194C.  MA.  University  of  Chicago. 
1943;  Ph.D..  1946. 

Morris,  Alfred  E.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor.  Physical  Education 
BA..  University  of  Massachusetts.  1964  MA.  Untversily  of 
Maryland.  1966.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Massachusetts.  1976 

Morse,  Douglass  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S,.  Bates  College,  1960,  MS    University  of  Michigan.  1962. 

Ph  D  .  Louisiana  State  University,  1965- 

Morse,  Frederick  H„  Adjunct  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engi- 

neenng 

B-S  .  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1957.  MS  .  Massactuj- 

setts  Institute  of  Technotogy.  1959,  Ph.D..  Stanford  University. 

1969 

Morton.  Eugene  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zook>gy 

B.S  .  Denison  University.  1962:  M.S..  Yale  University.  1966. 

PhD-.  1969- 

Moss,  Lawrence  K.,  Professor  of  Music 
B.A  .  University  of  California.  Los  Angeles,  1949;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Rochesiei.  1951.  PhD.  University  of  Souttiem  California. 
1957 

Motta,  Jerome  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 
B.A,  San  Francisco  State  College.  1959:  MA,.  1964.  Ph.D..  Uni- 
versity of  California-  Bert<e)ey.  1968- 

Mulchi,  Charles  L,  Assoaate  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B  S    North  Carolina  State  University.  1964;  M.S..  1966;  Ph  D.. 

1970 

Mulinazzi,  Thomas  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineeruig 
B.S  .  Notre  Dame.  1964.  M.S..  Purdue  University,  1966;  Ph.D.. 
1973- 

Muller,  Edward  K„  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 

8-A-.  Dartmouth  Co::ege.  1965;  MS.,  University  of  Wisconsin. 
1968;  PhD..  1972 

Munn,  Robert  J.,  Professor  of  Ctiemtstry 
B.S..  University  of  Bnstol,  1957:  Ph  D  .  1961 

Munno,  Frank  J.,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineenng,  Director 
Nuclear  Engineenng 

B.S-.  Waynesburg  College.  1957.  MS..  University  of  Fionda. 
1962:  PhD  .  1964 

Murphy,  Charles  D.,  Professor  of  English 

B.A-.  University  of  Wisconsin.  1929;  M.A-.  Han/ard  University. 

1930   Ph  D  ,  Cornel!  University.  1940 

Murphy,  Thomas  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B  S  .  Fordham  University   1963.  Ph  D..  Rockefeller  Univereity, 

1968 

Murphy,  Thomas  P,,  Professor.  Urtjan  Studies  Inslrtute 

B.A  .  Queens  College.  1952.  MA.  Georgetown  University,  i960; 

Ph  D    St  John  s  University.  1963 

Murray,  Ray  A.,  Professor  of  Agriculture  and  Resource  Eco- 


Myers,  Ralph  0.,  Professor  of  Physics 

A  B  .  Cornell  University.  1934:  A  M..  1935;  PhD  .  1937. 

Myers,  Robert  Manson,  Professor  of  English 
B-A  ,  Vanaerbil!  University.  1941;  MA..  Cokjmbia  University, 
1942:  MA..  Hazard  University.  1943;  Ph  D.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity. 1948- 


Myricks,  Noel,  Associate  Professor  of  Family  and  Community 

Development 

B  A  .  San  Francisco  Stale  University.  1965;  MS..  1967;  J  D  . 

Howard  University.  1970;  EdD.,  American  University,  1973 

Nash,  Allan  N.,  Professor  of  Busir>ess  and  Management 

B  B  A  ,  University  of  Minnesota,  1957.  M  BA.  1959.  Ph  D  .  1963 

Needle,  Richard  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Education 
BS.  Temple  University.  1964.  M  Ed  .  University  of  ToledO- 
1967.  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1973. 

Nelson,  Clifford  L.,  Professor  of  Agncullural  and  Extension 
Education 

B  S  .  Washington  State  University,  1957;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D  ,  Uni- 
versity ol  Minnesota.  1 966 

Nelson,  Judd  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomotogy 

B  S    University  of  Wisconsin   1969:  MS  .  1972:  PhD  .  1974 

Nemes,  Graciela  P.,  Professor  of  Spanish 

B  S  .  Tnnity  College.  1942.  M.A-.  University  ol  Maryland.  1946. 

Ph.D..  1952 

Neri,  Umberto,  Associate  Professor  of  Mattiematics 

B  S  .  University  of  Chicago.  1961:  MS    1962:  PhD    1966 

Neumann,  Walter,  Assistant  Pro'essor  ol  Mathematics 
B  A-.  Adelaide  University.  1963;  M.A..  1966:  Ph  D  .  Bonn  Univer- 
sity. 1969 

Newby,  Hayes  A.,  Professor  ol  Speech  and  Heanng  Soences 
A  B  .  Ohio  Wesleyan  University.  1935;  M.A..  University  ol  towa. 
1939.  Ph  D  .  1947 

Newcomb,  Robert  W.,  Professor  oi  Electrical  Engineenng 
8  S  .  Purdue  University.  1955.  MS..  Stanford  University.  1957: 
Ph  D  .  University  of  Caiiromia.  Berkeley.  1960. 

Newell,  Clarence  A,,  Professor  of  Admintslralion.  Supervision 
and  Cumcuium 

A.B-.  Hastings  College.  1935.  AM..  Columbia  University.  1939 
PhD  .  1943 

Newsom,  D.  Eari,  Professor  of  Journalism 

BS.  Oklahoma  State  University.  1948:  M.S.J.  Northwestern 

University.  1949:  Ed  D..  Oklahoma  Stale  University.  1957 

Nickels,  William  G.,  Associate  Prolessor  oi  Business  and  Man- 
agement 

B  S  .  Ohio  State  University.  1962.  M  8  A..  Western  Reserve  Uni- 
versity. 1966   PhD  .  Ohio  Stale  University.  1969 
Nicklason,  Fred,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 
BS  .  Gustavus  Adolphus  College.  1953;  MA.  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1955.  Ph  D  .  Yale  University.  1967 

Niebur,  Douglas  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mattiematics 

BS    Iowa  Stale  University.  1963. MS.  University  of  Wisconsin. 

1965.  Ph  D  .  1968 

Niese,  Henry  E.,  Associate  Professor  ol  Art 

Cert .  Ttie  Cooper  Union.  1949:  Academic  Grande  Chaumiere. 
1949.  B  F  A  .  Columbia  Uni\'ersity.  1955. 

Niles,  Lyndrey  A.,  Lecturer  m  Speech  and  Dramatic  An 
A.A  .  Canbbean  Union  College.  1956:  B.A..  Columbia  College. 
1963:  M  A-.  University  of  Maryland.  1965;  Ph.D..  Temple  Univer- 
sity. 1973- 

Noll,  James  W.,  Associate  Professor  and  Chaimian.  Social 
Foundations  ol  Education 

BA,  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1954;  MS..  1962;  PhD  .  Universi- 
ty of  Chicago,  1965 

Noonan,  Rol>ert  Edward,  Assistant  Professor  of  Computer  Sa  - 

erx:e 

A-B  .  Providence  College.  1966;  M.S..  Purdue  University.  1968; 

PhD.  1971 

Norman,  Kent  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychotogy 

B.A..  Southern  Methodist  University.  1969:  MA.  University  ol 

Iowa.  1971.  Ph.D.  1973 

Nossaman,  Audrey,  Assoaate  Professor  of  Musk: 
S  M    Westminster  Choir  College.  1947 

O'Connell,  Donald  W.,  Professor  of  Economics  and  Vice  Presi- 
dent far  General  Administration 
B  A-.  Columbia  University.  1937.  MA.  1938.  PhD-,  1953. 

Odell,  Stanley  Jac<  Assistant  Professor  of  Phitosophy 

8  A-,  University  of  Kansas,  i960.  M  A..  University  ol  Illinois. 

1962:  PhD.  1967 

O'Gallagher,  Joseph  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
B  S  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technokigy.  1961 ;  MS..  Univer- 
sity ol  Chicago.  1962,  Ph  D  .  1967 

O'Grady,  E.  Pearse,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electncai  Engineer- 


O'Haver,  Thomas  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S  ,  Spnng  Hill  College.  1963:  PhD .  University  of  Ftonda. 
1968 

O'Leary,  Ronald  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Drama- 
tic Art 

BS    Bowling  Green  Slate  University.  1960:  MA..  1961  :M. FA.. 
Universit>  ol  Wisconsin.  1964;  PhD  .  1966 

Oliver,  James  H,,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Poli- 
tics 

B.A  .  University  of  Washington.  1959;  MA,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin.  1968. 


Olson,  Alison  Gilbert,  Professor  of  History 

8  A.  University  ol  California.  1952:  MA..  1953.  F>h  D  .  Oxford 

University.  1955- 

Olson,  Edwin  E.,  Professor,  College  of  bbrary  and  Information 

Services 

B A  .  St  Olaf  College.  1959:  MA    American  University.  1961; 

Ph  D    1966 

Olson,  Keith  W„  Assoaate  Professor  of  History 

B  A  .  State  University  of  Het  York.  Albany   1957.  MA.  1959. 

PhD  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1964 

Olson.  Mancur  L,  Jr.,  Prolessor  ol  Economics 
BS.  North  Dakota  State  University,  1954.  B  A  .  Oxford  Universi- 
ty. 1956.  M  A  .  1960.  Ph  D  .  Harvard  University.  1960 

Olver,  Frank  W,  J.,  Research  Professor.  Inslrtute  lor  Physical 

Science  and  Technotogy.  and  MattiematKS 

BSc  .  Universtyol  London.  1945:  M  Sc..  1948.  D.Sc.  1961 

Oneda,  Sadso,  Prolessor  of  Physks 

B  S  .  Tohoku  University.  1946:  M  Sc  .  1948.  Ph  D  .  Nagoya  Uni- 
versity. 1953 

O'Neill,  Leo  W„  Jr.,  Prolessor  ol  Early  ChikWxxxJ  and  Elemeo- 
lary  Education 

B  A  ,  University  ol  Chicago.  1938.  MA.  University  of  Kansas. 
1953.  Ed.D  .  University  of  Cotorado.  1955 

Opik.  Ernst  J..  Professor  of  AstrorxMry 
Cand.  Astro..  Moscow  Impenal  University.  1916.  D.PhilNat.  Na- 
tional University  of  Estonia.  1 923 

Oppenheimer,  Joe  A.,  Assoaate  Prolessor.  Government  and 

Politics 

A  B  .  Cornell  University.  1963.  MA .  University  ol  Michigan, 

.964:  Ph  D  .  Pnnceton  University.  1971 

Osbom,  John  E.,  Professor  of  Mattiematics 

B  S  .  University  of  Minnesota.  1958:  M.S..  1963.  PhD  .  1965. 

Osterhouse.  Robert  A,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psycfx)togy 
BA,  Whjtworth  College,  1964.  MA.    Ohio  SUte  University 
1968.  PhD  .  1969 

Ostrowski,  Paul  P,.  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Mechanical  Engn 

neenng 

B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  M.E.,  McGill  University. 

1970:  Ph  D . 1974 

Otts,  Louis  E.,  Jr,.  Professor  ol  Civil  Engineenng 
8  A    East  Texas  State  University.  1933:  B  S  .  Texas  A&M  Uni- 
versity. 1946:  M.S..  1946- 

Owings,  James  C,  Assoaate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B  S  ,  Dartmouth  College,  1962:  PhD..  Cornell  University.  1966- 

Ousby,  Ian,  Assistant  Prolessor.  English 

B.A..  Cambndge  University  (England).  1968:  MA.  1972.  Ph  D  . 

Harvard  University.  1973 

Paez,  Mario  D.,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Electncai  Engineering 
B.S..  Instituto Tecnokjgica de  Monterrey.  1959.  MS  .  Camegie 
Institute  of  Technotogy.  1965:  PhD  .  North  Carolina  State  Uni- 
versity 1972 

Pal,  Shih-I.  Research  Prolessor,  Institute  for  F\ukS  Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics 

B-S-.  National  Central  University.  1935;  M.S..  Massachusetts  In- 
stitute of  Technology.  1938;  Ph  D..  Califomia  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology. 1938.  Ph  D..  California  Institute  ol  Technotogy.  1940. 

Paine,  Frank  T„  Prolessor  ol  Business  and  Management 

B  S    Syracuse  University.  1951;  MBA.  1956:  Ph  D  .  Stanford 

University.  1963 

Panichas,  George  A,  Professor  of  English 
BA..  Amencan  Intemanonal  College.  1951;  MA,  Trinity  Col- 
lege. 1952:  Ph  D  .  Nottingham  University.  1961 

Park,  Robert  L.  Professor  Physics  and  Astronomy  Director. 
Center  for  Matenals  Research 

8S  University  of  Texas  lAustinl.  1958.  MA.  1960:  PhD. 
Brown  University.  1964 

Parming,  Tonu,  Professor.  Sociotogy 

B  A-.  Pnncelon  University.  1964.  MA..  Yale  University.  1973 

Parochetti,  James  V..  Assoaate  Professor  of  Agronomy 

8  S    University  of  Illinois.  1962;  MS.  Purdue  University.  1964. 

Ph  D . 1967 

Pasch,  Alan,  Prolessor  of  Phitosophy 

B  A  .  University  ol  Michigan.  1949;  MA..  New  SclxM  for  Social 

Research.  1952.  Ph  D    Pnnceton  University.  1955. 

Rati,  Jogesh  C,  Professor  of  Physrcs 

BS  .UtkalUniversity.  1955.  M-Sc.  Delhi  University.  1957;  Ph.D., 

University  ol  Maryland.  1960- 

Patterson,  Glenn  W„  Prolessor  ol  Botany 

B.S-,  North  Carolina  State  University.  1960:  MS  .  Universiiy  ol 

Maryland,  1963.  Ph  D  .  1964. 

Pavey,  Stanley.  Assoaate  Professor  of  Psychotogy  and  Coun- 
selor. Counseling  Center 

B  A-.  City  College  of  New  Yorti.  1952:  M.S..  1955:  Ph.D..  Ohto 
State  University.  I96i 

Peari.  Martin  Hert>ert.  Professor  of  MathematK:s 

8  A.  Brooklyn  College.   1950.  MA.  University  of  Michigan. 

1951;  Ph  D  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1955 

Pease,  John.  Associate  Professor  of  Socwtogy 

B.S  .  Western  Michigan  University.  1960:  M  A,.  Michigan  State 

University.  1963:  Ph  D  .  1968 


Graduate  Faculty  /  39 


Pechacek,  Robert  E.,  Associate  Professor  ot  Physics 

B,S  ,  Calilornia  Institute  of  Technology,  1954;  M.S.,  University 

of  Calilornia,  Berkeley,  1963.  Ph  D  ,  1966 

Pelcovitz.  Michael  D.,  Assistant  Professor,  Economics 

BA,  University  of  Rochester.  1972.  PhD,  Massachusetts 

Institute  of  Technology,  1976 

Pelczar,  Michael  J.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Microbiology  and  Vice 

President  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 

as  .  University  of  Maryland.  1936:  M.S..  1938;  Ph.D.  University 

of  Iowa.  1941 

Pemberton,  Etizabeth  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B  A.  Ml   Holyoke  College.  1961;  M.A-.  Columbia  University. 

1964.  PhD  .  1968 

Penner,  Merrilynn  J.,  Associate  Professor.  Psychology 

8  A  .  Harvard  University,  1966,  Ph  D  .  University  of  Calilomia 

(San  Diego).  1970 

Pennington,  Kenneth  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

A  B..  Friends  University.  1950;  B  Mus..  1950;  MA.  New  York 

University.  1953.  D  Mus  .  Indiana  University.  1961 

Perinbam,  B.,  Marie,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B-A  .  London  University.  1954,  MA.,  University  of  Toronto,  1959. 

Ph  D,.  Georgetown  University.  1969. 

Perkins,  Hugh  V.,  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman.  Institute 
For  Child  Study 

A-B..  Oberlin  College.  1941 ;  AM  .  University  of  Chicago.  1946; 
Ph  D  ,  1949.  Ed  D  .  New  York  University.  1956 

Perkins,  Moreland,  Professor  of  Philosophy 

AS.  Harvard  University.  1948;  AM.  1949.  Ph  D  .  1953. 

Peroff,  Kathleen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Poli- 
tics 

B.A,.  Holy  Names  College.  1965;  Diplome  Annuel.  Sortxinne. 
1968;  MA..  University  of  Wisconsin.  Madison,  1970;  Ph.D.. 
1975- 

Perrin,  Donald  G.,  Professor,  Administration.  Supervision  and 

Curriculum 

B  A  .  University  of  Southern  California,  1960;  M.A..  1962,  PhD  , 

1969 

Peters,  Robert  M.,  Associate  Professor  ot  Secondary  Education 
B.S  .  Mankato  Stale  College,  1955.  MS,.  1958;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Minnesola.  1965 

Peterson,  William  S.,  Professor  of  English 

B  A  .  Walla  Walla  College.  1961.  M.A..  University  of  Wisconsin. 

1962.  Ph  D  .  Northwestern  University.  1968 

Petrick,  Michael  J.,  Associate  Professor  ot  Journalism 
B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1965;  M  S  .  1967;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Pfaffent)erger,  Roger  C,  Associate  Professor  and  Director  of 
Doctoral  Program  of  Business  and  Management 
B  S  .  California  Polytechnic  State  University.  1965.  M.S.,  Texas 
A  and  M  University,  1968;  PhD  ,  1971 

Pfister,  Guenter  G.,  Associate  Professor  ot  German  and  Sec- 
ondary Education 

B.S  ,  Bowling  Green  State  University,  1963;  M.A.,  Michigan 
State  University.  1965;  Ph  D  .  University  ot  Kansas,  1970 

Phillips,  Warren  R.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.A..  Nonhwestern  University.  1963;  MA.  San  Francisco  State 
University.  1965.  PhD  .  University  of  Hawaii.  1969 

Pickard,  Hugh  B.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

A-B  .  Haverlord  College.  1933;  Ph.D..  Nonhwestern  University. 

1938 

Pierce,  Sidney  K.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 
B-Ed-.  University  of  Miami.  1 966;  Ph  D.,  Flonda  State  University. 
1970. 

Piper,  Don  C,  Professor  ot  Government  and  Politics 
B-A  .University  ot  Maryland,  1954;M.A-.  1958;  PhD.  Duke  Uni- 
versity. 1961- 

Plper,  Harry  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
B  Arch  E  .  Catholic  University  of  America,  1940;  MCE  ,  1961. 

Plrages,  Dennis  Clark,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

B  A  .  State  University  of  Iowa.  1964;  Ph.D..  Stanford  University. 

1969 

Plischke,  Elmer,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

Ph  B  .  Marquette  University.  1937;  M.A,.  American  University. 

1938.  Ph  D  .  Clark  University,  1943. 

Ptotkln,  Allen,  Associate  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineering 
B  S  ,  Columbia  University,  1963;  MS.  1964;  Ph.D..  Stanford 
University.  1968 

Poffenberger,  Paut  R.,  Associate  Dean.  College  of  Agriculture, 
Acting  Chairman,  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education,  and 
Professor.  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 
B.S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1935.MS.  1937.  Ph.D.  American 
University.  1953. 

Polst,  Richard  F.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  and 
Management  and  Director  of  the  MBA  Program 
B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1965.  MBA.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1967.  Ph  D  .  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1971. 

Ponnamperuma.  Cyril,  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B  A  .  University  of  Madras,  1948,  B  Sc,  Birkbeck  College.  Uni- 
versity of  London.  1959.  Ph  D  .  University  of  California.  Berke- 
ley. 1962 


Poplal,  BIna  B.,  Assistant  Professor.  Food.  Nutrition  and  Insti- 
tution Administration 

B-A..  Punjab  University  (India).  1949.  MS.  Baroda  University 
(India).  1966.  Ph  D  .  Texas  Women  s  University.  1971 

Portz,  John,  Associate  Professor  of  English  and  Director  of 
Honors  Program 

BA.  Duke  University.  1937.  MA..  Harvard  University,  1941; 
Ph.D.,  1957 

Postbrlef,  Samuel,  Assistant  Professor.  Government  and  Pol- 
itics 

A-B-.  City  College  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1969;  M  A  . 
Indiana  University.  1971.  PhD.  1975 

Potter,  Jane  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S  .  University  ot  Chicago.  1942;  M.S.,  1948;  PhD..  1949. 

Prange,  Gordon,  Professor  of  History 

B-A-.  University  of  Iowa.  1932.  MA.  1934.  Ph  D  .  1937 

Prange,  Richard  E.,  Professor  of  Physics 
MS-.  University  of  Chicago.  1955,  Ph.D..  1958. 

Prather,  Elizabeth  S.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Food  Nu- 
trition and  Institution  Administration 

B.S-.  Auburn  University,  1951;  M.S.,  1955,  PhD..  Iowa  Slate 
University.  1963. 

Piesser,  Harriet,  Professor.  Sociology 

B.A.,  George  Washington  University.  1959,  M.A..  University  of 

North  Carolina.  1962;  PhD..  University  of  California  (Berkeley). 

1969- 

Prlndle,  Allen  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agncultural  and  Re- 
source Economics 

BS.  Wisconsin  Stale  University.  1969;  MS,  Purdue  University. 
1972;  Ph  D  .  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1977. 

Pugh,  Howel  G.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B-A.  Cambridge  University.  1955;  MA.  1961;  Ph.D..  1961. 

Pugllese,  Rudolph  E.,  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B-A..  Miami  University.  1947.  MFA..  Catholic  University  of 
America.  1949;  PhD  .  Ohio  State  University.  1961. 

Pugsley,  James  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electncal  Engineer- 
ing 

B-A-.  Oberlin  College.  1956;  MS.  University  of  Illinois,  1958. 
PhD-.  1963- 

Pumroy,  Donald  K.,  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services  and  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1949,  M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1951 ,  PhD  .  University  of  Washington.  1954 

Punch,  Jerry  L.,  Research  Professor  of  Heanng  and  Speech 

Sciences 

B-A-.  Wake  Forest  College.  1965.  MS.  Vanderbilt  University. 

1967;  Ph  D  .  Northwestern  University,  1972 

Rado,  George  T.,  Professor  of  Physics 
S.B.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1939;  SM  .  1941 ; 
Ph.D.,  1943- 

Ragan,  Robert  M.,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineenng 
B  S  .  Virginia  Military  Institute.  1955;  MS  .  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology.  1959.  Ph  D-.  Cornell  University.  1965. 

Ranald,  Ralph  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Poll-        lion 


Regan,  Thomas  M.,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
B-S  .  Tulane  University,  1963;  PhD  ,  1967- 

Reichelderfer,  Charles  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Entomology 
B  S  ,  St  Cloud  College.  1961 ;  MA  .  University  of  Washington. 
1963;  PhD-.  University  ot  California  al  Riverside.  1968. 

Reid,  James,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B  F  A  ,  Maryland  Institute  College  of  Art.  1966.  MA,  University 

of  Maryland.  1970 

Relnhart,  Bruce  L.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

BA..  Lehigh  University.  1952;  M.A.,  Princeton  University.  1954. 

Ph-0-.  1956- 

Relser,  Martin  P.,  Professor  of  Electncal  Engineenng  and  Phys- 


B-A-,  University  of  California.  Los  Angeles,  1952;  MA..  1954; 
MA.,  Pnnceton  University.  1958.  PhD  .  1961. 

Rao,  T.R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineenng 
B.Sc.  Government  Arts  College.  1952,  Dll.  So,  Indiana  Institute 
of  Science.  1955.  M  S  E-.  University  of  Michigan,  1961 ,  Ph  D  , 
1964- 

Rappleye,  Robert  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 
B-S  ,  University  of  Maryland,  1941;  M.S..  1947;  Ph.D..  1949. 
Ray,  Phillip  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Person- 
nel Services 

B-A.,  Antioch  College,  1950;  M.S.,  University  ot  Pennsylvania. 
1955.  Ph-0  ,  University  of  Minnesota.  1962. 

Razar,  Michael  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
A  B-.  Harvard  University.  1965.  PhD..  1971- 

Reaka,  Marjorle  L.,  Assistant  Professor  ot  Zoology 

B-A-.  University  of  Kansas.  1965.  MS..  1967;  PhD  .  University 

of  California.  Berkeley.  1975 

Rearick,  William  R.,  Professor  of  Art 

B.A..  New  York  University,  1953;  M.A..  1958;  Ph.D..  Han/ard 

University.  1968 

Redlsh,  Edward  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

A-B..  Pnnceton  University.  1963.  PhD.,  Massachusetts  Institute 

of  Technology.  1968. 

Redman,  Barbara  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics 

B-A..  University  of  Kentucky.  1972;  PhD..  Iowa  State  University. 
1976- 

Reeve,  E.  Wilklns,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S..  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology.  1936.  Ph.D..  University  of 

Wisconsin.  1940 

Reeves,  Mavis  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Pol- 
itics 

B  A  ,  West  Virginia  University.  1942;  MA..  1943.  Ph.D.,  Universi- 
ty ot  North  Carolina.  1947. 


Reveal,  James  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

B-S  .  Utah  Slate  University.  1963;  MS.  1965;  PhD..  Brigham 

Young  University.  1969. 

Reynolds,  Charles  W.,  Professor  of  Horticulture 

A-B.  University  of  Alabama.  1941;  B.S.  Auburn  University. 

1947.  MS-.  1949;  PhD-,  University  ot  Maryland.  1954. 

Reynolds,  Michael  M.,  Professor,  School  ot  Library  and  Infor- 
mation Services 

A  B  .  Hunter  College.  1950;  MSL  S  .  Columbia  University. 
1952.  MA  .  Amencan  University.  1954.  PhD..  University  ot 
Michigan,  1964 

Rhee,  Moon-Jhong,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engi- 
neering 

8  S  .  Seoul  National  University.  1958.  M  S  .  1960.  Ph  D  .  The 
Catholic  University  of  America.  1970 

RheintMldt,  WernerC,  Research  Professor  Computer  Science 
and  Mathematics.  Director.  Applied  Mathematics 
B-S-.  University  of  Heidelberg.  1 949;  MA.  1952;  Ph.D..  Universi- 
ty of  Freiburg.  1955 

Rhoads,  David  i..  Associate  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services 

8-A-,  Temple  University.  1954;  MA.,  1958;  EdD,  University  of 
Maryland,  1963- 

Rlccl,  Frederick  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
BS.  Bryant  College,  1964;  Ed.M..  Boston  University.  1965. 
Ed-D.,  1972- 

Richard.  Jean-Paul,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

8   es  Arts,  University  Laval.  1956:  B  e  S  .  I960-  Doctoral  de 

Specialite  University  ot  Pans  1963  Doctrate  es  Sciences  1965 

RIdgway,  Whitman  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A-B  .  Kenyon  College.  1963;  MA..  San  Francisco  State  College. 

1967.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1973. 

Ridky,  Rotwrt  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 
8  S  .  Slate  University  of  New  York  at  Cortland.  1966;  MS.  Syra- 
cuse University.  1970,  PhD-,  1973- 

Relger,  Charles  Joseph,  III,  Assistant  Professor  ot  Computer 

Science 

B  S  -  Purdue  University,  1970.  Ph  D  .  Stanford  University.  1974 

Risinger,  Robert,  Professor  and  Chairman.  Secondary  Educa- 


8  S  .  Ball  State  University.  1940:  MA.  University  of  Chicago. 
1947  Ed  D  .  University  of  Colorado.  1955 

Ritzer,  George,  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A-.  City  College  of  New  York.  1962:  M.B.A..  University  of 

Michigan,  1964.  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University.  1968. 

Ritzmann,  Barbara  J.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Housing  and  Ap- 
plied Design 

8. A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1945;  M.F.A.,  George 
Washington  University.  1966. 

Rlvello,  Robert  M.,  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineenng 
8  S-.  University  of  Maryland.  1943;  M.S..  1948- 

Robeson,  Franklin  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B  B  A   University  of  Cincinnati.  1968;M-B-A-.  Indiana  University. 

1970;  D-B-A.,  1972. 

Roberson,  Bob  S.,  Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman 

of  Microbiology 

8  A  .  University  of  North  Carolina,  1951;  PhD..  1960 

Roberts,  Merrill  J.,  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 
B  A  .  University  of  Minnesota.  1938;  MB. A..  University  of  Chi- 
cago. 1939;  Ph.D.  1951 

Rodenhuls,  David  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Meteorology 
B.S-.  University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1959;  B.S  .  Pennsylvania 
Slate  University.  1960.  PhD..  University  of  Washington,  1967 

Roderick,  Jessie  A.,  Associate  Professor,  Early  Childhood  and 
Elementary  Education 

8-S-.  Wilkes  College.  1956.  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1957; 
Ed-D-.  Temple  University,  1967. 

Rogolsky,  Saul,  Associate  Professor.  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.A-,  Harvard  University.  1948;  M.A..  University  of  Chicago. 
1953;  Ed-D  .  Han/ard  University,  1963. 

RolMnson,  Carl  L.,  Professor  ot  Chemistry 

B.S..  University  of  Michigan,  1933.  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois, 


40  /  Graduate  Faculty 


Roos,  Phillip  G.,  Prolessor  ot  Physics 

B  A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University.  1960,  Ph  D  .  Massachusetts 

Institute  o(  Technology.  1964 

Rose,  Harry  J.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S..  St.  Francis  College.  1948,  MS  .  University  of  Maryland 

1952 

Rose,  WMMam  K.,  Professor  of  Aslronomy 
A.B..  Columbia  University,  1957;  Ph  D,.  1963 

Rosenberg,  Morris,  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A..  Brooklyn  College,  1946;  MA,,  Columbia  University  1950 

Ph,D,.  1953. 

Rosenberg,  Theodore  J.,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology 

B.E.E,.  City  University  of  New  York  (City  College),  1960,  Ph  D., 
University  ot  California  (Berkeley).  1965. 

Rosenfeld.  Azriel.  Research  Prolessor.  Computer  Science 
B.A  .  Yeshiva  College.  1950.  M  A  .  Columbia  University   1951 
PhD.  1957 

Rosentield,  Leonora  C,  Professor  of  French  and  Italian 
B.A.,  Smith  College.  1930;  A.M..  Columbia  University.  1931 
Ph.D.,  1940. 

Roswell,  Charles  Alfred,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 
B.A..  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1963.  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1969;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Roush,  Marvin  L.,  Associate  Professor  ot  Nuclear  Engineering 

and  Physics 

B.Sc,  Ottawa  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland. 

1964 

Rovner,  Phillip,  Associate  Professor  of  Spanish 

B.A..  George  Washington  University,  1948;  M.A..  1949,  PhD  . 

University  of  Maryland.  1958 

Rowan,  Robert,  III,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A..  Pomona  College.  1968,  M.A..  Harvard  University   1970 

Ph.D.,  1974. 

Rubin,  Roger  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Family  and  Com- 
munity Development 

B.A..  Brooklyn  College  of  the  City  University  of  New  Vori*. 
1965;  MS.,  Pennsylvania  Slate  University,  1966.  Ph  D  .  1970 

Ruchkin,  Judith  P.,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Secondary  Education 
B.A..  Swanhmore  College.  1956.  MA.  Yale  University.  1957. 
Ed.D.,  Columbia  University  Teachers  College,  1972. 

Ruderman,  David  B.,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  History 

B.A.,  City  College  of  New  Yori<,  1966;  M.A.,  Columbia  University. 

1968;  Ph  D..  Hebrew  University.  Jerusalem,  1975. 

Rundeli,  Walter,  Jr.,  Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  University  of  Texas,  1951 ;  M.A..  American  University.  1955 

PhD  ,  1957 

Russell,  Charles  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  French  and  Italian 
B.A.,  Oberlin  College.  1956;  MA..  Bryn  Mawr  College.  1964. 
Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1970 

Russell,  John  D.,  Prolessor  of  English 

A.B.,  Colgate  University.  1961;  MA..  University  of  Washington, 

1956;  PhD  .  Rutgers  University.  1959 

Rutherford,  Charles  S.,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  English 
B.A.,  Carleton  College.  1962;  M.A..  Indiana  University.  1966; 
Ph  D  .  1970. 

Sadowski,  Robert  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dra- 
matic Art 

B.A..  Michigan  State  University.  1968;  M.S..  Syracuse  University. 
1969;  Ph.D..  University  of  Iowa.  1973 

Salamanca,  Jack  R.,  Professor  of  English 
Diploma,  Royal  Academy  of  Dramatic  Art,  1952;  Lie.  Deg..  Uni- 
versity of  London.  1953;  Licentiate.  Royal  Academy  of  Music, 
1954 

Sallet,  Dirse  W.,  Professor  ot  Mechanical  Engmeenng 

B.S,.  George  Washington  University.  1961.  M  S  .  University  of 

Kansas.  1963;  Ph.D..  Technische  Hochschule.  Stuttgart.  1966 

Samet,  Hanan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
B.S  .  University  ol  California  al  Los  Angeles.  1970.  M  S  .  (Com- 
puter Science).  Stanford  University.  1974;  MS  .  (Operations 
Research).  1975.  Ph  D..  1975 

Sampugna,  Joseph,  Associate  Professor  ol  Chemistry 

B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1959.  M  A  .  1962;  Ph.D..  1968. 

Santa  Maria,  D.  Laine,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion 

B.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1954.  M  Ed  .  Temple  Universi- 
ty. 1962;  Ed.D  .  University  of  Oregon.  1968 

Sather,  Jerome  O.,  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Mathematics 
B.S..  University  of  Minnesota,  1957.  MS  .  1959.  Ph  D  .  1963. 
Sayre,  Clifford  L.,  Jr.,  Associate  Dean.  College  of  Engmeenng. 
and  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.  Duke  University.  1947. MS  .  Stevens  Institute  ol  Technolo- 
gy. 1950;  PhD.  University  of  Maryland.  1961 

Schaeffer,  Harry  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engi- 
neenng 

B.S..  University  of  Washington.  1958;  M.S..  Arizona  State  Uni- 
versity. 1962;  Ph.D..  Virgnia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1967. 

Schafer,  James  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S  .  University  of  Rochester.  1961 ;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chica- 
go, 1965. 


Schafer,  William  D.,  Associate  Professor  ol  Measurement 
and  Statistics 

B  A..  University  of  Rochester.  1964;  M.A.,  1965;  Ed  D  .  1969 
Schales,  Franklin  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Horticulture 
B.S..  Louisiana  State  University.  1959.  MS,  Cornell  University 
1962;  PhD,  1963 

Scheiling,  David  R.,  Assistant  Professor.  Civil  Engineering 
B  S  C  E..  Lehigh  University.  1961;  M.S.M  E  .  Drexel  Institute  of 
Technology.  1964;  PhD  .  University  ol  Maryland,  1968 
Schiller,  Bradley  R.,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Economics 
B.A..  University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1965.  PhD  .  Havard 
University.  1969 

Schlaretzki,  Walter  E.,  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B  .  Monmouth  College.  1941.  A.M..  University  of  Illinois,  1942 

Ph  D  .  Cornell  University.  1948. 

Schieidt.  Wolfgang  M.,  Professor  ol  Zoology 
PhD  .  University  of  Vienna.  1951. 


B.A.,  Bernard  College,  1951 ,  M.A..  Columbia  University  (Teach- 
ers College).  Ed  D  .  1961 

Schmidt,  Margaret  N.,  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education 
B  S.,  University  ol  North  Carolina,  1957;  MA,.  University  ol  Mich- 
igan. 1961 ;  PhD  .  University  of  Maryland,  1972 

Schneider,  Benjamin,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Alfred  University,  1960;  MBA..  City  University  of  New 

Yort<,  1962,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967. 

Schneider,  David  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Oberlin  College.  1959;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute  ol 
Technology,  1964 

Schneier,  Craig  Eric,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement 

B.S..  Ohio  State  University.  1969;  M.S.,  University  ol  Colorado 
1972,  DBA..  1975 

Schoenbaum,  Samuel,  Professor  of  English 

B.A  .  Brooklyn  College.  1947;  M.A.,  Columbia  University.  1949 

PhD  .  1953. 

Scholnick,  Ellin  K.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A..  Vassar  College.  1958;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Rochester 

1963 

Schroeder,  Wilburn  C,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineenng 
B.S  ,  University  ol  Michigan,  1930;  M.S.E..  1931.  Ph  D.,  1933 

Schuitze,  Charles  L.,  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A,  Georgetown  University.  1948;  M.A.,  1950;  Ph.D..  University 

of  Maryland.  1960 

Schumacher,  Elisabeth,  Assistant  Professor  of  Eariy  Child- 
hood and  Elementary  Education 

B  S  .  Newark  State  College.  1942;  M  Ed  .  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  1962.  D  Ed  .  1965 

Schumacher,  Thomas,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus  .  Manhattan  School  of  Music.  1958;  M.S..  Julliard  School 

of  Music.  1962 

Schweitzer,  Howard  Christopher,  Research  Associate  Profes- 
sor. Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

B.A..  Northern  Illinois  University.  1968;  M.A.,  University  ol  Mary- 
land. 1971.  Ph.D..  1974. 

Scott,  John  S.,  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
BS  .  Michigan  Stale  University.  1972;  PhD.,  University  of 
Arizona.  1975. 

Seefeidt,  Carol  A..  Associate  Prolessor  of  Eariy  Childhood  and 
Elementary  Education 

B.A..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1956;  MA.  University  ol  South 
Florida.  1968.  Ph  D,,  Florida  State  University.  1971 

Segal,  David  R.,  Prolessor  ot  Sociology 

B  A,.  Harpur  College.  1962.  M.A..  University  of  Chicago.  1963. 

Ph  D..  1967. 

Segal,  Mady  Wechsier,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Sociology 

B  A  .  Queens  College.  City  University  ol  New  York.  1965.  M  A  . 

University  ol  Chicago.  1967.  PhD  .  1973. 

Setbel,  Ronald  J.,  Assistant  Professor  ol  Agncultural  and  Ex- 
tension Education 

B.S  ,  University  ol  Illinois.  Urbana.  1957;  M.S..  1958.  PhD,  Uni- 
versity ol  Maryland.  1972 

Seidman,  Eric,  Associate  Professor  of  Special  Education 
B.S..  New  York  University,  1947;  M.A.,  1948;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Connecticut.  1964 

Seigel,  Arnold  E.,  Lecturer  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S..  University  ol  Maryland.  1944;  MS  .  Massachusetts  Insti- 
tute of  Technology.  1947;  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Amsterdam.  1952 

Sengers,  Jan  V.,  Professor  of  Institute  ot  Physical  Science  and 

Technology 

Doctorandus.  University  of  Amsterdam.  1955;  Ph.D..  1962 

Serwer,  Howard  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.A..  Yale  University.  1949;  MBA.,  Columbia  University,  1950. 

Ph.D..  Yale  University.  1969 

Shaffner,  Clyne  S..  Professor  ot  Poultry  Science 

B.S..  Michigan  Slate  University.  1 938;  M.S..  1 940;  Ph.D..  Purdue 

University.  1947 

Shanks,  James  B.,  Prolessor  ol  Horticulture 

B.Sc.  Ohio  State  University.  1939;  M.Sc.  1946;  Ph  D  .  1949 


Shapere,  Dudley,  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A  .  Harvard  University.  1949;  M.A.,  1955.  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Sheaks,  O.  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Nuclear  Engineenng 

and  Chemical  Engineering 

B.S  .  North  Carolina  Slate  College.  1964,  Ph.D..  1969 

Shearer,  Jane  K.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Housing  and 
Applied  Design 

B  S  .  University  ol  Tennessee.  1940;  MS,.  1950.  Ph  D  Flonda 
Stale  University.  1960 

Shiflett,  John  M.,  Assistant  Prolessor  ol  Child  Sludy 

B.A  .  Santa  Barbara  City  College.  1965.  MA..  University  of 

Calilornia.  1967.  Ph  D  .  1972 

Shreeve,  Charles  A.,  Jr.,  Prolessor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B  E,,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1935.  M.S.,  University  ol 
Maryland,  1943 

Shroyer,  Charlotte  A.,  Assistant  Prolessor  ol  Special  Educalron 
B.A  .  Ohio  State  University.  1961;  M.Ed..  University  of  Pitts- 
burgh. 1972.  PhD  .  1975 

Sigall,  Harold,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Psychology 

B  S  .  City  College  ol  New  York,  1964,  PhD  .  University  of  Texas 

(Austin).  1968 

Signeil,  Karl  L.,  Assistant  Prolessor  ol  Music 

B  S  .  Julliard  School  ol  Music.  1962;  M.A..  Columbia  University. 

1963;  PhD  .  University  ol  Washington.  1973. 

Sillo,  Charles  B.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  ot  Electncal  Engineer- 
ing 

BSEE.MSEE.  University  of  Notre  Dame.  1967.  PhD,.  1970 
Silverman,  Joseph,  Prolessor  ol  Chemical  Engmeenng 
B.A  ,  Brooklyn  College.  1944;  A.M..  Columbia  University  1948 
Ph.D..  1951. 

Simms,  Betty  H.,  Professor  of  Special  Education 
B.A..  Hams  Teachers  College,  1947.  MA..  University  ol  Michi- 
gan. 1955.  Ed  D  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1962, 

Simons,  David  E.,  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Electncal  Engineenng 
BS.  University  ol  Maryland.  1949.  MS..  1951 

Singer,  Neil  M.,  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Economics 

B.A,.  Harvard  University.  1960;  M.A..  Stanford  University   1961 

PhD  .  1965 

Sisier,  Hugh  D.,  Chairman  and  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S  .  University  ot  Maryland.  1949;  MS.  1951.  Ph  D  .  1953 

Skolnick,  Leonard  P..  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineenng 
BS,.  University  ol  Rochester.  1953.  M  S  .  New  York  University. 
1955,  D.Sc  Massachusetts  Inslitule  ol  Technology.  1958. 
Skuja,  Andris,  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B  S  .  University  ol  Toronto.  1966.  Ph.D..  University  of  Calilomia 
(Berkeley).  1972 

Slawsky,  Zaka  I.,  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
BS  .  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1933.  MS..  California 
Institute  ol  Technology.  1935;  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan 
1938, 

Slud,  Eric  V.,  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics 

B  A  .  Harvard  University.  1972;  PH  D  .  Massacusetts  Institute  ol 

Technology.  1976 

Small,  Eugene  8.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 
B.A  .  Wayne  Slate  University.   1953;  MS  .   1958;  Ph  D,.  Uni- 
versity of  California  al  Los  Angeles.  1966 

Smith,  Barry  D.,  Associate  Professor  ol  Psychology 
B  S  .  Pennsylvania  Slate  University.  1962.  M  A  .  Bucknell  Uni- 
versity. 1964.  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Massachusetts.  1967 

Smith,  Betty  F.,  Professor  and  Chaimian  of  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics 

B.S..  University  of  Ariiansas.  1951;  M.S..  University  of  Tennes- 
see. 1956.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Minnesota.  1960;  Ph.D..  1965. 
Smith,  Elbert  8.,  Professor  of  History 
A.B  .  Maryville  College.  1940.  A  M.  University  ol  Chicago  1947 
PhD..  1949 

Smith,  Eiske  van  Panhuys,  Prolessor  ol  Aslronomy 
B.A  .  Han/ard  University.  1950.  MA  .  1951;  PhD.  1955. 

Smith,  Gayle  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

Ph.B  .  University  ot  Chicago.  1946;  B  S  .  Iowa  State  University. 

1948.  MA  .  Cornell  University,  1951;  Ph  D  .  1958. 

Smith.  Harold  D.,  Associate  Director  ot  Extension  Education 
and  Prolessor  of  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 
B  A  ,  Bridgewater  College,  1943,  MS  ,  University  of  Maryland, 
1947;  Ph  D  ,  Amercan  University,  1952 

Smith,  Hilda  L.,  Assistant  Professor  ot  History 
B  S  .  Southwest  Missouri  State  University.  1963;  MA,,  Universi- 
ty ol  Missouri,  1964,  Ph  D  ,  University  ol  Cnicago,  1975 

Smith,  Kenwyn  K..  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology 

B  A  .  University  ol  Queensland  (Australia)    1965.  1967.  M.A., 

1970,  M.A.,  Yale  University.  1973.  Ph  D  .  1974 

Smith,  Pamela  Z.,  Assistant  Prolessor  ol  Computer  Science 
B  A,,  Cornell  University,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin. 
1972;  PhD,.  1976 

Smith,  Paul,  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Mathematics 

B  S  .  Drexel  University.  1965.  M  S  .  Case  Institute  ol  Technology 

1967.  Ph  D  .  Case  Western  Resen/e  University,  1969 

Smith,  Theodore  G.,  Prolessor  ol  Chemical  Engmeenng 
BE  S  ,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1956;  ME  S,,  1958; 
D  Sc  ,  Washington  University,  1960 


Graduate  Faculty  /  41 


Snow.  George  A.,  Professor  ot  Physics 

B  S  .  College  o(  Ihe  City  of  New  York,  1945.  MA.  Princeton 

University.  1947.  Ph  D  ,  1949 

Snower,  Dennis  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B  A,.  Oxford  University,  M.A..  1971,  M.A..  Pnnceton  University, 

1973;  Ph.D..  1975 

Soares,  Jr.,  Josepfi  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 

B  S  ,  University  ot  Maryland,  1964;  MS..  1966.  PH.D  ,  1968. 

Soergel,  Oagobert.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Library  and 

Infomiation  Services 

8.8  ,  University  of  Freiburg,  1960;  MS,  1964;  Pti.D..  1970. 

Solomos.  Theopfianes,  Assistant  Professor  of  Horticulture 
MA..  College  of  Agnculture.  Attiens.  Greece,  1957;  Pfi.D,,  Uni- 
versity ot  Cambndge,  1962 

Sommer,  Sheldon  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B  S.,  City  College  of  New  York.  1959.  MA,  City  University  of 
New  York.  1961;  MS.  Texas  ASM  University.  1964.  Ph.D.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1969 

SosnowskJ.  Saul.  Professor  ot  Spanish 

A-B.,  University  of  Scranton,  1967;  MA,.  University  ot  Virginia, 

1968,  PhD  ,  1970, 

Spain.  Ian  L.,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineenng  and  Director 

of  Engineenng  Malenals 

B.S.,  Imperial  College  of  Science,  1961 ,  PhD.  1964 

Spangler.  Paul  J.,  Lecturer  in  Entomology 

A.B  .  Lebanon  Valley  College.  1949.  MS..  Ohio  University.  1951 . 

Ph  D  .  University  of  Missouri,  1960 

Sparks,  David  S.,  Professor  of  History  and  Dean  lor  Graduate 

Studies 

A.B.,  Grinnell  College.  1944;  AM  .  University  of  Chicago.  1945. 

PhD  .  1951 

Specter,  Gerald,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B  A  ,  Harvard  University,  1966;  Ph  D.,  University  of  Rochester, 

1971, 

Spiegel,  Gabrielle,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

BA.  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1964;  M  A.T  ,  Harvard  University. 

1965,  M  A  ,  Die  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1969;  Ph  D  .  1974 

Spiro,  Marie,  Assistant  Professor.  Art 

B  A..  Wilson  College.  1957,  MS  .  New  York  University.  1961 

Spivak,  Steven  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics 

B.S,.  Philadelphia  College  of  Textiles  and  Sciences,  1963;  MS  , 
Georgia  Institute  of  Technology.  1965;  PhD  .  University  of  Man- 
chester, 1967. 

Splaine,  John  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Administration,  Super- 
vision and  Curriculum 

B-A-,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1963;  MA.,  1965;  Ed,D  . 
Boston  University.  1973. 

Stadtman,  Earl  R.,  Lecturer  in  Microbiology 

B  S  .  University  ot  California.  Berkeley,  1942,  PhD  .  1949 

Staley,  Stuart  W.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A..  Williams  College.  1959;  M.S.,  Yale  Universit,  1961 ;  PhD  , 

1963 

Stark,  Francis  C,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Horticulture  and  Provost. 
Division  ot  Agncultural  and  Life  Sciences 
B.S.,  Oklahoma  A&M  College.  1940;  MS,,  University  ot  Mary- 
land. 1941.  PhD.,  1948 

Starkweattier,  Kendall  N.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industnal 

Education 

B.S..  Western  Illinois  University.  1967;  M.A..  Eastern  Michigan 

University.  1969;  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Maryland.  1975. 

Statom,  Jodetlano  Johnson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Administra- 
tion. Supen/ision  and  Curriculum 

B.S..  Miner  Teachers  College.  1954.  M  Ed..  University  ot  Mary- 
land. 1968.  AGS..  1968;  Ed.D..  1972 

Steel,  Donald  H.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.A..  Trenton  State  College.  1955.  M  A..  University  of  Maryland, 

1957;  Ph  D  .  Louisiana  State  University.  1964 

Steele,  Robert  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
B.A..  Morehouse  College.  1965.  M  Div  ,  Episcopal  Theological 
Scool.  1968;  M  P  H  Yale  University  School  of  Medicine.  1971 . 
M.S..  Yale  University.  1974,  Ph  D.,  1975 

Steinberg,  Phillip  H..  Prolessor  ol  Physics 

B  S    University  ot  Cincinnati    1954   PhD    Nonhwestern 

University  1960 

Steinberg,  Richard  I.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

BA,.  Swanhmore  College.  1963  Ph  D..  Yale  University.  1969 

Stellmacher,  Karl  L.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 
M.D  .  University  of  Goettingen.  1933;  Ph.D..  1936 

Stephens,  E.  Robert,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Administra- 
tion, Supervision,  and  Curnculum 

B.S..  Momingside  College,  1952.  M.S..  Drake  University.  1958. 
Ph.D..  University  ot  Iowa.  1966 

Steinhauer,  Allen  L,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Entomokigy 
B.S..  University  of  Manitoba.  1953;  M.S..  Oregon  State  College, 
1955,  Ph  D  ,  1958 

Stelnman,  Robert  M.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

D.D  S  ,  St  Louis  University.  1968;  M.A..  New  School  lor  Social 

Research,  1962;  Ph.D.  1964 

42  /  Graduate  Faculty 


stern,  Guy,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  German  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literature 

BA .    Hofstra   College,    1948,   MA,   Columbia   University, 
1950;  Ph. D,  1953 

Stern,  Herbert  J..  Associate  Professor  of  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services 

B.S..  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1950.  M.Ed..  1953,  Ed  D  . 
University  ol  Maryland,  1962 
Stern,  Lawrence.  Assistant  Prolessor  ol  Philosophy 
B  A  ,  Rutgers,  1958,  M  A  ,  Havard,  1962,  Ph  D  ,  1968 

Stern,  William  L.,  Professor  of  Botany 

B  S  ,  Rutgers  University.  1950;  MS.,  University  ot  Illinois,  1951 , 

PhD  .  1954 

Sternberg,  Yaron  M..  Professor  of  Civil  Engineenng 

B  S     University  of  Illinois.  1961.  MS  .  University  of  Calilorma 

at  Davis.  1963.  PhD.  1965 

Sternheim.  Charles  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B  S  ,  Brooklyn  College,  1961,  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Rochester, 

1967 

Stevens,  George  A..  Professor  ot  Agncultural  and  Resource 

Economics 

BS.  Virgnia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1941.  PhD,  University  ol 

Maryland,  1957 

Stevenson.  John  C.  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Botany 
B  S  .  Brooklyn  College.  1966;  Ph  D  .  University  of  North  Caroli- 
na. 1972 

Stewart,  G.  W.,  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
A  B  ,  University  of  Tennessee,  1962,  Ph  D  ,  1968 

Stewart.  James  M..  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B  A    Western  Washington  College,  1953,  Ph  D  ,  University  of 

Washington,  1958 

Stewart,  Kent  K..  Adjunct  Professor  in  Food,  Nutntion  and  Ins- 
titution Administration 

BA,  University  ol  California.  Berkeley,  1956,  PhD.  Florida 
Slate  University.  1965 

Stone,  Clarence  N.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 
Politics,  and  Director,  Urban  Research  Group,  Bureau  of  Gov- 
ernmental Research 

A  B  ,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1957;  M.A.,  Duke  University 
1960.  Ph  D , 1963 

Stone,  Stephen  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Education 
B  S  ,  Lock  Haven  State  College.  1962.  M  Ed  .  East  Stroudsburg 
State  College.  1969.  Ph  D,.  Texas  A&M  University,  1973 

Stough,  Kenneth  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industnal  Educa- 
tion 

B  S  ,  Millersville  Stale  College,  1954,  M  Ed  ,  Pennsylvania  Slate 
University,  1961 ,  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Maryland,  1968 

Slowasser,  Karl.  Associate  Professor  of  History 
Ph  D  ,  University  of  Muensler,  1966 

Strand,  Ivar  E.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics 

B  A  ,  University  ol  Rochester,  1967:  MA  ,  University  of  Rhode 
Island,  1971,  Ph  D  ,  1975 

Straszheim,  Mahlon  R.,  Professor  of  Economics 

B  S  .  Purdue  University.  1961 ,  PhD  ,  Havard  University.  1965 

Strauss,  Aaron  S.,  Prolessor  of  Mathematics 

e  S  ,  Case  Institute  ol  Technology.  1961,  MS  ,  University  ot 

Wisconsin,  1962,  PhD  ,  1964 


Stritfler,  Charles  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing 
BSE.,  University  ol  Michigan.  1961;  MS  E..  1963;  Ph.D..  1972 

Strobell,  Adah  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Recreation 

A.B..  San  Francisco  State  College.  1953;  M  S  .  University  ol 

California.  Los  Angeles.  1958.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Illinois.  1966 

Strouse,  James  C,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Government  and  Pol- 
itics 

B  A..  University  of  Maryland.  1966;  M.A..  1967.  Ph.D..  University 
of  North  Carolina,  1970. 

Stunkard.  Clayton  L.,  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman  of 
Measurement  and  Statistics 
B  S  .  University  of  Minnesota.  1948.  M.A..  1951;  PhD  ,  1959 

Stuntz,  Calvin  F.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B  A  ,  University  ot  Buttalo,  1939;  Ph  D  ,  1947 

Sublett,  Henry  L.,  Professor  and  Chairman  ol  Early  Childhood 
Elementary  Education 

A.B.,  Duke  University,  1951 ,  M  Ed.,  University  ol  Virginia.  1953. 
Ed  D . 1959 

Sucher,  Joseph,  Professor  ot  Physics  and  Astronomy 

B  S  .  Brooklyn  College.  1952.  Ph  D  .  Columbia  University.  1958 

Sullivan,  Dorothy  D.,  Associate  Professor.  Eariy  Childhood  and 

Elementary  Education 

A  B  ,  University  of  Maryland.  1945;  Ed  M..  1960;  Ed.D  .  1965 

Sunal,  Dennis  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Eariy  Childhood-Ele- 
mentary Education 
B  S  .  University  of  Michigan,  1964;  M  A.,  1970:  Ph  D  ,  1973 

Suppe,  Frederick  R.,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Philosophy 
A.B  .  University  ol  California.  Riverside.  1962.  AM.,  University 
of  Michigan.  1964;  Ph.D..  1967 


Svenonius,  Lars  S.,  Professor  of  Philosophy 

Fil.  Kand  .  Uppsala  University,  1950,  Fil    Mag  ,  1955,  Fil.  Lie  , 

1955,  Fil   Dr.  1960 

Svoboda,  Cyril  P..  Assistant  Professor  of  Human  Development 

Education 

BA  ,  St  Columbans  Maior  Seminary.  1954.  BTh..  1958;  B.Ph  . 

Gregonan  University  (Rome,  Italy),  1959.  LPh..  1960;  PhD  . 

1961 ,  Ph  D  ,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1973 

Sweet,  Daniel,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B  S  ,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1965,  Ph.D.,  Brown  Univer- 
sity, 1969 

Syski,  Ryszard,  Professor  ot  Mathematics 

B  S  .  University  ol  London,  1954,  Ph  D  .  Chelsea  College,  1960 

Taff,  Charles  A.,  Professor  of  Business  and  Management 

B  S  .  University  of  Iowa,  1937;  MA.,  1941;  Ph  D..  University  ol 

Maryland,  1952 

Talaat,  Mostafa  E.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineenng 

B  S  ,  University  of  Cairo,  1946;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 

1947.  PhD    1951 

Tanney,  Mary  Faith.  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B  A  ,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1 968;  MA  .  Ohio  State 

University.  1971:  Ph. D  .  1972 

Tarica,  Ralph.  Associate  Professor  of  French  and  Italian 
B  A  .  Emory  University,  1954:  MA,,  1958;  Ph  D  .  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, 1966 

Taylor,  Corwin  H..  Professor  of  Secondary  Education  and  Mu- 

B.Mus  Ed  ,  College  of  Music  of  Cincinnati.  1930;  M.Mus..  1933. 
B  S  .  University  of  Cincinnati.  1932;  Ed  M  ,  1935;  Ed  D  .  1941 

Taylor,  Dalmas  A.,  Professor  of  Psychology 
B  S  .  Western  Reserve  University,  1959;  M  S  ,  Howard  Universi- 
ty, 1961,  PhD  ,  University  of  Delaware,  1965 

Taylor,  Leonard  S.,  Professor  of  Electncal  Engineenng 
A  B  ,  Harvard  University.  1951 ,  MS,  New  Mexico  State  Univer- 
sity, 1956,  Ph.D..  1960. 

Taylor.  Martin  Edward,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  and 

Management 

B  Comm  .  The  University  of  Cape  Town.  South  Afnca.  1966. 

MBA,  University  of  Texas,  Austin.  1970.  PhD  .  1974 

Teitelbaum,  Herman  I..  Associate  Professor  ot  Psychology 
A  B  .  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1957.  MS.,  University  ol 
Washington,  1959.  Ph  0  .  McGill  University.  1962. 

Tennyson,  Ray  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Cnminology 

BS.  Washington  State  University.  1951;  M.A..  1957;  Ph.D.. 

1965 

Terchek,  Ronald  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

BA  .  University  ol  Chicago.  1958;  MA..  1960;  Ph.D..  University 

of  Maryland,  1965 

Therrien,  Madeleine  B..  Professor  and  Chairman.  French  and 

Italian 

Cert  University  ol  Fneburg  (Switzertand).  1952;  Cert  University 

of  Athens  (Greece).  1956;  Lie  ,  University  ot  Pans  (France). 

1959,  Ph  D  .  Michigan  State  University,  1966 

Thieblot,  Armand  J.,  Jr.,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Business  and 
Management 

B  S  ,  Pnnceton  University,  1961 ,  MBA    University  ol  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1965;  Ph  D . 1969 

Thomas,  Owen  Pestell,  Professor  and  Chairman.  Poultry  Sa- 
ence 

B.Sc  .  University  of  Natal.  1954.  M.Sc  .  1962;  Ph.D..  University 
of  Maryland,  1966 

Thomas.  William  L,  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs 
B  S  .  The  University  ol  Tennessee,  Knoxville.  1955.  M  S  .  1965, 
Ph  D  ,  Michigan  Stale  University,  1970 
Thompson,  Arthur  H.,  Professor  of  Horticulture 
B.S.,  IJniversity  of  Minnesota;  1941;  Ph.D..  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1945 

Thompson,  Derek,  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 

B  A  ,  Manchester  University.  1960.  M.A..  1962;  Ph.D..  Indiana 
University.  1969 

Thompson,  Harvey  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

B.S..  Wayne  Stale  University,  1966;  M.F  A  .  Columbia  Univers- 
ity, 1972 

Thompson,  James  Clinton,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Recrea- 
tion 

B.A..  Mississippi  State  University.  1967;  M.S.,  Colorado  State 
University.  1970;  PhD  ,  1974 

Thompson.  Owen  E..  Associate  Professor  of  Meteroiogy 
BS  .  University  ol  Missoun,  1961.  MS     1963;  Ph  D  ,  1966 

TTiorberg,  Raymond,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B  A  ,  University  ot  Alaska,  1939,  M  A  .  University  ot  Chicago, 

1946,  Ph  D  ,  Cornell  University,  1954 

Thorn.  Colin  Edward.  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 
BA  .  University  of  Nottingham.  1967,  M  Sc,  McGili  University. 
1970.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Colorado,  Boulder.  1974 

Ttdman,  Derek  A..  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Fluid  Dy- 
namics and  Applied  Mathematics 
B  Sc,  London  University.  1952  Ph  D  ,  1956 


TIerney,  WIMIam  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Education 
B  S,.  Central  Connecticut  State  College.  1941 ,  Iwl  S  ,  Ohio  Slate 
University,  1949;  Ed  D  .  University  of  Ivlaryland.  1952 

Tint,  Margaret  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Healtti  Education 
B.S,.  Otiio  State  University.  1946;  MA.  Columbia  University. 
1948.  Ed  D  .  West  Virginia  University.  1969 

Tossell,  John  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S..  University  of  Chicago.  1966.  MA..  Harvard  University, 

1967;  Ph.D..  1972. 

Traver,  Paul,  Professor  ol  Music 

B.MuS-,  Catholic  University  ol  America,  1955;  M.Mus..  1957; 

DMA..  Stanlord  University.  1967 

Travis,  Irene  Lathrop,  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services 

B.A..  Mills  College.  1962;  M.L.S.,  University  ol  California,  1966; 
Ph.D  ,  1974 

Tretler,  Steven  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineer- 


Trimble,  VIrgnIa  L..  Assistant  Professor  of  Astronomy 
B,A..  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles,  1964.  MS.  Califor- 
nia Institute  of  Technology.  1965;  Ph  D  .  1968;  M.A..  University 
of  Cambridge  (England).  1969. 

Trlvelpiece,  Alvin  W.,  Professor  of  Physics 
B.S,.  California  Stale  Polytechnic  College.  1953;  M  S  .  Califor- 
nia Institute  of  Technology.  1955.  Ph  D  .  1958 

Troth,  Eugene  W.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Music 
DePaul  University,  1947;  MM,  Ullinois  Wesleyan  University. 
1950;  Ph  D..  University  of  Michigan.  1958 

Trousdale,  Marlon  S.,  Assistant  Professor.  English 

B  A,.  University  of  Michigan,  1951 ,  MA,,  University  of  California 

(Berkeley),  1955,  Ph  D  ,  University  of  London  (England),  1975. 

Trout,  Oavid  L.,  Adjunct  Professor,  Food.  Nutntion  and  Institu- 
tion Administration 

B.A  .  Swarthmore  College.  1951.  M.A..  Duke  University.  1954; 
PhD  .  1958, 

True,  Nellta,  Associate  Professor  ol  Music 
B  M  .  University  of  Michigan.  1958;  MM.  1960 

Tsui,  Chung  Y.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
M.E..  Hong  Kong  Technical  College,  1953;  M.S..  Purdue  Univer- 
sity. 1959;  Ph.D.  1967 

Tuthill,  Dean  F.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Resource  Eco- 
nomics 

B.S  .  Cornell  Universit.  1949;  M.S..  University  of  Illinois,  1954, 
PhD  ,  1958 

Twigg,  Bernard  A.,  Professor  and  Chairman  of  Horliculture 
B.S  ,  University  ol  Maryland,  1952;  ful.S,.  1965;  Ph.D..  1959 

Tyler,  Bonnie  B.,  Associate  Professor.  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B  A  .  DePauw.  1948;  MA,,  Ohio  State  University,  1949,  Ph  D  , 
1954 

Tyler,  Forrest  B.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A..  Depauw  University.  1948.  M.A..  Ohio  State  University. 

1950;  Ph.D.  1952 

Tyler,  Robert  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
A.B  .  Drury  College.  1957;  M.S'.  Pennsylvania  State  University. 
1960.  PhD  .  1969 

Ulmer,  Melvifle  J.,  Professor  of  Economics 

B  S  ,  New  York  University,  1937;  MA.  1938;  Ph  D  .  Columbia 

University.  1948, 

Undersander,  Daniel  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 
BS  .  University  of  Minnesota.  1972;  M.S.,  Purdue  University, 
1974,  PhD  ,  1975 

Usianer,  Eric  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Poli- 


Vaccaro,  Paul,  Assistant  Professor,  Secondary  Education  and 
Physical  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1970;  M,S-.  University  of 
Florida.  1973. 

Vandergoot,  David,  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services 

B.A  .  Calvin  College.  1969,  M.A..  Michigan  State  University. 
1972.  Ph.D.  1975 

Vandergraft,  James  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Computer  Sci- 
ence 

B.S..  Stanford  University.  1959;  MS..  1963;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Maryland.  1966 

Vandersall.  John  H.,  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S,.  Ohio  State  University.  1950.  MS  .  1954.  PhD  .  1959 

Vanderslice,  Joseph  T.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Boston  College,  1949;  Ph,D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 

Technology,  1952. 

Vander  Velden,  Lee  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion 
B.S.  University  of  Wisconsin.  1961. Ph.D.  1971 

Van  Egmond,  Peter,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A  .  Mississippi  College,  1959;  M.A,,  University  of  Mississippi. 

1961;  Ph.D..  University  of  North  Carolina.  1966. 


Van  Valkenburg,  Shirley  0,,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 
B  A,.  Washington  State  University.  1948;  M.S..  University  of 
Washington.  1968;  Ph  D  .  1970 


Vannoy,  Donald  Wayne,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineer-        ^ggQ 


Wasserman,  Paul,  Professor.  College  of  Library  and  Informa- 
tion Services 

B  B.A  .  City  College  ol  New  York.  1948;  M  SL.S..  Columbia 
University.  1949;  MS  ,  1950;  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan. 


ing 

BS..  West  Virginia  institute  of  Technology,  1970.  M.E..  Univer- 
sity ol  Virginia,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Vaughn,  III,  Charles  Henry,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and 

Dramatic  Art 

B  S  .  Edinboro  State  College.  1961 ;  IvI.A.,  University  of  Denver. 

1962. 

Vermel],  Geerat  Jacobus,  Associate  Protessor  of  Zoology 
A.B  .  Princeton  University,  1968;  Ph.M.,  Yale  University.  1970. 
Ph  D . 1971 

Vernekar,  Anandu  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Meteorology 
B  S  .  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1955.  B  S  .  1956;  MS  .  1959. 
M.S..  University  of  Michigan.  1963.  PhD  .  1966 

Vesentfni,  Edoardo,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

Laurea  in  scienzse  matematiche.  Universita  di  Milano.  1950; 

Libera  docenza  in  geometra.  Universita  di  Roma.  1956. 

Via,  James  E.,  Associate  Protessor  of  Agricultural  and  Re- 
source Economics 

B  S  ,  North  Carolina  State  University  at  Raleigh,  1952;  MS., 
1964;  PhD  ,  1967, 

Vijay,  Inder  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 
BS,,  Puniab  University,  India.  1961.  MS.  University  of  Sas- 
katchewan. 1966;  PhD  .  University  of  Calilornia.  Davis.  1971 

Viola,  Victor  E.,  Jr.,  Prolessor  ol  Chemistry 

A.B..  University  ol  Kansas.  1957,  Ph,D,,  University  of  California 

at  Berkeley.  1961. 

Vitzthum,  Richard  C,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A..  Amherst  College.  1957.  MAT.  Harvard  University.  1958; 

PhD  ,  Stanlord  University,  1963, 

Vlach,  John  M.,  Assistant  Prolessor,  English 
A.B..  University  ol  California  (Davis).  1970;  M.A..  Indiana  Uni- 
versity. 1972.  PhD  .  1975. 

Voli,  Mary  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B  A,.  Mt   St,  Agnes  College.  1955.  M.S..  The  Johns  Hopkins 

University.  1961.  Ph.D  .  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1964 

Wachhaus,  Gustav  E.,  Assistant  Protessor.  Music 
B  S..  West  Chester  State  College.  1957,  MA.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1966,  EdD  ,  1973 

Wagner,  Thomas  C.  G.,  Prolessor  ol  Electrical  Engineering 
B  S  .  Harvard  University,  1937;  M.A.,  University  ol  Maryland. 
1939;  PhD.  1943. 

Wakefield,  John,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 
B  M  .  University  ol  Michigan.  1963;  MM..  1964 

Waldner,  llmar.  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

8  S  .  University  of  Illinois.  1961.  Ph  D  .  Stanlord  University. 

1969 

Waldrop,  Rot>ert  S.,  Prolessor  ol  Psychology 
B.A.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1934;  PhD.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1948 

Wall,  N.  Sanders,  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B  S  ,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1949;  Ph.D,,  Massachu- 
setts Institute  of  Technology.  1954. 

Wallace,  James  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering 

BCE.  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology.  1962.  MS.  1964;  Ph  D  . 
University  ol  Oxford.  1969. 

Wallace,  Stephen  J.,  Assistant  Professor  ol  Physics 

B  S  Eng  .  Case  Institute  ol  Technology,  1961,  MS.  University 

of  Washington.  1969.  PhD  .  1971, 

Walston,  William  H.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical 

Engineering 

B-M  E  .  University  of  Delaware.  1959.  M  M  E  .  1961.  Ph  D  . 

1964 

Walters,  William  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B  S  .  Kansas  State  University.  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Illinois. 

1964 

Ward,  Charles  D.,  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Psychology 

B.A..  Pomona  College,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 

1962;  PhD.  1963. 

Warner,  Charles  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics  and 

Statistics 

A  8  ,  George  Washington  University.  1935.  MA.  1936,  Ph  D  , 

1947 

Warner,  Charles  R.,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Mathematics  and 

Statistics 

B,A,,  University  ol  Toronto.  1955;  M.S..  University  of  Rochester. 

1957.  PhD  .  1962. 

Warren,  J.,  Benedict,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

8  A-.  Duns  Scotus  College.  1953;  MA,,  University  of  Mexico. 

1960.  PhD.  1963 

Washburn,  Wilcomb,  Adjunct  Prolessor  ol  Amencan  Studies 
A  B..  Dartmouth  College.  1948:  Ph.D..  Harvard  University. 
1955 


Weaver,  V.  Phillips,  Prolessor.  Early  Childhood  and  Elementary 

Education 

A.B..  College  of  William  and  Mary.  1951 ;  M.Ed  .  Pennsylvania 

State  University.  1956.  D  Ed  .  1962 

Weber,  Joseph,  Professor  of  Physics 

BS  ,  U  S,  Naval  Academy,  1940;  PhD,.  Catholic  University  of 

Amenca.  1951 

Wedding,  Presley  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 
B  S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1937;  MS  .  1952 

Weiner,  Ronald  M.  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Microbiology 
B.S.  Brooklyn  College.   1964;  MS  .  Long  Island  University 
1967;  Ph  D  .  Iowa  State  University.  1970 

Weinstein,  Paul  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A-.  William  and  Mary  College.  1954.  MA  .  Northwestern  Uni- 
versity. 1958.  Ph  D  .  1961 

Weiss,  Gene  S.,  Associate  Prolessor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic 

Art 

B-A..  Brandeis  University,  1961.  MA,,  New  York  University. 

1965;  Ph  D  ,  Ohio  State  University,  1970 

Weiss,  Leonard,  Professor  ol  Electrical  Engineenng  and  Insti- 
tute of  Physical  Science  and  Technology 
BS..  City  University  of  New  York.  1956.  M  S  .  Columbia  Univer- 
sity. 1959,  Ph  D  ,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1962 

Weiss,  Randall  D.,  Assistant  Prolessor  of  Economics 

B.A.  Harvard  College.  1968;  MA,.  Han/ard  University.  1971; 

PhD,.  1973. 

Wellisch,  Hans,  Associate  Prolessor.  College  ol  Library  and  In- 
formation Services 
MLS.  University  of  Maryland.  1972;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Wentzel,  Oonat  G.,  Prolessor  of  Astronomy 

B.A,,  University  ol  Chicago.  1954;  BS,,  1955;  MS,,  1956;  PhD., 

1960. 

Werbos.  Paul  John,  Assistant  Protessor  of  Government  and 
Politics 

B.A.,  Han/ard  University.  1967;  M.Sc,  London  School  ol  Eco- 
nomics. 1968,  S.M..  Harvard  University,  1969;  Ph.D..  1974. 

West,  Robert  C,  Assistant  Prolessor  ol  Economics 
B.A.,  University  of  Missouri.  1969;  Ph  D.,  Northwestern  Universi- 
ty, 1973 

Westbrook,  Franklin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services;  and  Counselor.  Counseling  Center 
B.S  .  Chicago  State  University.  1 961 ;  MS  .  City  College  ol  New 
York.  1964.  Ed  D  .  Indiana  University.  1971 

Westerhout,  Gart,  Professor  ol  Astronomy 

8.S  .  University  of  Leiden,  1950:  M.S..  1954;  Ph.D..  1958. 

Westhoff,  Dennis  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 
B.S  .  University  of  Georgia.  1966.  M.S..  North  Carolina  State 
University.  1968.  Ph.D  .  1970. 

Westhoff,  Dennis  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 
BS  .  University  of  Georgia.  1966;  MS  .  North  Carolina  Stale 
Universit.  1968;  Ph  D  .  1970 

Whaples,  Gene  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agriculture  and  Ex- 
tension Education 

B  S  .  University  of  Connecticut.  1960;  M.S  ,  Kansas  State  Uni- 
versity, 1965,  PhD  .  University  of  Maryland.  1974 

Wheatley,  John  Hunter,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education  and  Secondary  Education 
B.A  ,  Duke  University,  1963,  MAT,  1965,  Ph  D,.  Ohio  Stale 
University.  1972 

Wheaton,  Frederick  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural 

Engineering 

B  S  .  Michigan  State  University,  1964;  M.S..  1965:  Ph.D..  Iowa 

State  University.  1968 

Wheelock,  Arthur  K.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Prolessor  Part-time.  Art 
B.A..  Williams  College.  1965.  Ph  D  .  Harvard  University.  1973. 

White,  Gregory  L..  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology 

8.A..  Stanford  University,  1971;  MA,,  University  of  Calilornia 

(Los  Angeles).  1973;  Ph.D..  1976. 

White,  Marilyn  D.,  Assistant  Protessor.  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services 

B.A..  Our  Lady  of  the  Lake  College.  1962;  MS.  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1963.  Ph  D  .  University  ol  Illinois.  1971 

Whittemore,  E.  Reed,  Professor  of  English 

8  A  .  Yald  University.  1941;  LittD  .  Carleton  College.  1971 

Widhelm,  William  B.,  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Business  and 

Management 

BE  S  .  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1959;  MSE,,  1960;  M.S.. 

1965.  Ph  D .  1969 

Wiedel,  Joseph  W.,  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Geography 
B  A  .  University  ol  Maryland.  1958;  MA.  1963 

Wiley,  Robert  C,  Prolessor  ol  Horticulture 

B  S,.  University  ol  Maryland.  1949;  MS..  1950;  Ph  D  .  Oregon 

State  University.  1953 


Graduate  Faculty  /  43 


Wilkenfeld.  Jonathan,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and 

Politics 

B  S  ,  University  of  Maryland,  1964.  M  A  .  George  Washington 

University,  1966:  Ph  D  ,  Indiana  University,  1969 

Wilkerson,  Thomas  D.,  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Fluid 

Dynamics  and  Applied  f^athematics 

B  S  ,  University  of  Ivlichigan,  1953,  fvl  S  .  1954;  Ph  D  ,  1962, 

Williams.  David  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Early  Childhood  and 
Elementary  Education 

BS,  Bradley  University,  1952:  Ivt  Ed  ,  University  of  Illinois  at 
Urbana,  1956,  Ed  D  ,  1964 

Williams.  Eleanor.  Associate  Professor.  Food.  Nutrition  and 
Institution  Administration 

B  S  .  Texas  Woman  s  University.  1945.  fi^  S  .  Iowa  State  Univer- 
sity. 1947,  Ph  D  ,  Cornell  University,  1963 

Williams.  Waller,  F..  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

8,8-,  University  of  IVIissoun,  1951 :  fViS  ,  1952,  Ph  D  .  1955 

Williams.  William  H..  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B  A.  Washington  &  Lee  University,  1956:  tvl  A  ,  Duke  University, 

1960:  PhD  ,  1965 

Wilson.  Bruce  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  fvlusic 

B  IVIus  ,  University  of  Ivlichigan,  1960:  lullvlus  ,  1964:  PhD, 

1973 

Wilson.  Catharine  L..  Assistant  Professor  of  Measurements 
and  Statistics 

B  A  ,  Marymount  fyianhattan  College.  1972:  M.A,.  Columbia 
University,  1973:  Ed  D  ,  1976 

Wilson.  Gayle  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

BA,    Wayne    State    University,    1960:    MA,    University    of 

Rochester,  1963,  Ph  D  ,  1965 

Wilson.  John  W..  Professor  of  Early  Childhood  and  Elementary 
Education 

B  A  ,  Bov»ling  Green  State  University,  1951 :  MA,.  Syracuse  Uni- 
versity. 1953.  Ph.D.  1964 

Wilson.  Leda  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Family  and  Community 

Development 

BS,.  Lander  College.  1943:  MS.  University  of  Tennessee. 

1950.  EdD  .  1954 

Wilson.  Robert  M..  Professor  of  Early  Childhood  and  Ele- 
mentary Education 

B.S-.  California  State  College  (Pennsylvania).  1950.  MS  ,  Uni- 
versity of  Pittsburgh.  1956:  EdD  .  1960, 

Winkenkemper.  Horst  E..  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B  A,  National  University  of  Mexico,  1963:  MA,.  Pnncelon 
University,  1965.  Ph  D  ,  1970 

Winton.  Cathoun.  Professor,  English 

A,B  ,  University  of  the  South  (Sewane),  1948:  MA,.  Vanderbilt 

University,  1950:  M  A  ,  Princeton  University,  1954:  Ph.D..  1955 

Wirth,  Willis  W.,  Professor  of  Entomology 
8  S  .  Iowa  Stale  University.  1940:  M  S  .  Louisiana  State  Univer- 
sity. 1947.  Ph  D  .  University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1950, 

Witczak.  Matthew  W..  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineenng 
8  S  C  E  .  Purdue  University.  1962,  M  S  C  E  ,  1963,  PhD  ,  1969 

Withers,  Josephine,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B  A  ,  Oberlin  College.  1960:  MA..  Columbia  University.  1965: 

PhD  ,  1971 

Wodarski,  Lois,  Assistant  Professor  of  Food.  Nutntion  and  In- 
stitutional Administration 

BS  .  Florida  State  University.  1965:  M.S.  University  of  Ten- 
nessee. 1967:  Ph  D  .  1976. 

Wolf.  Duan  Carl,  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy 

B  S  .  University  of  Missouri.  1968:  Ph  D  .  University  of  California 

(Riverside).  1973 


Wolfe.  Peter.  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Statistics 
B  S  .  St  Lawrence  University.  1959.  M  S  ,  Northwestern  Univer- 
sity. 1961 :  Ph  0    New  York  University.  1965 

Wolk,  Stephen.  Associate  Professor  of  Child  Study 

B.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1966.  M  A  .  Glassboro  State 

College.  1969:  Ph.D.,  Temple  University.  1972 

Wolken,  John  D.,  Assistant   Professor.   Institute  for  Urban 

Studies 

8,  A  ,  University  of  Southern  California.  1968:  MA.  1973,  Ph  D 

1975 

Wolpert.  A.  Scott.  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics 

BA,.  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1972:  MA..  Stanford  University, 

1974:  Ph  D ,  1976 

Wolvin.  Andrew  D..  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dra- 
matic Art 

B  S  ,  University  of  Nebraska,  1962,  M  A,,  1963:  Ph  D  ,  Purdue 
University   1958 

Wonnacott.  Paul.  Professor  of  Economics 
8, A  ,  University  of  Western  Ontario,  1955,  M  A  ,  Pnnceton  Uni- 
versity, 1957,  Ph  D , 1959 

Woo.  Ching-Hung.  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 

B  S  ,  Lousiana  Technological  Institute,  1958:  MS,  University  of 

California,  Berkeley,  1959,  Ph  D  ,  1962. 

Wood.  Francis  E..  Associate  Professor,  Entomology 

BS  ,  University  of  Missoun,  1958:  MS  .  1962,  PhD  .  University 

of  Maryland.  1970 

Woolf.  Leonard.  Professor  of  Secondary  Education 

B  S  ,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1942,  M.Ed,,  University  of 

Maryland,  1951:  EdD  .  1959, 

Woolpert.  Stephen  B..  Associate  Professor,  Government  and 

Politics 

8  A  ,  Gnnnell  College,  1966:  MA,.  Johns  Hopkins  University, 

1968,  Ph  D  Stanford  University,  1977 

Wrenn.  Jerry  P..  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
8  S  ,  East  Carolina  College,  1961:  M  S..  University  of  Tennes- 
see. 1963   Ph  D  .  University  of  Maryland.  1970 

Wright,  Emmet  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agncultural  and  Ex- 
tension Education  and  Secondary  Education 
8,S  ,  University  of  Kansas,  1963:  MA,  Wichita  State  University, 
1968:  Ph  D-.  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1974 

Wright,  Winthrop  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 
BA.Swarthmore  College.  1958:  MA.,  University  of  Pennsylvan- 
ia, 1960:  PhD  ,  1964, 

Wu,  Ching-Sheng,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dy- 
namics and  Applied  Mathematics 

8  S  ,  IMational  Taiwan  University.  1954.  MS.  Virginia  Polytech- 
nic Institute.  1956:  Ph  D  .  Pnnceton  University,  1959. 

Wysong,  John  W.,  Professor  of  Agncultural  and  Resource  Eco- 
nomics 

BS  .  Cornell  University.  1953:  M.S..  University  of  Illinois.  1954. 
PhD  .  Cornell  University.  1957. 

Yaney.  George  L.,  Professor  of  History 
B.Mgt  E..  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1952.  M.A..  Univers- 
ity of  Colorado.  1956.  Ph  D..  Princeton  University.  1961. 

Yang,  Grace  L..  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Statis- 
tics 

8. A..  National  Taiwan  University.  1960;  MA.  University  of  Cali- 
fornia. Berkeley,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Yang,  Jackson  C,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
8S,  University  of  Maryland.  1958:  M.A..  1961.  PhD,  1963. 


Yarian,  Richard  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Education 
BS.  Ball  State  University.  1971 ;  MS  ,  1972:  Ed. S.  1973.  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1976. 

Yeh,  Kwan-Nan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Consumer 

Economics 

8  S  .  National  Taiwan  University.  1961 :  M.S..  Tulane  University. 

1965:  Ph  D..  University  of  Georgia.  1970 

Yodh,  Gaurang  B..  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 

B.Sc  .  University  of  Bombay.  1948.  M.Sc..  University  of  Chicago. 

1951:  PhD..  1955 

Yorke,  James  Alan,  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 

Science  and  Technology  and  Mathematics 

A.B  .  Columbia  University.  1963:  PhD  .  University  of  Maryland. 

1966 

Yoshioka,  Gary  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 
8  S  .  Lafayette  College,  1966:  PhD,.  The  Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity. 1975 

Young,  Bobby  G..  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B  A  ,  Southeast  Missoun  State  College.  1950:  Ph.D.,  Ttie  Johns 

Hopkins  University.  1965 

Young,  Edgar  P.,  Professor  of  Animal  Science 

B  S  .  Ohio  Stale  University.  1954:  MS..  1956:  Ph  D.,  1958 

Young,  Oran  R..  Professor.  Government  and  Politics 

A.B-,  Harvard  University.  1962;  M.A..  Yale  University,  1964, 

PhD  ,  1965, 

Zajac.  Felix  E.  III.  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing 

BEE,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1962:  MS,  Stanford 
University,  1965:  PhD,,  1968 

Zaki.  Kawthar  A..  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineenng 
8  S  ,  Ain-Syams  University,  1962,  MS  ,  University  of  California, 
Berkeley,  1966:  Ph  D  ,  1969 

Zaicman.  Lawrence  Allen,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A,B  ,  Dartmouth  College.  1964;  PHD  .  Massachusetts  Institute 

of  Technology.  1968 

Zedek,  Michael,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Statistics 
MS  .  Hebrew  University  of  Jerusalem,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Harvard 
University.  1956 

Zelkowitz,  Marvin,  Associate  Professor  of  Computer  Science 
BS  ,  Renssalaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1967;  M.S.,  Cornell  Uni- 
versity. 1969;  Ph.D.  1971. 

Zipoy,  David  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Astronomy 
8  S  .  University  of  Minnesota.  1954;  Ph  D  .  1957 

Zoller,  William  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B  S  .  University  of  Alaska.  1965.  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute 

of  Technology.  1969 

Zorn.  Bice  Sechi,  Professor  of  Physics 
Dottore  in  Fiscia.  University  of  Caglian,  1952 

Zorn,  Gus  T.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  Universit.  1948:  M.S.,  University  of  New 

Mexico.  1953.  Ph  D  .  University  of  Padua,  1954, 

Zuckerman,  Benjamin  M.,  Professor  of  Astronomy 

BS  ,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1963;  MS.  1963: 

Ph  D  .  Harvard  University.  1968 

Zwanzig,  Robert  W.,  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology 

8  S  .  Brooklyn  Polytechnic  Institute.  1948;  M.S  .  University  of 
Southern  California.  1950;  Ph  D  .  California  Institute  of  Technol- 
ogy. 1952 


44  /  Graduate  Faculty 


N^r 3QU3l6   r  rOy  rams    am  requests  for  information  should. be  sent  to  the  appropriate  progrann  at  the 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 


Administration, 
Supervision  and 
Curriculum  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Stephens 
Professors:  Anderson,  Barman, 

Carbone,  Dudley,  James,  McClure, 

McLoone',  Newell,  Perrin,  Wedberg, 

VViggin 
Associate  Professors:  Goldman,  Kelsey 
Assistant  Professors:  Clague,  Clemson, 

Splaine 

'joint  appointment  with  Economics 

The  Departnnent  of  Administration, 
Supervision  and  Curriculum  offers 
programs  of  study  for  the  M.A., 
M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  and  Ph.D.  degrees  as 
weW  as  for  the  Advanced  Graduate 
Specialist  certificate.  Areas  of  spe- 
cialization include:  administration, 
supervision,  curriculum,  higher  educa- 
tion, and  educational  technology.  Pro- 
grams in  all  areas  are  individuallly  de- 
signed for  public  or  private  elementary 
and  secondary  school  specialists,  per- 
sonnel in  higher  education  institutions 
of  education  agencies. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  at  the  doctoral  level  is 
based  upon  an  academic  average  of 
3.5  at  the  master's  level,  perfor- 
mance at  the  50th  percentile  or  better 
on  the  Miller  Analogies  test  battery 
and  an  undergraduate  average  of 
3.0.  Selective  screening  of  qualified 
applicants  at  the  master's,  A.G.S., 
and  doctoral  levels  is  necessary  in 
terms  of  limiting  enrollment  to  the 
available  faculty  resources  of  the 
Department. 

The  Department  requires  at  least 
one  year  of  residence  for  a  doctoral 
degree.  A  field  internship  or  its 
equivalency,  is  required  of  all  doc- 
toral candidates.  This  internship  is 
done  under  faculty  supervision  in 
schools,  colleges  or  agencies,  in 
roles  that  are  consistent  with  the 
candidate's  program  emphasis. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  developed 
close  working  relationships  with 
area  schools,  community  colleges 
and  education  agencies  so  that 
they  may  serve  as  resources  for 
the  academic  offerings  on  campus. 
Procedures  have  been  established 
which  facilitate  the  use  of  these 
agencies  for  research  and  field 
experiences.  The  Educational  Tech- 
nology Center  in  the  College  of 
Education  is  used  extensively  by 
students  in  the  Department,  partic- 
ularly those  in  curriculum. 


Financial  Assistance 

Some  Graduate  Assistantships  are 
available  to  qualified  graduate  stu- 
dents. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  and  a  departmental 
brochure,  please  write  to  the  Direc- 
tor of  the  Graduate  Program. 

Courses 

EDAD  440  utilization  of  Educational 
Media  (3)  Survey  of  classroom  uses  of 
instructional  media.  Tectiniques  for 
integrating  media  into  instruction.  In- 
cludes preparation  of  a  unit  of  instruc- 
tion utilizing  professional  and  teacher 
produced  media. 

EDAD  441  Graphic  Materials  for  Instruc- 
tion (3)  Prerequisite .  EDAD  440  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  A  laboratory  course 
which  combines  graphic  and  photo- 
graphic processes  for  education  and 
training  purposes.  Techniques  include 
lettering,  coloring,  transparencies, 
illustrations,  converting,  duplicating 
transparent  and  opaque  media.  Em- 
ptiasis  is  placed  on  appropriate  media 
selection  for  target  audiences.  Heavy 
student  project  orientation. 

EDAD  442  instructional  Media  Services 

(3)  Prerequisites,  teaching  experience 
and  EDAD  440,  or  equivalent.  Proce- 
dures for  coordinating  instructional 
media  programs;  instructional  materials 
acquisition,  storage,  scheduling,  dis- 
tribution, production,  evaluation  and 
other  service  responsibilities;  instruc- 
tional materials  center  staff  coordina- 
tion of  research,  curriculum  improve- 
ment and  faculty  development  pro- 
grams. 

EDAD  443  Instructional  Television  Utili- 
zation (3)  Combining  televised  lessons, 
on-campus  seminars,  and  related  work- 
book assignments,  this  course  focuses 
upon  planning  for  the  various  uses  of 
instructional  television  with  students. 
State,  local  school  unit,  school,  and 
classroom  uses  will  be  illustrated 
through  film  and  studio  production. 
The  aspects  of  producing  ITV  programs 
are  developed  through  the  television 
lessons  and  'hands-on'  assignments  of 
the  seminars. 

EDAD  444  Programmed  Instruction  (3) 

Analysis  of  programmed  instruction 
techniques;  selection,  utilization  and 
evaluation  of  existing  programs  and 
teaching  machines;  developing  learning 
objectives;  writing  and  validating  pro- 
grams. 

EDAD  489  Field  Experience  in  Educa- 
tion (1-4)  Prerequisites,  at  least  six  sem- 
ester hours  in  education  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  plus  such  other  prere- 
quisites as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area 
in  which  the  experience  is  to  be  taken. 
Planned  field  experience  may  be  pro- 
vided for  selected  students  who  have 
had  teaching  experience  and  whose 
application  for  such  field  experience 
has  been  approved  by  the  education 
faculty.  Field  experience  is  offered  in  a 


given  area  to  both  major  and  nonmajor 
students.  NOTE  —  The  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDAD  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDAD  498  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Available  only  to  mature  stu- 
dents who  have  definite  plans  for  indi- 
vidual study  of  approved  problems. 

EDAD  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  Insti- 
tutes (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this 
course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symtsol  may  be 
used  two  or  more  times  until  six  semes- 
ter hours  have  been  reached.  The  fol- 
lowing type  of  educational  enterprise 
may  be  scheduled  under  this  course 
heading:  workshops  conducted  by  the 
College  of  Education  (or  developed 
cooperatively  with  other  colleges  and 
universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered 
in  the  present  course  listing;  clinical 
experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers, 
reading  clinics,  speech  therapy  labora- 
tories, and  special  education  centers; 
institutes  developed  around  specific 
topics  or  problems  and  intended  for 
designated  groups. 

EDAD  602  The  Junior  College  (3) 

EDAD  603  Problems  in  Higher  Educa- 
tion (3) 

EDAD  605  Administrative  Foundations 

(3)  EDAD  605  is  presented  as  the  first 
of  the  four  courses  for  students  ma- 
joring in  the  field  of  educational  admin- 
istration, supervision,  and  curriculum 
development.  It  attempts  to  structure  a 
theoretical  and  research  base  for  the 
study  and  practice  of  administration  in 
the  field  of  education  by  introducing 
the  student  to  selected  contributors 
to  administration,  and  by  indicating  the 
multi-disciplinary  nature  of  administra- 
tive study  as  it  relates  to  purpose- 
determination,  policy-definition,  and 
task-accomplishment. 

EDAD  606  Administrative  Behavior  and 
Organizational  Management  (3)  A  criti- 
cal analysis  of  organizational  manage- 
ment (informal  and  formal  dimensions), 
an  assessment  of  the  contributions 
from  other  fields  (traditional  and 
emerging)  to  the  study  of  administrative 
behavior  and  the  governance  of  organi- 
zations, and  an  analysis  and  assess- 
ment of  the  administrator's  motivations, 
perceptions,  and  sensitivity  as  determi- 
nants of  behavior  constitute  the  major 
units  of  study  for  EDAD  606  The  theo- 
retical and  research  bases  for  these 
areas  and  such  related  concepts  as 
status,  role,  systems,  interpersonal 
relations,  and  sensitivity  training  are 
examined. 

EDAD  607  Administrative  Processes  (3) 

EDAD  607  is  designed  to  develop  com- 
petence with  respect  to  selected  Admin- 
istrative process  areas.  It  examines 
efforts  to  develop  theories  and  models 
in  these  areas  and  analyzes  research 
studies  and  their  implications  for  ad- 
ministrative practice.  In  addition  it 

Graduate  Programs  /  45 


seeks  to  develop  skill  in  selected  pro- 
cess areas  through  such  techniques  as 
simulation,  role-playing,  case  analysis, 
and  computer-assisted  instruction. 

EDAO  608  Administrative  Reiationshlps 

(3)  EDAD  608  is  structured  to  provide 
the  student  of  educational  administra- 
tion wih  an  understanding  of  the  var- 
ious groups  and  subgroups  to  which  an 
administrator  relates  and  to  the  sig- 
nificance of  these  relationships  for 
leadership  behaWor.  It  provides  an  op- 
portunity to  examine  and  analyze  signif- 
icant principles,  concepts,  and  issues 
In  the  areas  of  personnel  administra- 
tion, public  relations,  community,  state, 
and  federal  agencies.  The  human  rela- 
tions skills  essential  to  effective  leader- 
ship in  these  areas  constitute  the  other 
dimension  of  this  course. 

EDAD  611  The  Organization  and  Admin- 
istration of  Secondary  Schoois  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, consent  of  instructor.  The 
work  of  the  secondary  school  principal. 
Includes  topics  such  as  personnel  pro- 
blems, school-community  relationships, 
student  activities,  schedule  making,  and 
Internal  financial  accounting. 

EDAD  612  School  Finance  and  Business 
Administration  (3)  An  introduction  to 
principles  and  practices  in  the  admin- 
istration of  the  public  school  finance 
activity.  Sources  of  tax  revenue,  the 
budget,  and  the  function  of  finance  in 
the  educational  program  are  con- 
sidered. 

EDAD  614  School  Plant  Planning  (2-3) 

An  orientation  course  in  which  the  plan- 
ing of  school  buildings  is  developed  as 
educational  designing  with  reference  to 
problems  of  site,  building  facilities,  and 
equipment. 

EDAD  616  Public  School  Supervision  (3) 

The  nature  and  functions  of  supervi- 
sion; various  supervisory  techniques 
and  procedures;  human  relationship 
factors;  and  personal  qualities  for  su- 
pervision. 

EDAD  617  Administration  and  Supervi- 
sion in  Elementary  Schools  (3)  Problems 
in  administering  elementary  schools 
and  improving  instruction. 

EDAD  625  School  Public  Relations  (3) 

A  study  of  the  interrelationship  between 
the  community  and  the  school.  Public 
opinion,  propaganda,  and  the  ways  in 
which  various  specified  agents  and 
agencies  within  the  school  have  a  part 
in  the  school  public  relations  program 
are  explored. 

EDAD  634  The  School  Curriculum  (2-3) 

A  foundations  course  embracing  the 
curriculum  as  a  whole  from  early  child- 
hood through  adolescence,  including  a 
review  of  historical  developments,  an 
analysis  of  conditions  affecting  cur- 
riculum change,  an  examination  of 
issues  in  curriculum  making,  and  a 
consideration  of  current  trends  in  cur- 
riculum design. 

EDAD  635  Principles  of  Curriculum 
Development  (3)  Curriculum  planning, 
improvement,  and  evaluation  in  the 

46  /  Graduate  Programs 


schools;  principles  for  the  selection  and 
organization  of  the  content  and  learning 
experiences;  ways  of  working  in  class- 
room and  school  on  curriculum  improve- 
ment. 

EDAD  640  Seminar  in  Educational  Tech- 
nology, Research  and  Theory  (3)  Prere- 
quisite, EDAD  440.  Review  of  research 
in  educational  technology  and  mass 
media  of  communication  which  relates 
to  the  instructional  process;  learning 
theory  implications,  sociological  and 
economic  considerations. 

EDAD  641  Selection  and  Evaluation  of 
Instructional  Media  (3)  Development  of 
criteria  for  selection  and  evaluation  of 
instructional  materials  for  classroom, 
school  and  system  use;  includes  mea- 
sures of  readability,  listenability,  visual 
difficulty,  and  interest  level. 

EDAD  642  Mediated  Instructional  Sys- 
tems (3)  Prerequisite,  EDAD  440  and 
EDAD  444.  Survey  of  innovative  instruc- 
tional systems.  Comparison  of  effective- 
ness of  alternate  teaching-learning 
systems.  System  design  to  improve 
teaching-learning  efficiency  through 
instructional  media. 

EDAD  644  Practicum  in  Instructional 
Systems  (2-6)  Prerequisite,  EDAD  444  or 
EDAD  642.  Design  and  development  of 
experimental  instructional  materials  or 
systems  to  solve  a  specific  instructional 
problem  in  the  field. 

EDAD  679  Seminar  in  Educational  Ad- 
ministration and  Supervision  (2-4)  Prere- 
quisite, at  least  four  hours  in  educa- 
tional adminstration  and  supervision  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  student  may 
register  for  two  hours  and  may  take 
the  seminar  a  second  time  for  an  addi- 
tional two  hours. 

EDAD  718  School  Surveys  (2-6)  Prere- 
quisite, consent  of  instructor.  Includes 
study  of  school  surveys  with  emphasis 
on  problems  of  school  organization  and 
adminstration,  finance  and  school  plant 
planning.  Field  work  in  school  surveys 
is  required. 

EDAD  721  Advanced  School  Plant  Plan- 
ning (2)  EDAD  614  is  a  prerequisite  to 
this  course.  However,  students  with 
necessary  background  may  be  admitted 
without  completion  of  EDAD  614.  Em- 
phasis is  given  to  analysis  of  the  educa- 
tional program  and  planning  of  physical 
facilities  to  accommodate  that  program. 

EDAD  723  Practicum  in  Personnel  Rela- 
tionships (2-6)  Prerequisite,  master's 
degree  or  consent  of  instructor.  Prere- 
quisite may  be  waived  with  advisor's 
approval.  Enrollment  limited.  Designed 
to  help  teachers,  school  adminstrators, 
and  other  school  staff  members  to  learn 
to  function  more  effectively  in  develop- 
ing educational  policy  in  group  situa- 
tions. Each  student  in  the  course  is 
required  to  be  working  concurrently  in 
the  field  with  a  group  of  school  staff 
members  or  citizens  on  actual  school 
problems. 

EDAD  726  Child  Accounting  (2)  An  in- 
quiry into  the  record  keeping  activities 


of  the  school  system,  including  an  ex- 
amination of  the  marking  system. 

EDAD  727  Public  School  Personnel 
Administration  (3)  A  comparison  of  prac- 
tices with  principles  governing  the  sat- 
isfaction of  school  personnel  needs, 
including  a  study  of  tenure,  salary 
schedules,  supervision,  rewards,  and 
other  benefits. 

EDAD  750  Organization  and  Administra- 
tion of  Teacher  Education  (3)  Teacher 
education  today-current  patterns  and 
significant  emerging  changes,  particu- 
larly those  involving  teachers  and 
schools.  Deals  with  selection,  curricu- 
lum, research,  accredition,  and  institu- 
tion-school relationships. 

EDAD  798  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion (1-6)  toaster's  AGS,  or  doctoral 
candidates  who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problem  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisors  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number. 

EDAD  799  Master's  Thesis  Research 
(1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent 
of  six  hours  for  master's  thesis. 

EDAD  802  Curriculum  in  Higher 
Education  (3)  An  analysis  of  research  in  cur- 
riculum and  of  conditions  affecting  curriculum 
change,  with  examination  of  issues  in  cur- 
riculum making  based  upon  the  history  of 
higher  education  curriculum  development. 

EDAD  803  Organization  and  Administra- 
tion of  Higher  Education  (3)  Organization 
and  administration  of  higher  education  at  the 
local,  state,  federal  levels:  and  an  analysis 
of  administrative  relationships  and  functions 
and  their  effects  in  curriculum  and  instruction. 

EDAD  805  College  Teaching  (3)  Various 
methods  of  college  instructions  analyzed  in 
relation  to  the  curriculum  and  psychological 
basis.  These  would  include  the  case  study 
method,  the  demonstration  method,  the  lec- 
ture method,  the  recitation  method,  teaching 
machines,  teaching  by  television,  and  other 
teaching  aids. 

EDAD  806  Seminar  in  Problems  of  Higher 
Education 

EDAD  837  Curriculum  Theory  and 
Research  (2) 

EDAD  858  Adult  Education  (3) 

EDAD  859  Seminar  in  Adult  Education  (3) 

EDAD  879  Seminar  in  Teacher  Education 
(3-6)  A  problem  seminar  in  teacher  edu- 
cation. A  maximum  of  six  hours  may  be 
earned  in  this  course. 

EDAD  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education 
(1-9)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area  of 
study  are  available  to  selected  students 
whose  application  for  an  apprenticeship  has 
been  approved  by  the  education  faculty. 
Each  apprentice  is  assigned  to  work  for  at 
least  a  semester  full-time  or  the  equivalent 
with  an  appropriate  staff  member  of  a  cooper- 
ating school,  school  system,  or  educational 
institution  or  agency.  The  sponsor  of  the  ap- 
prentice maintains  a  close  working  relation- 
ship with  the  apprentice  and  the  other 
persons  involved.  Prerequisites,  teaching 
experience,  a  master's  degree  in  education, 
and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education 


at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Note:  the  total 
number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn 
in  EDAD  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours 

EDAD  889  Internship  in  Education  (3-16) 

Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study  are  avail- 
able to  selected  students  who  have  teaching 
experience.  The  following  groups  of  students 
are  eligible:  (A)  any  student  who  has  been 
advanced  to  candidacy  for  the  doctor's  de- 
gree: and  (B)  any  student  who  receives 
special  approval  by  the  education  faculty  for 
an  internship,  provided  that  prior  to  lal<ing  an 
internship,  such  student  shall  have  com- 
pleted at  least  60  semester  hours  of  graduate 
work,  including  at  least  60  semester  hours  of 
graduate  work,  including  at  least  six  semes- 
ter hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  Each  intern  is  assigned  to  work  on 
a  full-time  basis  for  at  least  a  semester  with 
an  appropriate  staff  member  in  a  cooperating 
school,  school  system,  or  educational  institu- 
tion or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken 
in  a  school  situation  different  from  the  one 
where  the  student  is  regularly  employed.  The 
intern  s  sponsor  maintains  a  close  working  rela- 
tionship with  the  intern  and  the  other  persons 
involved  Note  The  total  number  of  credits 
which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDAD  489.  888. 
and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty 
(20)  semester  hours. 

EDAD  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research 

(1-8)  Registration  required  to  the  extent  of  6-9 
hours  for  an  ED  D  project  and  12-18  hours 
for  a  PHD  dessertation. 


Aerospace  Engineering 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Anderson 
Professors:  Coming.  Melnik,  Rivello 
Associate  Professors:  Barlow,  Donaldson, 

Jones,  Plotkin,  Schaeffer 
Lecturers:  Billig,  Case,  Fleig 

The  Aerospace  Engineering  Depart- 
ment offers  a  broad  program  of  grad- 
uate studies  leading  to  the  degrees  of 
Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philos- 
ophy. The  curricula  for  these  degrees 
are  adapted  to  nneet  the  objectives  and 
background  of  the  individual  student 
and  are  planned  by  the  student  and  his 
advisor.  Applications  for  admission  are 
invited  from  those  holding  a  B.S,  degree 
in  engineering,  the  physical  sciences, 
and  mathematics.  Aerodynamics  and 
Propulsion,  Structural  Mechanics,  and 
Flight  Dynamics  are  the  major  areas  of 
specialization  available  to  graduate  stu- 
dents. Within  these  areas  of  special- 
ization, the  student  can  tailor  programs 
such  as  Aircraft  and  Aerospace  Vehicle 
Design,  Naval  Architecture.  Comput- 
ational Mechanics,  and  High  Temper- 
ature Gas  Dynamics. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Two  master's  degree  options  are  avail- 
able: thesis  and  non-thesis.  No  special 


departmental  requirements  are  im- 
posed beyond  the  Graduate  School 
requirements. 

For  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree, 
the  Aerospace  Engineering  Department 
requires  a  minimum  of  48  semester 
hours  of  course-work  beyond  the  B,S.  in- 
cluding (1)  not  less  than  18  hours  within 
one  departmental  area  of  special- 
ization, (2)  not  less  than  9  hours  from 
among  the  other  areas  of  specialization 
in  the  department,  (3)  not  less  than  12 
hours  in  courses  which  emphasize  the 
physical  sciences  or  mathematics  rath- 
er than  their  applications.  The  total  in  (2) 
plus  that  in  (3)  must  be  at  least  24  hours 
of  which  no  more  than  6  are  less  than 
600  level.  Written  and  oral  compre- 
hensive examinations  are  also  required. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  research  facilities  of  the  depart- 
ment are  available  to  the  graduate  stu- 
dent. The  aerodynamic  facilities  include 
two  subsonic,  two  supersonic,  a  hyper- 
sonic wind  tunnel,  a  GAT-1  flight 
simulator,  and  a  F-101  flight  simulator. 
Facilities  are  also  available  for  static 
and  vibration  testing  of  structures.  An 
assortment  of  computers  including  a 
UNIVAC  1 106  and  a  UNIVAC  1 108  com- 
plemented by  remote  access  units  on  a 
time-sharing  basis  are  available.  The 
Department  provides  special  facilities 
for  the  use  of  students  which  include  re- 
mote terminals  and  mini-computers. 
Under  special  circumstances,  thesis  re  < 
search  may  be  accomplished  in  off- 
campus  research  facilities. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  number  of  graduate  assistantships 
and  fellowships  are  available  for  finan- 
cial assistance. 

Courses 

ENAE  401  Aerospace  Laboratory  II  (2)  Pre- 
requisites, ENAE  305  and  ENAE  345.  Core- 
quisites:  ENAE  452  and  ENAE  471 .  Appli- 
cation of  fundamental  measurement  techni- 
ques to  experiments  in  aerospace  engine- 
ering,      structural,       aerodynamic,       and 
propulsion  tests,  correlation  of  theory  with 
expenmental  results. 

ENAE  402  Aerospace  Laboratory  III  (I)  Pre- 
requisites: ENAE  305  and  ENAE  345.  Core- 
quisites:  ENAE  452.  ENAE  471,  and  ENAE 
475.  Application  of  fundamental  measure- 
meant  techniques  to  expenments  in  aero- 
space engineering,  structural,  aerodynamic, 
flight  simulation,  and  heat  transfer  tests.  Cor- 
relation of  theory  with  experimental  results. 

ENAE  411  Aircraft  Design.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENAE  345,  ENAE  451 ,  and  ENAE  371 .  Theory 
background  and  methods  of  airplane  design, 
subsonic  and  supersonic. 


ENAE  412  Design  of  Aerospace  Vehicles 

(3)  Prerequisites  ENAE  345  and  ENAE  371, 
theory,  background  and  methods  of  space 
vehicle  design  for  manned  orbiting  vehicles, 
manned  lunar  and  planetary  landing  sys- 
tems 

ENAE  415  Computer-Aided  Structural 
Design  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite  ENAE  452 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Introduction  to  struc- 
tural design  concepts  and  analysis  techni- 
ques Introduction  to  computer  software  for 
structural  analysis  which  is  utilized  to  venfy 
exact  solutions  and  perform  parametric  de- 
sign studies  of  aerospace  structures,  not 
open  to  students  who  have  earned  credit  in 
ENAE  431, 

ENAE  445  Stability  and  Control  of  Aero- 
space Vehicles  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  345 
and  ENAE  371 .  Stability,  control  and  miscel- 
laneous topics  in  dynamics. 

ENAE  451  Flight  Structures  I:  Introduction 
to  Solid  Mechanics  (4)  Prerequisite:  ENES 
220.  An  introduction  to  the  analysis  of  aircraft 
structural  members.  Introduction  to  theory  of 
elasticity,  mechanical  behavior  of  matenals, 
thermal  effects,  finite-difference  approxi- 
mations, virtual  work,  vanational  and  energy 
pnnciples  for  static  systems, 

ENAE  452  Flight  Structures  II:  Structural 
Elements  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  451.  Ap- 
plication of  variational  and  energy  principles 
to  analysis  of  elastic  bodies;  stresses  and  de- 
flections of  beams  including  effects  of  non- 
principal  axes,  non-homogeneity,  and  ther- 
mal gradients:  differentialequations  of  beams, 
bars,  and  cables.  Stresses  and  deflections  of 
torsional  members,  stresses  due  to  shear. 
Deflection  analysis  of  structures. 

ENAE  453  Matrix  Methods  in  Compu- 
tation Mechanics  (3)  preerequisite:  ENAE 
452  or  consent  of  instructor.  Introduction  to 
the  concepts  of  computational  analysis  of 
continuous  media  by  use  of  matrix  methods. 
Foundation  for  use  of  finite  elements  in  any 
field  of  continuum  mechanics  with  emphasis 
on  the  use  of  the  displacement  method  to 
solve  thermal  and  structural  problems. 

ENAE  457  Flight  Structures  III  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ENAE  452  or  equivalent.  An  ad- 
vanced undergraduate  course  dealing  with 
the  theory  and  analysis  of  the  structures  of 
flight  vehicles.  Stresses  due  to  shear,  in- 
determinate structures,  plate  theory,  buck- 
ling and  failure  of  columns  and  plates. 

ENAE  461  Flight  Propulsion  I  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: ENME  216  and  ENAE  471,  Operating 
principles  of  piston,  turbojet,  tutioprop,  ramjet 
and  rocket  engines,  thermodynamic  cycle 
analysis  and  engine  performance,  aerother- 
mochemistry  of  combustion,  fuels,  and  pro- 
pellants. 

ENAE  462  Flight  Propulsion  "I  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ENAE  461-  Advanced  and  current 
topics  m  flight  propulsion. 

ENAE  471  Aerodynamics  II  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ENAE  371  and  ENME  216,  Ele- 
ments of  compressible  flow  with  applications 
to  aerospace  engineenng  problems, 

ENAE  472  Aerodynamics  III  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: ENAE  371 .  Theory  of  the  flow  of  an  in- 
compressible fluid. 

Graduate  Programs  /  47 


ENAE  473  Aerodynamics  of  High-Speed 
Flight.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  472  or  equi- 
valent. An  advanced  course  dealing  with 
aerodynamic  problems  of  flight  at  supersonic 
and  hypersonic  velocities.  Unified  hyper- 
sonic and  supersonic  small  disturbance  the- 
ories, real  gas  effects,  aerodynamic  heating 
and  mass  transfer  with  application  to  hypersonic 
flight  and  re-entry. 

ENAE  475  Viscous  Flow  and  Aerodynamic 
Heating  (3)  Prerequisities:  ENAE  371,  and 
Enae  471,  and  ENME  216  Fundamental  as- 
pects of  viscous  flow,  Navier-Stokes  equa- 
tions, similarity,  boundary  layer  equations; 
laminar,  transitional  and  turbulent  incom- 
pressible flows  on  airfoils,  thermal  tx)undary 
layers  and  convective  heat  transfer;  conduc- 
tion through  solids,  introduction  to  radiative 
heat  transfer. 

488  Topics  in  Aerospace  Engineering 
(1-4)  Techincal  elective  taken  with  the  permis- 
sion of  the  student's  advisor  and  instructor. 
Lecture  and  conference  courses  designed  to 
extend  the  student's  understanding  of  aero- 
space engineering.  Current  topics  are  em- 
phasized. 

ENAE  499  Elective  Research  (1-3)  May  be 

repeated  to  a  maximum  of  three  credits.  Elec- 
tive for  seniors  in  aerospace  engineering  with 
permission  of  the  student's  advisor  and  the  in- 
structor. Original  research  projects  termina- 
ting in  a  written  report. 

ENAE  650  Variational  Methods  in  Structur- 
al Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENAE  452 
or  equivalent.  Review  of  theory  of  linear  elast- 
icity with  introduction  to  cartesian  tensors;  ap- 
plication of  calculus  of  variations  and  varia- 
tional principles  of  elasticity;  Castigliano's  the- 
orems; applications  to  aerospace  structures. 

ENAE  652  Finite  Element  Method  In  En- 
gineering (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  453  and 
ENAE  650,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Develop- 
ment of  finite  element  representation  of  conti- 
nue using  galerkin  and  variational  techni- 
ques. Derivation  of  shell  elements  and  para- 
metric representation  of  two  and  three  dimen- 
sional elements.  Application  to  aerospace 
structures,  fluids  and  diffusion  processes. 

ENAE  653  Nonlinear  Finite  Element  An- 
alysis of  Continua  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE 
652.  Finite  element  formulation  of  nonlinear 
and  time  dependent  processes.  Introduction 
to  tensors,  nonlinear  elasticity,  plasticity  and 
creep.  Application  to  nonlinear  continua  in- 
cluding aerospace  structures,  shells,  radiation 
heat  transfer,  creep. 

ENAE  655  Structural  Dynamics  I  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: Math  246  and  ENAE  452  or  equi- 
valents; or  consent  of  instructor.  Advanced 
principles  of  dynamics  necessary  for  struc- 
tural analysis:  solutions  of  eigenvalue  prob- 
lems for  discrete  and  continuous  elastic  sys- 
tems, solutions  to  forced  response  boundary 
value  problems  by  direct,  modal,  and  trans- 
form methods. 

ENAE  656  Structural  Dynamcis  II  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ENAE  655  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Topics  in  aeroelasticity;  wing  divergence; 
aileron  reversal;  flexibility  effects  on  aircraft 
stability  denvatives;  wing,  empennage  and 
aircraft  flutter;  aircraft  gust  response. 

ENAE  657  Theory  of  Structural  Stability 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  451  or  equivalent. 


Static  and  dynamic  stability  of  structural  sy- 
stems. Classification  of  leading  systems; 
linear  and  nonlinear  post-buckling  behavior. 
Perfect  and  imperfect  system  behavior. 
Buckling  and  failure  of  columns  and  plates. 

ENAE  661  Advanced  Propulsion  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: ENAE  461.  462.  Special  problems 
of  thermodynamics  and  dynamics  of  aircraft 
power  plants;  jet,  rocket  and  ramjet  engines. 
Plasma,  ion  and  nuclear  propulsion  for  space 
vehicles. 

ENAE  662  Advanced  Propulsion.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites, ENAE  461,  462.  Special  problems 
of  thermodynamics  and  dynamics  of  aircraft 
power  plants;  jet  rocket  and  ramjet  engines. 
Plasma,  ion  and  nuclear  propulsion  for  space 
vehicles. 

ENAE  671  AeiOdynamics  of  Imcompres- 
sible  Fluids  (3)  Prerequisite:  Math  463  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Fundamental  equa- 
tions in  fluid  mechanics.  Irrotational  motion. 
Circulation  theory  of  lift.  Thin  airfoil  theory. 
Lifting  line  theory.  Wind  tunnel  corrections. 
Perturbation  methods. 

ENAE  672  Aerodynamics  of  Incompres- 
sible Fluids  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH  463  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Fundamental  equa- 
tions in  fluid  mechanics.  Irrotational  motion. 
Circulation  theory  of  lift.  Thin  airfoil  theory. 
Lifting  line  theory.  Wind  tunnel  corrections. 
Perturbation  methods. 

ENAE  673  Aerodynamics  of  Compres- 
sible Fluids.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  472  or 
permission  of  instructor.  One  dimensional 
flow  of  a  perfect  compressible  fluid.  Shock 
waves.  Two-dimensional  lineanzed  theory  of 
compressible  flow.  Two-dimensional  tran- 
sonic and  hypersonic  flows.  Exact  solutions 
of  two  dimensional  isotropic  flow.  Linearized 
theory  of  three-dimensional  potential  flow. 
Exact  solution  of  axially  symmetrical  potential 
flow.  One-dimensional  flow  with  friction  and 
heat  addition. 

ENAE  674  Aerodynamics  of  Compres- 
sible Fluids  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  472  or 
permission  of  instructor.  One  dimensional 
flow  of  a  perfect  compressible  fluid.  Shock 
waves.  Two-dimensional  linearized  theory  of 
compressible  flow.  Two-dimensional  tran- 
sonic and  hypersonic  flows.  Exact  solutions 
of  two  dimensional  isotropic  flow.  Linearized 
theory  of  three-dimensional  potential  flow. 
Exact  solution  of  axially  symmetrical  potential 
flow.  One-dimensional  flow  with  friction  and 
heat  addition. 

ENAE  675  Aerodynamics  of  Viscous 
Fluids  (3)  Derivation  of  Navier  Stokes  equa- 
tions, some  exact  solutions:  Boundary  layer 
equations.  Laminar  flow-similar  solutions, 
compressibility,  transformations,  analytic  ap- 
proximations, numerical  methods,  stability 
and  transition  of  turbulent  flow  Turbulent 
flow-isotropic  turbulence,  bounday  layer 
flows,  free  mixing  flows. 

ENAE  676  Aerodynamics  of  Viscous 
Fluids  (3)  Derivation  of  Navier  Stokes  equa- 
tions, some  exact  solutions:  Boundary  layer 
equations.  Laminar  flow-similar  solutions, 
compressibility,  transformations,  analytic 
approximations,  numerical  methods,  stabi- 
lity and  transition  to  turbulent  flow.  Turbulent 
flow-istropic  turbulence,  boundary  layer 
flows,  free  mixing  flows. 


ENAE  688  Seminar  (1-16) 

ENAE  757  Advanced  Structural  Dynamics 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  655  or  equivalent. 
Fundamentals  of  proability  theory  pertinent  to 
random  vibrations,  including  correlation  func- 
tions, and  spectral  densities;  example  ran- 
dom processes;  response  of  single  degree 
and  multidegree  of  freedom  systems. 

ENAE  788  Selected  Topics  in  Aerospace 
Engineering  (3) 

ENAE  789  Selected  Topics  in  Aerospace 
Enineering.  (3) 

ENAE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ENAE  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research 
(1-8) 


Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education 
Program 

Acting  Chairman:  Poffenberger 
Professors:  Longest,  Nelson 
Assistant  Professors:  Seibel.  Whaples, 
Wheatley,  Wright 

As  a  multidisciplinary  department  of 
several  educational  and  social  science 
specialities,  the  Departnnent  of  Agricul- 
tural and  Extension  Education  services 
the  academic  and  continuing  education 
needs  and  interests  of  the  Cooperative 
Extension  Service,  teachers  of  agricul- 
ture and  professionals  involved  in  con- 
tinuing education,  community  develop- 
ment, and  environmental  education. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree  and  the  Advanced 
Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  (requir- 
ing 30  credits  beyond  the  master's  de- 
gree) may  be  obtained  in  options  in  Agri- 
cultural Education,  Environmental  Ed- 
ucation, Extension  and  Continuing  Edu- 
cation, and  Community  Development. 
Specialization  options  in  Agricultural 
Education  include  teacher  education,  re- 
search and  administration  and  super- 
vision. Specialization  options  under  Ex- 
tension and  Continuing  Education  in- 
clude staff  development,  program  de- 
velopment, administration  and  supervi- 
sion, and  continuing  education.  The  mul- 
tidisciplinary Community  Development 
program  specialties  include  various  so- 
cial science  disciplines  with  research, 
teaching,  and  extension  functions;  hu- 
man and  organizational  planning  and 
development;  and  public  affairs  edu- 
cation. 

In  the  Master  of  Science  programs 
both  thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are 
available.  Applicants  for  the  Master  of 
Science  program  must  present  tran- 
scripts for  evaluation. 


48  /  Graduate  Programs 


No  specific  number  of  credits  is  re- 
quired for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  de- 
gree. Each  student's  program  Is 
planned  by  his  committee  according  to 
his  previous  education  and  experience, 
special  Interests  and  needs,  and  pro- 
fessional plans.  No  foreign  language  Is 
required  but  is  encouraged  for  those  In- 
terested In  International  development 
areas.  Students  are  encouraged  to  de- 
velop research  techniques  through  spe- 
cific courses  and  participation  in  Depart- 
ment research  programs. 

Applicants  should  present  results  of 
the  Miller  Analogies  test  with  their  appli- 
cations for  admission. 

Additional  Information 

For  other  requirements  and  guidelines 
concerning  the  above  programs,  con- 
tact the  Department  of  Agricultural  and  Ex- 
tension Education. 

Courses 

RLED  422  Extension  Education  (3)  The  ag- 
ricultural extension  service  as  an  educational 
agency.  The  history,  philosophy,  objectives, 
policy,  organization,  legislation  and  methods 
used  in  extension  work. 

RLED  423  Extension  Communications  (3) 

An  introduction  to  communications  in  teach- 
ing and  within  an  organization,  including  bar- 
riers to  communication,  the  diffusion  process 
and  the  application  of  communication  pnn- 
ciples  person  to  person,  with  groups  and 
through  mass  media, 

RLED  426  Development  and  Management 
of  Extension  Youth  Programs  (3)  Designed 
for  present  and  prospective  state  leaders  of 
extension  youth  programs.  Program  devel- 
opment, pnnclples  of  program  management, 
leadership  development  and  counseling;  sci- 
ence, career  selection  and  citizenship  In 
youth  programs,  field  experience  in  working 
with  low  income  families'  youth,  urban  work. 

RLED  427  Group  Dynamics  in  Continuing 
and  Extension  Education  (3)  Concepts  in- 
volved In  working  with  groups  planning  exten- 
sion and  continuing  education  programs.  An- 
alysis of  group  behavior  and  group  dynamics 
related  to  small  groups  and  development  of  a 
competence  in  the  selection  of  appropnate 
methods  and  techniques. 

RLED  464  Rural  Life  in  Modern  Society  (3) 

Examination  of  the  many  aspects  of  rural  life 
that  affect  and  are  affected  by  changes  in 
technical,  natural  and  human  resources.  Em- 
phasis IS  placed  on  the  role  which  diverse  or- 
ganizations, agencies  and  institutions  play  in 
the  education  and  adjustment  of  rural  people 
to  the  demands  of  modern  society. 

RLED  466  Rural  Poverty  in  an  Affluent  So- 
ciety (3)  Topics  examined  Include  conditions 
under  which  people  in  poverty  exist,  factors 
giving  nse  to  such  conditions,  problems  faced 
by  the  rural  poor,  and  the  kinds  of  assistance 
they  need  to  nse  out  of  poverty.  Topics  and  Is- 
sues are  examined  in  the  context  of  rural-ur- 
ban Interrelationships  and  their  effects  on  ru- 
ral poverty.  Special  attention  is  given  to  past 


and  present  programs  designed  to  alleviate 
poverty  and  to  considerations  and  recom- 
mendations for  future  action. 

RLED  487  Conservation  of  Natural  Re- 
sources (3)  Designed  primarily  for  teachers 
Study  of  state's  natural  resources-soil,  water, 
fisheries,  wildlife,  forests,  and  minerals-natu- 
ral resources  problems  and  practices.  Exten- 
sive field  study  Concentration  on  subject 
matter.  Taken  concurrently  with  RLED  497  in 
summer  season. 

RLED  488  Critique  in  Rural  Education  (1) 

Current  problems  and  trends  in  rural  edu- 
cation. 

RLED  489  Critique  in  Rural  Education  (1) 

Current  problems  and  trends  in  rural  edu- 
cation. 

RLED  497  Conservation  of  Natural  Re- 
sources (3)  Designed  primarily  for  teachers. 
Study  of  state  s  natural  resources-soil,  water, 
fishenes,  wildlife,  forests,  and  minerals-natu- 
ral resources  problems  and  practices.  Exten- 
sive field  study.  IVIethods  of  teaching  conser- 
vation Included.  Taken  concurrently  with 
RLED  487  in  summer  season. 

RLED  499  Special  Problems  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite, staff  approval. 

RLED  606  Program  Planning  and  Evalua- 
tion in  Agricultural  Education.  (2-3)Sec- 

ond  semester.  Analysis  of  community  agn- 
cultural  education  needs,  selection  and  or- 
ganization of  course  content,  cntena  and  pro- 
cedures for  evaluating  programs. 

RLED  626  Program  Development  in  Ex- 
tension Education  (3)  Concepts  in  program 
planning  and  development.  A  conceptual  ap- 
proach to  a  test  framework  for  programming. 
Study  and  analysis  of  program  design  and  Im- 
pllmentation  In  the  extension  service. 

RLED  628  Seminar  In  Program  Planning 
(1-5)  The  student  assists  in  the  development 
of  an  educational  program  In  an  institutional 
or  community  setting.  He  also  develops  an 
individualized  unit  of  study  applicable  to  the 
program.  Seminar  sessions  are  based  on  the 
actual  problems  of  diagnosing  needs,  plan- 
ning, conducting,  and  evaluating  programs. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  five  credits. 

RLED  642  Continuing  Education  in  Exten- 
sion (3)  Studies  the  process  through  which 
adults  have  and  use  opportunities  to  learn 
systematically  under  the  guidance  of  an 
agent,  teacher  or  leader.  A  vanety  of  program 
areas  will  be  reviewed  giving  the  student  an 
opportunity  to  plan,  conduct  and  evaluate 
leaming  activities  for  adults. 

RLED  661  Rural  Community  Analysis  (3) 

First  semester.  Analysis  of  structure  and 
function  of  rural  society  and  application  of  so- 
cial understandings  to  educational  pro- 
cesses. 

RLED  663  Developing  Rural  Leadership 
(2-3)  First  semester.  Theories  of  leadership 
are  emphasized.  Techniques  of  identifying 
formal  and  informal  leaders  and  the  develop- 
ment of  rural  lay  leaders. 

RLED  691  Research  Methods  in  Rural 
Education  (2-3)  First  semester.  The  scien- 
tific method,  problem  Identification,  survey  of 
research  literature,  preparing  research  plans, 
design  of  studies,  expenmentation.  analysis 
of  data  and  thesis  writing. 


RLED  699  Special  Problems  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite, approval  of  staff 

RLED  707  Supervision  of  Student  Teach- 
ing. (I)  Summer  session.  Identification  of  ex- 
periences and  activities  in  an  effective  stu- 
dent teaching  program,  responsibilities  and 
duties  of  supervising  teachers,  and  evalua- 
tion of  student  teaching 

RLED  789  Special  Topics  (1-3)  May  be  re- 
peated to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits  provided 
content  is  different. 

RLED  798  Seminar  in  Rural  Education 
(1-3)  Problems  in  the  organization,  adminis- 
tration, and  supervision  of  the  several 
agencies  of  rural  and/or  vocational  edu- 
cation. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  eight  se- 
mester credits. 

RLED  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 
RLED  882  Agricultural  College  Instruction 
(1) 

RLED  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search (1-8) 


Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics  Programs 

Professor  and  Acting  Chairman:  Lessley 
Professors.Bender,  Cain,  Curtis,  Foster, 

Ishee,  (vloore,  fvlurray,  Poffenberger,  Smith 

Stevens,  Tuthill,  Wysong 
Associate  Professors:  Hardie.  Lawrence  Via 
Assistant  Professors:  Bellows,  Prindle, 

Strand 

The  Department  of  Agricultural  and  Re- 
source Economics  offers  a  course  of 
study  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master 
of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 
The  graduate  program  prepares  stu- 
dents for  careers  by  means  of  courses 
in  traditional  subject  matter  areas,  re- 
search experiences  designed  to  give 
competency  in  scientific  methodology, 
and  seminar  and  discussion  opportuni- 
ties. 

The  Department  provides  for  two 
areas  of  specialization,  agricultural  eco- 
nomics and  resource  economics.  Spe- 
cial fields  in  agricultural  economics  in- 
clude domestic  and  foreign  agricultural 
development,  international  trade,  agri- 
cultural marketing,  farm  management 
and  production  economics,  agricultural 
policy  and  econometrics.  Special  fields 
in  resource  economics  include  land  use, 
marine  resources,  water  resources,  and 
community  and  resource  development. 
Both  areas  of  specialization  integrate 
opportunity  for  study  from  a  variety  of 
disciplines  related  to  agricultural  and  re- 
source economics. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are  avail- 
able for  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in 
both  areas  of  specialization.  The  thesis 

Graduate  Programs  /  49 


option  requires  a  minimum  of  24  hours 
course  work  with  six  hours  of  thesis;  the 
non-thesis  option  requires  33  hours  of 
course  work.  Students  taking  the  non- 
thesis  option,  particularly  in  resource 
economics,  are  urged  to  participate  in  a 
two  to  three  month  internship  with  a 
public  or  private  planning  or  manage- 
ment agency. 

Applicants  with  strong  undergraduate 
records  in  diverse  fields  are  considered 
for  admittance  to  the  Master  of  Science 
program.  Necessary  course  prereq- 
uisites (without  credit)  can  be  com- 
pleted after  admittance.  No  entrance 
examinations  are  required. 

Students  with  a  bachelor's  degree 
generally  enter  the  master's  program 
before  applying  for  the  doctoral  pro- 
gram. Applicants  holding  a  master's  de- 
gree in  an  equivalent  field  from  an  ac- 
credited institution  may  be  admitted  for 
immediate  doctoral  study.  A  minimum  of 
48  hours  of  course  work  beyond  the 
bachelor's  degree  and  12  hours  of  dis- 
sertation research  are  required  for  the 
Ph.D  degree.  Qualifying  examinations 
are  administered  on  completion  of  basic 
theory  course  requirements,  and  written 
and  oral  comprehensive  examinations 
are  held  when  all  course  work  has  been 
completed.  A  final  oral  examination  is 
held  for  the  student  to  defend  the  dis- 
sertation. There  is  no  foreign  language 
requirement  for  any  graduate  degree. 

The  time  required  to  complete  a  mas- 
ter's degree  is  generally  two  years.  Al- 
though it  can  be  completed  in  18  months 
of  concentrated  effort.  The  Ph.D.  adds  a 
minimum  of  two  years  of  fairly  concen- 
trated efforts. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  actively  employs  the 
resources  of  many  state,  federal,  and  in- 
ternational agencies  unique  to  the 
Washington,  D.C.  area  to  offer  research 
and/or  internship  experience  from  the 
world  of  government  and  business.  The 
Library  of  Congress  in  Washington  and 
the  National  Agricultural  Library  of 
Beltsville  (just  north  of  the  campus) 
greatly  enhance  teaching  and  research 
efforts. 

Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  assistantship  are  offered  to 
qualified  applicants  on  the  basis  of  past 
academic  performance  and  experience. 
A  large  proportion  of  the  full-time  stu- 
dents in  the  Department  hold  assistant- 
ships  or  some  other  form  of  financial  aid. 
Part-time  and  summer  work  is  often 


available  for  students  not  receiving  fi- 
nancial aid. 

Additional  Information 

A  booklet.  Curriculum,  of  the  Depart- 
ment deschbes  undergraduate  and 
graduate  programs,  and  gives  a  de- 
scription of  all  courses  given  by  the  De- 
partment. DARE  Policy  Handbook  for 
the  Graduate  Program  provides  course 
requirements,  examination  procedures 
and  descriptive  material  on  M.S.  and 
Ph.D.  programs  in  both  areas  of  special- 
ization. For  more  specific  information, 
contact: 
Dr.  Dean  F.  Tuthill 
Graduate  Coordinator 
Department  of  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics 

Courses 

AREC  404  Prices  of  Agricultural  Products. 

(3)  An  introduction  to  agricultural  price  be- 
havior. Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  use  of  price 
information  in  the  decision-making  process, 
the  relation  of  supply  and  demand  in  deter- 
mining agricultural  prices,  and  the  relation  of 
prices  to  grade,  time,  location,  and  stages  of 
processing  in  the  marketing  system.  The 
course  includes  elementary  methods  of  price 
analysis,  the  concept  of  parity  and  the  role 
of  price  support  programs  in  agricultural  deci- 
sions. 

AREC  406  Farm  Management.  (3)  The  orga- 
nization and  operation  of  the  farm  business  to 
obtain  an  income  consistent  with  family  re- 
sources and  objectives.  Principles  of  produc- 
tion economics  and  other  related  fields  are 
applied  to  the  individual  farm  business.  Labo- 
ratory period  will  be  largely  devoted  to  field 
trips  and  other  practical  exercises. 

AREC  407  Financial  Analysis  of  the  Farm 
Business.  (3)  Application  of  economic  prin- 
ciples to  develop  criteria  for  a  sound  farm  busi- 
ness, including  credit  source  and  use,  pre- 
paring and  filing  income  tax  returns,  methods 
of  appraising  farm  properties,  the  summary 
and  analysis  of  farm  records,  leading  to  effec- 
tive control  and  profitable  operation  of  the  farm 
business. 

AREC  410  Horse  Industry  Economics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ANSC  230  and  232.  An  intro- 
duction to  the  economic  forces  affecting  the 
horse  industry  and  to  the  economic  tools  re- 
quired by  horse  farm  managers,  trainers,  and 
others  in  the  industry. 

AREC  414  Introduction  to  Agricultural 
Business  Management.  (3)  The  different 
forms  of  businesses  are  investigated.  Man- 
agement functions,  business  indicators,  mea- 
sures of  performance,  and  operational  anal- 
ysis are  examined.  Case  studies  are  used  to 
show  applications  of  management  tech- 
niques. 

AREC  427  The  Economics  of  Marketing 
Systems  for  Agricultural  Commodities.  (3) 

Basic  economic  theory  as  applied  to  the  mar- 
keting of  agricultural  products,  including  price, 
cost,  and  financial  analysis.  Current  devel- 
opments affecting  market  structure  including 
effects  of  contractual  arrangement,  vertical 


integration,  governmental  policies  and  regu- 
lation. 

AREC  432  Introduction  to  Natural  Re- 
sources Policy.  (3)  Development  of  natural 
resource  policy  and  analysis  of  the  evolution 
of  public  intervention  in  the  use  of  natural  re- 
sources. Examination  of  present  policies  and 
of  conflicts  between  private  individuals,  pub- 
lic interest  groups,  and  government  agen- 
cies. 

AREC  445  World  Agricultural  Develop- 
ment and  the  Quality  of  Life.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  the  key  aspects  of  the  aghcul- 
tural  development  of  less  developed  coun- 
tries related  to  resources,  technology,  cultural 
and  social  setting,  population,  infrastructure, 
incentives,  education,  and  government.  En- 
vironmental impact  of  agricultural  develop- 
ment, basic  economic  and  social  character- 
istics of  peasant  agriculture,  theories  and 
models  of  agricultural  development,  selected 
aspects  of  agricultural  development  planning. 

AREC  452  Economics  of  Resource  Devel- 
opment. (3)  Economic,  political,  and  institu- 
tional factors  which  influence  the  use  of  land 
resources.  Application  of  elementary  eco- 
nomic principles  in  understanding  social  con- 
duct concerning  the  development  and  use  of 
natural  and  man-made  resources. 

AREC  453  Economic  Analysis  of  Natural 
Resources.  (3)  Rational  use  and  reuse  of 
natural  resources.  Theory  and  methodology 
of  the  allocation  of  natural  resources  among 
alternative  uses.  Optimum  state  of  conserva- 
tion, market  failure,  safe  minimum  standard, 
and  cost-benefit  analysis. 

AREC  484  Introduction  to  Econometrics  in 
Agriculture.  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  appli- 
cation of  econometric  techniques  to  agricul- 
tural problems  with  emphasis  on  the  assump- 
tions and  computational  techniques  neces- 
sary to  derive  statistical  estimates,  test  hy- 
potheses, and  make  predictions  with  the  use 
of  single  equation  models.  Includes  linear  and 
non-linear  regression  models,  internal  least 
squares,  discriminant  analysis  and  factor 
analysis. 

AREC  485  Applications  of  Mathematical 
Programming  in  Agriculture,  Business, 
and  Economic  Analysis.  (3)  This  course  is 
designed  to  train  students  in  the  application 
of  mathematical  programming  (especially 
linear  programming)  to  solve  a  wide  variety  of 
problems  in  agriculture,  business  and 
economics.  The  primary  emphasis  is  on  set- 
ting up  problems  and  interpreting  results.  The 
computational  facilities  of  the  computer  sci- 
ence center  are  used  extensively, 

AREC  489  Special  Topics  in  Agricultural 
and  Resources  Economics.  (3)  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  9  credits. 

AREC  495  Honors  Reading  Course  in  Agri- 
cultural and  Resource  Economics  I.  (3) 

Selected  readings  in  political  and  economic 
theory  from  1700  to  1850.  This  course  de- 
velops a  basic  understanding  of  the  develop- 
ment of  economic  and  political  thought  as  a 
foundation  for  understanding  our  present 
society  and  its  cultural  heritage.  Prerequisite, 
acceptance  in  the  honors  program  of  the  de- 
partment of  agricultural  and  resource  eco- 
nomics. 


50  /  Graduate  Programs 


AREC  496  Honors  Reading  Course  in  Agri- 
cultural and  Resource  Economics  II.  (3) 

Selected  readings  In  political  and  economic 
theory  from  1850  to  the  present.  This  course 
continues  the  development  of  a  basic  under- 
standing of  economic  and  political  thought 
begun  in  AREC  495  by  the  examination  of 
modern  problems  in  agncultural  and  re- 
source economics  in  the  light  of  the  material 
read  and  discussed  in  AREC  495  and  AREC 
496.  Prerequisite:  successful  completion  of 
AREC  495  and  registration  in  the  honors  pro- 
gram of  the  department  of  agricultural  and 
resource  economics. 

AREC  639  Internship  in  Resource  Man- 
agement. (3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
major  advisor  and  department  chairman. 
Open  only  to  graduate  students  in  the  AREC 
resource  management  curriculum.  Repeat- 
able  to  a  maximum  of  four  hours. 

AREC  689  Special  Topics  in  Agricultural 
and  Resource  Economics.  (3)  First  and 
second  semester.  Subject  matter  taught  will 
be  varied  and  will  depend  on  the  persons 
available  for  teaching  unique  and  specialized 
phases  of  agncultural  and  resource  econom- 
ics. The  course  will  be  taught  by  the  staff  or 
visiting  agricultural  and  resource  economists 
who  may  be  secured  on  lectureship  or  visiting 
professor  basis. 

AREC  698  Seminar.  (1)  First  and  second  se- 
mesters. Students  will  participate  through 
study  of  problems  in  the  field,  reporting  tc 
seminar  members  and  defending  positions 
adopted.  Outstanding  leaders  in  the  field  will 
present  ideas  for  analysis  and  discussion 
among  class  members.  Students  involved  in 
original  research  will  present  progress  reports. 
Class  discussion  will  provide  opportunity  for 
constructive  criticism  and  guidance. 

AREC  699  Special  Problems  in  Agricul- 
tural and  Resource  Economics  (1-2)  First 
and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Inten- 
sive study  and  analysis  of  specific  problems 
in  the  field  of  agricultural  and  resource  eco- 
nomics, which  provide  information  in  depth  in 
areas  of  special  interest  to  the  student. 

AREC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

AREC  804  Advanced  Agricultural  Price 
and  Demand  Analysis  (3)  Second  se- 
mester. An  advanced  study  in  the  theory  of; 
(1)  The  individual  consumer,  (2)  household 
behavior,  and  (3)  aggregate  demand.  The 
concepts  of  price  and  cross  elasticities  of  de- 
mand, income  elasticity  of  demand,  and  elas- 
ticity of  substitution  will  be  examined  in  detail. 
The  use  of  demand  theory  in  the  analysis  of 
welfare  problems,  market  equilibrium  (with 
special  emphasis  on  trade)  and  the  problem 
of  insufficient  and  excessive  aggregate  de- 
mand will  be  discussed. 

AREC  806  Economics  of  Agricultural  Pro- 
duction (3)  First  semester.  Study  of  the  more 
complex  problems  involved  in  the  long-range 
adjustments,  organization  and  operation  of 
farm  resources,  including  the  impact  of  new 
technology  and  methods.  Applications  of  the 
theory  of  the  firm,  linear  programming,  activi- 
ty analysis  and  input-output  analysis. 

AREC  824  Food  Distribution  Management 

(3)  Theory  and  practice  of  the  complex  func- 
tional and  institutional  aspects  of  food  distri- 
bution systems  analyzed  from  the  perspec- 


tive of  management  decision-making  in  the 
food  industry.  Possible  long  range  economic 
effects  of  current  structural  adjustments:  So- 
cial and  ecological  aspects  of  food  industry 
management  decision-making. 

AREC  832  Agricultural  Price  and  Income 
Policy  (3)  Second  semester,  alternate  years, 
1973.  The  evolution  of  agricultural  policy  in 
the  United  States,  emphasizing  the  ongin  and 
development  of  governmental  programs,  and 
their  effects  upon  agricultural  production, 
prices  and  income. 

AREC  844  International  Agriculture  Trade 

(3)  Economic  theory,  policies  and  practices  in 
international  trade  in  agncultural  products. 
Principal  theones  of  international  trade  and  fi- 
nance, agncultural  trade  policies  of  various 
countnes.  and  agncultural  trade  practices 

AREC  845  Agriculture  in  World  Economic 
Development  (3)  First  semester,  alternate 
years,  1972.  Theories  and  concepts  of  what 
makes  economic  development  happen  Ap- 
proaches and  programs  for  stimulating  the 
transformation  from  a  primitive  agncultural 
economy  to  an  economy  of  rapidly  develop- 
ing commercial  agriculture  and  industry. 
Analysis  of  selected  agncultural  develop- 
ment programs  in  Asia,  Afnca  and  Latin  Ameri- 
ca 

AREC  852  Advanced  Resource  Econom- 
ics (3)  Second  semester,  alternate  years.  As- 
sessment and  evaluation  of  our  natural,  cap- 
ital, and  human  resources:  the  use  of  eco- 
nomic theory  and  vanous  techniques  to  guide 
the  allocation  of  these  resources  within  a 
comprehensive  framework;  and  the  institu- 
tional arrangements  for  using  these  re- 
sources. ECON  403  or  equivalent  is  a  prereq- 
uisite. 

AREC  883  Agricultural  and  Resource  Eco- 
nomics Research  Techniques  (3)  First  se- 
mester. Emphasis  is  given  to  philosophy  and 
basic  objectives  of  research  in  the  field  of 
agricultural  and  resource  economics.  The 
course  is  designed  to  help  students  define  a 
research  problem  and  work  out  logical  proce- 
dures for  executing  research  in  the  social 
sciences.  Attention  is  given  to  the  techniques 
and  tools  available  to  agncultural  and  re- 
source economics.  Research  documents  in 
the  field  will  be  appraised  from  the  standpoint 
of  procedures  and  evaluation  of  the  search 

AREC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research 
(1-8) 


Agricultural  Engineering 
Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman: 

Stewart 
Professor:  Harris 
Associate  Professors:  Felton,  IVIerkel, 

Wheaton 
Assistant  Professor:  Ayars,  Grant,  Johnson 

The  Department  of  Agricultural  Engi- 
neering offers  a  graduate  program  of  study 
with  specialization  In  either  agricultural 
or  aquacultural  engineering  leading  to 
the  degree  of  Master  of  Science  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Courses  and  re- 
search problems  place  emphasis  on  the 


engineering  aspects  of  the  production, 
harvesting,  processing  and  marketing 
of  terrestrial  and  aquatic  food  and  fiber 
products,  with  concern  for  the  conser- 
vation of  land  and  water  resources  and 
the  utilization  and/or  disposal  of  by- 
products associated  with  biological  sys- 
tems in  order  to  maintain  and  enhance 
the  quality  of  our  environment  while 
contributing  to  efficient  production  of 
food  and  fiber  to  meet  increasing  popu- 
lation demands. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  is  open  to  B.S.  graduates  in 
engineering,  physical  science  or  biologi- 
cal science  who  meet  graduate  school 
requirements  and  who  have  satisfacto- 
rily completed  a  core  of  basic  engineering 
courses. 

For  the  M.S.  program,  a  mihimum  of  30 
semester  hours  are  required  of  which  at 
least  12  hours  will  be  agricultural  engi- 
neering courses,  6  hours  will  be  thesis 
research  and  3  hours  will  be  biometrics. 

A  minimum  of  60  credit  hours  beyond 
a  BS  are  required  for  the  Ph.D.  program, 
of  which  at  least  17  semester  hours  will 
be  agricultural  engineering  courses,  12 
hours  will  be  thesis  research  and  3 
hours  will  be  biometrics. 

Only  the  thesis  option  is  available  for 
the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  degrees.  The  Depart- 
ment has  no  language  requirements  for 
either  graduate  degree.  Except  for  the 
above  requirements  a  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  pro- 
gram Is  planned  on  a  personal  basis  and 
is  oriented  toward  the  intellectual  and 
professional  objectives  of  the  student. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  well-equipped  laboratories 
in  the  Department,  the  facilities  of  the 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  the 
Computer  Science  Center,  and  the  Col- 
lege of  Engineering  are  available.  The 
new  University  of  Maryland  Center  for 
Environmental  and  Estuanne  Studies 
enhances  the  aquacultural  phase  of  the 
Department's  graduate  program. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  assistance  may  be  available 
to  qualified  candidates. 

Additional  Information 

For  additional  information  contact: 
Chairman 
Agricultural  Engineering  Department 

Courses 

AGEN  401  Agricultural  Producation 
Equipment  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite,  AGEN  100,  Prin- 
ciples of  operation  and  functions  of  power 


Graduate  Programs  /  51 


and  machinery  units  as  related  to  tillage  cut- 
ting, conveying,  and  separating  units;  and 
control  mechanisms.  Principles  of  internal 
combustion  engines  and  power  unit  com- 
ponents. 

AGEN  402  Agricultural  Materials  Handling 
and  Environmental  Control  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite. AGEN  100.  Charactenstics  of  con- 
struction materials  and  details  of  agricultural 
structures.  Fundamentals  of  electncity,  elec- 
tncal  circuits,  and  electrical  controls.  Materi- 
als handling  and  environmental  requirements 
of  farm  products  and  animals. 

AGEN  421  Power  Systems  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  two  hour  laboratory  per  week.  Pre- 
requisites. ENME  216,  ENEE  300  and  ENME 
340.  Analysis  of  energy  conversion  devices 
including  internal  combustion  engines,  elec- 
trical and  hydraulic  motors.  Fundamentals  of 
power  transmission  and  coordination  of 
power  sources  with  methods  of  power  trans- 


AGEN  422  Soil  and  Water  Engineering  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ENME 
340.  Applications  of  engineering  and  soil  sci- 
ences in  erosion  control,  drainage,  irrigation 
and  watershed  management.  Pnnciples  of 
aghcultural  hydrology  and  design  of  water 
control  and  conveyance  systems. 

AGEN  424  Functional  and  Environmental 
Design  of  Agricultural  Structures  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  AGEN  324.  An  analytical  ap- 
proach to  the  design  and  planning  of  func- 
tional and  environmental  requirements  of 
plants  and  animals  in  semi-or  completely  en- 
closed structures. 

AGEN  432  General  Hydrology  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Qualitative  aspects  of 
basic  hydrologic  principles  pertaining  to  the 
properties,  distribution  and  circulation  of  wa- 
ter as  related  to  public  interest  in  water  re- 
sources. 

AGEN  433  Engineering  Hydrology  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Math 
246,  ENCE  330  or  ENME  340.  Properties, 
distribution  and  circulation  of  water  from  the 
sea  and  in  the  atmosphere  emphasizing 
movement  overland,  in  channels  and  through 
the  soil  profile.  Qualitative  and  quantitative 
factors  are  considered 

AGEN  435  Aquacultural  Engineering  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  department.  A  study 
of  the  engineering  aspects  of  development, 
utilization  and  conservation  of  aquatic  sys- 
tems. Emphasis  will  be  on  harvesting  and 
processing  aquatic  animals  or  plants  as  re- 
lated to  other  facets  of  water  resources  man- 
agement. 

AGEN  488  Topics  in  Agricultural  Engi- 
neering Technology  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  Selected  topics  in 
agncultural  engineering  technology  of  cur- 
rent need  and  interest.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  if  topics  are  different. 
Not  acceptable  for  credit  towards  major  in 
agncultural  engineering. 

AGEN  489  Special  Problems  in  Agricul- 
tural Engineering  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  ap- 
proval of  department.  Student  will  select  an 
engineenng  problem  and  prepare  a  technical 
report  The  problem  may  include  design,  ex- 
perimentation, and/or  data  analysis. 

52  /  Graduate  Programs 


AGEN  499  Special  Problems  in  Agricul- 
tural Engineering  Technology  (1-3)  Pre- 
requisite, approval  of  department.  Not  accept- 
able for  majors  in  agricultural  engineering. 
Problems  assigned  in  proportion  to  credit. 

AGEN  601  Instrumentation  Systems  (3) 

Prerequisite,  approval  of  department.  Analysis 
of  instrumentation  requirements  and  tech- 
niques for  research  and  operational  agn- 
cultural or  biological  systems. 

AGEN  602  Mechanical  Properties  of  Bio- 
logical Materials  (3)  Prequisite,  differential 
equations.  A  study  of  the  significance  and  the 
utilization  of  the  mechanical  properties  of  bio- 
logical matenals  under  vahous  conditions  of 
loading.  Emphasis  on  particle  motion:  rela- 
tionships between  stress  and  strain,  force, 
velocity  and  acceleration:  principles  of  work  and 
energy,  and  theories  of  failure. 

AGEN  603  Biological  Process  Engineer- 
ing (3)  First  semester.  Prerequisite,  differen- 
tial equations.  Interrelationships  of  physical 
properties  as  functions  of  moisture  and  tem- 
perature gradients  in  agricultural  and  aquacul- 
tural matenals. 

AGEN  605  Land  and  Water  Resource  De- 
velopment Engineering  (3)  First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  AGEN  422  or  approval  of  de- 
partment. A  comprehensive  study  of  engineer- 
ing aspects  of  orderly  development  for  land 
and  water  resources.  Emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  project  formulation,  data  aquisition.  project 
analysis  and  engineering  economy. 

AGEN  688  Advanced  Topics  in  Agricul- 
tural Engineering  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  of  current 
interest  in  the  various  areas  of  aghcultural  en- 
gineenng. Maximum  eight  credits. 

AGEN  Seminar  (1)  First  and  second  se- 
mesters. 

AGEN  699  Special  Problems  in  Agricul- 
tural and  Aquacultural  Engineering.  (1-6) 

First  and  second  semester  and  summer 
school.  Work  assigned  in  proportion  to 
amount  of  credit. 

AGEN  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

AGEN  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search (1-8) 

Agronomy  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Miller 
Professors:  Axley,  Clark,  Decker,  Foss, 

F.P.  Miller,  Strickling 
Associate  Professors:  Aycock,  Bandel,  Burt, 

Fanning,  Mulchi,  Parochetti 
Assistant  Professors:  Darrah,  Johnson, 

Kenworthy,  Undersander,  Wolf 

The  Department  of  Agronomy  offers 
graduate  courses  of  study  leading  to  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and  Doc- 
tor of  Philosophy.  The  student  may  pur- 
sue major  vi/ork  in  the  crops  division  or  In 
the  soils  division  of  the  Department. 
Programs  are  offered  in  cereal  crop  pro- 
duction, forage  management,  turf 
management,  plant  breeding,  tobacco 
production,  crop  physiology,  weed  sci- 
ence, soil  chemistry,  soil  physics,  soil 
fertility,  soil  and  water  conservation,  soil 


classification,  soil  survey  and  land  use, 
soil  mineralogy,  soil  biochemistry,  soil 
microbiology,  air  pollution,  waste  dis- 
posal, and  soil  environment  interactions. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are  avail- 
able for  the  Master  of  Science  degree.  A 
bachelor's  degree  in  Agronomy  is  not 
required  if  the  student  has  adequate 
training  in  the  basic  sciences.  All  stu- 
dents must  complete  the  Master  of  Sci- 
ence degree  before  admission  to  the 
doctoral  program.  Departmental  regula- 
tions have  been  assembled  for  the  guid- 
ance of  candidates  for  graduate  de- 
grees. Copies  of  these  regulations  are 
available  from  the  Department  of  Agron- 
omy. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Agronomy  Department  has  over  20 
well-equipped  laboratories  to  carry  out 
basic  and  applied  research  in  crop  and 
soil  science.  Basic  equipment  in  the 
laboratories  include:  X-ray  diffraction 
and  spectrophotometer,  gas  chromato- 
graph,  isotope  counters,  petrographic 
microscopes,  neutron  soil  moisture 
probe  and  scaler,  and  carbon  furnace. 
Growth  chambers,  extensive  green- 
house space,  and  five  research  farms 
permit  a  wide  range  of  environmental 
conditions  for  research  into  plant  growth 
processes.  A  computer  center,  located 
on  campus,  is  available  for  use  by  the 
Department.  The  University  and  the 
new  National  Agricultural  Sciences  Li- 
braries, supplemented  by  the  Library 
of  Congress,  make  the  library  re- 
sources among  the  best  in  the  nation. 
Many  projects  of  the  Department  are 
conducted  in  cooperation  with  the  Agri- 
cultural Research  Service  of  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture  with 
headquarters  located  three  miles  from 
the  campus. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  research  assistant- 
ships  and  teaching  assistantships  are 
available  for  qualified  applicants. 

Courses 

AGRO  403  Crop  Breeding.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BOTN  414  or  ZOOL  246.  Principles  and 
methods  of  breeding  annual  self  and  cross- 
pollinated  plant  and  perennial  forage  spe- 
cies. 

AGRO  404  Tobacco  Production  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, BOTN  too.  A  study  of  the  history, 
adaptation,  distribution,  culture,  and  im- 
provement of  various  types  of  tobacco,  with 
special  emphasis  on  problems  in  Maryland 
tobacco  production.  Physical  and  chemical 
factors  associated  with  yield  and  quality  of  to- 
bacco will  be  stressed. 


AGRO  405  Turf  Management  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisite.  BOTN  100  .  A  study  of  princi- 
ples and  practices  of  managing  turf  for  lawns, 
golf  courses,  athletic  fields,  playgrounds,  air- 
fields and  fiigfiways  for  commencal  sod  pro- 
duction. 

AGRO  406  Forage  Crop  Production  (3) 

Prerequisites:  BOTN  101,  and  AGRO  100;  or 
concurrent  enrollment  in  tfiese  courses.  A 
general  look  at  world  grasslands:  production 
and  management  requirements  of  major 
grasses  and  legumes  for  quality  fiay.  silage 
and  pasture  for  livestock  feed:  new  cultivar 
development  and  release;  seed  production 
and  distribution  of  improved  cultivars 

AGRO  407  Cereal  and  Oil  Crops  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: BOTN  101  and  AGRO  100;  or  concur- 
rent enrollment  in  these  courses.  A  study  of 
principles  and  practices  of  corn,  small  grains, 
rice,  millets,  sorghums,  and  soybeans  and 
other  oil  seed  crops.  A  study  of  seed  produc- 
tion, processing,  distribution  and  federal  and 
state  seed  control  programs  of  corn,  small 
grains  and  soybeans. 

AGRO  411  Soil  Fertility  Principles  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. AGRO  202  .  A  study  of  the  chemi- 
cal, physical,  and  biological  characteristics  of 
soils  that  are  important  in  growing  crops.  Soil 
deficiencies  of  physical,  chemical,  or  biologi- 
cal nature  and  their  correction  by  the  use  of 
lime,  fertilizers,  and  rotations  are  discussed 
and  illustrated. 

AGRO  412  Commercial  Fertilizers  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, AGRO  202  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  manufacturing  of  com- 
mercial fertilizers  and  their  use  in  soils  for  effi- 
cient crop  production. 

AGRO  413  Soil  and  Water  Conservation 

(3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  penod  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  AGRO  202  or  permission 
of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  importance  and 
causes  of  soil  erosion,  methods  of  soil  ero- 
sion control,  and  the  effect  of  conservation 
practices  on  soil-moisture  supply.  Special 
emphasis  is  placed  on  farm  planning  for  soil 
and  water  conservation.  The  laboratory  peri- 
od will  be  largely  devoted  to  field  trips. 

AGRO  414  Soil  Classification  and  Ge- 
ography. (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  labora- 
tory period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  AGRO  202 
or  permission  of  instructor,  A  study  of  the 
genesis,  morphology,  classification  and  geo- 
graphic distribution  of  soils.  The  broad  pnnci- 
ples  governing  soil  formation  are  explained. 
Attention  is  given  to  the  influence  of  geo- 
graphic factors  on  the  development  and  use 
of  the  soils  in  the  United  States  and  other 
parts  of  the  world.  The  laboratory  periods  will 
be  largely  devoted  to  the  field  tnps  and  to  a 
study  of  soil  maps  of  various  countries. 

AGRO  415  Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  penod  a 
week.  An  introduction  to  soil  survey  inter- 
pretation as  a  tool  in  land  use  both  in  agri- 
cultural and  urban  situations.  The  implica- 
tions of  soil  problems  as  delineated  by  soil 
sua'eys  on  land  use  will  be  considered. 

AGRO  417  Soil  Physics.  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site, AGRO  202  and  a  course  in  physics,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  physical 


properties  of  soils  with  special  emphasis  on 
relationship  to  soil  productivity. 

AGRO  421  Soil  Chemistry.  (3)  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week  Prereq- 
uisite. AGRO  202  or  permission  of  instructor. 
A  study  of  the  chemical  composition  of  soils: 
cation  and  anion  exchange:  acid,  alkaline 
and  saline  soil  conditions:  and  soil  fixation  of 
plant  nutrients.  Chemical  methods  of  soil 
analysis  will  be  studied  with  emphasis  on 
their  relation  to  fertilizer  requirements. 

AGRO  422  Soil  Biochemistry.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite. AGRO  202,  CHEfVl  104  or  consent 
of  instructor.  A  study  of  biochemical  proces- 
ses involved  in  the  formation  and  decom- 
position of  organic  soil  constituents.  Signif- 
icance of  soil-biochemical  processes  in- 
volved in  plant  nutntion  will  be  considered. 

AGRO  423  Soil-Water  Pollution.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, background  in  biology  and  CHEM 
104.  Reaction  and  fate  of  pesticides,  agri- 
cultural fertilizers,  industrial  and  animal 
wastes  in  soil  and  water  will  be  discussed. 
Their  relation  to  the  environment  will  be  em- 
phasized 

AGRO  451  Cropping  Systems.  (2)  Prerequi- 
site, AGRO  102  or  equivalent.  The  coordina- 
tion of  information  from  vanous  courses  in  the 
development  of  balanced  cropping  systems, 
appropriate  to  different  objectives  In  various 
areas  of  the  state  and  nation. 

AGRO  453  Weed  Control.  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  penod  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site. AGRO  1 02  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the 
use  of  cultural  practices  and  chemical  herbi- 
cides in  the  control  of  weeds. 

AGRO  499  Special  Problems  in  Agronomy. 
(1-3)  Prerequisites.  AGRO  202.  406.  407.  or 
permission  of  instructor.  A  detailed  study,  in- 
cluding a  written  report  of  an  important  prob- 
lem in  agronomy. 

AGRO  601  Advanced  Crop  Breeding.  (2) 
Alternate  years  (offered  1973-74).  Prerequi- 
site, AGRO  403  or  equivalent.  Genetic,  cyto- 
genetic, and  statistical  theories  underlying 
methods  of  plant  breeding.  A  study  of  quanti- 
tative inheritance,  herterosis,  heritability,  in- 
terspecific and  intergeneric  hybhdization, 
polyploidy,  stenlity  mechanisms,  inbreeding 
and  outbreeding  and  other  topics  as  related 
to  plant  breeding. 

AGRO  602  Advanced  Crop  Breeding.  (2) 

Altelrnate  years  (offered  1973-74).  Prerequi- 
site, AGRO  601  or  equivalent  Genetic,  cyto- 
genetic, and  statistical  theories  underlying 
methods  of  plant  breeding.  A  study  of  quan- 
titative inhentance,  herterosis,  heritability,  in- 
terspecific and  intergenenc  hybndization, 
polyploidy,  sterility  mechanisms,  inbreeding 
and  outbreeding,  and  other  topics  as  related 
to  plant  breeding. 

AGRO  608  Research  Methods.  (2)  Second 
semester.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  staff. 
Development  of  research  viewpoint  by  de- 
tailed study  and  report  on  crop  research  of  the 
fylaryland  experiment  station  or  review  of  liter- 
ature on  specific  phases  of  a  problem. 

AGRO  722  Advanced  Soil  Chemistry.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years  (offered 
1972-73).  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  AGRO  202 
and  permission  of  Instructor.  A  continuation 


of  AGRO  421  with  emphasis  on  soil  chem- 
istry of  minor  elements  necessary  for  plant 
growth 

AGRO  789  Recent  Advances  in  Agronomy. 
(2-4)  First  semester  Two  hours  each  year 
Total  credit  four  hours.  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  instructor  A  study  of  recent  advances 
in  agronomy  research. 

AGRO  798  Agronomy  Seminar.  (1)  First  and 
second  semesters  Total  credit  toward  IVIaster 
of  science  degree,  2;  toward  Ph.D  degree,  6, 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor, 

AGRO  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

AGRO  802  Breeding  for  Resistance  to 
Plant  Pests.  (3)  Second  semester,  alternate 
years,  (offered  1972-73.)  Prerequisites. 
ENTIVt  252,  BOTN  221 ,  AGRO  403,  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  develop- 
ment of  breeding  techniques  for  selecting 
and  utilizing  resistance  to  insects  and  diseases 
in  crop  plants  and  the  effect  of  resistance  on 
the  interrelationships  of  host  and  pest. 

AGRO  804  Technic  in  Field  Crop  Research. 

(2)  Second  semester,  alternate  years  (of- 
fered 1972-73.)  Field  plot  technique,  applica- 
tion of  statistical  analysis  to  agronomic  data, 
and  preparation  of  the  research  project, 

AGRO  805  Advanced  Tobacco  Production. 

(2)  First  semester,  alternate  years  (offered 
1973-1974.)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  in- 
structor. A  study  of  the  structural  adaption 
and  chemical  response  of  tobacco  to  environ- 
mental vanations.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
the  alkaloids  and  other  unique  components. 

AGRO  806  Herbicide  Chemistry  and  Physiol- 
ogy. (2)  Second  semester,  alternate  years 
offered  1972-1973).  Prerequisite,  AGRO 
453  and  CHEM  104  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. Two  lectures  a  week.  The  importance  of 
chemical  structure  in  relation  to  biologically 
significant  reactions  will  be  emphasized  in 
more  than  10  different  herbicide  groups.  Re- 
cent advances  in  herbicidal  metabolism, 
translocation,  and  mode  of  action  will  be  re- 
viewed. Adsorption,  decomposition  and 
movement  in  the  soil  will  be  studied. 

AGRO  807  Advanced  Forage  Crops.  (2) 

First  semester,  alternate  years  (offered 
1972-1973).  Prerequisite,  BOTN  441  or  equiv- 
alent, or  permission  of  instructor.  A  funda- 
mental study  of  physiological  and  ecological 
responses  of  grasses  and  legumes  to  environ- 
mental factors,  including  fertilizer  elements, 
soil  moisture,  soil  temperature,  humidity, 
length  of  day,  quality  and  intensity  of  light, 
wind  movement,  and  defoliation  practices. 
Relationship  of  these  factors  to  life  history, 
production,  chemical  and  botanical  composi- 
tion, quality,  and  persistence  of  forages  will  be 
considered. 

AGRO  821  Advanced  Methods  of  Soil  In- 
vestigation. (3)  First  semester,  alternate 
years  (offered  1973-1974).  Prerequisites, 
AGRO  202  and  permission  of  instructor.  An 
advanced  study  of  the  theory  of  the  chemical 
methods  of  soil  Investigation  with  emphasis 
on  problems  involving  application  of  physical 
chemistry. 

AGRO  831  Advanced  Soil  Mineralogy.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years  (offered 
1972-1973)  Prerequisites.  AGRO  202  and 
permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  struc- 

Graduate  Programs  /  53 


ture,  physical-chemical  characteristics  and 
identification  methods  of  soil  minerals,  particu- 
larly clay  minerals,  and  their  relationship  to 
soil  genesis  and  productivity. 
AGRO  832  Advanced  Soil  Physics.  (3) 
Second  semester,  alternate  years  (offered 
1973-1974).  Prerequisites  AGRO  202  and 
permission  of  instructor.  An  advanced  study 
of  physical  properties  of  soils. 

AGRO  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research 
(1-8) 


American  Studies 
Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Director: 

Lounsbury 
Professors:  Beall,  Corrigan 
Adjunct  Professor:  Washburn 
Associate  Professors:  Mintz 

The  American  Studies  Program,  offer- 
ing the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  degrees,  pro- 
vides a  unique  combination  of  oppor- 
tunities for  the  individual  seeking  to 
study  our  civilization  at  the  graduate 
level:  1)  an  academic  community  lo- 
cated near  the  nation's  capital;  2)  a  fac- 
ulty, trained  in  American  Studies,  that 
offers  courses  in  vi^hich  the  student  may 
integrate  a  variety  of  cultural  materials 
and  develop  his  program  through  the 
channels  of  interdisciplinary  scholar- 
ship; 3)  the  availability  of  courses  em- 
phasizing American  materials  in  the  tra- 
ditional departments  of  Anthropology, 
Architecture,  Art,  Economics,  Edu- 
cation, English,  Geography,  Govern- 
ment and  Politics,  History,  Journalism, 
Music,  Philosophy,  Psychology, 
Speech  and  Dramatic  Arts. 

The  proseminar  in  American  Studies 
embodies  much  of  the  philosophy  of  the 
graduate  program:  it  allows  the  new 
major  to  share  the  perceptions  he  has 
gained  in  his  undergraduate  training.  He 
is  introduced  to  methodology  stressing 
the  value  of  art,  literature,  technology, 
popular  culture,  and  anthropology  in  the 
observation  of  cultural  patterns.  All  of 
the  reading  assignments,  although  they 
display  different  terminology  and  writing 
styles,  are  evaluated  in  terms  of  the 
authors'  endeavors  to  expand  the  role  of 
the  intellectual  in  the  academy  and  in 
American  society.  Lastly,  the  prosemi- 
nar introduces  each  participant  to  alter- 
natives of  focus  In  his  future  research 
and  reading. 

The  more  advanced  American  Stud- 
ies seminars  vary  from  semester  to 
semester  so  that  both  students  and  fac- 
ulty may  explore  new  directions  for  illu- 
minating a  certain  segment  of  our  civili- 

54  /  Graduate  Programs 


zation.  Frequently,  the  seminars  con- 
centrate on  a  specific  period  of  Ameri- 
can culture-Antebellum  American,  the 
Gilded  Age,  the  1930's,  the  1960's-or 
emphasize  thematic  materials  calling 
for  a  multi-perspective  methodology- 
myths  and  symbols  of  the  communica- 
tions revolution,  humor  and  satire  in 
American  life,  or  national  identity  in  the 
United  States.  An  important  feature  of 
the  graduate  program  is  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  where  the  serious  stu- 
dent of  matehal  artifacts  can  take  advan- 
tage of  the  seminars,  exhibits  and  inde- 
pendent reading  courses  prepared  by  a 
highly  trained  staff. 
Admission  and  Degree  Information 
The  master's  degree  candidate,  who 
will  normally  undertake  a  full  year  of 
course  work  (30  semester  hours),  pos- 
sesses a  number  of  alternatives  from 
which  to  choose  a  program  meeting  his 
professional  needs  and  interests.  In  ad- 
dition to  the  American  Studies  semi- 
nars, he  selects  an  area  of  concentra- 
tion in  one  of  the  departments  listed 
above.  Once  he  has  met  the  specific  re- 
quirements (6  hours  in  AMST  618:  "In- 
troductory Seminars  in  American  Stud- 
ies"; 6  hours  in  Advanced  American  Stud- 
ies Seminars)  for  the  degree,  he  may 
pursue  his  interests  in  the  traditional  dis- 
ciplines or  he  may  select  a  sequence  of 
courses  suggesting  new  perspectives 
on  the  interaction  of  the  personality  and 
the  environment,  including  classes  from 
departments  which  address  themselves 
to  minority  group  behavior,  to  an  evalua- 
tion of  the  mass  media's  impact  on  the 
human  sensibility,  or  to  a  consideration 
of  global  patterns  emerging  in  Europe, 
Africa  and  Asia. 

Before  receiving  the  M.A.  degree,  the 
candidate  takes  a  comprehensive  ex- 
amination drawing  upon  his  ability  to  in- 
tegrate the  materials  of  his  particular  pro- 
gram. Research  oriented  majors  may 
wish  to  write  a  thesis  in  place  of  six 
hours  of  course  credit. 

The  majority  of  the  students  accepted 
into  the  doctoral  program  have  received 
an  M.A.  degree  in  American  Studies. 
The  admissions  committee  will  also  ac- 
cept qualified  individuals  who  have  their 
master's  degrees  in  other  fields  if  they 
have  had  a  strong  emphasis  in  Amer- 
ican materials.  Because  of  the  highly  se- 
lective nature  of  the  Ph.D.  program,  ap- 
plicants may  be  asked  to  visit  the  univer- 
sity for  an  interview  to  clarify  the  extent 
of  their  preparation  in  the  study  of  Ameri- 
can culture.  Certain  promising  candi- 
dates will  be  required  to  remove  deficien- 


cies in  their  training  by  taking  specific 
undergraduate  courses  recommended 
by  the  advisors  of  the  program. 

The  student  must  take  6  semester 
hours  of  AMST  618  "Introductory  Semi- 
nar In  American  Studies  ";  3  hours  of  the- 
ory and  methodology  courses;  and  6 
hours  of  Advanced  Seminar  Work  in 
American  Studies.  The  remaining  hours 
will  be  distributed  among  the  programs 
and  departments  supporting  the  stu- 
dent's area  of  specialization. 

The  requirements  for  the  doctoral  de- 
gree are  flexible  and  enable  the  candi- 
date to  complete  his  course  work  within 
a  year  of  intensive  study  (30  semester 
hours  beyond  the  M.A.,  including  an  18- 
credit  residency  requirement).  The  stu- 
dent also  demonstrates  his  proficiency 
in  a  foreign  language  or  in  an  analytical 
tool  such  as  computer  science,  success- 
fully completes  a  comprehensive  ex- 
amination, and  submits  a  thesis  giving 
evidence  of  original  research  and  inter- 
pretation. 

If  any  student  wishes  to  consider  a 
topic  which  is  not  found  in  formal 
classes  at  the  university,  he  is  free  to 
construct  a  reading  program  with  the 
guidance  of  a  faculty  member  in  Amer- 
ican Studies  or  in  one  of  the  related  dis- 
ciplines. The  comprehensive  examina- 
tion is  based  on  three  separate  seg- 
ments of  study;  theories  and  methods  in 
American  Studies;  an  area  of  concen- 
tration (usually  in  American  history  or  lit- 
erature); a  specialized  field  related  to 
the  themes  and  time  span  to  be  investi- 
gated in  the  dissertation  (for  example 
Popular  Culture,  Afro-American  Stud- 
ies, American  Thought,  American  Art 
and  Technology,  Urban  Studies,  Wom- 
en's Studies). 

The  American  Studies  thesis  is  there- 
fore the  logical  extension  of  the  courses 
and  examination  areas  decided  upon 
by  the  graduate  student  himself. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  proximity  of  many  federal  institu- 
tions allows  for  a  firsthand  appreciation 
of  politics  and  contemporary  life,  while 
the  facilities  of  the  National  Archives 
and  the  Library  of  Congress  give  the  his- 
torian access  to  the  materials  document- 
ing the  experiences  of  past  generations. 
Important  galleries,  including  the  Na- 
tional Collection  of  Fine  Arts  and  the  Na- 
tional Gallery  of  Art,  exhibit  the  high 
points  of  creative  expression  in  the  vis- 
ual arts.  The  holdings  of  the  Smithson- 
ian Institution  possess  numerous  mani- 
festations of  the  native  vernacular  tradi- 


tions  in  architecture  and  technology,  in 
the  folk  arts,  and  in  American  Indian  cul- 
ture. The  District  of  Columbia  and  its  sur- 
rounding regions  represent  an  impres- 
sive aggregate  of  associations  and  com- 
munities-alternatives to  traditional  poli- 
tics such  as  Common  Cause,  the  focus 
upon  black  cultural  identity  found  in  the 
Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum,  the 
new  cities  of  Columbia,  fvlaryland  and 
Reston,  Virginia  -  which  seek  to  trans- 
cend the  crises  of  urban  America  in  a 
creative  manner. 

The  program,  drawing  upon  the  re- 
sources of  its  cultural  environment,  of- 
fers the  individual  an  education  in  the 
most  meaningful  sense:  a  personal  con- 
frontation with  academic  tradition  re- 
lated to  the  processes  of  immediate  and 
contemporary  social  change. 

Additional  Information 

For  additional  information,  please  write 
to  the  Director  of  Graduate  Studies, 
American  Studies  Program,  University 
of  fVlaryland. 

Courses 

AMST  426  Culture  and  the  Arts  In  Amer- 
ica. (3)  Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  A  study 
of  American  institutions,  the  intellectual  and 
esthetic  climate  from  the  colonial  period  to 
the  present. 

AMST  427  Culture  and  the  Arts  in  Amer- 
ica. (3)  Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  A  study 
of  American  institutions,  the  intellectual  and 
esthetic  climate  from  the  colonial  period  to 
the  present. 

AMST  436  Readings  in  American  Studies. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  An  historical 
survey  of  American  values  as  presented  in 
various  key  wntings. 

AMST  437  Readings  in  American  Studies. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  An  historical 
survey  of  American  values  as  presented  in 
various  key  writings. 

AMST  446  Popular  Culture  In  America.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing  and  permission 
of  instructor.  A  survey  of  the  historical  de- 
velopment of  the  popular  arts  and  modes  of 
popular  entertainment  in  America. 

AMST  447  Popular  Culture  in  America.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing  and  AMST  446. 
Intensive  research  in  the  sources  and 
themes  of  contemporary  American  popular 
culture. 

AMST  498  Special  Topics  in  American 
Studies.  (3)  Prerequisite:  A  course  in  Ameri- 
can history,  literature,  or  government,  or  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  Topics  of  special  in- 
terest. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits 
when  topics  differ. 

AMST  618  Introductory  Seminar  in  Amer- 
ican Studies  (3) 

AMST  628  Seminar  In  American  Studies 

(3) 

AMST  629  Seminar  in  American  Studies 

(3) 


AMST  638  Orientation  Seminar-Material 
Aspects  of  American  Civilization.  Class 
Meets  at  the  Smithsonian.  (3) 

AMST  639  Reading  Course  in  Selected 
Aspects  of  American  Civilization.  Class 
Meets  at  the  Smithsonian.  (3) 

AMST  698  Directed  Readings  in  American 
Studies.  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to  pro- 
vide students  with  the  opportunity  to  pursue 
independent,  interdisciplinary  research  and 
reading  in  specific  aspects  of  American  cul- 
ture under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty  mem- 
ber. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 

AMST  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

AMST  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Animal  Sciences  Program 

Professor  and  Program  Chairman:  Davis 

Professors:  (Animal  Science)  Green,  Flyger, 
Leffel,  Young;  (Dairy  Science)  Cairns. 
Keeney,  King,  Mattick,  Vandersall, 
Williams:  (Veterinary  Science)  Hammond, 
IVIohanty. 

Associate  Professors:  (Animal  Science) 
Buric,  DeBarthe:  (Dairy  Science) 
Douglass,  Wesfhoff:  (Veterinary  Science) 
Albert,  Dutta,  l^arquardt. 

Assistant  Professors:  (Animal  Science) 
McCall,  Kunkle:  (Dairy  Science) 
Holdaway,  t\/lajeskie,  tVlather,  Vijay;  (Veter- 
inary Science)  Campbell,  Davidson, 
Jacobson,  Ingling, 

The  Graduate  Program  in  the  Animal 
Sciences  offers  work  leading  to  the  de- 
grees of  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor 
of  Philosophy.  Both  the  thesis  and  non- 
thesis  option  are  available  for  the  Mas- 
ter's Degree.  Areas  of  concentration  with- 
in the  Program  include  animal  nutrition, 
physiology,  genetics,  management, 
pathology  and  virology  for  all  of  the 
classes  and  species  of  animals  listed. 
Opportunities  for  study  related  to  do- 
mestic animals,  marine  and  wildlife  are 
available. 

Degrees  with  research  specialities 
identified  with  meat,  milk  and  other  dairy 
products  may  be  undertaken  in  this  pro- 
gram or  in  the  Graduate  Program  in 
Food  Science,  in  which  appropnate 
faculty  of  these  Departments  also  par- 
ticipate. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  are  requested  to  submit 
scores  of  the  Graduate  Record  Ex- 
amination. 

One  course  at  the  graduate  level  in 
biochemistry  and  one  in  biometrics  and 
two  credits  of  program  seminar  are  re- 
quired for  the  M.S.  Degree.  Students  en- 
rolled in  the  non-thesis  option  are  ex- 
pected to  defend  their  scholarly  paper  in 
an  oral  examination.  Two  academic 
years,  including  the  summer  for  re- 


search, are  usually  required  for  complet- 
ing the  M.S.  Entehng  students  should 
have  an  academic  background  com- 
mensurate with  a  baccalaurate  degree 
in  the  Animal  Sciences.  Those  not  hav- 
ing a  course  in  genetics,  nutrition,  gen- 
eral animal  physiology,  microbiology 
and  animal  production  or  management 
should  plan  to  take  such  a  course  early 
in  their  graduate  program. 

Ph.D.  students  entenng  from  other  in- 
stitutions with  the  Masters  or  entering  di- 
rectly into  the  Ph.D.  program  are  ex- 
pected to  meet  the  requirements  indi- 
cated above.  Two  additional  credits  in 
the  program  seminar  are  required.  The 
M.S.  is  not  a  prerequisite  for  admission 
to  Ph.D.  study:  however,  most  students 
find  it  advantageous.  Students  usually 
complete  the  Ph.D.  in  two  years  after 
the  M.S. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Faculty  in  the  program  are  an  outstand- 
ing group  representing  research  accom- 
plished in  a  wide  variety  of  related  fields. 
Excellent  supporting  courses  in  physi- 
ology, biochemistry  and  microbiology 
are  available  in  the  appropriate  depart- 
ments. Courses  in  biometrics  listed  in 
the  catalog  under  AGRI  provide  a  strong 
background  in  experimental  design  and 
statistical  analysis.  The  Computer  Sci- 
ence Center  offers  courses  in  program- 
ming and  computer  language,  as  well 
as  facilities  for  the  statistical  analysis  of 
thesis  data. 

Outstanding  laboratory  facilities  are 
available  in  the  Animal  Sciences  Center 
which  include  the  combined  resources 
of  the  Departments  of  Animal,  Dairy  and 
Veterinary  Science.  Instrumentation  is 
available  to  graduate  students  for  gas- 
lipid  chromatography,  atomic  absorp- 
tion spectrophotometry,  automated  cal- 
orimetry,  electron  microscopy,  liquid  scin- 
tillation radioactivity  measurements, 
electrophoresis,  ultra  centrifugation  and 
a  variety  of  microbiological  techniques. 
Controlled  environment  facilities  in  the 
Center  permit  work  with  laboratory  ani- 
mals and  detailed  experiments  on  larger 
animals.  A  gnotobiotic  laboratory  is 
available  and  currently  being  used  in 
ruminent  nutrition  research.  Excellent 
surgical  facilities  are  available  for  re- 
search in  the  areas  of  reproductive  and 
nutritional  physiology. 

Herds  and  flocks  of  beef  cattle,  dairy 
cattle,  horses,  sheep  and  swine  are 
readily  available  for  graduate  research. 
Limited  numbers  of  experiments  can  be 
conducted  on  the  campus  with  large  an- 
imals. Experiments  requihng  large  num- 


Graduate  Programs  /  55 


bers  of  animals  are  carried  out  at  one  of 
four  outlying  farms. 

A  cooperative  agreement  with  the  Ag- 
ricultural Research  Service  at  nearby 
Beltsville,  Maryland  (BARC)  makes 
available  laboratory,  animal  and  re- 
search personnel  resources  of  impor- 
tance in  the  graduate  program. 

A  dairy  product  processing  facility  is 
available  for  dairy  product  research. 

In  addition  to  excellent  library  facilities 
on  the  Campus,  the  National  Agricul- 
tural Library,  the  National  Library  of 
Medicine  and  the  Library  of  Congress, 
all  located  within  10  miles,  constitute 
the  best  library  resource  for  graduate 
study  available  anywhere. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  number  of  Graduate  Assistantships 
are  available  and  awarded  to  students 
presenting  strong  academic  records 
and  a  capability  and  motivation  to  per- 
form well  in  teaching  or  research  assign- 
ments. 

Additional  Information 

For  specific  information  on  the  Program, 
admission  procedures  or  financial  aid, 
contact: 
Dr.  R.  F.  Davis,  Chairman 
Department  of  Dairy  Science 

Courses 

ANSC  401  Fundamentals  of  Nutrition.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  104;  ANSC  212  recommended.  A 
study  of  the  fundamental  role  of  all  nutrients 
in  the  body  including  ttieir  digestion,  absorp- 
tion and  metabolism.  Dietary  requirements 
and  nutritional  deficiency  syndromes  of  labo- 
ratory and  farm  animals  and  man  will  be  con- 
sidered. 

ANSC  402  Applied  Animal  Nutrition.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  penod  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  MATH  110,  ANSC  401 
or  permission  of  instructor.  A  critical  study  of 
those  factors  which  influence  the  nutritional 
requirements  of  ruminants,  swine  and  poul- 
try. Practical  feeding  methods  and  proce- 
dures used  in  formulation  of  economically  ef- 
ficient rations  will  be  presented. 

ANSC  403  Applied  Animal  Nutrition.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week  Prerequisites,  IVIATH  1 10,  ANSC  402 
or  permission  of  instructor.  A  critical  study  of 
those  factors  which  influence  the  nutritional 
requirements  of  ruminants,  swine  and  poul- 
try. Practical  feeding  methods  and  proce- 
dures used  in  formulation  of  economically  ef- 
ficient rations  will  be  presented. 

ANSC  406  Environmental  Physiology.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  anatomy  and  physiology.  The 
specific  anatomical  and  physiological  modifi- 
cations employed  by  animals  adapted  to  cer- 
tain stressful  environments  will  be  con- 
sidered Particular  emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  the  problems  of  temperature  regulation 
and  water  balance  Specific  areas  for  con- 
sideration will  include:  animals  in  cold  (includ- 


ing hibernation),  animals  in  dry  heat,  diving 
animals  and  animals  in  high  altitudes. 

ANSC  407  Advanced  Dairy  Production.  (1) 

An  advanced  course  primarily  designed  for 
teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  and  county 
agents.  It  includes  a  study  of  the  newer  dis- 
coveries in  dairy  cattle  nutrition,  breeding  and 
management. 

ANSC  41 1  Biology  and  Management  of 
Shellfish.  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three- 
hour  laboratory  periods  each  week.  Field 
trips.  Identification,  biology,  management, 
and  culture  of  commercially-important  mol- 
luscs and  Crustacea.  Prerequisite,  one  year 
of  biology  or  zoology.  This  course  will  ex- 
amine the  shellfisheries  of  the  world,  but  will 
emphasize  those  of  the  Northwestern  Atlan- 
tic Ocean  and  Chesapeake  Bay. 

ANSC  412  Introduction  to  Diseases  of  Ani- 
mals. (3)  Prerequisite,  MICB  200  and  ZOOL 
101 .  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  This  course  gives  basic  instruction 
in  the  nature  of  disease;  including  causation, 
immunity,  methods  of  diagnosis,  economic 
importance,  public  health  aspects  and  pre- 
vention and  control  of  the  common  diseases 
of  sheep,  cattle,  swine,  horses  and  poultry. 

ANSC  413  Laboratory  Animal  Manage- 
ment. (3)  A  comprehensive  course  in  care 
and  management  of  laboratory  animals.  Em- 
phasis will  be  placed  on  physiology,  anatomy 
and  special  uses  for  the  different  species. 
Disease  prevention  and  regulations  for  main- 
taining animal  colonies  will  be  covered.  Field 
trips  will  be  required. 

ANSC  414  Biology  and  Management  of 
Fish.  (4)  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  biology  or 
zoology.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  lab- 
oratories a  week.  Fundamentals  of  individual 
and  population  dynamics;  theory  and  prac- 
tice of  sampling  fish  populations;  manage- 
ment schemes. 

ANSC  416  Wildlife  Management.  (3)  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory.  An  introduction 
to  the  interrelationships  of  game  birds  and 
mammals  with  their  environment,  population 
dynamics  and  the  principles  of  wildlife  man- 
agement. 

ANSC  422  Meats.  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ANSC  221 .  A  course  designed  to  give  the 
basic  facts  about  meat  as  a  food  and  the  fac- 
tors influencing  acceptability,  marketing,  and 
quality  of  fresh  meats.  It  includes  compar- 
isons of  characteristics  of  live  animals  with 
their  carcasses,  grading  and  evaluating  car- 
casses as  well  as  wholesale  cuts,  and  the  dis- 
thbution  and  merchandising  of  the  nation's 
meat  supply.  Laboratory  periods  are  con- 
ducted in  packing  houses,  meat  distribution 
centers,  retail  outlets  and  university  meats 
laboratory. 

ANSC  423  Livestock  Management.  (3) 
One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite.  ANSC  401.  Application 
of  various  phases  of  animal  science  to  the 
management  and  production  of  beef  cattle, 
sheep  and  swine. 

ANSC  424  Livestock  Management.  (3)  One 
lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  ANSC  423.  Applications  of  var- 
ious phases  of  animal  science  to  the  manage- 
ment and  production  of  beef  cattle,  sheep 
and  swine. 


ANSC  425  Herpetology.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ANSC  21 1  and  ANSC  212;  or  equivalent. 
Study  of  taxonomy,  physiology,  behavior, 
functional  anatomy,  evolution  and  distribu- 
tion of  present  day  amphibians  and  reptiles. 
Common  diseases  and  management  under 
captive  conditions.  Identification  of  poison- 
ous species  with  appropriate  precautions. 

ANSC  426  Principles  of  Breeding.  (3)  Sec- 
ond semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Pre- 
requisites, ANSC  201  or  equivalent,  ANSC 
222,  ANSC  423  or  424.  Graduate  credit  (1-3 
hours)  allowed  with  permission  of  instructor. 
The  practical  aspects  of  animal  breeding,  her- 
edity, variation,  selection,  development,  sys- 
tems of  breeding  and  pedigree  study  are  con- 
sidered. 

ANSC  432  Horse  Farm  Management  (3) 
Prerequisite,,  ANSC  332  and  AREC  410. 
One  90-minute  lecture  and  one  four-hour  lab- 
oratory period  per  week.  A  course  to  develop 
the  technical  and  managenal  skills  necessary 
for  the  operation  of  a  horse  breeding  farm. 
Herd  health  programs,  breeding  programs 
and  procedures,  foaling  activities,  foot  care, 
weaning  programs,  and  the  maintenance  of 
records  incidental  to  each  of  these  activities. 

ANSC  442  Dairy  Cattle  Breeding.  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  ANSC  242,  and  ANSC  201 .  A 
specialized  course  in  breeding  dairy  cattle. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  methods  of  evaluation 
and  selection,  systems  of  breeding  and 
breeding  programs. 

ANSC  443  Physiology  and  Biochemistry 
of  Lactation.  (3)  Prerequisites;  ANSC  212  or 
equivalent  and  CHEM  261  or  CHEM  461 . 
Three  lectures  per  week.  The  physiology  and 
biochemistry  of  milk  production  in  domestic 
animals,  particularly  cattle.  Mammary  gland 
development  and  maintenance  from  the  em- 
bryo to  the  fully  developed  lactating  gland.  Ab- 
normalities of  the  mammary  gland. 

ANSC  444  Analysis  of  Dairy  Production 
Systems.  (3)  Prerequisites,  AGEC  406  and 
ANSC  203  or  214,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
The  business  aspects  of  dairy  farming  includ- 
ing an  evaluation  of  the  costs  and  returns  as- 
sociated with  each  segment.  The  economic 
impact  of  pertinent  management  decisions  is 
studied.  Recent  developments  in  animal  nuth- 
tion  and  genetics,  agricultural  economics,  agri- 
cultural engineering,  and  agronomic  prac- 
tices are  discussed  as  they  apply  to  manage- 
ment of  a  dairy  herd. 

ANSC  446  Physiology  of  Mammalian  Re- 
production. (3)  Prerequisite;  ZOOL  422  or 
ANSC  212.  Anatomy  and  physiology  of  repro- 
ductive processes  in  domesticated  and  wild 
mammals. 

ANSC  447  Physiology  of  Mammalian  Re- 
production Laboratory.  (1)  Pre-  or  corequi- 
sites;  ANSC  446.  One  three-hour  laboratory 
per  week.  Animal  handling,  artificial  Insem- 
ination procedures  and  analytical  techniques 
useful  in  animal  management  and  repro- 
ductive research.  Not  open  to  students  who 
have  credit  for  ANSC  446  prior  to  fall  1976. 

ANSC  452  Avian  Physiology.  (2)  (Alternate 
even  years)  one  three-hour  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisites,  a  basic  course  in  ani- 
mal physiology.  The  basic  physiology  of  the 
bird  is  discussed,  excluding  the  reproductive 
system.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to  physio- 


56  /  Graduate  Programs 


logical  differences  between  birds  and  other 
vertebrates. 

ANSC  462  Physiology  of  Hatchability.  (1) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisite.  ZOOL  421  or  422.  The 
ptiysiology  of  embryonic  development  as  re- 
lated to  principles  of  tiatctiability  and  prob- 
lems of  incubation  encountered  in  the  hatch- 
ery industry  are  discussed. 

ANSC  463  Nutrition  Laboratory.  (2)  Pre- 
requisite, ANSC/NUSC  401  or  concurrent 
registration.  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Digestibility  studies  with  ruminant  and  mono- 
gastnc  animals,  proximate  analysis  of  var- 
ious food  products,  and  feeding  trials  demon- 
strating classical  nutntional  deficiencies  in  lab- 
oratory animals, 

ANSC  464  Poultry  Hygiene.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  MICB  200  and  ANSC  101.  Vi- 
rus, bacterial  and  protozoan  diseases,  par- 
asitic diseases,  prevention,  control  and  eradi- 
cation, 

ANSC  466  Avian  Anatomy.  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  per  week  Pre- 
requisite, ZOOL  102.  Gross  and  microscopic 
structure,  dissection  and  demonstration. 

ANSC  467  Poultry  Breeding  and  Feeding. 

(1)  This  course  is  designed  primarily  for 
teachers  of  vocational  agnculture  and  exten- 
sion service  workers.  The  first  half  will  be  de- 
voted to  problems  concerning  breeding  and 
the  development  of  breeding  stock.  The  sec- 
ond half  will  be  devoted  to  nutrition. 

ANSC  477  Poultry  Products  and  Market- 
ing. (1)  This  course  is  designed  primanly  for 
teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  and  county 
agents.  It  deals  with  the  factors  affecting  the 
quality  of  poultry  products  and  with  hatchery 
management  problems,  egg  and  poultry  grad- 
ing, preservation  problems  and  market  out- 
lets for  Maryland  poultry. 

ANSC  480  Special  Topics  in  Fish  and  Wild- 
life Management.  (3)  Three  lectures.  Analy- 
sis of  various  state  and  federal  programs  re- 
lated to  fish  and  wildlife  management.  This 
would  include:  Fish  stocking  programs.  Mary- 
land deer  management  program,  warm  water 
fish  management,  acid  drainage  problems, 
water  quality,  water  fowl  management,  wild 
turkey  management  and  regulations  relative 
to  the  administration  of  these  programs. 

ANSC  487  Special  Topics  in  Animal  Sci- 
ence. (1)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. This  course  is  designed  pnmarily  for 
teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  and  exten- 
sion service  personnel.  One  primary  topic  to 
be  selected  mutually  by  the  instructor  and  stu- 
dents will  be  presented  each  session. 

ANSC  601  Advanced  Ruminant  Nutrition. 

(2)  First  semester.  One  one-hour  lecture  and 
one-three  hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site, permission  of  instructor.  Physiological, 
microbiological  and  biochemical  aspects  of 
the  nutrition  of  ruminants  as  compared  to 
other  animals. 

ANSC  603  Mineral  Metabolism.  (3)  Second 
semester.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequi- 
sites. CHEM  481  and  463.  The  role  of  min- 
erals in  metabolism  of  animals  and  man.  Top- 
ics to  be  covered  include  the  role  of  minerals 
in  energy  metabolism,  bone  structure,  electro- 
lyte balance,  and  as  catalysts. 


ANSC  604  Vitamin  Nutrition.  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites, ANSC  401  and  CHEM  461 .  Two  one- 
hour  lectures  and  one  two-hour  discussion 
penod  per  week.  Advanced  study  of  the  fun- 
damental role  of  vitamins  and  vitamin-like  co- 
factors  in  nutntion  including  chemical  proper- 
ties, absorption,  metabolism,  excretion  and 
deficiency  syndromes.  A  critical  study  of  the 
biochemical  basis  of  vitamin  function,  interre- 
lationship of  vitamins  with  other  substances 
and  of  certain  laboratory  techniques. 

ANSC  610  Electron  Microscopy.  (4)  First 
and  second  semesters  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  penods  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
permission  of  instructor.  Theory  of  electron 
microscopy,  electron  optics,  specimen  prep- 
aration and  technique,  operation  of  elec- 
tron photography,  interpretation  of  electron 
images,  related  instruments  and  techniques 

ANSC  612  Energy  Nutrition.  (2)  Second 
semester.  Prerequisites,  ANSC  402  or  NUSC 
450,  CHEM  461,  or  consent  of  instructor.  One 
lecture,  one  2  hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Basic  concepts  of  animal  energetics  with 
quantitative  descriptions  of  energy  require- 
ments and  utilization. 

ANSC  614  Proteins.  (2)  Second  semester 
One  lecture  and  one  2  hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites.  ANSC  402  and  CHEM 
461  or  consent  of  instructor.  Advanced  study 
of  the  roles  of  ammo  acids  in  nutrition  and 
metabolism.  Protein  digestion,  absorption, 
anabolism,  catabolism  and  ammo  acid  bal- 
ance. 

ANSC  622  Advanced  Breeding  (2)  Second 
semester,  alternate  years.  Two  lectures  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  ANSC  426  or  equiva- 
lent, and  biological  statistics.  This  course 
deals  with  the  more  technical  phases  of  her- 
edity and  variation,  selection  indices,  breed- 
ing systems,  and  inheritance  in  farm  animals. 

ANSC  641  Experimental  Mammalian  Sur- 
gery I.  (2)  First  semester.  Prerequisite,  per- 
mission of  instructor.  A  course  presenting  the 
fundamentals  of  anesthesia  and  the  art  of  ex- 
perimental surgery,  especially  to  obtain  re- 
search preparations. 

ANSC  642  Experimental  Mammalian  Sur- 
gery II.  (3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisites, 
ANSC  641.  Permission  of  instructor.  A 
course  emphasizing  advanced  surgical  prac- 
tices to  obtain  research  preparations,  cardio- 
vascular surgery  and  chronic  vascularly  iso- 
lated organ  techniques,  experience  with 
pump  oxygenator  systems,  profound  hypo- 
thermia, hemodialysis,  infusion  systems,  im- 
plantation and  transplantation  procedures 
are  taught, 

ANSC  643  Research  Methods.  (3)  First 
semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  pe- 
nods per  week.  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
instructor.  The  application  of  biochemical, 
physio-chemical  and  statistical  methods  to 
problems  in  biological  research. 

ANSC  660  Poultry  Literature.  (1-4)  First 
and  second  semesters.  Readings  on  individ- 
ual topics  are  assigned.  Wntten  reports  re- 
quired. Methods  of  analysis  and  presentation 
of  scientific  material  are  discussed. 

ANSC  661  Physiology  of  Reproduction. 

(3)  First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  lab- 
oratory period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  ANSC 
212  or  its  equivalent.  The  role  of  the  en- 


docnnes  in  reproduction  is  considered.  Fertil- 
ity, sexual  matunty,  egg  formation,  ovulation, 
and  the  physiology  of  oviposition  are  studied. 
Comparative  processes  in  birds  and  mam- 
mals are  discussed. 

ANSC  663  Advanced  Nutrition  Labora- 
tory. (3)  Prerequisite,  ANSC/NUSC  401 : 
and  either  CHEM  462  or  NUSC  670.  One 
hour  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Basic  instrumentation  and  techniques 
desired  for  advanced  nutntional  research. 
The  effect  of  various  nutntional  parameters 
upon  intermediary  metabolism,  enzyme  ki- 
netics, endocrinology,  and  nutrient  absorp- 
tion in  laboratory  animals 

ANSC  665  Physiological  Genetics  of  Do- 
mestic Animals.  (2)  Second  semester.  Two 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course  in 
basic  genetics  and  biochemistry.  The  under- 
lying physiological  basis  for  genetic  differ- 
ences in  production  traits  and  selected  mor- 
phological traits  will  be  discussed  Inhen- 
tance  of  enzymes,  protein  polymorphisms 
and  physiological  traits  will  be  studied. 

ANSC  677  Advanced  Animal  Adaptations 
to  the  Environment.  (2)  First  semester.  Two 
lectures  or  discussions  per  week.  Prerequi- 
sites: ANSC  406.  or  permission  of  instructor. 
A  detailed  consideration  of  certain  anatomi- 
cal and  physiological  modifications  employed 
by  mammals  adapted  to  cold,  dry  heat  or  alti- 
tude. Each  student  will  submit  for  discussion 
a  library  paper  concerning  a  specific  adapta- 
tion to  an  environmental  stress. 

ANSC  686  Veterinary  Bacteriology  and 
Mycology.  (3)  Prerequisites:  ANSC  412  and 
MICB  440.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Bactenal  and 
mycotic  diseases  of  domestic  animals  will  be 
considered.  Emphasis  will  be  given  to  culture 
and  differentiation  of  the  micro-organisms, 
their  pathogenic  properties,  epizootiology, 
mode  of  transmission,  disease  prevention 
and  chemotherapy. 

ANSC  687  Veterinary  Virology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: MICB  460.  A  detailed  study  of  virus 
and  nckettsial  diseases  of  domestic  and  lab- 
oratory animals.  Emphasis  on  viruses  of  vet- 
erinary importance  along  with  techniques  for 
their  propagation,  charactenzation  and  identi- 
fication, 

ANSC  690  Seminar  in  Population  Genet- 
ics of  Domestic  Animals.  (3)  Second  se- 
mester. Prerequisites,  ZOOL  246  and  AGRI 
401  or  their  equivalents.  Current  literature 
and  research  dealing  with  the  pnnciples  of 
population  genetics  as  they  apply  to  breeding 
and  selection  programs  for  the  genetic  im- 
provement of  domestic  animals,  population 
structure,  estimation  of  genetic  parameters, 
correlated  characters,  pnnciples  and  meth- 
ods of  selection,  relationship  and  systems  of 
mating, 

ANSC  698  Seminar.  (1)  First  and  second  se- 
mesters. Students  are  required  to  prepare 
papers  based  upon  current  scientific  publica- 
tions relating  to  animal  science,  or  upon  their 
research  work,  for  presentation  before  and 
discussion  by  the  class:  (1)  recent  advances; 
(2)  nutrition:  (3)  physiology:  (4)  biochemistry, 

ANSC  699  Special  Problems  in  Animal  Sci- 
ence. (1-2)  First  and  second  semesters. 
Work  assigned  in  proportion  to  amount  of 
credit.  Prerequisite,  approval  of  staff,  Prob- 

Graduate  Programs  /  57 


lems  will  be  assigned  which  relate  specifically 
to  the  character  of  work  the  student  is  pursu- 
ing. 

ANSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 
ANSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Applied  Mathematics 
Program 

Professor  and  Director  Rheinboldt 

Professors:  Almon  (ECON),  Antman 
(MATH),  Banerjee  (PHYS),  Brill  (PHYS), 
Cadman  (CHE),  Cunniff(ME),  Davidson 
(PHYS),  Davisson  (EE),  DeClaris  (EE), 
Dorfnnan  (IPST),  Douglis  (H/IATH),  Dragt 
(PHYS),  Edmundson  (CMSC),  Falier 
(IPST),  Ferrell  (PHYS),  Gass  (B&M), 
Glasser  (PHYS),  Greenberg  (PHYS), 
Griffin  (PHYS),  Harger  (EE),  Hummel 
(IVIATH),  R.L.  Johnson  (MATH),  Kanal 
(CMSC),  Kelejian  (ECON),  MacDonald 
(PHYS),  Mikulski  (MATH),  Minker  (CMSC), 
Misner  (PHYS),  Newcomb  (EE),  Osborn 
(MATH),  Pearl  (MATH),  Prange  (PHYS), 
Stellmacher  (MATH),  Sternberg  (CE), 
Strauss  (MATH),  Sucher  (PHYS),  Taylor 
(EE),  Weiss  (EE),  Wolfe  (MATH),  Woo 
PHYS).  Yang  (ME) 

Associate  Professors:  Berenstein  (MATH), 
Betancourt  (ECON),  Cooper  (MATH), 
Donaldson  (AERO),  Ephremides  (EE), 
Fivel  (PHYS),  Fromovitz(B&M),  Garber 
(CE),  Gentry  (CHE),  Glick  (PHYS),  Hall 
(CE),  Jones  (AERO),  Kim  (PHYS), 
Korenman  (PHYS),  Marks  (ME), 
Pfaffenberger  (B&M),  Plotkin  (AERO), 
Sather  (MATH),  Schaeffer  (AERO), 
Schneider  (MATH),  Sheaks  (CHE),  Sweet 
(MATH),  Vandergraft  (CMSC),  Walston 
(ME),  Widhelm  (B&M) 

Assistant  Professors:  Agrawala  (CMSC), 
Baras  (EE),  Basili  (CMSC),  Fitzpatrick 
(MATH),  C.R.  Johnson  (IPST),  Kedem 
(MATH),  Kirby  (MATH),  Liu  (MATH), 
McClellan  (CMSC),  Stewart  (CMSC) 

Researcti  Professors:  Babuska  (IPST), 
Hubbard  (IPST),  G.S.,  Jones  (IPST), 
Karlovitz  (IPST),  Kellogg  (IPST), 
Lashinsky  (IPST),  Olver  (IPST),  Yorke 
(IPST),  Zwanzig  (IPST) 

The  Interdisciplinary  Applied  Math- 
ematics Program  offers  the  degrees  of 
Master  of  Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy, 
These  are  awarded  for  graduate  study 
and  research  in  mathematics  and  its 
applications  in  the  engineering,  physi- 
cal, and  social  sciences.  In  addition,  the 
Applied  Mathematics  Program  offers 
certified  minors  in  applied  mathematics 
for  graduate  students  not  enrolled  in  the 
Program. 

The  Program  is  administratively  affil- 
iated with  the  Department  of  Math- 
ematics. In  particular,  under  this  ar- 
rangement the  Department  of  Math- 
ematics assumes  the  respnsibility  for 
the  administration  of  the  applied  math- 
ematics courses  under  the  MAPL  label. 
Moreover,  the  Graduate  Office  of  the 

58  /  Graduate  Programs 


Department  maintains  the 
records  of  all  students  in  the  Applied 
Mathematics  Program  and  handles  cor- 
respondence with  those  applying  for  ad- 
mission. However,  it  is  important  that 
any  application  for  admission  indicates 
clearly  whether  a  student  wishes  to 
enter  the  Mathematics  (MATH)  or  the 
Applied  Mathematics  (MAPL)  Program. 
The  faculty  considers  the  primary  aim 
of  applied  mathematics  to  be  the  under- 
standing of  a  wide  spectrum  of  scientific 
phenomena  through  the  use  of  math- 
ematical  ideas,   methods,   and   tech- 
niques. The  applied  mathematician 
should  be  both  a  mathematical  special- 
ist and  a  versatile  scientist,  whose 
interests  and  motivations  derive  from  a 
strong  desire  to  confront  highly  complex 
or   descriptive   situations   with   math- 
ematical analysis  and  ideas.  In  line  with 
this,  at  least  half  of  the  required  work 
is  expected  to  be  in  courses  with  primar- 
ily mathematical  content,  and  the  re- 
maining part  has  to  include  a  coherent 
set  of  courses  in  some  field  of  applica- 
tion outside  of  the  usual  mathematics 
curriculum.  Some  of  the  areas  currently 
pursued  by  graduate  students  in  the 
Program  are  various  areas  of  physics, 
information  structures,  meteorology, 
operations  research,  pattern  recogni- 
tion, structural  mechanics,  and  systems 
and  control  theory.  Many  other  areas 
of  study  are  available  through  the  par- 
ticipating departments.  It  may  also  be 
noted  that  the  faculty  includes  a  strong 
group  in  numerical  analysis  and  that 
many  students  include  courses  on 
numerical  and  scientific  computing  in 
their  programs. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  the  general  requirements 
of  the  Graduate  School,  applicants  for 
admission  to  graduate  study  in  the  Pro- 
gram should  have  completed,  with  at 
least  a  B  average  (3.0  on  a  4.0  scale), 
an  undergraduate  program  of  study 
which  includes  a  strong  emphasis  on 
mathematics.  The  student's  general 
ability  for  graduate  study  in  the  Program 
and  mathematical  capabilities  will  be 
determined  from  his  or  her  record  or  by 
special  examination. 

A  mathematical  preparation  with 
grades  of  B  or  better  at  least  through  the 
level  of  advanced  calculus  in  a  school  of 
good  academic  standing  will  normally 
be  considered  sufficient  demonstration 
of   the    required    mathematical    back- 
ground. Previous  education  in  some 
part  of  an  applicant's  area,  such  as 


physics,  one  of  the  engineering  disci- 
plines, economics,  etc.,  and  a  basic 
competence  in  computational  tech- 
niques will  be  favorably  considered  in  a 
student's  application  for  admission  to 
the  Program,  although  this  is  not  a  pre- 
requisite. 

When  a  student  has  decided  upon  an 
area  of  specialization,  a  study  advisory 
committee  is  appointed  by  the  Director  of 
the  Program.  This  committee,  working 
together  with  the  student,  is  responsible 
for  formulating  a  course  of  study  leading 
toward  the  degree  sought.  This  course 
of  study  must  constitute  a  unified,  co- 
herent program  in  an  acceptable  field  of 
specialization  of  applied  mathematics 
and  must  meet  with  the  approval  of  the 
Graduate  Committee  for  Applied  Math- 
ematics. 

Besides  any  other  requirements  spec- 
ified by  the  Graduate  School,  the  fol- 
lowing specific  conditions  must  be  met 
for  an  M.A.  degree  in  Applied  Math- 
ematics: 

(1)  At  least  12  of  the  24  required 
course  credits  for  the  M.A.  degree  with 
thesis  are  in  courses  with  primarily  math- 
ematical content  selected  from  a  list  of 
such  courses  maintained  by  the  Gradu- 
ate Committee  for  Applied  Mathematics. 
At  least  6  of  these  12  credits  are  on  the 
600-800  level.  At  least  3  of  the  1 2  credits 
are  in  a  course  on  numerical  analysis. 
At  least  1  of  the  12  credits  is  in  an  ap- 
proved applied  mathematics  seminar. 

(2)  The  24  required  course  credits  in- 
clude either  6  credits  at  the  600-800 
level,  or  alternately,  9  credits  of  which  3 
are  at  the  600-800  level,  in  courses 
whose  content  is  phmarily  in  the  stu- 
dent's chosen  field(s)  of  application. 

No  course  may  be  used  to  meet  the 
requirements  under  both  (1)  and  (2) 
above. 

(1)  At  least  15  of  the  30  required 
course  credits  for  the  non-thesis 
master's  option  are  in  courses  with  pri- 
marily mathematical  content  selected 
from  a  list  of  courses  maintained  by  the 
Graduate  Committee  for  Applied  Math- 
ematics. At  least  9  of  these  15  credits 
are  in  a  course  on  numerical  analysis. 
At  least  1  of  the  15  credits  is  in  an 
approved  applied  mathematics  seminar. 

(2)  The  30  required  course  credits  in- 
clude either  6  credits  at  the  600-800 
level,  or,  alternately,  9  credits  of  which  3 
are  at  the  600-800  level,  in  courses 
whose  content  is  primarily  in  the  stu- 
dent's chosen  field(s)  of  application. 

No  course  may  be  used  to  meet  the 


requirements  under  both  (1)  and  (2) 
above. 

The  student  must  pass  the  compre- 
hensive examination  for  the  M.A.  de- 
gree with  thesis.  The  examination  con- 
sists of  at  least  three  parts,  with  at  least 
one  of  the  parts  in  a  mathematics  area, 
and  at  least  one  of  the  parts  in  an  area  of 
application.  The  parts  shall  be  taken  as 
closely  together  as  possible. 

The  student  In  the  doctoral  program 
must  take  a  minimum  of  36  hours  of 
courses  exclusive  of  dissertation  re- 
search. At  least  27  of  these  36  credits 
are  at  the  600-800  level. 

A  transfer  of  at  most  27  credits  of 
graduate-level  work  taken  at  a  regionally 
accredited  Institution  before  admission 
to  the  Ph.D.  Program  Is  permitted  pro- 
viding that  (1)  the  Graduate  Committee 
for  Applied  Mathematics  has  approved 
the  transfer;  (2)  a  grade  of  B  or  better 
was  earned  in  the  courses  taken  (no 
courses  with  pass/fail  grades  will  be 
accepted);  (3)  the  credit  was  earned 
within  the  time  limits  Imposed  for  com- 
pleting the  Ph.D.  degree  at  the  University 
of  Maryland. 

Course  Distribution:  1)  at  least  18  of 
the  required  36  credits  are  In  courses 
with  primarily  mathematical  content 
selected  from  a  list  of  such  courses 
maintained  by  the  Graduate  Committee 
for  Applied  Mathematics.  At  least  9  of 
these  1 8  credits  are  on  the  600-800 
level.  At  least  3  of  the  18  credits  are  In 
numerical  analysis.  At  least  2  of  the  18 
credits  are  in  approved  applied  math- 
ematics seminars.  2)  The  36  credits  in- 
clude either  6  credits  at  the  600-800 
level  or  alternately  9  credits  of  which  3 
are  at  the  600-800  level,  In  courses 
whose  content  Is  primarily  in  the  stu- 
dent's chosen  field(s)  of  application. 
3)  No  course  may  be  used  to  meet  the 
requirements  under  both  items  (1)  and 
(2)  above. 

The  student  must  pass  the  Compre- 
hensive Examination  for  the  Ph.D.  The 
examination  consists  of  at  least  three 
parts,  with  at  least  one  of  the  parts  in  an 
area  of  mathematics,  and  at  least  one  of 
the  parts  In  an  area  of  application.  The 
parts  shall  be  taken  as  closely  together 
as  possible. 

In  addition,  the  student  must  pass  the 
Candidacy  Examination  for  the  Ph.D. 
degree.  The  Candidacy  Examination  is 
an  oral  examination  which  serves  as  a 
test  of  the  detailed  preparation  of  a  stu- 
dent in  the  area  of  specialization  and 
seeks  to  discover  if  he  or  she  has  a  deep 
enough  understanding  to  carry  out  the 


proposed  research.  The  examination 
assumes  further  advanced  course  work 
beyond  the  Comprehensive  Exam- 
ination. 

The  Applied  Mathematics  Program 
offers  certified  minors  in  applied  math- 
ematics to  regular  graduate  students 
who  are  enrolled  In  a  graduate  degree 
program  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
other  than  the  Program  itself.  The  suc- 
cessful completion  of  the  requirements 
for  such  a  minor  will  be  recorded  In  the 
student's  transcripts.  Moreover,  a  num- 
ber of  departments  participating  In  the 
Applied  Mathematics  Program  permit 
the  requirements  for  the  certified  minor 
to  replace  part  of  the  degree  require- 
ments of  the  major  department. 

A  student  wishing  to  pursue  a  certified 
minor  In  applied  mathematics  must  fill 
out  an  application  form  for  participation 
In  the  Certified  Minor  Program.  Such 
forms  are  available  from  the  office  of  the 
Director  of  the  Applied  Mathematics  Pro- 
gram. 

The  Certified  Minor  Program  at  the 
Master's  level  must  contain  at  least 
either  6  semester  hours  In  400-level 
courses  and  3  semester  hours  in  600- 
level  courses,  or  6  semester  hours  in 
600-level  courses.  At  the  doctoral  level 
the  Certified  Minor  Program  must  con- 
tain at  least  9  semester  hours  of  grad- 
uate credit,  of  which  at  most  3  hours 
may  be  on  the  400  level. 

Courses 

MAPL  460  Computational  Methods  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: Math  240,  241.  and  CMSC  110, 
or  equivalent.  Basic  computational  methods 
for  interpolation,  least  squares,  approx- 
imation, numerical  quadrature,  numencal 
solution  of  polynomial  and  transcendental 
equations,  systems  of  linear  equations  and 
initial  value  problems  for  ordinary  differential 
equations.  Emphasis  on  the  methods  and 
their  computational  properties  rather  than  on 
their  analytic  aspects,  (listed  also  as  CMSC 
460.) 

MAPL  470  Numerical  Mathematics:  Anal- 
ysis (3)  Prerequisites:  Math  240  and  241 : 
CMSC  1 10  or  equivalent.  This  course  with 
MAPL/CMSC  471 .  forms  a  one-year  intro- 
duction to  numerical  analysis  at  the  advanced 
undergraduate  level.  Interpolation,  numerical 
differentiation  and  integration,  solution  of  non- 
linear  equations,    acceleration   of  conver- 
gence, numerical  treatment  of  differential 
equations.  Topics  will  be  supplemented  with 
programming  assignments,  (listed  also  as 
CMSC  470.) 

MAPL  471  Numerical  Mathematics:  Linear 
Algebra  (3)  Prerequisites:  Math  240  and 
Math  241 :  CMSC  1 10  or  equivalent.  The 
course,  with  MAPL/CMSC  470,  forms  a  one- 
year  introduction  to  numerical  analysis  at  the 
advanced  undergraduate  level.  Direct  solution 


of  linear  systems,  nonns,  least  squares  prob- 
lems, the  symmetric  eigenvalue  problem, 
basic  Iterative  methods.  Topics  will  be  sup- 
plemented with  programming  assignments, 
(listed  also  as  CMSC  471.) 

MAPL  477  Optimization  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CMSC  1 10  and  MATH  405  or  MATH  474. 
Linear  Programming  including  the  simplex 
algorithm  and  dual  linear  programs,  convex 
sets  and  elements  of  convex  programming, 
combinatorial  optimization  integer  program- 
ming. (Listed  also  as  CMSC  477.) 

MAPL  498  Selected  Topics  in  Applied 
Mathematics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  the  instructor.  Topics  in  applied  mathe- 
matics of  special  interest  to  advance  under- 
graduate students.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  if  the  subject  matter 
is  different. 

MAPL  600  Advanced  Linear  Numerical 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisites:  MAPL  470.  471 
and  MATH  405  or  MATH  474:  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Advanced  topics  in  numencal  lin- 
ear algebra,  such  as  dense  eigenvalue  prob- 
lems, sparse  elimination,  iterative  methods, 
and  other  topics.  (Same  as  CMSC  770). 

MAPL  604  Numerical  Solution  of  Nonlin- 
ear Equations.  (3)  Prerequisites:  MAPL  470, 
471  and  MATH  410:  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Numerical  solution  of  nonlinear  equations  in 
one  and  several  variables.  Existence  ques- 
tions. Minimization  methods.  Selected  appli- 
cations. (Same  as  CMSC  772.) 

MAPL  607  Advanced  Numerical  Optimiza- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  410  and 
MAPL/CMSC  477:  or  equivalent.  Modem  Nu- 
merical methods  for  solving  unconstrained 
and  constrained  nonlinear  optimization  prob- 
lems in  finite  dimensions.  Design  of  compu- 
tational algorithms  and  on  the  analysis  of 
their  properties. 

MAPL  610  Numerical  Solution  of  Ordinary 
Differential  Equations.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MAPL/CMSC  470  and  MATH  414:  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Methods  for  solving  initial 
value  problems  in  ordinary  differential  equa- 
tions. Single  step  and  multi-step  methods, 
stability  and  convergence,  adaptive  methods. 
Shooting  methods  tor  boundary  value  prob- 
lems. 

MAPL  610  Numerical  Solution  of  Ordinary 
Differential  Equations.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MAPL/CMSC  470  and  MATH  414:  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Methods  for  solving  initial 
value  problems  in  ordinary  differential  equa- 
tions. Single  step  and  multi-step  methods, 
stability  and  convergence,  adaptive  methods. 
Shooting  methods  for  boundary  value  prob- 
lems. 

MAPL  612  Numerical  Methods  in  Partial 
Differential  Equations.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
Concurrent  registration  in  MATH/MAPL  680 
or  in  MAPL  650;  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Introduction  to  problems  and  methodologies 
of  the  solution  of  partial  differential  equations. 
Finite  difference  methods  for  elliptic,  para- 
bolic, and  hyperbolic  equations,  first  order 
systems,  and  eigenvalue  problems.  Varia- 
tional formulation  of  elliptic  problems.  The 
finite  element  method  and  its  relation  to  finite 
difference  methods. 

MAPL  814  Mathematics  of  the  Finite  Ele- 
ment Method.  (3)  Prerequisites:  Concurrent 


Graduate  Programs  /  59 


registration  in  MATH/MAPL  681  or  in  MATH/ 
MAPL  685;  or  MAPL  612  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Variational  formulations  of  linear 
and  nonlinear  elliptic  boundary  value  prob- 
lems; formulation  of  the  finite  element  meth- 
od; construction  of  finite  element  subspaces; 
error  estimates;  eigenvalue  problems;  time 
dependent  problems. 

MAPL  640  System  Theory.  (3)  IVIodeling  of 
systems,  abstract  definition  of  state,  linearity 
and  its  implications,  linear  differential  sys- 
tems, controllability  and  observability,  im- 
pulse response,  transfer  functions,  realiza- 
tion theory,  nonlinear  differential  systems, 
definitions  of  stability,  Lyapunov  stability 
theory,  input/output  stability,  frequency 
domain  stability  conditions.  (Listed  also  as 
ENEE  663.) 

MAPL  644  Estimation  and  Detection 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite;  ENEE  620  or  equiv- 
alent or  consent  of  instructor.  Estimation  of 
unknown  parameters,  Cramer-Rao  lovi^er 
bound;  Optimum  (IVIAP)  demodulation;  filter- 
ing, amplitude  and  angle  modulation,  com- 
parison with  conventional  systems;  statistical 
decision  theory;  Bayes,  IVIinimax,  Neyman/ 
Pearson,  critena-68  simple  and  composite 
hypotheses;  application  to  coherent  and  in- 
coherent signal  detection;  M-ARY  hypothesis; 
application  to  uncoded  and  coded  digital 
communication  systems.  (Listed  also  as 
ENEE  621.) 

MAPL  650  Advanced  Mathematics  for  the 
Physical  Sciences  I.  (3)  Prerequisites;  MATH 
240  and  410.  Effective  analytic  methods  for 
the  study  of  linear  and  nonlinear  equations 
that  arise  in  the  physical  sciences;  algebraic 
equations,  integral  equations  and  ordinary 
differential  equations.  (Not  open  to  graduate 
students  in  MATH  or  MAPL  without  special 
permission  from  their  advisor.) 

MAPL  651  Advanced  Mathematics  for  the 
Physical  Sciences  II.  (3)  Prerequisite:  MAPL 
650.  Continuation  of  MAPL  650.  Partial  dif- 
ferential equations;  linear  and  nonlinear 
eigenvalue  problems  (Not  open  to  graduate 
students  in  MATH  or  MAPL  without  special 
permission  from  their  advisor.) 

MAPL  655  Asymptotic  Analysis  and  Spe- 
cial Function  I.  (3)  Prerequisite;  MATH  413 
or  MATH  463.  Transcendental  equations. 
Gamma  function,  orthogonal  polynomials, 
Bessel  functions,  integral  transforms, 
Watson's  lemma,  Laplace's  method,  station- 
ary phase,  analytic  theory  of  ordinary  differ- 
ential equations,  Liouville-Green  (or  WKBJ) 
approximation.  (Same  as  MATH  655.) 

MAPL  656  Asymptotic  Analysis  and  Spe- 
cial Functions  II.  (3)  Prerequisite;  MATH/ 
MAPL  655,  Steepest  descents,  coalescing 
saddle-points,  singular  integral  equations, 
irregular  singularities,  Bessel,  hypergeomet- 
ric,  and  Legendre  functions,  Euler-Maclaurin 
formula.  Darboux's  method,  turning  points, 
phase  shift.  (Same  as  MATH  656.) 

MAPL  670  Ordinary  Differential  Equations 

I.  (3)  Prerequisites;  MATH  405  and  410  or  the 
equivalent.  Existence  and  uniqueness,  linear 
systems  usually  with  Floquet  theory  for  pe- 
riodic systems,  linearization  and  stability,  pla- 
nar systems  usually  with  Poincare-Bendixson 
theorem.  (Same  as  MATH  670.) 

MAPL  671  Ordinary  Differential  Equations 

II.  (3)  Prerequisites;  MATH  630  and  MATH/ 

60  /  Graduate  Programs 


MAPL  670  or  equivalent.  The  content  of  this 
course  varies  with  the  interests  of  the  instruc- 
tor and  the  class.  Stability  theory,  control,  time 
delay  systems,  Hamiltonian  systems,  bifur- 
cation theory,  and  boundary  value  problems. 
(Same  as  MATH  671.) 

MAPL  673  Classical  Methods  in  Partial 
Differential  Equations  I.  (3)  Prerequisite; 
MATH  410  or  equivalent.  Cauchy  problem 
for  the  wave  equation  and  heat  equation, 
Dirichlet  and  Neumann  problem  for  Laplace's 
equation.  Classification  of  equations,  Cauchy- 
Kowaleski  theorem.  General  second  order 
linear  and  nonlinear  elliptic  and  parabolic 
equations.  (Same  as  MATH  673.) 

MAPL  674  Classical  Methods  in  Partial 
Differential  Equations  II.  (3)  Prerequisite; 
MATH/MAPL  673.  General  theory  of  first 
order  partial  differential  equations,  charac- 
teristics, complete  integrals,  Hamilton-Jacobi 
theory.  Hyperbolic  systems  in  two  indepen- 
dent vanables,  existence  and  uniqueness, 
shock  waves,  applications  to  compressible 
flow.  (Same  as  MATH  674.) 

MAPL  680  Eigenvalue  and  Boundary  Value 
Problems  I  (3)  Prerequisite;  MATH  405  and 
410  or  equivalent.  Operational  methods  ap- 
plied to  ordinary  differential  equations.  Intro- 
duction to  linear  spaces,  compact  operators 
in  Hilbert  space,  study  of  eigenvalues.  (Same 
as  MATH  680.) 

MAPL  681  Eigenvalue  and  Boundary  Value 
Problems  II.  (3)  Prerequisite;  MATH/MAPL 
680.  Boundary  value  problems  for  linear  dif- 
ferential equations.  Method  of  energy  inte- 
grals applied  to  Laplace's  equation,  heat 
equation  and  the  wave  equation.  Study  of 
eigenvalues.  (Same  as  MATH  681.) 

MAPL  685  Modern  Methods  in  Partial  Dif- 
ferential Equations  I.  (3)  Prerequisite;  MATH 
630  and  631.  Space  of  distributions,  fourier 
transforms,  concept  of  weak  and  strong  solu- 
tions. Existence,  uniqueness  and  regularity 
theory  for  elliptic  and  parabolic  problems 
using  methods  of  functional  analysis.  (Same 
as  MATH  685.) 

MAPL  686  Modern  Methods  in  Partial  Dif- 
ferential Equations  II.  (3)  Prerequisite; 
MATH/MAPL  685.  Emphasis  on  nonlinear 
problems.  Sobolev  embedding  theorems, 
methods  of  monotonicity,  compactness,  appli- 
cations to  elliptic,  parabolic  and  hyperbolic 
problems.  (Same  as  MATH  686.) 

MAPL  698  Advanced  Topics  in  Applied 
Mathematics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
instructor.  Repeatable  if  topic  differs. 

MAPL  699  Applied  Mathematics  Seminar. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite;  Consent  of  instructor. 
Seminar  to  acquaint  students  with  a  variety 
of  applications  of  mathematics  and  to  de- 
velop skills  in  presentation  techniques.  Re- 
peatable if  topic  differs. 

MAPL  701  Introduction  to  Continuum 
Mechanics.  (3)  Prerequisite;  Consent  of  in- 
structor. Background  from  algebra  and  ge- 
ometry, kinematics  of  deformation.  Stress 
equations  of  motion,  thermodynamics  of  de- 
forming continua.  Theory  of  constitutive  re- 
lations. Materials  with  memory.  Initial  boun- 
dary value  problems  of  nonlinear  solid  and 
fluid  thermomechanics.  Boundary  value  prob- 
lems of  linear  theories  of  solids  and  fluids. 


MAPL  710  Linear  Elasticity.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site; MAPL  701  or  consent  of  instructor.  For- 
mulation of  the  equations.  Compatability. 
uniqueness,  existence,  representation  and 
qualitative  behavior  of  solutions.  Variational 
pnnciples.  St.  Venant  beam  problems,  plane 
strain  and  plane  stress,  half-space  protDlems, 
contact  problems,  vibration  problems,  wave 
propagation.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  formula- 
tion and  technique  rather  than  on  specific 
examples. 

MAPL  711  Non-linear  Elasticity.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite; MAPL  701 ,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Formulation  of  initial  boundary  value  prob- 
lems. Constitutive  restrictions.  Special  solu- 
tions. Perturbation  methods  and  their  validity. 
Theories  of  rods  and  shells.  Buckling  and 
stability.  Shock  propagation. 

MAPL  720  Fluid  Dynamics  I.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site; Consent  of  instructor.  A  mathematical 
formulation  and  treatment  of  problems  ans- 
ing  in  the  theory  of  incompressible,  compres- 
sible and  viscous  fluids. 

MAPL  721  Fluid  Dynamics  II.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site; Consent  of  instructor.  A  continuation  of 
MAPL  720. 

MAPL  731  Information  Theory.  (3)  Corequi- 
site;  ENEE  620.  Prerequisite;  STAT  400  or 
equivalent.  Information  measure,  entrophy, 
mutual  information;  source  encoding;  noise- 
less coding  theorem,  noisy  coding  theorem; 
exponential  error  bounds;  introduction  to  pro- 
balistic  error  correcting  codes,  block  and  con- 
volutional  codes  and  error  bounds;  channels 
with  memory;  continuous  channels;  rate  dis- 
tortion function.  (Same  as  ENNE  721,) 

MAPL  732  Coding  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite; 
ENNE  721  /MAPL  731 .  Algebraic  burst  and 
random  error  correcting  codes,  convolutional 
encoding  and  sequential  decoding,  threshold 
decoding,  concatenated  codes,  P-N  se- 
quences, arithmetic  codes.  (Same  as  ENNE 
722.) 

MAPL  735  Mathematical  Models  in  Esti- 
mation Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite;  Back- 
ground in  functional  analysis,  real  analysis 
and  random  processes.  Abstract  measures, 
probability  measures  on  function  spaces,  inte- 
gration; Markov  processes,  stochastic  differ- 
ential equations,  Ito's  rule;  Kalman-Bucy 
model;  duality  of  estimation  and  control, 
singular  detection,  point  processes;  RKHS, 
linear  theory,  multiplicity  representations; 
additional  models  and  applications.  (Same 
as  ENNE  772.) 

MAPL  741  Control  of  Distributed  Parameter 
Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite;  An  introductory 
course  in  functional  analytic  methods  at  the 
level  of  ENNE  760,  and  background  in  control 
and  system  theory.  Study  of  systems  gov- 
erned by  partial  differential  equations.  Delay 
systems.  Boundary  and  distnbuted  control, 
Lyapunov  stability.  Optimal  control  of  sys- 
tems governed  by  partial  differential  equa- 
tions and  of  delay  systems.  Applicatons  to 
continuum  mechanics,  distributed  networks, 
biology,  economics,  and  engineering.  (Same 
as  ENNE  761.) 

MAPL  742  Stochastic  Control.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site; ENNE  620  or  equivalent;  and  ENNE 
663/MAPL  640;  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Stochastic  control  systems,  numencal  meth- 
ods for  the  Ricatti  equation,  the  separation 
principle,  control  of  linear  systems  with  Gaus- 


sian  signals  and  quadratic  cost,  nonlinear  sto- 
chastic control,  stockastic  stability,  introduc- 
tion to  stochastic  games.  (Same  as  ENNE 
762.) 

MAPL  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

MAPL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research 
(1-8) 


Art  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Levitine 
Professors:  Bunts.  deLeins.  Denny.  Dnskell, 

Lynch.  ManI,  Rearick. 
Associate  Professors:  Campbell,  DiFederico, 

Farquhar.  Forbes.  Gelman.  Klank.  Lapinski, 

Niese.  Pemberton. 
Assistant  Professors:  DeMonte.  Green. 

Hauptman.  Johns.  Reid.  Spiro.  Weigl. 

Wheelock.  Withers. 

The  Department  of  Art  offers  programs 
of  graduate  study  leading  to  the  degrees 
of  Master  of  Arts  in  art  history.  Master  of 
Fine  Arts  in  studio  art  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  in  are  history.  Both  disciplines, 
rooted  in  the  concept  of  art  as  a  human- 
istic experience,  share  an  essential  com- 
mon aim:  the  development  of  the  students 
aesthetic  sensitivity,  understanding  and 
knowledge.  The  major  in  art  history  is 
committed  to  the  advanced  study  and 
scholarly  interpretation  of  existing  works 
of  art.  from  the  prehistonc  era  to  the 
present,  wfiile  the  studio  major  stresses 
the  student's  direct  participation  in  the 
creation  of  works  of  art. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

For  admission  to  graduate  study  in  stu- 
dio art,  an  undergraduate  degree  with 
an  art  major  from  an  accredited  college 
or  university,  or  its  equivalent,  is  required. 
The  candidate  should  have  approxi- 
mately 30  credit  hours  of  undergraduate 
work  in  studio  courses  and  12  credit 
flours  in  art  history  courses.  Other 
humanities  area  courses  should  be  part 
of  the  candidates  undergraduate  prep- 
aration. In  addition,  special  depart- 
mental requirements  must  be  met.  A 
candidate  for  the  Master  of  Fine  Arts 
degree  will  be  required  to  pass  an  oral 
comprehensive  examination,  present 
an  exhibition  of  his  thesis  work,  write  an 
abstract  based  on  the  thesis,  and  pre- 
sent an  oral  defense  of  the  thesis. 

For  admission  to  graduate  study  in  art 
history,  in  addition  to  the  approved  under- 
graduate degree,  or  its  equivalent,  spe- 
cial departmental  requirements  must  be 
met.  Departmental  requirements  for  the 
Master  of  Arts  degree  in  Art  History  in- 
clude ARTH  692:  reading  knowledge  of 
French  or  German  (evidenced  by  an  ex- 
amination administered  by  the  Art  De- 
partment): a  written  comprehensive  ex- 


amination which  tests  the  candidate  s 
knowledge  and  comprehension  of  princi- 
pal areas  and  phases  of  art  history:  a  the- 
sis which  demonstrates  competency  in 
research  and  in  original  investigation  by 
the  candidate:  and  a  final  oral  examina- 
tion on  the  thesis  and  the  field  which  it 
represents. 

Requirements  for  the  Doctor  of  Philos- 
ophy degree  in  Art  History  include  ARTH 
692:  reading  knowledge  of  French  and 
German:  an  oral  examination  and  a  written 
examination:  a  dissertation  which  demon- 
strates the  candidate's  capacity  to  per- 
form independent  research  in  the  field  of 
art  history:  and  a  final  oral  examination 
on  the  dissertation  and  the  field  it  repre- 
sents. 

Applicants  are  encouraged  to  sub- 
mit their  applications  by  early  March  for 
entrance  in  the  fall  and  by  early  October 
for  entrance  in  Spring  as  the  avail- 
able spaces  are  usually  filled  early. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Each  year  the  Department  of  Art  partici- 
pates in  the  Middle  Atlantic  Symposium 
in  the  History  of  Art  which  is  co-hosted 
by  the  National  Gallery  of  Art  and  the 
University  of  Maryland.  This  symposium 
provides  the  opportunity  for  advanced 
graduate  students  from  the  member  in- 
stitutions to  present  their  research  in  a 
professional  form.  From  time  to  time  the 
Department  of  Art  also  publishes  ab- 
stracts of  the  Symposium  papers  in 
Studies  in  Art  fiistory  presented  at  the 
twiddle  Atlantic  Symposium  in  tfie  His- 
tory of  Art. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  thirty- 
five  minutes  from  the  National  Gallery, 
the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  and 
Portrait  Gallery,  the  Freer  Gallery,  the 
Corcoran  Gallery,  the  Phillips  Gallery, 
Dumbarton  Oaks,  the  Hirshhorn  Collec- 
tion. In  Baltimore,  forty-five  minutes 
from  the  University,  is  the  Museum  of 
Art  and  the  Walters  Gallery. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  graduate  assistant- 
ships  are  available  in  art. 

Additional  Information 

Description  of  Departmental  require- 
ments for  the  above  programs  and 
other  information  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Department  of  Art. 

For  information  on  work  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Master  of  Education  in  art  ed- 
ucation, the  student  is  referred  to  the 
section  devoted  to  Secondary  Educa- 
tion in  this  catalog. 


Courses 

Art  Education 

ARTE  600  Advanced  Problems  in  Art  Edu- 
cation (3) 

ARTE  601  Advanced  Problems  In  Art  Edu- 
cation (3) 

ARTE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

Art  History 

ARTH  402  Classical  Art  (3)  Architecture, 
sculpture  and  painting  in  the  classical  cul- 
tures. First  semester  will  stress  Greece. 

ARTH  403  Classical  Art  (3)  Architecture, 

sculpture  and  painting  in  the  classical  cul- 
tures Second  semester  will  stress  Rome. 

ARTH  404  Bronze  Age  Art  (3)  An  of  the 

near  east.  Egypt  and  Aegean. 

ARTH  406  Arts  of  the  East  I  (3)  The  arts 
of  Japan  and  China  from  prehistory  to  1400. 

ARTH  407  Arts  of  the  East  II  (3)  The  arts 
of  Japan  and  China  from  the  140O's  to  the 
present. 

ARTH  410  Early  Christian  -  Early  Byzantine 

Art  (3)  Sculpture,  painting,  architecture,  and 
the  minor  arts  from  about  312  to  726  AD. 

ARTH  41 1  Byzantine  Art:  726  - 1453  (3) 

Sculpture,  painting,  architecture  and  the  minor 
arts  from  726  to  1453  AD. 

ARTH  412  Medieval  Art  (3)  Architecture, 
sculpture  and  painting  in  the  middle  ages. 
First  semester  will  stress  Romanesque. 

ARTH  413  Medieval  Art  (3)  Architecture, 
sculpture  and  painting  in  the  middle  ages. 
Second  semester  will  stress  the  Gothic  period. 

ARTH  416  Northern  European  Painting 
in  the  15th  Century  (3)  Painting  in  the  Neth- 
erlands. France  and  Germany. 

ARTH  417  Northern  European  Painting  In 
the  16th  Century  (3)  Painting  in  the  Nether- 
lands. France  and  Germany. 

ARTH  422  Early  Renaissance  Art  in  Italy 

(3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from 
about  1400  to  1430. 

ARTH  423  Early  Renaissance  Art  in  Italy 

(3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from 
about  1430  to  1475. 

ARTH  424  High  Renaissance  Art  in  Italy 

(3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from 
about  1475  to  1500, 

ARTH  425  High  Renaissance  Art  in  Italy 

(3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from 
about  1500  to  1525. 

ARTH  430  European  Baroque  Art  (3)  Archi- 
tecture, sculpture  and  painting  of  the  major 
southern  European  centers  in  the  1 7th  cen- 
tury. 

ARTH  431  European  Baroque  Art  (3)  Archi- 
tecture, sculpture  and  painting  of  the  major 
northern  European  centers  in  the  17th  cen- 
tury. 

ARTH  434  French  Painting  (3)  French  paint- 
ing from  1400  to  1600  From  Fouquet  to 
Poussin. 

ARTH  435  French  Painting  (3)  French  paint- 
ing from  1600  to  1800.  From  Le  Brun  to 
David. 


Graduate  Programs  /  61 


ARTH  440  19th  Century  European  Art  (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  In  Europe 
from  neo-classicism  to  Romanticism. 

ARTH  441  19th  Century  European  Art  (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  In  Europe. 
From  realism,  to  Impressionism  and  symbolism. 

ARTH  445  Impressionism  and  Neo- 
Impressionism  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARTH  260, 
261  or  consent  of  Instructor.  History  of  Impres- 
sionism and  neo-lmpressionism:  artists,  styles, 
art  theories,  criticism,  sources  and  Influence 
on  20th  century. 

ARTH  450  20th  Century  Art  (3)  Painting, 
sculpture  and  architecture  from  the  late  19th 
century  to  1920. 

ARTH  452  History  of  Photography  (3) 
History  of  photography  as  art  from  1839  to 
the  present. 

ARTH  454  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Cen- 
tury Sculpture  (3)  Trends  in  sculpture  from 
neo-classicism  to  the  present.  Emphasis  will 
be  put  on  the  redefinition  of  sculpture  during 
the  20th  century. 

ARTH  460  History  of  the  Graphic  Arts  (3) 
Prerequisite,  ARTH  100,  or  ARTH  260  and 
261 ,  or  consent  of  Instructor.  Graphic  tech- 
niques and  styles  In  Europe  from  1400  to 
1800:  contributions  of  major  artists. 
ARTH  462  African  Art  (3)  First  semester, 
the  cultures  west  of  the  Niger  river  (Nigeria 
through  Mall)  from  400  B.C.  to  the  present. 
The  art  is  studied  through  Its  Iconography 
and  function  in  the  culture  and  the  Intercul- 
tural  Influences  upon  the  artists.  Including  a 
study  of  the  societies,  cults  and  ceremonies 
during  which  the  art  was  used. 

ARTH  463  African  Art  (3)  Second  semester, 
the  cultures  east  and  south  of  Nigeria.  The 
art  Is  studied  through  its  Iconography  and 
function  in  the  culture  and  the  mtercultural 
influences  upon  the  artists,  Including  a  study 
of  the  societies,  cults  and  ceremonies  during 
which  the  art  was  used. 

ARTH  464  African  Art  Research  (3)  Seminar 
with  concentration  on  particular  aspects  of 
African  art.  The  course  Is  given  at  the  Museum 
of  African  Art  in  Washington,  DC. 

ARTH  470  Latin  American  Art  (3)  Art  of  the 

pre-hispanic  and  the  colonial  periods. 

ARTH  471  Latin  American  Art  (3)  Art  of  the 

19th  and  20th  centuries. 

ARTH  476  History  of  American  Art  (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in  the 
United  States  from  the  colonial  period  to  about 
1875. 

ARTH  477  History  of  American  Art  (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  In  the 
United  States  from  about  1875  to  the  present. 

ARTH  489  Special  Topics  In  Art  History  (3) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  head  or 
Instructor.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits 

ARTH  498  Directed  Studies  in  Art  History  I 
(2-3)  For  advanced  students,  by  permission 
of  department  chairman.  Course  may  be  re- 
peated for  credit  If  content  differs. 

ARTH  499  Directed  Studies  in  Art  History  II 
(2-3) 

ARTH  612  Romanesque  Art  (3)  Painting 
and  sculpture  in  western  Europe  in  the  1 1th 

62  /  Graduate  Programs 


and  12  centuries;  regional  styles;  relation- 
ships between  styles  of  painting  and  sculp- 
ture; religious  content. 

ARTH  614  Gothic  Art  (3)  Painting  and  sculp- 
ture in  western  Europe  in  the  11th  and  12th 
centuries:  regional  styles:  relationships  be- 
tween styles  of  painting  and  sculpture;  reli- 
gious content. 

ARTH  630  The  Art  of  Mannerism  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ART  423  or  permission  of  instructor 
Mannerism  In  Europe  during  the  16th  century; 
beginnings  in  Italy;  ramifications  In  France, 
Germany,  Flanders,  Spain:  painting,  architec- 
ture, and  sculpture. 

ARTH  634  French  Painting  from  Lebrun 
to  Gerlcault  - 1715-1815.  (3)  Development 
of  iconography  and  style  from  the  baroque 
to  neoclasslcism  and  romanticism.  Trends 
and  major  artists. 

ARTH  656  19th  Century  Realism,  1830- 
1860.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ART  440  or  441  or 
equivalent.  Courbet  and  the  problem  of  realism 
precursors,  David,  Gerlcault,  landscape 
schools;  Manet;  artistic  and  social  theories; 
realism  outside  France. 
ARTH  662  20th  Century  European  Art.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  ART  450,  451  or  equivalent.  A 
detailed  examination  of  the  art  of  an  individual 
country  in  the  12th  century;  France,  Germany, 
Italy,  Spain,  England. 

ARTH  676  20th  Century  American  Art.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ART  450.  451  or  equivalent.  The 
'eight,'  the  armory  show,  American  abstraction, 
romantic-realism,  new  deal  art  projects, 
American  surrealism  and  expressionism. 

ARTH  692  Methods  of  Art  History.  (3) 

Methods  of  research  and  criticism  applied  to 
typical  art-historical  problems;  bibliography 
and  other  research  tools.  May  be  taken  for 
credit  one  or  two  semesters. 
ARTH  694  Museum  Training  Program.  (3) 
ARTH  695  Museum  Training  Program.  (3) 

ARTH  698  Directed  Graduate  Studies  in 
Art  History.  (3)  For  advanced  graduate  stu- 
dents, by  permission  of  head  of  department. 
Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content 
differs. 

ARTH  699  Special  Topics  in  Art  History. 
(3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  department  head 
or  Instructor. 

ARTH  702  Seminar  in  Classical  Art.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ARTH  402,  403  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

ARTH  712  Seminar  in  Medieval  Art  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, ARTH  412,  413  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

ARTH  728  Seminar  Topics  in  Italian 
Renaissance  Art.  (3)  Problems  selected 
from  significant  themes  in  the  field  of  Italian 
renaissance  art  and  architecture,  1200-1600. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit  If  content  differs. 

ARTH  736  Seminar  in  18th  Century  Euro- 
pean Art.  (3) 

ARTH  740  Seminar  in  Romanticism.  (3) 

Problems  derived  from  the  development  of 
romantic  art  during  the  18th  and  19th  cen- 
turies. 

ARTH  743  Seminar  in  19th  Century  Euro- 
pean Art.  (3)  Problems  derived  from  the  pe- 


riod starting  with  David  and  ending  with 

Cezanne. 

ARTH  760  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Art. 

(3) 

ARTH  770  Seminar  In  Latin-American  Art. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ARTH  471  or  permission  of 

Instructor. 

ARTH  772  Seminar  in  Modern  Mexican  Art. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ARTH  471  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Problems  of  Mexican  art  of  the 
19th  and  20th  centuries;  Mexicanlsmo;  the 
'Mural  Renaissance':  architectural  regional- 
ism. 

ARTH  774  Seminar  in  19th  Century  Ameri- 
can Art.  (3)  Problems  In  architecture  and 
painting  from  the  end  of  the  colonial  period 
until  1860. 

ARTH  780  Seminar-Problems  in  Architec- 
tural History  and  Criticism.  (3) 
ARTH  784  Seminar  in  Literary  Sources  of 
Art  History.  (3)  Art  historical  sources  from 
Pliny  to  Malraux. 

ARTH  798  Directed  Graduate  Studies  in 

Art  History.  (3) 

ARTH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

ARTH  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research. 

(1-8) 

Art  Studio 

ARTS  404  Experiments  in  Visual  Processes. 

(3)  Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites,  either 
ARTS  220,  330  or  340.  Investigation  and  exe- 
cution of  process  oriented  art.  Group  and  in- 
dividual experimental  projects. 

ARTS  410  Drawing  IV.  (3)  Six  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  ARTS  310.  Ad/anced  drawing, 
with  emphasis  on  human  figure,  Its  structure 
and  organic  likeness  to  forms  In  nature.  Com- 
positional problems  deriving  from  this  relation- 
ship are  also  stressed. 

ARTS  420  Painting  IV.  (3)  Six  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  ARTS  324.  Creative  painting. 
Emphasis  on  personal  direction  and  self-crit- 
icism. Group  seminars. 

ARTS  430  Sculpture  IV.  (3)  Six  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  ARTS  335.  Problems  and 
techniques  of  newer  concepts,  utilizing  various 
materials,  such  as  plastics  and  metals.  Tech- 
nical aspects  of  welding  stressed. 

ARTS  440  Printmaking  III.  (3)  Six  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  ARTS  340  and  344.  Con- 
temporary experimental  techniques  of  one 
print  medium  with  group  discussions. 

ARTS  441  Printmaking  IV.  (3)  Six  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  ARTS  440.  Continuation 
of  ARTS  440. 

ARTS  489  Special  Problems  in  Studio  Arts. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Re- 
peatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

ARTS  498  Directed  Studies  in  Studio  Art. 
(2-3)  For  advanced  students,  by  permission 
of  department  chairman.  Course  may  be  re- 
peated for  credit  If  content  differs. 

ARTS  610  Drawing.  (3)  Sustained  treatment 
of  a  theme  chosen  by  student.  Wide  variety 
of  media. 

ARTS  614  Drawing.  (3)  Traditional  materials 
and  methods  Including  oriental,  sumi  ink 


drawings  and  techniques  of  classical  Ejro- 
pean  masters. 

ARTS  616  Drawing.  (3)  Detailed  anatomical 
study  of  the  human  figure  and  preparation  of 
large  scale  mural  compositions. 

ARTS  620  Painting.  (3) 

ARTS  624  Painting.  (3) 

ARTS  626  Painting.  (3) 

ARTS  627  Painting.  (3) 

ARTS  630  Experimentation  in  Sculpture.  (3) 

ARTS  634  Experimentation  in  Sculpture.  (3) 

ARTS  636  Materials  and  Techniques  in 
Sculpture.  (3)  For  advanced  students,  meth- 
ods of  armature  building,  and  the  use  of  a 
variety  of  stone,  wood,  metal,  and  plastic 
matenals, 

ARTS  637  Sculpture-Casting  and  Foundry. 

(3)  The  traditional  methods  of  plaster  casting 
and  the  complicated  types  involving  metal, 
cire  perdue,  sand-casting  and  newer  meth- 
ods, such  as  cold  metal  process. 

ARTS  640  Printmaking.  (3)  Advanced  prob- 
lems. Relief  process 

ARTS  644  Printmaking.  (3)  Advanced  prob- 
lems. Intaglio  process. 

ARTS  646  Printmaking.  (3)  Advanced  prob- 
lems. Lithographic  process. 

ARTS  647  Seminar  in  Printmaking.  (3) 

ARTS  689  Special  Problems  in  Studio  Art. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Re- 
peatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

ARTS  690  Drawing  and  Painting.  (■;)  Prep- 
aration and  execution  of  a  wall  decoration. 

ARTS  698  Directed  Graduate  Studies  in 
Studio  Art.  (3)  For  advanced  graduate  stu- 
dents by  permission  of  head  of  department. 
Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content 
differs. 

ARTS  798  Directed  Graduate  Studies  in 
Studio  Art.  (3) 

ARTS  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 


Astronomy  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Kerr 
Professors:  Bell.  Erickson.  Kundu.  Opik 

(part-time).  Rose.  Smith,  Wentzel, 

Westerhout,  Zuckennan 
Adjunct  Professors:  Brandt,  Musen 
Associate  Professors:  A  Hearn, 

Harrington.  f\^atthews.  Tnmble  (part-time). 

Zipoy 
Adjunct  Associate  Professor:  Clark 
Assistant  Professors:  Scott.  Wilson 
The  Astronomy  Program,  administra- 
tively part  of  the  Department  of  Physics 
and  Astronomy,  offers  programs  of 
study  leading  to  the  degrees  of  M.S.  and 
Ph.D.  in  Astronomy,  The  M,S.  program 
includes  both  thesis  and  non-thesis  op- 
tions. 

A  full  schedule  of  courses  in  all  fields 
of  astronomy  is  offered  including  galac- 
tic astronomy,  astrophysics,  solar  sys- 
tem structure,  observational  astronomy, 


celestial  mechanics,  solar  physics, 
study  of  the  interstellar  medium  and  ex- 
tragalactic  astronomy. 

The  faculty  has  expertise  in  most  ma- 
jor branches  of  astronomy.  The  re- 
search program  is  centered  around  two 
major  areas  of  interest.  The  first  one  is 
the  study  of  our  Galaxy:  its  large-scale 
spiral  structure,  detailed  structure  and 
theory  of  interstellar  gas  clouds  and  the 
distribution  of  different  types  of  stars. 
The  second  is  the  study  of  stellar  atmos- 
pheres and  interiors,  incuding  also  the 
solar  atmosphere,  stellar  evolution,  and 
Planetary  nebulae.  Research  is  also 
done  on  extragalactic  astronomy  and  on 
the  physics  of  the  solar  system. 
Admission  and  Degree  Information 
Students  are  expected  to  demonstrate 
competence  in  the  following  subjects 
prior  to  admission  to  graduate  work:  gen- 
eral physics,  heat,  intermediate  mechan- 
ics, optics,  electricity  and  magnetism, 
modern  physics,  differential  and  integral 
calculus,  and  advanced  calculus.  A  stu- 
dent may  be  admitted  without  one  of 
these  courses,  but  he  should  plan  to 
make  up  the  deficiency  as  soon  as  possi- 
ble, either  by  including  such  a  course  as 
a  part  of  his  graduate  program  or  by  inde- 
pendent study. 

No  formal  undergraduate  course 
work  in  astronomy  is  required.  How- 
ever, an  entering  student  should  have  a 
working  knowledge  of  the  basic  facts  of 
astronomy  such  as  is  obtainable  from 
one  of  the  many  elementary  textbooks. 
A  more  advanced  knowledge  of  astron- 
omy will  of  course  enable  a  student  to 
progress  more  rapidly  duhng  the  first 
year  of  graduate  work. 

Normally,  a  satisfactory  score  on  the 
GRE  Advanced  Test  in  Physics  is  re- 
quired before  an  applicant  s  admission 
to  the  Graduate  School  will  be  con- 
sidered. In  special  cases,  the  Graduate 
Entrance  Committee  may  waive  this  re- 
quirement, and  set  other  conditions  as  a 
requirement  for  admission,  to  be  ful- 
filled either  before  admission  or  during 
the  first  year  at  Maryland. 

Qualification  for  the  Ph.D.  program 
(which  is  decided  in  the  middle  or  at  the 
end  of  the  second  year)  requires  a 
written  examination  on  basic  astronomy 
at  the  end  of  the  first  year  and  an  exten- 
sive research  project  during  the  second 
year.  Overall  performance  in  the  exam, 
course  work  and  research  determines 
admission  to  the  Ph.D.  program. 

All  candidates  must  take  the  courses 
ASTR  400.  401 .  and  41 0,  41 1  (this  re- 
quirement may  be  waived  if  the  student 


has  previous  experience).  All  full-time 
students  are  expected  to  attend  an 
average  of  two  colloquia  and/or 
seminars  each  week  by  registering  for 
ASTR  698,  Candidates  for  the  Ph.D. 
should  expect  to  take  at  least  four  3- 
credit  Astronomy  courses  at  the  600 
and  700  level,  exclusive  of  seminars 
and  research  projects.  Normally  all 
Ph.D.  candidates  take  at  least  12 
credits  of  advanced  physics  courses. 
Especially  recommended  are  PHYS 
601,  604.  and  622.  Note:  Course  require- 
ments are  currently  under  review  and 
may  be  revised  for  the  1977-78 
academic  year. 

Many  other  courses  of  direct  interest 
to  astronomy  students  are  available  in 
Physics,  Mathematics,  Meteorology, 
Electhcal  Engineering,  and  Chemistry. 
The  student  is  urged  to  obtain  as  wide  a 
background  as  possible  outside  his  field 
of  specialization. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Astronomy  Program  carries  on  an 
extensive  research  program  in  the 
areas  discussed  above  with  the  grad- 
uate students  playing  an  active  role  in 
this  research.  Approximately  one-fourth 
of  all  research  papers  published  have  a 
graduate  student  as  one  of  the  authors. 
The  Program  maintains  a  small  optical 
observatory  on  campus.  Due  to  the  site, 
its  main  use  is  to  enable  students  to  gain 
experience  in  observational  techniques 
and  to  test  out  new  equipment.  There  is 
an  important  effort  in  the  program  de- 
voted to  the  development  of  optical  in- 
strumentation. A  Fourier  Transform 
Spectrometer  is  now  essentially  oper- 
ational and  a  photoelectnc  Fabry  Perot 
Interferometer  is  being  developed. 

The  Program  also  operates  a  radio 
observatory  near  Borrego  Springs. 
California.  This  is  designed  to  operate  at 
meter  wavelengths  and  is  one  of  the 
major  long  wavelength  observatories  in 
the  country.  A  major  commitment  of  this 
observatory  will  be  to  solar  research, 
with  the  immediate  aim  of  developing  a 
radio  heliograph  which  can  provide  real 
time  mapping  of  the  radio  sun.  Work  will 
also  go  on  there  in  the  areas  of  galactic 
and  extragalactic  radio  astronomy. 

The  library  facilities  of  the  Program 
have  recently  benefited  from  the  acqui- 
sition of  a  major  new  collection.  Re- 
organization of  the  current  facilities  is  in 
process.  When  completed,  the  Astron- 
omy library  should  be  one  of  the  fore- 
most collections  in  the  country 

The  Program  has  strong  interaction 
with  the  national  astronomy  observa- 


Graduate  Programs  /  63 


tories,  and  many  of  the  students  and 
faculty  carry  on  observing  programs  at 
tfiem.  Tfiere  are  also  very  close  ties  with 
neighboring  scientific  institutes.  A  major 
program  of  cooperative  research  has 
been  established  with  the  Goddard 
Space  Flight  Center  and  a  number  of 
graduate  students  carry  on  research 
programs  there.  There  are  also  close 
contacts  with  the  Naval  Observatory, 
the  Naval  Research  Labs  and  other  gov- 
ernment institutes. 

Financial  Assistance 

Essentially  all  eligible  graduate  students 
are  funded.  The  program  offers  both 
Research  and  Teaching  Assistantships. 

Additional  Information 

For  more  information,  especially  for 
physics  courses  related  to  astronomy, 
see  the  section  on  Physics.  A  brochure 
entitled  "Graduate  Study  in  Astronomy," 
describing  the  requirements,  the 
courses  and  the  research  program  in  de- 
tail, is  available  from  the  department.  All 
correspondence,  including  that  concern- 
ing admission  to  the  Astronomy  Pro- 
gram, should  be  addressed  to;  Astron- 
omy Program,  University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

ASTR  400  Introduction  to  Astrophysics 

I.  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Pre-  or  co- 
requisite,  RHYS  422  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Spectroscopy,  structure  of  the  atmos- 
pheres of  the  sun  and  other  stars.  Obser^/a- 
tionl  data  and  curves  of  growth.  Chemical 
composition. 

ASTR  401  Introduction  to  Astrophysics 

II.  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ASTR  400.  A  brief  survey  of  stellar  structure 
and  evolution,  and  of  the  physics  of  low- 
density  gasses,  such  as  the  interstellar 
medium  and  the  soiar  atmosphere.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  a  good  understanding  of 
a  few  theoretical  concepts  that  have  wide 
astrophysical  applications 

ASTR  410  Observational  Astronomy.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  working  knowledge  of  cal- 
culus, physics  through  PHYS  284,  or  263, 
and  3  credits  of  astronomy.  An  introduction  to 
current  methods  of  obtaining  astronomical  in- 
formation including  radio,  infrared,  optical, 
ultra-violet,  and  x-ray  astronomy.  The  labora- 
tory work  will  involve  photographic  and  photo- 
electric observations  with  the  department's 
optical  telescope  and  21 -cm  line  spec- 
troscopy, flux  measurements  and  interfer- 
ometry  with  the  department's  radiotele- 
scopes. 

ASTR  41 1  Observational  Astronomy.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ASTR  410,  working  know- 
ledge of  calculus,  physics  through  PHYS 
284,  or  263.  and  3  credits  of  astronomy.  An  ii 
troduction  to  current  methods  of  obtaining 
astronomical  information  including  radio,  in- 
frared, optical,  ultra-violet,  and  x-ray  astron- 
omy. The  latxjratory  work  will  Involve  photo- 
graphic and  photoelectric  observations  with 

64  /  Graduate  Programs 


the  department's  optical  telescope  and  21- 
cm  line  spectroscopy,  flux  measurements 
and  interferometry  with  the  department's  ra- 
dioielescopes.  Observatory  work  on  indi- 
vidual projects.  Every  semester. 
ASTR  420  Introduction  to  Galactic  Re- 
search. (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, MATH  141  and  at  least  12  credits  of 
Introductory  physics  and  astronomy  courses. 
Stellar  motions,  methods  of  galactic  re- 
search, study  of  our  own  and  nearby  gal- 
axies, clusters  of  stars. 
ASTR  430  The  Solar  System.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite -  MATH  246  and  either  PHYS  263  or 
PHYS  294,  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  struc- 
ture of  planetary  atmospheres,  radiative 
transfer  in  planetary  atmospheres,  remote 
sensing  of  planetary  surfaces,  interior  struc- 
ture of  planets.  Structure  of  comets.  Brief  dis- 
cussions of  asteroids,  satellite  systems,  and 
solar  system  evolution. 

ASTR  440  Introduction  to  Extra-Galactic 
Astronomy.  (3)  Prerequisite  -  MATH  141 
and  at  least  14  credits  of  introductory  physics 
and  astronomy  including  a  background  in 
astronomy  at  the  ASTR  181-182  level,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Properties  of  normal 
and  peculiar  galaxies,  including  radio  gal- 
axies, and  quasars:  expansion  of  the  uni- 
verse and  cosmology. 

ASTR  450  Celestial  Mechanics.  (3)  Three 
lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  410  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Celestial  mechanics, 
orbit  theory,  equations  of  motion. 

ASTR  498  Special  Problems  in  Astron- 
omy. (1-6)  Prerequisite,  major  in  physics  or 
astronomy  and/or  consent  of  advisor.  Re- 
search or  special  study.  Credit  according  to 
work  done. 

ASTR  600  Stellar  Atmospheres.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ASTR  400, 
401 ,  PHYS  422  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Observational  methods,  line  formation,  curve 
of  growth,  equation  of  transfer,  stars  with 
large  envelopes,  vanable  stars,  novae,  mag- 
netic fields  in  stars. 

ASTR  605  Stellar  Interiors.  (3)  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisites,  MATH  414 
and  PHYS  422  or  consent  of  instructor  A 
study  of  stellar  structure  and  evolution.  This 
course  will  consider  the  question  of  energy 
transfer  and  generation  in  the  interior  of  a 
star,  the  structure  of  stars,  including  prob- 
lems of  turbulence,  determination  of  chem- 
ical composition,  non-homogeneous  stars, 
evolution  of  both  young  and  old  stars,  pul- 
sating stars,  novae. 

ASTR  620  Galactic  Research.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, astronomy  420,  410,  411,  or  consent 
of  the  instructor.  Current  methods  of  research 
into  galactic  structure,  kinematics,  and  dy- 
namics. Basic  dynamical  theory.  Optical  and 
radio  obsen/ational  methods  and  current  re- 
sults. Review  of  presently-determined  dis- 
tribution and  kinematics  of  the  major  con- 
stituents of  the  galaxy.  Evolution  of  the 
galaxy. 

ASTR  625  Dynamics  of  Stellar  Systems. 

(3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
PHYS  601  or  ASTR  420.  Study  of  the  struc- 
ture and  evolution  of  dynamical  systems  en- 
countered in  astronomy.  Stellar  encounters 
viewed  as  a  two-body  problem,  statistical 


treatment  of  encounters,  study  of  dynamical 
problems  in  connection  with  star  clusters, 
ellipsoidal  galaxies,  nuclei  of  galaxies,  high- 
velocity  stars. 

ASTR  630  Physics  of  the  Solar  System. 

(3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
PHYS  422.  A  survey  of  the  problems  of  inter- 
planetary space,  the  solar  wind,  comets  and 
meteors,  planetary  structure  and  atmos- 
pheres, motions  of  particles  in  the  earth's 
magnetic  field. 

ASTR  660  Physics  of  the  Solar  Envelope. 

(3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
PHYS  422,  ASTR  400  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. A  detailed  study  of  the  solar  atmosphere. 
Physics  of  solar  phenomena,  such  as  solar 
flares,  structure  of  the  corona,  etc. 

ASTR  670  Interstellar  Matter.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  previous  or 
concurrent  enrollment  in  PHYS  622,  ASTR 
400  or  420,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study 
of  the  physical  properties  of  interstellar  gas 
and  dust.  This  course  will  include  diffuse 
nebulae,  regions  of  ionized  hydrogen,  re- 
gions of  neutral  hydrogen,  the  problems  of 
interstellar  dust  and  perhaps  planetary  neb- 
ulae, molecules. 

ASTR  688  Special  Topics  In  Modern  As- 
tronomy. (1-16)  Credit  according  to  work 
done  each  semester.  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  instructor.  These  courses  will  be  given  by 
specialists  in  various  fields  of  modern  as- 
tronomy, partly  staff  members,  partly  visiting 
professors  or  part-time  lecturers.  They  will 
cover  subjects  such  as:  cosmology,  discrete 
radio  sources,  magnetohydrodynamics  in  as- 
tronomy, the  H.R.  diagram,  stellar  evolution, 
external  galaxies,  galactic  structure,  chemi- 
stry of  the  interstellar  medium,  advanced 
celestial  mechanics,  astrometry,  radio  phy- 
sics of  the  sun,  etc. 

ASTR  698  Seminar.  (1)  Seminars  on  va- 
rious topics  in  advanced  astronomy  are  held 
each  semester,  with  the  contents  varied 
each  year.  One  credit  for  each  semester. 
There  are  weekly  colloquia  by  staff,  astro- 
nomers from  the  Washington  area,  and  visi- 
ting astronomers,  usually  on  topics  related 
to  their  own  work. 

ASTR  699  Special  Problems  In  Advanced 
Astronomy.  (1-6) 

ASTR  788  Special  Topics  in  Modern  As- 
tronomy. (1-16) 

ASTR  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ASTR  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Botany  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Sisler 
Professors:  Corbett,  Galloway,  Kantzes, 

Klarman,  Krusberg,  Morgan,  Patterson, 

Stern. 
Associate  Professors:  Barnett,  Bean,  Bottino, 

Curtis,  Karlander,  Lockard^  Motta, 

Rappleye,  Reveal. 
Assistant  Professors:  Blevins,  Broome, 

Stevenson,  Van  Valkenburg. 

'joint  appointment  with  Secondary  Education 

The  Department  of  Botany  offers  grad- 
uate programs  leading  to  the  degrees  of 


Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philoso- 
phy. Courses  and  research  problems 
are  developed  on  a  personal  basis  and 
arranged  according  to  the  intellectual 
and  professional  needs  of  the  student. 
Course  programs  are  flexible  and  are  de- 
signed under  close  supervision  by  the 
student's  advisor.  The  objective  of  the 
program  is  to  equip  the  student  with  a 
background  and  techniques  for  a  career 
in  plant  science  in  academic,  govern- 
mental, industrial  or  private  laboratories. 

The  areas  of  specialization  are  anat- 
omy and  morphology,  plant  biochem- 
istry, plant  biophysics,  plant  ecology, 
physiology  of  fungi,  genetics  and  molec- 
ular biology,  marine  botany,  mycology, 
plant  nematology,  plant  pathology,  phy- 
cology,  plant  physicology.  taxonomy, 
and  virology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

There  are  no  special  admission  require- 
ments. A  high  degree  of  intellectual  ex- 
cellance  is  of  greater  consequence  than 
completion  of  a  particular  curriculum  at 
the  undergraduate  level.  The  degree  re- 
quirements are  flexible.  However,  they 
involve  demonstration  of  competence  in 
the  broad  field  of  botany,  as  well  as  com- 
pletion of  courses  in  other  disciplines 
which  are  supportive  of  modern  compe- 
tence in  this  field.  A  foreign  language 
may  be  required  if  deemed  essential  by 
the  student's  Graduate  Advisory  Com- 
mittee. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  laboratories 
equipped  to  investigate  most  phases  of 
botanical  and  molecular  biological  re- 
search. Field  and  greenhouse  facilities 
are  available  for  research  requiring 
plant  culture.  Special  laboratory  rooms 
have  been  developed  for  research  em- 
ploying radioactive  isotopes.  Major 
pieces  of  equipment  include  a  trans- 
mission electron  microscope,  ultracentri- 
fuges.  X-ray  equipment,  low-speed  cen- 
trifuges, microtomes  for  cutting  ultrathin 
sections,  infra-red  spectrophotometer, 
recording  spectrophotometers,  environ- 
mental controlled  growth  chambers. 
Herbarium,  departmental  reference 
room,  enzyme  preparation  rooms,  dark 
rooms,  cold  rooms,  special  culture  ap- 
paratus for  algae,  fungi,  and  higher 
plants,  spectrophotometers,  and  respi- 
rometers  are  among  the  many  special 
pieces  of  equipment  and  facilities  that 
are  available  for  research. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  assistance  is  available  in  the 


form  of  teaching  and  research  assistant- 
ships. 

Additional  Information 

The  Department  has  a  special  brochure 
available  upon  request.  For  specific  in- 
formation on  departmental  programs, 
admission  procedures  or  financial  aid, 
contact: 

Chairman,  Department  of  Botany 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

BOTN  401  Origins  of  Modern  Botany.  (1) 

Prerequisite:  20  credit  hours  in  biological 
sciences  including  BOTN  100  or  101  or  equiv- 
alent. History  of  botany  as  a  science,  from 
Ancient  Greece  through  the  18th  century: 
emphasis  on  botany  as  an  intellectual  and 
cultural  pursuit. 

BOTN  402  Plant  Microtechnique.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: BOTN  1 00  or  1 01 ,  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. One  lecture  and  five  hours  of  labora- 
tory per  week.  Preparation  of  temporary  and 
permanent  mounts,  including  selection  of  ma- 
tenal,  killing  and  fixing,  embedding,  section- 
ing, and  staining  methods. 

BOTN  403  Medicinal  and  Poisonous  Plants. 

(2)  Prerequisite,  BOTN  100  or  101  and  CHEM 
1 04.  Two  lectures  per  week.  A  study  of  plants 
important  to  man  that  have  medicinal  or  poison- 
ous properties.  Emphasis  on  plant  source, 
plant  description,  the  active  agent  and  its  ben- 
eficial or  detrimental  physiological  action  and 
effects 

BOTN  405  Advanced  Plant  Taxonomy.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  penod  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  BOTN  202  and  BOTN 
212,  or  equivalents.  A  review  of  the  history 
and  principles  of  plant  taxonomy  with  em- 
phasis on  monographic  and  flonstic  research. 
A  detailed  laboratory  review  of  the  families 
of  flowenng  plants. 

BOTN  407  Teaching  Methods  In  Botany.  (2) 

Four  two-hour  laboratory  demonstration  peri- 
ods per  week,  for  eight  weeks.  Prerequisite, 
BOTN  100  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the  biologi- 
cal pnnciples  of  common  plants,  and  demon- 
strations, projects,  and  visual  aids  suitable  for 
teaching  in  pnmary  and  secondary  schools. 

BOTN  413  Plant  Geography.  (2)  Prerequi- 
site. BOTN  100  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  plant 
distribution  throughout  the  world  and  the  fac- 
tors generally  associated  with  such  distnbu- 
tion. 

BOTN  414  Plant  Genetics.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
BOTN  100  or  equivalent.  The  basic  principles 
of  plant  genetics  are  presented:  the  mechan- 
ics of  transmission  of  the  hereditary  factors  in 
relation  to  the  life  cycle  of  seed  plants,  the 
genetics  of  specialized  organs  and  tissues, 
spontaneous  and  induced  mutations  of  basic 
and  economic  significance,  gene  action,  genet- 
ic maps,  the  fundamentals  of  polyploidy,  and 
genetics  in  relation  to  methods  of  plant  breed- 
ing are  the  topics  considered. 

BOTN  415  Plants  and  Mankind.  (2)  Pre- 
requisite. BOTN  100  or  equivalent.  A  survey 
of  the  plants  which  are  utilized  by  man.  the 
diversity  of  such  utilization,  and  their  historic 
and  economic  significance. 


BOTN  416  Principles  of  Plant  Anatomy.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  2-hour  laboratory  peri- 
ods per  week.  The  origin  and  development  of 
cells,  tissues,  and  tissue  systems  of  vascular 
plants  with  special  emphasis  on  seed-bearing 
plants.  Particular  stress  is  given  to  the 
comparative,  systematic,  and  evolution- 
ary study  of  the  structural  components  of  the 
plants.  Prerequisite,  general  botany. 

BOTN  417  Field  Botany  and  Taxonomy.  (2) 

Prerequisite.  BOTN  100  or  general  biology. 
Four  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week  for 
eight  weeks.  The  identification  of  trees, 
shrubs,  and  herbs,  emphasizing  the  native 
plants  of  Maryland,  Manuals,  keys,  and  other 
techniques  will  be  used.  Numerous  short  field 
tnps  will  be  taken.  Each  student  will  make  an 
individual  collection, 

BOTN  419  Natural  History  of  Tropical  Plants. 

(2)  Prerequisite,  one  course  in  plant  taxon- 
omy or  permission  of  instructor.  An  introduc- 
tion to  tropical  vascular  plants  with  emphasis 
on  their  morphological,  anatomical,  and  habi- 
tat peculiarities  and  major  taxonomic  fea- 
tures, geographic  distribution  and  economic 
utilization  of  selected  families.  Two.  one-hour 
lectures  per  week. 

BOTN  422  Research  Methods  in  Plant 
Pathology.  (2)  Two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  221  or  equivalent. 
Advanced  training  in  the  basic  research  tech- 
niques and  methods  of  plant  pathology. 

BOTN  424  Diagnosis  and  Control  of  Plant 
Diseases.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BOTN  221. 
Three  lectures  per  week.  A  study  of  various 
plant  diseases  grouped  according  to  the  man- 
ner in  which  the  host  plants  are  affected.  Em- 
phasis will  be  placed  on  recognition  of  symp- 
toms of  the  various  types  of  diseases  and  on 
methods  of  transmission  and  control  of  the 
pathogens  involved, 

BOTN  425  Diseases  of  Ornamentals  and 
Turf.  (2)  Prerequisite— BOTN  221.  Two  lec- 
tures per  week.  Designed  for  those  students 
who  need  practical  expenence  in  recognition 
and  control  of  ornamentals  and  turf  diseases. 
The  symptoms  and  current  control  measures 
for  diseases  in  these  crop  areas  will  be  dis- 
cussed. 

BOTN  426  Mycology.  (4)  Two  lectures  and 
two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  botany  101  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  An  introductory  course  in  the  bi- 
ology, morphology  and  taxonomy  of  the  fungi. 

BOTN  427  Field  Plant  Pathology.  (1)  Sum- 
mer session:  lecture  and  laboratory  to  be  ar- 
ranged. Prerequisite  BOTN  221.  or  equiva- 
lent. The  techniques  of  pesticide  evaluation 
and  the  identification  and  control  of  diseases 
of  Maryland  crops  are  discussed.  Offered  in 
alternate  years  or  more  frequently  with  de- 
mand. 

BOTN  441  Plant  Physiology.  (4)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  BOTN  100  and  general 
chemistry.  Organic  chemistry  strongly  recom- 
mended. A  survey  of  the  general  physiologi- 
cal activities  of  plants. 

BOTN  462  Plant  Ecology.  (2)  Prerequisite, 
BOTN  100.  Two  lectures  per  week.  The  dy- 
namics of  populations  as  affected  by  environ- 
mental factors  with  special  emphasis  on  the 


Graduate  Programs  /  65 


structure  and  composition  of  natural  plant 
comnnunlties,  both  terrestlal  and  aquatic. 

BOTN  463  Ecology  of  Marsh  and  Dune 
Vegetation.  (2)  Two  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites. BOTN  100  An  examination  of  the 
biology  of  higher  plants  in  dune  and  marsh 
ecosystems. 

BOTN  464  Plant  Ecology  Laboratory.  (2) 
Prerequisite-  BOTN  462  or  its  equivalent  or 
concurrent  enrollment  therein.  One  three- 
hour  laboratory  penod  a  week.  Two  or  three 
field  trips  per  semester.  The  application  of 
field  and  experimental  methods  to  the  quali- 
tative and  quantitative  study  of  vegetation  and 
ecosystems. 

BOTN  471  Marine  and  Estuarlne  Botany. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  BOTN  441  or  equivalent.  An 
ecological  discussion  of  plant  life  in  the  ma- 
rine environment  of  sea  coasts,  salt  marshes, 
estuaries  and  open  seas. 

BOTN  475  General  Phycology.  (4)  One  lec- 
ture and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  BOTN  100  and 
BOTN  202,  or  permission  of  Instructor.  An  in- 
troductory study  of  both  macro-  and  micro- 
algae,  including  the  taxonomy,  morphology, 
and  life  cycles  of  both  fresh  water  and  marine 
forms. 

BOTN  612  Plant  Morphology.  (3)  Second 
semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  pe- 
riods per  week.  Prerequisites,  BOTN  212, 
BOTN  41 1 ,  or  equivalent,  A  comparative  study 
of  the  morphology  of  the  flowering  plants, 
with  special  reference  to  the  phylogeny  and 
development  of  floral  organs 

BOTN  613  Identification  of  Wood  and 
Timbers.  (2)  Prerequisites;  BOTN  416  or 
equivalent  and  permission  of  instructor.  Meth- 
ods and  procedures  for  determination  of  na- 
tive and  exotic  woods  used  In  commerce. 
Use  of  keys  to  and  descriptions  of  timbers, 
origins  of  indigenous  and  imported  woods, 
vernacular  and  trade  names,  properties, 
uses,  and  associated  literature. 

BOTN  615  Plant  Cytogenetics.  (3)  First 
semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  introductory 
genetics.  An  advanced  study  of  the  current 
status  of  plant  genetics,  particularly  gene  mu- 
tations and  their  relation  to  chromosome 
changes  In  corn  and  other  favorable  materi- 
als. 

BOTN  616  Nucleic  Acids  and  Molecular 
Genetics.  (2)  Fall  semester,  alternate  years. 
Prerequisites,  biochemistry  (CHEM  661)  and 
cytogenetics  (BOTN  615)  or  equivalent,  or 
consent  of  Instructor.  One  session  of  two 
hours  per  week.  An  advanced  treatment  of 
the  biochemistry  of  nucleic  acids  and  molec- 
ular genetics  for  qualified  graduate  students. 
Lectures  and  assigned  reports  on  recent 
progress  in  the  chemistry  of  inheritance. 

BOTN  620  Methods  in  Plant  Tissue  Cul- 
ture. (2)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  pe- 
riod a  week  A  methodology  and  techniques 
course  designed  to  give  the  student  back- 
ground and  expenence  in  plant  tissue  culture. 

BOTN  621  Physiology  of  Fungi.  (2)  First 
semester.  Prerequisites,  organic  chemistry 
and  BOTN  441  or  equivalent  in  bacterial  or 
animal  physiology.  A  study  of  various  aspects 
of  fungal  metabolism,  nutrition,  biochemical 

66  /  Graduate  Programs 


transformation,  fungal  products,  and  mech- 
anism of  fungicidal  action. 

BOTN  623  Physiology  of  Fungi  Labora- 
tory. (1)  First  semester.  One  laboratory  peri- 
od per  week.  Prerequisites,  BOTN  621  or 
concurrent  registration  therein.  Application  of 
equipment  and  techniques  In  the  study  of  fun- 
gal physiology, 

BOTN  625  Physiology  of  Pathogens  and 
Host-Pathogen  Relationships.  (3)  Three 
lecture  penods  a  week,  A  study  of  enzymes, 
toxins,  and  other  factors  Involved  in  pathogen- 
icity and  the  relationship  of  host-pathogen 
interaction  to  disease  development, 

BOTN  632  Plant  Virology.  (2)  Second 
semester.  Two  lectures  per  week  on  the  bio- 
logical, biochemical,  and  biophysical  aspects 
of  viruses  and  virus  diseases  of  plants.  Pre- 
requisites, bachelor's  degree  or  equivalent 
In  any  biological  science  and  permission  of 
instructor. 

BOTN  634  Plant  Virology  Laboratory.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  laboratories  per  week 
on  the  application  and  techniques  for  study- 
ing the  biological,  biochemical  and  biophys- 
ical aspects  of  plant  viruses.  Prerequisites, 
bachelor's  degree  or  equivalent  in  any  biologi- 
cal science  and  BOTN  632  or  concurrent 
registration  therein,  and  permission  of  the 
instructor. 

BOTN  636  Plant  Nematology.  (4)  Second 
semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  221  or 
permission  of  instructor.  The  study  of  plant- 
parasitic  nematodes,  their  morphology,  an- 
atomy, taxonomy,  genetics,  physiology,  ecol- 
ogy, host-parasite  relations  and  control.  Re- 
cent advances  in  their  field  will  be  emphasized. 

BOTN  641  Advanced  Plant  Physiology.  (2) 

First  semster.  Prerequisites.  BOTN  441  or 
equivalent,  and  organic  chemistry.  A  presen- 
tation of  the  metabolic  processes  occurring  in 
plants.  Including  the  roles  of  the  essential 
elements  in  these  processes  with  special  em- 
phasis on  recent  literature. 

BOTN  642  Plant  Biochemistry.  (2)  Second 
semester.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  641  or  CHEM 
461  and  462.  A  treatment  of  those  aspects 
of  biochemistry  especially  pertinent  to  plant- 
respiration,  photosynthesis,  and  organic 
transformations. 

BOTN  644  Plant  Biochemistry  Laboratory. 

(2)  Plant  biochemistry  laboratory.  Second 
semester.  Prerequisites,  BOTN  642  or  con- 
current registration  therein.  Use  of  apparatus 
and  application  of  techniques  in  the  study 
of  the  chemistry  of  plants  and  plant  materials. 
One  scheduled  three-hour  laboratory  period 
per  week,  plus  one  one-hour  laboratory  to  be 
arranged, 

BOTN  645  Growth  and  Development.  (2) 
First  semester.  Prerequisite,  12  semester 
hours  of  plant  science.  A  study  of  current 
developments  in  the  mathematical  treatment 
of  growth  and  the  effects  of  radiation,  plant 
hormones,  photoperiodism,  and  internal  bio- 
chemical balance  during  the  development  of 
the  plant. 

BOTN  650  Mineral  Nutrition  of  Plants.  (2) 

Prerequisite:  BOTN  441  Two  lectures  per 
week.  A  study  of  the  inorganic  nutrients  re- 
quired for  plant  growth  and  development, 


with  emphasis  on  mechanisms  of  nutrient  up- 
take, translocation,  and  mineral  metabolism. 

BOTN  652  Plant  Biophysics.  (2)  Second 
semester.  Prerequisites.  BOTN  641  and  at 
least  one  year  in  physics.  An  advanced  course 
dealing  with  the  operation  of  physical 
phenomena  In  plant  life  processes, 
processes. 

BOTN  654  Plant  Biophysics  Laboratory.  (2) 

Plant  biophysics  laboratory.  Second  semes- 
ter. Prerequisites  BOTN  652  or  concurrent 
registration  therein.  A  quantitative  and  quali- 
tative study  of  plant  systems  by  physical  and 
physiochemical  methods  and  Instruments. 
One  scheduled  three-hour  laboratory  period 
per  week,  plus  one  one-hour  laboratory  per- 
iod to  be  arranged. 

BOTN  661  Advanced  Plant  Ecology.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  working  knowledge  of  ele- 
mentary genetics  and  calculus,  or  permission 
of  the  instructor.  Population  dynamics,  evolu- 
tionary mechanisms,  and  quantitative  as- 
pects of  the  analysis  of  natural  communities. 
Special  emphasis  will  be  given  to  recent  theo- 
retical developments. 

BOTN  672  Physiology  of  Algae.  (2)  Second 

semester.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  642,  the  equiva- 
lent In  allied  fields,  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  physiology  and  compara- 
tive biochemistry  of  the  algae.  Laboratory 
techniques  and  recent  advances  in  algal  nutri- 
tion, photosynthesis,  and  growth  will  be  reviewe 

BOTN  674  Physiology  of  Algae  Labora- 
tory. (1)  Second  semester.  One  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  previous  or  con- 
current enrollment  In  BOTN  672,  and  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Special  laboratory  tech- 
niques Involved  in  the  study  of  algal  nutrition. 

BOTN  698  Seminar  in  Botany.  (1)  First 
and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  the  Instructor.  Discussion  of  special 
topics  and  current  literature  in  all  phases  of 
botany. 

BOTN  699  Special  Problems  in  Botany. 
(1-3) 

A  -  Physiology 
B  -  Ecology 
C  -  Pathology 
D  -  Mycology 
E  -  Nematology 
F  -  Cytology 
G  -  Cytogenetics 
H  -  Morphology 
I  -  Anatomy 
J  -  Taxonomy 

First  and  second  semester.  Credit  according 
to  time  scheduled  and  organization  of  course. 
Maximum  credit  toward  an  advanced  degree 
for  the  individual  student  at  the  discretion  of 
the  department.  This  course  may  be  orga- 
nized as  a  lecture  series  on  a  specialized  ad- 
vanced topic,  or  may  consist  partly,  or  entirely, 
of  experimental  procedures.  It  may  be  taught 
by  visiting  lecturers,  or  by  resident  staff 
members, 

BOTN  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 
BOTN  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research. 
(1-8) 


Business  and  Management 
Program 

Dean:  Lamone 

Assistant  Deans:  Haslem,  Edelson 

Director  of  Doctoral  Program:  Pfaffenberger 

Director  of  MBA.  Program:  Polst 

Professor  Emeritus:  Clemens 

Professors:  H.  Anderson,  Carroll.  Dawson, 
Gannon,  Gass,  Greer,  Haslem,  Lamone, 
Levine,  Locke,  Loeb,  Nash,  Paine,  Roberts, 
Taff. 

Associate  Professors:  Ashmen,  Bedingfleld, 
Edelson,  Edmister,  Fromovitz,  Hynes, 
Kuehl,  Leete,  Nickels,  Pfaffenberger,  Poist, 
Thieblot,  WIdhelm. 

Assistant  Professors:  C.  Anderson,  Beard, 
Bloom,  Bowers,  Corsi,  Ford,  Formisano, 
Golden,  Greene,  Jolson,  Kumar,  May, 
Mayer-Sommer,  Robeson,  Schneier. 
Spekman.  Taylor. 

Lecturers:  Boisjoiy,  Harvey.  Moerdyk. 
Reckers.  Stagliano. 

The  College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment offers  graduate  work  leading  to  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Business  Admin- 
istration (MBA)  and  Doctor  of  Business 
Administration  (DBA).  The  College  has 
the  only  MBA  program  in  the  Maryland- 
Washington  metropolitan  area  ac- 
credited by  the  American  Assembly  of 
Collegiate  Schools  of  Business 
(AACSB),  a  reflection  of  the  quality  of  its 
faculty,  programs,  students,  and  facili- 
ties. Of  the  more  than  500  graduate  pro- 
grams, in  business  and  management  in 
the  country,  only  approximately  175  are 
accredited  by  the  AACSB. 

Areas  of  faculty  specialization  in- 
clude accounting:  finance:  manage- 
science  and  statistics:  marketing:  or- 
ganizational behavior  and  industrial  re- 
lations: and  transportation,  business, 
and  public  policy. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  criteria  for  the  MBA  and  DBA 
programs  are  based  on  (1)  a  "B"  or  bet- 
ter average  as  an  undergraduate  and/or 
graduate  student  who  has  completed  a 
program  of  study  from  a  regionally  ac- 
credited university,  (2)  score  on  the 
Graduate  Management  Admission  Test 
(GMAT),  (3)  letters  of  recommendation, 
and  (4)  other  relevant  information  and 
professional  experience. 

The  College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment offers  an  MBA  program  designed 
to  provide  the  educational  foundation 
for  those  students  with  the  potential  to 
exhibit  the  highest  degree  of  excellence 
in  their  future  careers  as  professional 
managers.  The  MBA  program  varies  in 
length  from  one  to  two  years,  depending 
on  the  student's  previous  college  prepar- 
ation. Successful  students  in  the  pro- 
gram are  expected  to  demonstrate  the 


following:  (1)  a  thorough  and  integrated 
knowledge  of  the  basic  tools,  concepts 
and  theories  relating  to  professional 
management:  2)  behavioral  and  analyti- 
cal skills  necessary  to  deal  creatively 
and  effectively  with  organizations  and 
management  problems:  3)  an  under- 
standing of  the  economic,  political,  tech- 
nological, and  social  environments  in 
which  organizations  operate.  4)  a  sense 
of  professional  and  personal  integrity 
and  social  responsibility  in  the  conduct 
of  managerial  affairs  both  internal  and 
external  to  the  organization.  Both  day 
and  some  evening  courses  are  offered. 
If  the  student's  undergraduate  major 
was  not  business,  the  following  500- 
level  prerequisite  courses  must  be  com- 
pleted with  a  "B "  average  as  early  as 
possible  in  the  student's  graduate  pro- 
gram: BMGT  501  (3  hours),  BMGT  502 
(3  hours),  BMGT  503  (3  hours),  BMGT 
504  (4  hours).  These  basic  knowledge 
courses  may  be  waived  by  the  Director 
of  the  MBA  Program  if  equivalent 
courses  have  been  satisfactorily 
completed. 

Students  whose  baccalaureate  de- 
gree is  in  business  administration  will  or- 
dinarily have  included  the  topics  cov- 
ered by  these  prerequisite  courses  in 
their  undergraduate  work.  For  the  MBA 
degree  they  will  need  only  the  35  credit 
hours  described  below.  These  35  hours 
must  be  taken  in  700-level  courses  and 
above  (1600-level  and  above  for  courses 
in  other  campus  graduate  programs.). 

A  group  of  eight  graduate  courses 
(23  hours)  is  required  of  all  MBA  stu- 
dents: BMGT  720  (3  hours):  BMGT  732 
or  734  (4  hours):  BMGT  740  (3  hours): 
BMGT  750  (3  hours):  BMGT  764  (3 
hours):  BMGT  775  (3  hours):  BMGT  790 
or  791  (3  hours):  and  BMGT  701  (1 
hour).  This  common  core  provides  the 
student  with  a  knowledge  of  behavioral 
and  analytical  skills  as  well  as  a  thor- 
ough understanding  of  managerial  econom- 
ics and  the  functional  fields  necessaary 
for  all  professional  managers. 

The  student  has  the  opportunity  to  se- 
lect a  field  of  concentration  and/or  rele- 
vant electives  with  the  remaining  four 
graduate  courses  (12  credits).  A  field 
of  concentration  is  defined  as  a  mini- 
mum of  six  hours  and  a  maximum  of 
twelve  hours  in  an  area  including  the  fol- 
lowing: (1)  Accounting:  (2)  Finance:  (3) 
International  Business:  (4)  Information 
Systems  Management:  (5)  Marketing 
(minimum  of  9  hours  required):  (6)  Man- 
agement Science  and  Statistics:  (7)  Or- 
ganizational Behavior  and  Organization 


Theory:  (8)  Personnel  and  Labor  Rela- 
tions: and  (9)  Transportation  and  Phy- 
sical Distribution.  Any  elective  courses 
used  to  fulfill  degree  requirements 
should  be  relevant  to  the  student's  area 
of  concentration  and/or  educational 
needs.  There  is  no  thesis  requirement 
for  the  MBA  degree. 

The  DBA  program  is  designed  to  pro- 
duce outstanding  scholars  in  manage- 
ment related  disciplines.  Graduates  of  the 
program  are  well-qualified  to  take  facul- 
ty professional,  research,  or  administra- 
tive positions  in  colleges  and  universi- 
ties, government  agencies,  private  re- 
search organizations,  or  business  firms. 

The  Maryland  DBAs  achieve  excel- 
lence through  (1)  extensive  preparation 
in  major  and  related  fields,  (2)  joint  re- 
search with  faculty  and  fellow  DBA  stu- 
dents, (3)  independent  research  cul- 
minating in  the  writing  of  a  doctoral 
dissertation,  and  (4)  the  teaching  of 
courses  in  their  major  field. 

Each  student's  DBA  program  must  be 
approved  initially  by  the  student's  major 
area  faculty  chairman  or  his  or  her  repre- 
sentative and  reviewed  annually  with 
the  student.  Minor  areas  must  be  ap- 
proved initially  by  the  minor  area  chair- 
man or  his  or  her  designated  representa- 
tive. 

Major  and  minor  areas  in  the  college 
include  the  following:  (1)  Accounting,  (2) 
Finance,  (3)  Management  Science  and 
Statistics,  (4)  Marketing,  (5)  Organiza- 
tional Behavior  and  Organization  Theory, 
(6)  Personnel  and  Labor  Relations,  (7) 
Transportation  and  Physical  Distribu- 
tion, and  (8)  Information  Systems  Man- 
agement. 

DBA  requirements  for  the  typical  stu- 
dent are  approximately  75  semester 
hours,  not  including  dissertation  credits. 
Thirty-three  of  the  75  semester  hours 
are  devoted  to  fulfilling  the  general  re- 
quirements, discussed  below,  with  the 
remaining  42  credits  distributed  among 
the  student's  major  and  minor  fields  of 
study. 

The  general  requirements  for  all  DBA 
students  are  BMGT  720,  BMGT  740, 
BMGT  750,  BMGT  764,  two  three-credit 
graduate  courses  in  economics  (BMGT 
775  may  be  used  as  one  of  the  two 
courses),  nine  credits  in  quantitative 
methods  at  the  700  level  or  above  ap- 
proved by  the  students  faculty  chair- 
man, and  BMGT  880  plus  three  addition- 
al graduate  credits  in  research  metho- 
dology. 

These  general  program  requirements 
may  be  waived  by  the  Director  of  the 


Graduate  Programs  /  67 


Doctoral  Program  if  equivalent  courses 
at  AACSB  accredited  schools  have 
been  satisfactorily  completed.  Some  of 
these  courses  may  be  included  in  the 
major  and  minor  course  requirements. 

The  DBA  student  Is  placed  on  aca- 
demic probation  after  12  hours  unless 
he  or  she  maintains  at  least  a  3.25  GPA. 
The  probationary  period  will  last  one 
semester,  at  which  time  the  student  will 
be  dismissed  unless  a  3.25  GPA  level 
is  obtained. 

The  DBA  student  may  select  a  single 
major  with  tw/o  minors  or  a  double  major. 
For  a  single  major,  the  student  takes 
18  credits  beyond  the  bachelor's  degree 
in  the  major  field,  at  least  6  of  which 
must  be  taken  in  graduate  seminars  at 
the  800  level  at  the  University  of  Mary- 
land. The  minors  may  include  areas  in- 
side or  outside  the  College  of  Business 
and  fylanagement.  Each  minor  is  com- 
prised of  12  credits. 

For  a  double  major,  the  student  takes 
21  credit  hours  in  each  of  two  major 
fields,  one  of  which  may  be  in  a  disci- 
pline outside  the  College  of  Business 
and  Management. 

Both  the  single  and  double  major  ar- 
rangements comprise  42  credit  hours  in 
total.  Special  permission  is  required 
from  the  College's  graduate  committee 
to  approve  a  double  major  or  a  single 
major  with  both  minors  in  disciplines  out- 
side the  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement. Typical  outside  minors  in- 
clude such  areas  as  Computer  Science, 
Economics,  Engineering,  Mathematics, 
Government  and  Politics,  Psychology, 
and  Sociology. 

Students  take  comprehensive  ex- 
aminations in  major  and  minor  subject 
areas.  Following  successful  completion 
of  the  written  examinations,  each  stu- 
dent must  pass  an  oral  examination 
given  by  a  committee  of  the  college  grad- 
uate faculty.  Any  student  receiving  a 
"pass  with  distinction"  in  all  written  ex- 
aminations will  be  exempted  from  the 
oral  comprehensive. 

The  dissertation  proposal  is  defended 
by  each  DBA  candidate  at  an  open  meet- 
ing. All  faculty  and  other  DBA  students 
are  invited  to  attend  and  participate  in 
the  proposal  defense. 

The  dissertation  must  exhibit  the  can- 
didate's competence  in  analysis,  inter- 
pretation, and  presentation  of  research 
findings,  and  should  be  a  major  contribu- 
tion to  the  literature  of  the  field.  The  can- 
didate must  defend  his  or  her  disserta- 
tion in  a  final  oral  dissertation  defense. 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  faculty  has  been  recruited  from  the 
graduate  programs  of  leading  univer- 
sities in  the  nation.  They  are  dedicated 
scholars,  teachers,  and  professional 
leaders,  unusual  in  their  comparative 
youth,  academic  excellence,  and  strong 
commitment  to  the  education  of  the  pro- 
fessional manager. 

Special  programs  offered  by  the  Col- 
lege include  an  Executives-in-Resi- 
dence  Program  and  an  MBA  practicum 
course,  BMGT  791 ,  in  which  students 
research  a  problem  of  significant  man- 
agement concern  in  a  participating  firm 
or  agency.  Through  graduate  program 
requirements  and  faculty  research  activi- 
ties, students  gain  exposure  to  state 
and  federal  agencies  and  to  the  vast 
educational,  research,  library,  and  cul- 
tural resources  of  Washington,  D.C. 

The  students  also  have  access  to  the 
exceptional  academic  and  professional 
resources  of  the  College  Park  campus 
including  excellent  library  and  computer 
facilities.  A  remote  computer  terminal 
and  on-line  teletype  facilities  are  located 
in  the  building. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  aid  is  available  to  qualified 
students  in  the  form  of  fellowships  and 
graduate  assistantships,  and,  for  DBA 
students,  assistant  instructorships. 

Additional  Information 

The  College  has  available  brochures 
which  give  specific  degree  require- 
ments for  the  MBA  and  DBA  programs. 
Initial  inquiries  regarding  the  MBA  pro- 
gram should  be  directed  to: 
Director  of  the  MBA  Program 
College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment and  for  the  DBA  program 
Director  of  the  Doctoral  Program 
College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment 

Courses 

BMGT  401  Introduction  to  Systems  Analy- 
sis. (3)  Students  enrolled  in  the  college 
of  business  and  management  curricula  will 
register  for  IFSM  436.  For  detailed  informa- 
tion on  Prerequisites  and  descriptions  of  the 
course,  refer  to  IFSM  436.  The  credits  earned 
in  IFSM  436  may  be  included  in  the  total 
credits  earned  in  the  area  of  concentration 
in  business  and  management. 

BMGT  420  Undergraduate  Accounting 
Seminar.  (3)  Prerequisite,  senior  standing 
as  an  accounting  major  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Enrollment  limited  to  upper  one-third  of 
senior  class.  Seminar  coverage  of  outstand- 
ing current  non-text  literature,  current  prob- 
lems and  case  studies  in  accounting. 


BMGT  421  Undergraduate  Accounting 
Seminar.  (3)  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  as 
an  accounting  major  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Enrollment  limited  to  upper  one-third  of  senior 
class.  Seminar  coverage  of  outstanding  cur- 
rent non-text  literature,  current  problems  and 
case  studies  in  accounting. 

BMGT  422  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  311 .  A  study  of  tfie 
principles  and  problems  of  auditing  and  appli- 
cation of  accounting  principles  to  the  prepara- 
tion of  audit  working  papers  and  reports. 

BMGT  423  Apprenticeship  in  Accounting. 

(0)  Prerequisites,  minimum  of  20  semester 
hours  in  accounting  and  the  consent  of  the 
accounting  staff.  A  period  of  apprenticeship 
is  provided  with  nationally  known  firms  of  cer- 
tified public  accountants  from  about  January 
15  to  February  15. 

BMGT  424  Advanced  Accounting.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, BMGT  31 1   Advanced  accounting 
theory  to  specialized  problems  in  partner- 
ships, ventures,  consignments,  installment 
sales,  insurance,  statement  of  affairs,  re- 
ceiver's accounts,  realization  and  liquidation 
reports,  and  consolidation  of  parent  and  sub- 
sidiary accounts. 

BMGT  425  CPA  Problems.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  311,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study 
of  the  nature,  form  and  content  of  CPA.  ex- 
aminatons  by  means  of  the  preparation  of 
solutions  to.  and  an  analysis  of,  a  large  sam- 
ple of  CPA.  problems  covering  the  various 
accounting  fields. 

BMGT  426  Advanced  Cost  Accounting.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  BMGT  321 .  A  continuation  of 
basic  cost  accounting  with  special  emphasis 
on  process  costs,  standard  costs,  joint  costs, 
and  by-product  cost. 

BMGT  427  Advanced  Auditing  Theory  and 
Practice.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  422.  Ad- 
vanced auditing  theory  and  practice  and  re- 
port writing. 

BMGT  430  Linear  Statistical  Models  in 
Business.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  230  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Model  building  involv- 
ing an  intensive  study  of  the  general  linear 
stochastic  model  and  the  applications  of  this 
model  to  business  problems.  The  model  is 
derived  in  matrix  form  and  this  form  is  used 
to  analyze  both  the  regression  and  anova 
formulations  of  the  general  linear  model. 

BMGT  431  Design  of  Statistical  Experi- 
ments in  Business.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT 
230  or  231 .  Surveys  anova  models,  basic  and 
advanced  experimental  design  concepts. 
Non-parametric  tests  and  correlation  are 
emphasized.  Applications  of  these  tech- 
niques to  business  problems  in  primarily  the 
marketing  and  behavioral  sciences  are 
stressed. 

BMGT  432  Sample  Survey  Design  for  Busl- 
nes  and  Economics.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  230  or  231 .  Design  of  probability 
samples.  Simple  random  sampling,  stratified 
random  sampling,  systematic  sampling,  and 
cluster  sampling  designs  are  developed  and 
compared  for  efficiency  under  varying  as- 
sumptions about  the  population  sampled.  Ad- 
vanced designs  such  as  multistage  cluster 
sampling  and  replicated  sampling  are  sur- 
veyed. Implementing  these  techniques  in  esti- 


68  /  Graduate  Programs 


mating  parameters  of  business  models  Is 
stressed. 

BMGT  433  Statistical  Decision  Theory  in 
Business.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  231  or 
consent  of  Instructor.  Bayeslan  approach  to 
the  use  of  sample  information  In  decision- 
making. Concepts  of  loss,  risk,  decision  cri- 
teria, expected  returns,  and  expected  utility 
are  examined.  Application  of  these  concepts 
to  decision-making  in  the  firm  In  various  con- 
texts are  considered. 

BMGT  434  Operations  Research  I.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, BMGT  230,  MATH  240  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Designed  pnmanly  for  stu- 
dents majoring  in  management  science,  sta- 
tistics, and  Information  systems  manage- 
ment. It  is  the  first  semester  of  a  two  semes- 
ter Introduction  to  the  philosophy,  techniques 
and  applications  of  operations  research.  Top- 
ics covered  include  linear  programming, 
postoptimallty  analysis,  network  algorithms, 
dynamic  programming.  Inventory  and  equip- 
ment replacement  models. 

BMGT  435  Operations  Research  II.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, BMGT  434,  or  permission  of  Instruc- 
tor. The  second  semester  of  a  two-part  Intro- 
duction to  operations  research  The  primary 
emphasis  is  on  stochastic  models  in  manage- 
ment science.  Topics  Include  stochastic  lin- 
ear programming,  probabilistic  dynamic  pro- 
gramming. Markov  processes,  probabilistic 
inventory  models,  queueing  theory  and  simu- 
lation. 

BMGT  436  Applications  of  Mathematical 
Programming  In  Management  Science.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  434  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. Theory  and  applications  of  linear, 
integer,  and  nonlinear  programming  models 
to  management  decisions.  Topics  covered 
include  the  basic  theorems  of  linear  pro- 
gramming; the  matnx  formulation  of  the  sim- 
plex, and  dual  simplex  algorithms;  decom- 
position, cutting  plane,  branch  and  bound, 
and  Implicit  enumeration  algorithms;  gradient 
based  algorithms;  and  quadratic  program- 
ming. Special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  model 
formulation  and  solution  using  prepared 
computer  algorithms. 

BMGT  438  Topics  In  Statistical  Analysis 
for  Business  Management.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  430  and  MATH  240  or  pennlssion  of 
the  instructor.  Selected  topics  In  statistical 
analysis  which  are  relevant  to  management 
for  students  with  knowledge  of  basic  statisti- 
cal methods.  Topics  Include  evolutionary 
operation  and  response  surface  analysis, 
forecasting  techniques,  pathologies  of  the 
linear  model  and  tfieir  remedies,  multivariate 
statistical  models,  and  non-parametric 
models. 

BMGT  440  Financial  Management.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, BMGT  340.  Analysis  and  discus- 
sion of  cases  and  readings  relating  to  finan- 
cial decisions  of  the  firm.  The  application  of 
finance  concepts  to  the  solution  of  financial 
problems  is  emphasized. 

BMGT  443  Security  Analysis  and  Valua- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  343.  Study  and 
application  of  the  concepts,  methods,  models, 
and  empirical  findings  to  the  analysis,  valua- 
tion, and  selection  of  secuhties,  especially 
common  stock. 

BMGT  445  Commercial  Bank  Manage- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisites,  BMGT  340  and 


ECON  430.  Analysis  and  discussion  of  cases 
and  readings  in  commercial  bank  manage- 
ment. The  loan  function  is  emphasized;  also 
the  management  of  liquidity  reserves,  invest- 
ments for  income,  and  source  of  funds.  Bank 
objectives,  functions,  policies,  organization, 
structure,  services,  and  regulation  are  con- 
sidered 

BMGT  450  Marketing  Research  Methods. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  BMGT  230  and  350.  Recom- 
mended that  BMGT  430  be  taken  prior  to  this 
course.  This  course  is  intended  to  develop 
skill  in  the  use  of  scientific  methods  in  the  ac- 
quisition, analysis  and  interpretation  of  market- 
ing data.  It  covers  the  specialized  fields  of 
marketing  research;  the  planning  of  survey 
projects,  sample  design,  tabulation  proce- 
dure and  report  preparation. 

BMGT  451  Consumer  Analysis.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites. BMGT  350  and  351.  Recom- 
mended that  PSYC  100  and  221  be  taken 
prior  to  this  course.  Considers  the  growing 
importance  of  the  American  consumer  in  the 
marketing  system  and  the  need  to  under- 
stand him.  Topics  include  the  foundation  con- 
siderations underlying  consumer  behavior 
such  as  economic,  social,  psychological  and 
cultural  factors.  Analysis  of  the  consumer  in 
marketing  situations-as  a  buyer  and  user  of 
products  and  services -and  in  relation  to  the 
various  individual  social  and  marketing  fac- 
tors affecting  his  behavior.  The  influence  of 
marketing  communications  Is  also  consid- 
ered. 

BMGT  452  Promotion  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  BMGT  350  and  352.  This 
course  is  concerned  with  the  way  in  which 
business  firms  use  advertising,  personal  sel- 
ling, sales  promotion,  and  other  methods 
as  part  of  their  marketing  program.  The  case 
study  method  is  used  to  present  problems 
taken  from  actual  business  practice.  Cases 
studied  illustrate  problems  in  the  use  and 
coordination  of  demand  stimulation  methods 
as  well  as  analysis  and  planning.  Research, 
testing  and  statistical  control  of  promotional 
activities  are  also  considered. 

BMGT  453  Industrial  Marketing.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites, BMGT  350  plus  one  other  market- 
ing course.  The  industrial  and  business  sec- 
tor of  the  marketing  system  is  considered 
rather  than  the  household  or  ultimate  con- 
sumer sector.  Industrial  products  range  from 
raw  materials  and  supplies  to  the  major  equip- 
ment in  a  plant,  business  office,  or  institution. 
Topics  include  product  planning  and  introduc- 
tion, market  analysis  and  forecasting,  chan- 
nels, pricing,  field  sales  force  management, 
advertising,  marketing  cost  analysis,  and 
government  relations.  Particular  attention  is 
given  to  industrial,  business  and  Institutional 
buying  policies  and  practice  and  to  the  analy- 
sis of  buyer  behavior. 

BMGT  454  International  Marketing.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites, BMGT  350  plus  any  other  market- 
ing course.  A  study  of  the  marketing  functons 
from  the  viewpoint  of  the  international  execu- 
tive. In  addition  to  the  coverage  of  internation- 
al marketing  policies  relating  to  product  adap- 
tation, data  collection  and  analysis,  channels 
of  distribution,  pricing,  communications,  and 
cost  analysis,  consideration  is  given  to  the  cul- 
tural, legal,  financial,  and  organizational  as- 
pects of  international  marketing. 


BMGT  455  Sales  Management.  (3)  The  role 
of  the  sales  manager,  both  at  headquarters 
and  in  the  field,  in  the  management  of  people 
resources  and  marketing  functions.  An  analy- 
sis of  the  problems  involved  in  sales  organiza- 
tion, forecasting,  planning,  communicating, 
evaluating  and  controlling.  Attention  is  given 
to  the  application  of  quantitative  techniques 
and  pertinent  behavioral  science  concepts 
in  the  management  of  the  sales  effort  and 
sales  force. 

BMGT  460  Personnel  Management- Analy- 
sis and  Problems.  (3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT 
360.  Recommended,  BMGT  230.  Research 
findings,  special  readings,  case  analysis, 
simulation,  and  field  investigations  are  used 
to  develop  a  better  understanding  of  person- 
nel problems,  altemative  solutions  and  their 
practical  ramifications. 

BMGT  462  l^bor  Legislation.  (3)  Case 
method  analysis  of  the  modern  law  of  indus- 
trial relations.  Cases  include  the  decisions 
of  administrative  agencies,  courts  and  arbitra- 
tion tribunals. 

BMGT  463  Public  Sector  Labor  Relations. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  362  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Development  and  structure  of 
labor  relations  in  public  sector  employment; 
federal,  state,  and  local  government  respon- 
ses to  unionization  and  collective  bargaining. 

BMGT  464  Organizational  Behavior.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  BMGT  364.  An  examination  of 
research  and  theory  concerning  the  forces 
which  contribute  to  the  behavior  of  organiza- 
tional members.  Topics  covered  include; 
work  group  behavior,  supervisory  behavior, 
intergroup  relations,  employee  goals  and  at- 
titudes, communication  problems,  organiza- 
tional change,  and  organizational  goals  and 
design. 

BMGT  467  Undergraduate  Seminar  In  Per- 
sonnel Management.  (3)  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  instructor.  This  course  is  open  only 
to  the  top  one-third  of  undergraduate  majors 
in  personnel  and  labor  relations  and  is  offered 
during  the  fall  semester  of  each  year.  High- 
lights major  developments.  Guest  lecturers 
make  periodic  presentations. 

BMGT  470  Land  Transportation  Systems. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  370.  Overall  view  of 
managerial  problems  facing  land  carriers; 
emphasis  on  rail  and  motor  modes  of  trans- 
portation. 

BMGT  471  Air  and  Water  Transportation 
Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  370.  Over- 
all view  of  managerial  problems  facing  air 
and  water  carriers;  emphasis  on  international 
and  domestic  aspects  of  air  and  water  modes 
of  transportation.  Not  open  for  credit  to  stu- 
dents who  have  credit  for  BMGT  472. 

BMGT  473  Advanced  Transportaion  Prob- 
lems. (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  370.  A  critical 
examination  of  current  government  transpor- 
tation policy  and  proposed  solutions.  Urban 
and  intercity  managerial  transport  problems 
are  also  considered. 

BMGT  474  Urban  Transport  and  Urban 
Development.  (3)  Prerequisite  ECON  203 
or  205.  An  analysis  of  the  role  of  urban  trans- 
portation In  present  and  future  urban  develop- 
ment. The  interaction  of  transport  pricing  and 
service,  urban  planning,  institutional  re- 
straints, and  public  land  uses  is  studied. 

Graduate  Programs  /  69 


BMGT  475  Advanced  Logistics  Manage- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisites,  BMGT  370,  372,  332. 
Application  of  the  concepts  of  BMGT  372  to 
problem  solving  and  special  projects  in  logis- 
tics management;  case  analysis  is  stressed. 

BMGT  480  Legal  Environment  of  Busi- 
ness. (3)  The  course  examines  the  principal 
ideas  in  law  stressing  those  which  are  rele- 
vant for  the  modem  business  executive.  Le- 
gal reasoning  as  it  has  evolved  in  this  country 
will  be  one  of  the  central  topics  of  study.  Sev- 
eral leading  antitrust  cases  will  be  studied  to 
illustrate  vividly  the  reasoning  process  as  well 
as  the  interplay  of  businesss,  philosophy,  and 
the  various  conceptions  of  the  nature  of  law 
which  give  direction  to  the  process.  Examina- 
tion of  contemporary  legal  problems  and  pro- 
posed solutions,  especially  those  most  likely 
to  affect  the  business  community,  are  also 
covered. 

BMGT  481  Public  Utilities.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ECON  203  or  205.  Using  the  regulated  indus- 
tries as  specific  examples,  attention  is  fo- 
cused on  broad  and  general  problems  in  such 
diverse  fields  as  constitutional  law,  adminis- 
trative law,  public  administration,  govern- 
ment control  of  business,  advanced  eco- 
nomic theory,  accounting,  valuation  and  de- 
preciation, taxation,  finance,  engineering, 
and  management. 

BMGT  482  Business  and  Government.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  ECON  203  or  205.  A  study  of 
the  role  of  government  in  modern  economic 
life.  Social  control  of  business  as  a  remedy  for 
the  abuses  of  business  enterprise  arising 
from  the  decline  of  competition.  Criteria  of  limi- 
tations on  government  regulation  of  pnvate 
enterpnse. 

BMGT  485  Advanced  Production  Manage- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  385.  A  study  of 
typical  problems  encountered  by  the  factory 
manager.  The  objective  is  to  develop  the 
ability  to  analyze  and  solve  problems  in 
management  control  of  production  and  in  the 
formulation  of  production  policies.  Among  the 
topics  covered  are  plant  location,  production 
planning  and  control,  methods  analysis,  and 
time  study. 

BMGT  490  Urban  Land  Management.  (3) 

Covers  the  managerial  and  decision  making 
aspects  of  urban  land  and  property.  Included 
are  such  subjects  as  land  use  and  valuation 
matters. 

BMGT  493  Honors  Study.  (3)  First  semester 
of  the  senior  year.  Prerequisite,  candidacy  for 
honors  in  business  and  management.  The 
course  is  designed  for  honors  students  who 
have  elected  to  conduct  intensive  study  (in- 
dependent or  group).  The  student  will  wort< 
under  the  direct  guidance  of  a  faculty  advisor 
and  the  chairman  of  the  honors  committee. 
They  shall  determine  that  the  area  of  study 
is  of  a  scope  and  intensity  deserving  of  a  can- 
didate's attention.  Formal  written  and/or  oral 
reports  on  the  study  may  be  required  by  the 
faculty  advisor  and/or  chairman  of  the  honors 
program.  Group  meetings  of  the  candidates 
may  be  called  at  the  discretion  of  the  faculty 
advisors  and/or  chairman  of  the  honors  com- 
mittee. 

BMGT  494  Honors  Study.  (3)  Second 
semester  of  the  senior  year.  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  493,  and  continued  candidacy  for  hon- 
ors in  business  and  management.  The  stu- 

70  /  Graduate  Programs 


dent  shall  continue  and  complete  the  re- 
search initiated  in  BMGT  493,  additional  re- 
ports may  be  required  at  the  discretion  of  the 
faculty  advisor  and  honors  program  chairman. 
Group  meetings  may  be  held. 

BMGT  495  Business  Policies.  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites, BMGT  340,  350,  364,  and  senior  stand- 
ing. A  case  study  course  in  which  the  aim  is 
to  have  the  student  apply  what  they  have 
learned  of  general  management  principles 
and  their  specialized  functional  applications 
to  the  overall  management  function  in  the 
enterprise. 

BMGT  496  Business  and  Society.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: one  course  in  BMGT  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Normative  role  of  business  in  soci- 
ety; consideration  of  the  sometimes  conflict- 
ing interests  and  claims  on  the  firm  and  its  ob- 
jectives. 

BMGT  498  Special  Topics  in  Business  and 
Management.  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission 
of  instructor.  Special  topics  in  business  and 
management  designed  to  meet  the  changing 
needs  and  interests  of  students  and  faculty. 
Repeatable  to  a  maiximum  of  six  credits  if 
the  subject  matter  is  different. 

BMGT  501  Business  Functions.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: admission  to  a  graduate  degree  pro- 
gram in  business.  Intensive  review  of  the  man- 
agement functions  in  the  businss  enterprise, 
the  development  of  management  thought, 
and  the  nature  of  the  managerial  process. 
Credit  not  applicable  towards  graduate  de- 
grees. 

BMGT  502  Public  Policy  and  the  Environ- 
ments of  Business.  (3)  Prerequisite:  admis- 
sion to  a  graduate  degree  program  in  busi- 
ness. Intensive  review  of  the  social,  economic 
and  legal  environments  of  the  business  enter- 
prise. Credit  not  applicable  towards  graduate 
degrees. 

BMGT  503  Accounting  and  Information 
Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite:  admission  to  a 
graduate  degree  program  In  business.  Inten- 
sive review  of  the  technical  and  conceptual 
aspects  of  financial  accounting  and  account- 
ing information  systems  as  they  apply  to  the 
business  enterprise.  Credit  not  applicable 
towards  graduate  degrees. 

BMGT  504  Quantitative  Methods  and  Com- 
puter Laboratory.  (4)  Prerequisite:  admis- 
sion to  a  graduate  degree  program  in  busi- 
ness. Intensive  review  of  the  mathematical, 
statistical,  and  computer  concepts,  methods 
and  skills  requisite  to  the  analysis  of  business 
problems.  Credit  not  applicable  towards  grad- 
uate degrees. 

BMGT  606  Information  Systems  Tech- 
nology. (3)  Introduction  to  graduate  courses 
in  IFSM,  a  survey  for  interested  graduate  stu- 
dents in  other  fields.  The  concepts,  theory 
and  techniques  of  information  systems.  The 
system  life  cycle.  The  role  of  information  sys- 
tems in  the  management  and  control  of  the  or- 
ganization. Effectiveness  measures  of  infor- 
mation systems.  Case  studies  of  information 
systems  as  developed  by  industry  and  govern- 
ment. Societal  impact. 

BMGT  701  Managerrtent  Analysis  and 
Communication.  (1)  Analysis  of  business 
problems  through  case  studies  to  generate 
written  and/or  oral  reports  describing  prob- 


lem definition,  altemative  solutions,  decision 
criteria,  and  recommended  solutions. 

BMGT  708  Special  Topics  in  Business  and 
Management.  (3)  Prerequisite:  admission  to 
graduate  program  in  business  and  manage- 
ment or  approval  of  the  college  program  direc- 
tor. Selected  advanced  topics  in  the  various 
fields  of  graduate  study  in  business  and 
management.  With  permission  of  the  college 
program  director,  may  be  repeated  to  a  max- 
imum of  six  credits  provided  the  content  is 
different. 

BMGT  710  Advanced  Accounting  Theory 

I.  (3)  The  study  of  the  theoretical  and  concep- 
tual foundations  for  generally  accepted  ac- 
counting principles  and  practices.  Recent 
and  current  literature  and  ideas  are  studied 
in  depth  to  provide  coverage  of  the  basic 
postulates,  assumptions,  and  standards 
which  underiie  the  measurement  criteria  and 
practices  of  financial  accounting. 

BMGT  720  Managerial  Accounting  I.  (3) 

The  use  of  accounting  data  for  corporate 
financial  planning  and  control.  Topics  in- 
cluded are  organization  for  control,  profit  plan- 
ning, budgeting,  relevant  costing,  return  on  in- 
vestment, and  administration  of  the  controller- 
ship  function  in  smaller  organizations.  BMGT 
720  or  740  is  required  of  M.B.A.  candidates. 

BMGT  721  Requirements  Analysis  and 
Logical  Design  of  Information  Systems. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  IFSM  606  or  permission  of 
instructor.  The  life  cycle  of  an  information 
processing  system.  The  eariy  part  of  the  life 
cycle,  i.e.,  the  perception  of  need  and  the  col- 
lection of  requirements.  Feasibility  analysis 
of  proposed  infonnation  processing  systems. 
Techniques  for  statement  of  the  requirements 
of  an  information  processing  system,  ranging 
from  the  eariy  industrial  engineering  originated 
methods  to  current  computer-aided  ones.  Con- 
cepts of  logical  design  from  the  synthesis 
of  requirements. 

BMGT  722  The  Physical  Design  of  Infor- 
mation Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite:  IFSM  606 
or  permission  of  instructor.  Mapping  the  logi- 
cal design  to  the  available  hardware  and  off- 
the-shelf  software  in  the  'best'  way  possible. 
Human  factors  and  social  implications. 

BMGT  723  Database  Technology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: IFSM  606  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. The  concepts,  theory  and  models  of  data, 
its  structure,  manipulation,  and  storage.  The 
various  architectures  of  data  management 
systems.  Evaluation  and  selection  of  data- 
base systems. 

BMGT  724  Application  of  Management 
Methods  to  Information  Systems.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: IFSM  606,  BMGT  734  or  equiva- 
lent, theory  and  practice  of  management  tech- 
niques from  strategic  planning  to  system 
acquisition  to  operation  as  applied  to  informa- 
tion systems.  Methods  of  organizing  the  infor- 
mation center,  allocation  of  chargeback  poli- 
cies, performance  monitoring  and  projection, 
security  and  integrity  evaluation,  project 
selection  and  staffing,  outside  services  for 
resource  leveling. 

BMGT  730  Statistical  Analysis  and  Busi- 
ness Decisions.  (3)  This  course  acquaints 
students  with  the  Bayesian'  approach  to 
decision-making.  Topics  include:  a  review  of 
basic  probability  concepts  and  theorems;  the 


relationship  between  expected  utility  and  ra- 
tional action;  incremental  analysis;  partial  ex- 
pectations; linear  profits  and  costs;  opportu- 
nity loss  and  the  cost  of  uncertainity;  condi- 
tional and  joint  probability;  the  binomial,  Pascal, 
poisson,  gamma,  and  normal  probability  dis- 
tributions; the  revision  of  probabilities  in  the 
light  of  new  information;  preposterior  analysis 
and  sequential  decision  procedures. 

BMGT  731  Theory  of  Survey  Design.  (3) 

Examines  the  usefulness  of  statistical  princi- 
ples in  survey  design.  Topics  include:  the  na- 
ture of  statistical  estimation,  the  differential  at- 
tributes of  different  estimators,  the  merits  and 
weaknesses  of  available  sampling  methods 
and  designs,  the  distinctive  aspects  of  simple 
random  samples,  stratified  random  samples, 
and  cluster  samples,  ratio  estimates  and  the 
problems  posed  by  biases  and  non-sampling 
errors. 

BMGT  732  Management  Statistics  and 
Computer  Laboratory.  (4)  Application  of  sta- 
tistical concepts  to  solution  of  business  prob- 
lems; laboratory  use  of  computer  packages. 

BMGT  734  Management  Science  and  Com- 
puter Laboratory.  (4)  Application  of  manage- 
ment science  concepts  to  solution  of  busi- 
ness problems;  laboratory  use  of  computer 
packages. 

BMGT  735  Application  of  Management 
Science.  (3)  Prerequisites,  Bf^/IGT  734  or  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  This  course  will  expose 
the  student  to  the  successes  and  difficulties 
experienced  in  applying  operations  research 
to  management  decision  making  in  all  func- 
tional areas.  The  examination  of  'classical' 
and  contemporary  applications  in  the  litera- 
ture and  case  studies  will  be  emphasized. 

BMGT  736  Philosophy  and  Practice  of 
Management  Science.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
completion  of  any  two  graduate  level  opera- 
tions research  courses  and  a  graduate  level 
behavioral  course,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

BMGT  737  Management  Simulation.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BMGT  734  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. Deals  with  the  development,  manipu- 
lation, and  validity  of  an  operational  model. 
Production  information  and  other  decision 
systems  of  concern  to  management  will  be 
studied.  Ivlanipulation  of  parameter  values, 
assumptions,  and  conditions  are  studied. 
This  is  accomplished  in  conjunction  with  the 
use  of  computer  facilities  at  the  computer 
science  center  on  campus. 

BMGT  740  Financial  Management.  (3)  The 

role  of  the  financial  manager  in  executive  de- 
cision making.  Financial  planning,  analysis, 
and  control  in  such  areas  as  the  allocation 
of  financial  resources  within  the  firm.  Fore- 
casting and  budgeting,  capital  budgeting  and 
the  bases  for  investment  decisions,  alternative 
sources  of  short-term  and  long-term  financ- 
ing and  financial  problems  of  growth. 

BMGT  743  Investment  Analysis.  (3)  Evalu 
ation  of  debt  and  equity  security  alternatives 
available  for  the  employment  of  the  invest- 
ment fund.  Analysis  of  economic  and  finan- 
cial data  of  the  national  economy,  the  indus- 
try, and  the  company  to  arrive  at  the  funda- 
mental value  of  a  security.  Study  of  securities 
markets  as  independent  regulators  of  invest- 
ment values.  Motives,  needs,  and  basic  ingre- 
dients in  the  selection  and  supervision  of  the 
portfolio. 


BMGT  750  Marketing  Management.  (3) 

Problems  and  goals  of  marketing  executives; 
analysis  and  solution  of  marketing  problems; 
evaluation  of  specific  marketing  efforts  as 
they  contribute  to  a  coordinated  total  market- 
ing program.  Product,  price  and  service  poli- 
cies; market  characteristics;  channel  selec- 
tion; promotional  policies  and  organization 
structure. 

BMGT  751  Marketing  Communications 
Management.  (3)  Required  for  MBA.  candi- 
dates concentrating  in  marketing.  Concerned 
with  the  part  that  advertising,  promotion,  pub- 
lic relations  and  related  efforts  play  in  the  ac- 
complishment of  a  firm's  total  marketing  ob- 
jectives. Its  purpose  is  to  develop  compe- 
tence in  the  formulation  of  mass  communica- 
tions, objectives  in  budget  optimization,  media 
appraisal,  theme  selection,  program  imple- 
mentation  and   management,   and   results 
measurement. 

BMGT  752  Marketing  Research  Methods 
(3).  Required  for  M.B.A.  candidates  concen- 
trating in  marketing.  Deals  with  the  process  of 
acquiring,  classifying  and  interpreting  pri- 
mary and  secondary  marketing  data  needed 
for  intelligent,  profitable  marketing  decisions. 
Through  readings,  discussion,  and  case  stud- 
ies, efforts  are  made  to  develop  skill  in  eval- 
uating the  appropriateness  of  alternative 
methodologies  such  as  the  inductive,  deduc- 
tive, survey,  observational,  and  experi- 
mental. Consideration  is  also  given  to  recent 
developments  in  the  systematic  recording 
and  use  of  internal  and  external  data  needed 
for  marketing  decisions. 

BMGT  753  International  Marketing  (3). 

Deals  with  environmental,  organizational, 
and  financial  aspects  of  international  market- 
ing as  well  as  problems  of  marketing  re- 
search, pricing,  channels  of  distribution, 
product  policy,  and  communications  which 
face  U.S.  firms  trading  with  foreign  firms  or 
which  face  foreign  firms  in  their  operations. 

BMGT  754  Buyer  Behavior  Analysis  (3). 

A  systematic  examination  and  evaluation  of 
the  literature,  research  tradition  and  theory 
of  buyer  behavior  in  the  market  place  from  a 
fundamental  and  applied  perspective.  The 
cognitive  and  behavioral  bases  underlying 
the  buying  process  of  individuals  and  insti- 
tutions is  investigated  to  better  understand, 
predict,  and  influence  the  process  through 
the  effective  utilization  of  the  firms'  marketing 
resources. 

BMGT  760  Personnel  Management — Man- 
power Procurement  and  Development.  (3) 

An  "in  depth"  treatment  of  problems  and 
techniques  involved  in  obtaining  and  de- 
veloping a  competent  work  force,  manpower 
forecasting,  job  analysis,  time  study,  recruit- 
ment techniques,  psychological  tests,  inter- 
views, application  blanks,  references,  pro- 
grammed instruction  role  playing,  and  sensi- 
tivity training  are  typical  topics  included. 

BMGT  761  Personnel  Management — Man- 
power Compensation  and  Evaluation.  (3) 

After  a  work  force  has  been  assembled  and 
developed  (BMGT  760),  the  manager  must 
see  to  it  that  its  potential  is  converted  into 
efficient  and  continuing  performance.  This 
course  provides  an  "in  depth"  analysis  of 
the  role  of  employee  compensation  and  ap- 
praisal in  accomplishing  this  end.  Typical  top- 


ics include  wage  theory,  incentive  systems, 
wage  decision  criteria  job  evaluation,  profit 
sharing,  wage  surveys,  forced  choice  rating, 
critical  incidents,  appraisal  interviews,  and 
fringe  benefits. 

BMGT  762  Collective  Bargaining — Cur- 
rent Problems  and  Issues.  (3)  Includes 
such  topics  as  methods  of  handling  indus- 
trial disputes,  legal  restrictions  on  various  col- 
lective bargaining  activities,  theory  and 
philosophy  of  collective  bargaining,  and  in- 
ternal union  problems. 

BMGT  763  Administration  of  Labor  Re- 
lations. (3)  Deals  with  labor  relations  at  the 
plant  level.  Emphasizes  the  negotiation  and 
administration  of  labor  contracts.  Includes 
union  policy  and  influence  on  personnnel 
management  activities. 

BMGT  764  Behavioral  Factors  in  Manage- 
ment. (3)  Required  of  MBA.  candidates.  A 
critical  analysis  of  the  impact  of  the  be- 
havioral sciences  on  traditional  concepts  of 
management  as  process  and  as  organiza- 
ton.  Included  within  the  area  of  analysis  are 
such  subjects  as  human  motivation,  human 
relations,  morale,  status,  role,  organization, 
communication,  bureaucracy,  the  executive 
role,  leadership  and  training. 

BMGT  765  Application  of  Behavioral  Sci- 
ence to  Business.  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT 
764  or  permission  of  professor.  Stresses 
case  analysis  of  behavioral  knowledge  ap- 
plied to  management  problems.  Typical 
topics  include  analysis  of  modes  for  introduc- 
ing change,  group  versus  organizational 
goals,  organizational  barriers  to  per- 
sonal growth,  the  effect  of  authority  systems 
on  behavior,  and  the  relationship  between 
technology  and  social  structure. 

BMGT  770  Transportation  Theory  and  An- 
alysis. (3)  Examines  the  transportation  sys- 
tem and  its  components.  Key  topics  in  the 
development  and  present  form  of  transporta- 
tion in  both  the  United  States  and  other  coun- 
tries are  considered  together  with  theoretical 
concepts  employed  in  the  analysis  of  trans- 
port problems. 

BMGT  771  Transport  and  Public  Policy. 

(3)  An  intensive  study  of  the  nature  and  con- 
sequences of  relations  between  govern- 
ments and  agencies  thereof,  carriers  in  the 
various  modes,  and  users  of  transport  ser- 
vices. Typical  areas  subjected  to  examin- 
ation and  analysis  include:  the  control  of  trans- 
port firms  by  regulatory  bodies,  taxation  of  car- 
riers, methods  employed  in  the  allocation  of 
funds  to  the  construction,  operation,  and 
maintenance  of  publicly-provided  transport 
facilities,  and  the  direct  subsidization  of  ser- 
vices supplied  by  privately-owned  entities. 
Additional  problems  considered  include  labor 
and  safety.  Comparative  international  trans- 
port policies  and  problems  are  also  examined. 

BMGT  772  Management  of  Physical  Distri- 
bution. (3)  Focuses  on  managerial  practices 
required  to  fulfill  optimally  the  physical  move- 
ment needs  of  extractive,  manufaclunng,  and 
merchandising  firms.  Attention  is  given  to  the 
total  cost  approach  to  physical  distribution. 
Interrelations  among  purchased  transport  ser- 
vices, privately-supplied  transport  services. 
Warehousing,  inventory  control,  materials 
handling,  packaging,  and  plant  location  are 
considered.  An  understanding  of  the  com- 

Graduate  Programs  /  71 


munications  network  to  support  physical  dis- 
tribution is  developed  in  conjunction  witti  study 
of  ttie  problems  of  coordination  between  the 
physical  movement  management  function 
and  other  functional  areas  within  the  busi- 
ness firm -such  as  accounting,  finance,  mar- 
keting, and  production. 

BMGT  773  Transportation  Strategies.  (3) 

Treats  organization  structure,  policies,  and 
procedures  employed  in  the  administration  of 
inter-  and  intraurban  transport  firms.  Prob- 
lems receiving  attention  include  managerial 
development,  operational  and  financial  plan- 
ning and  control,  demand  analysis,  pricing, 
promotional  policies,  intra-  and  intermodal 
competitive  and  complementary  relation- 
ships, and  methods  for  accommodating  pub- 
lic policies  designed  to  delimit  the  managerial 
discretion  of  carrier  executives.  Administra- 
tive problems  peculiar  to  publicly-owned  and 
operated  transport  entities  are  also  considered. 

BMGT  774  Private  Enterprise  and  Public 
Policy.  (3)  Examines  the  executive's  social 
and  ethical  responsibilities  to  his  employees, 
customers  and  to  the  general  public.  Con- 
sideration IS  given  to  the  conflicts  occasioned 
by  competitive  relationships  in  the  private  sec- 
tor of  business  and  the  effect  of  institutional 
restraints.  The  trends  in  public  policy  and 
their  future  effect  upon  management  are  ex- 
amined. For  comparative  purposes,  several 
examples  of  planned  societies  are  considered. 

BMGT  775  Product,  Production  and  Pric- 
ing Policy.  (3)  Required  of  t\/I.B.A.  candi- 
dates. The  application  of  economic  theory 
to  the  business  enterprise  in  respect  to  the  de- 
termination of  policy  and  the  handling  of  man- 
agement problems  with  particular  reference 
to  the  firm  producing  a  complex  line  of  prod- 
ucts, nature  of  competition,  pricing  policy,  in- 
terrelationship of  production  and  marketing 
problems,  basic  types  of  cost,  control  sys- 
tems, theories  of  depreciation  and  invest- 
ment and  the  impact  of  each  upon  costs. 

BMGT  777  Policy  Issues  in  Public  Utilities. 

(3)  A  critical  analysis  of  current  developments 
in  regulatory  policy  and  issues  arising  among 
public  utilities,  regulatory  agencies,  and  the 
general  public.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
electric,  gas,  water,  and  communications 
industries  in  both  the  public  and  private  sec- 
tors of  the  economy.  Changing  and  emerging 
problems  stressed  include  those  pertinent  to 
cost  analysis,  depreciation,  finance,  taxes, 
rate  of  return,  the  rate  base,  differential  rate- 
making,  and  labor.  In  addition,  the  growing  im- 
portance of  technological  developments  and 
their  impact  on  state  and  federal  regulatory 
agencies  are  explored. 

BMGT  781  International  Business  Admin- 
istration. (3)  Examines  the  international  busi- 
ness environment  as  it  affects  company  poli- 
cy and  procedures.  Integrates  the  business 
functions  undertaken  in  international  opera- 
tions through  analysis  in  depth  and  compre- 
hensive case  studies.  This  course  can  be 
credited  toward  the  18-hour  requirement  for  a 
major  field  in  D.B.A.  program. 

BMGT  782  Management  of  the  Multina- 
tional Firm,  (3)  Deals  with  the  problems  and 
policies  of  international  business  enterprise  at 
the  management  level.  Considers  manage- 
ment of  a  multinational  enterprise  as  well  as 
management  within  foreign  units.  The  multi- 

72  /  Graduate  Programs 


national  firm  as  a  socio-econometric  institu- 
tion is  analyzed  in  detail.  Cases  in  compara- 
tive management  are  utilized. 

BMGT  785  Management  Planning  and 
Control  Systems.  (3)  Concerned  with  plan- 
ning and  control  systems  for  the  fulfillment  of 
organizational  objectives.  Identification  of  or- 
ganizational objectives,  responsibility  cen- 
ters. Information  needs  and  information  net- 
work. Case  studies  of  integrated  planning 
and  control  systems. 

BMGT  786  Development  and  Trends  in 
Production  Management.  (3)  Case  studies 
of  production  problems  in  a  number  of  indus- 
tries. Focuses  attention  on  decisions  concern- 
ing operating  programs  and  manufacturing 
policies  at  the  top  level  of  manufacturing. 
Basic  concepts  of  process  and  product  tech- 
nology are  covered,  taking  into  consideration 
the  scale,  operating  range,  capital  cost,  meth- 
od of  conrol,  and  degree  of  mechanization 
at  each  successive  stage  in  the  manufactur- 
ing process. 

BMGT  790  Total  Enterprise  Strategy.  (3) 

Case  studies  and  research  in  the  identifica- 
tion of  management  problems,  the  evaluation 
of  alternative  solutions,  and  the  recommenda- 
tion for  management  implementation. 

BMGT  791  Total  Enterprise  Strategy-Man- 
agement Practicum.  (3)  Prerequisite:  con- 
sent of  the  college's  director  of  graduate  stud- 
ies. Experiental  research  project  in  the  identi- 
fication of  management  problems,  the  evalua- 
tion of  alternative  solutions,  and  the  recom- 
mendation for  management. 

BMGT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

BMGT  808  Doctoral  Seminar.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: admission  to  the  D.B.A.  program  or  ap- 
proval of  the  college  director  of  graduate  stud- 
ies. Selected  advanced  topics  in  the  various 
fields  of  doctoral  study  in  business  and  man- 
agement. With  permission  of  the  college  di- 
rector of  graduate  studies,  may  be  repeated 
provided  the  content  is  different, 

BMGT  81 1  Advanced  Accounting  Theory 

II.  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT  710.  A  study  of  the 
more  controversial,  not  generally  accepted 
ideas  and  concepts,  currently  proposed  as 
suggested  solutions  to  current  problems  or  to 
improve  the  state  of  the  art  of  financial  ac- 
counting measurements. 

BMGT  812  Accounting  in  Regulated  Indus- 
tries. (3)  A  study  of  the  unique  accounting 
problems  of  industries  subject  to  cost  and  price 
regulations  of  government  agencies.  In- 
cluded are  government  contracts  and  grants, 
rate  regulations  for  transportation  carriers 
and  public  utilities,  distribution  cost  analyses 
under  the  Robinson-Patman  Act,  and  cost 
regulations  of  the  IWIedicare  Program. 
BMGT  813  The  Impact  of  Taxation  on  Busi- 
ness Decisions.  (3)  A  study  of  the  impact  of 
tax  law  and  regulations  on  alternative  busi- 
ness strategies.  Particular  emphasis  is  given 
to  the  large,  multidivisional  firm.  Problems 
of  acquisitions,  mergers,  spinoffs,  and  other 
divestitures  are  considered  from  the  view- 
point of  profit  planning,  cash  flow,  and  tax 
deferment. 

BMGT  814  Current  Problems  of  Profes- 
sional Practice.  (3)  Generally  accepted 
auditing  standards,  auditing  practices,  legal 
and  ethical  responsibilities,  and  the  account- 


ing and  reporting  requirements  of  the  secur- 
ities and  exchange  commission. 

BMGT  815  International  Auditing.  (3)  Inter- 
national accounting,  its  problems  and  organi- 
zations associated  with  the  study  of  the  is- 
sues involved;  international  standards  of  ac- 
counting and  auditing:  national  differences  in 
accounting  thought  and  practice. 

BMGT  821  Managerial  Accounting  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BMGT  720.  The  management 
of  the  controllership  function  in  the  large, 
multidivisional  firm.  Centralized  and  decentra- 
lized organizations;  management  control 
systems  in  consolidated  and  conglomerate 
corporations;  alternative  strategies  for  profit 
maximization;  acquisitons  and  divestitures 
for  increased  investment  return. 

BMGT  828  Independent  Study  in  Business 
and  Management.  (1-9) 

BMGT  830  Management  Science  I -Linear 
Programming.  (3)  Prerequisite,  mathema- 
tics, through  differential  calculus,  and  BMGT 
734  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  theory  and 
use  of  deterministic  models  in  management 
science.  Models  are  based  upon  optimization 
techniques  for  conditions  of  data  certainty. 
Includes  linear  programming  models,  inven- 
tory models,  and  replacement  models. 

BMGT  831  Management  Science  ll-Exten- 
sion  of  Linear  Programming  and  Network 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisites,  BMGT  830  or 
consent  of  instructor,  and  MATH  240.  Basic 
FORTRAN  programming  proficiency  is  as- 
sumed. Includes  a  brief  review  of  basic  linear 
programming,  separable  programming,  appli- 
cation to  game  theory,  the  primal-dual  and 
criss-cross  algorithms,  quadratic  programming, 
basic  concepts  of  network  theory,  the  max- 
flow  algorithms.  The  basic  concepts  and  tech- 
niques of  network  theory  will  be  developed 
and  applied  to  the  transportation  problem. 

BMGT  832  Management  Science  Ill-Optim- 
ization and  Nonlinear  Programming.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  BMGT  830  or  consent  of  in- 
structor, and  MATH  241 .  Topical  coverage 
includes  Kuhn-Tucker  theory,  the  Lagrangena, 
the  concept  of  an  algorithm  (notation  map 
convergence),  unconstrained  problems,  con- 
vex simplex  and  method  of  centers  algorithms, 
penalty  and  barrier,  feasible-directions  and 
cutting  plane  algorithms. 

BMGT  833  Management  Science  IV- Integer 
and  Dynamic  Programming.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, business -BMGT  831  and  BMGT  832 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Mathematics — 
MATH  241  minimum,  MATH  400  and  410 
preferred.  Coverage  incudes  fractional,  all  in- 
teger and  mixed  integer  algorithms,  the  knap- 
sack problem,  decomposition,  recusion  analy- 
sis, integer  optimization  and  sensitivity,  risk  and 
uncertainty  situations  and  an  introduction  to 
nonserial  and  infinite  state  systems. 

BMGT  834  Probabilistic  Models.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, STAT  400  highly  recommended. 
MATH  241  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Theo- 
retical foundations  for  the  construction  and 
optimization  of  probabilistic  models.  Follow- 
ing the  review  of  stochastic  processes,  the 
Poisson  process  and  the  Markovian  processes, 
topics  may  include  queueling  theory,  inven- 
tory theory,  Markovian  decision  processes 
and  stochastic  linear  programming. 


BMGT  835  Statistical  Model  Building.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  BMGT  432,  MATH  241,  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Emphasizes  ttie  actual 
construction  of  models  encountered  in  and 
drawn  from  experience  in  business  and  man- 
agement utilizing  'canned'  computer  programs 
which  are  in  wide  industrial  use.  Topical  cov- 
erage includes  a  review  of  the  matrix  approach 
to  linear  regression,  effects  of  bias  in  the  gen- 
eral regression  situation,  weighted  least 
squares,  or  orthogonal  polynomials,  verifica- 
tion and  maintenance  of  the  mathematical 
model,  and  the  introduction  to  non-linear  es- 
timation. 

BMGT  840  Working  Capital  Management. 

(3)  An  intensive  study  of  short-  and  inter- 
mediate-term sources  of  funds  and  the  manage- 
ment of  cash,  accounts  receivable  and  inven- 
tories. Includes  consideration  of  determi- 
nants of  working  capital  needs,  financial  an- 
alysis as  related  to  short-term  financing  prob- 
lems, estimation  of  funds  requirements,  pat- 
terns of  fund  requirements,  and  major  types 
of  loan  arrangements.  Case  studies,  supple- 
mented with  outside  readings. 

BMGT  841  Long-Term  Capital  Manage- 
ment. (3)  An  intensive  study  of  long-term 
financing,  return  on  investment  and  cost  of 
capital.  Particular  attention  is  paid  to  apprais- 
ing alternative  forms  of  long-term  financing, 
methods  of  measuring  return  on  investment, 
and  problems  such  as  measuring  the  cost 
of  capital  of  cyclical  companies  and  growth 
companies.  Case  studies,  supplemented  with 
outside  readings. 

BMGT  843  Portfolio  Management.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, BMGT  743  or  consent  of  instructor. 
The  process  of  investment.  Selection  and 
supervision  of  securities  appropriate  for  the 
requirements  and  objectives  of  both  the  in- 
dividual and  institutional  investor.  Underlying 
considerations  necessary  for  the  continued 
success  of  the  investment  program.  Critical 
analysis  of  case  studies  in  portfolio  manage- 
ment. Effects  of  temporary  changes  on  invest- 
ment decisions. 

BMGT  845  Financial  Institutions.  (3)  Pro- 
vides an  analysis  of  the  structure  of  financial 
institutions  in  the  American  economy,  includ- 
ing commercial  banking  and  non-banking 
organizations  which  serve  business  and  con- 
sumers. Topics  covered  include  determinants 
of  the  demand  for.  and  supply  of,  funds  and 
and  the  role  of  financial  institutions  in  chan- 
neling financial  capital  among  the  various  sec- 
tors of  the  American  economy. 

BMGT  846  International  Financial  Admin- 
istration. (3)  Deals  with  the  problems  of  finan- 
cial administration  of  the  multinational  firm. 
Includes  the  financing  of  investment  abroad 
and  management  of  assets  in  differing  finan- 
cial environments  as  well  as  the  financing 
of  exports  and  imports.  Consideration  of 
national  and  international  financial  institu- 
tions as  they  relate  to  the  international  opera- 
tions of  American  and  foreign  business  firms. 

BMGT  850  Marketing  Channels  Analysis. 

(3)  Focuses  on  the  fundamentals  to  explain 
alternate  channels  of  distribution  and  the 
roles  played  by  various  intermediaries,  the  ev- 
olution of  business  structures  in  marketing, 
reasons  for  change,  and  projected  marketing 
patterns  for  the  future.  M.B.A.  candidates 
may  register  with  permission  of  instructor. 


BMGT  851  Quantitative  Methods  in  Market- 
ing-Demand and  Cost  Analysis.  (3)  Con- 
sideration is  given  to  quantitative  methods 
in  the  analysis  and  prediction  of  market  de- 
mand and  marketing  costs.  Topics  in  connec- 
tion with  demand  include  market  potentials. 
sales  forecasting,  consumer  analysis,  promo- 
tional and  pricing  results,  and  the  like  Cost 
analysis  focuses  on  allocation  of  costs  by  mar- 
keting functions.  Products,  territories,  cus- 
tomers and  marketing  personnel.  Statistical 
techniques,  mathematics,  models  and  other 
methods  are  utilized  in  the  solution  of  mar- 
keting problems.  MBA.  candidates  may 
register  with  permission  of  instructor. 

BMGT  852  Theory  in  Marketing.  (3)  An  in- 
quiry into  the  problems  and  elements  of  the- 
ory development  in  general  with  specific  ref- 
erence to  the  field  of  marketing.  A  critical 
analysis  and  evaluation  of  past  and  contem- 
porary efforts  to  formulate  theories  of  market- 
ing and  to  integrate  theories  from  the  social 
sciences  into  a  marketing  framework.  Atten- 
tion is  given  to  the  development  of  concepts 
in  all  areas  of  marketing  thought  and  to  their 
potential  application  in  the  business  firm. 

BMGT  863  The  Organization  and  the  In- 
dividual. (3)  Examination  of  the  interaction 
between  organizations  and  individual  charac- 
teristics such  as  personality,  individual- 
values,  and  needs.  Topics  include  employee 
performance,  motivation,  job  satisfaction,  ab- 
senteeism, and  turnover.  Evaluation  of  in- 
dividual differences  as  they  influence  man- 
agerial decisions. 

BMGT  864  Theory  of  the  Industrial  Work 
Group.  (3)  A  study  of  major  theories  of  group 
formation,  group  behavior,  and  group  leader- 
ship considered  in  terms  of  their  implications 
for  the  management  of  business  and  other 
types  of  organizations.  Will  involve  an  in- 
depth  analysis  of  the  literature  concerning 
such  topics  as  group  cohesiveness,  confor- 
mity, leadership,  communication  nets,  prob- 
lem-solving efficiency,  productivity  standards, 
and  morale. 

BMGT  865  Comparative  Theories  of  Or- 
ganization. (3)  Emphasizes  business  and 
other  types  of  complex  organizations.  The- 
ories of  formal  and  informal  organizations  are 
covered.  Analyzes  the  content,  interrelation- 
ships, and  similarities  between  current  major 
schools  of  organization  thought. 

BMGT  866  Organizational  Conflict  and 
Change.  (3)  An  analysis  and  evaluation  of 
the  factors  contributing  to  conflict  and 
changed  patterns  of  behavior  within  organiza- 
tions. A  study  of  the  literature  on  such  topics 
as  managerial  decision  making  and  conflict. 
Research  creativity,  labor-management  con- 
flict, organizational  maintenance  and  stability, 
resistance  to  change,  and  planned  change. 

BMGT  872  Business  Logistics.  (3)  Concen 
trates  on  the  design  and  application  of  meth- 
ods for  the  solution  of  advanced  physical 
movement  problems  of  business  firms.  Pro- 
vides thorough  coverage  of  a  variety  of  analy- 
tical techniques  relevant  to  the  solution  of 
these  problems.  Where  appropriate,  experi- 
ence will  be  provided  in  the  utilization  of  com- 
puters to  assist  in  managerial  logistical  deci- 
sion-making. 

BMGT  873  Transportation  Science.  (3) 

Focuses  on  the  application  of  quantitative 


and  qualitative  techniques  of  analysis  to  man- 
agenal  problems  drawn  from  firms  in  each  of 
the  various  modes  of  transport.  Included  is 
the  application  of  simulation  to  areas  such  as 
the  control  of  equipment  selection  and  ter- 
minal and  line  operations  The  application 
of  advanced  analytical  techniques  to  prob- 
lems involving  resource  use  efficiency  within 
the  transportation  industry  and  between  trans- 
portation and  other  sectors  of  the  economy 
is  an  integral  part  of  the  course. 

BMGT  880  Business  Research  Methodol- 
ogy- (3)  Covers  the  nature,  scope,  and  appli- 
cation of  research  methodology  The  identifi- 
cation and  formulaton  of  research  designs 
applicable  to  business  and  related  fields.  Re- 
quired of  D.B.A.  students. 

BMGT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Chemical  Engineering 
Program 

Professor  and  Program  Director:  Cadman 
Professors:  Beckmann,  Cadman,  Gomezplata, 

Marchello,  Regan,  Schroeder,  Silverman, 

Smith,  Spain 
Associate  Professors:  Gentry,  Spivak 
Assistant  Professors:  Gasner.  Hatch,  King 
Lecturers:  Finger 

An  individual  plan  of  graduate  study 
compatible  witfi  the  student's  interest  and 
background  is  established  between  the 
student,  his  adviser,  and  the  Depart- 
ment chairman.  The  general  chemical 
engineenng  program  is  focused  on  five 
major  areas;  applied  polymer  science, 
biochemical  engineenng,  environmen- 
tal engineering,  high  pressure  tech- 
nology, process  and  analysis  simulation. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  programs  leading  to  the  M.S.  and 
Ph.D  degrees  are  open  to  qualified  stu- 
dents holding  the  B.S.  degree.  Admis- 
sion may  be  granted  to  students  with  de- 
grees in  any  of  the  engineering  and  sci- 
ence areas  from  accredited  programs. 
In  some  cases  it  may  be  necessary  to 
require  courses  to  fulfill  the  background. 
The  general  regulations  of  the  Graduate 
School  apply  in  reviewing  applications. 

The  candidate  for  the  M.S.  degree 
has  the  choice  of  following  a  plan  of 
study  with  or  without  thesis.  The  equiva- 
lent of  at  least  three  years  of  full-time 
study  beyond  the  B.S.  degree  is  required 
for  the  Ph.D.  degree.  All  students  seek- 
ing graduate  degrees  in  Chemical  Engi- 
neering must  enroll  In  ENCH  610.  620, 
and  640.  In  addition  to  the  general  rules 
of  the  Graduate  School  certain  special 
degree  requirements  are  set  forth  by  the 
Department  in  its  departmental  publica- 
tions. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

A  number  of  special  facilities  are  avail- 


Graduate  Programs  /  73 


able  for  graduate  study  and  research 
and  are  coordinated  through  the  Labor- 
atory for  Radiation  and  Polymer  Sci- 
ence, the  Laboratory  for  High  Pressure 
Science,  the  Laboratory  for  Process 
Analysis  and  Simulation,  the  Laboratory 
for  Biochemical  Engineering  and  En- 
vironmental Studies,  and  the  Nuclear 
Reactor  Facility.  These  laboratories 
contain  analog  computers,  a  gamma 
radiation  facility,  an  electron  accelerator, 
an  electron  paramagnetic  resonance 
spectrometer,  high  pressure  and  cryo- 
genic systems,  crystal  growth  and  me- 
chanical testing  equipment,  and  X-ray 
units. 

Courses 

ENCH  425  Transfer  and  Transport  Pro- 
cesses I.  (4)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  250.  The- 
ory and  applications  of  molecular  and  turbu- 
lent transport  phenomena.  Principles  of  fluid 
mechanics,  mass  transfer  and  heat  transfer. 
Dimensional  analysis,  analogy  between 
heat,  mass  and  momentum  transfer,  Newto- 
nian and  non-Newtonian  flow,  convective 
heat  and  mass  transfer, 

ENCH  427  Transfer  and  Transport  Pro- 
cesses M.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  425. 
Steady  and  unsteady  state  diffusion  and  con- 
duction, simultaneous  heat  and  mass  trans- 
fer, interphase  transfer,  boundary  layer  the- 
ory. Application  to  absorption,  adsorption, 
and  distillation.  Principles  of  radient  heat 
transfer,  evaporation,  filtration,  crystallization, 
drying,  condensation,  boiling  humidificatlon, 
ion  exchange,  and  phase  separations 

ENCH  437  Chemical  Engineering  Labora- 
tory. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  427,  Application 
of  chemical  engineering  process  and  unit  op- 
eration principles  in  small  scale  semi-com- 
mercial equipment.  Data  from  experimental 
observations  are  used  to  evaluate  perfor- 
mance and  efficiency  of  operations.  Empha- 
sis is  placed  on  correct  presentation  of  results 
in  report  form. 

ENCH  440  Chemical  Engineering  Kinetics. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  250.  Fundamentals 
of  chemical  reaction  kinetics  and  their  applica- 
tion to  the  design  and  operation  of  chemical 
reactors.  Reaction  rate  theory,  homogen- 
eous reactions  in  batch  and  flow  systems, 
adsorption,  heterogeneous  reactions  and 
catalysis  electrochemical  reactions.  Catalytic 
reactor  design. 

ENCH  442  Chemical  Engineering  Systems 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite:  differential  equa- 
tions or  ENCH  453.  Dynamic  response  ap- 
plied to  process  systems.  Goals  and  modes 
of  control,  La  Place  transformations,  analysis 
and  synthesis  of  simple  control  systems, 
closed  loop  response,  dynamic  testing.  Labor- 
atory work  on  methods  of  process  control, 
use  of  expenmental  analog  and  mathemati- 
cal models  of  control  systems 

ENCH  445  Process  Engineering  and  De- 
sign. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  427.  Utilization 
of  chemical  engineering  principles  for  the  de- 
sign of  process  equipment.  Typical  problems 
in  the  design  of  chemical  plants.  Comprehen- 
sive reports  are  required. 


ENCH  447  Chemical  Engineering  Eco- 
nomics. (2)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  427.  Princi- 
ples of  engineering  economics  applied  to 
chemical  processes.  Determination  of  invest- 
ment and  operating  costs  for  chemical  plants. 

ENCH  450  Chemical  Process  Develop- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  427.  Chemical 
process  industries  from  the  standpoint  of  tech- 
nology, raw  materials,  products  and  process- 
ing equipment.  Operations  of  major  chemical 
processes  and  industnes  combined  with 
quantitative  analysis  of  process  require- 
ments and  yields. 

ENCH  452  Advanced  Chemical  Engineer- 
ing Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  425. 
Application  of  digital  and  analog  computers 
to  chemical  engineering  problems.  Numeri- 
cal methods,  programming,  differential  equa- 
tions, curve  fitting,  amplifiers  and  analog 
circuits. 

ENCH  453  Applied  Mathematics  in  Chem- 
ical Engineering,  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH 
240.  Mathematical  techniques  applied  to  the 
analysis  and  solution  of  chemical  engineer- 
ing problems.  Use  of  differentiation,  integra- 
tion, differential  equations,  partial  differential 
equations  and  integral  transforms.  Applica- 
tion of  infinite  series,  numerical  and  statistical 
methods. 

ENCH  454  Chemical  Process  Analysis 
and  Optimization.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENCH 
427,  440.  Applications  of  mathematical  mod- 
els to  the  analysis  and  optimization  of  chemi- 
cal processes.  Models  based  on  transport, 
chemical  kinetics  and  other  chemical  engi- 
neering principles  will  be  employed.  Empha- 
sis on  evaluation  of  process  alternatives. 

ENCH  455  Chemical  Process  Laboratory. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  427  and  440.  One 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Experimental  study  of  various  chemical  pro- 
cesses through  laboratory  and  small  semi- 
commercial  scale  equipment.  Reaction 
kinetics,  fluid  mechanics,  heat  and  mass 
transfer. 

ENCH  461  Control  of  Air  Pollution 
Sources.  (3)  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  In 
engineering  or  consent  of  instructor.  Theory 
and  application  of  methods  for  the  control 
and  removal  of  airborne  materials.  Pnnciples 
of  design  and  performance  of  air  quality  con- 
trol equipment. 

ENCH  468  Research.  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Investigation  of  a 
research  project  under  the  direction  of  a  facul- 
ty member  Comprehensive  reports  are  re- 
quired. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 

ENCH  475  Electrochemical  Engineering. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  425.  Fundamentals 
of  electrochemistry  with  application  to  engi- 
neering and  commercial  processes.  Equilib- 
rium potentials,  reaction  mechanisms,  cell 
kinetics,  polarization,  surface  phenomena. 
Electrorefining,  electrowinning,  oxidation  and 
reduction,  solid,  liquid  and  gas  systems. 
Aspects  of  design  and  performance  of  electro- 
process  plants. 

ENCH  480  Engineering  Analysis  of  Physio- 
logical Systems.  (3)  Engineering  descrip- 
tion and  analysis  of  physiological  systems. 
Survey  of  bioengineering  literature  and  an  in- 
troduction to  mathematical  modeling  of  physi- 
ological systems. 


ENCH  482  Biochemical  Engineering  (3) 

Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in  engineering 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Introduction  to  bio- 
chemical and  microbiological  applications  to 
commercial  and  engineering  processes,  in- 
cluding Industrial  fermentation,  enzymology, 
ultrafiltration,  food  and  pharmaceutical  pro- 
cessing and  resulting  waste  treatment.  En- 
zyme kinetics,  cell  growth,  energetics  and 
mass  transfer. 

ENCH  485  Biochemical  Engineering 
Laboratory.  (2)  Prerequisite  or  co-requisite, 
ENCH  482.  Techniques  of  measuring  perti- 
nent parameters  In  fermentation  reactors, 
quantification  of  production  variables  for  pri- 
mary and  secondary  metabolites  such  as 
enzymes  and  antibiotics,  the  insolubilization 
of  enzymes  for  reactors,  and  the  demonstra- 
tion of  separation  techniques  such  as  ultrafil- 
tration and  affinity  chromatography. 

ENCH  490  Introduction  to  Polymer  Sci- 
ence. (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
The  elements  of  the  chemistry,  physics,  pro- 
cessing methods,  and  engineering  applica- 
tions of  polymers. 

ENCH  492  Applied  Physical  Chemistry  of 
Polymers.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHEM  481 .  Co- 
requisite,  CHEM  482  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Kinetics  of  formation  of  high  polymers,  deter- 
mination of  molecular  weight  and  structure, 
and  applied  thermodynamics  and  phase  equi- 
libria of  polymer  solutions. 

ENCH  494  Polymer  Technology  Labora- 
tory. (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  490  or  492  or 
consent  of  instructor  One  lecture  and  two  lab 
periods  per  week.  Measurement  of  mechani- 
cal, electrical,  optical,  thermal  properties  of 
polymers.  Measurement  of  molecular  weight 
by  viscosimetry  isometric  and  light  scattering 
methods  Application  of  X-ray,  NMR,  ESR, 
spectroscopy  molecular  relaxation,  micros- 
copy and  electron  microscopy  to  the  deter- 
mination of  polymer  structure,  effects  of  ultra- 
violet light  and  high  energy  radiation. 

ENCH  495  Rheology  of  Polymer  Materials. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  490  or  492  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Mechanical  behavior  with  em- 
phasis on  the  continuum  point  of  view  and  Its 
relationship  to  structural  types.  Elasticity,  vis- 
coelasticity.  anelasticity  and  plasticity  of  sin- 
gle phase  and  multiphase  materials.  (Students 
who  have  credit  for  ENCH  495  may  not  take 
ENMA  495  for  credit.) 

ENCH  496  Processing  of  Polymer  Mate- 
rials. (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  490  or  492  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  comprehensive  analy- 
sis of  the  operations  carried  out  on  polymeric 
matenals  to  increase  their  utility.  Conversion 
operations  such  as  molding  extrusion,  blend- 
ing, film  forming,  and  calendering.  Develop- 
ment of  engineering  skills  required  to  practice 
in  the  high  polymer  industry.  Students  who 
have  credit  for  ENCH  496  may  not  take 
ENMA  496  for  credit. 

ENCH  609  Graduate  Seminar.  (1) 

ENCH  610  Chemical  Engineering  Thermo- 
dynamics. (3)  First  semester.  Advanced  ap- 
plication of  the  general  thermodynamic  meth- 
ods to  chemical  engineering  problems.  First 
and  second  law  consequences;  estimation 
and  correlation  of  thermodynamic  proper- 
ties; phase  and  chemical  reaction  equilibria. 


74  /  Graduate  Programs 


ENCH  620  Methods  of  Engineering  Analy- 
sis. (3)  First  semester,  application  of  se- 
lected mathematical  techniques  to  the  analy- 
sis and  solution  of  engineering  problems:  in- 
cluded are  the  applications  of  matrices,  vec- 
tors, tensors,  differential  equations,  integral 
transforms,  and  probability  methods  to  such 
problems  as  unsteady  heat  transfer,  transient 
phenomena  in  mass  transfer  operations, 
stagewise  processes,  chemical  reactors,  pro- 
cess control,  and  nuclear  reactor  physics. 

ENCH  630  Transport  Phenomena.  (3)  First 
semester.  Heat,  mass  and  momentum  trans- 
fer theory  from  the  viewpoint  of  the  basic 
transport  equations.  Steady  and  unsteady 
state;  laminar  and  turbulent  flow;  boundary 
layer  theory,  mechanics  of  turbulent  transport; 
with  specific  application  to  complex  chemical 
engineering  situations. 

ENCH  640  Advanced  Chemical  Reaction 
Kinetics.  (3)  Second  semester.  The  theory 
and  application  of  chemical  reaction  kinetics 
to  reactor  design.  Reaction  rate  theory;  homo- 
geneous batch  and  flow  reactors;  fundamen- 
tals of  catalysis;  design  of  heterogeneous 
flow  reactors, 

ENCH  648  Special  Problems  in  Chemical 
Engineering.  (1-16) 

ENCH  655  Radiation  Engineering.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  instructor.  An  analy- 
sis of  such  radiation  applications  as  synthesiz- 
ing chemicals,  preserving  foods,  control  of  in- 
dustrial processes.  Design  of  irradiation  in- 
stallations, e.g.,  cobalt  60  gamma  ray 
sources,  electronuclear  machine  arrange- 
ment, and  chemical  reactors. 

ENCH  656  Radiation  Engineering.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  instructor.  An  analy- 
sis of  such  radiation  applications  as  synthesiz- 
ing chemicals,  preserving  foods,  control  of  in- 
dustrial processes.  Design  of  irradiation  instal- 
lations, e.g.,  cobalt  60  gamma  ray  sources, 
electronuclear  machine  arrangement,  and 
chemical  reactors. 

ENCH  667  Radiation  Effects  Laboratory. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Ef- 
fect of  massive  doses  of  radiation  on  the 
properties  of  matter  for  purposes  other  than 
those  pointed  toward  nuclear  power.  Radia- 
tion processing,  radiation-induced  chemical 
reactions,  and  conversion  of  radiation  ener- 
gy; isotope  power  sources. 

ENCH  670  Rheology  of  Engineering  Materi- 
als.(3)  Prerequisite,  ENMA\650.  Mechanical  be- 
havior with  emphasis  on  the  continuum  point 
of  view  and  its  relationship  to  structural  types. 
Elasticity,  viscoelasticity,  anelasticity  and 
plasticity  in  single  phase  and  multiphase 
materials. 

ENCH  720  Process  Analysis  and  Simula- 
tion. (3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
ENCH  630.  Development  of  mathematical 
models  of  chemical  processes  based  on 
transport  phenomena,  chemical  kinetics,  and 
other  chemical  engineering  methods.  Empha- 
sis on  principles  of  model  building  and  simula- 
tion utilizing  mathematical  solutions  and  com- 
puter methods. 

ENCH  723  Process  Engineering  and  De- 
sign. (3)  First  and  second  semesters.  Co- 
ordination of  chemical  engineering  and  eco- 
nomics to  advanced  process  engineering 
and  design.  Optimization  of  investment  and 


operating  costs.  Solution  of  typical  problems 
encountered  in  the  design  of  chemical  engi- 
neering plants. 

ENCH  730  Complex  Equilibrium  Stage  Pro- 
cesses. (3)  Second  semester.  The  theory 
and  application  of  complex  equilibrium 
stages.  Binary  and  multicomponent  absorp- 
tion; extraction;  Liquefaction. 

ENCH  735  Chemical  Process  Dynamics. 

(3)  First  semester.  Prerequisites,  differential 
equations  or  consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of 
open  and  closed  control  loops  and  their  ele- 
ments; dynamic  response  of  processes; 
choice  of  variables  and  linkages;  dynamic 
testing  and  synthesis;  noise  and  dhft;  chemi- 
cal process  systems  analysis;  strategies  for 
optimum  operation. 

ENCH  737  Chemical  Process  Optimiza- 
tion. (3)  Second  semester.  Techniques  of 
modern  optimization  theory  as  applied  to 
chemical  engineering  problems.  Optimiza- 
tion of  single  and  multivariable  systems  with 
and  without  constraints.  Application  of  partial 
optimization  techniques  to  complex  chemical 
engineering  processes. 

ENCH  761  Enzyme  Engineering.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, ENCH  640.  Enzyme  science  and 
kinetics;  principles  of  enzyme  insolubilization 
and  denaturation  with  application  to  design, 
operation  and  modeling  of  enzyme  reactors. 
The  relationship  between  mass  transfer  and 
apparent  kinetics  in  enzyme  systems;  and 
techniques  of  separation  and  purification  of 
enzymes. 

ENCH  762  Advanced  Biochemical  Engi- 
neering. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  482  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  to  in- 
clude use  of  a  digital  computer  for  mathemati- 
cal modeling  of  the  dynamics  of  biological 
systems;  separation  techniques  for  heat  sen- 
sitive biologically  active  materials;  and  trans- 
port phenomena  in  biological  systems. 

ENCH  763  Engineering  of  Artificial  Or- 
gans. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  480  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Design  concepts  and  engi- 
neering analysis  of  devices  to  supplement  or 
replace  natural  functions;  artificial  kidney; 
heart  assistor;  membrane  oxygenator;  mate- 
rials problems,  physiological  considerations. 

ENCH  784  Polymer  Physics.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, ENCH  490  or  consent  of  instructor.  Appli- 
cation and  correlation  of  mechanical  and 
dielectric  relaxation,  NMR.  electron  micros- 
copy. X-ray  diffraction,  diffusion  and  electri- 
cal properties  to  the  mechanical  properties 
and  structure  of  polymers  in  the  solid  state. 

ENCH  786  Polymer  Processing  and  Appli- 
cations. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCH  490  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Application  of  theoretical 
knowledge  of  polymers  to  industrial  pro- 
cesses. An  analysis  of  polymerization,  stabili- 
zation, electrical,  rheological,  thermal,  mechan- 
ical and  optical  properties  and  their  influence 
on  processing  conditions  and  end  use  appli- 
cations. 

ENCH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

ENCH  818  Advanced  Topics  in  Thermo- 
dynamics. (3)  Second  semester.  Prerequi- 
site, CHEM  604. 

ENCH  828  Advanced  Topics  in  Chemical 
Reaction  Systems.  (3)  First  semester.  Of- 
fered in  alternate  years.  Prerequisite,  ENCH 
640. 


ENCH  838  Advanced  Topics  in  Transfer 
Theory.  (3)  First  semester.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years.  Prerequisite,  ENCH  720. 

ENCH  848  Advanced  Topics  in  Separation 
Processes.  (3)  Second  semester.  Offered  in 
alternate  years. 

ENCH  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Chemical  Physics  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Benedict 
Professors:  Benesch,  De  Rocco,  Ginter, 

Kirsher,  Zwanzig 
Visiting  Professors:  Tilford 
Visiting  Associate  Professor:  Dick 
Assistant  Professor:  Gammon 

This  curriculum  is  under  the  com- 
bined sponsorship  of  the  Institute 
for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology,  Department  of 
Chemistry,  and  the  Department  of 
Physics  and  Astronomy.  It  is  design- 
ed to  train  students  for  research  in 
this  rapidly  expanding  inter- 
disciplinary field. 

Areas  of  study  include: 
astrophysical  spectroscopy,  at- 
mospheric physics  and  chemistry, 
bioengineering,  biophysics,  critical 
phenomena,  infrared  and  Raman 
spectroscopy,  Intermolecular  forces, 
Interstellar  molecules,  laser  spec- 
troscopy, light  scattering,  liquid 
crystals,  low  temperature  physics, 
microwave  and  mser  spectroscopy, 
molecular  structure,  NMR  and  ESR 
spectroscopy,  physics  and 
chemistry  at  high  pressure,  quantum 
mechanics,  reaction  kinetics,  solid 
state  physics,  statistical  mechanics, 
transport  phenomena,  vacuum  UV 
spectroscopy,  x-ray  diffraction. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

This  program  Is  open  to  graduate 
students  admitted  to  the  Depart- 
ments of  Chemistry  and  of  Physics 
and  Astronomy  and  offers  a  course 
of  study  leading  to  the  degrees  of 
Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy.  Entering  students  are 
expected  to  have  an  undergraduate 
degree  in  either  chemistry  or 
physics  with  a  strong  bacl<ground  in 
the  other  discipline.  However,  a 
mathematics  or  engineering  major 
may  also  be  eligible. 

The  course  program  will  be  ad- 
justed to  the  needs  of  the  individual 
student,  who  is  required  to  pass  a 
qualifying  examination  (a  version  of 
the  Physics  qualifier,  modified  to 
emphasize  the  atomic  properties  of 
matter).  The  successful  Ph.D.  stu- 

Graduate  Programs  /  75 


dent  should  end  with  a  mastery  of 
quantum  mechanics,  and  have  taken 
advanced  courses  in  molecular 
structure  (PHYS  723  or  CHEM  685) 
and  thermodynamics  and  Inter- 
molecular  forces  (CHEM  687  or  704). 
In  keeping  w/ith  the  interdisciplinary 
nature  of  the  Program,  9  credits  in 
Chemistry  are  required  from 
undergraduate  Physics  majors;  9 
credits  in  Physics  are  required  from 
undergraduate  Chemistry  majors. 
Research  problems  in  chemical 
physics  may  be  surpervised  by  the 
faculty  in  the  Department  of 
Chemistry,  the  Department  of 
Physics  and  Astronomy,  or  the  In- 
stitute for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology.  The  program  is  super- 
vised by  a  committee  from  the  above 
units.  Courses  \n\\\  be  taken  from 
other  programs. 

The  program  employs  an  oral  ex- 
amination, subsequent  to  the  writ- 
ten, which  is  the  defense  of  a 
modest  research  proposal.  This 
feature  provides  two  means  for 
gauging  the  student's  level  of 
sophistication  and  understanding. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  degree  is  granted  by  the  depart- 
ment or  program  of  origin,  that  is, 
physics,  chemistry,  meteorology, 
etc.,  and  financial  assistance 
depends  on  assignment  as  teaching 
or  research  assistants  with  in- 
dividual departments  or  research 
groups. 


Chemistry  Program 

Visiting  Professor  and  Acting  Ctiairman: 
McNesby 

Professors:  Adier,  Ammon,  Breger, 
Castellan,  Freeman,  Goldsby,  Gordon, 
Grim,  Henery-Logan,  Holmlund, 
Huheey,  Jaqulth,  Keeney',  Munn, 
Picard,  Ponnamperuma,  Reeve, 
Rollinson,  Rose,  Staley,  Stewart, 
Stuntz,  Vanderslice,  Viola 

Associate  Professors:  Alexander, 
Bellama,  Boyd,  Cannpagnoni,  DeVoe, 
Hansen,  Helz,  Jarvis,  Kasler,  Khanna, 
Lal^shnnanan,  Martin,  Mazzocchi, 
Miller,  Moore,  Murphy,  O'Haver, 
Sampugna,  Walters,  Zoller 

Assistant  Professors:  Alexander, 
Bergeron,  Heikklnen,  Rowan,  Tossell 

Researctt  Professor:  Bailey 

Lecturer:  Chaiken 

'joint  appointment  with  Dairy  Science 

The  Chemistry  Department  offers 
programs  leading  to  the  Master  of 
Science  or  Doctor  of  Philosphy 
degrees  with  specialization  in  the 

76  /  Graduate  Programs 


fields  of  analytical  chemistry,  bio- 
chemistry, chemical  physics  (in 
cooperation  with  the  Institute  of 
Physical  Sciences  &  Technology  and 
the  Department  of  Physics  and 
Astronomy),  environmental 
chemistry,  geochemistry,  inorganic 
chemistry,  nuclear  chemistry, 
organic  chemistry,  and  physical 
chemistry.  The  graduate  program 
has  been  designed  with  maximum 
flexibility  so  that  a  student  can 
achieve  a  strong  background  in  his 
chosen  field  of  specialization. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Both  the  thesis  and  non-thesis  op- 
tions are  offered  for  the  M.S.  degree. 
Departmental  regulations  concern- 
ing qualifying  (diagnostic)  examina- 
tions, comprehensive  examinations, 
and  other  matters  pertaining  to 
course  work  have  been  assembled 
for  the  guidance  of  candidates  for 
graduate  degrees.  Copies  of  these 
regulations  are  available  from  the 
Department  of  Chemistry. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  many  special 
research  facilities  to  support 
research  in  the  fields  given  above. 
The  new  research  wing  of  the  chem- 
istry building  houses  biochemistry 
research,  a  centralized  animal 
colony,  and  some  of  the  inorganic 
and  analytical  chemical  research. 
Nuclear  chemistry  facilities  include 
the  140-MeV  cyclotron  housed  in  the 
Physics  Department.  Other  facilities 
include  "clean"  rooms  for  lunar  and 
environmental  sample  analysis,  an 
electron  microscope,  X-ray 
fluorescence  instrumentation,  an 
electron  microprobe,  mass  spec- 
trometers, NMR  spectrometers  in- 
cluding a  100  MHz  Fourier-transform 
NMR  spectrometer,  ultracentrifuges, 
and  analytical  optical  spectrometers. 
Departmental  research  is  supported 
on  two  large  computers  in  the  Com- 
puter Science  Building,  a  UNIVAC 
1100/41  and  a  UNIVAC  1108,  both  of 
which  are  accessible  by  remote 
time-  sharing  terminals.  A  variety  of 
facilities  including  a  laser  laboratory, 
other  electron  microscopes,  and  an 
ESCA  spectrometer  are  available 
through  the  Center  of  Materials 
Research  on  campus.  The  Depart- 
ment has  an  excellent  glassblowing 
shop,  a  fine  student  faculty  machine 
shop,  and  access  to  other  campus 
machine  shops.  The  Chemistry 


Library,  located  in  the  new  research 
wing,  has  an  extensive  collection  of 
books,  journals,  and  abstracts  in 
chemistry,  biochemistry  and  allied 
fields.  Included  in  the  Chemistry 
Library  is  a  computer  terminal  for 
literature  searching. 

Financial  Assistance 

Entering  graduate  students  are  nor- 
mally supported  on  graduate 
teaching  assistantships.  Their  assis- 
tantships  usually  involve  teaching 
undergraduate  laboratory  and  recita- 
tion classes  and  enable  the  student 
to  pursue  a  ten-credit  program  of 
graduate  study  each  semester. 

Additional  Infornfiation 

The  Department  has  a  brochure 
available  describing  its  graduate  pro- 
gram and  the  research  interests  of 
its  faculty.  For  a  copy  of  the 
brochure,  or  for  specific  information 
on  graduate  programs  in  chemistry, 
admissions  procedures,  or  financial 
aid,  contact  Dr.  Gerald  Ray  Miller, 
Associate  Chairman  for  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research,  Department 
of  Chemistry. 

Courses 

CHEM  401  Inorganic  Chemistry.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM 
481. 

CHEM  403  Radlochemistry.  (3)  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of 
college  chemistry  and  one  year  of  col- 
lege physics.  Radioactive  decay;  in- 
troduction to  properties  of  atomic  nuclei; 
nuclear  processes  in  cosmology; 
chemical,  biomedical  and  environmental 
applications  of  radioactivity;  nuclear  pro- 
cesses as  chemical  tools;  interaction  of 
radiation  with  matter. 

CHEM  421  Advanced  Quantitative  Analy- 
sis. (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, CHEM  430  and  482  or  concurrent 
registration.  An  examination  of  some  ad- 
vanced topics  in  quantitative  analysis  in- 
cluding nonaqueous  titrations,  precipita- 
tion phenomena,  complex  equilibria,  and 
the  analytical  chemistry  of  the  less 
familiar  elements. 

CHEM  423  Organic  Quantitative  Analysis. 

(2)  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  203-204  or 
213-214,  and  consent  of  the  instructor. 
The  semi-micro  determination  of  carbon, 
hydrogen,  nitrogen,  halogen  and  certain 
functional  groups. 

CHEM  430  Chemical  Measurements 
Laboratory  I.  (3)  One  lecture  and  two 
three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Corequisite,  CHEM  481.  An  introduction 
to  the  principles  and  applications  of 
quantitative  techniques  useful  in 
chemistry,  with  emphasis  on  modern  in- 
strumentation, computer  programming. 


electronic  circuits,  spectroscopy, 
chemical  separations. 

CHEM  431  Chemical  Measurements 
Laboratory  II.  (3)  One  lecture  and  two 
three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  CHEM  481:  corequisite, 
CHEM  482.  An  introduction  to  the  prin- 
ciples and  applications  of  quantitative 
techniques  useful  in  chemistry,  with  em- 
phasis on  modern  instrumentation.  Com- 
munications techniques,  vacuum 
systems,  thermochemistry,  phase 
equilibria,  chemical  kinetics,  elec- 
trochemistry. 

CHEM  433  Chemical  Synthesis.  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM 
201-202  or  211-212.  and  203-204  or 
213-214. 

CHEM  441  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  CHEM  481.  An  advanced 
study  of  the  compounds  of  carbon,  with 
special  emphasis  on  molecular  orbital 
theory  and  organic  reaction  mechanisms. 

CHEM  443  Qualitative  Organic  Analysis 

(3)  One  lecture  and  two-three  hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prere- 
quisite: CHEM  201-202  or  211-212.  and 
203-204  or  213-214.  The  systematic  iden- 
tification of  organic  compounds. 

CHEM  447  Geochemistry  of  Fuels.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  CHEM  104  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Discussion  of  the  progenitors 
and  the  biochemical,  chemical  and 
physical  agencies  that  convert  them  into 
crude  oils,  coals  of  various  ranks,  natural 
gas.  and  other  organic  fuels.  The  origin, 
composition,  mineralogy,  and  organic 
constituents  (kerogen)  of  oil  shales. 
Mineralogy,  geochemical  cycles,  and  ac- 
cumulation of  uranium  and  thorium. 

CHEM  461  Biochemistry  I.  (3)  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisite.  CHEM 
203-204  or  213-214,  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. A  comprehensive  introduction 
to  general  biochemistry  wherein  the 
chemistry  and  metabolism  of  car- 
bohydrates, lipids,  nucleic  acids,  and 
proteins  are  discussed. 

CHEM  462  Biochemistry  II.  (3)  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisite.  CHEM  461. 
A  continuation  of  CHEM  461. 

CHEM  463  Biochemistry  Laboratory  I  (2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  461.  Or  con- 
current registration  in  CHEM  461. 

CHEM  464  Biochemistry  Laboratory  II  (2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite.  CHEM  462  or  concur- 
rent registration  in  CHEM  462.  and 
CHEM  430  or  CHEM  463. 

CHEM  471  Geochemical  Methods  of 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite.  CHEM  103, 
104.  The  course  will  consider  the  prin- 
ciples and  application  of  geochemical 
analysis  as  applied  to  a  variety  of 
geological  problems.  The  topics  covered 
will  include  x-ray  and  optical  spec- 
troscopy, x-ray  diffraction,  atomic  ab- 
sorption, electron  microprobe  and  elec- 
tron microscopy. 


CHEM  473  Geochemistry  of  Solids.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  482  or  GEOL  422.  Principles  of 
crystal  chemistry  applied  to  structures, 
properties  and  reactions  of  minerals  and 
non-metallic  solids.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  relation  of  structural  stability  to 
bonding,  ionic  size,  charge,  order- 
disorder,  polymorphism,  and  isomor- 
phism. 

CHEM  474  Environmental  Chemistry.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite. 
CHEM  481.  or  equivalent.  The  sources  of 
various  elements  and  chemical  reactions 
between  them  in  the  atmosphere  and 
hydrosphere  are  treated.  Causes  and 
biological  effects  of  air  and  water  pollu- 
tion by  certain  elements  are  discussed. 

CHEM  476  Geochemistry  of  the 
Biosphere.  (3)  Prerequisite,  two  years  of 
chemistry  including  one  year  of  either 
organic  or  physical  chemistry.  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  An  interdisciplinary  ap- 
proach involving  inorganic,  organic, 
physical,  and  biochemistry  to  integrate 
the  available  information  necessary  to  in- 
terpret and  explain  the  major  aspects  of 
the  geochemistry  of  the  biosphere. 

CHEM  481  Physical  Chemistry  1.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite.  CHEM 
203-204  or  213-214.  MATH  141.  PHYS  142 
or  PHYS  263  (PHYS  263  may  be  taken  con- 
currently with  CHEM  481)  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. A  course  primarily  for  chemists 
and  chemical  engineers. 

CHEM  482  Physical  Chemistry  II.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite.  CHEM 
481.  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  course 
primarily  for  chemists  and  chemical 
engineers. 

CHEM  485  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry. 

(2)  Prerequisite.  CHEM  482.  Quantum 
chemistry  and  other  selected  topics. 

CHEM  486  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry 
Latx>ratory.  (2)  Two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  Prerequisites,  CHEM 
482  and  consent  of  instructor. 

CHEM  498  Special  Topics  in  Chemistry, 

(3)  Three  lectures  or  two  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite varies  with  the  nature  of  the  topic 
being  considered.  Course  may  be 
repeated  for  credit  if  the  subject  matter  is 
substantially  different,  but  not  more  than 
three  credits  may  be  accepted  in  satisfac- 
tion of  major  supporting  area  re- 
quirements for  chemistry  majors. 

CHEM  601  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry 

I.  (3)  Prerequisite.  CHEM  401  or  equivalent. 
Three  lectures  per  week.  A  survey  of  the 
fundamentals  of  modern  inorganic 
chemistry  which  serves  as  a  basis  for 
more  advanced  work. 

CHEM  602  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry 

II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHEM  601.  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  A  continuation  of  CHEM 
601  with  more  emphasis  on  current  work 
in  inorganic  chemistry. 

CHEM  603  Advanced  Inorganic 
Laboratory.  (3)  Prerequisite.  CHEM  601  or 
concurrent  registration  therein.  One  lec- 
ture and  two  three-hour  laboratories  per 


week.  Practice  in  synthesis  and  modem 
experimental  techniques  in  inorganic 
chemistry. 

CHEM  605  Chemistry  of  Coordination 
Compounds  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHEM  601  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Structure  and  properties  of  coor- 
dination compounds  and  the  theoretical 
bases  on  which  these  are  interpreted. 

CHEM  606  Chemistry  of  Organometallic 
Compounds  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHEM  601  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Three  lectures  per 
week.  An  in-depth  treatment  of  the  proper- 
ties of  compounds  having  metal-cartx>n 
tXDnds. 

CHEM  608  Selected  Topics  in  Inorganic 
Chemistry.  (1-3)  Prerequisite.  CHEM  601 
and  602.  or  equivalent.  One  to  three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Topics  of  special  interest 
and  current  importance.  Course  may  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if 
topics  are  different. 

CHEM  621  Chemical  Microscopy  I.  (2)  One 

lecture  and  one  three  hour  laboratory 
period  per  week.  Registration  limited. 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A 
study  of  the  use  of  the  microscope  in 
chemistry. 

CHEM  622  Chemical  Microscopy  II.  (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  three  hour  laboratory 
period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  621. 
A  study  of  the  optical  properties  of 
crystals. 

CHEM  623.  Optical  Methods  of  Quan- 
titative Analysis.  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites. CHEM  421  and  482.  The  quan- 
titative applications  of  emission  spec- 
troscopy, atomic  absorption  spec- 
troscopy, ultraviolet,  visible,  and  infrared 
spectrophotometry,  fluorescence,  atomic 
fluorescence,  nephelometry.  and  of  cer- 
tain closely  related  subjects  like  NMR  and 
mass  spectroscopy. 

CHEM  624  Electrical  Methods  of  Quan- 
titative Analysis.  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites. CHEM  421  and  482.  The  use  of 
conductivity,  potentiometry,  polarography, 
voltammetry,  amperometry,  coulometry, 
and  chronopotentiometry  in  quantitative 
analysis. 

CHEM  625  Separation  Methods  in  Quan- 
titative Analysis.  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites. CHEM  421  and  482.  The  theory 
and  practical  application  to  quantitative 
analysis  of  the  various  forms  of 
chromatography,  ion  exchange,  solvent 
extraction,  and  distillation. 

CHEM  628  Modem  Trends  in  Analytical 
Chemistry.  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisites.  CHEM  421  and  482.  A  study 
of  advanced  methods,  including  topics 
such  as  statistical  treatment  of  analytical 
data,  kinetic  methods  in  analytical 
chemistry,  analytical  measurements 
based  on  radioactivity,  and  enzymatic 
techniques. 

CHEM  641  Organic  Reaction  Mechanisms. 
(3)  Three  lectures  per  week. 


Graduate  Programs  /  77 


CHEM  642  Physical  Organic  Chemistry.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week. 

CHEIVI  643  Organic  Chemistry  of  High 
Polymers  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week.  An 
advanced  course  covering  the  synthesis 
of  monomers,  mechanisms  of  polymeriza- 
tion, and  the  correlation  between  struc- 
ture and  properties  in  high  polymers. 
CHEM  644  Molecular  Orbital  Theory.  (2) 
Two  lectures  per  week.  A  partial  quan- 
titative application  of  molecular  orbital 
theory  and  symmetry  to  the  chemical 
properties  and  reactions  of  organic 
molecules.  Prerequisites,  CHEM  441  and 
482. 

CHEM  645  The  Chemistry  of  the  Steroids. 
(2)  Two  lectures  per  week. 
CHEM  646  The  Heterocyclics.  (2)  Two 
lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  648  Special  Topics  in  Organic 
Chemistry.  (1-3)  One  to  three  lecture 
hours  per  week.  Topics  of  special  in- 
terest and  current  importance.  Course 
may  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine 
credits  provided  the  topics  are  different. 

CHEM  661  Proteins,  Amino  Acids,  and 
Carbohydrates.  (2)  Two  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  462  or 
equivalent. 

CHEM  662  Biological  Energy  Transduc- 
tions, Vitamins,  and  Hormones.  (2)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM 
462  or  equivalent. 

CHEM  663  Enzymes.  (2)  Two  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  462  or 
equivalent. 

CHEM  664  The  Chemistry  of  Natural 
Products.  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  CHEM  441.  The  chemistry 
and  physiological  action  of  natural  prod- 
ucts. Methods  of  isolation,  determination 
of  structure  and  synthesis. 
CHEM  665  Biochemistry  of  Lipids.  (2) 
Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  462  or  equivalent.  Classification 
and  chemistry  of  lipids,  lipogenesis  and 
energy  metabolism  of  lipids,  structural 
lipids,  and  endocrine  control  of  lipid 
metabolism  in  mammals. 

CHEM  666  Biophysical  Chemistry.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  461  and  482,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. 

CHEM  668  Special  Problems  in 
Biochemistry.  (2-4)  Two  to  four  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, CHEM  464  or  equivalent. 

CHEM  669  Special  Topics  in 
Biochemistry.  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  CHEM  462  or  equivalent. 

CHEM  678  Special  Topics  In  Environmen- 
tal Chemistry.  (3)  Prerequisite  -  chemistry 
474.  In-depth  treatment  of  environmental 
chemistry  problem  areas  of  current 
research  interest.  The  topics  will  vary 
somewhat  from  year  to  year.  Repeatable 
to  maximum  of  6  credits,  provided  sub- 
ject is  different. 

CHEM  681  InfraRed  and  Raman  Spec- 
troscopy. (2)  Two  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

78  /  Graduate  Programs 


CHEM  682  Reaction  Kinetics.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  683  Electrochemistry.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM 
684  or  equivalent. 

CHEM  684  Chemical  Thermodynamics. 

(3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  482  or  equivalent. 

CHEM  685  Molecular  Structure.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  686  Chemical  Crystallography.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  A  detailed  treat- 
ment of  single-crystal  x-ray  methods. 

CHEM  687  Statistical  Mechanics  and 
Chemistry.  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  CHEM  684  or  equivalent. 

CHEM  688  Selected  Topics  in  Physical 
Chemistry.  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  689  Special  Topics  in  Physical 
Chemistry.  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  690  Quantum  Chemistry  I.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  485. 

CHEM  691  Quantum  Chemistry  II.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  690  or  PHYS  622. 

CHEM  699  Special  Problems  in 
Chemistry.  (1-6)  Prerequisite,  one 
semester  of  graduate  study  in  chemistry. 
Laboratory  experience  in  a  research  en- 
vironment. Restricted  to  students  in  the 
non-thesis  M.S.  option.  Repeatable  for  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

CHEM  702  Radiochemistry  Laboratory. 
(1-2)  One  or  two  four-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  Registration  limited. 
Prerequisites,  CHEM  403  (or  concurrent 
registration  therein),  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. 

CHEM  703  Advanced  Radiochemistry.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  403  and  CHEM  462.  Utilization  of 
radioisotopes  with  special  emphasis  on 
applications  to  problems  in  the  life 
sciences. 

CHEM  704  Advanced  Radiochemistry 
Laboratory.  (1-2)  One  or  two  four-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, CHEM  702  and  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Laboratory  training  in  the  utilization 
of  radioisotopes  with  special  emphasis 
on  applications  to  problems  in  the  life 
sciences. 

CHEM  705  Nuclear  Chemistry.  (3) 

Nuclear  structure  models,  radioactive 
decay  processes,  nuclear  reactions  in 
complex  nuclei,  fission,  nucleosynthesis 
and  nuclear  particle  accelerators. 

CHEM  718  Special  Topics  in  Nuclear 
Chemistry.  (1-3)  One  to  three  lectures  per 
week.  A  discussion  of  current  research 
problems.  Subtitles  will  be  given  at  each 
offering.  Repeatable  for  credit  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  six  hours. 

CHEM  721  Organic  Geochemistry.  (3) 
Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  201  or  equivalent.  A  discussion  of 
the  fate  of  natural  organic  products  in 
the  geological  environment.  The  in- 


fluence of  diagenetic  factors,  such  as 
hydrolysis,  heat,  pressure,  etc.,  on  such 
compounds  as  cellulose,  lignin,  proteins, 
and  lipids,  detailed  consideration  of  the 
origin  of  soil  organic  matter,  car- 
bonaceous shales,  coal,  and  crude  oil. 

CHEM  722  Cosmochemistry.  (3)  Three 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM 
482  or  equivalent.  Current  theories  of 
origin  and  evolution  of  the  solar  system 
with  emphasis  on  the  experimental  data 
available  to  chemists  from  examination 
of  meteorites,  the  moon,  and  the  earth. 

CHEM  723  Marine  Geochemistry.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  481  or  equivalent.  The 
geochemical  evolution  of  the  ocean; 
composition  of  sea  water,  density- 
chlorinity-salinity  relationship  and  carbon 
dioxide  system.  The  geochemistry  of 
sedimentation  with  emphasis  on  the 
chemical  stability  and  inorganic  and 
biological  production  of  carbonate, 
silicate  and  phosphate  containing 
minerals. 

CHEM  727  Geochemical  Differentiation. 
(3)  Distribution  of  the  chemical  elements 
in  the  earth  and  the  mechanisms  by 
which  the  distributions  came  about. 

CHEM  728  Selected  Topics  in  Analytical 
Geochemistry.  (2-3)  One  or  two  lectures 
per  week  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  This 
course  will  be  subtitled  each  time  it  is  of- 
fered to  indicate  the  analytical  method 
discussed.  Repeatable  for  credit  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  hours.  Enrollment  will 
be  limited. 

CHEM  729  Special  Topics  in  Geo- 
chemistry. (1-3)  One  to  three  lectures 
per  week.  A  discussion  of  current 
research  problems.  Subtitles  will  be 
given  at  each  offering.  Repeatable  for 
credit  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

CHEM  750  Chemical  Evolution.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, CHEM  441,  462,  721;  or  ZOOL 
446;  or  BOTN  616;  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. The  chemical  processes  leading  to 
the  appearances  of  life  on  earth.  Theo- 
retical and  experimental  considerations 
related  to  the  geochemical,  organic,  and 
biochemical  phenomena  of  chemical 
evolution. 

CHEM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research 

(1-6). 

CHEM  898  Seminar  (1). 

CHEM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 

Research  (1-8). 


Civil  Engineering  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Carter 
Professors:  Birkner,  Heins,  Lepper,  Otts, 

Ragan,  Sternberg. 
Associate  Professors:  Albrecht,  Colville, 

Cournyn,  Garber,  Hall,  McCuen,  Piper, 

Wedding,  Witczak. 
Assistant  Professors:  Aggour,  Derucher, 

Mulinazzi,  Schelling,  Vannoy. 

The  Departnnent  of  Civil  Engineering 
offers  graduate  work  leading  to  the 


degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy.  All  programs 
are  planned  on  an  individual  basis  by 
the  student  and  his  advisor  to  con- 
sider the  student's  background  and 
special  interests.  Courses  and 
research  opportunities  are  available 
in  the  general  areas  of  transporta- 
tion and  urban  systems,  environmen- 
tal engineering  and  water  resources, 
structural  engineering,  and  soil 
mechanics.  In  general,  emphasis  is 
on  learning  sound  engineering  prin- 
ciples and  applying  them,  to  provide 
for  the  needs  of  man. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  for  admission  should 
hold  a  B.S.  degree  in  Civil  Engineer- 
ing. However,  applicants  with 
undergraduate  degrees  in  other 
disciplines  may  be  accepted  with 
the  stipulation  that  deficiencies  in 
prerequisite  undergraduate  course 
work  be  corrected  before  enrolling  in 
graduate  courses.  There  are  no  en- 
trance examinations  required  for  the 
program. 

Two  options  are  available  for  the 
Master  of  Science  degree:  thesis 
and  non-thesis.  The  Department's 
policies  and  requirements  are  the 
same  as  the  requirements  of  the 
Graduate  School. 

The  requirements  for  the  Doctor 
of  Philosophy  degree  are  the  same 
as  those  imposed  by  the  Graduate 
School.  An  individual  program  of 
study  to  suit  the  needs  of  the  stu- 
dent is  developed  by  the  student  and 
his  advisor.  The  equivalent  of  two 
years  of  full-time  study  beyond  the 
Master  of  Science  degree  is  the 
minimum  requirement.  The  student 
must  pass  a  qualifying  examination 
before  being  admitted  to  candidacy. 
Normally,  the  qualifying  exam  is 
taken  one  year  after  the  completion 
of  the  M.S.  degree.  There  is  no 
language  requirement  for  the  Ph.D. 
degree. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  research  facilities  of  the  Depart- 
ment are  available  to  graduate 
students.  These  include  laboratories 
in  the  following  areas;  transporta- 
tion, systems  analysis,  environmen- 
tal, hydraulics,  structures,  and  soil 
mechanics.  A  UNIVAC  1106  and  a 
UNIVAC  1108,  complemented  by 
remote  access  units  located  in  the 
engineering  building,  are  available. 
The  Washington  and  Baltimore 


Metropolitan  Areas  are  easily  ac- 
cessible for  data,  field  studies, 
library  access,  contacts  with  na- 
tional organizations  and  attendance 
at  national  meetings.  The  location  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  offers  a 
unique  opportunity  to  obtain  an  ad- 
vanced degree  in  Civil  Engineering. 

Financial  Assistance 

Almost  all  full-time  graduate  stu- 
dents receive  financial  assistance. 
Inquiries  about  financial  assistance 
and  program  information  should  be 
directed  to  the  Director  of  Graduate 
Studies,  Department  of  Civil 
Engineering. 

Courses 

ENCE  410  Advanced  Strength  of 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENES  220. 
Strength  and  deformation  of  deformable 
bodies,  plane  stress  and  strain.  Torsion 
theory,  unsymmetical  bending,  curved 
beams.  Behavior  of  beams,  columns, 
slabs,  plates  and  composite  members 
under  load.  Elastic  and  inelastic  stability. 

ENCE  411  Experimental  Stress  Analysis. 

(4)  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  ENES  220.  Applica- 
tion of  experimental  data  on  materials  to 
design  problems.  Correlation  of 
analytical  and  experimental  methods  of 
analysis  w\h  design.  Electric  strain 
gages,  photoelasticity,  brittle  lacquer 
methods  and  various  analogies. 

ENCE  420  Basic  Civil  Engineering  Plan- 
ning I.  (3)  Prerequisites  —  senior  stand- 
ing or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Urban- 
regional  physical  planning  from  the  civil 
engineering  view-point.  Integration  of  the 
planning  aspects  of  engineering  —  en- 
vironmental, structural,  transportation 
and  water  resources  —  into  a  system  ap- 
proach to  the  practice  of  civil  engineer- 
ing. Also  included:  site,  construction, 
and  engineering  materials  planning, 
engineering  economics  and  evaluation, 
current  topics. 

ENCE  430  Intermediate  Fluid  Mechanics 

(4)  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite  —  ENCE  330.  Applica- 
tion of  basic  principles  to  the  solution  of 
engineering  problems:  ideal  fluid  flow, 
mechanics  of  fluid  resistance,  open 
channel  flow  under  uniform,  gradually 
varied  and  rapidly  varied  conditions,  sedi- 
ment transport,  role  of  model  studies  in 
analysis  and  design. 

ENCE  431  Surface  Water  Hydrology.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ENCE  330  and  360.  Con- 
current registration  in  ENCE  460  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Study  of  the 
physical  processes  of  the  hydrologic  cy- 
cle. Hydrometology,  concepts  of  weather 
modification,  evaporation  and  transpira- 
tion infiltration  studies,  run  off  computa- 
tions, flood  routing,  reservoir  re- 
quirements, emphasis  on  process 
simulation  as  a  tool  in  water  resource 
development. 


ENCE  432  Ground  Water  Hydrology.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ENCE  330,  460  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Concepts  related  to 
the  development  of  the  ground  water 
resource,  hydrogeology,  hydrodynamics 
of  flow  through  porous  media,  hydraulics 
of  wells,  artificial  recharge,  sea  water  in- 
trusion, basin-wide  ground  water 
development. 

ENCE  433  Environmental  Health 
Engineering  Analysis.  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  per  week.  The  theory 
and  analytical  techniques  used  in 
evaluating  man's  environment.  Emphasis 
is  given  to  the  areas  of  quantitative, 
physical,  electroanalytical  and  organic 
chemistry  as  applied  to  chemical 
analysis  of  water. 

ENCE  434  Air  Pollution.  (3)  Classification 
of  atmospheric  pollutants  and  their  ef- 
fects on  visibility,  inanimate  and  animate 
receptors.  Evaluation  of  source  emis- 
sions and  principles  of  air  pollution  con- 
trol: meteorological  factors  governing 
the  distribution  and  removal  of  air 
pollutants:  air  quality  measurements  and 
air  pollution  control  legislation. 

ENCE  435  Sanitary  Engineering  Analysis 
and  Design.  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ENCE 
221  and  ENCE  330.  The  application  of 
sanitary  analysis  and  fundamental  prin- 
ciples to  the  design  and  operation  of 
water  and  waste  water  treatment  plants 
and  the  control  of  stream  pollution. 

ENCE  440  Advanced  Soil  Mechanics.  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
v/eek.  Prerequisite,  ENCE  340.  Theories 
of  strength,  compressibility,  capillarity 
and  permeability.  Critical  review  of 
theories  and  methods  of  measuring 
essential  properties.  Planning,  execution 
and  interpretation  of  soil  testing  pro- 
grams. 

ENCE  441  Soil-Foundation  Systems.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  ENCE  340.  Soil  mechanics 
and  foundation  analysis  are  integrated  in 
a  systems  approach  to  the  analysis  and- 
design  soil  foundation-structural 
systems.  Interaction  of  bearing  capacity, 
settlements,  lateral  pressures,  drainage, 
vibrations,  stress  distributions,  etc.,  are 
included  for  a  variety  of  structural 
systems. 

ENCE  450  Design  of  Steel  Structures.  (3) 
Prerequisites.  ENCE  350  and  concurrent 
registration  in  ENCE  351.  Analyses  for 
stresses  and  deflections  in  structures  by 
methods  of  consistent  deformations,  vir- 
tual work  and  internal  strain  energy.  Ap- 
plication to  design  of  plate  girders,  in- 
determinate and  continuous  trusses,  two 
hinged  arches  and  other  structures. 
Elements  of  plastic  analysis  and  design 
of  steel  structures. 

ENCE  451  Design  of  Concrete  Struc- 
tures. (4)  Prerequisites,  ENCE  340  and 
ENCE  351.  Three  lecture  hours  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Design  of  reinforced 
concrete  structures,  including  slabs, 
footings,  composite  members,  building 
frames,  and  retaining  walls.  Approximate 
methods  of  analysis:  code  requirements: 
influence  of  concrete  properties  on 


Graduate  Programs  /  79 


strength  and  deflection;  optimum  design. 
Introduction  to  prestressed  concrete 
design. 

ENCE  460  Modem  Techniques  for  Struc- 
tural Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENCE 
351,  and  ENCE  360.  Two  lecture  hours 
and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Application 
of  computer  oriented  methods  and 
numerical  techniques  to  analysis  and 
design  of  structural  systems.  Matrix  for- 
mulation of  the  stiffness  and  flexibility 
methods  for  framed  structures.  Introduc- 
tion of  numerical  techniques  to  the  solu- 
tion of  selected  problems  in  such  topics 
as  plates,  structural  stability,  and  vibra- 
tions. 

ENCE  461  Analysis  of  Civil  Engineering 
Systems  I  (3)  Prerequisite,  senior  stand- 
ing or  consent  of  instructor.  Application 
of  the  principles  of  engineering  economy 
and  statistics  to  the  solution  of  civil 
engineering  problems.  Economic  com- 
parison of  alternatives  using  present 
worth,  annual  cost,  rate  of  return  and 
cost  benefit  analyses.  Development  and 
use  of  simple  and  multiple  regression 
models,  and  statistical  decision  theory. 

ENCE  463  Engineering  Economics  and 
System  Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  senior 
standing  in  engineering,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Development  and  application  of 
the  principles  of  engineering  economics 
to  problems  in  civil  engineering.  Evalua- 
tion of  design  alternatives,  depreciation 
and  sensitivity  analysis.  Use  of  systems 
analysis  techniques,  including  CPM,  pert 
and  decision  networks. 

ENCE  470  HIgfiway  Engineering.  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite  — 
ENCE  340.  Location,  design,  construc- 
tion and  maintenance  of  roads  and 
pavements.  Introduction  to  traffic 
engineering. 

ENCE  471  Transportation  Engineering.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENCE  370.  A  study  of  the 
principles  of  transportation  engineering 
as  applied  to  the  various  modes  of 
transport.  Consideration  is  given  to  cost 
analysis,  economic  aspects  of  route  and 
site  selection  and  layout.  The  organiza- 
tion and  administration  of  engineering 
functions. 

ENCE  472  Higfiway  and  Airfield  Pave- 
ment Design.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENCE  340 
and  370.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
per  week.  Principles  of  pavement 
analysis  and  design.  Analysis  of  moving 
loads  and  pavement  response.  Subgrade 
evaluation  and  beneficiation.  Flexible 
and  rigid  pavement  design;  related 
materials  specifications  and  tests. 

ENCE  489  Special  Problems.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, senior  standing.  A  course  ar- 
ranged to  meet  the  needs  of  exceptional- 
ly well  prepared  students  for  study  in  a 
particular  field  of  civil  engineering. 

ENCE  600  Advanced  Engineering 
Materials  Lat>oratory.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
ENES  220,  221  and  ENCE  300  or 
equivalent.  Critical  examination  of  the 
methods  for  testing  engineering 
materials  and  structures  under  static, 


repeated,  sustained  and  impact  forces. 
Laboratory  experiments  for  the  deter- 
mination of  strength  and  stiffness  of 
structural  alloys,  concrete  and  other  con- 
construction  materials.  Critical  examina- 
tion of  the  effects  of  test  factors  on  the 
determination  of  engineering  properties. 

ENCE  601  Structural  Materials  and 
Design.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  410  and 
41 1  or  consent  of  instructor.  Relation  of 
structural  analysis,  properties  of 
materials  and  laboratory  study  of  the 
behavior  of  members  to  structural  design 
methods,  codes  and  specifications.  Ef- 
fects of  temperature,  loading  rates  and 
state  of  combined  stress  on  behavior  of 
construction  materials. 

ENCE  603  Theories  of  Concrete  and 
Granular  Materials.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
ENCE  600,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Critical  reviews  of  analytical  and  ex- 
perimental investigations  of  the  behavior 
of  concretes  under  diverse  conditions  of 
loading  and  environment.  Mechanics  of 
granular  aggregates  and  the  chemistry  of 
cements.  Theories  of  the  design  of 
Portland  cement  and  field  experience. 

ENCE  610  Advanced  Strength  of 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENES  220, 
221  and  ENCE  300,  or  equivalent. 
Analysis  for  stress  and  deformation  in 
engineering  members  by  the  methods  of 
mechanics  of  materials  and  elementary 
theories  of  elasticity  and  plasticity.  Prob- 
lems in  flexure,  torsion  plates  and  shells, 
stress  concentrations,  indeterminate 
combinations,  residual  stresses, 
stability. 

ENCE  612  Structures  Research  Methods 
and  Model  Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENCE  450  and  ENCE  451  or  equivalent  in- 
strumentation, data  analysis;  states  of 
stress:  structural  models,  structural 
similitude;  analogies;  non-destructive 
testing  techniques:  planning  research 
projects,  lab  studies  and  reports. 

ENCE  620  Urban-Regional  Civil  Engineer- 
ing Planning.  (3)  First  semester.  Prereq- 
uisite, degree  in  civil  engineering  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Theory  and  method- 
ology for  the  synthesis  of  general  civil 
engineering  aspects  of  urban  and 
regional  planning.  Integration  of  land  use 
conditions  and  capabilities.  Population 
factors  and  needs,  engineering  econom- 
ics and  engineering  technologies.  Ap- 
plication to  special  problems  in  urban- 
regional  development.  Preparation  of 
engineering  reports.  Presentation 
methods. 

ENCE  621  Civil  Engineering  Planning.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  ENCE 
620  or  equivalent.  General  to  comprehen- 
sive planning  of  complex  engineering 
facilities  such  as  industrial  plants, 
bridges,  utilities  and  transportation  proj- 
ects. Planning  based  on  the  synthesis  of 
all  applicable  factors.  Emphasis  on 
general  civil  engineering  planning  in- 
cluding site,  structural  and  construction 
planning.  Plan  evaluation  and  feasibility. 

ENCE  622  Urban  and  Regional  Systems 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite  or  corequisite, 
ENCE  461  or  consent  of  instructor.  Cur- 


rent applications  and  research  ap- 
proaches in  land-use  forecasting.  Land- 
use  evaluation,  urban  transportation, 
land-use  interrelationships,  and  the 
planning  implementation  process  in  a 
systems  analytic  framework. 

ENCE  630  Analysis  and  Design  of  Water 
Resource  Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ENCE  461  or  equivalent.  Use  of  advanced 
techniques  for  the  design  and  analysis  of 
complex,  multi-purpose  water  resource 
systems;  identification  of  the  objectives 
of  design  and  translation  of  the  objec- 
tives into  design  criteria;  evaluation  of 
alternate  designs  and  the  selection  of 
the  best  design:  special  emphasis  on  op- 
timization and  simulation  techniques 
which  are  applicable  to  water  resource 
systems. 

ENCE  631  Advanced  Hydrologic 
Analysis.  (3)  Emphasis  is  on  the  analysis 
of  hydrologic  data  for  the  development 
of  information  necessary  for  design  or 
for  the  identification  of  important  pro- 
cesses: eigenvalue  and  eigenvector 
analysis  of  linear  hydrologic  systems:  ap- 
plication of  multivariant  statistical 
methods;  non-linear  least  squares. 

ENCE  632  Free  Surface  Flow.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite ENCE  330  or  equivalent.  Applica- 
tion of  fundamentals  of  fluid  mechanics 
to  problems  of  free  surface  flow;  com- 
putation of  steady  and  transient  water 
surface  profiles;  stratified  flows  in  reser- 
voirs and  estuaries;  diffusion;  transition 
structures;  sediment  transport. 
ENCE  633  The  Chemistry  of  Natural 
Waters.  (4)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  433  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Three  lectures, 
one  lab  a  week.  Application  of  principles 
from  chemical  thermodynamics  and 
kinetics  to  the  study  and  interpretation 
of  the  chemical  characteristics  of  natural 
water  systems.  The  chemical  composi- 
tion of  natural  waters  is  rationalized  by 
considering  metal  ion  solubility  controls, 
PH,  carbonate  equilibria,  absorption  reac- 
tions, redox  reactions,  and  the  kinetics 
of  oxygenation  reactions  which  occur  in 
natural  water  environments. 

ENCE  634  Air  Sampling  and  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENCE  434  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
a  week.  The  theory  and  techniques  used 
in  the  determination  and  measurement  of 
chemical,  radiological,  and  biological 
pollutants  in  the  atmosphere.  Discussion 
of  air  sampling  equipment,  analytical 
methods  and  data  evaluation. 

ENCE  635  Design  of  Water  Purification 
Facilities.  (3)  Corequisite,  ENCE  636  or 
equivalent.  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Application  of 
basic  science  and  engineering  science  to 
design  of  water  supply  and  purification 
processes:  design  and  economics  of  unit 
operations  as  applied  to  environmental 
systems. 

ENCE  636  Unit  Operations  of  En- 
vironmental Health  Engineering.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, ENCE  221  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Properties  and  quality  criteria  of 
drinking  water  as  related  to  health  are  in- 
terpreted by  a  chemical  and  biological 


80  /  Graduate  Programs 


approach.  Legal  aspects  of  water  use 
and  handling  are  considered.  Theory  and 
application  of  aeration,  sedimentation, 
filtration,  centrifugation,  desalinization, 
corrosion  and  corrosion  control  are 
among  topics  to  be  considered. 

ENCE  637  Biological  Principles  of  En- 
vironmental IHealth  Engineering.(4)  Pre- 
requisite, MICB  440  or  equivalent.  Three 
lectures  and  one  lab  period  a  week.  An 
exposition  of  biological  principles  direct- 
ly affecting  man  and  his  environment: 
assay,  control  and  treatment  of 
biological  and  virological  agents  in  water, 
sewage,  and  air:  microbiology  and  bio- 
chemistry of  aerobic  and  anerobic  treat- 
ment processes  for  aqueous  wastes. 

ENCE  640  Soil  IMechanics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, ENCE  340,  440  or  equivalent. 
Identification  properties  tests  and 
classification  methods  for  earth 
materials.  Strength  and  deformation 
characteristics,  hydraulic  properties  and 
permeability,  shearing  resistance,  com- 
pressibility and  consolidation,  with 
laboratory  tests  for  these  properties. 
Study  of  the  basic  theories  involved  and 
the  development  of  test  procedures. 

ENCE  641  Advanced  Foundations.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ENCE  340,  450  and  451  or 
equivalent.  Principles  of  mechanics  ap- 
plied to  engineering  problems  in  founda- 
tion. Earth  pressure  theories,  seepage 
and  drainage  phenomena,  stability  of 
footings  and  slopes,  stresses  and  defor- 
mation in  soils.  Consolidation  theory  and 
application  to  foundation  settlements. 

ENCE  651  Matrix  Methods  of  Structural 
Analysis.  (3)  Review  of  basic  structural 
and  matrix  theory.  Development  of  force 
and  displacement  methods  with  em- 
phasis on  the  latter.  Discussion  of 
special  topics  such  as  geometric  non- 
linearity,  automated  and  optimum  design 
non-prismatic  members  and  thin-walled 
open  sections  and  sub-division  of  large 
structures.  Emphasis  on  applications  to 
civil  engineering  structures. 

ENCE  652  Analysis  of  Plate  and  Shell 
Structures.  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENCE  410 
and  ENCE  381  or  equivalent;  review  of 
theory  of  elasticity  and  in-plane  forces: 
theory  of  orthotropic  plates:  approximate 
methods:  large  deflection  theory,  buck- 
ling^^eneral  theory  of  shells,  cylindrical 
shells,  domes. 

ENCE  655  Plastic  Analysis  and  Design  of 
Structures.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permission 
of  instructor.  The  study  of  the  factors  ef- 
fecting the  plastic  behavior  of  steel 
structures  and  the  criteria  necessary  for 
design.  The  design  of  beams,  rigid 
frames  and  multi-story  braced  frames 
using  current  specifications.  A  review  of 
current  research  and  practice. 

ENCE  656  Advanced  Steel  Design  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ENCE  450  and  ENCE  451  or 
equivalent  interpretation  of  specifica- 
tions and  codes  for  the  design  of  steel 
buildings  and  bridges.  Discussion  of  the 
behavior  of  steel  connections,  members 
and  structures:  the  relationship  between 
behavior  and  design  specifications. 


ENCE  657  Theory  of  Structural  Design. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  656.  Correlation  of 
theory,  experience,  and  experiments  in 
study  of  structural  behavior,  proportion- 
ing, and  preliminary  design.  Special 
design  problems  of  fatigue,  buckling,  vi- 
brations, and  impact. 

ENCE  660  Engineering  Analysis.  (3) 

ENCE  661  Finite  Element  Techniques  in 
Engineering  Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Basic  principles 
and  fundamental  concepts  of  the  finite 
element  method.  Consideration  of  geo- 
metric and  material  nonlinearities,  con- 
vergence, mesh  gradation  and  computa- 
tional procedures  in  analysis.  Applica- 
tions to  plane  stress  and  plane  strain, 
plates  and  shells,  eigenvalue  problems, 
axi-symmetic  stress  analysis,  and  other 
problems  in  civil  engineering. 

ENCE  670  Highway  Traffic  Charac- 
teristics and  Measurements.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENCE  470  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. The  study  of  the  fundamental  traits 
and  behavior  patterns  of  the  road  user 
and  his  vehicle  in  traffic.  The  basic 
characteristics  of  the  pedestrian,  the 
driver,  the  vehicle,  traffic  volume  and 
speed,  stream  flow  and  intersection 
operation,  parking,  and  accidents. 

ENCE  671  Highway  Traffic  Operations. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  470,  ENCE  670  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  traffic 
laws  and  ordinances.  The  design,  ap- 
plication and  operation  of  traffic  control 
devices  and  aids,  including  traffic  signs 
and  signals,  pavement  markings,  and 
hazard  delineation.  Capacity,  accident, 
and  parking  analyses. 

ENCE  672  Regional  Transportation  Plan- 
ning. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  471  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Factors  involved  and 
the  components  of  the  process  for  plan- 
ning statewide  and  regional  transporta- 
tion systems,  encompassing  all  modes. 
Transportation  planning  studies,  state- 
wide traffic  models,  investment  models, 
programming  and  scheduling. 

ENCE  673  Urban  Transportation.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, ENCE  672  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Relationship  of  transportation 
to  the  total  urban  complex,  the  urban 
transportation  planning  process,  the 
models  used  to  achieve  the  various  steps 
in  the  process  and  the  relationship  of 
private  and  public  transportation.  Con- 
sideration of  the  factors  influencing  the 
demand  for  transportation  and  the  socio- 
economic consequences  of  transporta- 
tion. 

ENCE  674  Urban  Transit  Planning  and 
Rail  Transportation  Engineering.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, ENCE  471  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Basic  engineering  components 
of  conventional  and  high  speed  railroads 
and  of  air  cushion  and  other  high  speed 
new  technology.  The  study  of  urban  rail 
and  bus  transit.  The  characteristics  of 
the  vehicle,  the  supporting  way,  and  the 
terminal  requirements  will  be  evaluated 
with  respect  to  system  performance, 
capacity,  cost,  and  level  of  service. 


ENCE  675  Airport  Planning  and  Design. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  471  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  planning  and  design  of 
airports  including  site  selection,  runway 
configuration,  geometric  and  structural 
design  of  the  landing  area,  and  terminal 
facilities.  l\/lethods  of  financing  airports, 
estimates  of  aeronautical  demand,  air 
traffic  control,  and  airport  lighting  are 
also  studied. 

ENCE  676  Highway  Traffic  Flow  Theory. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  461,  ENCE  462  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  An  examina- 
tion of  physical  and  statistical  laws  that 
are  used  to  represent  traffic  flow 
phenomena.  Deterministic  models  in- 
cluding heat  flow,  fluid  flow,  and  energy- 
momentum  analogies,  car  following 
models,  and  acceleration  noise.  Stochas- 
tic approaches  using  independent  and 
Markov  processes,  queuing  models,  and 
probability  distributions. 

ENCE  677  Quantitative  Methods  in  Trans- 
portation Engineering.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENCE  461  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Theory,  methods  and  applications 
relevant  to  the  study  of  micro-  and 
macro-scale  transportation  systems,  in 
terms  of  their  behavior,  design,  and 
evaluation,  A  selected  overview  of  op- 
timization, multivariate  statistics, 
stochastic  processes  and  the  general 
science  of  systems  decision  processes 
will  form  the  basis  for  a  selected  study  of 
pertinent  examples. 

ENCE  688  Advanced  Topics  in  Civil  En- 
gineering. (1-3)  Prerequisite,  permission 
of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  selected 
by  the  faculty  from  the  current  literature 
of  civil  engineering  to  suit  the  needs  and 
background  of  students.  May  be  taken 
for  repeated  credit  when  identified  by 
topic  title. 

ENCE  689  Seminar.  (1-16) 

ENCE  731  Advanced  Ground  Water 
Hydrology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  432  or 
equivalent.  Theory  and  application  of 
unsteady  flow  in  porous  media  Analysis 
of  one  and  two  dimensional  unsteady 
flow.  Solutions  of  nonlinear  equation  of 
unsteady  flow  with  a  free  surface.  Devel- 
opment and  use  of  approximate  numeri- 
cal and  graphical  methods  in  the  study 
of  ground  water  movement, 

ENCE  732  Deterministic  Models  in  Sur- 
face Water  Hydrology  (3)  A  detained  ex- 
amination of  the  processes  controlling 
the  quantity  and  quality  of  watershed 
runoff:  emphasis  is  on  the  development 
of  deterministic  mathematical  models  for 
process  simulation:  role  of  land-phase 
processes  in  flood  hydrology:  evapora- 
tion and  transpiration:  models  for  urban 
watersheds:  linkage  for  hydrograph  syn- 
thesis. 

ENCE  733  Applied  Water  Chemistry.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  ENCE  633  or  consent  of  in 
structor.  Three  lectures,  one  lab  a  week. 
A  study  of  the  chemistry  of  both  munici- 
pal and  industrial  water  treatment  pro- 
cesses. Among  the  topics  to  be  con- 
sidered are  water  softening,  stabilization, 
chemical  destabilization  of  colloidal 


Graduate  Programs  /  81 


materials,  ion  exchange,  disinfection, 
chemical  oxidation  and  oxygenation  re- 
actions. 

ENCE  734  Aerosol  Science  and  Tech- 
nology. (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, ENCE  430  or  equivalent. 
Physical  properties  of  air-borne  particles. 
Theories  of:  particle  motion  under  the  ac- 
tion of  external  forces:  coagulation: 
Brownian  motion  and  diffusion.  Applica- 
tion of  aerosols  in  atmospheric  sciences 
and  industrial  processes. 
ENCE  735  Design  of  IVIunicipal  and  In- 
dustrial Wastes  Treatment  Facilities.  (3) 
Corequisite,  ENCE  736  or  equivalent. 
One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Application  of  basic  science  and 
engineering  science  to  design  of  munici- 
pal and  industrial  waste  treatment  pro- 
cesses: design  and  economics  of  unit 
operations  as  applied  to  environmental 
systems. 

ENCE  736  Theory  of  Aqueous  and  Solid 
Waste  Treatment  and  Disposal.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ENCE  221  and  fundamen- 
tals of  micorobiology,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Theory  and  basic  principles  of 
treating  and  handling  waste  products: 
hydraulics  of  sewers:  biological  oxida- 
tion: principles  and  design  criteria  of 
biological  and  physical  treatment  pro- 
cesses: disposal  of  waste  sludges  and 
solids. 

ENCE  737  Industrial  Wastes.  (3)  Coreq- 
uisite, ENCE  736  or  equivalent.  A  study 
of  the  characteristics  of  liquid  wastes 
from  major  industries,  and  the  processes 
producing  the  wastes.  The  theory  and 
methods  of  eliminating  or  treating  the 
wastes,  and  their  effects  upon  municipal 
sewage-treatment  plants,  and  receiving 
waters. 

ENCE  738  Selected  Topics  in  Porous 
Media  Flow.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  731. 
Analysis  of  two-liquid  flows  for  immisci- 
ble fluids,  simultaneous  flow  of  two  im- 
miscible fluids  and  miscible  fluids. 
Hydrodynamic  dispersion  theories, 
parameters  of  dispersion  and  solutions 
of  some  dispersion  problems  with  em- 
phasis on  migration  of  pollutants.  A  max- 
imum of  six  hours  may  be  earned  in  this 
course. 

ENCE  750  Analysis  and  Design  of  Struc- 
tural Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  450 
and  ENCE  451  or  equivalent;  review  of 
classical  determinate  and  indeterminate 
analysis  techniques:  numerical  tech- 
nique: multistory  buildings:  space  struc- 
tures: suspension  bridges  and  cables 
structures:  arches:  long  span  bridges. 

ENCE  751  Advanced  Problems  in  Struc- 
tural Behavior.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  750 
or  equivalent.  Elastic  and  inelastic 
behavior  of  structural  members  and 
frames:  problems  in  torsion,  stability  and 
bending:  open  and  closed  thin-walled 
sections:  curved  girders. 

ENCE  753  Reinforced  Concrete  Struc- 
tures. (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  450  and  451 
or  equivalent.  The  behavior  and  strength 
of  reinforced  concrete  members  under 
combined  loadings,  including  the  effects 


of  creep,  shrinkage  and  temperature. 
Mechanisms  of  shear  resistance  and 
design  procedures  for  bond,  shear  and 
diagonal  tension.  Elastic  and  ultimate 
strength  analysis  and  design  of  slabs. 
Columns  in  multistory  frames.  Applica- 
tions to  reinforced  concrete  structures. 

ENCE  754  Prestressed  Concrete  Struc- 
tures. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENCE  450  and  451 
or  equivalent.  Fundamental  concepts  of 
prestressed  concrete.  Analysis  and 
design  of  flexural  members  including 
composite  and  continuous  beams  with 
emphasis  on  load  balancing  technique. 
Ultimate  strength  design  for  shear. 
Design  of  post  tensioned  flat  slabs. 
Various  applications  of  prestressing  in- 
cluding tension  members,  compression 
members,  circular  prestressing,  frames 
and  folded  plates. 

ENCE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6). 

ENCE  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8). 

Comparative  Literature 
Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Fuegi 

Professors:  Barry,  Best,  Bryer,  Freedman, 
Goodwyn,  Gramberg,  Hering,  Hinderer, 
Jones,  MacBain,  Panichas,  Russell, 
Salamanca,  Stern,  Whittemore. 

Associate  Professors:  Coogan,  Demaitre, 
Fink,  Fleck,  Greenwood,  Holton,  Mack, 
Russell. 

The  Program  in  Comparative 
Literature  offers  graduate  work 
leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  CMLT  Program  draws  on  a 
distinguished  faculty  in  several 
departments  and  offers  concen- 
trated work  in  Medieval  and 
Renaissance  studies,  and  in  major 
movements  and  genres  of  the 
modern  period  including  the  Eigh- 
teenth Century.  Though  the  focus  of 
courses  and  seminars  is  usually 
specifically  literary,  interdisciplinary 
work  is  very  much  encouraged  as  is 
practical  criticism  in  the  arts. 
Departments  cooperating  in  the  Pro- 
gram include:  American  Studies, 
Classics,  English,  French  and 
Italian,  German  and  Slavic,  History, 
Spanish  and  Portuguese,  Dramatic 
Arts,  Radio-Television-Film,  and  the 
Women's  Studies  Programs. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  should  have  a  strong 
background  in  the  arts  and 
humanities.  Since  advanced  work  in 
Comparative  Literature  is  based  on 
the  premise  that  literature  should  be 
read  in  the  original  whenever  possi- 
ble, students  are  expected  to  be  able 


to  read  at  least  one  language  other 
than  English  with  a  high  degree  of 
aesthetic  appreciation.  Ph.D. 
students  are  expected  to  use  at 
least  two  foreign  languages  actively 
in  their  work,  and  it  is  assumed  that 
efforts  will  be  made  to  develop  an 
acquaintance  with  one  or  two  addi- 
tional languages.  Entrance  examina- 
tions are  not  required,  but  high 
scores  on  GRE  literature  and 
language  examinations  will  add 
weight  to  applications. 

Students  take  courses  in  CMLT 
and  in  two  other  deparments  of 
literature.  The  M.A.  degree  requires 
thirty  hours,  either  24  hours  of 
course  work  and  a  thesis,  or  thirty 
hours  of  course  work  and  a  com- 
prehensive examination.  No  specific 
number  of  hours  is  required  for  the 
Ph.D.,  as  the  number  will  vary 
according  to  the  preparation  and 
goals  of  the  individual  student;  the 
average  has  been  eight  to  ten 
courses  beyond  the  M.A.  A 
Master's  degree  is  a  required  step 
toward  the  Ph.D.  The  Ph.D.  com- 
prehensive examinations  cover  four 
major  areas,  determined  after  con- 
sultation with  the  individual 
student's  committee. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  resources  of  the  Kennedy 
Center,  the  Folger  Library,  the 
American  Film  Institute,  Kennan  In- 
stitute, and  Dumbarton  Oaks  are 
regularly  drawn  upon  as  are  intern- 
ship possibilities  in  the  greater 
Washington  area  and  graduate  ex- 
change programs  with  European 
Universities. 

Financial  Assistance 

Various  assistantships  and  general 
university  fellowships  are  available. 
CMLT  students  may  teach  in  various 
departments  cooperating  in  the 
CMLT  Program  and  may  be  con- 
sidered for  a  year  abroad  as  a 
teacher  at  a  cooperating  European 
university. 

Courses 

CMLT  401  Introductory  Sunrey  Of  Com- 
parative Literature.  (3)  Survey  of  the 
background  of  European  literature 
through  study  of  Greek  and  Latin 
literature  in  English  translations, 
discussing  the  debt  of  modern  literature 
to  the  ancients. 

CMLT  402  Introductory  Survey  of  Com- 
parative Literature.  (3)  Study  of  the 
medieval  and  modern  continental 
literature. 


82  /  Graduate  Programs 


CMLT  411  The  Greek  Drama.  (3)  The 

chief  works  of  Aeschyus.  Sophocles. 
Euripides,  and  Aristophanes  in  English 
translation.  Emphasis  on  the  historic 
background,  on  drannatic  structure,  and 
on  the  effect  of  the  Attic  drama  upon  the 
mind  of  the  civilized  world. 

CMLT  415  The  Old  Testament  As 
Literature.  (3)  A  study  of  sources, 
development  and  literary  types. 

CMLT  416  New  Testament  As  Literature. 

(3)  A  study  of  the  books  of  the  New 
Testament,  with  attention  to  the  relevant 
historical  background  and  to  the 
transmission  of  the  text.  A  knowledge  of 
Greek  is  helpful,  but  not  essential. 

CMLT  421  The  Classical  Tradition  And  Its 
influence  In  The  Middle  Ages  And  The 

Renaissance.  (3)  Emphasis  on  major 
writers.  Reading  knowledge  of  Greek  or 
Latin  required. 

CMLT  422  The  Classical  Tradition  And  Its 
Influence  In  The  Middle  Ages  And  The 
Renaissance.  (3)  Emphasis  on  major 
writers.  Reading  knowledge  of  Greek  or 
Latin  required. 

CMLT  430  Literature  Of  The  Middle  Ages. 

(3)  Narrative,  dramatic  and  lyric  literature 
of  the  Middle  Ages  studied  in  translation. 

CMLT  433  Dante  And  The  Romance 
Tradition.  (3)  A  reading  of  the  Divine 
Comedy  to  enlighten  the  discovery  of 
reality  in  western  literature. 

CMLT  461  Romanticism  ■  Early  Stages. 

(3)  Emphasis  on  England.  France,  and 
Germany.  Reading  knowledge  of  French 
or  German  required. 

CMLT  462  Romanticism  -  Flowering  And 
Influence.  (3)  Emphasis  on  England, 
France,  and  Germany.  Reading 
knowledge  of  French  or  German  re- 
quired. 

CMLT  469  The  Continental  Novel.  (3)  The 

novel  in  translation  from  Stendhal 
through  the  Existentialists,  selected 
from  literatures  of  France,  Germany, 
Italy,  Russia,  and  Spain. 

CMLT  470  Ibsen  And  The  Continental 
Drama.  (3)  Emphasis  on  the  major  work 
of  Ibsen,  with  some  attention  given  to 
selected  predecessors,  contemporaries, 
and  successors. 

CMLT  479  Major  Contemporary  Authors. 
(3). 

CMLT  488  Genres.  (3)  A  study  of  a 
recognized  literary  form,  such  as  tragedy, 
epic,  satire,  literary  criticism,  comedy, 
tragicomedy,  etc.  the  course  may  be 
repeated  for  cumulative  credit  up  to  six 
hours  when  different  material  is 
presented. 

CMLT  489  Major  Writers.  (3)  Each 
semester  two  major  writers  from  dif- 
ferent cultures  and  languages  will  be 
studied.  Authors  will  be  chosen  on  the 
basis  of  significant  relationships  of 
cultural  and  aesthetic  contexts, 
analogies  between  their  respective 
works,  and  the  importance  of  each  writer 
to  his  literary  tradition. 


CMLT  496  Conference  Course  In  Com- 
parative Literature,  (3)  Second  semester. 
A  tutorial  type  discussion  course,  cor- 
relating the  courses  in  various  literatures 
which  the  student  has  previously  taken 
with  the  primary  themes  and  master- 
pieces of  world  literature.  This  course  is 
required  of  undergraduate  majors  in 
comparatiave  literature,  but  must  not  be 
taken  until  the  final  year  of  the  student's 
program. 

CMLT  498  Selected  Topics  In  Com- 
parative Literature,  (3) 

CMLT  601  Problems  In  Comparative 
Literature.  (3) 

CMLT  610  Folklore  In  Literature.  (3) 

CMLT  631  The  Medieval  Epic.  (3) 

CMLT  632  The  Medieval  Romance.  (3) 

CMLT  639  Studies  In  The  Renaissance. 

(3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine 
hours. 

CMLT  640  The  Italian  Renaissance  And 
Its  Influence.  (3) 

CMLT  642  Problems  Of  The  Baroque  In 
Literature.  (3) 

CMLT  649  Studies  In  Eighteenth  Century 
Literature.  (3)  Studies  in  eighteenth  cen- 
tury literature:  as  announced.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  9  hours. 

CMLT  658  Studies  In  Romanticism.  (3) 

Studies  in  romaticism:  as  announced. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  9  hours. 

CMLT  679  Seminar  In  Modern  And  Con- 
temporary Literature.  (3)  Seminar  in 
modern  and  contemporary  literature:  as 
announced.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
9  hours. 

CMLT  681  Literary  Criticism  ■  Ancient 
And  Medieval.  (3) 

CMLT  682  Literary  Criticism 
■Renaissance  And  Modern.  (3) 

CMLT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 

(1-6) 

CMLT  801  Seminar  In  Themes  And 

Types.  (3) 

CMLT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 

seach.  (1-8) 

Computer  Science 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Minker 
Professors:  Atchison.  Chu',  Edmundson', 

Kanal,  Stewart' 
Associate  Professors:  Agrawala,  Austing, 

Basili,  Vandergraft,  Zelkowitz. 
Assistant  Professors:  Gannon,  Gligor, 

Hagerty',  Hamlet,  Hecht,  Kim,  Mills, 

D,,  Rieger,  Samet,  Zave, 
ResearcfJ  Professors:  Rheinboldt',', 

Rosenfeld'. 
Visiting  Professor:  Mills,  H, 
'joint  appointment  with  Computer 
Science  Center 

^joint  appointment  with  Electrical 
Engineering 

'joint  appointment  with  Mathematics 
'joint  appointment  with  Institute  for 
Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied 
Mathematics. 


The  Departnnent  of  Computer 
Science  offers  graduate  programs 
leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in 
the  following  areas:  applications,  ar- 
tificial intelligence,  computer 
systems,  information  processing, 
numerical  analysis,  programming 
languages,  and  theory  of  computing. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  and  degree  requirements 
specific  to  the  graduate  programs  in 
computer  science  are  described  in  a 
brochure  available  through  the 
Departmental  Education  Office. 
There  are  two  options  for  the 
master's  degree;  24  hours  of  course 
work  plus  the  completion  of  a 
thesis;  or  33  hours  of  course  work,  a 
comprehensive  examination  plus  the 
completion  of  a  scholarly  paper. 
There  is  no  minimum  course  require- 
ment in  the  doctoral  program.  The 
number  and  variety  of  courses  of- 
fered each  semester  enables 
students  and  their  advisors  to  plan 
individualized  degree  programs. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  maintains  a 
laboratory  consisting  of  several  PDP 
11/45  computer  systems,  display 
devices  peripheral  equipment,  and 
utilizes  the  UNIVAC  1108/1100  com- 
puter system  maintained  by  the 
Computer  Science  Center. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  on  degree  programs 
and  graduate  assistantships,  con- 
tact: Dr.  Richard  H.  Austing  Depart- 
ment of  Computer  Science. 

Courses 

CMSC  400  Introduction  to  Computer 
Languages  And  Systems.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  241  or  equivalent.  A  ter- 
minal course  suitable  for  non-CMSC  ma- 
jors with  no  programming  background. 
Organization  and  characteristics  of  com- 
puters. Procedure  oriented  and  assembly 
languages.  Representation  of  data, 
characters  and  instructions.  Introduction 
to  logic  design  and  systems  organiza- 
tion. Macro  definition  and  generation. 
Program  segmentation  and  linkage.  Ex- 
tensive use  of  the  computer  to  complete 
projects  illustrating  programming  tech- 
niques and  machine  structure.  (CMSC 
400  may  not  be  counted  for  credit  in  the 
graduate  program  in  computer  science.) 

CMSC  410  Computer  Organization.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CMSC  210  or  equivalent. 
Elements  of  computer  hardware.  Parallel 
adders  and  subtracters.  Micro- 
operations.  Sequences.  Computer 
simulation.  Organization  of  a  commer- 
cially available  stored  program  computer. 

Graduate  Programs  /  83 


Microprogrammed  computers.  A  large- 
scale  batch-processing  system.  No  stu- 
dent will  be  allowed  credit  for  both 
CMSC  410  and  ENEE  446. 
CMSC  415  Systems  Programming.  (3) 
Prerequisite:  CMSC  220,  410.  Basic 
algorithms  of  operating  system  software. 
Memory  management  using  linkage 
editors  and  loaders.  Dynamic  relocation 
with  base  registers,  paging.  File  systems 
and  input/output  control.  Processor 
allocation  for  multiprogramming, 
timesharing.  The  emphasis  of  the  course 
is  on  practical  systems  programming,  in- 
cluding projects  such  as  a  simple  linkage 
editor,  a  stand-alone  executive,  a  file 
system,  etc. 

CMSC  420  Data  Structures.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, CMSC  220  or  equivalent.  Descrip- 
tion, properties,  and  storage  allocation  of 
data  structures  including  lists  and  trees. 
Algorithms  for  manipulating  structures. 
Applications  from  areas  such  as  data 
processing,  information  retrieval,  symbol 
manipulation,  and  operating  systems. 

CMSC  426  Image  Processing.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite; CMSC  420  or  equivalent.  An  in- 
troduction to  basic  techniques  of 
analysis  and  manipulation  of  pictorial 
data  by  computer.  Image  input/output 
devices,  image  processing  software, 
enhancement,  segmentation,  property 
measurement,  Fourier  analysis.  Com- 
puter encoding,  processing,  and  analysis 
of  curves. 

CMSC  430  Theory  of  Language  Transla- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite;  CMSC  120  and  250, 
or  equivalent:  CMSC  330  recommended. 
Formal  translation  of  programming 
languages,  program  syntax  and  seman- 
tics. Finite  state  grammars  and 
recognizers.  Context  free  parsing  tech- 
niques such  as  recursive  descent, 
prededence,  LL(K),  LR(K)  and  SLR(K). 
Machine  independent  code  improvement 
and  generation,  syntax  directed  transla- 
tion schema.  Not  open  to  students  who 
have  credit  for  CMSC  440. 

CMSC  445  Compiler  Writing.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, CMSC  220,  440.  A  detailed  ex- 
amination of  a  compiler  for  an  algebraic 
language  designed  around  the  writing  of 
a  compiler  as  the  major  part  of  the 
course.  Topics  covered  in  the  course  in- 
clude a  review  of  scanning  and  parsing, 
the  examination  of  code  generation,  op- 
timization and  error  recovery,  and 
compiler-writing  techniques  such  as 
bootstrapping  and  translator  writing 
systems. 

CMSC  450  Elementary  Logic  and 
Algorithms.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH  240  or 
consent  of  instructor.  This  is  the  same 
course  as  MATH  444.  An  elementary 
development  of  prepositional  logic, 
predicate  logic,  set  algebra,  and  Boolean 
algebra,  with  a  discussion  of  Markov 
algorithms,  turing  machines  and  recur- 
sive functions.  Topics  include  post  pro- 
ductions, word  problems,  and  formal 
languages. 

CMSC  452  Elementary  Theory  of  Com- 
putation. (3)  Prerequisites,  CMSC  120, 
250.  This  course  is  intended  to  serve  two 


purposes:  (1)  and  introduction  to  the 
theory  of  computation,  and  (2)  a  tie  be- 
tween many  abstract  results  and  their 
concrete  counterparts.  This  course 
establishes  a  theoretical  foundation  for 
the  proper  understanding  of  the  inherent 
limitations  and  actual  power  of  digital 
computers.  Also,  it  provides  a  relatively 
uniform  way  of  stating  and  investigating 
problems  that  arise  in  connection  with 
the  computation  of  particular  functions 
and  certain  classes  of  functions.  Topics 
covered  include  an  introductory  treat- 
ment of  classes  of  computable  func- 
tions, computability  by  register 
machines,  computability  by  turing 
machines,  unsolvable  decision  problems. 
Concrete  computational  complexity,  and 
complexity  of  loop  programs. 

CMSC  455  Elementary  Formal  Language 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisites  CMSC  120,  250. 
This  course  is  intended  to  serve  as  an  in- 
troduction to  the  theory  of  formal 
languages.  This  theory  is  encountered  in 
the  study  of  both  programming 
languages  and  natural  languages,  and 
consequently  will  be  useful  in  numerous 
other  courses  in  computer  science  at  the 
undergraduate  and  graduate  levels. 
Topics  covered  include  the  highlights  of 
Chomsky's  hierarchy  of  grammars  and 
Chomsky's  hierarchy  of  languages,  a 
summary  treatment  of  acceptors  related 
to  these  languages,  and  a  brief  introduc- 
tion to  the  theory  of  transformational 
grammars. 

CMSC  460  Computational  Methods.  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  240,  241,  and  CMSC 
110,  or  equivalent.  Basic  computational 
methods  for  interpolation,  least  squares, 
approximation,  numerical  quadrature, 
numerical  solution  of  polynomial  and 
transcendental  equations,  systems  of 
linear  equations  and  initial  value  prob- 
lems for  ordinary  differential  equations. 
Emphasis  on  the  methods  and  their  com- 
putational properties  rather  than  on  their 
analytic  aspects,  (listed  also  as  MAPL 
460.) 

CMSC  470  Numerical  Mathematics: 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240 
and  241:  CMSC  110  or  equivalent.  This 
course  with  MAPL/CMSC  471,  forms  a 
one-year  introduction  to  numerical 
analysis  at  the  advanced  undergraduate 
level.  Interpolation,  numerical  differentia- 
tion and  integration,  solution  of 
nonlinear  equations,  acceleration  of  con- 
vergence, numerical  treatment  of  dif- 
ferential equations.  Topics  will  be  sup- 
plemented with  programming  assign- 
ments, (listed  also  as  MAPL  470.) 

CMSC  471  Numerical  Mathematics: 
Linear  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH 
240  and  241 :  CMSC  1 10  or  equivalent. 
The  course,  with  MAPUCMSC  470,  forms 
a  one-year  introduction  to  numerical 
analysis  at  the  advanced  undergraduate 
level.  Direct  solution  of  linear  systems, 
norms,  least  squares  problems,  the  sym- 
metric eigenvalue  problem,  basic 
iterative  methods.  Topics  will  be  sup- 
plemented with  programming  assign- 
ments, (listed  also  as  MAPL  471.) 


CMSC  475  Combinatorics  and  Graph 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  240  and 
MATH  241.  General  enumeration 
methods,  difference  equations, 
generating  functions.  Elements  of  graph 
theory,  matrix  representations  of  graphs, 
applications  of  graph  theory  to  transport 
networks,  matching  theory  and  graphical 
algorithms,  (also  listed  as  MATH  475.) 

CMSC  477  Optimization.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: CMSC  1 10  and  MATH  405  or 
MATH  474.  Linear  programming  in- 
cluding the  simplex  algorithm  and  dual 
linear  programs,  convex  sets  and 
elements  of  convex  programming,  com- 
binatorial optimization  integer  program- 
ming, (listed  also  as  MAPL  477.) 

CMSC  480  Simulation  of  Continuous 
Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CMSC  280  or 
equivalent.  Introduction  to  digital  simula- 
tion: simulation  by  mimic  programming; 
simulation  by  FORTRAN  programming: 
simulation  by  DSL/90  (or  CSMP)  program- 
ming: logic  and  construction  of  a  simula- 
tion processor;  similarity  between  digital 
simulations  of  continuous  and  discrete 
systems. 

CMSC  498  Special  Problems  in  Computer 
Science.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
instructor.  An  individualized  course 
designed  to  allow  a  student  or  students 
to  pursue  a  specialized  topic  or  project 
under  the  supervision  of  the  senior  staff. 
Credit  according  to  work  done. 

CMSC  600  Programming  Systems.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  CMSC  410,  420  and  440. 
Review  of  batch-process  programming 
systems,  their  components,  operating 
characteristics,  services  and  limitations. 
Concurrent  processing  of  input-output 
and  interrupt  handling.  Structure  of 
multiprogramming  systems  for  large- 
scale  multiprocessor  computers.  Ad- 
dressing techniques,  storage  allocation, 
file  management,  systems  accounting, 
and  user-related  services;  command 
languages  and  the  embedding  of  sub- 
systems. Operating  characteristics  of 
large-scale  systems. 

CMSC  610  Computer  Systems.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. CMSC  410  or  equivalent.  Com- 
puter organization.  Memory  logic.  Con- 
trol logic.  Numerical  processors.  Non- 
numerical  processors.  Computer  ar- 
chitecture. On-line  computer  systems. 
Time-sharing  computer  systems.  Com- 
puter networks.  Analog  an  hybrid  com- 
puter systems. 

CMSC  620  Problem  Solving  Methods  in 
Artificial  Intelligence.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
CMSC  420  and  450.  Underlying 
theoretical  concepts  in  solving  problems 
by  heuristically  guided  trial  and  error 
search  methods.  State-space  problem 
reduction,  and  first-order  predicate 
calculus  representations  for  solving 
problems.  Search  algorithms  and  their 
"optimality'  proofs. 

CMSC  630  Theory  of  Programming 
Languages.  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  440. 
Syntactic  and  semantic  models  of  pro- 
gramming languages.  Finite  state  pro- 
cessors and  their  application  to  lexical 
analysis.  Context  free  languages,  LR(K), 


84  /  Graduate  Programs 


precedence  languages  as  models  of  pro- 
gramming languages.  Extensions  to  con- 
text free  grammars  such  as  property 
grammars,  infierited  and  synthesized  at- 
tributes, Van  Wijngaarden  grammars 
(ALGOL  68),  abstract  syntax,  the  Vienna 
definition  language,  graph  models. 
Translator  writing  systems. 

CMSC  640  Computability  and  Automata. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  CMSC  450  or  equivalent. 
Introduction  to  formal  treatment  of 
abstract  computing  devices  and  the  con- 
cept of  'effective  procedure'.  Major 
topics:  (1)  finite-state  automata,  finite- 
state  transducers  and  acceptors,  finite- 
state  languages,  regular  expressions  and 
sets.  (2)  turing  machines,  computability, 
and  partial  recursive  functions.  The  tur- 
ing formalism  as  a  model  of  the  com- 
putation process;  (3)  representative 
models  of  digital  computers. 

CMSC  660  Algorithmic  Numerical 
Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH/CMSC 
460  or  470,  and  CMSC  1 10.  Detailed 
study  of  problems  arising  in  the  im- 
plementation of  numerical  algorithms  on 
a  computer.  Typical  problems  include 
rounding  errors,  their  estimation  and 
control:  numerical  stability  considera- 
tions: stopping  criteria  for  converging 
processes:  parallel  methods.  Examples 
from  linear  algebra,  differential  equa- 
tions, minimization.  (Also  listed  as  MATH 
684). 

CMSC  670  Numerical  Analysis.  (3)  Pre 

requisite,  MATH/CMSC  460  or  470,  MATH 
405,  and  MATH  410.  Perturbation 
theorems  for  linear  equations  and  eigen- 
value problems.  Stability  of  solutions  of 
ordinary  differential  equations.  Disretiza- 
tion  errors  for  ordinary  differential  equa- 
tions. Rounding  error  for  linear  equa- 
tions. Convergence  theorems  for  iterative 
methods  for  linear  and  nonlinear  equa- 
tions. (Listed  also  as  MATH  638). 

CMSC  700  Translation  of  Programming 
Languages.  (3)  Prerequisites,  CMSC  420 
and  440.  Application  of  theoretical  con- 
cepts developed  in  formal  language  and 
automata  theory  to  the  analytic  design  of 
programming  languages  and  their  pro- 
cessors. Theory  of  push-down  automata, 
precedence  analysis,  and  bounded- 
context  syntactic  analysis  as  models  of 
syntactic  portion  of  translator  design. 
Design  criteria  underlying  compiler 
techniques,  such  as  backtracking  and 
lookahead.  Methods  for  analyzing 
translator  operation  in  terms  of 
estimating  storage  space  and  translation 
time  requirements.  Current  version  of 
Backus-Naur  form.  Associated  semanic 
notations  for  specifying  the  operation  of 
programming  language  translators. 

CMSC  710  Simulation  of  Computers  and 
Software.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CMSC  410  or 
equivalent.  Computer  simulation 
language,  macro  and  micro  simulation. 
Boolean  translation,  software-hardware 
transformaion,  description  and  simula- 
tion of  a  microprogrammed  computer, 
construction  and  simulation  of  an 
assembler,  project  for  unified  hardware- 
software  design. 


CMSC  720  Information  Retrieval.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  CMSC  420.  Designed  to  in- 
troduce the  student  to  computer  tech- 
niques for  information  organization  and 
retrieval  of  natural  language  data.  Tech- 
niques of  statistical,  syntactic  and 
logical  analysis  of  natural  language  for 
retrieval,  and  the  extent  of  their  success. 
Methods  of  designing  systems  for  use  in 
operational  environments.  Applications 
to  both  data  and  document  systems. 

CMSC  723  Computational  Linguistics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  CMSC  420.  Introductory 
course  on  applications  of  computational 
techniques  to  linguistics  and  natural- 
language  processing.  Research  cycle  of 
corpus  selection,  pre-editing,  key- 
punching, processing,  post-editing,  and 
evaluation.  General-purpose  input,  pro- 
cessing, and  output  routines.  Special- 
purpose  programs  for  sentence  parsing 
and  generation,  segmentation,  idiom 
recognition,  paraphrasing,  and  stylistic 
and  discourse  analysis.  Programs  for  dic- 
tionary, thesaurus,  and  concordance 
compilation,  and  editing.  Systems  for 
automatic  abstracting,  translation,  and 
question-answering. 

CMSC  725  Mathematical  Linguistics.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  CMSC  640  and  STAT  400. 
Int.oductory  course  on  applications  of 
mathematics  to  linguistics.  Elementary 
ideas  in  phonology,  grammar,  and 
semantics.  Automata,  formal  grammars 
and  languages.  Chomsky's  theory  of 
transformational  grammars,  Yngve's  dep- 
thhypothesis  and  syntactic  complexity. 
Markov-chain  models  of  word  and 
sentence  generation.  Shannon's  informa- 
tion theory,  Carnap  and  Bar-Hillel's 
semantic  theory,  lexicostatistics  and 
stylostatistics,  Zopf's  law  of  frequency 
and  Mandelbrot's  rank  hypothesis. 
Mathematical  models  as  theoretical 
foundation  for  computational  linguistics. 

CMSC  730  Artificial  Intelligence.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  CMSC  620  and  STAT  401. 
Heuristic  programming:  tree  search  pro- 
cedures. Programs  for  game  playing, 
theorem  finding  and  proving,  problem 
solving:  multiple-purpose  programs.  Con- 
versation with  computers;  question- 
answering  programs.  Trainable  pattern 
classifiers-linear,  piecewise  linear, 
quadratic,  '0',  and  multilayer  machines. 
Statistical  decision  theory,  decision 
functions,  likelihood  ratios; 
mathematical  taxonomy,  cluster  detec- 
tion. Neural  models,  computational  pro- 
perties of  neural  nets,  processing  of  sen- 
sory information,  representative  concep- 
tual models  of  the  brain. 

CMSC  733  Computer  Processing  of  Pic- 
torial Information.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CMSC 
420.  Input,  output,  and  storage  of  pic- 
torial information.  Pictures  as  informa- 
tion sources,  efficient  encoding,  sampl- 
ing, quantization,  approximation. 
Position-invariant  operations  on  pictures, 
digital  and  optical  implementations,  the 
PAX  language,  applications  to  matched 
and  spatial  frequency  filtering.  Picture 
quality,  'image  enhancement'  and 
'image  restoration'.  Picture  properties 
and  pictorial  pattern  recognition.  Pro- 


cessing of  complex  pictures:  'figure'  ex- 
traction, properties  of  figures.  Data  struc- 
tures for  pictures  description  and 
manipulation;  'picture  languages'. 
Graphics  systems  for  alphanumeric  and 
other  symbols,  line  drawings  of  two-  and 
three-dimensional  objects,  cartoons  and 
movies. 

CMSC  737  Topics  in  Information 
Science.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
the  instructor.  This  is  the  same  course  as 
LBSC  721.  Definition  of  information 
science,  relation  to  cybernetics  and 
other  sciences,  system  analysis,  informa- 
tion, basic  constraints  on  information 
systems,  processes  of  communication, 
classes  and  their  use,  optimalization  and 
mechanization. 

CMSC  740  Automata  Theory.  (3)  Prere- 
quisite, CMSC  640.  This  is  the  same 
course  as  ENEE  652.  Introduction  to  the 
theory  of  abstract  mathematical 
machines.  Structural  and  behavioral 
classification  of  automata.  Finite-state 
automata;  theory  of  regular  sets. 
Pushdown  automata.  Linear-bounded 
automata.  Finite  transducers.  Turing 
machines;  universal  turing  machines. 
CMSC  745  Theory  of  Formal  Languages. 
(3)  Prerequisite,  CMSC  640.  Formal  gram- 
mars; syntax  and  semantics.  Post  pro- 
ductions; Markov  algorithms.  Finite-state 
languages,  parsing,  trees,  and  ambiguity. 
Theory  of  regular  sets.  Context-free 
languages;  pushdown  automata. 
Context-sensitive  languages;  linear- 
bounded  automata.  Unrestricted 
rewriting  systems;  turing  machines. 
Closure  properties  of  languages  under 
operations.  Undecidability  theorems. 

CMSC  750  Theory  of  Computability.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  CMSC  640.  Algorithms; 
Church's  thesis.  Primitive  recursive  func- 
tions; Godel  numbering.  General  and  par- 
tial recursive  functions.  Turing  machines; 
Turings'  thesis.  Markov  algorithms. 
Church's  lamda  calculus.  Grzegorczyk 
hierarch;  Peter  hierarchy.  Relative  recur- 
siveness. Word  problems.  Post's  cor- 
respondence problem. 

CMSC  755  Theories  of  Information.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  CMSC  620  and  STAT  401. 
Mathematical  and  logical  foundations  of 
existing  theories  of  information.  Topics 
include  Fisher's  theory  of  statistical  in- 
formation, Kullback  and  Leibler's  theory 
of  statistical  information,  Shannon's 
theory  of  selective  information,  and 
Carnap  and  Bar-Hillel's  theory  of  seman- 
tic information.  The  similarities  and  dif- 
ferences of  these  and  other  theories  are 
treated. 

CMSC  770  Advanced  Linear  Numerical 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite;  MAPL  470,  471 
and  MATH  405  or  MATH  474;  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  in 
numerical  linear  algebra,  such  as  dense 
eigenvalue  problems,  sparse  elimination, 
iterative  methods,  and  other  topics. 
(Same  as  MAPL  600.) 

CMSC  772  Numerical  Solution  of 
Nonlinear  Equations.  (3)  Prerequisite; 
MAPL  470,  471  and  MATH  410;  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Numerical  solution  of 

Graduate  Programs  /  85 


nonlinear  equations  in  one  and  several 
variables.  Existence  questions.  Minimiza- 
tion methods.  Selected  applications. 
(Same  as  MAPL  604.) 

CMSC  780  Computer  Applications  to  the 
Physical  Sciences.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
CMSC  21.  STAT  400,  and  a  graduate 
course  in  physical  science.  Applications 
of  computers  to  numerical  calculation, 
data  reduction,  and  modeling  in  the 
physical  sciences.  Stress  will  be  laid  on 
the  features  of  the  applications  which 
have  required  techniques  not  usually 
considered  in  more  general  contexts. 

CMSC  782  Modeling  and  Simulation  of 
Physical  Systems.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
CMSC  210  and  STAT  401.  Monte-Carlo 
and  other  methods  of  investigating 
models  of  interest  to  physical  scientists. 
Generation  and  testing  of  random 
numbers.  Probabilistic,  deterministic  and 
incomplete  models. 

CMSC  798  Graduate  Seminar  in  Com- 
puter Science.  (1-3) 

CMSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research 
(1-6). 

CMSC  818  Advanced  Topics  in  Computer 
Systems.  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  Advanced  topics  selected  by 
the  faculty  from  the  literature  of  com- 
puter systems  to  suit  the  interest  and 
background  of  students.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  828  Advanced  Topics  in  Informa- 
tion Processing.  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Advanced  topics 
selected  by  the  faculty  from  the  literature 
of  information  processing  to  suit  the  in- 
terest and  background  of  students.  May 
be  repeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  838  Advanced  Topics  in  Program- 
ming Languages.  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Advanced  topics 
selected  by  faculty  from  the  literature  of 
programming  languages  to  suit  the  in- 
terest and  background  of  students.  May 
be  reapeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  840  Advanced  Automata  Theory. 

(3)  Prerequisite  CMSC  740.  Advances  and 
innovations  in  automata  theory.  Variants 
of  elementary  automata;  multitape, 
multihead,  and  multidimensional 
machines.  Counters  and  stack  automata. 
Wang  machines;  Shepherdson-Sturgis 
machines.  Recursive  hierarchies.  Effec- 
tive computability;  relative  uncom- 
putability.  Probabilistic  automata. 

CMSC  858  Advanced  Topics  in  Theory  of 
Computing.  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission 
of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  selected 
by  the  faculty  from  the  literature  of 
theory  of  computing  to  suit  the  interest 
and  background  of  students.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  878  Advanced  Topics  in 
Numerical  Methods.  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  instructor.  Advanced 
topics  selected  by  the  faculty  from  the 
literature  of  numerical  methods  to  suit 
the  interest  and  background  of  students. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

86  /  Graduate  Programs 


CMSC  898  Advanced  Topics  in  Applica- 
tions. (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  in- 
structor. Advanced  topics  selected  by 
the  faculty  from  the  literature  of  applica- 
tions of  computer  science  to  suit  the  in- 
terest and  background  of  students.  May 
be  repeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8). 


Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Marx 
Professors:  Byrne,  Hoyt,  Magoon^^ 

Pumroy',  Schlossberg 
Associate  Professors:  Allan,  Birk', 

Greenberg,  Lawrence,  Medvene^  Ray, 

Rhoads,  Stern 
Assistant  Professors:  Boyd,  Chasnoff, 

Freeman,  Hardwick,  Kahn, 

Knefelkamp,  Leonard,  Levine, 

McMullan,  Thomas,  Vandergoot, 

Westbrook 
'joint  appointment  with  Psychology 
^joint  appointment  with  Counseling 
Center. 

Historically,  the  programs  of  the 
Department  of  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services  have  been  respon- 
sive to  societal  needs  in  providing 
leadership  in  the  training  of 
specialized  personnel  service 
v(/orkers.  The  programs  are  designed 
for  the  preparation  of  professionals 
w/ho  serve  in  a  variety  of  social  set- 
tings including  schools,  colleges, 
rehabilitative  agencies,  government 
agencies  and  other  community  agen- 
cies. These  professionals  may  serve 
one  of  several  roles  either  at  the 
practitioner's  level  or  at  an  advanced 
level  of  leadership,  supervision  and 
research.  Programs  of  preparation 
for  practitioners  are  offered  at  the 
master's  and  Advanced  Gradudate 
Specialist  level  while  the  advanced 
offerings  for  researchers,  super- 
visors, and  personnel  administrators 
are  conducted  at  the  doctoral  level. 
The  master's  and  advanced 
Graduate  Specialist  programs  are  of- 
fered among  the  following  six 
specialty  programs  within  the 
Department. 

1)  The  Elementary  School 
Counseling  Specialty  Program 
prepares  the  student  as  a  child 
development  consultant,  individual 
and  group  counselor  and  coor- 
dinator of  pupil  services.  2)  The 
Secondary  School  Counseling  Pro- 
gram prepares  the  student  to  serve 
as  a  member  of  a  human  resources 
team  in  individual  and  group 
counseling,  as  information  specialist 


regarding  personal,  social,  educa- 
tional and  vocational  matters,  and 
pupil  personnel  program  coordina- 
tion. 3)  The  School  Psychology  Pro- 
gram prepares  the  student  to  be  cer- 
tified as  a  school  psychologist 
where  his  principal  functions  are  to 
assess  psychological  conditions  and 
devise  intervention  strategies  to 
enhance  the  learning  of  pupils.  4) 
The  College  Student  Personnel 
Specialty  Program  prepares 
specialists  at  the  higher  education 
level  in  two  areas  of  concentration: 
college  counseling  and  Student  Per- 
sonnel Administration  which  in- 
cludes areas  such  as  Student 
Development,  Student  Union,  Hous- 
ing, Admissions,  Placement,  Deans 
of  Students  and  Vice  Presidents  of 
Student  Affairs.  5)  The  Community 
Counseling  Specialty  Program  pro- 
vides three  emphases  within  the  pro- 
gram: Career  development  and  voca- 
tional counseling,  personal-social 
counseling  and  community  mental 
health  consultation,  and  adult 
counseling.  6)  The  Rehabilitation 
Counseling  Specialty  Program 
prepares  counselors  to  work  with 
mentally,  emotionally,  socially  and 
physically  handicapped  persons  in 
public  and  private  agencies. 

The  doctoral  programs  in  Counsel- 
ing and  Personnel  Services  are 
designed  to  prepare  students  to 
achieve  exceptional  competence  in 
the  areas  of  research,  theory,  and 
practice  related  to  personnel  ser- 
vices. Graduates  typically  assume 
positions  of  leadership,  research  or 
supervision  of  personnel  services  in 
public  units  such  as  large  school 
systems,  universities,  or  state 
rehabilitation  and  community  agen- 
cies; as  professors  in  personnel  ser- 
vice programs;  as  counselors  in 
higher  education  institutions.  The 
program  leading  to  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree,  has  as  its  major 
emphasis  theory  and  research  in  the 
behavioral  sciences  and  applied 
fields.  The  primary  thrust  at  the 
master's  and  Advanced  Graduate 
Specialist  levels  is  upon  excellence 
in  practice. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  to  these  programs  is  not 
only  based  on  meeting  minimum  re- 
quirements, but  is  also  competitively 
based  on  staff  resources  available. 
The  requirements  for  the  master's 


and  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist's 
diplomas  are  spelled  out  for  each  of 
the  six  specialty  areas.  Write  or  call 
for  the  specialty  area  brochure(s) 
which  interest  you.  (301)  454-2026. 

The  doctoral  program  of  studies  is 
developed  with  an  advisor.  The 
single  required  course  is  Advanced 
Statistics.  There  are  no  language  re- 
quirements for  the  Ph.D.  degree. 

Courses 

EDCP  410  Introduction  to  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services.  (3)  Presents  prin- 
ciples and  procedures,  and  examines  the 
function  of  counselors,  psychologists  in 
schools,  school  social  workers,  and 
other  personnel  service  workers. 

EDCP  411  Mental  Hygiene.  (3)  The  prac- 
tical application  of  the  principles  of  men- 
tal hygiene  to  classroom  problems. 

EDCP  413  Behavior  Modification.  (3) 

Knowledge  and  techniques  of  interven- 
tion in  a  variety  of  social  situations,  in- 
cluding contingency  contracting  and 
time  out  will  be  acquired. 

EDCP  414  Principles  of  Behavior.  (3) 

Development  of  student  proficiency  in 
analyzing  complex  patterns  of  behavior 
on  the  basis  of  empirical  evidence. 

EDCP  415  Behavior  Mediation.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, EDCP  414.  Basic  principles  of 
human  behavior  will  be  reviewed  and  ap- 
plication of  these  principles  will  be  im- 
plemented under  supervision. 

EDCP  417  Group  Dynamics  and  Leader- 
ship. (3)  The  nature  and  property  of 
groups,  interaction  analysis, 
developmental  phases,  leadership 
dynamics  and  styles,  roles  of  members 
and  interpersonal  communications.  Two 
hours  of  lecture-discussion  and  two 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week;  laboratory 
involves  experimental  based  learning, 

EDCP  420  Education  and  Racism.  (3) 

Strategy  development  for  counselors  and 
educators  to  deal  with  problems  of 
racism. 

EDCP  460  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation 
Counseling.  (3)  Introductory  course  for 
majors  in  rehabilitation  counseling, 
social  work,  psychology,  or  education 
who  desire  to  work  professionally  with 
physically  or  emotionally  handicapped 
persons. 

EDCP  470  Introduction  to  Student  Per- 
sonnel. (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. A  systematic  analysis  of 
research  and  theoretical  literature  on  a 
variety  of  major  problems  in  the  organiza- 
tion and  administration  of  student  per- 
sonnel services  in  higher  education.  In- 
cluded will  be  discussion  of  such  topics 
as  the  student  personnel  philosophy  in 
education,  counseling  services, 
discipline,  housing,  student  activities, 
financial  aid,  health,  remedial  services, 
etc. 

EDCP  489  Field  Experience  in  Counsel- 
ing and  Personnel  Services.  (1-4)  Prereq- 


uisites, at  least  six  semester  hours  in 
education  at  the  University  of  Maryland 
plus  such  other  prerequisites  as  may  be 
set  by  the  major  area  in  which  the  ex- 
perience is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field  ex- 
perience may  be  provided  for  selected 
students  who  have  had  teaching  ex- 
perience and  whose  application  for  such 
field  experience  has  been  approved  by 
the  education  faculty.  Field  experience  is 
offered  in  a  given  area  to  both  major  and 
nonmajor  students.  NOTE:  the  total 
number  of  credits  which  a  student  may 
earn  in  EDCP  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited 
to  a  maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDCP  498  Special  Problems  In  Counsel- 
ing and  Personnel  Services.  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  Available 
only  to  major  students  who  have  formal 
plans  for  individual  study  of  approved 
problems. 

EDCP  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  Institutes. 
(1-6)  The  maximum  number  of  credits 
that  may  be  earned  under  this  course 
symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used 
two  or  more  times  until  six  semester 
hours  have  been  reached.  The  following 
type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading: 
workshops  conducted  by  the  department 
of  counseling  and  personnel  services  (or 
developed  cooperatively  with  other 
departments,  colleges  and  universities) 
and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing;  clinical  experiences  in 
counseling  and  testing  centers,  reading 
clinics,  speech  therapy  laboratories,  and 
special  education  centers;  institutes 
developed  around  specific  topics  or 
problems  and  intended  for  designated 
groups. 

EDCP  611  Occupational  Choice  Theory 
and  Information.  (3)  Research  and  theory 
related  to  occupational  and  educational 
decisions;  programs  of  related  informa- 
tion and  other  activities  in  occupational 
decision. 

EDCP  614  Personality  Theories  in 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  (3) 

Examination  of  constructs  and  research 
relating  to  major  personality  theories 
with  emphasis  on  their  significance  for 
working  with  the  behaviors  of  in- 
dividuals. 

EDCP  615  Cases  In  Appraisal.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, EDMS  446  or  EDMS  451.  Collect- 
ing and  interpreting  non-standardized 
pupil  appraisal  data;  systhesis  of  all 
types  of  data  through  case  study  pro- 
cedures. 

EDCP  616  Counseling  -  Theoretical  Foun- 
dations and  Practice.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
EDCP  615.  Exploration  of  learning 
theories  as  applied  to  counseling  in 
school,  and  practices  which  stem  from 
such  theories. 

EDCP  617  Group  Counseling.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, EDCP  616.  A  survey  of  theory, 
research  and  practice  of  group  counsel- 
ing and  psychotherapy  with  an  introduc- 
tion to  growth  groups  and  the  laboratory 
approach,  therapeutic  factors  in  groups, 


composition  of  therapeutic  groups,  prob- 
lem clients,  therapeutic  techniques, 
research  methods,  theories,  ethics  and 
training  of  group  counselors  and 
therapists. 

EDCP  619  Practlcum  In  Counseling.  (2-6) 

Prerequisites,  EDCP  616  and  permission 
of  instructor.  Sequence  of  supervised 
counseling  experiences  of  increasing 
complexity.  Limited  to  eight  applicants  in 
advance.  Two  hours  class  plus  labora- 
tory. 

EDCP  626  Group  Counseling  Practlcum. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  EDCP  617,  EDCP  619, 
and  consent  of  instructor.  A  supervised 
field  experience  in  group  counseling. 

EDCP  627  Process  Consultation.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, graduate  course  in  group  pro- 
cess. Study  of  case  consultation, 
systems  consultation,  mental  health  con- 
sultation and  the  professional's  role  in 
systems  intervention  strategies. 

EDCP  633  Diagnostic  Appraisal  of 
Children  I.  (4)  Assessment  of  develop- 
ment, emotional  and  learning  problems 
of  children  in  schools.  Practlcum  ex- 
perience. 

EDCP  634  Diagnostic  Appraisal  of 
Children  II.  (4)  Prerequisite,  EDCP  633. 
.Assessment  of  development,  emotional, 
and  learning  problems  of  adolescents  in 
schools.  Practlcum  experience. 

EDCP  635  Therapeutic  Techniques  and 
Classroom  Management  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, EDCP  414.  Diagnosis  and  treat- 
ment of  problems  presented  by  teachers 
and  parents.  Practlcum  experience. 

EDCP  636  Therapeutic  Techniques  and 
Classroom  Management  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, EDCP  635.  The  objective  of  this 
course  is  to  understand  and  to  treat 
children's  problems.  The  focus  is  primari- 
ly on  the  older  child  in  secondary  school 
and  the  orientation  is  essentially 
behavioral.  Practlcum  experience  will  be 
provided. 

EDCP  645  Counseling  In  Elementary 
Schools.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDCP  615  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Counseling  theory 
and  practices  as  related  to  children.  Em- 
phasis will  be  placed  on  an  awareness  of 
the  child's  total  behavior  as  well  as  on 
specific  methods  of  communicating  with 
the  child  through  techniques  of  play  in- 
terviews, observations,  and  the  use  of 
non-parametric  data. 

EDCP  655  Organization  and  Administra- 
tion of  Personnel  Services.  (2)  Prereq- 
uisite, EDCP  619  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. Exploration  of  personnel  ser- 
vices programs  and  implementing  per- 
sonnel services  practices. 

EDCP  656  Counseling  and  Personnel  Ser- 
vices Seminar.  (2)  Prerequisite,  advanced 
standing.  Examination  of  issues  that 
bear  on  professional  issues  such  as 
ethics,  interprofessional  relationships 
and  research. 

EDCP  661  Psycho-Social  Aspects  of 
Disability.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDCP  460  or 
consent  of  instructor.  This  course  is  part 
of  the  core  curriculum  for  rehabilitation 


Graduate  Programs  /  87 


counselors.  It  is  designed  to  develop  an 
understanding  of  the  nature  and  impor- 
tance of  ttie  personal  and  psycho-social 
aspects  of  adult  disability. 

EDCP  662  Psychiatric  Aspects  of 
Disability  I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDCP  460  or 
equivalent  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Part  of  core  curriculum  in  rehabilitation 
counseling.  It  is  designed  to  develop  an 
understanding  of  the  rehabilitation  pro- 
cess, clients  served,  and  skills  and  at- 
titudes necessary  for  working  effectively 
with  the  physically  disabled. 

EDCP  663  Psychiatric  Aspects  of 
Disability  II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDCP  460  or 
equivalent  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Part  of  core  curriculum  in  rehabilitation 
counseling.  The  psychiatric  rehabilitation 
client;  understanding  his  needs,  treat- 
ment approaches  available,  and  society's 
reaction  to  the  client. 

EDCP  668  Special  Topics  in  Rehabilita- 
tion. (1-6)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  the 
instructor  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  hours. 

EDCP  718  Advanced  Seminar  in  Group 
Processes.  (2-6)  Prerequisites,  EDCP  626. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

EDCP  735  Seminar  in  Rehabilitation 
Counseling.  (2)  This  course  is  part  of  the 
core  curriculum  for  rehabilitation 
counselors.  It  is  designed  to  provide  the 
advanced  rehabilitation  counseling  stu- 
dent with  a  formal  seminar  to  discuss, 
evaluate  and  attempt  to  reach  personal 
resolution  regarding  pertinent  profes- 
sional problems  and  issues  in  the  field. 

EDCP  771  The  College  Student.  (3)  A 

demographic  study  of  the  characteristics 
of  college  students  as  well  as  a  study  of 
their  aspirations,  values,  and  purposes. 

EDCP  776  Modification  of  Human 
Behavior  -  Laboratory  and  Practicum.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  In- 
dividual and  group  supervised  introduc- 
tion to  intake  and  counseling  relation- 
ships. 

EDCP  777  Modification  of  Human 
Behavior  •  Laboratory  and  Practicum.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EDCP  776  and  permission 
of  instructor.  Continuation  of  EDCP  776. 
Further  experience  under  direct  supervi- 
sion of  more  varied  forms  of  counseling 
relationships. 

EDCP  778  Seminar  in  Student  Personnel. 
(2-6)  An  intensive  study  of  the  various 
student  personnel  functions.  A  means  to 
integrate  the  knowledge  from  various 
fields  as  they  relate  to  student  personnel 
administration. 

EDCP  788  Advanced  Practicum  in 
Counseling.  (1-6)  Prerequisite,  permis 
sion  of  instructor,  previous  practicum  ex- 
perience. Individual  supervision  of 
counseling,  and  group  consultation. 
Repeatable  to  maximum  of  six  credits. 

EDCP  789  Advanced  Topics  in  Counsel- 
ing and  Personnel  Services.  (1-6) 

Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  Credits. 

EDCP  798  Special  Problems  in  Counsel- 
ing and  Personnel  Services.  (1-6) 

Master's  AGS.  or  doctoral  candidates 

88  /  Graduate  Programs 


who  desire  to  pursue  special  research 
problems  under  the  direction  of  their  ad- 
visers may  register  for  credit  under  this 
number. 

EDCP  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Registration  required  to  the  extent  of  six 
hours  for  master's  thesis. 

EDCP  888  Apprenticeship  in  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services.  (1-9)  Appren- 
ticeships in  the  major  area  of  study  are 
available  to  selected  students  whose  ap- 
plication for  an  apprenticeship  has  been 
approved  by  the  education  faculty.  Each 
apprentice  is  assigned  to  work  for  at 
least  a  semester  full-time  or  the 
equivalent  with  an  appropriate  staff 
member  of  a  cooperating  school,  school 
system,  or  educational  institution  or 
agency.  The  sponsor  of  the  apprentice 
maintains  a  close  working  relationship 
with  the  apprentice  and  the  other  per- 
sons involved.  Prerequisites,  teaching  ex- 
perience, a  master's  degree  in  education, 
and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  educa- 
tion at  the  University  of  Maryland.  NOTE: 
the  total  number  of  credits  which  a  stu- 
dent may  earn  in  EDCP  489,  888,  and  889 
is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20) 
semester  hours. 

EDCP  889  Internship  in  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  (3-16)  Internships  in 
the  major  area  of  study  are  available  to 
selected  students  who  have  teaching  ex- 
perience. The  following  groups  of 
students  are  eligible:  (A)  any  student  who 
has  been  advanced  to  candidacy  for  the 
doctor's  degree;  and  (B)  any  student  who 
receives  special  approval  by  the  educa- 
tion faculty  for  an  internship,  provided 
that  prior  to  taking  an  internship,  such 
student  shall  have  completed  at  least  60 
semester  hours  of  graduate  work,  in- 
cluding at  least  six  semester  hours  in 
education  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
Each  intern  is  assigned  to  work  on  a  full- 
time  basis  for  at  least  a  semester  with  an 
appropriate  staff  member  in  a 
cooperating  school,  school  system,  or 
educational  institution  or  agency.  The  in- 
ternship must  be  taken  in  a  school  situa- 
tion different  from  the  one  where  the  stu- 
dent is  regularly  employed.  The  intern's 
sponsor  maintains  a  close  working  rela- 
tionship with  the  intern  and  the  other 
persons  involved.  NOTE:  the  total 
number  of  credits  which  a  student  may 
earn  in  EDCP  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited 
to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester 
hours. 

EDCP  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the 
extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D  project 
and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  dissertation. 


Criminal  Justice  and  Crim- 
inology Program 

(Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Crim- 
inology) 

Professor  and  Director:  Lejins 
Associate  Professors:  Ingraham,  Maida, 

Tennyson 
Assistant  Professors:  Butler,  Debro, 

B.  Johnson,  K.  Johnson,  Minor 


The  Program  of  graduate  study  leading 
to  a  Master  of  Arts  and  Ph.D.  degree 
in  the  area  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Crim- 
inology is  intended  to  prepare  students 
for  research,  teaching  and  professional 
employment  in  the  operational  agencies 
in  the  field  of  criminal  justice.  This  pro- 
gram combines  an  intensive  back- 
ground in  a  social  science  discipline 
such  as  sociology,  psychology,  public 
administration,  etc.,  with  graduate-level 
study  of  selected  aspects  of  the  criminal 
justice  field. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  the  general  Graduate 
School  requirements,  special  admis- 
sion requirements  include  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination  Aptitude  Test,  a 
major  in  a  social  science  discipline,  and 
9  hours  of  course  work  in  the  appro- 
priate area  of  criminal  justice.  For  the 
M.A.  applicant,  the  undergraduate  social 
science  major  must  have  included  at 
least  one  course  each  in  theory,  statis- 
tics and  research  methods.  The  Ph.D. 
applicant  must  have  completed  two  sta- 
tistics and  research  methods  courses, 
one  of  each  being  at  the  master's-level. 
Admission  to  the  Ph.D  program  pre- 
supposes completion  of  the  M.A.  de- 
gree. At  the  discretion  of  the  Graduate 
Admissions  Committee  of  the  Institute, 
deficiencies  in  some  of  the  above  areas 
may  be  made  up  by  noncredit  work  at 
the  beginning  of  the  program. 

Students  enrolled  in  the  M.A.  pro- 
gram have  two  options:  a  Criminology 
option  and  a  Criminal  Justice  option. 
The  general  plan  of  study  for  both  op- 
tions, totaling  to  30  semester  hours,  is 
as  follows:  1)  Three  social  science 
courses  on  an  appropriate  level  in  the- 
ory, methodology,  and  statistics.  2) 
Three  appropriate-level  courses  in  Crim- 
inology or  Law  Enforcement,  depending 
upon  the  option.  Two  of  these  must  be 
at  the  600  level  or  above.  One  of  these 
should  be  a  general  seminar  dealing 
with  the  overall  field  of  criminal  justice 
(LENF  600).  3)  Two  elective  courses. 
4)  Tutorial  courses  may  be  taken  only 
as  elective  courses.  5)  The  student  has 
a  choice  between:  a)  an  M.A.  degree 
with  an  M.A.  thesis,  b)  an  M.A.  degree 
without  thesis,  but  with  some  additional 
requirements. 

For  completion  of  the  Ph.D.  degree, 
in  addition  to  the  general  Graduate 
School  Ph.D.  requirements,  compe- 
tence in  the  theory  of  at  least  one  social 
science  discipline,  in  research  metho- 
dology and  in  quantitative  techniques  is 
expected,  as  well  as  competence  in  the 


general  theory  of  the  criminal  justice 
field  and  in  the  specialization  area  se- 
lected by  the  student.  The  necessary 
coursework  is  determined  on  the  basis 
of  the  student's  previous  preparation, 
needs,  and  interests.  The  candidate  is 
required  to  pass  4  comprehensive  ex- 
aminations. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Institute  presently  has  two  substan- 
tial grants  with  the  Law  Enforcement 
Assistance  Administration.  U.S.  Depart- 
ment of  Justice.  Of  these,  the    Inter- 
national Seminars  and  Training  Pro- 
grams in  Criminal  Justice"  project  grant 
may  be  of  interest  to  incoming  graduate 
students  who  are  interested  in  trans- 
national comparative  studies.  Several 
international  contacts  have  been  de- 
veloped through  this  project. 

Financial  Assistance 

Several  graduate  teaching  assistant- 
ships  are  available  on  a  competitive 
basis.  Further,  graduate  research  assis- 
tantships  are  sometimes  available  for 
graduate  students  to  participate  in  re- 
search projects  directed  by  faculty 
members  and  funded  by  outside 
sources. 

Additional  Information 

A  brochure  describing  the  Intitule  of 
Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology  and  its 
programs  is  available  upon  request. 
Inquiries  should  be  directed  to:  Dr.  Peter 
P.  Lejins.  Director. 

Courses 

Criminology 

CRIM  432  Law  of  Corrections.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site. LENF  230  or  234  and  CRIM  220.  A  re- 
view of  the  law  of  criminal  corrections  from 
sentencing  to  final  release  or  release  on  parole. 
Probation,  punishments,  special  treatments 
for  special  offenders,  parole  and  pardon,  and 
the  prisoner  s  civil  nghts  are  also  examined. 

CRIM  450  Juvenile  Delinquency.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. SOCY  100.  Juvenile  delinquency  in 
relation  to  the  general  problem  of  cnme:  an- 
alysis of  factors  underlying  juvenile  delin- 
quency: treatment  and  prevention. 

CRIM  451  Crime  and  Delinquency  Preven- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisites.  CRIM  220  or  CRIM 
450  or  consent  of  instructor  Methods  and 
programs  in  prevention  of  cnme  and  delin- 
quency 

CRIM  452  Treatment  of  Criminals  and  De- 
linquents In  the  Community.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site. CRIM  220  or  CRIM  450  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Analysis  of  the  processes  and 
methods  in  the  modification  of  cnminal  pat- 
terns of  behavior  in  a  community  setting. 

CRIM  453  Institutional  Treatment  of  Crim- 
inals and  Delinquents.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
CRIM  220  or  CRIM  450  or  consent  of  in- 


structor History,  organization  and  functions 
of  penal  and  correctional  institutions  for 
adults  and  juveniles. 

CRIM  454  Contemporary  Criminological 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite.  CRIM  220.  CRIM 
450.  and  CRIM  451  or  CRIM  452  or  CRIM 
453,  Bnef  histoncal  overview  of  cnmino- 
logical  theory  up  to  the  50s.  Deviance.  Latjel- 
ing  Typologies.  Most  recent  research  in  cnm* 
inalistic  sutx;ultures  and  middle  class  delin- 
quency Recent  proposals  for  decriminal- 
ization . 

CRIM  498  Selected  Topics  in  Criminology. 

(3)  Topics  of  special  interest  to  advanced 
undergraduates  in  cnmmology  Such 
courses  will  be  offered  in  response  to  student 
request  and  faculty  interest.  No  more  than  six 
credits  may  t>e  taken  by  a  student  in  selected 
topics. 

CRIM  610  Research  Methods  in  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology.  (3)  Prerequisite 
completion  of  research  methods  and  statis- 
tics requirements  for  the  M. A.  degree.  Examina- 
tion of  special  research  problems  and  tech- 
niques 

CRIM  650  Advanced  Criminology.  (3)  First 
semester.  Survey  of  the  pnncipal  issues  in 
contemporary  criminological  theory  and  re- 
search. 

CRIM  651  Seminar  in  Criminology.  (3) 

Second  semester. 

CRIM  652  Seminar  in  Juvenile  Delin- 
quency. (3)  Frst  semester 

CRIM  653  Crime  and  Delinquency  as  a 
Community  Problem.  (3)  Second  semester. 

An  intensive  study  of  selected  problems  in 
adult  cnme  and  juvenile  delinquency  in 
Maryland. 

CRIM  654  History  of  Criminological 
Thought.  (3)  Prerequisite:  CRIM  454  or  its 
equivalent.  A  study  of  the  development  of 
criminological  thought  from  antiquity  to  the 
present. 

CRIM  699  Special  Criminological  Prob- 
lems. (3) 
CRIM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

CRIM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research. 
(1-8)  Doctoral  dissertation  research  in  cnm- 
inal justice  and  cnminology 

Institute  of  Criminal  Justice 
LENF  444  Advanced  Law  Enforcement 
Administration.  (3)  Prerequisite.  LENF  340 
or  consent  of  instructor  The  structuring  of 
manpower,  material,  and  systems  to  accom- 
plish the  major  goals  of  social  control.  Person- 
nel and  systems  management.  Political  con- 
trols and  limitations  on  authority  and  jurisdic- 
tion. 

LENF  455  Dynamics  of  Planned  Change  in 
Criminal  Justice  I.  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  instructor.  An  examination  of  conceptual 
and  practical  issues  related  to  planned 
change  in  criminal  justice  Emphasis  on  the 
development  of  Innovative  ideas  using  a  re- 
search and  development  approach  to 
change, 

LENF  456  Dynamics  of  Planned  Change  in 
Criminal  Justice  II.  (3)  Prerequisite:  LENF 
455  or  consent  of  instnjctor.  An  examination 
of  conceptual  and  practical  issues  related  to 


planned  change  in  cnminal  justice.  Emphasis 
on  change  strategies  and  tactics  which  are 
appropriate  for  criminal  justice  personnel  in 
entry  level  positions, 

LENF  462  Special  Problems  in  Security 
Administration.  (3)  Prerequisites.  LENF 
360  and  consent  of  instructor.  An  advanced 
course  for  students  desinng  to  focus  on 
specific  concerns  in  the  study  of  pnvate 
security  organizations:  business  intelligence 
and  espionage:  vulnerability  and  crtticality 
analyses  in  physical  security:  transportation, 
banking,  hospital  and  military  secunty  prot)- 
lems:  uniformed  secunty  forces:  national 
defense  information:  and  others, 

LENF  498  Selected  Topics  in  Criminal 
Justice.  (1-6)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor Supervised  study  of  a  selected  topic 
to  be  announced  in  the  field  of  cnminal 
justice.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

LENF  600  Criminal  Justice  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites, admission  to  the  graduate  program  in 
cnminal  justice  or  consent  of  instnjctor.  Cur- 
rent concept  of  cnminal  justice  in  relationship 
to  other  concepts  in  the  field.  Historical  per- 
spective. Cnminal  justice  and  social  control. 
Operational  implications.  Systemic  Aspects. 
Issues  of  evaluation. 

LENF  630  Seminar  in  Criminal  Law  and 
Society.  (3)  Prerequisite.  LENF  230  or  its 
equivalent  and  a  course  in  introductory  crim- 
inology. The  cnminal  law  is  studied  in  the  con- 
text of  general  studies  in  the  area  of  the 
sociology  of  law.  The  evolution  and  social 
and  psychological  factors  affecting  the  fonnu- 
lation  and  administration  of  cnminal  laws  are 
discussed.  Also  examined  is  the  impact  of 
criminal  laws  and  their  sanctions  on  behavior 
in  the  light  of  recent  empirical  evidence. 

LENF  640  Seminar  in  Criminal  Justice 
Administration.  (3)  Prerequisites  one 
course  In  the  theory  of  groups  or  organiza- 
tions, one  course  in  administration:  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Examination  of  extemal 
and  internal  factors  that  currently  impact  on 
police  administration.  Intra-organizational  re- 
lationships and  policy  formulation:  the  conver- 
sion of  inputs  into  decisions  and  policies. 
Strategies  for  formulating,  implementing  and 
assessing  administrative  decisions, 

LENF  699  Special  Problems  in  Criminal 
Justice.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
stnjctor. Supervised  study  of  a  selected  prob- 
lem in  the  field  of  criminal  justice,  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  6  credits 

LENF  720  Criminal  Justice  System  Plan- 
ning. (3)  Prerequisites:  one  course  in  cnmi- 
nal justice  and  one  course  in  research  metho- 
dology. System  theory  and  method:  examina- 
tion of  planning  methods  and  models  based 
pnmarily  on  a  systems  approach  to  the  opera- 
tions of  the  cnminal  justice  system, 

LENF  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 


Early  Childhood-Elemen- 
tary Education  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Sublett 
Professors:  Ashlock,  Duffey.  Leeper, 

O'Neill.  Weaver,  J.  Wilson,  R.  Wilson 
Associate  Professors:  Amershek. 


Graduate  Programs  /  89 


Church,  Dietz,  Eley,  Gantt, 
Heidelbach,  Herman,  Jantz,  Johnson, 
Roderick,  Seefeldt,  Sullivan,  Williams 
Assistant  Professors:  Evans,  Hill, 

Knifong,  Madison,  Schumacher,  Sunal 

Graduate  programs  leading  to  M.A., 
M.Ed.,  E.Ed.,  and  Ph.D.  degrees  in 
the  Department  of  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education  are  designed 
to  prepare  teachers,  curriculum 
specialists,  supervisors,  ad- 
ministrators, and  higher  education 
instructors  to  function  effectively  in 
leadership  positions  in  programs  for 
young  children. 

Students  have  opportunities  to 
specialize  in  any  of  the  following 
areas:  early  childhood  education, 
elementary  education,  reading 
science  education,  mathematics 
education,  language  arts,  social 
studies  education,  or  nursery-kinder- 
garten education. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Masters  Degree  programs  average 
30-36  semester  hours.  D.Ed,  and 
Ph.D.  programs  average  90  semester 
hours,  including  work  at  the 
master's  level.  All  applicants  must 
submit  the  Miller  Analogy  Test  score 
as  prerequisite  to  admission. 

Programs,  particularly  at  the  doc- 
toral level,  are  individualized  to 
reflect  the  student's  background  and 
to  meet  his  particular  career  goals. 
Regular  counseling  with  an  advisor 
is  an  important  aspect  of  each  pro- 
gram. An  effort  is  made  to  ascertain 
that  graduate  programs  include  both 
theory  and  practicum,  professional 
work  and  academic  courses. 

There  is  a  comprehensive  ex- 
amination near  the  completion  of 
work  at  the  master's  level.  The  Ph.D. 
program  includes  a  preliminary  ex- 
amination after  approximately  12 
semester  hours  of  work  and  a  com- 
prehensive examination  near  the 
completion  of  the  program. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Special  facilities  for  graduate  study 
Include  the  Reading  Center,  the 
Science  Teaching  Center,  the 
Arithmetic  Center,  the  Teacher 
Education  Centers  in  local  schools, 
and  the  Center  for  Young  Children. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  is  able  to  give  finan- 
cial aid,  in  the  form  of  graduate 
assistantships,  to  students  of  pro- 
ven ability  who  have  had  public 
school  teaching  experience. 

90  /  Graduate  Programs 


Courses 

EDEL  401  Science  in  Early  Childhood 
Education.  (3)  Designed  primarily  to  help 
in-service  teachers,  nursery  school 
through  grade  3,  to  acquire  general 
science  understandings  and  to  develop 
teaching  materials  for  practical  use  in 
classrooms.  Includes  experiments, 
demonstrations,  constructions,  observa- 
tions, field  trips  and  use  of  audio-visual 
materials.  The  emphasis  is  on  content 
and  method  related  to  science  units  in 
common  use  in  nursery  school  through 
grade  3.  Offered  during  summer  ses- 
sions and  in  off-campus  programs  taught 
through  University  College.  Ordinarily 
there  is  no  field  placement. 

EOEL  402  Science  in  the  Elementary 
School.  (3)  Designed  primarily  to  help  in- 
service  teachers,  grades  1-6,  to  acquire 
general  science  understandings  and  to 
develop  teaching  materials  for  practical 
use  in  classrooms.  Includes  ex- 
periments, demonstrations,  construc- 
tions, observations,  field  trips  and  use  of 
audio-visual  materials.  The  emphasis  is 
on  content  and  method  related  to 
science  units  in  common  use  in  grades 
1-6.  Offered  during  summer  sessions  and 
in  off-campus  programs  taught  through 
University  College.  Ordinarily  there  is  no 
field  placement. 

EDEL  404  Language  Arts  in  Early  Child- 
hood Education.  (3)  Teaching  of  spelling, 
handwriting,  oral  and  w/ritten  expression 
and  creative  expression.  Designed 
primarily  for  in-service  teachers,  nursery 
school  through  grade  3.  Offered  during 
summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus  pro- 
grams taught  through  University  College. 
Ordinarily,  there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  405  Language  Arts  in  the  Elemen- 
tary School.  (3)  Teaching  of  spelling, 
handvi/riting,  oral  and  Vi'ritten  expression 
and  creative  expression.  Designed  pri- 
marily for  in-service  teachers,  grades  1-6. 
Offered  during  summer  sessions  and  in 
off-campus  programs  taught  through 
University  College.  Ordinarily  there  is  no 
field  placement. 

EDEL  406  Social  Studies  in  Early  Child- 
hood Education.  (3)  Consideration  given 
to  curriculum,  organization  and  methods 
of  teaching,  evaluation  of  newer 
materials  and  utilization  of  environmental 
resources.  Designed  for  in-service 
teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade 
3.  Offered  during  summer  sessions  and 
in  off-campus  programs  taught  through 
University  College.  Ordinarily  there  is  no 
field  placement. 

EDEL  407  Social  Studies  in  the  Elemen- 
tary School.  (3)  Consideration  given  to 
curriculum,  organization  and  methods  of 
teaching,  evaluation  of  newer  materials 
and  utilization  of  environmental 
resources.  Designed  for  in-service 
teachers,  grades  1-6.  Offered  during  sum- 
mer session  and  in  off-campus  programs 
taught  through  University  College.  Or- 
dinarily there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  410  The  Child  and  the  Curriculum 
—  Early  Childhood.  (3)  Relationship  of 
the  school  curriculum,  nursery  school 


through  grade  3,  to  child  growth  and 
development.  Recent  trends  in  cur- 
riculum organization;  the  effect  of  en- 
vironment on  learning;  readiness  to  learn; 
and  adapting  curriculum  content  and 
methods  to  maturity  levels  of  children. 
Designed  tor  in-service  teachers,  nursery 
school  through  grade  3.  Offered  during 
summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus  pro- 
grams taught  through  University  College. 
Ordinarily  there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  411  The  Child  and  the  Curriculum 
—  Elementary.  (3)  Relationship  of  the 
school  curriculum,  grades  1-6,  to  child 
growth  and  development.  Recent  trends 
in  curriculum  organization;  the  effect  of 
environment  on  learning;  readiness  to 
learn;  and  adapting  curriculum  content 
and  methods  to  maturity  levels  of 
children.  Designed  for  in-service 
teachers,  grades  1-6.  Offered  during  sum- 
mer sessions  and  in  off-campus  pro- 
grams taught  through  University  College. 
Ordinarily  there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  412  Art  in  the  Elementary  School. 

(3)  Concerned  with  art  methods  and 
materials  for  elementary  schools.  In- 
cludes laboratory  experiences  with 
materials  appropriate  for  elementary 
schools. 

EDEL  413  Mathematics  in  Early 
Childhood  Education.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  210  or  equivalent.  Emphasis  on 
materials  and  procedures  which  help 
pupils  sense  arithmetic  meanings  and 
relationships.  Designed  to  help  in-service 
teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade 
3,  gain  a  better  understanding  of  the 
number  system  and  arithmetical  pro- 
cesses. Offered  during  summer  sessions 
and  in  off-campus  programs  taught 
through  University  College.  Ordinarily 
there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  414  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary 
School.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH  210  or 
equivalent.  Emphasis  on  materials  and 
procedures  which  help  pupils  sense 
arithmetic  meanings  and  relationships. 
Designed  to  help  in-service  teachers, 
grades  1-6,  gain  a  better  understanding 
of  the  number  system  and  arithmetical 
processes.  Offered  during  summer  ses- 
sions and  in  off-campus  programs  taught 
through  University  College.  Ordinarily 
there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  415  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of 
Learning  Disabilities  in  Mathematics  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EDEL  351  or  equivalent  and 
approval  of  instructor.  Diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  disabilities  in  mathematics. 
Theoretical  models,  specific  diagnostic 
and  instructional  techniques  and 
materials  useful  for  working  with 
children  in  both  clinical  and  classroom 
settings.  Case  studies  with  children 
previously  diagnosed  as  primarily  correc- 
tive rather  than  severely  disabled.  Clinic 
hours  to  be  arranged. 

EDEL  417  Social  Studies  and  Multiethnic 
Education.  (3)  Prerequisites;  a  preservice 
social  studies  methods  course  or  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  Seminars  will  be 
held  relating  to  general  social  science 
principles  that  are  applicable  to 


multiethnic  education  as  a  component  of 
social  studies  instruction.  Cultural  ex- 
periences arranged  on  an  independent 
basis  for  each  participant. 

EDEL  424  Literature  for  Children  and 
Young  People,  Advanced.  (3)  Develop- 
ment of  literary  materials  for  children 
and  young  people.  Timeless  and  ageless 
books,  and  outstanding  examples  of  con- 
temporary publishing.  Evaluation  of  the 
contributions  of  individual  authors  and  il- 
lustrators and  children's  book  awards. 

EDEL  425  The  Teaching  of  Reading  — 
Early  Childhood.  (3)  Concerned  with  the 
fundamentals  of  developmental  reading 
instruction,  including  reading  readiness, 
use  of  experience  stories,  procedures  in 
using  basal  readers,  the  improvement  of 
comprehension,  teaching  reading  in  all 
areas  of  the  curriculum,  uses  of 
children's  literature,  the  program  in  word 
analysis,  and  procedures  for  determining 
individual  needs.  Designed  for  in-service 
teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade 
3.  Offered  during  summer  sessions  and 
in  off-campus  programs  taught  through 
University  College.  Ordinarily,  there  is  no 
field  placement. 

EDEL  426  The  Teaching  of  Reading  — 
Elementary.  (3)  Concerned  with  the  fun- 
damentals of  developmental  reading  in- 
struction, including  reading  readiness, 
use  of  experience  stories,  procedures  in 
using  basal  readers,  the  improvement  of 
comprehension,  teaching  reading  in  all 
areas  of  the  curriculum,  uses  of 
children's  literature,  the  program  in  word 
analysis,  and  procedures  for  determining 
individual  needs.  Designed  for  in-service 
teachers,  grades  1-6.  Offered  during  sum- 
mer sessions  and  in  off-campus  pro- 
grams taught  through  University  College. 
Ordinarily,  there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  427  The  Reading  Process.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department. 
A  survey  of  the  reading  process  to  pro- 
vide needed  knowledge  for  graduate 
studies  in  reading.  Students  will  be 
pretested  prior  to  registration  and  take 
only  those  modules  of  the  course  iden- 
tified as  needed. 

EDEL  430  Corrective-Remedial  Reading 
Instruction.  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDEL/EDSE 
427  or  equivalent,  and  consent  of  the 
department.  For  teachers,  supervisors, 
and  administrators  who  wish  to  identify 
and  assist  pupils  with  reading  dif- 
ficulties. Concerned  with  diagnostic 
techniques,  instructional  materials  and 
teaching  procedures  useful  in  the  regular 
classroom. 

EDEL  431  Laboratory  Practices  in 
Reading.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDEL  430.  A 
laboratory  course  in  which  each  student 
has  one  or  more  pupils  for  analysis  and 
instruction.  At  least  one  class  meeting 
per  week  to  diagnose  individual  cases 
and  to  plan  instruction. 

EDEL  486  Special  Topics  in  Elementary 
Education.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Special  treatment  of  current 
topics  and  issues  in  elementary  educa- 
tion. Repeatable  to  maximum  of  6 
credits,  provided  content  is  different. 


EDEL  489  Field  Experience  In  Education. 

(1-4)  Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which 
the  experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned 
field  experience  may  be  provided  for 
selected  students  who  have  had 
teaching  experience  and  whose  applica- 
tion for  such  field  experience  has  tseen 
approved  by  the  education  faculty.  Field 
experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to 
both  major  and  nonmajor  students.  Note 
—  the  total  number  of  credits  which  a 
student  may  earn  in  EDEL  489,  888,  and 
889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours. 

EDEL  496  Special  Problems  in  Education. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
Available  only  to  mature  students  who 
have  definite  plans  for  individual  study  of 
approved  problems. 

EDEL  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  In- 
stitutes. (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this 
course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symt)ol  may  be  used 
two  or  more  times  until  six  semester 
hours  have  been  reached.  The  following 
types  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading: 
workshops  conducted  by  the  college  of 
education  (or  developed  cooperatively 
with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing;  clinical  experiences  in 
pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers;  institutes  developed 
around  specific  topics  or  problems  and 
intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors. 

EDEL  600  Seminar  in  Elementary  Educa- 
tion. (3)  Primarily  for  individuals  who 
wish  to  write  seminar  papers.  Prere- 
quisite, at  least  12  hours  of  graduate 
work  in  education. 

EDEL  601  Problems  in  Teaching  Science 
in  Elementary  Schools.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDEL  353  or  402  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. Analysis  of  the  teaching  of 
science  to  children  through  (1)  the  identi- 
fication of  problems  to  teaching  science, 
(2)  the  investigation  and  study  of 
research  reports  related  to  the  identified 
problems,  and  (3)  the  hypothesizing  of 
methods  for  improving  the  effectiveness 
of  science  education  for  children. 

EDEL  605  Problems  of  Teaching 
Language  Arts  in  Elementary  Schools.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EDEL  404  or  approval  of  in- 
structor. This  course  is  designed  to  allow 
each  student  an  opportunity  (1)  to 
analyze  current  issues,  trends,  and  prob- 
lems in  language-arts  instruction  in 
terms  of  research  in  fundamental  educa- 
tional theory  and  the  language  arts,  and 
(2)  to  use  this  analysis  in  effecting 
changes  in  methods  and  materials  for 
classroom  instruction. 

EDEL  607  Problems  of  Teaching  Social 
Studies  in  Elementary  Schools.  (3)  Prere- 
quisite, EDEL  406  or  approval  of  instruc- 


tor. An  examination  of  current  literature 
and  research  reports  in  the  social 
sciences  and  in  social  studies  cur- 
riculum design  and  instruction,  with  an 
emphasis  on  federally-sponsored  pro- 
jects as  well  as  programs  designed  for 
urban  children. 

EDEL  614  Elementary  School 
Mathematics  Curricula.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
EDEL  314  or  equivalent  and  approval  of 
instructor.  Critical  evaluation  of  past  and 
present  curricular  projects,  experimental 
programs,  and  instructional  materials. 
Design  and  implementation  of  elemen- 
tary school  mathematics  curricula. 

EDEL  615  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of 
Learning  Disabilities  in  Mathematics  II. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  EDEL  415  or  equivalent 
and  approval  of  instructor.  Diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  severe  learning  disabilities 
in  elementary  school  mathematics. 
Theoretical  models,  relevant  research 
and  scientific  techniques  appropriate  for 
accessing  the  interaction  of  subject  mat- 
ter, organismic,  and  instructional 
variables  will  be  developed.  Clinic  hours 
for  case  study  work  to  be  arranged, 
arranged. 

EDEL  618  Practicum  in  Diagnosis  and 
Treatment  of  Learning  Disabilities  in 
Mathematics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDEL  615 
or  equivalent  and  approval  of  instructor. 
Case  studies  under  supervision  with 
children  experiencing  learning  dif- 
ficulties in  mathematics.  Diagnostic 
treatment,  and  reporting  procedures 
developed  in  EDEL  415  and  615.  Course 
may  be  repeated  to  a  maximum 
of  6  hours. 

EDEL  624  Reading  Diagnostic  Assess- 
ment and  Prescription.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
12  credits  of  graduate  study  in  educa- 
tion, or  consent  of  instructor.  Survey 
course  in  reading  diagnosis  and  prescrip- 
tion for  graduate  students  not  majoring 
in  reading.  The  interpretation  of  reading 
diagnostic  techniques  with  an  overview 
of  various  prescriptions  based  on 
diagnosis. 

EDEL  626  Problems  in  the  Teaching  of 
Reading  in  the  Elementary  School.  (3)  Im- 
plications of  current  theory  and  the 
results  of  research  for  the  teaching  of 
reading  in  the  elementary  school.  Atten- 
tion is  given  to  all  areas  of  developmen- 
tal reading  instruction,  with  special  em- 
phasis on  persistent  problems. 

EDEL  627  Clinical  Assessment  in 
Reading.  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDEL  430, 
EDEL  626,  EDMS  446  and  EDMS  622. 
Clinical  diagnostic  techniques  and 
materials  useful  to  the  reading  specialist 
in  assessing  serious  reading  difficulties. 

EDEL  630  Clinical  Remediation  of 
Reading  Disabilities.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
EDEL  430,  EDEL  626,  EDMS  446  and  622. 
Remedial  procedures  and  materials 
useful  to  the  reading  specialist  in  plan- 
ning programs  of  individual  and  small 
group  instruction. 

EDEL  631  Advanced  Laboratory  Practices 
(Diagnosis).  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDEL  630. 
Diagnostic  work  with  children  in  clinic 


Graduate  Programs  /  91 


and  school  situations.  Administration, 
scoring,  interpretation,  and  prescription 
via  diagnostic  instruments  is  stressed. 
Case  report  writing  and  conferences  are 
also  stressed.  EDEL  631  is  taken  with 
EDEL632. 

EDEL  632  Advanced  Laboratory  Practices 
(Instruction).  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDEL  630. 
Remedial  instruction  with  children  in 
clinic  and  school  situations.  Develop 
competency  in  various  remedial  techni- 
ques, diagnostic  teaching  and  evalua- 
tion. Development  of  the  reading 
resource  role  is  stressed.  EDEL  632  is 
taken  with  EDEL  631. 

EDEL  636  Communications  and  the 
School  Curriculum.  (3)  Curriculum 
development  based  on  communication 
as  the  major  vehicle  for  describing  the 
learner's  interactions  with  persons, 
knowledge,  and  materials  in  the 
classroom  and  school  environment. 

EDEL  640  Curriculum  Planning  in 
Nursery-Kindergarten  Education.  (3)  An 

examination  of  significant  new 
developments  in  curriculum  theory  and 
practice. 

EDEL  641  The  Young  Child  In  the  Com- 
munity. (3)  Planned  observation,  related 
research,  and  analysis  of  the  experiences 
of  young  children  in  such  community 
centers  as  foster  homes,  orphanages, 
day  care  centers,  Sunday  schools,  etc. 
One-half  day  a  week  observation  re- 
quired. 

EDEL  642  The  Young  Child  in  School.  (3) 

An  examination  of  significant  theory  and 
research  on  the  characteristics  of  young 
children  which  have  special  implications 
for  teaching  children  in  nursery-kinder- 
garten groups. 

EDEL  643  Teacher-Parent  Relationships. 

(3)  A  study  of  the  methods  and  materials, 
trends,  and  problems  in  establishing 
close  home-school  relationships. 

EDEL  644  Intellectual  and  Creative  Ex- 
periences of  the  Nursery-Kindergarten 
Child.  (3)  A  critical  examination  of 
materials,  methods  and  programs  in 
such  areas  as  reading,  literature, 
science,  mathematics,  the  social  studies, 
art,  music,  dance,  etc. 

EDEL  650  Seminar  in  Early  Childhood 
Education.  (3)  A  problem  seminar  in  early 
childhood  education.  Prerequisites:  At 
least  12  hours  of  graduate  work  in  early 
childhood  education. 

EDEL  651  Staffing  in  Early  Childhood 
Programs.  (3)  Prerequisite:  admission  to 
doctoral  programs  in  early  childhood 
education  or  educational  administration; 
administrative  experience  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

EDEL  652  Education  and  Group  Care  of 
the  Infant  and  Young  Child.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: EDMS  446  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. The  historical,  theoretical  and 
empirical  basis  for  the  group  care  and 
education  of  young  children  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  child  under  the  age  of 
three. 

92  /  Graduate  Programs 


EDEL  653  Curriculum  Innovations  in  Ear- 
ly Childhood-Elementary  Science  Educa- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  most  recently 
developed  curricula  in  early  childhood- 
elementary  science  education  including 
the  psychological  basis  of  each  science 
curriculum:  analysis  of  the  components 
of  each  curriculum:  and  interaction  with 
early  childhood-elementary  school 
children  using  selected  activities  from 
science  curricula. 

EDEL  701  Seminar  in  Research  and 
Development  of  Science  Education  for 
Children.  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDEL  601  and 
EDEL  653;  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 
development  of  science  education  for 
children:  the  study,  description  and  inter- 
pretation of  science  education  research 
reports;  the  identification  and  critical 
analysis  of  one  specific  topic  in  early 
childhood-elementary  science  education; 
and  the  development  of  a  research  pro- 
posal for  an  investigation  designed  to 
further  the  student's  knowledge  of  the 
selected  topic  in  early  childhood- 
elementary  science  education. 

EDEL  707  Elementary  School  Social 
Studies  Research.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
EDEL  607,  EDMS  446,  and  12  graduate 
hours  in  the  social  sciences.  The  iden- 
tification of  a  significant  problem  in 
elementary  school  social  studies,  the 
design  and  execution  of  a  research  study 
to  resolve  the  problem.  Intended  for  ad- 
vanced graduate  student  whose  concen- 
tration is  in  elementary  school  social 
studies. 

EDEL  719  Research  Seminar  in  Teaching 
and  Learning  of  Elementary  School 
Mathematics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDMS  446 
and  EDEL  614  or  equivalents.  Critical 
evaluation  of  past  and  current  research, 
formulation  of  researchable  questions, 
design  and  conduct  of  research  in  the 
teaching  and  learning  of  elementary 
school  mathematics.  Course  may  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  6  hours. 

EDEL  726  Research  Design  in  Early 
Childhood  Education.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
EDMS  646  or  equivalent.  Provides  oppor- 
tunity for  designing  and  conducting 
research  with  children  from  birth  to  eight 
years  of  age  based  on  reviews,  evalua- 
tions and  discussions  of  significant  and 
relevant  early  childhood  research 
literature. 

EDEL  788  Special  Topics  in  Elementary 
Education.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Special  and  intensive  treat- 
ment of  current  topics  and  issues  in 
elementary  education.  Repeatable  to 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

EDEL  798  Special  Problems  in  Education. 

(1-6)  Master's,  AGS,  or  doctoral  can- 
didates who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisers  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number.  Course  card  must 
have  the  title  of  the  problem  and  the 
name  of  the  faculty  member  under  whom 
the  work  will  be  done. 


EDEL  799  IVIaster's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Registration  required  to  the  extent  of  six 
hours  for  master's  thesis. 

EDEL  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education. 

(1-9)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area  of 
study  are  available  to  selected  students 
whose  application  for  an  apprenticeship 
has  been  approved  by  students  whose 
application  for  an  apprenticeship 
has  been  approved  by  the  education 
faculty.  Each  apprentice  is  assigned  to 
work  for  at  least  a  semester  full-time  or 
the  equivalent  with  an  appropriate  staff 
member  of  a  cooperating  school,  school 
system,  or  educational  institution  or 
agency.  The  sponsor  of  the  apprentice 
maintains  a  close  working  relationship 
with  the  apprentice  and  the  other  per- 
sons involved.  Prerequisites,  teaching  ex- 
perience, a  master's  degree  in  education, 
and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  educa- 
tion at  the  University  of  Maryland.  NOTE: 
The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  stu- 
dent may  earn  in  EDEL  489,  888  and  889 
is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20) 
semester  hours. 

EDEL  889  Internship  in  Education.  (3-16) 

Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study  are 
available  to  selected  students  who  have 
teaching  experience.  The  following 
groups  of  students  are  eligible:  (A)  any 
student  who  has  been  advanced  to  can- 
didacy for  the  doctor's  degree;  and  (B) 
any  student  who  receives  special  ap- 
proval by  the  education  faculty  for  an  in- 
ternship, provided  that  prior  to  taking  an 
internship,  such  student  shall  have  com- 
pleted at  least  60  semester  hours  of 
graduate  work,  including  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is 
assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for 
at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate 
staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school, 
school  system,  or  educational  institution 
or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken 
in  a  school  situation  different  from  the 
one  where  the  student  is  regularly 
employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  main- 
tains a  close  working  relationship  with 
the  intern  and  the  other  persons  in- 
volved. NOTE:  The  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDEL  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDEL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research.  (1-8)  Registration  required  to 
the  extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  Pro- 
ject and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  disserta- 
tion. 


Economics  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Marris 

Professors:  Aaron,  Adelman,  Almon, 
Bailey,  Bergmann,  Cumberland, 
Dillard,  Fisher,  Dorsey,  Gruchy, 
Harris,  Kelejian,  McGuire,  O'Connell 
Olson,  Schultze,  Straszheim,  Ulmer, 
Wonnacott 

Associate  Professors:  Adams,  Bennett, 
Betancourt,  Glague,  Dodge,  Knight, 
McLoone,  Meyer,  Singer,  Weinstein 

Assistant  Professors:  Brown,  Glotfelter, 
Dorman,  Johnson,  King,  Lieberman, 


Pelcovits,  Snower,  Vavrichek,  Weiss, 
West 
Lecturers:  Dardis,  Fleisig,  Measday, 
Quails 

Programs  are  offered  leading  to  the 
[blaster  of  Arts  and  Doctor  of  Pfiilos- 
ophy  degrees.  Areas  of  specializa- 
tion include:  economic  theory,  ad- 
vanced economic  theory,  com- 
parative economic  systems  and 
planning,  econometrics,  economic 
development,  economic  history,  en- 
vironmental and  natural  resource 
economics,  history  of  economic 
thought,  industrial  organization,  in- 
stitutional economics,  international 
economics,  labor  economics, 
monetary  economics,  public  finance, 
regional  and  urban  economics,  and 
social  policy. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  should  have  taken  (or 
should  plan  to  take  immediately)  at 
least  one  undergraduate  course  in 
each  of  micro-economics,  macro- 
economics, statistics,  and  calculus. 
In  addition,  the  Aptitude  Test  sec- 
tion of  the  Graduate  Record  Ex- 
amination is  required,  and  the  Ad- 
vanced Economics  Test  is  recom- 
mended. Letters  of  recommendation 
from  three  persons  competent  to 
judge  the  probability  of  the  ap- 
plicant's success  in  graduate  school 
should  be  sent  directly  to  the  Direc- 
tor of  Graduate  Studies  in 
Economics.  While  part-time 
graduate  study  certainly  is  possible, 
few  courses  are  taught  at  night. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  Eco- 
nomics may  be  taken  under  either  (1) 
the  thesis  option  (24  hours  plus  a 
thesis)  or  (2)  the  non-thesis  option 
(30  hours,  including  Economics 
621-622,  plus  a  written  examination 
in  Economic  Theory  and  a  seminar 
paper).  The  requirements  for  the 
nonthesis  option  for  the  M.A.  are 
met  automatically  in  the  course  of 
the  Ph.D.  program  in  Economics. 

The  main  requirements  of  the 
Ph.D.  program  are  (1)  a  written  ex- 
amination in  economic  theory,  nor- 
mally taken  at  the  beginning  of  the 
second  year  of  full-time  graduate 
study;  (2)  written  examinations  in 
two  approved  optional  fields;  (3)  a 
comprehensive  oral  examination 
covering  economic  theory  and  the 
two  optional  fields;  (4)  two  courses 
(Econ  621-622)  in  Quantitative 
Methods  in  Economics;  (5)  two 
courses  (Econ  606-607)  in  the 


History  of  Economic  Thought;  (6) 
foreign  language  or  one  of  several 
options;  (7)  a  seminar  paper  to  be 
available  to  the  faculty  at  the  time  of 
the  oral  comprehensive  examination; 
(8)  a  dissertation  and  its  successful 
oral  defense. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  graduate  program  in  Economics 
is  a  comprehensive  one.  The  depart- 
ment possesses  special  strength  in 
the  Economics  of  the  Public  Sector. 
Special  research  projects  under  the 
supervision  of  faculty  members  are 
being  carried  on  In  the  Economics  of 
Environmental  Management  and  In- 
terindustry Forecastings. 

Financial  Assistance 

Research  assistantships  are  avail- 
able in  each  of  the  special  projects. 
Numerous  teaching  assistantships 
are  also  available.  The  department 
can  usually  help  graduate  students 
find  half-time  employment  in  nearby 
Federal  agencies  engaged  in 
economic  research. 

Additional  Information 

A  complete  description  of  the  re- 
quirements of  the  degrees  in 
economics  and  the  admission  pro- 
cess is  available  on  request  from: 
Director  of  Graduate  Studies  in 
Economics,  Department  of 
Economics,  University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

ECON  401  National  Income  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite  —  ECON  201,  203.  Required 
for  economics  majors.  Analysis  of  the 
determination  of  national  income, 
employment,  and  price  levels.  Discus- 
sion of  consumption,  Investment,  infla- 
tion, and  government  fiscal  and 
monetary  policy. 

ECON  402  Business  Cycles.  (3)  First 
semester.  Prerequisite,  ECON  430.  A 
study  of  the  causes  of  depressions  and 
unemployment,  cyclical  and  secular  in- 
stability, theories  of  business  cycles,  and 
the  problem  of  controlling  economic  in- 
stability. 

ECON  403  Intermediate  Price  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite  —  ECON  201,  203.  Required 
for  economics  majors.  An  analysis  of  the 
theories  of  consumer  behavior  and  of  the 
firm,  and  of  general  price  and  distribu- 
tion theory,  with  applications  to  current 
economic  issues. 

ECON  407  Contemporary  Economic 
Thought.  (3)  Prerequisites  —  ECON  201, 
203,  and  senior  standing.  Graduate 
students  should  take  ECON  705.  A 
survey  of  the  development  of  economic 
thought  since  1900  vi/ith  special 
reference  to  Thorstein  Veblin  and  other 


pre-1939  instltutionalists  and  to 
post-1945  neoinstitutionalists  such  as 
J.K.  Galbraith  and  Gunnar  Myrdal. 

ECON  415  Introduction  to  Economic 
Development  of  Underdeveloped  Areas. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  201  and  203;  or 
205.  An  analysis  of  the  economic  and 
social  characteristics  of  underdeveloped 
areas.  Recent  theories  of  economic 
development,  obstacles  to  development, 
policies  and  planning  for  development. 

ECON  418  Economic  Development  of 
Selected  Areas.  (3)  A  —  Latin  America  B 
—  Asia  C  —  Africa.  Prerequisite,  ECON 
415.  Institutional  characteristics  of  a 
specific  area  are  discussed  and  alternate 
strategies  and  policies  for  development 
are  analyzed. 

ECON  421  Economic  Statistics.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite MATH  110  or  equivalent.  Not 
open  to  students  who  have  taken  BSAD 
230  or  BSAD  231 .  An  introduction  to  the 
use  of  statistics  in  economics.  Topics  in- 
clude: probability,  random  variables  and 
their  distributions,  sampling  theory, 
estimation,  hypothesis  testing,  analysis 
of  variance,  regression  analysis,  correla- 
tion. 

ECON  422  Quantitative  Methods  in 
Economics.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ECON  201, 
203,  and  421  (or  BSAD  230);  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Emphasizes  the  in- 
teraction between  the  economic  prob- 
lems posed  by  economists  and  the 
assumptions  employed  in  statistical 
theory.  Deals  with  the  formulation,  esti- 
mation and  testing  of  economic  models. 
Topics  include  single  variable  and  multi- 
ple variable  regression  techniques. 
Theory  of  identification,  autocorrelation 
and  simultaneous  equations.  Indepen- 
dent work  relating  the  material  in  the 
course  to  an  economic  problem  chosen 
by  the  student  is  required. 

ECON  425  Mathematical  Economics.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ECON  401  and  403  and 
one  year  of  college  mathematics.  A 
course  designed  to  enable  economics 
majors  to  understand  the  simpler 
aspects  of  mathematical  economics. 
Those  parts  of  the  calculus  and  algebra 
required  for  economic  analysis  will  be 
presented. 

ECON  430  Money  and  Banking.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, ECON  201,  203.  Relation  of 
money  and  credit  to  economic  activity 
and  prices;  impact  of  public  policy  in 
financial  markets  and  for  goods  and  ser- 
vices; policies,  structure,  and  functions 
of  the  federal  reserve  system;  organiza- 
tion, operation,  and  functions  of  the 
commercial  banking  system,  as  related 
particularly  to  questions  of  economic 
stability  and  public  policy. 

ECON  431  Theory  of  Money,  Prices  and 
Economic  Activity.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
ECON  430.  A  theoretical  treatment  of  the 
influence  of  money  and  financial  markets 
on  economic  activity  and  prices,  and  of 
the  effects  of  monetary  policy  on  the 
markets  for  goods  and  services;  the  role 
of  money  in  the  classical  and  Keynesian 
macro-systems;  topics  of  theoretical  in- 

Qraduate  Programs  /  93 


terest  in  monetary  policy  formation  and 
implementation.  ■ 

ECON  440  International  Economics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ECON  201,  203.  A  descrip- 
tive and  theoretical  analysis  of  interna- 
tional trade,  balance  of  payments  ac- 
counts, the  mechanism  of  international 
economic  adjustment,  comparative 
costs,  economics  of  customs  unions. 

ECON  441  International  Economic 
Policies.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ECON  401, 
403,  and  440.  Contemporary  balance  of 
payments  problems;  the  international  liq- 
uidity controversy  investment,  trade  and 
economic  development;  evaluation  of 
arguments  for  protection. 

ECON  450  Introduction  to  Public 
Finance.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  201,  203; 
or  ECON  205.  The  role  of  federal,  state, 
and  local  governments  in  meeting  public 
wants.  Analysis  of  tax  theory  and  policy, 
expenditure  theory,  government 
budgeting,  benefit-cost  analysis,  and  in- 
come redistribution. 

ECON  451  Public  Choice  and  Public 
Policy.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201,  203, 
or  205.  Analysis  of  collective  decision- 
making, economic  models  of  govern- 
ment, program  budgeting,  and  policy  im- 
plementation; emphasis  on  models  of 
public  choice  and  institutions  vi^hich  af- 
fect decision-making. 

ECON  454  State  and  Local  Public 
Finance.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  201  and 
203;  or  205.  Principles  and  problems  of 
governmental  finance  with  special 
reference  to  state  and  local  jurisdictions. 
Topics  to  be  covered  include  taxation, 
expenditures  and  intergovernmental 
fiscal  relations. 

ECON  460  Industrial  Organization.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205. 
Changing  structure  of  the  American 
economy;  price  policies  in  different  in- 
dustrial classifications  of  monopoly  and 
competition  in  relation  to  problems  of 
public  policy. 

ECON  471  Current  Problems  in  Labor 
Economics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  470. 
For  students  who  wish  to  pursue,  in 
depth,  selected  topics  in  the  labor  field. 
Issues  and  topics  selected  for  detailed 
examination  may  include:  manpower 
training  and  development,  unemploy- 
ment compensation  and  social  security, 
race  and  sex  discrimination  in  employ- 
ment, wage  theory,  productivity  analysis. 
The  problems  of  collective  bargaining  in 
public  employment,  wage-price  controls 
and  incomes  policy. 

ECON  474  Economic  Problems  of 
Women.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  201, 
203;  or  205.  Discrimination  against 
women  in  the  labor  market;  the  division 
of  labor  in  the  home  and  the  workplace 
by  sex;  the  'child  care  industry';  women 
in  poverty. 

ECON  475  Economics  of  Poverty  and 
Discrimination.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON 
201  and  203;  or  205.  Topics  include  the 
causes  of  the  persistence  of  low  income 
groups;  the  relation  of  poverty  to 


technological  change,  to  economic 
growth,  and  to  education  and  training; 
economic  motivations  for  discrimination; 
the  economic  lesults  of  discrimination; 
proposed  remedies  for  poverty  and 
discrimination. 

ECON  482  Economics  of  the  Soviet 
Union.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  201  and 
203;  or  205.  An  analysis  of  the  organiza- 
tion, operating  principles  and  perfor- 
mance of  the  Soviet  economy  with  atten- 
tion to  the  historical  and  ideological 
background,  planning,  resources,  in- 
dustry, agriculture,  domestic  and  foreign 
trade,  finance,  labor,  and  the  structure 
and  growth  of  national  income. 

ECON  484  The  Economy  of  China.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205. 
Policies  and  performances  of  the 
Chinese  economy  since  1949.  Will  begin 
with  a  survey  of  modern  China's 
economic  history.  Emphasizes  the 
strategies  and  institutional  innovations 
that  the  Chinese  have  adopted  to  over- 
come the  problems  of  economic  develop- 
ment. Some  economic  controversies 
raised  during  the  'cultural  revolution'  will 
be  covered  in  review  of  the  problems  and 
prospects  of  the  present  Chinese 
economy. 

ECON  486  The  Economics  of  National 
Planning.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  201  and 
203;  or  205.  An  analysis  of  the  principles 
and  practice  of  economic  planning  with 
special  reference  to  the  planning  prob- 
lems of  West  European  countries  and 
the  United  States. 

ECON  490  Survey  of  Urban  Economic 
Problems  and  Policies.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
ECON  201  and  203;  or  205.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  study  of  urban  economics 
through  the  examination  of  current 
policy  issues.  Topics  may  include  subur- 
banization of  jobs  and  residences,  hous- 
ing and  urban  renewal,  urban  transporta- 
tion, development  of  new  towns,  ghetto 
economic  development,  problems  in  ser- 
vices such  as  education  and  police. 

ECON  491  Economics  and  Control  of  Ur- 
ban Growth.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  490. 
An  analysis  of  metropolitan  development 
processes,  the  consequences  of  alter- 
native growth  patterns,  and  the  evalua- 
tion of  policies  to  control  growth. 

ECON  492  Economics  of  Location  and 
Regional  Growth.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON 
403,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of 
the  theories,  problems,  and  policies  of 
regional  economic  development  and  the 
location  of  economic  activity  for  both 
rural  and  metropolitan  regions.  Methods 
of  regional  analysis. 

ECON  601  Macro-Economic  Analysis.  (3) 

First  semester  of  a  two-semester  se- 
quence, 601-602.  Topics  normally  include 
general  equilibrium  theory  in  classical, 
Keynesian,  and  post-Keynesian 
treatments;  the  demand  for  money; 
theories  of  consumption  behavior  and  of 
inflation. 

ECON  602  Economic  Growth  and  In- 
stability. (3)  Second  semester.  A  con- 
tinuation of  ECON  601.  Major  topics  in- 


clude growth  and  technological  change, 
investment,  business  cycles,  and  large 
empirial  macroeconomic  models.  Also  in- 
cluded are  material  on  wages  and 
employment  and  on  international  and 
domestic  stability. 

ECON  603  Micro-Economic  Analysis  1.  (3) 

Prerequisite;  a  calculus  course  for  con- 
current registration  in  ECON  621.  The 
first  semester  of  a  two-semester  se- 
quence which  analyzes  the  usefulness 
and  shortcomings  of  prices  in  solving 
the  basic  economic  problem  of  allocating 
scarce  resources  among  alternative 
uses.  The  central  problem  of  welfare 
economics  and  general  equilibrium  as  a 
framework  for  a  detailed  analysis  of  con- 
sumption and  production  theories  in- 
cluding linear  programming  with  deci- 
sions under  uncertainty. 
ECON  604  Micro-Economic  Analysis  II. 
(3)  Prerequisite;  ECON  603.  A  continua- 
tion of  ECON  603.  Theory  of  capital,  in- 
terest and  wages.  Qualifications  of  the 
basic  welfare  theorem  caused  by  non- 
competitive .market  structures,  external 
economies  and  diseconomies  and  sec- 
ondary constraints.  Application  of  price 
theory  to  public  expenditure  decisions, 
investment  in  human  capital,  interna- 
tional trade,  and  other  areas  of 
economics. 

ECON  605  Welfare  Economics.  (3)  First 
semester.  Prerequisite,  ECON  603.  The 
topics  covered  include  pareto  optimality, 
social  welfare  functions,  indivisibilities, 
consumer  surplus,  output  and  price 
policy  in  public  enterprise,  and  welfare 
aspects  of  the  theory  of  public  expen- 
ditures. 

ECON  606  History  of  Economic  Thought. 

(3)  First  semester.  Prerequisite,  ECON 
403  or  consent  of  the  instructor,  A  study 
of  the  development  of  economic  thought 
and  theories  including  the  Greeks, 
Romans,  Canonists,  Mercantilists, 
Physiocrats,  Adam  Smith,  Malthus, 
Ricardo.  Relation  of  ideas  to  economic 
policy. 

ECON  607  Economic  Theory  in  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3)  Second  semester. 
Prerequisite,  ECON  606  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  A  study  of  nineteenth-century 
and  twentieth-century  schools  of 
economic  thought,  particularly  the 
classicists,  neo-classists,  Austrians,  Ger- 
man historical  school,  American 
economic  thought,  the  socialists,  and 
Keynes. 

ECON  611  Seminar  in  American 
Economic  Development.  (3) 

ECON  613  Origins  and  Development  of 
Capitalism.  (3)  Second  semester.  Studies 
the  transition  from  feudalism  to  modern 
capitalistic  economies  in  Western 
Europe.  Whenever  possible,  this 
economic  history  is  analyzed  with  the  aid 
of  tools  of  modern  economics,  and  in  the 
light  of  comparisons  and  contrasts  with 
the  less  developed  areas  of  the  present 
day. 

ECON  615  Economic  Development  of 
Underdeveloped  Areas.  (3)  First 


94  /  Graduate  Programs 


semester.  Prerequisite,  ECON  401  and 
403.  An  analysis  of  the  forces  con- 
tributing to  and  retarding  economic 
progress  in  underdeveloped  areas. 
Macro-  and  micro-economic  aspects  of 
development  planning  and  strategy  are 
emphasized. 

ECON  616  Seminar  in  Economic  Develop- 
ment. (3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite, 
ECON  615  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
continuation  of  ECON  615.  Special  em- 
phasis is  on  the  application  of  economic 
theory  in  the  institutional  setting  of  a 
country  or  area  of  particular  interest  to 
the  student. 

ECON  617  IMoney  and  Finance  in 
Economic  Development.  (3)  First 
semester.  Economic  theory,  strategy  and 
tactics  for  mobilizing  real  and  financial 
resources  to  finance  and  accelerate 
economic  development.  Monetary,  fiscal, 
and  tax  reform  policy  and  practice  by  the 
government  sector  to  design  and  imple- 
ment national  development  plans. 

ECON  621  Quantitative  Economics  i.  (3) 

First  semester  An  introduction  to  the 
theory  and  practice  of  statistical  in- 
ference. Elements  of  computer  program- 
ming and  a  review  of  mathematics  ger- 
mane to  this  and  other  graduate 
economics  courses  are  included. 

ECON  622  Quantitative  Economics  II  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  ECON 
621.  Techniques  of  estimating  relation- 
ships among  economic  variables.  Multi- 
ple regression,  the  analysis  of  variance 
and  covariance,  and  techniques  for  deal- 
ing in  time  series.  Further  topics  in 
mathematics. 

ECON  655  Case  Studies  in  Government 
Resource  Allocation.  (3)  Case  studies  in 
cost-benefit  analysis  of  government  pro- 
grams and  projects  as  a  basis  for  the 
program  budget  system;  and  analysis  of 
resource  management  in  the  public  sec- 
tor of  the  economy. 

ECON  656  Public  Sector  Worl^sliop.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Representative  prob- 
lems in  analysis  for  public  decision  mak- 
ing: measurement  of  benefits  and  costs; 
incommensurabilities  in  benefits,  and 
ambiguities  in  cost;  criteria  for  program 
and  project  selection;  effects  of  uncer- 
tainty; time  horizon  considerations;  joint 
costs  and  multiple  benefits;  non- 
quantifiable  factors  in  decision  analysis. 
Examples  will  be  taken  from  current 
government  programs. 

ECON  861  Advanced  industrial  Organiza- 
tion. (3)  First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
ECON  401  and  403  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Analysis  of  market  structure  and  its 
relation  to  market  performance. 

ECON  662  Industrial  Organization  and 
Public  Policy.  (3)  Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, ECON  661  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Analysis  of  the  problems  of 
public  policy  in  regard  to  the  structure, 
conduct,  and  performance  of  industry. 
Examination  of  anti-trust  policy  from  the 
point  of  view  of  economic  theory. 


ECON  671  Seminar  in  Labor  Economics. 

(3)  First  semester.  Formal  models  of 
labor  demand,  supply,  utilization  and 
price  formation.  Factors  affecting  labor 
supply;  the  determination  of  factor 
shares  in  an  open  economy;  bargaining 
models,  labor  resources,  trade  union 
theories  as  they  affect  resource  alloca- 
tion. 

ECON  672  Selected  Topics  in  Labor 
Economics.  (3)  Second  semester.  The 
wage-price  issue;  public  policy  with 
respect  to  unions,  labor-management 
relations,  and  the  labor  market;  institu- 
tional aspects  of  the  American  labor 
movement;  manpower  development  and 
training. 

ECON  682  Seminar  in  Economic  Develop- 
ment of  tlie  Soviet  Union.  (3)  Second 
semester.  Prerequisite,  ECON  482  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Measurement  and 
evaluation  of  Soviet  economic  growth 
including  interpretation  and  use  of 
Soviet  statistics,  measurement  of  na- 
tional income,  fiscal  policies,  invest- 
ment, and  technological  change,  plan- 
ning and  economic  administration, 
manpower  and  wage  policies,  foreign 
trade  and  aid.  Selected  topics  in  bloc 
development  and  reform. 

ECON  686  Economic  Growth  in  Mature 
Economies.  (3)  First  semester.  Analysis 
of  policies  and  problems  for  achieving 
stable  economic  growth  in  mature 
economics  such  as  the  United  States, 
and  the  major  West  European  countries. 

ECON  698  Selected  Topics  in 
Economics.  (3) 

ECON  703  Advanced  Economic  Theory  i. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  background  in  calculus 
and  matrix  algebra  such  as  provided  by 
ECON  621  and  622.  Optimization  tech- 
niques such  as  Lagrangian  multipliers 
and  linear  programming.  Mathematical 
treatment  of  general  equilibrium,  inclu- 
ding interindustry  analysis,  the  theory 
of  production,  consumption,  and  wel- 
fare. 

ECON  704  Advanced  Economic  Theory  II. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  703.  Multi-sectoral 
growth  models  and  questions  of  optimal 
growth.  Last  half  of  course  consists  of 
presentations  of  seminar  papers. 

ECON  705  Seminar  in  Institutional 
Economic  Theory.  (3)  Second  semester. 
A  study  of  the  recent  developments  in 
the  field  of  institutional  economic  theory 
in  the  United  States  and  abroad. 

ECON  706  Seminar  in  Institutional 
Economic  Theory.  (3) 

ECON  721  Econometrics  I.  (3)  First 
semester.  Special  topics  in  mathematical 
statistics  necessary  for  understanding 
econometric  theory,  with  particular  em- 
phasis on  multivariate  analysis.  The 
estimation  of  simultaneous  equation 
systems,  problems  involving  errors  in 
variables,  distributed  lags,  and  spectral 
analysis. 

ECON  722  Seminar  in  Quantitative 
Economics.  (3)  Second  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, ECON  622  or  consent  of  in- 


structor. Analysis  of  data  sources  for 
economic  research;  critical  evaluation  of 
previous  and  current  quantitative 
economic  studies;  and  class  discussion 
and  criticism  of  student  research  proj- 
ects. 

ECON  731  Monetary  Theory  and  Policy. 

(3)  First  semester.  An  adequate 
knowledge  of  micro-  and  macro- 
economics is  assumed.  Theory  of 
money,  financial  assets,  and  economic 
activity;  review  of  classical,  neo-classical 
and  Keynesian  contribution;  emphasis 
on  post-Keynesian  contributions,  in- 
cluding those  of  Tobin,  Patinkin,  Gurley- 
Shaw,  Friedman,  and  others. 

ECON  732  Seminar  in  Monetary  Theory 
and  Policy  (3)  Second  semester.  Prereq- 
uisite, ECON  731  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Theory  of  the  mechanisms  through 
which  central  banking  affects  economic 
activity  and  prices;  formation  and  im- 
plementation of  monetary  policy; 
theoretical  topics  in  monetary  policy. 

ECON  741  Advanced  international 
Economic  Relations.  (3)  First  semester. 
The  international  mechanism  of  adjust- 
ment: price,  exchange  rate,  and  income 
changes.  Comparative  costs,  factor  en- 
dowments, and  the  gains  from  trade. 
Commercial  policy  and  the  theory  of 
customs  unions. 

ECON  742  Seminar  in  international 
Economic  Relations.  (3)  Second 
semester. 

ECON  751  Advanced  Theory  of  Public 
Finance.  (3)  Review  of  utility  analysis  to 
include  the  theory  of  individual  con- 
sumer resource  allocation  and  exchange 
and  welfare  implications.  Effects  of  alter- 
native tax  and  subsidy  techniques  upon 
allocation,  exchange,  and  welfare  out- 
comes. Theories  of  public  goods,  their 
production,  exchange  and  consumption. 
Principles  of  benefit-cost  analysis  for 
government  decisions. 

ECON  752  Seminar  in  Public  Finance.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Theory  of  taxation  and 
tax  policy,  with  particular  emphasis  on 
income  taxation;  empirical  studies;  the 
burden  of  the  public  debt.  Research 
paper  by  each  student  to  be  presented  to 
seminar. 

ECON  761  The  Economics  of  Technical 
Change.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Determinants  and  impact  of  in- 
ventions and  innovations.  Qualitative  and 
quantitative  aspects  of  technical  change 
both  at  the  micro-  and  macro-economic 
levels  and  under  different  conditions  of 
economic  development. 

ECON  775  Seminar  on  the  Economics  of 
Poverty  and  Discrimination.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, ECON  621  and  622.  A  review  of 
the  economic  literature  in  poverty  and 
discrimination.  The  course  will  also  func- 
tion as  a  workshop  in  which  research  of 
the  staff  and  students  is  presented. 

ECON  776  Seminar  in  the  Economics  of 
Human  Resources.  (3)  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  instructor. 


Graduate  Programs  /  95 


ECON  790  Advanced  Urban  Economics 

(3)  Market  processes  and  public  policies 
as  related  to  urban  problems  and  metro- 
pol'tan  change.  Employment,  housing, 
discrimination,  transportation  and  the 
local  public  sector. 

ECON  791  Advanced  Regional  and  Urban 
Economics.  (3)  First  semester.  Location 
theory  and  spatial  distribution  of 
economic  activity:  application  of  analytic 
methods,  such  as  social  accounting 
systems,  economic  base  theory,  input- 
output  techniques,  and  industrial  com- 
plex analysis  to  problems  of  regional 
development,  environmental  quality,  and 
natural  resource  management. 

ECON  792  Regional  and  Urban 
Economics.  (3)  Theoretical  and  empirical 
analysis  of  the  location  and  spatial 
distribution  of  economic  activity. 
Analysis  of  regional  growth  and  develop- 
ment. The  study  of  analytical  methods 
and  forecasting  models. 

ECON  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

ECON  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Electrical  Engineering 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Harger 
Professors:  Chu^  Davisson,  DeClaris. 

Hochuli,  Kim^,  Ligomenides,  Lin, 

Nevi/comb.  Reiser^.  Taylor.  Weiss-' 
Associate  Professors:  Basham,  Emad. 

Ephremides.  Lee.  Levine.  Pugsley. 

Rhee.  Silio.  Simons.  Tretter.  Zajac. 

Zaki 
Assistant  Professors:  Baras.  Davis, 

Destler.  Gallman.  Paez.  Striffler 
^joint  appointment  with  Computer 

Science 
^joint  appointment  with  Physics 
^joint  appointment  with  Institute  for 

Physical  Sciences  and  Technology 

The  Electrical  Engineering  Depart- 
ment offers  graduate  work  leading  to 
the  Master  of  Science  with  or 
without  thesis  and  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degrees  with  specializa- 
tion in  biomedical  engineering,  cir- 
cuits, communication,  computers, 
control,  and  electronphysics.  In  con- 
junction with  his  Graduate  Advisor, 
each  graduate  student  plans  and 
pursues  an  individual  study  program 
which  includes  an  appropriate  se- 
quence of  courses  and  a  thesis  or 
scholarly  paper. 

Areas  of  study  in  Biomedical 
Engineering  include  neural  and 
muscular  control  of  movement  in 
animals  and  man,  neural  electro- 
physiology,  system  and  computer 
approaches  to  medical  diagnostics 
and  health  care. 

Areas  of  study  in  Circuits  em- 
phasize the  analysis  and  synthesis 

96  /  Graduate  Programs 


of  passive  and  active  linear  and 
nonlinear  networks,  microwave  ac- 
tive circuit  synthesis,  integrated  cir- 
cuits and  devices,  and  computer 
aided  designs. 

In  Control,  areas  of  study  apply 
the  mathematics  of  dynamical 
systems,  optimization  and  random 
processes  to  the  synthesis  and 
analysis  of  control  systems.  Topics 
included  are  modern  control  system 
design  methods,  control  systems 
with  time  delay,  non-linear  systems, 
discrete  time  systems,  control  and 
identification  of  stochastic  systems, 
and  control  of  distributed  parameter 
systems. 

Areas  of  study  in  Communica- 
tions emphasize  the  mathematics  of 
random  processes  and  statistical  in- 
ference, the  analysis  and  design  of 
communication  systems,  coding 
theory,  optical  communications, 
radar  systems,  digital  signal  pro- 
cessing, and  communication  net- 
works. 

Areas  of  study  In  Electrophysics 
include  electromagnetic  theory  and 
applications  (microwaves  and  optics, 
stochastic  media,  plasma  propaga- 
tion), biological  effects  of 
microwaves,  charged  particle 
dynamics  and  accelerator  design,  in- 
cluding high-power  microwave 
engineering  applications  of 
relativistic  beams,  controlled  ther- 
monuclear fusion,  and  cyclotron 
design;  quantum  electronics  (laser 
technology  and  non-linear  optics): 
scattering  systems. 
Admissions  and  Degree  Information 
Present  minimum  requirement  for 
admission  to  the  Graduate  School 
as  an  Electrical  Engineering  student 
is  graduation  from  an  ECPD  ac- 
credited undergraduate  program  in 
Electrical  Engineering  with  an 
average  no  lower  than  B.  or  similar 
undergraduate  preparation  in 
mathematics,  computer  science, 
physics,  or  other  areas  of  engineer- 
ing or  science. 

Requirement  for  the  master's, 
thesis  and  nonthesis  option,  are  not 
in  excess  of  general  Graduate 
School  requirements  for  these 
degrees.  All  requirements  must  be 
completed  within  5  years. 

Requirements  for  the  Ph.D.  degree 
include  a  minimum  of  42  semester 
hours  of  graduate  approved  courses; 
a  pass  on  the  Ph.D.  qualifying  ex- 
amination; and  completion  of  all 


dissertation  and  oral  examination  re- 
quirements. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Among  the  up-to-date  research 
laboratories  and  computational 
facilities  within  the  department  are 
the  following:  the  Biomedical 
Laboratory  is  equipped  with  in- 
strumentation for  studying  the 
motor  control  mechanisms  of  man 
and  animals.  The  Laboratory  for 
Charged  Particle  Studies  contains 
an  ion  beam  facility  for  source 
development  and  ion  implantation. 
The  Computer  Architecture  Design 
Laboratory  includes  a  PDP  1 1/40  for 
studies  on  computer  structures.  The 
System  Simulation  Laboratory  con- 
tains a  digital  processor  core  and 
drum  memory  with  analog  hardware 
and  graphics.  The  Gas  Laser 
Laboratory  is  devoted  to  He-Ne  and 
CO2  lasers  while  the  Solid  State 
Laser  Laboratory  features  a  mode- 
locked  Nd  glass  laser  and  an  injec- 
tion GaAs  laser.  The  Integrated  Cir- 
cuits Laboratory  contains  a  full-line 
facility  capable  of  producing 
monolithic,  thin-film  and  MOS  struc- 
tures. The  Computational  Facility 
contains  conversational  and  remote- 
batch  terminals  to  the  University's 
IBM  7094  and  UNIVAC  1 108  digital 
computers.  The  Electron  Ring 
Research  Laboratory  has  facilities 
for  studying  beam  diagnostic,  forma- 
tion of  electron  rings,  relativistic 
electron  beam  diode,  non-neutral 
plasma  instabilities  and  collective 
ion  accelerations. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  aid  is  available  to  graduate 
students  in  the  form  of  Graduate 
Research  Assistantships,  Graduate 
Teaching  Assistantships  and 
Fellowships.  Applications  for 
Graduate  Research  and  Teaching 
Assistantships  should  be  completed 
and  sent  to  the  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing Office  of  Graduate  Studies. 

Graduate  Research  Assistant- 
ships  are  awarded  subject  to 
availability  of  funds  and  are  renewed 
subject  to  satisfactory  research 
progress.  Summer  appointments  are 
often  available. 

Graduate  Teaching  Assistantships 
are  usually  awarded  in  April. 
Preference  is  given  to  United  States 
citizens.  Duties  may  include 
laboratory  teaching  assignments, 
assistance  in  the  computation  facili- 


ty,  or  assistance  in  courses. 
Teaching  Assistants  must  register 
for  at  least  nine  credit  hiours  per 
semester. 

Local  industries  and  government 
agencies  have  work-study  programs 
in  which  about  half  of  the  Electrical 
Engineering  graduate  student  body 
participates.  Application  should  be 
made  directly  to  the  agencies. 

Additional  Information 

Special  brochures  or  publications  of- 
fered by  the  Department  may  be  ob- 
tained by  writing  to  this  address: 
Electrical  Engineering  Office  of 
Graduate  Studies,  University  of 

Courses 

ENEE  402  Advanced  Pulse  Techniques. 

(3)  (See  ENEE  403  for  optional  related 
laboratory  course).  Prerequisite,  ENEE 
314  or  410  or  equivalent.  Bistable, 
n-ionostable,  and  astable  circuits,  sweep 
circuits,  synchronization,  counting, 
gates,  comparators.  Magnetic  core  cir- 
cuits, semi-conductor  and  vacuum-tube 
circuits. 

ENEE  403  Pulse  Techniques  Laboratory. 

(1)  Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Corequisite:  ENEE  402  and  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Experiments  on  switching 
circuits,  bistable,  monostable,  and 
astable  circuits,  sweep  circuits,  gates, 
comparators. 

ENEE  404  Radio  Engineering.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: ENEE  314.  Tuned  circuit 
amplifiers,  single,  double,  and  stagger 
tuned  circuits:  class  c  amplifiers;  fre- 
quency multipliers;  amplitude  modula- 
tion; modulators  and  detectors;  receiver 
design  and  characteristics;  frequency 
modulation;  FM  transmitters  and 
receivers. 

ENEE  405  Advanced  Radio  Engineering 
Laboratory.  (1)  Two  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Corequisite:  ENEE  404.  Ex- 
periments on  multiple  tuned  amplifiers, 
noise  figure  measurements,  class-c 
amplifiers,  varactors,  modulators,  proj- 
ects. 

ENEE  406  Mathematical  Foundations  of 
Circuit  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENEE 
304  and  MATH  241,  or  equivalent.  Review 
ot  determinants,  linear  equations,  matrix 
theory,  eigenvalues,  theory  of  complex 
variables,  inverse  La  Place 
transforms.  Applications  are  drawn 
primarily  from  circuit  analysis. 

ENEE  407  Microwave-Circuits 
Laboratory.  (2)  Prerequisite,  senior  stand- 
ing in  electrical  engineering  or  consent 
of  instructor.  One  lecture  and  three  lab 
hours  per  week.  Experiments  concerned 
with  circuits  constructed  from 
microwave  components  providing  prac- 
tical experience  in  the  design,  construc- 
tion and  testing  of  such  circuits.  Projects 
include  microwave  filters  and 
s-parameter  design  with  applications  of 
current  technology. 


ENEE  410  Electronic  Circuits.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  300  or  equivalent 
knowledge  of  circuit  theory  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  This  course  is  intended 
for  students  in  the  physical  sciences, 
and  for  engineering  students  requiring 
additional  study  of  electron  circuits. 
Credit  not  normally  given  for  this  course 
in  an  electrical  engineering  major  pro- 
gram. (ENEE  413  may  optionally  be  taken 
as  an  associated  laboratory).  P-N  junc- 
tions, transistors,  vacuum  tubes,  biasing 
and  operating  point  stability,  switches, 
large-signal  analysis,  models,  small- 
signal  analysis,  frequency  response, 
feedback  and  multistage  amplifiers, 
pulse  and  digital  circuits. 

ENEE  412  Telemetry  Systems.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: ENEE  314.  Selected  digital  cir- 
cuits: frequency  division  multiplexing; 
fm/am  systems,  SS3/fm  systems;  time 
division  multiplexed  systems;  pulse 
amplitude  modulation;  pulse  duration 
modulation;  pulse  code  modulation;  an- 
alog to  digital  converters;  multiplex- 
ers and  dc-commutators. 

ENEE  413  Electronics  Laboratory.  (2)  Co 
requisite,  ENEE  314.  One  lecture  and 
three  lab  hours  per  week.  Provides  ex- 
perience in  the  specification,  design,  and 
testing  of  basic  electronic  circuits  and 
practical  interconnections.  Emphasis  on 
design  with  discrete  solid  state  and  in- 
tegrated circuit  components  for  both 
analog  and  pulse  circuits. 

ENEE  414  Network  Analysis.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: ENEE  304.  Network  properties: 
linearity,  reciprocity,  etc.;  2-port  descrip- 
tions and  generalization:  Y,  S,  hybrid 
matrices;  description  properties:  sym- 
metry, para-unity,  etc.;  basic  topological 
analysis;  state-space  techniques; 
computer-aided  analysis;  sensitivity 
analysis;  approximation  theory. 

ENEE  416  Network  Synthesis.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite —  ENEE  304.  Active  and  passive 
components,  passivity,  bounded  and 
positive  real,  RC  properties  and  syn- 
thesis, Brune  and  Darlington  synthesis, 
transfer-voltage  and  Y21  synthesis,  ac- 
tive feedback  configurations,  image 
parameter  design,  computer-aided  op- 
timization synthesis  via  the  embedding 
concept. 

ENEE  417  Advanced  Network  Theory.  (3) 

Corequisite,  ENEE  414  (or  consent  of  in- 
structor). A  study  of  network  descrip- 
tions for  analysis  and  basic  active  syn- 
thesis. Indefinite  and  topological  for- 
mulations, n-port  structures  and  inter- 
connections, active  components  and 
descriptions,  synthesis  using  controlled 
sources,  synthesis  and  analysis  via  state 
characterizations.  Additional  topics  from 
non-linear,  distributed  parameter,  and 
digital  filters. 

ENEE  418  Projects  in  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing. (1-3)  Hours  to  be  arranged.  Prereq- 
uisites, senior  standing  and  permission 
of  the  instructor.  May  be  taken  for 
repeated  credit  up  to  a  total  of  4  credits, 
with  the  permission  of  the  student's  ad- 
visor and  the  instructor.  Theoretical  and 
experimental  projects. 


ENEE  419  Apprenticeship  in  Electrical 
Engineering.  (2-3)  Hours  to  be  arranged. 
Prerequisite:  completion  of  sophomore 
courses  and  permission  of  an  apprentice- 
ship director.  May  be  taken  for  repeated 
credit  up  to  a  total  of  nine  credits.  A 
unique  opportunity  for  experience  in  ex- 
perimental research  and  engineering 
design.  A  few  highly  qualified  students 
will  be  selected  as  apprentices  in  one  of 
the  research  facilities  of  the  electrical 
engineering  department  and  will  par- 
ticipate in  the  current  research  under  the 
supervision  of  the  laboratory  director.  In 
the  past,  apprenticeships  have  been 
available  in  the  following  laboratories: 
biomedical,  electron  ring  accelerator,  gas 
laser,  integrated  circuits,  simulation  and 
computer,  and  solid  state  laser. 

ENEE  420  Communication  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  324.  Random  signals: 
elements  of  random  processes,  noise, 
Gaussian  process,  correlation  functions 
and  power  spectra,  linear  operations;  op- 
timum receivers,  vector  waveform  chan- 
nels, receiver  implementation,  probability 
of  error  performance;  efficient  signaling; 
sources,  encoding,  dimensionality,  chan- 
nel capacity;  wave  form  communication: 
linear,  angle,  and  pulse  modulation. 

ENEE  421  Introduction  to  Information 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  324. 
Definition  of  information  and  entropy; 
characterization  of  sources;  Kraft  and 
Macmilian  inequalities;  coding  informa- 
tion sources;  noiseless  coding  theorem; 
channels  and  mutual  information; 
Shannon's  coding  theorem  for  noisy 
channels. 

ENEE  425  Signal  Analysis,  Modulation 
and  Noise.  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENEE  314 
and  ENEE  324.  Signal  transmission 
through  networks,  transmission  in  the 
presence  of  noise,  statistical  methods  of 
determining  error  and  transmission  ef- 
fects, modulation  schemes. 

ENEE  432  Electronics  for  Life  Scientists. 

(4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
college  algebra  and  a  physics  course,  in- 
cluding basic  electricity  and  magnetism. 
Not  accepted  for  credit  in  an  electrical 
engineering  major  program.  The  concept 
of  an  instrumentation  system  with  em- 
phasis upon  requirements  for 
transducers,  amplifiers,  and  recording 
devices,  design  criteria  and  circuitry  of 
power  supplies  amplifiers,  and  pulse 
equipment,  specific  instruments  used  for 
biological  research,  problems  of 
shielding  against  hum  and  noise  pickup 
and  other  interference  problems 
characteristic  of  biological  systems. 

ENEE  433  Electronic  Instrumentation  for 
Physical  Science.  (3)  Two  hours  of  lec- 
ture and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  ENEE  300  or  306, 
PHYS  271  or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. The  concept  of  instrumentation 
systems  from  sensor  to  readout;  discus- 
sions of  transducers,  system  dynamics, 
precision  and  accuracy;  measurement  of 
electrical  parameters;  direct,  differential, 
and  potentiometric  measurements; 
bridge  measurements,  time  and  frequen- 

Graduate  Programs  /  97 


cy  measurements,  waveform  generation 
and  display. 

ENEE  434  Introduction  to  Neural  Net- 
works and  Signals.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE 
204  or  300.  Introduction  in  ttie  generation 
and  processing  of  bioelectric  signals  in- 
cluding structure  and  function  of  the 
neuron,  membrane  ttieory,  generation 
and  propagation  of  nerve  impulses, 
synaptic  mechanisms,  transduction  and 
neural  coding  of  sensory  events,  central 
nervous  system  processing  of  sensory 
information  and  correlated  electrical 
signals,  control  of  effector  organs,  mus- 
cle contraction  and  mechanics,  and 
models  of  neurons  and  neural  networks. 

ENEE  435  Electrodes  and  Electrical  Pro- 
cesses in  Biology  and  Medicine.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ENEE  204  or  300.  Tech- 
niques for  recording  biological  signals 
such  as  brain,  muscle  and  cardial  elec- 
trical potentials;  membrane  theory;  half- 
cell  potentials,  liquid  junction  potentials, 
polarization  of  electrodes;  biological  and 
medical  instrumentation;  and  applica- 
tions in  the  design  of  cardial 
pacemakers,  or  a  similar  case  study. 

ENEE  438  Topics  in  Biomedical 
Engineering.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  May  be  taken  for 
repeated  credit.  The  content  may  vary 
from  semester  to  semester.  Selected 
topics  of  current  interest  from  such 
areas  as  bioelectric  systems,  modeling 
instrumentation,  automated  diagnostic, 
health-care  delivery,  etc.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  9  hours. 

ENEE  442  Software  Engineering.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: ENES  240;  ENEE  250  or 
equivalent.  Architectural  aspects  of  soft- 
ware engineering.  Machine  language  and 
machine  structure;  assembly  language 
and  assemblers;  macro-language  and 
macro-processors;  loaders  and  linkers; 
programming  languages  and  language 
structure;  compilers  and  interpreters; 
operating  systems. 

ENEE  443  Introduction  to  Computers  and 
Computation.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENES  240 
or  equivalent.  Basic  structure  and 
organization  of  digital  systems;  represen- 
tation of  data,  introduction  to  software 
systems;  assembly  language;  application 
of  computers  in  engineering  and  physical 
systems.  Not  open  for  students  who 
have  credit  in  ENEE  250. 

ENEE  444  Logic  Design  of  Digital 
Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  250. 
Review  of  switching  algebra;  gates  and 
logic  modules;  map  simplification  tech- 
niques; multiple-output  systems; 
memory  elements  and  sequential 
systems;  large  switching  systems; 
Iterative  networks;  sample  designs,  com- 
puter oriented  simplification  algorithms; 
state  assignment;  partition  techniques; 
sequential  system  decompositions. 

ENEE  445  Computer  Laboratory.  (2)  Pre- 
requisite, ENEE  444.  One  lecture  and 
three  lab  hours  per  week.  Hardware 
oriented  experiments  providing  practical 
experience  in  the  design,  construction, 
and  checkout  of  components  and  inter- 
faces for  digital  computers  and  data 

98  /  Graduate  Programs 


transmission  systems.  Projects  include 
classical  design  techniques  and  applica- 
tions of  current  technology. 

ENEE  446  Digital  Computer  Design.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENEE  250.  Essential 
elements  of  the  hardware  design  of 
digital  computers.  Arithmetic  and  logic 
units,  adders,  multipliers,  dividers,  logic 
and  shifting  operations,  floating  point 
arithmetic.  Memory  organization,  design 
of  a  basic  computer;  instruction  set,  bus 
structure,  fetch-execute  microoperations, 
hard-wired  control  unit,  micro- 
programmed control  unit,  index 
registers,  indirect  addressing,  interrupt 
operation,  direct  memory  access. 
Organization  of  commercially  available 
computers.  No  student  will  tje  allowed 
credit  for  both  CMSC  410  and  ENEE  446. 

ENEE  450  Discrete  Structures.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: ENES  240  or  equivalent.  Review  of 
set  algebra  including  relations,  partial 
ordering  and  mappings.  Algebraic  struc- 
tures including  semigroups,  and  groups. 
Graph  theory  including  trees  and 
weighted  graphs.  Boolean  algebra  and 
prospositional  logic.  Applications  of 
these  structures  to  various  areas  of  com- 
puter engineering. 

ENEE  456  Analog  and  Hybrid  Computers. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  314.  Programming 
the  analog  computer;  analog  computing 
components;  error  analysis,  repetitive 
operation;  synthesis  of  systems  using 
the  computer;  hybrid  computer  systems. 

ENEE  460  Control  Systems.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  322.  Review  of  transform 
analysis  and  linear  algebra,  mathematical 
models  for  control  system  components, 
transient  response  design,  error  analysis 
and  design,  root  locus,  frequency 
response,  system  design  and  compensa- 
tion. 

ENEE  461  Control  Systems  Laboratory. 
(2)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  460.  One  lecture 
and  three  lab  hours  per  week.  Projects  to 
enhance  the  student's  understanding  of 
feedback  control  systems  and  to 
familiarize  him  with  the  characteristics 
and  limitations  of  real  control  devices. 
Students  will  design,  build,  and  test  ser- 
vomechanisms,  and  will  conduct  analog 
and  hybrid  computer  simulations  of  con- 
trol systems. 

ENEE  462  Systems,  Control  and  Com- 
putation. (3)  Prerequisites,  ENEE  300  or 
304,  and  MATH  246  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Matrix  algebra,  state  space  analysis 
of  discrete  systems,  state  space  analysis 
of  continuous  systems,  computer 
algorithms  for  circuit  analysis,  optimiza- 
tion and  system  simulation. 

ENEE  464  Linear  System  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  322.  An  introduction 
to  the  state  space  theory  of  linear 
engineering  systems;  state  variables, 
matrix  exponential  and  impulse 
response.  Linear  sampled-data  systems, 
discrete  systems.  Reliability,  stability 
and  equivalence.  Relation  to  Laplace 
transform.  Application  to  circuits,  con- 
trols, communications  and  computers. 

ENEE  472  Transducers  and  Electrical 
Machinery.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  304. 


Electromechanical  transducers,  theory  of 
electromechanical  systems,  power  and 
wideband  transformers,  rotating  elec- 
trical machinery  from  the  theoretical  and 
performance  points  of  view. 

ENEE  473  Transducers  and  Electrical 
Machinery  Laboratory.  (1)  Corequisite, 
ENEE  472.  Experiments  on  transformers, 
synchronous  machines,  induction 
motors,  synchros,  loudspeakers,  other 
transducers. 

ENEE  480  Fundamentals  of  Solid  State 
Electronics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  381. 
Review  of  Maxwell's  equation,  electro- 
magnetic properties  of  dielectrics;  in- 
troduction to  quantum  mechanics  and 
quantum  statistics;  classical  and  quan- 
tum theory  of  metals;  theory  of  semi- 
conductors and  semiconductor  devices; 
principle  of  magnetic  devices  and 
selected  topics. 

ENEE  481  Antennas.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ENEE  381.  Introduction  to  the  concepts 
of  radiation,  generalized  far  field  for- 
mulas; antenna  theorems  and  fundamen- 
tals; antenna  arrays,  linear  and  planar  ar- 
rays; aperture  antennas;  terminal  im- 
pedance; propagation. 

ENEE  483  Electromagnetic 
Measurements  Laboratory.  (2)  Prereq- 
uisites, ENEE  305  and  ENEE  380.  One 
lecture  and  three  lab  hours  per  week.  Ex- 
periments designed  to  provide  familiarity 
with  a  large  class  of  micro-wave  and  op- 
tical components,  techniques  for  inter- 
connecting them  into  useful  systems, 
and  techniques  of  high  frequency  and 
optical  measurements. 

ENEE  487  Particle  Accelerators,  Physical 
and  Engineering  Principles.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: ENEE  380  and  PHYS  420,  or  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  Sources  of 
charged  particles;  methods  of  accelera- 
tion and  focusing  of  ion  beams  in  elec- 
tromagnetic fields;  basic  theory,  design, 
and  engineering  principles  of  particle  ac- 
celerators. 

ENEE  488  Topics  in  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing. (3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. May  be  taken  for  repeated 
credit  up  to  a  total  of  six  credits,  with  the 
permission  of  the  student's  advisor  and 
the  instructor. 

ENEE  496  Lasers  and  Electro-Optic 
Devices.  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  ENEE 
381.  Optical  resonators,  Fabry-Perot 
etalon.  Theory  of  laser  oscillation,  rate 
equations.  Gaseous,  solid  state, 
semiconductor  and  dye  laser  systems. 
Electro-optic  effects  and  parametric 
oscillators.  Holography. 

ENEE  601  Active  Network  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  406  or  equivalent. 
The  complex  frequency  plane,  conven- 
tional feedback  and  sensitivity,  theorems 
for  feedback  circuits,  stability  and 
physical  reliability  of  electrical  networks, 
Nyquist's  and  Routh's  criteria  for  stabili- 
ty, activity  and  passivity  criteria. 

ENEE  602  Transients  In  Linear  Systems. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  undergraduate  major  in 
electrical  or  mechanical  engineering  or 
physics.  Operational  circuit  analysis,  the 


Fourier  integral,  transient  analysis  of 
electrical  and  mechanical  systenns  and 
electronic  circuits  by  the  La  Place 
transform  method. 

ENEE  603  Transients  in  Linear  Systems. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  undergraduate  major  in 
electrical  or  mechanical  engineering  or 
physics.  Continuation  of  ENEE  602. 

ENEE  604.  Advanced  Electronic  Circuit 
Design.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  312  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Comparison  of 
bipolar  and  field  effect  transistors,  de- 
tailed frequency  response  of  single  and 
multistage  amplifiers,  design  of  feedback 
amplifiers,  D-C  coupling  techniques, 
design  of  multistage  tuned  amplifiers. 

ENEE  605  Graph  Ttieory  and  Network 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  600. 
Linear  graph  theory  as  applied  to  elec- 
trical networks,  cut  sets  and  tie  sets,  in- 
cidence matrices,  trees,  branches  and 
mazes,  development  of  network  equa- 
tions by  matrix  and  index  notation,  net- 
work characteristic  equations  for  natural 
circuit  behavior,  signal-flow-graph  theory 
and  Mason-S  rule,  stability  of  active  two- 
part  networks. 

ENEE  608  Graduate  Seminar.  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  Every 
semester  regular  seminars  are  held  in 
electrical  science  and  in  the  six  areas  of 
specialization  offered  by  the  electrical 
engineering  department.  They  may  be 
taken,  by  arrangement  with  the  student's 
advisor,  for  repeated  credit. 

ENEE  609  Projects  in  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing. (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. Individual  projects  on  advanced 
systems  in  electrical  engineering.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  up  to  a  maximum  of 
three  credits. 

ENEE  610  Electrical  Network  Theory.  (3) 

Undergraduate  circuit  theory  or  consent 
of  the  instructor.  f\/latrix  algebra,  network 
elements,  ports,  passivity  and  activity, 
geometrical  and  analytical  descriptions 
of  networks,  state  variable  characteriza- 
tions, scattering  matrices,  signal  flow 
graphs,  sensitivity. 

ENEE  620  Random  Processes  in  Com- 
munication and  Control.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  324  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to 
random  processes:  characterization, 
classification,  representation;  Gaussian 
and  other  examples.  Linear  operations 
on  random  processes,  stationary  pro- 
cesses: covariance  function  and  spectral 
density.  Linear  least-square  waveform 
estimation;  Wiener-Kolmogoroff  filtering, 
Kalman-Bucy  recursive  filtering;  function 
space  characterization,  non-linear  opera- 
tions on  random  processes. 

ENEE  621  Estimation  and  Detection 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  620  or 
equivalent  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Estimation  of  unknown  parameters, 
Cramer-Rao  lower  bound;  optimum  (map) 
demodulation;  filtering,  amplitude  and 
angle  modulation,  comparison  with  con- 
ventional systems;  statistical  decision 
theory  Bayes,  Minimax,  Neyman/Pear- 
son,  Criteria-68  simple  and  composite 
hypotheses;  application  to  coherent  and 


incoherent  signal  detection;  M-Ary 
hypothesis;  application  to  uncoded  and 
coded  digital  communication  systems. 
(Listed  also  as  MAPL644.) 

ENEE  630  Advanced  Topics  —  Radar 
Signals  and  Systems.  (3)  Corequisite, 
ENEE  620.  Review  of  linear  systems  and 
signals:  Fourier  transform  representation 
time  —  bandwidth  product,  resolution, 
complex  representation;  maximum 
signal-to-noise  ratio  criterion  receiver 
and  signal  design,  radar  range  equation; 
statistical  detection  theory:  probability  of 
error  performance;  statistical  estimation 
theory:  unknown  parameters,  Range- 
Doppler  radar,  ambiguity  problem, 
asymptotic  maximum  likelihood  estima- 
tion and  Cramer-Rao  lower  bound; 
resolution  of  multiple  objects. 

ENEE  633.  Modeling  of  Nerves  and 
Muscles  With  Applications  to  Prosthetic 
Devices.  (3)  Prerequisite:  undergraduate 
degree  in  engineering  or  physics,  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  Principles  and 
circuit  models  for  resting  and  active 
membrane  potentials  of  nerves  and 
muscles;  synaptic  mechanisms  including 
probabilistic  models  of  neuromuscular 
transmission;  electrode  potentials  and 
reactions;  propagation  of  biopotentials  in 
a  volume  conductor;  properties, 
mechanical  models,  and  circuit  analogs 
for  muscles  and  proprioceptors;  spinal 
reflexes  in  the  control  of  posture;  ap- 
plications of  the  above  in  the  design  of 
prosthetic  and  orthotic  devices. 

ENEE  634  Models  of  Transduction  and 
Signal  Processing  in  Sensory  Systems. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  633  or  ENEE  435 
or  permission  of  the  instructor.  General 
organization  of  sensory  systems;  recep- 
tor mechanisms;  receptor  and  neural 
models;  statistics  of  neural  spike  trains; 
peripheral  signal  processing  in  sensory 
systems,  with  emphasis  on  vision  and 
audition;  introduction  to  signal  process- 
ing in  the  central  nervous  system;  ap- 
plications to  development  of  sensory 
protheses. 

ENEE  640  Arithmetic  and  Coding 
Aspects  of  Digital  Computers.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  440  or  446  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Digital  logic  design 
aspects;  sequential  circuits;  computer 
number  systems;  arithmetic  codes  for  er- 
ror corrrection;  residue  number  theory; 
arithmetic  units  design;  fault  detection 
and  correction  circuits. 

ENEE  642  Software  System  Implementa- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  442  or 
equivalent.  Implementation  aspects  of 
software  engineering.  Programming 
languages;  architectural  design;  program 
design;  structured  programming; 
peripheral  storage  devices;  1/0  program- 
ming; debugging  and  evaluation. 

ENEE  646  Digital  Computer  Design.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  446.  Introduction  to 
design  techniques  for  digital  computers; 
digital  arithmetic;  logic  circuits;  digital 
memories;  design  of  computer  elements; 
arithemetic  unit;  and  control  unit.  A  sim- 
ple digital  computer  will  be  designed. 


ENEE  648  Advanced  Topics  in  Electrical 
Engineering.  (3)  Every  semester  courses 
intended  for  high  degree  of  specializa- 
tion are  offered  by  visiting  or  regular 
electrical  engineering  faculty  members  in 
two  or  more  of  the  areas  listed  in  488. 
The  student  should  check  with  the  elec- 
trical engineering  office  of  graduate 
studies  for  a  list  and  the  description  of 
the  topics  offered  currently. 

ENEE  651  Coding  Theory  and  Applica- 
tions. (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  450  and 
some  knowledge  of  logic  of  switching 
systems.  Introduction  to  coding  and  brief 
review  of  modern  algebra;  theory  of 
linear  codes;  decoding;  hamming,  cyclic, 
and  Bose-Chaudhuri  codes;  error- 
checking  codes  for  arithmetic;  an  -I-  B 
type  codes;  residue  checks;  practical  self 
checking  arithmetic  units;  simple 
automatic  fault  diagnosing  techniques. 

ENEE  652  Automata  Theory.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  421  or  CMSC  640.  This  is 
the  same  course  as  CMSC  740.  Introduc- 
tion to  the  theory  of  abstract 
mathematical  machines;  structural  and 
behavioral  classification  of  automata; 
finite-state  automata;  theory  of  regular 
sets;  pushdown  automata;  linear- 
bounded  automata;  finite  transducers; 
turing  machines;  universal  turing 
machines. 

ENEE  654  Combinatorial  Switching 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENEE  450  and 
ENEE  444.  Application  of  algebraic 
techniques  to  combinatorial  switching 
networks;  multi-valued  systems;  sym- 
metries and  their  use;  optimization 
algorithms;  heuristic  techniques;  majori- 
ty and  threshold  logic;  function  decom- 
position; cellular  cascades. 

ENEE  655  Structure  Theory  of  Machines. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  ENEE  450  and  ENEE 
444.  Machine  realizations;  partitions  and 
the  substitution  property;  pair  algebras 
and  applications;  variable  dependence; 
decomposition;  loop-free  structures;  set 
system  decompositions;  semigroup 
realizations. 

ENEE  657  Simulation  of  Dynamic 
Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  443. 
Mechanistic  methods  for  differential 
equation  solution;  application  of  analog 
or  hybrid  computers  and  digital  differen- 
tial analyzers  for  that  purpose;  design 
and  structure  of  languages  for  digital- 
analog  simulation  on  a  general  purpose 
digital  computer;  mimic  language  and  ex- 
amples of  its  use.  Class  will  run  simula- 
tion programs  on  a  large-scale  computer. 

ENEE  660  Control  System  Analysis  and 
Synthesis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  under- 
graduate automatic  control  theory 
background  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 
linear  regulator  problem  (finite  and  in- 
finite time),  optimal  regulation  with  a 
prescribed  degree  of  stability,  relation  of 
the  optimal  regulator  to  classical  control 
specifications,  sensitivity  of  optimal 
regulators,  state  estimators  and  their  use 
in  system  design,  optimal  regulators  with 
input  disturbances,  tracking  systems. 
Course  includes  a  brief  review  of 
classical  design  techniques,  signal  flow 

Graduate  Programs  /  99 


graphs,  error  coefficients  and  an  intro- 
duction to  sample-data  systems. 

ENEE  661  NonLinearand  Adaptive  Con- 
trol Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  under- 
graduate background  in  linear  control 
ttieory  or  consent  of  instructor.  Brief 
review  of  the  state  space,  state  plane 
and  phase  plane,  linearization  and  stabili- 
ty in  the  small,  equivalent  linearization 
and  the  describing  function,  systems 
with  stochastic  inputs,  exact  methods  of 
analysis,  stability  in  the  large  and  the  se- 
cond method  of  Lyaponov.  frequency  do- 
main stability  criteria,  Povo's  method  and 
its  extensions,  introduction  to  optimum 
switched  systems,  stability  of  systems 
with  input. 

ENEE  662  Sampled-Data  Control 
Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  preparations  in 
linear  feedback  control  theory  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Z-transform  and  modified 
Z-transform  method  of  analysis,  root 
locus  and  frequency  response  methods 
of  analysis,  ideal  and  finite  width  sam 
pling,  discrete  and  continuous  compen- 
sation of  digital  control  systems,  state 
space  equations,  controllability  and 
observability  of  discrete  systems,  stabili- 
ty, minimum  time  and  minimum  energy 
control,  statistical  design  and  the 
discrete  Kalman  filter. 

ENEE  663  System  Theory.  (3)  Modelling 
of  systems,  abstract  definition  of  state, 
linearity  and  its  implications,  linear  dif- 
ferential systems,  controllability  and 
observability,  impulse  response,  transfer 
functions,  realization  nonlinear  differen- 
tial systems,  definitions  of  stability, 
Lyapunov  stability  theory,  input/output 
stability,  frequency  domain  stability  con- 
ditions. (Listed  also  as  MAPL  640.) 

ENEE  664  Optimization  and  Control.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  760.  Calculus  of 
variations,  direct  methods  of  optimiza- 
tion, Euler-Lagrange  equations,  inequali- 
ty constraint,  maximum  principle, 
Hamilton-Jacobi  theory,  dynamic  pro- 
gramming, adaptive  and  stochastic  con- 
trol, filtering  theory. 

ENEE  665  Linear  System  Identification. 

(3)  Prerequisites  —  MATH  400  and  ENEE 
322  or  equivalent  ENEE  620.  Representa- 
tions for  linear  systems.  Parameter 
estimation  techniques  such  as  least 
square  and  maximum  likelihood.  Correla- 
tion methods  with  white  noise  inputs. 
Stochastic  approximation  and  gradient 
algorithms.  Applications  of 
quarilinearization  and  invariant  imbed- 
ding. Effect  of  abreviation  noise. 

ENEE  680  Electromagnetic  Theory  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  381  or  equivalent. 
Theoretical  analysis  and  engineering  ap- 
plications of  Maxwell's  equations.  Boun- 
dary value  problems  of  electrostatics  and 
magnetostatics. 

ENEE  681  Electromagnetic  Theory  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  381  or  equivalent. 
Continuation  of  ENEE  680.  Theoretical 
analysis  and  engineering  applications  of 
Maxwell's  equations.  The  homogeneous 
wave  equation.  Plane  wave  propagation. 
The  interaction  of  plane  waves  and 
material  media.  Retarded  potentials. 

100  /  Graduate  Programs 


The  Hertz  potential.  Simple  radiating 
systems.  Relativisitic  covariance  of  Max- 
well's equations. 

ENEE  683  Mathematics  for  Elec- 
tromagnetlsm.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
undergraduate  preparation  in  elec- 
tromagnetic theory  and  advanced 
calculus.  Tensors  and  curvilinear  coor- 
dinates, partial  differential  equations  of 
electrostatics  and  electrodynamics,  tunc- 
tionals,  integral  equations,  and  calculus 
of  variations  as  applied  to  elec- 
tromagnetism. 

ENEE  686  Charged  Particle  Dynamics, 
Electron  and  Ion  Beams.  (3)  Three  hours 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. General  principles  of  single- 
particle  dynamics:  mapping  of  the  elec- 
tric and  magnetic  fields;  equation  of  mo- 
tion and  methods  of  solution;  production 
and  control  of  charge  particle  beams; 
electron  optics:  Liouville's  theorem; 
space  charge  effects  in  high  current 
beams;  design  principles  of  special  elec- 
tron and  ion  beam  devices. 

ENEE  690  Quantum  and  Wave 
Phenomena  with  Electrical  Application. 

(3)  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENEE  381  and  ENEE  382  or  equivalent. 
Introduction  of  quantum  and  wave 
phenomena  from  electrical  engineering 
point  of  view.  Topics  included:  general 
principles  of  quantum  mechanics, 
operator  algebra,  the  microwave  reso- 
nant cavity  and  the  analagous  potential 
well  problem,  harmonic  oscillator, 
hydrogenic  atom.  Perturbation  method 
applied  to  the  transmission  line  and 
potential  well  problems.  Periodically 
loaded  transmission  line  and  Kronig- 
Penny  model  of  band  theory. 

ENEE  696  Integrated  and  Microwave 
Electronics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  310. 
Registration  in  ENEE  793  recommended. 
Active  and  passive  elements  used  in 
semiconductor  structures.  Design  ap- 
plication of  linear  and  digital  integrated 
circuits. 

ENEE  697  Semiconductor  Devices  and 
Technology.  (3)  Prerequisite  ENEE  496  or 
equivalent.  Registration  in  ENEE  793 
recommended.  The  principles,  structures 
and  characteristics  of  semiconductor 
devices.  Technology  and  fabrication  of 
semiconductor  devices. 

ENEE  700  Network  Synthesis.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  605  or  equivalent.  Design  of 
driving-point  and  transfer  impedance 
functions  with  emphasis  of  the  transfer 
loss  and  phase  of  minimum-phase  net- 
works, flow  diagrams,  physical  network 
characteristics,  including  relations  ex- 
isting between  the  real  and  imaginary 
components  of  network  functions, 
modern  methods  of  network  synthesis. 

ENEE  701  Network  Synthesis.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENEE  700  or  equivalent.  Design  of 
driving-point  and  transfer  impedance 
functions  with  emphasis  of  the  transfer 
loss  and  phase  of  minimum-phase  net- 
works, flow  diagrams,  physical  network 
characteristics,  including  relations  ex- 
isting between  the  real  and  imaginary 


components  of  network  functions, 
modern  methods  of  network  synthesis. 

ENEE  703  Semiconductor  Device 
Models.  (3)  Prerequisite.  ENEE  605  or 
equivalents.  Single-frequency  models  for 
transistors;  small-signal  and  wide-band 
models  for  general  non-reciprocal 
devices,  hybrid-pi  and  tee  models  for 
transistors;  relationship  of  models  to 
transistor  physics;  synthesis  of  wide- 
band models  from  terminal  behavior, 
computer  utilization  of  models  for  other 
semiconductor  devices. 

ENEE  707  Applications  of  Tensor 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  600  or 
602.  The  mathematical  background  of 
tensor  notation,  which  is  applicable  to 
electrical  enginsering  problems.  Applica- 
tions of  tensor  analysis  to  electrical  cir- 
cuit theory  and  to  field  theory. 

ENEE  721  Information  Theory.  (3)  Co- 
requisite:  ENEE  620.  Prerequisite:  STAT 
400  or  equivalent.  Information  measure, 
entropy,  mutual  information;  source  en- 
coding; noiseless  coding  theorem,  noisy 
coding  theorem:  exponential  error 
bounds;  introduction  to  probabilistic  er- 
ror correcting  codes,  block  and  convolu- 
tional  codes  and  error  bounds:  channels 
with  memory;  continuous  channels;  rate 
distortion  (unction.  (Same  as  MAPL  731.) 

ENEE  722  Coding  Theory.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: ENEE  721/MAPL  731.  Algebraic 
burst  and  random  error  correcting  codes, 
convolutional  encoding  and  sequential 
decoding,  threshold  decoding,  con- 
catenated codes,  P-N  sequences, 
arithemetic  codes.  (Same  as  MAPL  732.) 

ENEE  724  Digital  Signal  Processing.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  620  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Review  of  Z  transforms;  correla- 
tion functions  and  power  spectral  den- 
sities for  discrete  time  stochastic  pro- 
cesses: discrete  time  Wiener  filters; 
methods  for  designing  digital  filters  to 
meet  precise  frequency  domain 
specification;  effects  of  truncation, 
round-off  and  finite  word  length 
arithmetic  on  the  accuracy  and  stability 
of  digital  filters;  adaptive  equalizers  (or 
narrow  band  data  channels;  discrete 
Fourier  transform  and  fast  Fourier 
transform;  homomorphic  filtering:  Gauss- 
Markov  estimates;  spectral  density 
estimation. 

ENEE  728  Advanced  Topics  in  Com- 
munication Theory.  (3)  Topics  selected, 
as  announced,  from  advanced  com- 
munication theory  and  its  applications. 

ENEE  730  Advanced  Topics  —  Radar 
Signals  and  Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ENEE  620  or  equivalent.  The  theory  of 
imaging  radar  systems.  Classifications, 
resolution  mechanisms,  and  principles. 
System  design  for  additive  noise:  effects 
of  ambiguity,  multiplicative  noise,  motion 
errors,  nonlinearities,  and  scattering 
mechanism.  System  design  for  ambiguity 
and  multiplicative  noise.  Optical  process- 
ing. Application  to  synthetic  aperture, 
astronomical,  and  hologram  radar. 

ENEE  733  Neural  Control  of  Animal 
HAovemenf.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  633  or 
634.  Properties  of  muscles,  propriocep- 


tors,  reflexes,  and  central  nervous 
system  structures;  linear  and  nonlinear 
models;  field  potential  analysis  and 
theories  of  cerebellar  function;  and  ttie 
control  and  coordination  of  these  struc- 
tures during  voluntary  and  involuntary 
movement  in  animals. 

ENEE  746  Digital  Systems  Engineering. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ENEE  646.  Systems 
aspects  of  digital-computer-based 
systems;  data  flow  analysis:  system 
organization;  control  languages;  con- 
soles and  displays;  remote  terminals; 
software-hardware  tradeoff;  system 
evaluation;  case  studies  from  selected 
applications  areas  such  as  data  acquisi- 
tion and  reduction  information  storage, 
or  the  like. 

ENEE  748  Topics  in  Computer  Design. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. Such  topics  as  computer 
arithmetic,  computer  reliability,  and 
threshold  logic  will  be  considered.  May 
be  taken  for  repeated  credit. 

ENEE  760  Mathematics  of  Optimization. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  course  in  advanced 
calculous  or  real  analysis.  Introduction  to 
functional  analysis  with  emphasis  on  ap- 
plications to  system  theory  and  optimiza- 
tion. Topics  covered  are  linear  spaces 
and  operators,  Hilbert  and  Banach 
spaces.  Baire  category  theorem,  Hahn- 
Banach  Theorem,  principle  of  uniform 
boundedness,  duality. 

ENEE  761  Control  of  Distributed 
Parameter  Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite;  an 
introductory  course  in  functional  analytic 
methods  at  the  level  of  ENEE  760,  and 
background  in  control  and  system 
theory.  Study  of  systems  governed  by 
paritial  differential  equations.  Delay 
systems.  Boundary  and  distributed  con- 
trol, Lyapunov  stability.  Optimal  control 
of  systems  governed  by  paritial  differen- 
tial equations  and  of  delay  systems.  Ap- 
plications to  continuum  mechanics, 
distributed  networks,  biology, 
economics,  and  engineering.  (Same  as 
MAPL741.) 

ENEE  762  Stochastic  Control.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: ENEE  620  or  equivalent:  and 
ENEE  663/MAPL  640;  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Stochastic  control  systems, 
numerical  methods  for  the  Ricatti  equa- 
tion, the  separation  principle,  control  of 
linear  systems  with  Gaussian  signals  and 
quadratic  cost,  nonlinear  stochastic  con- 
trol, stochastic  stability,  introduction  to 
stochastic  games.  (Same  as  MAPL  742.) 

ENEE  769  Advanced  Topics  in  Control 
Theory.  (3)  Topics  selected,  as  an- 
nounced, from  advanced  control  theory 
and  its  applications. 

ENEE  772  Mathematical  Models  in 
Estimation  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
background  in  functional  analysis,  real 
analysis  and  random  processes.  Abstract 
measures,  probability  measures  on  func- 
tional spaces,  integration;  Markov  pro- 
cesses, stochastic  differential  equations, 
ITO's  rule;  Kalman-Bucy  model;  duality  of 
estimation  and  control,  singular  detec- 
tion, point  processes;  RKHS,  linear 
theory,  multiplicity  representations;  addi- 


tional models  and  applications.  (Same  as 
MAPL  735.) 

ENEE  774  Mathematics  of  Continuous 
Networks.  (3)  Nonoriented  systems, 
ports,  linear  orientations,  theory  of  distri- 
butions, scattering  matrices,  operatory 
theory  of  networks,  activity,  invariant 
embedding,  multivariable  PR  and  BR 
state-determined  systems,  synthesis,  in- 
terval functions,  tolerance  analysis, 
neuron  networks  and  models,  N/lanley- 
Rowe  relations.  Oscillators  and  nonlinear 
subharmonic  generation. 

ENEE  780  Microwave  Engineering.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENEE  681.  Mathematical 
methods  for  the  solution  of  the  wave 
equation,  transmission  lines  and  wave- 
guide structures,  surface  guides  and  ar- 
tifical  dielectrics. 

ENEE  781  Optical  Engineering.  (3) 

Fourier  analysis  in  two  dimensions,  dif- 
fraction theory,  optical  imaging  systems, 
spatial  filtering,  holography. 

ENEE  782  Radio  Wave  Propagation.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENEE  681.  General  solutions  of  Max- 
well's equations,  geometrical  optics  ap- 
proximations, propagation  above  a  plane 
earth,  effects  of  surface  irregularities 
and  stratified  atmospheres,  scattering  by 
turbulence. 

ENEE  783  Radio  Wave  Propagation.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
ENEE  782.  Continuation  of  ENEE  782. 

ENEE  784  Antenna  Theory.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisite,  ENEE  681 
or  equivalent.  Review  of  Maxwell's  equa- 
tions: radiative  networks;  linear  anten- 
nas; antenna  arrays;  aperture  antennas; 
advanced  topics. 

ENEE  790  Quantum  Electronics  I.  (3)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  a 
knowledge  of  quantum  mechanics  and 
electromagnetic  theory.  Spontaneous 
emission,  interaction  of  radiation  and 
matter,  masers,  optical  resonators,  the 
gas,  solid  and  semi-conductor  lasers, 
electro-optical  effect,  propagation  in 
anisotropic  media  and  light  modulation. 

ENEE  791  Quantum  Electronics  II.  (3) 

Nonlinear  optical  effects  and  devices, 
tunable  coherent  light  sources — optical 
parametric  oscillator,  frequency  conver- 
sion and  dye  laser.  Ultrashort  pulse 
generation  and  measurement,  stimulated 
Raman  effect,  and  applications,  interac- 
tion of  acoustic  and  optical  waves,  and 
holography. 

ENEE  793  Solid  State  Electronics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  a  graduate  course  in  quan- 
tum mechanics  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Properties  of  crystals;  energy  bands: 
electron  transport  theory:  conductivity 
and  Hall  effect:  statistical  distributions: 
Fermi  level:  impurities;  non-equilibrium 
carrier  distributions:  normal  modes  of 
vibration:  effects  of  high  electric  fields: 
P-N  junction  theory,  avalanche 
breakdown;  tunneling  phenomena:  sur- 
face properties. 

ENEE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 


ENEE  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Engineering  Materials 
Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Spain' 

Professors:  Arsenault' 

Assistant  Professors:  Mathers 

Associate  Faculty:  Marcinkowski^  Park' 

'joint  appointment  with  Chemical 

Engineering 

'joint  appointment  with  Mechanical 

Engineering 

'joint  appointment  with  Physics 

The  Engineering  Materials  program 
is  interdisciplinary  between 
Chemical  and  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing. Special  areas  of  concentration 
include  diffraction,  dislocation  and 
mechanical  behavior  of  materials, 
x-ray  and  electron  microscopic  tech- 
niques, electronic  and  magnetic 
behavior  of  materials,  and  the 
chemical  physics  of  materials. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  programs  leading  to  the  M.S. 
and  Ph.D.  degrees  are  open  to 
qualified  students  holding  the  B.S. 
degree.  Admission  may  be  granted 
to  students  with  degrees  in  any  of 
the  engineering  and  science  areas 
from  accredited  programs.  In  some 
cases  It  may  be  necessary  to  require 
courses  to  fulfill  the  background. 

The  candidate  for  the  M.S.  degree 
has  the  choice  of  following  a  plan  of 
study  with  thesis  or  without  thesis. 
The  equivalent  of  at  least  three  years 
of  full-time  study  beyond  the  B.S. 
degree  is  required  for  the  Ph.D. 
degree.  All  students  seeking 
graduate  degrees  In  Engineering 
Materials  must  enroll  in  ENMA  650, 
660  and  671.  In  addition  to  the 
general  rules  of  the  Graduate  School 
certain  special  degree  requirements 
are  set  forth  by  the  Department  in 
their  departmental  publications. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Special  facilities  available  for 
graduate  study  In  Engineering 
Materials  are  coordinated  through 
the  Center  for  Materials  Research, 
the  Laboratory  for  Radiation  and 
Polymer  Science,  the  Laboratory  for 
High  Pressure  Science  and  various 
central  facilities.  Special  equipment 
available  includes  a  scanning  elec- 
tron microscope,  x-ray  diffraction 
equipment,  crystal  growing,  sample 
preparation  and  mechanical  testing 
facilities,  and  high  pressure  and 
cryogenic  equipment. 


Graduate  Programs  /  101 


Additional  Information 

Information  is  available  from  the 
Director,  Engineering  Materials  Pro- 
gram, Department  of  Cfiemical 
Engineering. 

Courses 

ENMA  462  Deformation  of  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENES  230  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Relationship  of 
structure  to  the  mechanical  properties  of 
materials.  Elastic  and  plastic  deforma- 
tion, microscopic  yield  criteria,  state  of 
stress  and  ductility.  Elements  of  disloca- 
tion theory,  work  hardening,  alloy 
strengthening,  creep,  and  fracture  in 
terms  of  dislocation  theory. 

ENMA  463  Chemical,  Liquid  and  Powder 
Processing  of  Engineering  Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ENES  230  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Methods  and  processes  used  in 
the  production  of  primary  metals.  The 
detailed  basic  principles  of  beneficiation 
processes,  pyrometallurgy,  hydrometal- 
lurgy,  electrometallurgy,  vapor  phase  pro- 
cessing and  electroplating.  Liquid  metal 
processing  including  casting,  welding, 
brazing  and  soldering.  Powder  process- 
ing and  sintering.  Shapes  and  structures 
produced  in  the  above  processes. 

ENMA  464  Environmental  Effects  on 
Engineering  Materials.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
ENES  230  or  consent  of  instructor.  In- 
troduction to  the  phenomena  associated 
with  the  resistance  of  materials  to 
damage  under  severe  environmental  con- 
ditions. Oxidation,  corrosion,  stress  cor- 
rosion, corrosion  fatigue  and  radiation 
damage  are  examined  from  the  point  of 
view  of  mechanism  and  influence  on  the 
properties  of  materials.  Methods  of  cor- 
rosion protection  and  criteria  for  selec- 
tion of  materials  for  use  in  radiation  en- 
vironments. 

ENMA  470  Structure  and  Properties  of 
Engineering  Materials.  (3)  A  comprehen- 
sive survey  of  the  atomic  and  electronic 
structure  of  solids  with  emphasis  on  the 
relationship  of  structure  to  the  physical 
and  mechanical  properties. 

ENMA  471  Physical  Chemistry  of 
Engineering  Materials.  (3)  Equilibrium, 
multicomponent  systems  and  relation- 
ship to  the  phase  diagram.  Thermo- 
dynamics of  polycrystalline  and  poly- 
phase materials.  Diffusion  in  solids, 
l<inetics  of  reactions  in  solids. 

ENMA  472  Technology  of  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  Relationship  of  properties 
of  solids  to  their  engineering  applica- 
tions. Criteria  for  the  choice  of  materials 
for  electronic,  mechanical  and  chemical 
properties.  Particular  emphasis  on  the 
relationships  between  structure  of  the 
solid  and  its  potential  engineering  ap- 
plication. 

ENMA  473  Processing  of  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  The  effect  of  processing  on 
the  structure  of  engineering  materials. 
Processes  considered  include  refining, 
melting  and  solidification,  purification  by 
zone  refining,  vapor  phase  processing, 
mechanical  working  and  heat  treatments. 

102  /  Graduate  Programs 


ENMA  495  Rheology  of  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisites;  ENES  230  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  the  defor- 
mation and  flow  of  engineering  materials 
and  its  relationship  to  structural  type. 
Elasticity,  visoelasticity,  anelasticity  and 
plasticity  of  single  phase  and 
multiphase  materials.  Students  who  have 
credit  for  ENMA  495  may  not  take  ENGH 
495  for  credit. 

ENMA  496  Polymeric  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENES  230.  A 
comprehensive  summary  of  the  funda- 
mentals of  particular  interest  in  the 
science  and  applications  of  polymers. 
Polymer  single  crystals,  transformations 
in  polymers,  fabrication  of  polymers  as 
to  shape  and  internal  structure.  Students 
who  have  credit  for  ENMA  496  may  not 
take  ENGH  496  for  credit. 

ENMA  650  Structure  of  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENMA  470  or 
equivalent.  The  structural  aspects  of 
crystalline  and  amorphous  solids  and 
relationships  to  bonding  types.  Point  and 
space  groups.  Summary  of  diffraction 
theory  and  practice.  The  reciprocal  lat- 
tice. Relationships  of  the  microscopically 
measured  properties  to  crystal  sym- 
metry. Structural  aspects  of  defects  in 
crystalline  solids. 

ENMA  651  Electronic  Structure  of 
Engineering  Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENMA  650.  Electronic  and  magnetic 
materials  in  relationship  to  their  applica- 
tions. Metallic  conductors,  resistive 
alloys,  superconducting  materials,  semi- 
conductors, hard  and  soft  magnetic 
materials,  Piezo-electric  and  Piezo- 
magnetic  materials,  optical  materials. 
Emphasis  on  relationships  between  elec- 
tronic configuration,  crystal  structure, 
defect  structure  and  physical  properties. 

ENMA  659  Special  Topics  in  Structure  of 
Engineering  Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor. 

ENMA  660  Chemical  Physics  of 
Engineering  Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
Thermodynamics  and  statistical 
mechanics  of  engineering  solids.  Cohe- 
sion, thermodynamic  properties.  Theory 
of  solid  solutions.  Thermodynamics  of 
mechanical,  electrical,  and  magnetic 
phenomena  in  solids.  Chemical  thermo- 
dynamics, phase  transitions  and  thermo- 
dynamic properties  of  polycrystalline  and 
polyphase  materials.  Thermodynamics  of 
defects  in  solids. 

ENMA  661  Kinetics  of  Reactions  in 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENMA  660. 
The  theory  of  thermally  activated  pro- 
cesses in  solids  as  applied  to  diffusion, 
nucleation  and  interface  motion. 
Cooperative  and  diffusionless  trans- 
formations. Applications  selected  from 
processes  such  as  allotropic  transforma- 
tions, precipation,  martensite  formation, 
solidification,  ordering,  and  corrosion. 

ENMA  669  Special  Topics  in  the 
Chemical  Physics  of  Materials.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor. 

ENMA  671  Dislocations  in  Crystalline 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENMA  650. 


The  nature  and  interactions  of  defects  in 
crystalline  solids,  with  primary  emphasis 
on  dislocations.  The  elastic  and  electric 
fields  associated  with  dislocations.  Ef- 
fects of  imperfections  on  mechanical 
and  physical  properties. 

ENMA  672  Mechanical  Properties  of 
Engineering  Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ENMA  671.  The  mechanical  properties  of 
single  crystals,  polycrystalline  and 
polyphase  materials.  Yield  strength,  work 
hardening,  fracture,  fatigue  and  creep  are 
considered  in  terms  of  fundamental 
material  properties. 

ENMA  679  Special  Topics  in  the 
Mechanical  Behavior  of  Materials.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, consent  of  instructor. 

ENMA  680  Experimental  Methods  in 
Materials  Science.  (3)  Methods  of 
measuring  the  structural  aspects  of 
materials.  Optical  and  electron 
microscopy.  Microscopic  analytical 
techniques.  Resonance  methods.  Elec- 
trical, optical  and  magnetic  measure- 
ment techniques.  Thermodynamic 
methods. 

ENMA  681  Diffraction  Techniques  in 
Materials  Science.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENGH 
620.  Theory  of  diffraction  of  electrons, 
neutrons  and  x-rays.  Strong  emphasis  on 
diffraction  methods  as  applied  to  the 
study  of  defects  in  solids.  Short  range 
order,  thermal  vibrations,  stacking  faults, 
microstrain. 

ENMA  689  Special  Topics  in  Experimen- 
tal Techniques  in  Materials  Science.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

ENMA  691  Special  Topics  in  Engineering 
Materials.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. 

ENMA  697  Seminar  in  Engineering 
Materials.  (1). 

ENMA  698  Special  Problems  in  Engineer- 
ing Materials.  (1-16). 
ENMA  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6). 

ENMA  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8). 

English  Language  and 
Literature  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Kenny 

Professors:  Bode,  Bryer,  Freedman, 
Hovey,  Isaacs,  Lawson,  Lutwack,  Mish, 
Murphy,  Myers,  Panichas,  Peterson, 
Russell,  Salamanca,  Schoenbaum, 
Whittemore,  Winton 

Associate  Professors:  Barnes,  Barry, 
Birdsall,  Brown,  Coogan,  Cooper,  Fry, 
Greenwood,  G.  Hamilton,  Herman, 
Holton,  Houppert,  Howard,  Jellema, 
Kinnaird,  Kleine,  Mack,  Miller,  Moore, 
Portz,  Smith,  Thorberg,  Vitzthum, 
Wilson 

Assistant  Professors:  Burger,  Gate, 
Dunn,  D.  Hamilton,  James,  I.  Ousby, 
Rutherford,  Trousdale,  Van  Egmond, 
Vlach 

Tfie  Department  of  Englisfi  offers 
graduate  work  leading  to  the 


degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  and  Doc- 
tor of  Philosophy.  Areas  of  special- 
ization for  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  in- 
clude: English  literature,  American 
literature,  and  folklore.  In  addition, 
candidates  for  the  M.A.  degree  may 
specialize  in  creative  writing,  and  in 
linguistics. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  the  general  Graduate 
School  requirements,  applicants  to 
the  M.A.  program  ordinarily  should 
present  a  3.5  GPA  in  English  and  a 
minimum  of  18  hours  of  upper-level 
English  courses.  Applicants  to  the 
Ph.D.  program  should  present  a  3.75 
GPA  and  an  M.A.  degree  in  English. 

Departmental  requirements  for  the 
degree  of  Master  of  Arts  include:  (1) 
ENGL  601;  (2)  three  credits  from  the 
following:  ENGL  482,  483,  484,  485, 
486;  (3)  six  credits  in  the  ENGL 
620/630  series;  and  (4)  six  credits  of 
seminars.  Candidates  have  a  non- 
thesis  option  under  which  they  take 
30  credits,  submit  a  substantial 
seminar  paper  for  deposit,  and  pass 
a  four-hour  comprehensive  examina- 
tion. 

Departmental  requirements  for  the 
degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in- 
clude: (1)  a  foreign  language  require- 
ment; (2)  at  least  three  hours  of 
linguistics;  (3)  a  comprehensive  writ- 
ten examination  on  three  fields  (dis- 
sertation field  and  two  additional 
fields)  which  may  be  taken  with  per- 
mission after  nine  hours  beyond  the 
Master  of  Arts  and  must  be  taken 
upon  the  completion  of  30  hours. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  drawing  on  the  cultural 
and  intellectual  resources  of  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  the  English  department 
is  an  active  participant  in  the  Folger 
Institute  of  Renaissance  and  18th 
Century  Studies.  Folger  Institute 
fellowships  have  been  awarded  to 
advanced  graduate  students  in  the 
English  department. 

The  Department  is  also  a  member 
of  South  Atlantics  Graduate  English 
(SAGE).  Graduate  students  from 
Maryland  may  take  courses  at  other 
SAGE  institutions,  and  the  English 
department  is  eligible  for  a  lecturer 
of  its  choice  from  another  SAGE  in- 
stitution. 

Financial  Assistance 
Financial  assistance  is  available  in 
the  form  of  fellowships  and  teaching 
assistantships.  Fellowships  are 


awarded  directly  by  the  Graduate 
School  to  nominees  from  the 
English  department.  The  number  of 
teaching  assistantships  is  con- 
tingent on  available  funds;  currently 
96  students  are  teaching  assistants. 

Additional  Information 

Additional  information  on  admis- 
sion, financial  aid,  and  degree  re- 
quirements can  be  obtained  from 
Calhoun  Winton,  Director  of 
Graduate  Studies,  Department  of 
English,  University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

ENGL  401  English  Medieval  Literature  in 

Translation.  (3) 

ENGL  402  Chaucer.  (3) 

ENGL  403  Shakespeare.  (3)  Early  period: 
histories  and  comedies. 

ENGL  404  Shakespeare.  (3)  Late  periods: 
tragedies  and  romances. 

ENGL  405  The  Major  Works  of 
Shakespeare.  (3)  Students  who  have 
credit  for  ENGL  403  or  404  cannot 
receive  credit  for  ENGL  405. 

ENGL  407  Literature  of  the  Renaissance. 

(3) 

ENGL  410  Edmund  Spenser.  (3) 

ENGL  411  Literature  of  the  Renaissance. 

(3) 

ENGL  412  Literature  of  the  Renaissance. 

(3) 

ENGL  414  Milton.  (3) 

ENGL  415  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth 
Century,  1660-1700.  (3) 

ENGL  416  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth 
Century.  (3)  Age  of  Pope  and  Swift. 

ENGL  417  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth 
Century.  (3)  Age  of  Johnson  and  the 
Preromantics. 

ENGL  418  Major  British  Writers.  (3)  Two 

writers  studied  intensively  each 
semester. 

ENGL  419  Major  British  Writers.  (3)  Two 

writers  studied  intensively  each 
semester. 

ENGL  420  Literature  of  the  Romantic 
Period.  (3)  First  generation:  Blake,  Words- 
worth, Coleridge,  et.  al. 

ENGL  421  Literature  of  the  Romantic 
Period.  (3)  Second  generation:  Keats, 
Shelly,  Byron,  et.  al. 

ENGL  422  Literature  of  the  Victorian 
Period.  (3)  Early  years. 

ENGL  423  Literature  of  the  Victorian 
Period.  (3)  Middle  years. 

ENGL  424  Late  Victorian  and  Edwardian 
Literature.  (3)  A  study  of  the  literary 
movements  and  techniques  which  ef- 
fected the  transition  from  Victorian  to 
modern  literature. 

ENGL  425  Modern  British  Literature.  (3) 

An  historical  survey  of  the  major  writers 


and  literary  movements  in  English  prose 
and  poetry  since  1900. 

ENGL  430  American  Literature,  Begin- 
ning to  1810,  the  Colonial  and  Federal 
Periods.  (3) 

ENGL  431  American  Literature,  1810  to 
1865,  The  American  Renaissance.  (3) 

ENGL  432  American  Literature,  1865  to 
1914,  Realism  and  Naturalism.  (3) 

ENGL  433  American  Literature,  1914  to 
the  Present,  the  Modern  Period.  (3) 

ENGL  434  American  Drama.  (3) 

ENGL  435  American  Poetry  ■  Beginning 
to  the  Present.  (3) 

ENGL  436  The  Literature  of  American 
Democracy.  (3) 

ENGL  437  Contemporary  American 
Literature.  (3)  A  survey  of  the  poetry, 
prose,  and  drama  written  in  America  in 
the  last  decade. 

ENGL  438  Major  American  Writers.  (3) 

Two  writers  studied  intensively  each 
semester. 

ENGL  439  Major  American  Writers.  (3) 

Two  writers  studied  intensively  each 
semester. 

ENGL  440  The  Novel  in  America  to  1910. 

(3) 

ENGL  441  The  Novel  in  America  Since 

1910.  (3) 

ENGL  442  Literature  of  the  South.  (3)  A 

historical  survey,  from  eighteenth- 
century  beginnings  to  the  present. 

ENGL  443  Afro-American  Literature.  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  literary  expression 
of  the  Negro  in  the  United  States,  from 
its  beginning  to  the  present. 

ENGL  444  Experimental  Approaches  to 
Literature  •  Emerson  and  Thoreau.  (3) 

Variable  subject  matter  presented  in  ex- 
perimental methods  and  approaches. 
Grading  in  satisfactory/fail  only.  Consent 
of  instructor  required  for  admission. 

ENGL  445  Modern  British  and  American 
Poetry.  (3)  Prerequisite  -  permission  of  in- 
structor required  for  students  with  credit 
in  ENGL  345.  A  study  of  the  formation  of 
the  'modern  tradition'  in  British  and 
American  poetry,  exploring  the  distinc- 
tive energy  and  consciousness  in  the 
poets  of  the  early  twentieth  century 
(1896-1930).  Special  emphasis  on 
Hopkins,  Yeats,  Pound,  Eliot,  and 
Stevens.  Collateral  readings  in  essays  on 
modern  poetics,  and  in  other  poets  of  the 
period. 

ENGL  446  Contemporary  British  and 
American  Poetry.  (3)  Prerequisite  -  per- 
mission of  instructor  required  for 
students  with  credit  in  ENGL  345.  A 
study  of  British  and  American  poetry 
from  the  depression  to  the  present. 
Special  emphasis  on  Auden,  Williams, 
Dylan  Thomas,  Theodore  Roethke, 
Robert  Lowell.  A  more  general  study  of 
the  work  of  some  of  these:  Berryman, 
Jarrell,  Fuller,  Bishop,  Wright,  Kinnell, 
Larkin  and  including  the  projectivists,  the 
Beats  and  the  present  scene. 


Graduate  Programs  / 103 


ENGL  447  Satire.  (3)  An  introduction  to 

Englisti  and  American  satire  from 

Chaucer  to  ttie  present. 

ENGL  449  Playwriting.  (3) 

ENGL  450  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean 

Drama.  (3)  Beginnings  to  Marlowe. 

ENGL  451  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean 

Drama.  (3)  Jonson  to  Webster. 

ENGL  452  English  Drama  from  1660  to 

1800.(3) 

ENGL  453  Literary  Criticism.  (3) 

ENGL  454  Modern  Drama.  (3) 

ENGL  455  The  English  Novel.  (3)  Eigh- 
teenth Century. 

ENGL  456  The  English  Novel.  (3)  Nine- 
teenth Century. 

ENGL  457  The  Modern  Novel.  (3) 

ENGL  460  Introduction  to  Folklore.  (3) 

ENGL  461  Folk  Narrative.  (3)  Studies  in 
legend,  tale,  and  myth.  Prerequisite, 
ENGL  460. 

ENGL  462  Folksong  and  Ballad.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, ENGL  460. 
ENGL  463  American  Folklore.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENGL  460.  An  examination  of 
American  folklore  in  terms  of  history  and 
regional  folk  cultures.  Exploration  of  col- 
lections of  folklore  from  various  areas  to 
reveal  the  difference  in  regional  and 
ethnic  groups  as  vifitnessed  in  their  oral 
and  literary  traditions. 

ENGL  464  Afro-American  Folklore  and 
Culture.  (3)  An  examination  of  the  culture 
of  the  Negro  in  the  United  States  in 
terms  of  history  (antebellum  to  the 
present)  and  social  changes  (rural  to  ur- 
ban). Exploration  of  aspects  of  Negro 
culture  and  history  via  oral  and  literary 
traditions  and  life  histories. 

ENGL  465  Urban  Folklore.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENGL  460.  An  examination  of  the 
folklore  currently  originating  in  white,  ur- 
ban, American  culture. 

ENGL  476  Modem  Fantasy  and  Science 
Fiction.  (3)  Major  works  of  fantasy  and 
science  fiction  since  the  mid-eighteenth 
century,  emphasizing  their  continuity 
and  their  relationships  to  philosophical 
speculation,  scientific  discovery,  literary 
history  and  cultural  change. 

ENGL  478  Selected  Topics  in  English 
and  American  Literature  before  1800.  (3) 

ENGL  479  Selected  Topics  in  English  an 
American  Literature  after  1800.  (3) 

ENGL  481  Introduction  to  English  Gram- 
mar. (3)  A  brief  review  of  traditional 
English  grammar  and  an  introduction  to 
structural  grammar,  including  phonology, 
morphology  and  syntax. 

ENGL  482  History  of  the  English 
Language.  (3) 

ENGL  483  American  English.  (3) 

ENGL  484  Advanced  English  Grammar. 

(3)  Credit  may  not  be  granted  in  both 
ENGL  434  and  LING  402. 

ENGL  485  Advanced  English  Structure. 
(3) 

104  /  Graduate  Programs 


ENGL  486  Introduction  to  Old  English.  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  grammar,  syntax, 
and  phonology  of  Old  English.  Selected 
readings  from  Old  English  prose  and 
poetry. 

ENGL  489  Special  Topics  in  English 

Language.  (3)  Studies  in  topics  of  current 

interest;  repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  9 

hours. 

ENGL  493  Advanced  Expository  Writing. 

(3) 

ENGL  498  Creative  Writing.  (3) 

ENGL  499  Advanced  Creative  Writing.  (3) 

ENGL  601  Bibliography  and  Methods.  (3) 

ENGL  602  Middle  English.  (3) 

ENGL  603  English  Language  -  Old 
English  to  Early  Modern  English.  (3) 

ENGL  604  Old  English.  (3)  Grammar,  syn- 
tax, phonology  and  prosody  of  Old 
English.  Designed  to  give  graduate 
students  a  working  knowledge  of  Old 
English  and  to  introduce  them  to  the  ma- 
jor Old  English  texts  in  the  original. 

ENGL  611  Approaches  to  College  Com- 
position. (3)  A  seminar  emphasizing 
rhetorical  and  linguistic  foundations  for 
the  handling  of  a  course  in  freshman 
composition.  For  graduate  assistants 
(optional  to  other  graduate  students). 

ENGL  620  Reading  in  Medieval  English 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  621  Readings  In  Renaissance 
English  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  622  Readings  in  Seventeenth- 
Century  English  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  623  Readings  Eighteenth-Century 
English  Literature.  (3) 
ENGL  624  Readings  in  English  Romantic 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  625  Readings  In  English  Victorian 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  626  Readings  in  American 
Literature  before  1865.  (3) 

ENGL  627  Readings  in  American 
Literature  since  1865.  (3) 

ENGL  630  Readings  in  20th  Century 
English  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  718  Seminar  in  Medieval 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  719  Seminar  in  Renaissance 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  728  Seminar  in  Seventeenth- 
Century  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  729  Seminar  in  Eighteenth-Century 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  738  Seminar  in  Nineteenth- 
Century  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  739  Seminar  In  Nineteenth- 
Century  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  748  Seminar  in  American 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  749  Studies  in  Twentieth-Century 
Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  758  Literary  Criticism.  (3) 


ENGL  759  Seminar  in  Literature  and  the 
Other  Arts.  (3) 

ENGL  768  Studies  in  Drama  (3) 

ENGL  769  Studies  in  Fiction.  (3) 

ENGL  778  Seminar  in  Folklore.  (3) 

ENGL  788  Studies  in  the  English 
Language.  (3)  May  be  repeated  for  credit 
to  a  maximum  of  9  hours. 

ENGL  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 

(1-6) 

ENGL  819  Seminar  in  Themes  and  Types 

in  English  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  828  Seminar  in  Themes  and  Types 
in  American  Literature.  (3) 

ENGL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 
Linguistics 
LING  401  Phonetic  and  Phonemlcs.  (3) 

Training  in  the  identification,  description 
and  symbolization  of  various  sounds 
found  in  language.  Study  of  scientific 
techniques  for  classifying  sounds  into 
units  which  are  perceptually  relevant  for 
a  given  language. 

LING  402  Morphology  and  Syntax.  (3)  A 
detailed  study  of  language  structure.  No 
student  may  receive  credit  for  both  LING 
402  and  ENGL  484. 

LING  403  Historical  Linguistics.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, LING  401  and  402,  or 
equivalent.  A  study  of  change  in  the 
phonological,  grammatical  and  semantic 
structures  of  natural  languages: 
language  typology:  reconstruction  and 
various  allied  topics  will  be  treated. 
LING  498  Seminar  in  Linguistics.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: LING  100.  Advanced  topics  in 
linguistics.  Lectures  and  discussions  by 
faculty,  students  and  invited  outside 
scholars.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  provided  content  is  different. 

LING  609  Seminar  in  Linguistics.  (3) 

Entomology  Program 

Professor  and  Chairmar):  Steinhauer 
Professors:  Bickley,  Davidson,  Harrison, 

Jones,  Menzer,  Messersmith,  Wirth 
Associate  Professors:  Caron,  Miller, 

Reichelderfer,  Wood 
Assistant  Professors:  Armstrong,  Denno, 

Dively,  Hellman,  Nelson 
Lecturer:  Spangler 

The  Departnnent  of  Entomology  of- 
fers both  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D. 
degrees.  Graduate  students  may 
specialize  in  physiology  and  mor- 
phology, toxicology,  biosystematlcs, 
ecology  and  behavior,  medical  ento- 
mology, apiculture,  insect  pathology, 
and  economic  entomology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Students  applying  for  graduate  w/ork 
In  entomology  are  expected  to  have 
strong  backgrounds  in  the  biological 
sciences,  chemistry  and  mathe- 
matics. Since  the  Department  Is  par- 


ticularly  anxious  to  find  strong  basic 
preparation,  an  undergraduate  major 
in  entomology  is  not  required  for  ad- 
mission to  the  program.  Students 
lacking  certain  specific  courses  in 
their  undergraduate  program  may 
need  to  extend  the  normal  period  of 
time  required  for  the  degree. 

In  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  programs, 
the  student  is  given  great  latitude  in 
the  selection  of  the  advisory  study 
committee,  choice  of  the  major 
study  areas  and  supporting  course 
work  and  choice  of  the  research  pro- 
gram. The  M.S.  degree  is  awarded 
following  the  successful  completion 
of  the  course  requirements  and  a 
satisfactory  thesis.  A  non-thesis 
M.S.  option  is  available  for  those  in- 
terested in  qualifying  as  pest 
management  specialists.  In  this  pro- 
gram a  field  experience  course  in- 
cluding a  comprehensive  report  is 
substituted  for  the  thesis. 

The  demonstration  of  competence 
in  one  foreign  language  is  required 
for  the  Ph.D.  Upon  admission  to  the 
Ph.D.  program,  the  student  is  given  a 
preliminary  interview  (which  may  be 
combined  with  the  M.S.  final  oral  ex- 
amination) in  which  the  program  of 
course  work  and  collateral  reading, 
the  plan  for  demonstration  of  com- 
petence in  the  foreign  language 
chosen,  and  the  general  outline  of 
the  proposed  research  area  are 
established  and  approved.  Following 
the  completion  of  most  course  work 
and  the  demonstration  of  foreign 
language  competency,  the  oral  quali- 
fying examination  is  administered 
before  the  student  applies  for  admis- 
sion to  candidacy. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Facilities  are  maintained  in  the 
Department  for  research  in  all  areas 
of  specialization  offered,  and  in  addi- 
tion, cooperative  programs  with 
other  departments  in  Agricultural 
and  Life  Sciences  are  possible. 
Cooperative  research  programs  are 
often  maintained  by  the  Department 
with  several  government  agencies, 
such  as  the  Beltsville  Agricultural 
Research  Center,  the  U.S.  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  the 
Walter  Reed  Army  Institute  of 
Research.  Specialized  facilities  are 
frequently  made  available  to 
graduate  students  in  these  pro- 
grams. In  many  instances  graduates 
of  the  programs  in  entomology  find 


employment  in  such  government 
agencies  because  of  the  contacts 
made  in  these  cooperative  projects. 

Financial  Assistance 

There  are  a  limited  number  of 
teaching  and  research  assistant- 
ships  available  to  entomology 
graduate  students  on  a  competitive 
basis.  Several  part-time  employment 
opportunities  are  available  in  govern- 
mental and  private  research  and 
developmental  laboratories  in  the 
area. 

Additional  Information 

The  Department's  "Guidelines  for 
Graduate  Students"  give  additional 
information  on  the  graduate  pro- 
gram, including  requirements  for  ad- 
mission, course  requirements,  ex- 
aminations, seminars,  and  research 
areas  and  facilities.  Copies  are 
available  from  the  Department  of  En- 
tomology, University  of  Maryland. 
Courses 

ENTM  407  Entomology  for  Science 
Teachers.  (4)  Summer.  Four  lectures  and 
four  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  This  course  will  include  the 
elements  of  morphology,  taxonomy  and 
biology  of  insects  using  examples  com- 
monly available  to  high  school  teachers. 
It  will  include  practice  in  collecting, 
perserving,  rearing  and  experimenting 
with  insects  insofar  as  time  will  permit. 

ENTM  412  Advanced  Apiculture.  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  ENTM  111. 
The  theory  and  practice  of  apiary 
management.  Designed  for  the  student 
who  wishes  to  keep  bees  or  requires  a 
practical  knowledge  of  bee  management. 

ENTM  421  Insect  Taxonomy  and  Biology. 

(4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite: 
ENTM  204.  Introduction  to  the  principles 
of  systematic  entomology  and  the  study 
of  all  orders  and  the  important  families 
of  insects;  immature  forms  considered. 

ENTM  432  Insect  Morphology.  (4)  Two 

lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  ENTM  204. 
A  basic  study  of  insect  form,  structure 
and  organization  in  relation  to  function. 

ENTM  442  Insect  Physiology.  (4)  Prereq- 
uisites: ENTM  204  and  CHEM  104  or 
equivalent.  Three  lectures  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  per  week.  Functions  of 
internal  body  systems  in  insects. 

ENTM  451  Economic  Entomology.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite: 
ENTM  204.  The  recognition,  biology  and 
control  of  insects  injurious  to  fruit  and 
vegetable  crops,  field  crops  and  stored 
products. 

ENTM  452  Insecticides.  (2)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  the  department.  The  develop- 


ment and  use  of  contact  and  stomach 
poisons,  fumigants  and  other  important 
chemicals,  with  reference  to  their 
chemistry,  toxic  action,  compatability, 
and  host  injury.  Recent  research  em- 
phasized. 

ENTM  453  Insect  Pests  of  Ornamental 
Plants.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENTM  204.  Two 
lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  The  recognition,  biology 
and  control  of  insects  and  mites  in- 
jurious to  ornamental  shrubs,  trees  and 
greenhouse  crops.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  pests  of  woody  ornamental 
plants. 

ENTM  462  Insect  Pathology.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  MICB  200, 
prerequisite  or  corequisite,  ENTM  442  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  principal  insect  pathogens 
with  special  reference  to  symptomology, 
epizootiology,  and  microbial  control  of 
insect  pests. 

ENTM  472  Medical  and  Veterinary  En- 
tomology. (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  two- 
hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite: ENTM  204  or  consent  of  depart- 
ment. A  study  of  the  morphology,  tax- 
onomy, biology  and  control  of  the  ar- 
thropod parasites  and  disease  vectors  of 
man  and  animals.  The  ecology  and 
behavior  of  vectors  in  relation  to  disease 
transmission  will  be  emphasized. 

ENTM  498  Seminar.  (1)  Prerequisite, 
senior  standing.  Presentation  of  original 
work,  reviews  and  abstracts  of  literature. 

ENTM  612  Insect  Ecology.  (2)  Second 
semester.  One  lecture  and  one  two-hour 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  the  department.  A  study  of 
fundamental  factors  involved  in  the  rela- 
tionship of  insects  to  their  environment. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  insect  as  a 
dynamic  organism  adjusted  to  its  sur- 
roundings. 

ENTM  625  Experimental  Honey  Bee 
Biology.  (2)  First  semester.  One  three- 
hour  lab  a  week.  Fifteen  labs  during 
semester  will  include  topics  such  as 
communication,  nest  construction  and 
organization,  behavior,  insect  societies 
and  bee  and  wasp  biology. 

ENTM  641  Advances  in  Insect 
Physiology.  (2)  First  semester,  alternate 
years.  Two  lectures  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, ENTM  442  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Lectures  on  current  literature  with 
reading  assignments  and  discussion. 

ENTM  643  Aspects  of  Insect 
Biochemistry.  (2)  First  semester.  Two  lec- 
tures a  week.  (Alternate  years.)  Prereq- 
uisite, one  year  of  biochemistry,  or 
equivalent,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Lectures  and  group  discussions  on  the 
energy  sources  of  insects,  intermediary 
metabolism,  utilization  of  energy  sources 
specialized  subjects  of  current  interest, 
such  as  light  production,  insect  pigment 
formation,  pheromones,  venoms,  and 
chemical  defense  mechanisms. 

ENTM  653  Toxicology  of  Insecticides.  (4) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one 


Graduate  Programs  /  105 


three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
(Alternate  years,  not  offered  1977-1978.) 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  physical,  chemical, 
and  biological  properties  of  insecticides. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  relationship  of 
chemical  structures  to  insecticidal  activi- 
ty and  mode  of  action.  Mechanisms  of 
resistance  are  also  considered. 

ENTM  654  Insect  Pest  Population 
Management.  (2)  Two  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Cur- 
rent developments  in  pest  management 
theory  and  practice.  Emphasis  on  agro- 
ecosystem  components  and  their 
manipulation.  Population  sampling, 
damage  thresholds,  cost-benefit  relation- 
ships, and  modeling  in  pest  manage- 
ment. 

ENTM  672  Culicidology.  (2)  Second 
semester.  One  lecture  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  (Alternate 
years.)  The  classification,  distribution, 
ecology,  biology,  and  control  of  mos- 
quitoes. 

ENTM  689  Entomological  Topics.  (1-3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture 
or  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week 
for  each  credit  hour.  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  department.  Lectures,  group 
discussions  or  laboratory  sessions  on 
selected  topics  such  as:  aquatic  insects, 
biological  control  of  insects,  entomolog- 
ical literature,  forest  entomology,  history 
of  entomology,  insect  biochemistry,  in- 
sect embryology,  immature  insects,  In- 
sect behavior,  principles  of  economic  en- 
tomology, insect  communication,  prin- 
ciples of  entomological  research. 

ENTM  698  Seminar.  (1)  Presentation  of 
topics  of  current  interest,  including 
thesis  and  dissertation  research,  by 
faculty  members,  students,  and  outside 
speakers. 

ENTM  699  Advanced  Entomology.  (1-6) 

Credit  and  prerequisites  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  department.  First  and  sec- 
ond semesters.  Studies  of  minor  prob- 
lems in  morphology,  physiology,  tax- 
onomy and  applied  entomology,  with  par- 
ticular reference  to  the  preparation  of  the 
student  for  individual  research. 

ENTM  789  Field  Experience  in  Pest 
Management.  (1-6)  Prerequisite,  ENTM 
654  or  consent  of  the  department.  In- 
volvement in  practical  problems  of  pest 
management  in  field  situations.  The  stu- 
dent will  be  assigned  to  a  problem  area 
for  intensive  experience,  usually  during 
the  summer.  A  final  written  report  is  re- 
quired for  each  assignment.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

ENTM  799  Master's  Tliesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

ENTM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Family  And  Community 
Development  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Gaylin 
Associate  Professors:  Brabble,  Myricks, 
Rubin,  Wilson 

106  /  Graduate  Programs 


Assistant  Professors:  Churaman, 

Garrison,  Orvedal 
A  Master  of  Science  Degree  in  Fami- 
ly and  Community  Development  is 
offered  under  a  graduage  program 
within  the  College  of  Human 
Ecology.  The  program  is  particularly 
responsive  to  the  contemporary 
needs  of  families  and  the  most  ef- 
fective ways  of  providing  programs 
and  services  in  the  community. 

The  program  objectives  of  the 
Department  of  Family  and  Communi- 
ty Development  are  directed  toward 
educating  professionals  who  are 
prepared  to  develop  and  direct  a 
variety  of  programs  and  services  that 
are  both  family-oriented  and  com- 
munity based.  The  areas  of 
specialization  in  the  Department  are: 
family  studies,  community  studies 
with  particular  emphasis  on  pro- 
grams serving  families,  and  manage- 
ment and  consumer  studies.  Faculty 
members  use  and  encourage  an  in- 
terdisciplinary approach  to  the  study 
of  human  problems  related  to  social 
change  and  to  helping  students 
become  agents  of  change,  through 
the  family  unit. 

An  integrated  practicum  ex- 
perience is  offered  which  enables 
students  to  work  directly  with 
families  and  community  agencies. 
Admission  and  Degree  Information 
The  Department  will  continue  to 
adopt  the  policies  of  the  Graduate 
School  as  the  basic  criteria  for  ad- 
mission to  the  Master's  program.  In 
addition,  it  is  recommended  that  in- 
dividuals take  the  Aptitude  section 
of  the  GRE,  and  have  adequate 
undergraduate  preparation  in  one  or 
more  of  the  following  areas:  family 
development,  psychology,  sociology, 
or  human  ecology.  A  course  in 
elementary  statistics  at  the  under- 
graduate level  is  required. 

The  Master's  program  is  30  hours. 
The  student  may  choose  either  the 
thesis  or  non-thesis  option.  Six 
hours  of  thesis  research  are  required 
for  those  students  selecting  the 
thesis  option.  The  non-thesis  option 
permits  more  extensive  field  ex- 
perience in  lieu  of  the  research 
thesis.  Any  student  selecting  this 
option  will  complete  30  hours  of 
course  work  with  oral  and  written 
comprehensive  examinations  upon 
completion. 
Financial  Assistance 
Due  to  the  limited  number  of 


available  Graduate  Teaching 
Assistantships,  and  the  high  de- 
mand, application  for  financial  aid 
should  be  made  prior  to  April  1st,  for 
the  fall  semester  of  the  coming  year. 

Additional  Information 

Further  information  regarding  this 
program  should  be  obtained  by  con- 
tacting the  Department  or  the  Col- 
lege of  Human  Ecology  directly. 

Courses 

FMCD  431  Farnily  Crises  and  Rehabilita- 
tion. (3)  Deals  with  various  types  of  fami- 
ly crises  situations  and  how  families 
cope  with  the  rehabilitation  process.  It 
covers  issues  at  various  stages  of  the 
family  cycle  ranging  from  divorce, 
teenage  runaways,  abortion,  to  the  effect 
of  death  on  a  family.  Role  playing  and  in- 
terviewing techniques  are  demonstrated 
and  ways  of  helping  the  family  through 
the  crises  are  emphasized. 

FMCD  443  Consumer  Problems.  (3)  Con- 
sumer practices  of  American  families. 
Merchandising  practices  as  they  affect 
the  consumer.  Organizations  and  laws  in 
the  interest  of  the  consumer. 

FMCD  446  Living  Experiences  With 
Families.  (3-6) 

A  —  Domestic  Intercultural 
B  —  International  Intercultural 
Prerequisites:  FMCD  330,  ANTH  101; 
FMCD  250;  optional,  language  com- 
petence. An  individual  experience  in  liv- 
ing with  families  of  a  sub-culture  within 
the  U.S.  or  with  families  of  another  coun- 
try, participating  in  family  and  communi- 
ty activities.  A  foreign  student  may  par- 
ticipate and  live  with  an  American  family. 

FMCD  447  Home  Management  for  the 
Disabled.  (3)  Application  of  home 
management  concepts  in  the  use  of 
resources  to  promote  maintenance  of 
homemaker  independence  through 
physiological  and  psychological  ad- 
justments in  the  family  and  home  en- 
vironment. The  purpose  of  this  course  is 
to  prepare  students  for  working  effective- 
ly with  disabled  homemakers. 

FMCD  448  Selected  Topics  in  Home 
Management.  (3)  Seminar  format  will  be 
used  to  examine  the  ways  families  set 
priorities  and  organize  their  efforts  and 
resources  to  achieve  both  social  and 
economic  goals.  Prior  registration  in 
FMCD  250,  341,  or  other  courses  in 
management  theory,  systems  analysis  or 
research  methods  is  desirable. 
Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits 
provided  subject  matter  is  different. 

FMCD  453  Family-Community  Advocacy. 

(3)  Legislative  efforts,  state  and  federal, 
which  have  impact  on  families.  The 
techniques,  tactics,  and  strategies  of  lob- 
byists. 

FMCD  485  Introduction  to  Family 
Counseling.  (3)  Provides  the  fundamental 
theoretical  concepts  and  clinical  pro- 
cedures that  are  unique  to  marital  and 


family  therapy.  These  techniques  are 
contrasted  with  individually-orientated 
psychotherapy.  Pre-marital,  marital  and 
family,  and  divorce  counseling  techni- 
ques are  demonstrated  and  evaluated. 

FMCD  487  Legal  Aspects  of  Family  Prob- 
lems. (3)  Laws  and  legal  involvement  that 
directly  affect  specific  aspects  of  the 
family:  adoption,  marriage,  estate  plan- 
ning, property  rights,  wills,  etc.  Emphasis 
will  be  given  to  the  involvement  of  a  pro- 
fessional lawyer;  principles  and  inter- 
pretation of  the  law. 

FMCD  499  Special  Topics.  (1-3) 

A  —  Family  studies 

B  —  Community  studies 

C  —  Management  and  consumer  studies 

FMCD  600  Readings  in  Research  and 
Theory  of  the  Family.  (3)  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  surveying  current  research. 
concepts  and  theory  in  marital  and  family 
dynamics.  The  relationship  of  the  con- 
temporary family  to  the  society  and  com- 
munity are  discussed  and  family  patterns 
within  various  social  classes  and  across 
different  cultures  are  compared. 
Changes  in  family  functioning  through- 
out the  family  life  cycle  and  over  the  last 
hundred  years  are  described  and  analyz- 
ed. 

FMCD  602  Integrative  Aspects  of  Human 
Ecology.  (3)  The  philosophical  foundation 
tor  the  home  economics  profession  are 
explored  in  this  course.  An  historical  ap- 
proach is  used  in  part  to  indicate  the 
growth  of  home  economics,  its  relation- 
ship to  other  disciplines  and  its  in- 
tegrative function  for  the  practitioner  of 
the  applied  human  sciences.  Emphasis  is 
placed  upon  recent  trends  and  future 
directions  for  the  professional  as  change 
agent  and  his  role  within  society. 

FMCD  609  Seminar  Current  Issues  in 
Family  and  Community  Development. 
(1-4)  This  seminar  will  be  open  to  all 
graduate  students  for  non-credit  or 
variable  credit  by  prior  arrangement.  It  is 
considered  an  informal  vehicle  to 
generate  communication  and  discussion 
among  all  members  of  the  department. 
Presentations  will  include  reviews  and 
critiques  of  recent  articles  and  books 
within  the  field  and  those  relevent  to  it. 
In  addition,  original  informal  discussion 
papers  from  faculty  and  students  will  be 
generated  for  presentation  and  discus- 
sion. Guest  speakers  and  discussants 
will  be  encouraged  when  deemed  ap- 
propriate. 

FMCD  610  Familimetrics.  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites. FMCD  401  and  statistics.  The 
primary  focus  is  on  the  advantages  and 
limitations  of  family  research  procedures 
and  the  degree  of  correspondence  be- 
tween these  methods.  Ways  of  develop- 
ing and  evaluating  adequate  research 
procedures  will  be  emphasized  and  re- 
cent innovations  in  the  field  will  be  con- 
sidered. 

FMCD  615  Community  Interaction  With 
Families.  (3)  A  study  of  relationships  of 
the  individual  within  the  family  and  in- 
volvement with  the  community.  Com- 


munity organization  and  structure  will  be 
studied  from  the  perspective  of  (1)  in- 
dividual involvement;  (2)  family  involve- 
ment; (3)  intergroup  involvement,  i.e., 
racial,  ethnic,  religious  and  class  groups. 
Theoretical  frameworks  are  to  be 
developed  with  effective  operational  ap- 
proaches applied  in  local  community 
organizations.  Students  will  participate 
in  studying  available  community  groups 
and  their  effects  on  individuals.  Govern- 
mental agency  programs  and  funded 
community  projects  will  be  studied,  with 
special  attention  given  to  the  philosophy 
of  various  funding  agencies. 

FMCD  625  Advanced  Consumer  Affairs. 

(3)  An  analysis  of  current  consumer 
behavior  found  in  various  family  life 
styles  and  of  community  processes  for 
dealing  with  consumer  problems.  Em- 
phasis is  given  to  recent  research  and 
theoretical  frameworks  in  the  consumer 
area. 

FMCD  660  Program  Planning  and  Evalua- 
tion. (1-6)  Consideration  is  given  to 
research  program  development  and/or 
evaluation  of  an  existing  research  pro- 
gram in  relation  to  objectives  and  need. 
Reporting  of  research  for  publication  in  a 
journal  and  periodicals  will  also  be 
stressed. 

FMCD  668  Special  Topics  in  Family  Life. 
(1-6)  Individual  study  or  arranged  group 
study. 

FMCD  678  Special  Topics  in  Community 
Services.  (1-6)  Individual  study  or  ar- 
ranged group  study. 

FMCD  686  Introduction  to  Family 
Counseling.  (3)  This  course  gives  the  fun- 
damental theoretical  concepts  and 
clinical  procedures  that  are  unique  to 
family  and  marital  therapy.  Family  and 
marital  therapy  are  contrasted  with 
individually-oriented  psychotherapy  in 
terms  of  historical  development,  assump- 
tions and  techniques.  Various  types  of 
clinical  techniques  for  marital  and  family 
therapists  are  presented.  Premarital, 
marital  and  family,  divorce  counseling 
approaches  are  considered. 

FMCD  688  Special  Topics  in 
Management-Consumer.  (1-6)  Individual 
study  or  arranged  group  study. 

FMCD  691  Family-Community  Consulta- 
tion. (3)  The  foci  of  this  course  are  upon 
defining  areas  of  behavior  which  can  be 
referred  to  the  family-community  consul- 
tant and  upon  methodology  which  can  be 
applied  by  the  consultant  to  family  or 
professional  situations.  Roles  such  as 
homemaker  rehabilitation  consultant 
could  receive  added  emphasis  through 
field  experience  participation  which  is 
encouraged  in  the  course. 

FMCD  695  Practicum  in  Family  and  Com- 
munity Services.  (3)  A  field  experience 
which  provides  one  of  the  following:  (1) 
direct  contact  with  family  life  styles  dif- 
ferent from  one's  own  (2)  observation 
and/or  (3)  experience  of  a  professional 
role  in  working  with  families  (consulting, 
counseling,  informal  education,  leader- 
ship training,  community  action,  case 


work.  etc.).  Observation  and/or  ex- 
perience with  services,  educational  pro- 
grams or  action  programs  dealing  with  a 
particular  type  of  family  problem  (finan- 
cial, consumer,  help  in  emergencies, 
health,  housing,  homemaker  rehabilita- 
tion, family  realtionships  and 
management)  will  be  included. 

FMCD  698  Special  Topics  in  General 
Human  Ecology.  (1-6)  Individual  study  or 
arranged  group  study. 

FMCD  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 

(1-6) 

Food,  Nutrition  and  Institu- 
tion Administration 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Prather 
Professors:  Ahrens.  Beaton 
Associate  Professors:  Butler,  Cox, 

Williams 
Assistant  Professors:  Poplai,  Wodarski 
Adjunct  Professors:  Stewart,  Trout 

The  Department  offers  a  program 
leading  to  a  Master  of  Science 
degree  in  each  of  the  following  ma- 
jor areas:  food,  nutrition,  and  institu- 
tion administration.  The  Department 
participates  in  an  interdepartmental 
program  for  Master  of  Science  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees  in 
nutritional  science  which  is  de- 
scribed under  that  title.  The  area  of 
food  includes  study  in  experimental 
foods  as  well  as  cultural  and  con- 
sumer aspects  of  food.  Nutrition  in- 
cludes the  science  of  nutrition  as 
well  as  the  broad  area  of  community 
nutrition.  Institution  administration 
includes  all  phases  of  food  service 
systems. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  minimum  Graduate 
School  requirements,  a  satisfactory 
score  on  the  aptitude  portion  of  the 
Graduate  Record  Examination  is  re- 
quired. A  minimum  combination  of 
900  with  a  minimum  of  400  on  both 
the  verbal  and  quantitative  is  re- 
quired for  admission. 

Thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are 
available  for  the  Masters  of  Science 
degree  in  food,  nutrition  or  institu- 
tion administration,  but  the  Master 
of  Science  degree  in  nutritional 
science  is  available  only  through  a 
thesis  option. 

All  students  are  required  to  take  a 
Seminar,  a  statistics  and  a  Research 
Methods  course.  Other  courses  are 
selected  with  the  guidance  of  an  ad- 
visor and/or  a  committee.  Non-thesis 
option  students  must  prepare  a 
research  paper,  present  an  addi- 

Graduate  Programs  / 107 


tional  seminar  and  take  a  written 
comprehensive  examination  in  addi- 
tion to  an  oral  examination.  An 
average  of  three  or  four  semesters  is 
usually  required  to  complete  the 
M.S.  thesis  option  and  two  or  three 
semesters  for  the  non-thesis  option. 
Facilities  and  Special  Resources 
The  Department  has  special  ar- 
rangements and  cooperative 
agreements  with  laboratories  at  the 
Nutrition  Institute,  A.R.S.,  U.S.D.A. 
and  the  University  Affiliated  Program 
in  Child  Development  at  Georgetown 
University  Hospital  Clinic,  for 
students  in  nutrition  and  foods. 
There  are  faculty  with  advanced 
degrees  in  the  areas  of  food 
chemistry,  cultural  foods,  com- 
munity nutrition,  human  and  animal 
nutrition,  and  food  service  systems. 

Financial  Assistance 

There  are  a  limited  number  of 
graduate  teaching  assistantships 
and  research  assistantships 
available. 

Additional  Information 
Copies  of  a  Department  mimeograph 
with  additional  information  concern- 
ing admission  requirements, 
courses,  faculty,  facilities,  etc.  are 
available  from  the  Department  Chair- 
man. 
Courses 
Food 

FOOD  440  Advanced  Food  Science.  (3) 
Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
FOOD  250  and  CHEM  261  or  461. 
Chemical  and  physical  properties  of  food 
as  related  to  consumer  use  in  the  home 
and  institutions. 

FOOD  445  Advanced  Food  Science 
Laboratory.  (1)  One  three-hour  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  201  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Chemical  deter- 
mination of  selected  components  in 
animal  and  plant  foods. 

FOOD  450  Experimental  Food  Science. 

(3)  One  lecture,  two  laboratories  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  FOOD  440  or 
equivalent.  Individual  and  group 
laboratory  experimentation  as  an  in- 
troduction to  methods  of  food  research. 

FOOD  480  Food  Additives.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: FOOD  440  or  equivalent.  Effects 
of  intentional  and  incidental  additives  on 
food  quality,  nutritive  value  and  safety. 
Current  regulatory  procedures. 

FOOD  490  Special  Problems  in  Foods. 
(2-3)  Prerequisite,  FOOD  440  and  consent 
of  instructor.  Individual  selected  prob- 
lems in  the  area  of  food  science. 

FOOD  498  Special  Topics.  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite: consent  ot  instructor.  Selected 
current  aspects  of  food.  Repeatable  to  a 


maximum  of  six  credits  if  the  subject 
matter  is  substantially  different. 
FOOD  610  Readings  in  Food.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: FOOD  440  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. A  critical  survey  of  the  literature  of 
recent  developments  in  food  research. 

FOOD  820  Nutritional  and  Quality  Evalua- 
tion of  Food.  (3)  Prerequisite:  FOOD  440 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Effects  of  pro- 
duction, processing,  marketing,  storage, 
and  preparation  on  nutritive  value  and 
quality  of  foods. 

FOOD  640  Food  Enzymes.  (3)  First 
semester,  alternate  years.  Two  lectures 
and  one  three-hour  laboratory.  Prereq- 
uisite, FOOD  440  or  equivalent.  The 
classification  and  behavior  of  naturally 
occurring  and  added  enzymes  in  food;  in- 
cludes the  effects  of  temperature,  PH, 
radiation,  moisture,  etc.,  on  enzyme  ac- 
tivity. 

FOOD  650  Advanced  Experimental  Food. 
(3-5)  Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and 
three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Selected 
readings  of  literature  in  experimental 
foods.  Development  of  individual 
problem. 

FOOD  660  Research  Methods.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: a  statistics  course.  A  study  of  ap- 
propriate research  methodology  and 
theories  including  experimental  design. 
Each  student  is  required  to  develop  a 
specimen  research  proposal. 

FOOD  678  Special  Topics  in  Foods.  (1-6) 

Individual  or  group  study  in  an  area  of 

foods. 

FOOD  688  Seminar.  (1-2)  Reports  and 

Discussions  of  Current  Research  in 

Foods. 

FOOD  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 
Nutrition 

NUTR  425  International  Nutrition.  (2)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  course  in 
basic  nutrition.  Nutritional  status  of 
world  population  and  local,  national  and 
international  programs  for  improvement. 

NUTR  430  Nutritional  Biochemistry.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  261  or  equivalent. 
Nutritional  biochemistry  with  special  em- 
phasis on  the  relationship  between  bio- 
chemistry and  nutrition. 
NUTR  435  History  of  Nutrition.  (2)  Two 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  course  in 
basic  nutrition.  A  study  of  the  develop- 
ment of  the  knowledge  of  nutrition  and 
its  interrelationship  with  social  and 
economic  developments. 

NUTR  450  Advance  Human  Nutrition.  (3) 

Prerequisites:  consent  of  department: 
NUTR  300  and  CHEM  261  or  concurrent 
registration  in  CHEM  462.  Two  lectures 
and  one  two-hour  laboratory.  A  critical 
study  of  the  physiological  and  metabolic 
influences  on  nutrient  utilization,  with 
particular  emphasis  on  current  problems 
in  human  nutrition. 

NUTR  460  Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition. 

(3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  NUTR  300, 
450.  Modifications  of  the  normal  ade- 


quate diet  to  meet  human  nutritional 
needs  in  pathological  conditions. 

NUTR  470  Community  Nutrition.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: NUTR  300,  450,  460.  A  study 
of  different  types  of  community  nutrition 
programs,  problems  and  projects. 

NUTR  480  Applied  Diet  Therapy.  (3)  Open 

only  to  students  accepted  into  and  par- 
ticipating in  the  U.S.  army  dietetic  intern- 
ship program  at  Walter  Reed  General 
Hospital  or  the  coordinated  undergradu- 
ate dietetics  program.  Application  of 
principles  of  normal  and  therapeutic 
nutrition  in  total  medical  care  and 
instruction  of  patients.  Clinical  ex- 
periences in  hospital  therapeutics, 
pediatrics,  research  and  a  variety  of 
clinics  are  included.  For  students  in  the 
coordinated  undergraduate  dietetics  pro- 
gram, 238  hours  of  clinical  experience  is 
required  and  this  course  must  be  accom- 
panied by  NUTR  460. 

NUTR  485  Applied  Community  Nutrition. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  NUTR  460  and  concur- 
rent registration  in  NUTR  470.  Open  only 
to  students  accepted  into  and  participat- 
ing in  the  coordinated  undergraduate 
program  in  dietetics.  Application  of  prin- 
ciples in  community  nutrition  through 
guided  experiences  in  different  aspects 
of  nutrition  programs  in  the  community. 
This  course  requires  238  hours  of  clinical 
experience. 

NUTR  490  Special  Problems  in  Nutrition. 
(2-3)  Prerequisites,  NUTR  300  and  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Individual  selected 
problems  in  the  area  of  human  nutrition. 

NUTR  498  Special  Topics.  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite: consent  of  instructor.  Selected 
current  aspects  of  nutrition.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  the  sub- 
ject matter  is  substantially  different. 

NUTR  600  Recent  Progress  in  Human 
Nutrition.  (3)  Recent  developments  in  the 
science  of  nutrition  with  emphasis  on 
the  interpretation  of  these  findings  for 
application  in  health  and  disease. 
NUTR  610  Readings  in  Nutrition.  (1-3) 
Reports  and  discussions  of  significant 
nutritional  research  and  investigation. 

NUTR  615  Maternal  and  Infant  Nutrition. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  NUTR  460  or  equivalent, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Current 
literature  concerning  the  importance  of 
diet  during  pregnancy  and  infancy  on  the 
health  of  the  mother  and  infant.  Physio- 
logical and  biochemical  changes  during 
pregnancy  and  infancy,  current  issues  in 
infant  feeding,  such  as  possible  effects 
of  diet  during  infancy  on  obesity  and 
degenerative  diseases  in  later  life,  and 
current  public  healtn  programs  designed 
to  serve  pregnant  women  and  infants. 
NUTR  620  Nutrition  for  Community  Ser- 
vices. (3)  Application  of  the  principles  of 
nutrition  to  various  community  problems 
of  specific  groups  of  the  public. 
Students  may  select  specific  problems 
for  independent  study. 

NUTR  630  Nutritional  Aspects  of  Energy 
Balance.  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  462  or 
equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 


108  /  Graduate  Programs 


prevalence  and  basic  causes  of  caloric 
imbalance,  along  with  a  wide  variety  of 
approacfies  to  weigfit  control. 

NUTR  660  Research  Methods.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, a  statistics  course.  A  study  of  ap- 
propriate research  mettiodology  and 
theories  including  experimental  design. 
Each  student  is  required  to  develop  a 
specimen  research  proposal. 

NUTR  670  Intermediary  Metabolism  in 
Nutrition.  (3)  Second  semester.  Prereq- 
uisite, CHEM  461,  462  or  equivalent.  The 
major  routes  of  carbohydrate,  fat,  and 
protein  metabolism  with  particular  em- 
phasis on  metabolic  shifts  and  their 
detection  and  significance  in  nutrition. 

NUTR  678  Special  Topics  in  Nutrition. 
(1-6)  Individual  or  group  study  in  an  area 
of  nutrition. 

NUTR  680  Human  Nutritional  Status.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  Methods 
of  appraisal  of  human  nutritional  status, 
to  include  dietary,  biochemical  and  an- 
thropometric techniques. 

NUTR  698  Seminar  in  Nutrition.  (1-3)  A 

study  in  depth  of  a  selected  phase  of 
nutrition. 

NUTR  699  Problems  in  Nutrition.  (1-4) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  faculty.  Ex- 
perience in  a  phase  of  nutrition  of  in- 
terest to  the  student.  Use  is  made  of  ex- 
perimental animals,  human  studies  and 
extensive,  critical  studies  of  research 
methods,  techniques  or  data  of  specific 
projects. 

NUTR  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 
Institution  Administration 

I  ADM  410  School  Food  Service.  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  morning  a  week  for 
field  experience  in  a  school  food  service. 
Prerequisite,  FOOD  200,  or  240  and  250, 
and  NUTR  300,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Study  of  organization  and  management, 
menu  planning,  food  purchasing, 
preparation,  service,  and  cost  control  in  a 
school  lunch  program. 

lADM  420  Quantity  Food  Purchasing.  (2) 

Prerequisites:  FOOD  240  and  lADlVl  300, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Food  selection 
and  the  development  of  integrated  pur- 
chasing programs.  Standards  of  quality; 
marketing  distribution  systems. 

lADM  430  Quantity  Food  Production.  (4) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  one  six-hour 
laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisites;  FOOD 
240  and  lADM  300,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Scientific  principles  and  procedures. 
Laboratory  experience  in  management 
techniques  and  in  quantity  food  produc- 
tion and  service. 

lADM  440  Food  Service  Personnel  Ad- 
ministration. (2)  Prerequisite,  lADM  300. 
Principles  of  personnel  administration  in 
food  services,  emphasis  on  personnel 
selection,  supervision  and  training,  job 
evaluation,  wage  and  payroll  structure, 
current  labor  regulations,  and  interper- 
sonal relationships  and  communications. 

lADM  450  Food  Service  Equipment  and 
Planning.  (2)  Two  lectures  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  Equipment 


design  selection,  maintenance  and  effi- 
cient layout,  relation  of  the  physical 
facility  to  production  and  service. 

lADM  460  Administrative  Dietetics  I.  (3) 

Open  only  to  students  accepted  into  and 
participating  in  the  U.S.  army  dietetic  in- 
ternship program  at  Walter  Reed  General 
Hospital  or  the  coordinated  undergradu- 
ate dietetic  program.  Application  of 
management  theory  through  guided  ex- 
perience in  all  aspects  of  hospital  dietary 
department  administration.  For  students 
in  the  coordinated  undergraduate  dietet- 
ics program,  238  hours  of  hospital  food 
service  management  experience  is  re- 
quired and  this  course  must  be  accom- 
panied by  lADM  300  and  430. 

lADM  470  /  dministrative  Dietetics  II.  (3) 

Open  only  ;o  students  accepted  into  and 
participating  in  the  U.S.  army  dietetic  in- 
ternship program  at  Walter  Reed  General 
Hospital  or  the  coordinated  undergradu- 
ate dietetics  program.  Continuation  of 
lADM  460.  For  students  in  the  coor- 
dinated undergraduate  program,  238 
hours  of  food  service  experience  is  re- 
quired and  this  course  must  be  accom- 
panied by  lADM  420  and  440. 

lADM  490  Special  Problems  in  Food  Ser- 
vice. (2-3)  Prerequisites,  senior  standing, 
five  hours  in  lADM  courses  and  consent 
of  instructor.  Individual  selected  prob- 
lems in  the  area  of  food  service. 

lADM  498  Special  Topics.  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisites, consent  of  instructor.  Selected 
current  aspects  of  institution  administra- 
tion. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  the  subject  matter  is  substan- 
tially different. 

lADM  600  Food  Service  Administration. 

(3)  First  or  second  semester.  Principles 
of  organization  and  management  related 
to  a  food  system.  Control  of  resources 
through  the  use  of  quantitative  methods. 
Administrative  decision-making,  and  per- 
sonnel policies  and  practices. 

lADM  610  Readings  in  Food  Administra- 
tion. (3)  Reports  and  discussion  of 
significant  research  and  development  in 
the  area  of  food  administration. 

lADM  630  Computer  Application  in  Food 
Service.  (3)  Alternate  years.  Prerequisite: 
lADM  600  or  equivalent.  The  use  of 
automatic  data  processing  and  program- 
ming for  the  procurement  and  issuing  of 
food  commodities,  processing  of  ingre- 
dients, menu  selection,  and  labor  alloca- 
tions. 

lADM  640  Sanitation  and  Safety  in  Food 
Service.  (3)  Alternate  years.  Prerequisite, 
MICB  200.  Principles  and  practices  of 
sanitation  and  safety  unique  to  the  pro- 
duction, storage  and  service  of  food  in 
quantity:  includes  current  legislation. 

lADM  650  Experimental  Quantity  Food 
Production.  (3)  Alternate  years.  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  three-hour  laboratory.  Pre- 
requisites: lADM  430  and  FOOD  450  or 
equivalents.  Application  of  experimental 
methods  to  quantity  food  production, 
recipe  development  and  modification: 
relationship  of  food  quality  to  production 
methods. 


lADM  660  Research  Methods.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: A  statistics  course.  A  study  of  ap- 
propriate research  methodology  and 
theories  including  experimental  design. 
Each  student  is  required  to  develop  a 
research  proposal. 

lADM  678  Special  Topics  in  Institutional 
Food.  (1-6)  Individual  or  group  study  in  an 
area  of  institutional  food  service. 

lADM  688  Seminar.  (1)  Reports  and 
discussion  of  current  research  in  institu- 
tion administration.  tVlay  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  three  semester  hours  of 
credit. 

lADM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Credit  in 
proportion  to  work  done  and  results  ac- 
complished. Investigation  in  some 
phases  -"f  institution  administration 
which  may  form  the  basis  of  a  thesis. 


Food  Science  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  King  (Dairy 
Science) 

Professors:  Bender  (Agricultural  and  Re- 
source Economics),  Young  (Animal 
Science),  Keeney  (Chemistry),  Davis 
and  Mattick  (Dairy  Science),  Kramer, 
Twigg  and  Wiley  (Horticulture) 

Associate  Professors:  Wheaton  (Agri- 
cultural Engineering),  Buric  (Animal 
Science),  Westhoff  (Dairy  Science), 
Bigbee,  Heath  and  Thomas  (Poultry 
Science) 

Assistant  Professors:  Vijay  (Dairy 
Science),  Solomos  (Horticulure) 

Visting  Lecturer:  Bednarczyk 

The  Food  Science  Program  offers 
the  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degrees.  The  Program  Is 
interdepartmental  with  participation 
or  support  from  the  Departments  of 
Animal  Science,  Dairy  Science,  Hor- 
ticulture, Poultry  Science, 
Agricultural  Engineering,  Chemistry, 
and  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  Programs  of  study  and 
research  are  individually  planned 
with  the  student  and  an  appropriate 
committee.  Areas  of  study  encom- 
pass animal,  plant,  seafood,  and 
fabricated  food  products.  Specializa- 
tion is  available  in  food  microbiology 
and  fermentations,  food  chemistry 
and  biochemistry,  quality  assurance, 
food  engineering  and  product 
development,  nutritional  evaluation, 
food  sanitation,  packaging,  and 
distribution. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

There  are  no  special  admission  re- 
quirements above  those  required  by 
the  Graduate  School.  The  Food 
Science  Admissions  Committee 
evaluates  and  makes  recommenda- 

Graduate  Programs  / 109 


tions  on  all  applications  based  on 
academic  and  professional  ex- 
perience and  letters  of  recommenda- 
tions (at  least  3  required).  When 
feasible  the  Committee  may  conduct 
a  personal  interview.  In  the  absence 
of  a  bachelors  degree  in  Food 
Science  or  Food  Technology  a 
strong  background  in  physical  and 
biological  sciences  is  recom- 
mended. Inadequate  prerequisites 
may  result  in  a  recommendation  to 
complete  a  remedial  program  as  a 
special  student,  undergraduate 
status.  Program  requirements  are  as 
follows:  1)  Food  Science;  the 
equivalent  of  the  following  courses 
FDSC  412,  413,  Principles  of  Food 
Processing;  FDSC  421,  Food 
Chemistry;  FDSC  430,  Food 
fVlicrobiology;  FDSC  431,  Food  Quali- 
ty Control.  2)  Biochemistry  — 
minimum  of  3  hours  graduate  credit. 
3)  Colloquium  (seminar).  Attendance 
each  semester  and  at  least  2  presen- 
tations for  credit  during  the  program 
of  study.  4)  Provisional  requirements 
based  on  admission  must  be 
satisfied  as  soon  as  practical. 

For  the  M.S.  degree,  a  student 
must  complete  the  program  of  study 
as  approved  by  his  committee  which 
will  include  the  minimum  require- 
ments. Students  entering  the  Pro- 
gram without  a  background  in  Food 
Science  will  probably  complete 
about  30  hours  of  course  work  to  ob- 
tain the  M.S.  degree.  For  the  M.S. 
with  thesis,  a  research  proposal 
must  be  submitted  to  the  student's 
committee  for  review  and  approval 
by  the  end  of  the  second  semester 
of  study.  Students  who  for  various 
reaons  or  circumstances  cannot 
readily  satisfy  the  thesis  research 
may  complete  an  additional  6  hours 
of  courses  at  the  600  level  in  addi- 
tion to  the  program  requirements 
above.  A  scholarly  paper  on  a  sub- 
ject approved  by  the  committee 
must  be  prepared  and  presented  at  a 
regular  FDSC  colloquium.  A  final 
comprehensive  examination  in- 
cluding defense  of  the  scholarly 
paper  will  be  conducted  by  the 
student's  committee.  The  above  pro- 
grams should  be  completed  within  3 
semesters  and  a  summer  session. 

For  admission  to  the  doctoral  pro- 
gram, the  M.S.  degree  is  not  required 
but  is  generally  recommended. 
Students  completing  an  M.S.  degree 
in  the  FDSC  Program,  UMCP  must 

110/  Graduate  Programs 


receive  a  favorable  recommen- 
dation from  the  M.S.  degree  final  ex- 
amining committee.  Students  admit- 
ted from  outside  the  FDSC  Program, 
UMCP  will  be  examined  orally  by 
their  committee  as  a  basis  for 
developing  a  suitable  program  of 
study.  The  student  must  complete  a 
program  of  study  as  approved  by  the 
student's  committee  including 
minimum  requirements  of  the 
Graduate  School  and  FDSC  Program 
requirements.  There  is  no  required 
number  of  hours  of  course  work. 
Programs  are  developed  on  an  in- 
dividual basis.  There  is  no  language 
requirement.  A  proposal  for  disserta- 
tion research  must  be  presented  to 
the  student's  committee  for  review 
and  approval  by  the  end  of  the  third 
semester  of  study.  A  comprehensive 
oral  examination  will  be  conducted 
by  the  committee  and  other  in- 
terested faculty  members  after 
substantial  completion  of  the  pro- 
gram of  study  and  usually  before  the 
end  of  the  fourth  semester.  Satisfac- 
tory performance  in  this  examination 
is  required  before  recommendation 
for  admission  to  candidacy  is 
granted.  Each  student  will  assist  in 
teaching  at  least  one  course 
regardless  of  whether  employed  as  a 
graduate  assistant.  The  candidate 
will  defend  the  dissertation  before  a 
committee  of  at  least  5  members  ap- 
pointed by  the  Dean  for  Graduate 
Studies.  The  candidate's  advisor  is 
usually  chairman  of  the  committee. 
It  is  recommended  that  the  can- 
didate prepare  initial  drafts  of  in- 
tended publications  for  review 
before  the  final  examination.  This 
program  should  be  completed  in  3 
years  or  less  depending  on  the  can- 
didate's previous  background. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  combined  resources  of  the  par- 
ticipating Departments  are  available 
for  Food  Science  research. 
Laboratories,  pilot  plants,  and  equip- 
ment are  located  in  the  Animal 
Sciences  Center,  Holzapfel  Hall, 
Turner  Laboratory  and  Shriver  Hall. 
Facilities  are  available  for  the  ex- 
perimental processing  of  fruits, 
vegetables,  poultry,  red  meat,  and 
dairy  products.  A  seafood  process- 
ing facility  is  located  off  campus. 
Laboratories  are  equipped  for  micro- 
biological, biochemical,  biophysical, 
and  engineering  research  including 


facilities  for  laboratory  animals.  In- 
strumentation includes  gas-liquid 
chromatographs,  atomic  absorption 
spectrophotometers,  electron 
microscope,  radioisotope  counters, 
amino  acid  analyzer,  ultra-centrifuge, 
fermenters,  and  controlled  environ- 
ment incubator.  University  research 
farms  are  available  for  both  plant 
and  animal  production  studies. 
Specialized  facilities  of  nearby 
government  and  food  industry 
laboratories  are  regularly  made 
available  for  graduate  student 
research.  The  National  Agricultural 
Library  is  about  3  miles  from  the 
campus.  The  FDSC  Program  has  an 
exchange  agreement  with  the  Food 
Science  Department  of  the  Central 
University  of  Venezuela  for  graduate 
study  and  research. 

Financial  Assistance 

Teaching  and  research  assistant- 
ships  are  made  available  by  the  par- 
ticipating Departments.  Financial 
support  is  also  available  from  con- 
tracts and  grants  and  by  special  ar- 
rangements with  several  nearby 
government  laboratories. 

Additional  Information 

A  detailed  brochure,  "Graduate 
Study  in  Food  Science,"  is  available 
in  the  Program  Office  and  can  be  ob- 
tained by  contacting:  Dr.  R.  L.  King, 
Coordinator  and  Chairman,  Food 
Science  Program,  Animal  Sciences 
Center,  University  of  Maryland. 
Telephone  #:  301-454-3928. 

Courses 

FDSC  412  Principles  of  Food  Processing 

I.  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  A  study  of  the  basic  methods  by 
which  foods  are  preserved  (unit  opera- 
tions). Effect  of  raw  product  quality  and 
the  various  types  of  processes  on  yield 
and  quality  of  the  preserved  products. 

FDSC  413  Principles  of  Food  Processing 

II.  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  A  detailed 
study  of  food  processing  with  emphasis 
on  line  and  staff  operations,  including 
physical  facilities,  utilities,  pre-and  post- 
processing operations,  processing  line 
development  and  sanitation. 

FDSC  421  Food  Chemistry.  (3)  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisites:  CHEM  203 
and  204.  The  application  of  basic 
chemical  and  physical  concepts  to  the 
composition  and  properties  of  foods. 
Emphasis  on  the  relationship  of  process- 
ing technology,  to  the  keeping  quality, 
nutritional  value,  and  acceptability  of 
foods. 

FDSC  422  Food  Product  Research  and 
Development.  (3)  Two  lectures,  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites,  FDSC 


413.  CHEM  461.  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  research  and  develop- 
ment function  for  improvement  of  ex- 
isting products  and  development  of  new, 
economically  feasible  and  marketable 
food  products.  Application  of  chemical- 
physical  characteristics  of  ingredients  to 
produce  optimum  quality  products,  cost 
reduction,  consumer  evaluation,  equip- 
ment and  package  development. 

FDSC  423  Food  Chemistry  Laboratory.  (2) 

Pre-  or  corequisite:  FDSC  421.  Two 
laboratories  per  week.  Analysis  of  the 
major  and  minor  constituents  of  food  us- 
ing chemical,  physical  and  instrumental 
methods  in  concordance  with  current 
food  industry  and  regulatory  practices. 
Laboratory  exercises  coincide  lecture 
subjects  in  FDSC  421. 

FDSC  430  Food  Microbiology.  (2)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  MICB 
200  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  micro- 
organisms of  major  importance  to  the 
food  industry  with  emphasis  on  food- 
borne  Outbreaks,  public  health  signifi- 
cance, bioprocessing  of  foods  and  con- 
trol of  microbial  spoilage  of  foods. 

FDSC  431  Food  Qualify  Control.  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Definition  and  organization  of  the  quality 
control  function  in  the  food  industry: 
preparation  of  specifications:  statistical 
methods  for  acceptance  sampling;  in- 
plant  and  processed  product  inspection. 
Instrumental  and  sensory  methods  for 
evaluating  sensory  quality,  identity  and 
wholesomeness  and  their  integration  in- 
to grades  and  standards  of  quality. 

FDSC  434  Food  Microbiology  Laboratory. 

(2)  Two  laboratories  per  week.  Pre-  or  co- 
requisite:  FDSC  430.  A  study  of  tech- 
niques and  procedures  used  in  the 
microbiological  examination  of  foods. 

FDSC  442  Horticultural  Products  Pro- 
cessing. (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Commercial 
methods  of  canning,  freezing, 
dehydrating,  fermenting,  and  chemical 
pereservation  of  fruit  and  vegetable 
crops. 

FDSC  451  Dairy  Products  Processing.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Method  of  production  of  fluid  milk, 
butter,  cheese,  condensed  and 
evaporated  milk  and  milk  products  and 
ice  cream. 

FDSC  461  Technology  of  Market  Eggs 
and  Poultry.  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  A  study  of  the  tech- 
nological factors  concerned  with  the  pro- 
cessing, storage,  and  marketing  of  eggs 
and  poultry  and  the  factors  affecting 
their  quality. 

FDSC  471  Meat  and  Meat  Processing.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 
Prerequisite.  CHEM  461  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Physical  and  chemical  char- 
acteristics of  meat  and  meat  products, 
meat  processing,  methods  of  testing  and 
product  development. 


FDSC  482  Seafood  Products  Processing. 

(3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a 
week.  Prerequisite.  CHEM  461  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  The  principal  preserva- 
tion methods  for  commercial  seafood 
products  with  particular  reference  to  the 
invertebrates.  Chemical  and  microbiolog- 
ical aspects  of  processing  are  em- 
phasized. 

FDSC  621  Systems  Analysis  in  the  Food 
Industry.  (3)  Construction  and  solution  of 
models  for  optimizing  feed,  product  for- 
mulations, nutrient-palatability  costs. 
Methods  for  optimizing  processes,  inven- 
tories, and  transportation  systems. 

FDSC  631  Advanced  Food  Microbiology. 

(2)  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisite.  FDSC  430  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  An  in  depth  under- 
standing and  working  knowledge  of  a 
selected  number  of  problem  areas  and 
contemporary  topics  in  food  micro- 
biology. 

FDSC  689  Seminar  in  Food  Science.  (1-3) 
A  —  Lipids 
B  —  Proteins 
C  —  Carbohydrates 
D  —  Organoleptic  Properties 
E  —  Fermentation 
F  —  Enzymes  and  Microorganisms 
G  —  Flavor  Analysis 
I  —  Assays 

Studies  in  depth  of  selected  phases  of 
food  science  are  frequently  best  ar- 
ranged by  employment  if  a  lecturer  from 
outside  the  university  to  teach  a  specific 
phase.  Flexibility  in  the  credit  offered 
permits  adjustment  to  the  nature  of  the 
course. 

FDSC  698  Colloquium  in  Food  Science. 

(1)  First  and  second  semester.  Oral 
reports  on  special  topics  or  recently 
published  research  in  food  science  and 
technology.  Distinguished  scientists  are 
invited  as  guest  lecturers.  A  maximum  of 
three  credits  allowed  for  the  M.S. 

FDSC  699  Special  Problems  in  Food 
Science.  (1-4)  First  and  second 
semesters.  Prerequisite  CHEM  461  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Credit  accord- 
ing to  time  scheduled  and  magnitude  of 
problem.  An  experimental  program  on  a 
topic  other  than  the  student's  thesis 
problem  will  be  conducted.  Four  credits 
shall  be  the  maximum  allowed  toward  an 
advanced  degree. 

FDSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

FDSC  811  Advances  in  Food  Technology. 

(3)  First  semester,  alternate  years.  Pre- 
requisite. CHEM  461  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. A  systematic  review  of  new 
products,  processes  and  management 
practices  in  the  food  industry. 

FDSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


French  Language  and 
Literature  Program 

Professor  ana  Cnairman  Thernen 
Professors:  Bingham.  MacBain.  Rosenfield 
Associate  Professors:  Demaitre.  Fink.  Hall. 

Tanca 
Assistant  Professors:  Campagna.  Hicks. 

Meijer.  Russell 

The  Department  of  French  and  Italian 
prepares  students  for  the  MA.  and  Ph.D. 
degrees  in  French  language  and  litera- 
ture. The  composition  of  the  Graduate 
faculty  and  the  variety  of  course  offer- 
ings make  it  possible  for  students  to 
specialize  in  any  penod  or  movement  of 
French  literature  or  any  aspect  of  the 
French  language,  with  the  consent  of 
their  advisers. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Entry  into  the  M.A.  program  is  open  to 
students  having  a  solid  grounding  in 
French  language  and  literature.  All  appli- 
cants, whether  graduates  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  or  not.  must  take  all 
parts  of  the  G  R.E..  including  the  Ad- 
vanced Examination  in  French. 

In  addition  to  evidence  of  indepen- 
dent scholarly  research  in  the  form  of  a 
thesis  (thesis  option)  or  seminar  papers 
(non-thesis  option),  successful  comple- 
tion of  the  MA.  program  involves  pass- 
ing a  comprehensive  examination  in 
three  parts:  the  Graduate  Language  Pro- 
ficiency Examination  (translation  into 
and  from  French):  a  six-hour  examina- 
tion in  French  literature  from  the  Middle 
Ages  to  the  present  (a  reading  knowl- 
edge of  Old  French  will  be  supposed): 
and  a  one  hour  oral  examination  in 
French  literature  from  the  Middle  Ages 
to  the  present.  The  M.A.  program  is  gen- 
erally completed  in  four  semesters,  or 
less  if  Summer  Session  offenngs  are 
utilized. 

Entry  into  the  Ph.D.  program  is  open 
to  the  most  highly  qualified  and  most 
highly  motivated  candidates,  who  can 
show  that  individual  research  is  their 
major  interest  and  who  give  evidence 
of  strong  qualifications  to  pursue  that 
interest. 

All  applicants  for  the  Ph.D.  program 
(except  M.A.  graduates  of  this  Depart- 
ment) must  pass  a  three-part  prelim- 
inary examination  administered  at  the 
start  of  the  Fall  semester,  consisting  of 
an  explication  de  texte.  an  essay  and 
an  oral  examination,  before  being  fully 
admitted  to  the  program.  They  are  then 
required  to  complete  a  program  of  semi- 
nars related  to  their  field  of  interest  and 
to  pass  five  Special  Topic  examinations 

Graduate  Programs  /111 


and  a  Foreign  Language  translation 
examination  before  being  admitted  to 
candidacy  and  beginning  work  on  ttieir 
dissertation. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  the  University  graduate 
and  undergraduate  libraries,  the  Depart- 
ment maintains  a  reference  library.  Area 
research  facilities  include  the  Library  of 
Congress  and  the  Folger  Library  (special- 
izing in  16th  and  18th-century  literature). 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  support  is  available  in  the  form 
of  assistantships  and  fellowships;  for 
information  contact  the  Department  of 
French  and  Italian. 

Additional  Information 

For  complete  information  concerning 
the  Department's  requirements,  set 
forth  in  the  Guide  to  Graduate  Pro- 
grams in  French,  write  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  French  and  Italian  Language 
and  Literature. 

Courses 

FREN  400  Applied  Linguistics.  (3)  The  na- 
ture of  applied  linguistics  and  Its  contribution 
to  the  effective  teaching  of  foreign  languages. 
Comparative  study  of  English  and  French, 
with  emphasis  upon  points  of  divergence.  An- 
alysis, evaluation  and  construction  of  related 
dnils. 

FREN  401  Introduction  to  Stylistics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  FREN  302,  or  course  chairman's 
consent.  Comparative  stylistic  analysis;  de- 
tailed grammatical  analysis;  translation. 

FREN  404  Oral  Practice  for  Teachers  of 
French.  (3)  Prerequisites.  FREN  31 1  and 
FREN  312,  or  consent  of  the  Instructor.  De- 
velopment of  fluency  In  French,  stress  on  cor- 
rect sentence  structure  and  Idiomatic  ex- 
pression. Credit  may  not  be  applied  toward 
the  French  major. 

FREN  405  Explication  de  Textes.  (3)  Oral 
and  written  analysis  of  short  literary  works,  or 
of  excerpts  from  longer  works  chosen  for  their 
historical,  structural,  or  stylistic  interest,  with 
the  purpose  of  training  the  major  to  under- 
stand literature  in  depth  and  to  make  mature 
esthetic  evaluations  of  it. 

FREN  41 1  Introduction  to  Medieval  Litera- 
ture. (3)  French  literature  from  the  ninth 
through  the  fifteenth  century.  LaChanson  Epique, 
Le  Roman  Courtois,  Le  Lai;  La  LItterature 
Bourgeoise,  Le  Theatre,  La  Poesle  Lyrique 

FREN  412  Introduction  to  Medieval  Litera- 
ture. (3)  French  literature  from  the  ninth 
through  the  fifteenth  century.  La  Chason  Epique. 
Le  Roman  Courtois,  Le  Lai;  La  LItterature 
Bourgeoise,  Le  Theatre,  La  Poesle  Lyrique 

FREN  421  French  Literature  of  the  Sixteenth 
Century.  (3)  The  Renaissance  in  France: 
Humanism.  Rabelais,  Calvin,  the  Pleiade, 
Montaigne,  Baroque  poetry. 

FREN  422  French  Literature  of  the  Six- 
teenth Century.  (3)  The  Renaissance  in 

112  /  Graduate  Programs 


France:  Humanism,  Rabelais,  Calvin,  the 
Pleiade.  Motaigne,  Baroque  Poetry. 

FREN  431  French  Literature  of  the  Seven- 
teenth Century.  (3)  Descartes,  Pascal, 
Comeille,  Racine;  the  remaining  great  classi- 
cal writers,  with  special  attention  to  Moliere. 

FREN  432  French  Literature  of  the  Seven- 
teenth Century.  (3)  Descartes.  Pascal, 
Corneille,  Racine;  the  remaining  great  classi- 
cal writers,  with  special  attention  to  (VIoliere. 

FREN  441  French  Literature  of  the  Eigh- 
teenth Century.  (3)  Development  of  philo- 
sophical and  scientific  movement;  Montesquieu, 
Voltaire,  Diderot,  Rousseau. 

FREN  442  French  Literature  of  the  Eigh- 
teenth Century.  (3)  Development  of  philo- 
sophical and  scientific  movement;  Montesquieu, 
Voltaire,  Diderot,  Rousseau. 

FREN  451  French  Literature  of  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3)  Drama  and  poetry  from 
Romanticism  to  Symbolism:  the  major  prose 
writers  of  the  same  penod. 

FREN  452  French  Literature  of  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3)  Drama  and  poetry  from 
Romanticism  to  Symbolism;  the  major  prose 
writers  of  the  same  period. 

FREN  461  Studies  in  Twentieth  Century 
Literature-The  Early  Years.  (3)  French 
poetry,  theater  and  the  novel  during  the  age 
of  Proust  and  GIde. 

FREN  462  Studies  in  Twentieth  Century 
Literature  -  Mid-Century  Writers.  (3)  Mod- 
ern French  poetry,  theater  and  the  novel,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  Literature  of  Anxiety 
and  Existentialism. 

FREN  463  Studies  in  Twentieth  Century 
Literature  -  The  Contemporary  Scene.  (3) 

French  writers  and  literary  movements  since 
about  1950,  with  special  emphasis  on  new 
forms  of  the  novel  and  theater. 

FREN  471  French  Civilization  I.  (3)  French 
life,  customs,  culture,  traditions  (800-1750). 

FREN  472  French  Civilization  II.  (3)  French 
life,  customs,  culture,  traditions  (1750 — 
present  day  France). 

FREN  478  Themes  and  Movements  of 
French  Literature  in  Translation.  (3)  Stud- 
ies treatments  of  thematic  problems  or  of  liter- 
ary or  historical  movements  in  French  litera- 
ture. Topic  to  be  determined  each  semester. 
Given  in  English 

FREN  479  Masterworks  of  French  Litera- 
ture in  Translation.  (3)  Treats  the  works 
of  one  or  more  major  French  wnters.  Topic  to 
be  determined  each  semester.  Given  In  English. 

FREN  488  Pro-Seminar  in  a  Great  Literary 
Figure.  (3)  Each  semester  a  specialized 
study  will  be  made  of  one  great  French  wnter 
chosen  from  some  representative  literary  pe- 
riod or  movement  since  the  middle  ages.  Re- 
peatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

FREN  489  Pro-Seminar  in  Themes  or 
Movements  of  French  Literature.  (3)  Re- 

peatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

FREN  491  Honors  Reading  Course, 
Poetry.  (3) 

H  -  Honors,  Poetry. 

Supervised  readings  to  be  taken  normally 
only  by  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  pro- 
gram. 


FREN  492  Honors  Reading  Course,  Novel. 
(3) 

H  -  Honors,  Novel 

Supervised  readings  to  be  taken  normally 
only  by  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  pro- 
gram. 

FREN  493  Honors  Reading  Course  Drama. 

(3) 

H  -  Honors,  Drama. 

Supervised  readings  to  be  taken  normally 
only  by  students  admitted  to  the  Honors  pro- 
gram. 

FREN  494  Honors  Independent  Study.  (3) 

H  -  Honors. 

Honors  Independent  study  involves  guided 
readings  based  on  an  honors  reading  list  and 
tested  by  a  6  hour  written  examination.  Honors 
494  and  495  are  required  to  fulfill  the  depart- 
mental honors  requirement  In  addlton  to  two 
out  of  the  following.  491 H,  492H,  493H.  Open 
only  to  students  admitted  to  the  departmental 
Honors  program. 

FREN  495  Honors  Thesis  Research.  (3) 

Honors  thesis  research  Involves  the  writing  of 
a  paper  under  the  direction  of  a  professor 
In  this  department  and  an  oral  examination. 
Honors  494  and  495  are  required  to  fulfill  the 
departmental  honors  requirement  In  addition 
to  two  out  of  the  following,  491 H,  492H,  493H. 
Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  depart- 
mental Honors  program. 

FREN  498  Special  Topics  in  French  Litera- 
ture. (3)  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

FREN  499  Special  Topics  in  French  Stud- 
ies. (3)  An  aspect  of  French  studies,  the  specific 
topic  to  be  announced  each  time  the  course 
IS  offered.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

FREN  600  Problems  in  Bibliography  and 
Research  Methods.  (3) 

FREN  601  The  History  of  the  French 
Language.  (3) 

FREN  602  Comparative  Romance  Linguis- 
tics. (3)  Also  listed  as  SPAN  612. 

FREN  603  Stylistics.  (3)  Advanced  composi- 
tion, translation,  stylistic  analysis. 

FREN  609  Special  Topic  in  the  French 
Language.  (3) 

FREN  610  La  Chanson  Oe  Roland.  (3)  Close 
reading  of  the  text,  study  of  epic  formulae  and 
early  medieval  literary  techniques;  reading 
knowledge  of  Old  French  desirable. 

FREN  619  Special  Topic  in  Medieval  French 
Literature.  (3) 

FREN  629  Special  Topic  in  Sixteenth 
Century  French  Literature.  (3) 

FREN  630  Corneille.  (3) 

FREN  631  Moliere.  (3) 

FREN  632  Racine.  (3) 

FREN  639  Special  Topic  in  Seventeenth 
Century  French  Literature.  (3) 

FREN  640  Voltaire.  (3) 

FREN  641  Rousseau.  (3) 

FREN  642  Diderot.  (3) 


FREN  649  Special  Topic  in  Eighteenth 
Century  French  Literature.  (3) 

FREN  650  French  Poetry  in  the  Nineteenth 
Century.  (3) 

FREN  651  French  Poetry  in  the  Nineteenth 
Century.  (3) 

FREN  652  The  French  Novel  in  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3) 

FREN  653  The  French  Novel  in  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3) 

FREN  659  Special  Topic  in  Nineteenth 
Century  French  Literature.  (3) 

FREN  660  French  Poetry  in  the  Twentieth 
Century.  (3) 

FREN  662  The  French  Novel  in  the  Twen- 
tieth Century.  (3) 

FREN  663  The  French  Novel  in  the  Twen- 
tieth Century.  (3) 

FREN  664  The  French  Theatre  in  the  Twen- 
tieth Century.  (3) 

FREN  665  The  French  Theatre  in  the  Twen- 
tieth Century.  (3) 

FREN  669  Special  Topic  in  Twentieth 
Century  French  Literature.  (3) 

FREN  679  The  History  of  Ideas  in  France. 

(3)  Analysis  of  currents  of  ideas  as  reflected 
in  different  periods  and  auttiors  of  Frencfi 
literature 

FREN  689  Seminar  in  a  Great  Literary 
Figure.  (3) 

FREN  699  Seminar.  (3)  Topic  to  be  Deter- 
mined Each  Semester. 

FREN  702  Structural  French  Linguistics. 

(3)  Synchronic  description  of  tfie  phonology, 
morphology  and  syntax  of  modern  spoken 
French:  standard  French  in  contrast  with 
other  vaheties. 

FREN  709  College  Teaching  of  French.  (1) 

Introduction  to  the  teaching  of  French  at  the 
college  level  with  particular  emphasis  on  meth- 
odology. Seminars  in  theory,  demonstration 
of  different  teaching  techniques,  supervised 
practice  teaching,  training  in  language  labora- 
tory procedures,  evaluation  of  instructional 
materials.  Required  of  all  graduate  assistants 
in  French.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  two 
credits. 

FREN  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

FREN  801  Independent  Study.  (3)  Designed 
to  permit  doctoral  candidates  to  work  indepen- 
dently in  areas  of  special  interest  to  them, 
under  the  close  supervision  of  a  professor 
of  their  choice. 

FREN  802  Independent  Study.  (3)  Designed 
to  permit  doctoral  candidates  to  work  indepen- 
dently in  areas  of  special  interest  to  them, 
under  the  close  supervision  of  a  professor  of 
their  choice. 

FREN  818  French  Literary  Criticism.  (3) 

Analysis  and  evaluation  of  various  trends  in 
literary  chticism  as  a  manifestation  of  the 
French  literary  genius.  Topic  to  be  deter- 
mined each  semester. 

FREN  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research. 
(1-8) 


Italian 

ITAL  410  The  Italian  Renaissance.  (3)  A 

study  of  major  trends  of  thought  in  Renais- 
sance literature,  philosophy,  art,  and  science. 

ITAL  498  Special  Topics  in  Italian  Literature 

(3)  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits 

ITAL  499  Special  Topics  in  Italian  Studies 

(3)  An  aspect  of  Italian  studies,  the  specific 
topic  to  be  announced  each  time  the  course 
IS  offered.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

Geography  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Harper 
Professors:  Deshler,  Fonaroff 
Associate  Professors:  Brodsky,  Chaves, 

Groves,  Mitchell,  Thompson,  WIedel 
Assistant  Professors:  Christian, 

Cirrincione,  Garst,  Muller,  Petzold, 

Roswell,  Thorn,  Yoshioka 

The  programs  for  both  the  Master  of 
Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degrees  in  the  Department  of  Geog- 
raphy are  designed  to  provide  the 
student  with  an  opportunity  for 
specialization  in  several  areas. 

Considering  particular  advantages 
inherent  in  the  College  Park  location 
the  Department  has  built  its  gradu- 
ate program  around  three  major 
areas  of  concentration  and  has 
assembled  in  each  a  group  of  faculty 
members  with  complementary  and 
overlapping  interests.  The  areas  are: 

1)  Physical  geography  with  em- 
phasis on  physical  systems  involv- 
ing the  inter-relationships  between 
landforms,  climate,  and  other  en- 
vironmental elements  and  their  rela- 
tionship with  man's  activities.  The 
University's  meteorology  program 
and  Water  Resources  Research 
Center  and  work  in  agriculture  and 
biology  provide  support  for  this  pro- 
gram as  do  various  Federal  Govern- 
ment environmental  programs  and 
the  special  consortium  studying 
Chesapeake  Bay  and  its  resources. 

2)  A  cultural-historical  geography 
area,  with  particular  attention  to 
tropical  settlement  and  resource 
utilization,  health  and  disease,  and 
various  themes  of  historical  geog- 
raphy of  the  Americas.  This  special- 
ty draws  on  the  incomparable  ar- 
chival material  in  the  Washington 
area,  in  state  historical  agencies, 
and  in  Baltimore.  3)  The  geography 
of  metropolitan  areas  and  urban 
systems  supported  by  affiliation 
with  the  University's  Institute  for  Ur- 
ban Studies  and  regional  and  local 
planning  agencies.  There  are  partic- 
ular strengths  In  social  aspects,  land 
use  and  transportation,  and  histori- 


cal geography  of  urban  areas. 

Individual  faculty  members  have 
other  interests  that  enable  students 
to  work  on  special  programs  such  as 
human  ecology,  environmental  prob- 
lems, medical  geography,  Latin 
America,  Africa,  and  cartography. 
Students  planning  such  programs 
should  contact  the  Department  or 
appropriate  faculty  member  to  deter- 
mine their  feasibility. 
Admission  and  Degree  Information 
While  progress  in  the  graduate  pro- 
gram is  largely  an  individual  matter, 
students  entering  the  M.A,  program 
should  consider  a  two-year  program 
normal;  those  entering  the  Ph.D. 
should  think  of  three  years  as  the 
norm.  The  Department  requires  very 
few  particular  courses  —  students 
at  both  levels  initiate  their  own  pro- 
grams of  coursework  and  submit  a 
plan  of  study  for  approval. 

Incoming  M.A.  students  are  ex- 
pected to  have  an  undergraduate  de- 
gree in  the  field  or  in  a  closely 
related  field,  with  substantial  work  in 
geography.  In  the  latter  case, 
remedial  work  may  be  required  prior 
to  admission  to  the  degree  program. 
All  graduate  applicants  should  sub- 
mit GRE  examination  results. 

Because  of  the  degree  of  special- 
ization inherent  in  Ph.D.  training,  the 
Department  only  considers  ap- 
plicants whose  interests  coincide 
with  departmental  staff  competence 
—  in  general,  the  three  major  areas 
of  geography  described  above.  Pro- 
spective students  who  are  unsure 
whether  their  interests  match  those 
of  the  Department  are  encouraged  to 
submit  a  proposal  for  consideration. 

For  admission  to  the  doctoral  pro- 
gram, the  Department  normally  re- 
quires a  grade-point  average  higher 
than  3.0  and  an  M.A.  degree  from  a 
recognized  geography  department, 
or  competence  In  terms  of  fields  of 
study  and  level  of  achievement  com- 
parable to  the  M.A.  degree  of  the 
Department. 

A  non  M.A.  —  direct  Ph.D.  pro- 
gram is  possible  by  petition  from  the 
student  and  upon  approval  of  a 
faculty  committee  appointed  by  the 
Department  Chairman. 

M.A.  students  have  the  choice  of 
either  thesis  or  non-thesis  programs. 
The  non-thesis  option  involves  the 
preparation  of  two  substantial 
research  papers.  All  M.A.  students 
take  an  oral  examination  defense  of 


Graduate  Programs  /  1 13 


a  research  proposal  prior  to  work  on 
the  thesis  or  papers  and  a  final  oral 
examination  based  either  on  the 
thesis  or  one  of  the  two  research 
papers. 

After  completion  of  formal  course- 
work  requirements  for  the  Ph.D., 
there  is  a  two-part  qualifying  exami- 
nation. Part  One  is  a  written  exam- 
ination in  the  student's  two  major 
fields  of  specialization.  Part  Two  is 
an  oral  examination  evaluating  the 
dissertation  proposal.  Upon  satisfac- 
tory completion  of  the  dissertation 
there  is  a  final  oral  examination. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Departmental  research  facilities  in- 
clude a  reference  library  with  exten- 
sive journal  collection,  a  map  collec- 
tion, and  a  cartographic  laboratory. 
A  remote  computer  terminal  in  the 
building  provides  direct  connection 
with  the  University's  Computer 
Science  Center.  The  Department  ex- 
pects to  move  into  new  quarters  in 
1978  with  expanded  computation 
and  laboratory  facilities.  Several 
faculty  members  have  particular 
skills  in  quantitative  methods  and 
other  analytical  tools,  and  the 
Department  has  its  own  publication 
of  monographs  in  an  Occasional 
Paper  series. 

Additional  Information 

More  detailed  information  on  the 
M.A.  and  Ph.D.  programs  can  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Department  which 
has  available  a  booklet  on  the  gradu- 
ate programs. 

Courses 

GEOG  400  Geography  of  North  America. 

(3)  An  examination  of  the  contemporary 
patterns  of  American  and  Canadian  life 
from  a  regional  viewpoint.  Major  topics 
include;  the  significance  of  the  physical 
environment,  resource  use,  the  political 
framework,  economic  activities,  demo- 
graphic and  socio-cultural  character- 
istics, regional  identification,  and 
regional  problems. 

GEOG  402  Geography  of  Maryland  and 
Adjacent  Areas.  (3)  An  analysis  of  the 
physical  environment,  natural  resources, 
and  population  in  relation  to  agriculture, 
industry,  transport,  and  trade  in  the  State 
of  Maryland  and  adjacent  areas. 

GEOG  406  Historical  Geography  of  North 
America  before  1800.  (3)  An  analysis  of 
the  changing  geography  of  the  U.S.  and 
Canada  from  pre-Columbian  times  to  the 
end  of  the  18th  century.  Emphasis  on 
areal  variations  and  changes  in  the  set- 
tlements and  economies  of  Indian  and 
Colonia  populations.  Areal  specialization 

114  /  Graduate  Programs 


and  the  changing  patterns  of  agriculture, 
industry,  trade,  and  transportation.  Popu- 
lation growth,  composition  and  interior 
expansion.  Regionalization. 

GEOG  407  Historical  Geography  of  North 
America  After  1800.  (3)  An  analysis  of  the 
changing  Geography  of  the  U.S.  and 
Canada  from  1800  to  the  1920's.  Em- 
phasis on  the  settlement  expansion  and 
socio-economic  development  of  the  U.S., 
and  comparisons  with  Canadian  ex- 
perience. Immigration,  economic  ac- 
tivities, industrialization,  transportation 
and  urbanization. 

GEOG  410  Geography  of  Europe.  (3)  Agri- 
cultural and  industrial  development  of 
Europe  and  present-day  problems  in  rela- 
tion to  the  physical  and  cultural  setting 
of  the  continent  and  its  natural  re- 
sources. 

GEOG  411  Historical  Geography  of 
Europe  after  1500.  (3)  An  analysis  of  the 
changing  Geography  of  Europe  from  the 
Columbian  discoveries  until  the  early 
20th  century  with  particular  emphasis  on 
Western  Europe,  the  medieval  legacy,  the 
impact  of  overseas  expansion,  and 
changing  patterns  of  population,  agri- 
culture, industry,  trade,  and  transporta- 
tion. Attention  to  the  development  of  the 
nation-state  and  to  agricultural  and  in- 
dustrial revolutions. 

GEOG  415  Economic  Resources  and 
Development  of  Africa.  (3)  The  natural 
resources  of  Africa  in  relation  to  agri- 
cultural and  mineral  production;  the 
various  stages  of  economic  development 
and  the  potentialities  of  the  future. 
GEOG  420  Geography  of  Asia.  (3)  Lands, 
climates,  natural  resources,  and  major 
economic  acitivities  in  Asia  (except 
Soviet  Asia).  Outstanding  differences  be- 
tween major  regions. 

GEOG  421  Economic  and  Political 
Geography  of  Eastern  Asia.  (3)  Study  of 
China,  Korea,  Japan,  the  Philippines; 
physical  geographic  setting,  population, 
economic  and  political  geography. 
Potentialities  of  major  regions  and  recent 
developments. 

GEOG  422  Cultural  Geography  of  China 
and  Japan.  (3)  Survey  of  geographical 
distribution  and  interpretation  of  cultural 
patterns  of  China  and  Japan.  Emphasis 
on  basic  cultural  institutions,  outlook  on 
life,  unique  characteristics  of  various 
groups.  Trends  of  cultural  change  and 
contemporary  problems. 

GEOG  423  Economic  and  Political 
Geography  of  South  and  Southeast  Asia. 

(3)  Study  of  the  Indian  subcontinent.  Far- 
ther India,  Indonesia;  physical 
geographic  setting,  population, 
economic  and  political  geography. 
Potentialities  of  various  countries  and 
regions  and  their  role  in  present  Asia. 

GEOG  431  Economic  and  Cultural 
Geography  of  Caribbean  America.  (3)  An 

analysis  of  the  physical  framework, 
broad  economic  and  historical  trends, 
cultural  patterns,  and  regional  diversifi- 
cation of  Mexico,  Central  America,  the 
West  Indies. 


GEOG  432  Economic  and  Cultural 
Geography  of  South  America.  (3)  A 

survey  of  natural  environment  and 
resources,  economic  development  and 
cultural  diversity  of  the  South  American 
Republics,  with  emphasis  upon  problems 
and  prospects  of  the  countries. 

GEOG  434  Historical  Geography  of  the 
Hispanic  World.  (3)  An  examination  of 
the  social,  economic,  political  and 
cultural  geography  of  the  countries  of 
the  Iberian  peninsula  and  Latin  America 
in  the  past  with  concentration  on 
specific  time  periods  of  special 
significance  in  the  development  of  these 
countries. 

GEOG  435  Geography  of  the  Soviet 
Union.  (3)  The  natural  environment  and 
its  regional  diversity.  Geographical  fac- 
tors in  the  expansion  of  the  Russian 
State.  The  geography  of  agricultural  and 
industrial  production  in  relation  to  avail- 
able resources,  transportation  problems, 
and  diversity  of  population. 

GEOG  437  Introduction  to  Regional 
Methods.  (3)  Inquiry  into  the  evolution  of 
regional  methodology  with  specific 
reference  to  geographic  problems. 
Critical  analysis  and  evaluation  of  past 
and  contemporary  theories  and  a 
thorough  examination  of  alternate 
regional  methodologies.  Application  of 
quantitative  and  qualitative  techniques  of 
regional  analysis  and  synthesis  to  tradi- 
tional and  modern  regional  geography 
emphasizing  principles  of  regionaliza- 
tion, 

GEOG  440  Process  Geomorphology.  (3) 

Study  of  the  major  processes  involved  in 
the  development  of  landforms,  especially 
weathering,  wasting,  and  fluvial  erosion. 
Evaluation  of  models  of  slope  and  land- 
scape evolution, 

GEOG  441  Geomorphological  Environ- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisite;  GEOG  440,  An  ex- 
amination of  environments,  coastal, 
glacial,  lithologic,  etc,  which  lead  to  the 
spatial  differentiation  of  landforms, 

GEOG  445  Climatology.  (3)  The  geo- 
graphic aspects  of  climate  with  em- 
phasis on  energy-moisture  budgets, 
steady-state  and  non-steady-state  clima- 
tology, and  climatic  variations  at  both 
macro  and  micro-scales, 

GEOG  446  Systematic  and  Regional 
Climatology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GEOG  445, 
or  permission  of  instructor.  Methodology 
and  techniques  of  collecting  and 
evaluating  climatological  information.  A 
critical  examination  of  climatic  classifi- 
cations. Distribution  of  world  climates 
and  their  geographical  implications, 

GEOG  450  Cultural  Geography.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, GEOG  201 ,  202,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  An  analysis  of  the  impact  of 
man  through  his  ideas  and  technology 
on  the  evolution  of  geographic  land- 
scapes. Major  themes  in  the  relation- 
ships between  cultures  and  environ- 
ments. 

GEOG  451  Political  Geography.  (3) 
Geographical  factors  in  national  power 
and  international  relations;  an  analysis  of 


the  role  of  'geopolitics'  and  'geo- 
strategy,'  with  special  reference  to  the 
current  world  scene. 

GEOG  452  Cultural  Ecology.  (3)  Basic 
issues  concerning  the  natural  history  of 
man  from  the  perspective  of  the  geogra- 
pher. Basic  components  of  selected 
behavioral  and  natural  systems  their 
evolution  and  adaptation,  and  survival 
strategies. 

GEOG  453  Population  Geography.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite; GEOG  202  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Emphasis  on  the  spatial  charac- 
teristics of  population  distribution  and 
growth,  migration,  fertility  and  mortality 
from  a  global  perspective.  Basic 
population-environmental  relationships; 
carrying  capacity,  density,  relationships 
to  national  development. 

GEOG  455  Urban  Geography.  (3)  Origins 
of  cities,  followed  by  a  study  of  elements 
of  site  and  location  with  reference  to 
cities.  The  patterns  and  functions  of 
some  major  world  cities  will  be  analyzed. 
Theories  of  land  use  differentiation 
within  cities  will  be  appraised. 

GEOG  456  The  Social  Geography  of 
Metropolitan  Areas.  (3)  A  socio-spatial 
approach  to  man's  interaction  with  his 
urban  environment;  the  ways  people 
perceive,  define,  behave  in,  and  structure 
their  cities  and  metropolitan  areas. 
Spatial  patterns  of  social  activities  as 
formed  by  the  distribution  and  inter- 
action of  people  and  social  institutions. 

GEOG  457  Historical  Geography  of 
Cities.  (3)  The  course  is  concerned  with 
the  urbanization  of  the  United  States  and 
Canada  prior  to  1920.  Both  the  evolution 
of  the  urban  system  across  the  countries 
and  the  spatial  distribution  of  activities 
within  cities  will  be  considered.  Special 
attention  is  given  to  the  process  of  in- 
dustrialization and  the  concurrent  struc- 
turing of  residential  patterns  among 
ethnic  groups. 

GEOG  459  Proseminar  in  Urban 
Geography.  (3)  A  problems-oriented 
course  for  students  with  a  background  in 
urban  geography  using  a  discussion/ 
lecture  format.  It  will  focus  on  a  partic- 
ular sub-field  within  urban  geography 
each  time  it  is  taught  taking  advantage  of 
the  special  interests  of  the  instructor. 

GEOG  460  Advanced  Economic  Geogra- 
phy I  —  Agricultural  Resources.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, GEOG  201  or  203.  The  nature 
of  agricultural  resources,  the  major  types 
of  agricultural  exploitation  in  the  world 
and  the  geographic  conditions.  Main 
problems  of  conservation. 

GEOG  461  Geographic  Aspects  of  En- 
vironmental Quality.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  202  or  consent  of  instructor.  Basic 
issues  of  human  —  environment  interac- 
tions. Reactions  of  natural  systems  to 
human  intervention.  Examination  of  the 
geographic  characteristics  of  environ- 
mental disruptions. 

GEOG  462  Water  Resources  and  Water 
Resource  Planning.  (3)  GEOG  201  or  203, 
or  permission  of  instructor.  Water  as  a 
component  of  the  human  environment.  A 


systematic  examination  of  various 
aspects  of  water,  including  problems  of 
domestic  and  industrial  water  supply,  ir- 
rigation, hydroelectric  power,  fisheries, 
navigation,  flood  damage  reduction  and 
recreation. 

GEOG  463  Geographic  Aspects  of  Pollu- 
tion. (3)  The  impact  of  man  on  his  en- 
vironment and  resultant  problems.  Ex- 
amination of  the  spatial  aspects  of 
physical  and  socio-economic  factors  in 
air,  water,  and  land  pollution. 

GEOG  465  Geography  of  Transportation. 

(3)  The  distribution  of  transport  routes  on 
the  earth's  surface,  patterns  of  transport 
routes,  the  adjustment  of  transport 
routes  and  media  to  conditions  of  the 
natural  environment,  population  centers 
and  their  distribution. 

GEOG  466  Industrial  Localization.  (3) 

Factors  and  trends  in  the  geographic 
distribution  of  the  manufacturing  in- 
dustries of  the  world,  analyzed  with 
reference  to  theories  of  industrial  loca- 
tion. 

GEOG  470  History  and  Theory  of  Car- 
tography. (3)  The  development  of  maps 
throughout  history.  Geographical  orienta- 
tion, coordinates  and  map  scales.  Map 
projections,  their  nature,  use  and  limita- 
tions. Principles  of  representation  of 
features  on  physical  and  cultural  maps. 
Modern  uses  of  maps  and  relationships 
between  characteristics  of  maps  and  use 
types. 

GEOG  471  Cartography  and  Graphics 
Pracficum.  (3) 

GEOG  472  Problems  of  Cartographic 
Representation  and  Procedure.  (3)  Two 

hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory  a 
week.  Study  of  cartographic  compilation 
methods.  Principles  and  problems  of 
symbolization,  classification  and 
representation  of  map  data.  Problems  of 
representation  of  features  at  different 
scales  and  for  different  purposes.  Place- 
name  selection  and  lettering,  stick-up 
and  map  composition. 

GEOG  473  Problems  of  ft/lap  Evaluation. 

(3)  Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours 
laboratory  a  week.  Schools  of  topo- 
graphic concepts  and  practices.  Theoret- 
ical and  practical  means  of  determining 
map  reliability,  amp  utility,  and  source 
materials.  Nature,  status  and  problems 
of  topographic  mapping  in  different  parts 
of  the  world.  Non-topographic  special 
use  maps.  Criteria  of  usefulness  for  pur- 
poses concerned  and  of  reliability. 

GEOG  490  Geographic  Concepts  and 
Source  Materials.  (3)  A  comprehensive 
and  systematic  survey  of  geographic 
concepts  designed  exclusively  for 
teachers.  Stress  will  be  placed  upon  the 
philosophy  of  geography  in  relation  to 
the  social  and  physical  sciences,  the  use 
of  the  primary  tools  of  geography,  source 
materials,  and  the  problems  of  present- 
ing geographic  principles. 

GEOG  498  Topical  Investigations.  (1-3)  In- 
dependent study  under  individual 
guidance.  Restricted  to  advanced  under- 
graduate students  with  credit  for  at  least 


24  hours  in  geography  and  to  graduate 
students.  Any  exception  should  have  the 
approval  of  the  head  of  the  department. 

GEOG  499  Undergraduate  Research.  (3) 

Directed  regional  or  systematic  study  in- 
volving several  subfields  of  geography, 
including  cartographic  presentation,  and 
usually  requiring  field  work,  and  leading 
to  an  undergraduate  thesis. 

GEOG  600  Introduction  to  Graduate 
Study  in  Geography.  (3)  Introduces  the 
student  both  to  research  procedures 
needed  in  graduate  work  and  to  current 
trends  and  developments  in  geographic 
research.  Lectures  by  various  staff 
members  form  basis  for  discussion. 
Research  paper  required. 

GEOG  601  Field  Course.  (3) 

GEOG  605  Quantitative  Spatial  Analysis. 

(3)  This  course  will  provide  students  with 
a  working  knowledge  of  various  tools  of 
multivariate  analysis  in  the  context  of 
scientific  geographic  methodology  rather 
than  from  the  statistical  theory  view- 
point. Emphasis  is  on  the  application  of 
statistical  tools  and  a  working  knowl- 
edge of  them  will  be  a  basis  for  evalua- 
tion of  professional  literature  in  the 
various  fields  of  geography  using  quanti- 
tative techniques.  Students  should  gain  a 
background  suitable  for  using  the  tech- 
niques in  research. 

GEOG  610  Seminar  in  Geographic 
Methodology.  (3)  The  seminar  will  em- 
phasize an  intensive  survey  of  the  basic 
concepts  of  geography,  a  critical  evalua- 
tion of  major  approaches  to  the  study  of 
geography,  and  a  detailed  analysis  of  the 
principal  methodological  problems  both 
theoretical  and  practical  confronting 
geography  today. 

GEOG  615  Geomorphology.  (3) 

GEOG  618  Seminar  in  Geomorphology. 

(3)  Study  and  discussion  of  empirical  and 
theoretical  research  methods  applied  to 
geomorphological  problems  including 
review  of  pertinent  literature. 

GEOG  625  Advanced  General  Clima- 
tology. (3)  First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
GEOG  260  or  consent  of  instructor.  Ad- 
vanced study  of  elements  and  controls  of 
the  earth's  climates.  Principles  of 
climatic  classification.  Special  analysis 
of  certain  climatic  types. 

GEOG  626  Applied  Climatology.  (3)  Sec- 
ond semester.  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Study  of  principles,  tech- 
niques, and  data  of  micro-climatology, 
physical  and  regional  climatology 
relating  to  such  problems  and  fields  as 
transportation,  agriculture,  industry,  ur- 
ban planning,  human  comfort,  and 
regional  geographic  analysis. 

GEOG  628  Seminar  in  Meteorology  and 
Climatology.  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Selected  topics  in  meteorol- 
ogy and  climatology  chosen  to  fit  the  in- 
dividual needs  of  advanced  students. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  638  Seminar  in  Physical  Geogra- 
phy. (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. An  examination  of  themes  and  prob- 


Graduate  Programs  /  115 


lems  in  the  field  ot  physical  geography. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  640  Theory  and  Practice  in 
Cultural  Geography.  (3)  An  introductory 
survey  of  the  basic  structure  and  recent 
trends  in  the  field  of  cultural  geography. 
Emphasis  on  theoretical  principles  and 
analytical  procedures  employed  in  in- 
vestigating cultural  problems  and  on 
literature  which  has  resulted  from  this 
research. 

GEOG  648  Seminar  in  Cultural  Geogra- 
phy. (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  450  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  An  examination  of 
themes  and  problems  in  the  field  of 
economic  geography.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  655  Theory  and  Method  in 
Historical  Geography.  (3)  The  philo- 
sophical and  methodological  issues 
associated  with  historical  approaches  to 
human  geography.  Introduction  to  the 
use  and  interpretation  of  sources  for  the 
study  of  the  North  American  past.  Em- 
phasis on  Incorporation  of  time  in 
geographic  studies,  on  the  evaluation  of 
traditional  approaches  to  past 
geographies  and  on  present  theoretical, 
analytical,  and  empirical  procedures 
employed  in  historical  inquiry. 

GEOG  658  Seminar  in  Historical  Geogra- 
phy. (3)  An  examination  of  themes  and 
problems  in  historical  geography  with 
reference  to  selected  areas.  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor. 

GEOG  668  Seminar  in  Economic  Geogra- 
phy. (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. An  examination  of  themes  and  prob- 
lems in  the  field  of  economic  geography. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  670  Theory  and  Method  in  Urban 
Geography .(3)  Introductory  survey  of  the 
structure  and  recent  trends  in  urban 
geography.  Emphasis  on  concepts  in  ur- 
ban geography  using  a  problem  solving 
approach.  Urban  literature,  data  sources, 
urban  information  systems,  and  survey 
research  and  sampling. 

GEOG  678  Seminar  in  Political  Geogra- 
phy. (3)  Beginning  with  a  review  of  con- 
temporary advanced  theory,  the  seminar 
will  turn  to  problems  such  as  the  spatial 
consequences  of  political  behavior,  the 
political  system  and  the  organization  of 
space  including  perceived  space,  the 
organization  of  political  space.  Repeat- 
able  to  a  maximum  of  six  semester 
hours. 

GEOG  679  Seminar  In  Urban  Geography. 

(3)  Flexible  in  format  to  allow  adaptation 
to  particular  topic  being  considered,  this 
seminar  is  for  advanced  students  in  the 
department's  metropolitan  areas  special- 
ty. Students  normally  will  have  had  the 
seminar  in  economic  geography.  Possi- 
ble topics  include:  metropolitan  systems, 
the  impact  of  migrants  and  immigrants 
on  the  internal  structure  of  the  city,  the 
development  of  black  ghettos,  the  use  of 
particular  techniques  in  urban  geographi- 
cal research. 

GEOG  698  Seminar  In  Cartography.  (1-16) 


GEOG  718  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of 
Europe  and  Africa.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  410,  415  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Analysis  of  special  problems  concerning 
the  resources  and  development  of 
Europe  and  Africa.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  six  credits. 

GEOG  738  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of 
East  Asia.  (3)  Analysis  of  problems  con- 
cerning the  geography  of  East  Asia  with 
emphasis  on  special  research  methods 
and  techniques  applicable  to  the  prob- 
lems of  this  area.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  six  credits. 

GEOG  748  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of 
Latin  America.  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG 
431 ,  432  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
analysis  of  recent  changes  and  trends  in 
industrial  development,  exploitation  of 
mineral  resources  and  land  utilization. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  758  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of 
the  U.S.S.R.  (3)  Prerequisite;  reading 
knowledge  of  Russian  and  GEOG  435  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Investigation  of 
special  aspects  of  Soviet  geography.  Em- 
phasis on  the  use  of  Soviet  materials. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  768  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of 
the  Near  East.  (3) 

GEOG  788  Selected  Topics  in  Geogra- 
phy. (1-3)  Readings  and  discussion  on 
selected  topics  in  the  field  of  geography. 
To  be  taken  only  with  the  joint  consent 
of  advisor  and  head  of  the  department  of 
geography. 

GEOG  789  Independent  Readings.  (1-3) 

Independent  reading  as  arranged  be- 
tween a  graduate  faculty  member  and 
student.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

GEOG  790  Internship  in  Geography.  (3) 
Field  experience  in  the  student's  special- 
ty in  a  Federal,  State,  or  local  agency  or 
private  business.  A  reserach  paper  re- 
quired. 

GEOG  798  Independent  Study.  (1-6)  Open 
only  to  students  in  the  non-thesis  M.A. 
option. 

GEOG  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

GEOG  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-6) 


German  Language  and  Liter- 
ature Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Stern 
Professors:  Best,  Hinderer,  Jones, 

Hering 
Associate  Professors:  Fleck,  Pfister, 

Beicken 
Assistant  Professors:  Elder,  Frederiksen 

The  Germanic  Section  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Germanic  and  Slavic  Lan- 
guages and  Literatures  offers  pro- 
grams of  study  leading  to  the  M.A. 
and  Ph.D.  degrees.  Specialization  in- 
cludes the  following  areas:  Lan- 


guage Pedagogy  and  Applied  Lin- 
guistics; Germanic  Philology; 
Medieval  Literature  and  Culture; 
Literature  of  the  German  Speaking 
Countries  from  the  Rennalssance  to 
the  Present. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  the  Graduate  School 
requirements,  candidates  must  have 
a  bachelor's  degree  with  an  under- 
graduate major  in  German  language 
and  literature  or  the  equivalent,  and 
fluency  in  the  written  and  spoken 
language.  Candidates  for  the  doc- 
torate must  have  a  master's  degree 
in  Germanic  Studies  or  in  a  related 
discipline,  for  example:  German, 
Scandinavian  Studies,  Language 
Education,  Medieval  Studies,  etc. 

Degree  requirements  for  the  M.A. 
(thesis  option)  are:  24  hours  of 
coursework,  the  thesis,  and  a  written 
comprehensive  examination.  The 
M.A.  (non-thesis  option)  requires  30 
hours  of  coursework,  a  mini-thesis 
with  oral  defense,  and  a  written  com- 
prehensive examination.  For  both 
options  the  comprehensives  consist 
of  five  two-hour  examinations  based 
on  the  coursework  and  the  M.A. 
Reading  List. 

Degree  requirements  for  the  Ph.D. 
are  as  follows:  1)  completion  of  at 
least  30  hours  of  coursework,  over  a 
period  of  residency  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  of  at  least  one  year,  and 
a  further  12  hours  of  dissertation 
research;  2)  a  reading  skill  examina- 
tion in  a  language  other  than  English 
or  German,  which  may  be  another 
Germanic  language  or  a  language 
related  to  the  candidate's  research; 
3)  comprehensive  written  examina- 
tions; 4)  oral  presentation  of  the 
dissertation  topic  to  the  Germanic 
Section  graduate  faculty  before  the 
topic  is  approved;  5)  the  dissertation; 
6)  oral  dissertation  defense.  The  doc- 
toral comprehensives  consist  of 
seven  three-hour  examinations.  The 
candidate  has  considerable  freedom 
in  choosing  the  subject  to  be 
covered  in  four  of  the  examinations; 
-the  other  three  being  the  required 
fields  of  philology  or  applied  linguis- 
tics, medieval  literature,  and  modern 
literature.  Candidates  who  opt  for  all 
four  selected  topics  in  German 
literature  will  choose  subjects  in 
each  of  the  following  periods:  16th 
and  17th  centuries,  18th  century, 
19th  century,  20th  century;  in  which 


116  /  Graduate  Programs 


case  the  required  modern  literature 
examination  will  require  interpreta- 
tion of  a  text.  Candidates  who  select 
topics  from  other  fields  such  as 
philology,  Scandinavian  Studies, 
medieval  studies,  etc.,  will  take  a 
general  examination  in  the  modern 
literature  required  exam. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  its  course  offerings 
listed  below,  the  Germanic  Section 
of  the  Department  of  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures 
sponsors  the  German  Club,  the 
University  of  Maryland  Chapter  of 
Delta  Phi  Alpha  (the  national  Ger- 
man language  honors  society),  and  a 
Drama  Reading  Circle  at  which  Ger- 
man plays  are  read  by  students  with 
assigned  roles  and  then  discussed 
with  faculty  assistance.  Distin- 
guished scholars  and  lecturers,  as 
well  as  visiting  professors,  visit  the 
metropolitan  area  and  campus 
regularly.  College  Park's  closeness 
to  Washington,  D.C.  facilitates 
participation  in  the  many  cultural 
functions  of  the  capital  with  its 
wealth  of  German  and  Scandinavian 
social  groups  and  national  societies. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Germanic  Section  is  able  to  con- 
tribute to  the  financial  support  of  its 
graduate  students  in  the  form  of 
teaching  and  non-teaching  assistant- 
ships  as  well  as  several  fellowships. 

Additional  Information 

For  further  information  write  to: 
Director  of  Graduate  Studies,  De- 
partment of  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literature. 

Courses 

GERM  001  Elementary  German  for 
Graduate  Students.  (3)  Intensive  elemen- 
tary course  In  the  German  language 
designed  particularly  for  graduate 
students  who  wish  to  acquire  a  reading 
knovidedge.  This  course  does  not  carry 
credit  towards  any  degree  at  the  univer- 
sity. 

GERM  401  Advanced  Conversation.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  302  or  equivalent.  An 
opportunity  for  the  advanced  student  to 
gain  further  conversational  fluency  and 
polish  through  intensive  exercise  in  the 
aural/oral  skills.  Conducted  in  German. 

GERM  402  Stylistics.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  302  or  equivalent.  An  advanced 
level  presentation  of  German  written 
style  shifting  concern  from  what  is  gram- 
matically correct  to  usage  that  is 
stylistically  superior.  Conducted  in  Ger- 
man. 


GERM  409  Selected  Topics  in  German 
Language  Study.  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM 
302  and  permission  of  instructor. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
if  subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  410  Structure  of  the  German 
Language.  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  302  or 
equivalent.  An  introduction  to  applied 
linguistics  suited  to  the  needs  of  the  ad- 
vanced student  and/or  teacher  of  Ger- 
man. Structural  analysis  of  the 
phonetics,  phonology,  morphology,  syn- 
tax an  vocabulary  of  modern  German 
contrasted  with  the  structure  of  modern 
English.  Instruction  in  English. 

GERM  420  Literary  Bibliography  and 
Research  Methods.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  115  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to 
the  use  of  German  bibliographies, 
catalogues,  and  reference  works  in  order 
to  locate  both  primary  and  secondary 
sources.  Techniques  of  conducting 
research,  composing  and  documenting 
term  papers  and  theses.  Instruction  in 
English. 

GERM  421  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages. 

(3)  Prerequisites:  GERM  321  and  322,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  German 
literature  from  the  8th  through  the  15th 
centuries.  Readings  include  Old  High 
German  Texts;  The  German  heroic, 
courtly  and  popular  Epic;  Minnesang, 
Meistersang,  the  Late  Medieval  Epic:  folk 
literature  of  the  Late  Middle  Ages.  Read 
in  modern  German  translation. 

GERM  422  German  Literature  of  the 
Baroque  Period.  (3)  Prerequisites:  GERM 
321  and  322,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
The  Baroque  period  readings  include 
such  authors  as  Opitz,  Grimmelhausen, 
Gryphius,  Bidermann,  Scheffler, 
Gerhardt,  Lohenstein,  Hofmannswaldau, 
Beer,  Weise.  Readings  and  instruction  in 
German. 

GERM  423  Enlightenment:  Storm  and 
Stress.  (3)  Prerequisites:  GERM  321  and 
322,  or  permission  of  instructor.  The 
period  (ca.  1720-1786)  from  Gottsched's 
influence  to  Goethe's  Italian  journey. 
Readings  include  such  authors  as  Gott- 
sched,  Gellert,  Lessing,  WIeland, 
Klopstock,  Claudius,  Herder,  Klinger, 
Lenz,  Schiller,  and  Goethe.  Readings  and 
instruction  in  German. 

GERM  424  Classicism.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
GERM  321  and  322,  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. The  period  (ca.  1786-1832)  from 
Goethe's  Italian  journey  to  his  death. 
Readings  include  such  authors  as 
Goethe,  Schiller,  Jean  Paul,  Hoelderlin. 
Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  431  Romaticism  and  Biedermeier. 

(3)  Prerequisites:  GERM  321  and  322  or 
permission  of  instructor.  The  Romantic 
and  Biedermeier  periods.  Readings  in- 
clude such  authors  as  Tieck, 
Wackenroder,  Novalis,  Brentano,  Arnim, 
Kleist,  E.T.A.  Hoffmann,  Eichendorff, 
Grillparzer,  Raimund,  Nestroy,  Lenau, 
Moerike,  Droste-Huelshoff,  Stifter. 
Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  432  Junges  Deutschland  and 
Realism.  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  321  and 


322,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Realism 
and  periods  of  political  unrest  surround- 
ing the  year  1848.  Readings  include  such 
authors  as  Heine,  Grabbe,  Boerne, 
Buechner,  Gutzkow,  Hebbel,  Keller, 
Storm,  Raabe,  Meyer,  Fontane.  Readings 
and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  433  Naturalism  and  its  Counter 
Currents.  (3)  Prerequisites:  GERM  321 
and  322  or  permission  of  instructor.  The 
periods  of  Naturalism,  Impressionism, 
Neoromanticism  and  Neoclassicism. 
Readings  include  such  authors  as 
Anzengruber,  Holz,  Sudermann,  Haupt- 
mann,  George,  Wedekind,  Hofmannsthal, 
Schnitzler,  Rilke.  Heinrich  Mann, 
Hesse.  Readings  and  instruction  in 
German. 

GERM  438  German  Literature  in  Transla- 
tion. (3)  Different  movements,  genres,  or 
other  special  topics  will  be  treated  each 
semester.  Repeatable  up  to  a  maximum 
of  six  credits  if  subject  matter  is  dif- 
ferent. May  not  be  counted  in  fulfillment 
of  German  major  requirement  for  German 
literature.  Readings  and  instruction  in 
English. 

GERM  439  Proseminar  in  German 
Literature.  (3)  Prerequisites:  GERM  321 
and  322,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Specialized  study  of  an  author,  school, 
genre,  or  theme.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  six  credits  if  subject  matter  is 
different.  Readings  and  instruction  in 
German. 

GERM  462  Expressionism  to  the  Present. 

(3)  Prerequisites  —  GERM  321  and  322. 
Prose  and  dramatic  writings  from  Expres- 
sionism to  present.  Modern  literary  and 
philosophical  movements. 

GERM  471  Introduction  to  Indo-European 
Philology.  (3)  Basic  principles  of 
historical  language  study:  terminology  of 
phonetics  and  morphology,  language 
families,  writing  systems.  Reconstructed 
Indo-European  and  surveys  of  the  most 
important  ancient  Indo-European  lan- 
guages: Sanskrit,  Old  Church  Slavonic, 
Lithuanian,  Classic  Greek,  Latin,  Gothic. 
Instruction  in  English:  no  knowledge  of 
German  required. 

GERM  472  Introduction  to  Germanic 
Philology.  (3)  Prerequisites:  GERM  115 
and  GERM  471,  or  equivalent.  Recon- 
structed Proto-Germanic  and  surveys  of 
Gothic,  Old  Norse,  Old  English,  Old 
Saxon.  The  development  of  High  German 
from  the  Old  High  German  period 
through  Middle  High  German  to  modern 
German:  a  short  introduction  to  modern 
German  dialectology.  Instruction  in 
English. 

GERM  473  Reading  Swedish,  Danish  and 
Norwegian  I.  (3)  Develops  reading  facility 
in  three  languages  in  one  semester. 
Texts  read  include  Bergman's  Seventh 
Seal,  Tales  by  H.C.  Andersen,  excerpts 
works  by  Ibsen  and  Hamsun,  and 
selected  folk  literature.  No  foreign 
language  prerequisite. 

GERM  474  Reading  Swedish,  Danish  and 
Norwegian  II.  (3)  Prerequisite  —  GERM 
473  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Fur- 
ther development  of  reading  facility. 


Graduate  Programs  /  117 


GERM  475  Old  Norse.  (3)  The  language  of 
the  Old  Icelandic  Saga,  the  Eddas  and 
Skaldic  poetry.  Reading  of  texts  in  the 
original;  historical  development  of  Old 
Norse  and  its  role  in  the  Germanic 
language  family.  No  knowledge  of  Ger- 
man or  a  Scandinavian  language  re- 
quired; instruction  in  English. 

GERM  479  Prosemlnar  in  Germanic 
Philology.  (3)  Prerequisite  —  consent  of 
instructor.  Selected  topics  such  as  com- 
parative Germanic  studies,  Old  Norse 
language  or  readings  in  Old  Norse  Litera- 
ture, modern  German  dialectology. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
if  subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  489  Prosemlnar  In  Germanic 
Culture.  (3)  Selected  topics  in  the  cultural 
and  intellectural  history  of  the  German 
and  Germanic  language  areas.  In  English. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
if  subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  499  Directed  Study  in  German. 
(1-3)  For  advanced  students,  by  permis- 
sion of  department  chairman.  Course 
may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content  dif- 
fers. May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

GERM  611  College  Teaching  of  German. 

(3)  Instruction,  demonstration  and 
classroom  practice  under  supervision  of 
modern  procedures  in  the  presentation 
of  elementary  German  courses  to  college 
age  students. 

GERM  621  Medieval  Narrative.  (3)  An  In- 
troduction to  the  form  and  structure  of 
the  Medieval  Narrative,  treatment  of  the 
most  important  authors  and  works  of  the 
period. 

GERM  631  German  Lyric  Poetry.  (3)  An 

exposition  of  the  genre  of  lyric  poetry,  its 
metrical  and  aesthetic  background,  il- 
lustrated by  characteristic  examples 
from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the  present. 

GERM  641  German  Novelle.  (3)  Study  of 
the  development  of  the  genre  from  the 
18th  century  to  the  present. 

GERM  651  German  Novel.  (3)  The  theory 
and  structure  of  the  German  novel  from 
the  Baroque  to  the  present. 

GERM  661  German  Drama.  (3)  An  in- 
troduction to  the  theory  and  structure  of 
the  German  drama  from  the  Baroque  to 
the  present  with  extensive  interpretation 
of  characteristic  works. 

GERM  671  Gothic,  Old  High  German, 
Middle  High  German  I.  (3)  The  first 
semester  of  a  two-semester  practicum  in 
reading  Gothic,  Old  and  Middle  High  Ger- 
man, with  emphasis  on  linguistic 
analysis. 

GERM  672  Gothic,  Old  High  German, 
Middle  High  German  II.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
German  671.  Continuation  of  German 
671. 

GERM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 

(1-6) 

GERM  819  Individual  Study.  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite: consent  of  instructor.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if 
content  differs. 


GERM  829  Seminar  in  German  Literature 
of  the  Middle  Ages.  (3)  Exhaustive  study 
of  one  or  more  representative  authors  or 
works  of  the  Middle  Ages.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits  if 
content  differs. 

GERM  839  Seminar  in  16th  and  17th  Cen- 
tury Literature.  (3)  The  German  literature 
of  the  humanists,  the  Reformation  and 
the  Baroque  is  illustrated  by  study  of  one 
or  more  authors  of  the  16th  or  17th  cen- 
turies. May  be  repeated  up  to  a  total  of 
nine  credits  when  content  differs. 

GERM  849  Seminar  in  18th  Century 
Literature.  (3)  In  depth  study  of  one  or 
more  authors  from  the  periods  Enlighten- 
ment, Sentimentalism  or  Storm  and 
Stress  or  Classicism.  May  be  repeated  up 
to  a  total  of  nine  credits  when  content 
differs. 

GERM  859  Seminar  in  19th  Century 
Literature.  (3)  Comprehensive  coverage 
from  one  or  more  authors  of  Roman- 
ticism, Biedermeier,  Young  Germany  or 
Realism.  May  be  repeated  for  a  total  of 
up  to  nine  credits  when  content  differs. 

GERM  869  Seminar  in  20th  Centrury 
Literature.  (3)  Concentrated  investigation 
of  a  literary  movement  or  of  one  or  more 
authors  from  the  period  of  Naturalism  to 
the  present.  May  be  repeated  to  a  max- 
imum of  nine  credits  if  the  content  is  dif- 
ferent. 

GERM  879  Seminar  in  Germanic 
Philology.  (3)  In  depth  study  of  a  topic  in 
Germanic  or  Indo-European  philology: 
comparative  Germanic  grammar, 
runology,  dialect  geography,  Eddie  or 
Skaldic  poetry,  Indo-European  studies. 
May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine 
credits  if  content  differs. 

GERM  889  Seminar  in  Germanic  Area 
Studies.  (3)  Comprehensive  study  of  a 
selected  topic  in  German  or  Germanic 
area  studies:  history  of  ideas,  cultural 
history,  Germanic  literatures  other  than 
German,  folk  literature  and  folklore.  May 
be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine 
credits  if  content  differs. 

GERM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Russian 

RUSS  001  Elementary  Russian  for 
Graduate  Students.  (3)  Graduate 
students  should  register  as  auditors 
only.  Intensive  elementary  course  in  the 
Russian  language  designed  particularly 
for  graduate  students  who  wish  to  ac- 
quire reading  knowledge.  This  course 
does  not  carry  credit  towards  any  degree 
at  the  university. 

RUSS  401  Advanced  Composition.  (3) 

RUSS  402  Advanced  Composition.  (3) 

RUSS  421  Russian  Civilization  (In  Rus- 
sian) I.  (3)  An  historical  survey  of  Russian 
civilization,  emphasizing  architecture, 
painting,  sculpture,  music,  ballet  and  the 
theater  to  the  beginning  of  the  19th  cen- 
tury pointing  out  the  inter-relationship  of 
all  with  literary  movements.  Taught  in 
Russian. 


RUSS  422  Russian  Civilization  (In  Rus- 
sian) II.  (3)  An  historical  survey  of  Rus- 
sian civilization  emphasizing  architec- 
ture, painting,  sculpture,  music,  ballet, 
and  the  theater,  from  the  beginning  of 
the  19th  century  to  the  present  pointing 
out  the  inter-relationships  of  all  with 
literary  movements.  Taught  in  Russian. 

RUSS  441  Russian  Literature  of  the  Eigh- 
teenth Century.  (3) 

RUSS  451  Russian  Literature  of  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3) 

RUSS  452  Russian  Literature  of  the  Nine- 
teenth Century.  (3) 

RUSS  461  Soviet  Russian  Literature.  (3) 

RUSS  462  Soviet  Russian  Literature.  (3) 

RUSS  465  Modern  Russian  Poetry.  (3) 

RUSS  466  Modern  Russian  Drama.  (3) 

RUSS  467  Modern  Russian  Fiction.  (3) 

RUSS  468  19th  Century  Russian 
Literature  in  Translation.  (3)  Development 
of  Russian  literary  thought  in  the  Rus- 
sian novel  and  short  prose  of  the  19th 
century.  Influence  of  western  literatures 
and  philosophies  considered.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  when  con- 
tent differs. 

RUSS  470  Applied  Linguistics.  (3)  The 

nature  of  applied  linguistics  and  its  con- 
tributions to  the  effective  teaching  of 
foreing  languages.  Comparative  study  of 
English  and  Russian,  with  emphasis 
upon  points  of  divergence.  Analysis, 
evaluation  and  construction  of  related 
drills. 

RUSS  471  Comparative  Slavic 
Linguistics.  (3)  Comparative  Slavic 
linguistics  and,  especially,  a  concept  of 
the  place  of  the  Russian  language  in  the 
world  of  Slavic  culture  through  the 
reading  of  selected  texts  illustrating 
common  Slavic  relationships  and  dis- 
similarities. 

RUSS  478  Soviet  Literature  in  Transla- 
tion. (3)  Russian  literature  since  1917, 
both  as  a  continuation  of  prerevolu- 
tionary  traditions  and  as  a  reflection  of 
Soviet  ideology.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  six  credits  when  content  differs. 


Government  and  Politics 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Bobrow 

Professors:  Anderson,  Harrison,  Hathorn, 
Hsueh,  Jacobs,  McNelly,  Murphy, 
Phillips,  Piper,  Plischke,  Segal,  Young 

Associate  Professors:  Butterworth, 
Claude,  Conway,  Devine,  Elkin,  Glass, 
Glendening,  Hardin,  Heisler,  Koury, 
Oppenheimer,  Pirages,  Ranald, 
Reeves,  Stone,  Terchek,  Wilkenfeld 

Assistant  Professors:  Christensen, 
Goodin,  Lanning,  McCarrick,  Nzuwah, 
Oliver,  Peroff,  Postbrief,  Usianer, 
Werbos,  Woolpert 

The  Department  of  Governnnent  and 
Politics  offers  programs  leading  to 
the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  and 


118  /  Graduate  Programs 


Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Areas  of 
specialization  include  American 
politics,  comparative  politics,  inter- 
national politics,  political  behavior, 
normative,  empirical  and  formal 
theory,  public  administration,  and 
public  policy. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Master's  degree  candidates  may 
select  a  thesis  or  a  non-thesis  op- 
tion, both  of  which  require  six 
semester  hours  of  research  methods 
and  statistics,  six  semester  hours  of 
political  theory,  and  a  compre- 
hensive examination  in  one  field  of 
political  science.  Both  options  re- 
quire a  total  of  30  semester  hours  of 
credit. 

The  doctoral  program  is  designed 
for  completion  within  five  years  and 
involves  seminars,  directed  research 
and  opportunities  for  teaching  ex- 
perience. A  minimum  of  at  least  36 
semester  hours  of  course  work  at 
the  600-800  level  is  required.  All 
students  must  complete  nine  hours 
of  research  methods  and  statistics, 
nine  hours  of  normative,  empirical, 
and  formal  political  theory,  and  a 
comprehensive  examination  in  two 
fields  of  political  science.  The  ex- 
amination fields  are  defined  by  each 
student  in  consultation  with  an  ad- 
visor and  may  cut  across  traditional 
departmental  and  disciplinary  boun- 
daries. 

Financial  Assistance 

In  addition  to  teaching  assistant- 
ships,  the  Department  also  has  a 
government  internship  program  for 
students  interested  in  public  ad- 
ministration and  a  limited  and 
variable  number  of  research  posi- 
tions with  research  grants. 

Additional  Information 

Further  information  and  a  manual  on 
graduate  study  can  be  secured  from 
the  Department's  Office  of  the  Direc- 
tor of  Graduate  Studies. 

Courses 

GVPT  401  Problems  of  Worid  Politics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  170,  A  study  of 
governmental  problems  of  international 
scope,  such  as  causes  of  war,  problems 
of  neutrality,  and  propaganda.  Students 
are  .'equired  to  report  on  readings  from 
current  literature. 

GVPT  402  International  Law.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the  basic 
character,  general  principles  and  specific 
rules  of  international  lavi/,  with  emphasis 
on  recent  and  contemporary  trends  in 


the  field  and  its  relation  to  other  aspects 

of  international  affairs. 

GVPT  411  Public  Personnel  Administra- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite.  GVPT  410  or  BSAD 
360.  A  sun/y  of  public  personnel  Admini- 
stration, including  the  development  of 
merit  civil  service,  the  personnel  agency, 
classification,  recruitment,  examination 
techniques,  promotion,  service  ratings, 
training,  discipline,  employee  relations, 
and  retirement. 

GVPT  412  Public  Financial  Administra- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  410  or  ECON 
450.  A  survey  of  governmental  financial 
procedures,  including  processes  of  cur- 
rent and  capital  budgeting,  the  adminis- 
tration of  public  borrowing,  the  tech- 
niques of  public  purchasing,  and  the 
machinery  of  control  through  pre-audit 
and  post-audit. 

GVPT  413  Govemmental  Organization 
and  Management.  (3)  Prerequisite.  GVPT 
410.  A  study  of  the  theories  of  organiza- 
tion and  management  in  American 
Government  with  emphasis  on  new 
trends,  experiments  and  reorganizations. 

GVPT  414  Administrative  Law.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the  discre- 
tion exercised  by  administrative  agen- 
cies, including  analysis  of  their  func- 
tions, their  powers  over  persons  and 
property,  their  procedures,  and  judicial 
sanctions  and  controls. 

GVPT  417  Comparative  Study  of  Public 
Administration.  (3)  Prerequisite.  GVPT 
280  or  410,  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
introduction  to  the  study  of  govern- 
mental administrative  systems  viewed 
from  the  standpoint  of  comparative 
typologies  and  theoretical  schemes 
useful  in  cross-national  comparisons  and 
empirical  studies  of  the  politics  of  the 
administrative  process  in  several  nations. 
Both  western  and  non-western  countries 
are  included. 

GVPT  422  Quantitative  Political  Analysis. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  220,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Introduction  to  quantitative 
methods  of  data  analysis,  including 
selected  statistical  methods,  block  analy- 
sis, content  analysis,  and  scale  construc- 
tion. 

GVPT  426  Public  Opinion.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, GVPT  170.  An  examination  of 
public  opinion  and  its  effect  on  political 
action,  with  emphasis  on  opinion  forma- 
tion and  measurement,  propaganda  and 
pressure  groups. 

GVPT  427  Political  Sociology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, GVPT  220,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor, A  study  of  the  societal  aspects  of 
political  life  including  selected  aspects 
of  the  sociology  of  group  formation  and 
group  dynamics,  political  association, 
community  integration  and  political 
behavior  presented  in  the  context  of  the 
societal  environments  of  political 
systems. 

GVPT  429  Problems  in  Political  Behavior. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  The  problem 
approach  to  political  behavior  with  em- 
phasis on  theoretical  and  empirical 


studies  on  selected  aspects  of  the  poli- 
tical process. 

GVPT  431  Introduction  to  Constitutional 
Law.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A 
systematic  inquiry  into  the  general  prin- 
ciples of  the  American  constitutional 
system,  with  special  reference  to  the  role 
of  the  judiciary  in  the  interpretation  and 
enforcement  of  the  federal  constitution. 

GVPT  432  Civil  Rights  and  the  Constitu- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  431.  A  study 
of  civil  rights  in  the  American  constitu- 
tional context,  emphasizing  freedom  of 
religion,  freedom  of  expression,  minority 
discrimination,  and  the  rights  of  defen- 
dants. 

GVPT  433  The  Judicial  Process.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, GVP  170.  An  examination  of 
judicial  organization  in  the  United  States 
at  all  levels  of  government,  with  some 
emphasis  on  legal  reasoning,  legal 
research  and  court  procedures. 

GVPT  434  Race  Relations  and  Public 
Law.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  poli- 
tical and  legal  examination  of  the  con- 
stitutionally protected  rights  affecting 
racial  minorities  and  of  the  constitutional 
power  of  the  federal  courts.  Congress, 
and  the  executive  to  define,  protect  and 
extend  these  rights. 

GVPT  435  Judicial  Behavior.  (3)  A  study 
of  judicial  decision  making  at  the  state 
and  national  levels,  drawing  primarily  on 
the  more  recent  quantitative  and 
behavioral  literature. 

GVPT  436  The  Legal  Status  of  Women. 

(3)  An  examination  of  judicial  interpreta- 
tion and  application  of  common, 
statutory,  and  constitutional  law  as  these 
affect  the  status  of  women  in  American 
society, 

GVPT  441  History  of  Polifical  Theory  — 
Ancient  and  Medieval.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
GVPT  170.  A  survey  of  the  principal  poli- 
tical theories  set  forth  in  the  works  of 
writers  before  Machiavelli. 

GVPT  442  History  of  Political  Theory  — 
Modem  and  Recent.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
GVPT  170.  A  survey  of  the  principal  poli- 
tical theories  set  forth  in  tfie  works  of 
writers  from  Machiavelli  to  J.  S.  Mill. 

GVPT  443  Contemporary  Political  Theory. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  441  or  442.  A  sur- 
vey of  the  principal  political  theories  and 
ideologies  from  Karl  Marx  to  the  present. 

GVPT  444  American  Political  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the 
development  and  growth  of  American 
political  concepts  from  the  Colonial 
period  to  the  present. 

GVPT  445  Russian  Political  Thought.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  survey  and 
analysis  of  political  ideas  in  Russia  and 
the  Soviet  Union  from  early  times  to  the 
present. 

GVPT  448  Non-Western  Political 
Thought.  (3)  Political  thought  originating 
in  Asia,  the  Middle  East,  and  Africa.  This 
is  not  a  survey  of  all  non-western  politi- 
cal thought,  but  a  course  to  be  limited  by 
the  professor  with  each  offering.  When 


Graduate  Programs  / 119 


repeated  by  a  student,  consent  of  in- 
structor is  required. 

GVPT  450  Comparative  Study  of  Foreign 
Policy  Formation.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT 
280  or  300,  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
introduction  to  tfie  comparative  study  of 
foreign  policy  formation  structures  and 
processes  followed  by  a  survey  of  tfie 
domestic  sources  of  policy  for  major 
states.  A  conspectus  of  substantive  pat- 
terns of  foreign  policy  in  analytically 
salient  types  of  systems  is  presented. 
Domestic  and  global  systemic  sources  of 
foreign  policy  are  compared. 

GVPT  451  Foreign  Policy  of  the  U.S.S.R. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  study  of  tfie 
development  of  tfie  foreign  policy  of  tfie 
Soviet  Union,  with  attention  paid  to  tfie 
forces  and  conditions  tfiat  make  for  con- 
tinuities and  ctianges  from  Tsarist 
policies. 

GVPT  452  Inter-American  Relations.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  An  analytical  and 
fiistorical  study  of  tfie  Latin-American 
policies  of  tfie  United  States  and  of  prob- 
lems in  our  relations  witfi  individual 
countries,  witfi  emphasis  on  recent 
developments. 

GVPT  453  Recent  East  Asian  Politics.  (3) 

Prerequisites:  GVPT  170.  The  back- 
ground and  interpretation  of  recent 
political  events  in  East  Asia  and  their  in- 
fluence on  world  politics. 

GVPT  454  Contemporary  African  Politics. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  survey  of 
contemporary  development  in  the  inter- 
national politics  of  Africa,  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  role  of  an  emerging 
Africa  in  world  affairs. 

GVPT  455  Contemporary  Middle  Eastern 
Politics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A 
sruvey  of  contemporary  development  in 
the  international  politics  of  the  Middle 
East,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  role 
of  emerging  Middle  East  nations  in  world 
affairs, 

GVPT  457  American  Foreign  Relations. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  The  principles 
and  machinery  of  the  conduct  of 
American  foreign  relations,  with  em- 
phasis on  the  Department  of  State  and 
foreign  service,  and  an  analysis  of  the 
major  foreign  policies  of  the  United 
States. 

GVPT  460  State  and  Local  Administra- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  study 
of  the  administrative  structure,  pro- 
cedures and  policies  of  state  and  local 
governments  with  special  emphasis  on 
the  state  level  and  on  intergovernmental 
relationships,  and  with  illustrations  from 
Maryland  governmental  arrangements. 

GVPT  461  Metropolitan  Administration. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  An  examina- 
tion of  administrative  problems  relating 
to  public  services,  planning  and  coordi- 
nation in  a  metropolitan  environment. 

GVPT  462  Urban  Politics.  (3)  Urban 
political  process  and  institutions  con- 
sidered in  the  light  of  changing  social 
and  '■■conorr'  ■  'rnditions. 


GVPT  473  Legislatures  and  Legislation. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  comprehen- 
sive study  of  legislative  organization  pro- 
cedure and  problems.  The  course  in- 
cludes opportunities  for  student  contact 
with  Congress  and  with  the  Legislature 
of  Maryland. 

GVPT  474  Political  Parties.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, GVPT  170.  A  descriptive  and  analy-  ' 
tical  examination  of  American  political 
parties,  nominations,  elections,  and  poli- 
tical leadership. 

GVPT  475  The  Presidency  and  the  Ex- 
ecutive Branch.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT 
170.  An  examination  of  the  executive, 
legislative  and  party  roles  of  the  Presi- 
dent in  the  political  process. 

GVPT  479  Problems  of  American  Public 
Policy.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  The 
background  and  interpretation  of  various 
factors  which  affect  the  formation  and 
execution  of  American  public  policy. 

GVPT  480  Comparative  Political 
Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  280  and 
at  least  one  other  course  in  comparative 
government.  A  study,  along  functional 
lines,  of  major  political  institutions,  such 
as  legislatures,  executives,  courts, 
bureaucracies,  public  organizations,  and 
political  parties. 

GVPT  481  Government  and  Administra- 
tion of  the  Soviet  Union.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the  adoption  of  the 
communist  philosophy  by  the  Soviet 
Union,  of  its  governmental  structure  and 
of  the  administration  of  government 
policy  in  the  Soviet  Union. 

GVPT  482  Government  and  Politics  of 
Latin  America.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT 
170.  A  comparative  study  of  the  govern- 
mental systems  and  political  processes 
of  the  Latin  American  countries,  with 
special  emphasis  on  Argentina,  Brazil, 
Chile,  and  Mexico. 

GVPT  483  Government  and  Politics  of 
Asia.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  280  or  453,  or 
HIST  261,  or  262  or  HI  FN  442,  or  445.  A 
comparative  study  of  the  political 
systems  of  China,  Japan,  India  and  other 
selected  Asian  countries. 
GVPT  484  Government  and  Politics  of 
Africa.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  170.  A  com- 
parative study  of  the  governmental 
systems  and  political  processes  of  the 
African  countries,  with  special  emphasis 
on  the  problems  of  nation-building  in 
emergent  countries. 

GVPT  485  Government  and  Politics  of 
the  Middle  East.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT 
170.  A  comparative  study  of  the  govern- 
mental systems  and  political  processes 
of  the  Middle  Eastern  countries,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  problems  of 
nation-building  in  emergent  countries. 

GVPT  486  Comparative  Studies  in  Euro- 
pean Politics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  280, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  A  comparative 
study  of  political  processes  and  govern- 
mental forms  in  selected  European  coun- 
tries. 

GVPT  487  The  Government  and  Politics 
of  South  Asia.  Political  systems  and 


governments  of  such  countries  as  India, 
Pakistan,  Bangia  Desh,  Ceylon,  and 
Nepal. 

GVPT  492  The  Comparative  Politics  of 
Race  Relations.  (3)  Impact  of  government 
and  politics  on  race  relations  in  various 
parts  of  the  world.  The  origins,  problems, 
and  manifestations  of  such  racial 
policies  as  segregation,  apartheid,  in- 
tegration, assimilation,  partnership,  and 
nonracialism  will  be  analyzed. 

GVPT  600  Proseminar  in  Government  and 
Politics.  (3)  Required  of  M.A.  candidates. 
A  proseminar  offering  a  survey  of  major 
concepts,  approaches,  and  research 
trends  in  political  science. 

GVPT  700  Scope  and  Method  of  Political 
Science.  (3)  Required  of  all  Ph.D.  can- 
didates. A  seminar  in  the  methodologies 
of  political  science,  and  their  respective 
applications  to  different  research  fields. 
Interdisciplinary  approaches  and  biblio- 
graphical techniques  are  also  reviewed. 

GVPT  707  Functional  Problems  in  inter- 
national Relations  —  Comparative 
Systems.  (3)  A  survey  from  Kautilya  to 
Kaplan  of  the  literature  in  IR  theory  with 
an  emphasis  on  comparative  historical 
systems. 

GVPT  708  Seminar  in  International  Re- 
lations Theory.  (3)  An  examination  of  the 
major  approaches,  concepts,  and 
theories  in  the  study  of  world  politics 
with  special  emphasis  on  contemporary 
literature.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
hours. 

GVPT  710  Introduction  to  Graduate 
Study  in  Public  Administration.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  the  history,  background, 
and  trends  of  public  administration  and 
the  basic  concepts  and  the  approaches 
utilized  in  the  organizational  process  of 
public  bureaucracies.  Readings  from  tex- 
tual sources  will  include  the  following: 
the  study  of  public  administration.  The 
societal  and  political  environment, 
organization  theory  and  behavior,  ad- 
ministrative law,  comparative  and 
development  administration,  policy  and 
systems  analysis,  program  planning  and 
budgeting,  manpower  resources  develop- 
ment, organizational  performance  and  ac- 
countability. 

GVPT  720  Policy  Evaluation.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  the  application  of  social  in- 
dicators and  accounts,  field  and  labora- 
tory experimentation,  formal  modeling, 
and  otfier  techniques  drawn  from  the 
social  sciences  to  problems  of  public 
policy  selected  from  various  levels  of  the 
political  system. 

GVPT  780  Seminar  in  the  Comparative 
Study  of  Politics.  (3)  An  examination  of 
the  salient  approaches  to  and  conceptual 
frameworks  for  the  comparative  study  of 
politics,  followed  by  the  construction  of 
models  and  typologies  of  political 
systems. 

GVPT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

GVPT  802  Seminar  in  International  Law. 

(3)  Reports  on  selected  topics  assigned 
for  individual  study  and  reading  in 


120  /  Graduate  Programs 


substantive  and  procedural  international 
law. 

GVPT  803  Seminar  in  International  Poli- 
tical Organization.  (3)  A  study  of  ttie 
forms  and  functions  of  various  interna- 
tional organizations. 

GVPT  808  Selected  Topics  in  Functional 
Problems  in  International  Relations.  (3) 

An  examination  of  tfie  major  substantive 
issues  in  contemporary  international 
relations. 

GVPT  810  Governmental  Organization 
Theory.  (3)  A  study  of  recent  develop- 
ments in  the  area  of  organizational 
tfieory  witfi  an  empfiasis  on  empirical 
studies  of  organizational  behavior. 

GVPT  812  Seminar  in  Public  Financial 
Administration.  (3)  Readings  and  reports 
on  topics  assigned  for  individual  or 
group  study  in  the  field  of  public  finan- 
cial administration. 

GVPT  813  Problems  of  Public  Personnel 
Administration.  (3)  Reports  on  topics 
assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading 
in  the  field  of  public  personnel  adminis- 
tration. 

GVPT  814  Developmental  Public  Admin- 
istration. (3)  Reports,  readings  and/or 
field  surveys  on  topics  assigned  for  indi- 
vidual or  group  study  in  international,  na- 
tional, regional  or  local  environments. 

GVPT  815  Government  Administrative 
Planning  and  Management.  (3)  Reports 
on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study 
and  reading  in  administrative  planning 
and  management  in  government. 

GVPT  816  Studies  in  Comparative 
Governmental  Administration.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  theoretical  concepts  and 
empirical  findings  in  the  field  of  com- 
parative administration.  Individual 
readings  and  research  dealing  with  the 
civil  services  of  western  and  non-western 
nations  will  be  assigned. 

GVPT  818  Problems  of  Public  Adminis- 
tration. (3)  Reports  on  topics  assigned 
for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the 
field  of  public  administration. 

GVPT  822  Problems  in  Quantitative 
Political  Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  three 
hours  of  statistics  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Study  of  selected  problems  in  quan- 
titative political  analysis. 

GVPT  826  Seminar  in  Public  Opinion.  (3) 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual 
study  and  reading  in  the  field  of  public 
opinion. 

GVPT  827  Seminar  in  Political  Sociology. 

(3)  Prerequisite  —  GVPT  427  or  equiva- 
lent. Inquiries  into  the  conceptual  and 
theoretical  foundations  of  and  empirical 
data  in  the  field  of  political  sociology.  In- 
dividual readings  and  research  problems 
will  be  assigned,  dealing  with  the  social 
contexts  of  politics  and  the  political 
aspects  of  social  relationships. 

GVPT  828  Selected  Problems  in  Political 
Behavior.  (3)  Individual  reading  and  re- 
search reports  on  selected  problems  in 
the  study  of  political  behavior. 


GVPT  830  Seminar  in  Public  Law.  (3) 

Reports  on  topics  for  individual  study 
and  reading  in  the  fields  of  constitutional 
and  administrative  law. 

GVPT  840  Analytical  Systems  and  Theory 
Construction.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  700. 
Examination  of  the  general  theoretical 
tools  available  to  political  scientists  and 
of  the  problems  of  theory  building.  Atten- 
tion is  given  to  communications  theory, 
decision-making,  game  theory  and  other 
mathematical  concepts,  personality 
theory,  role  theory,  structural-functional 
analysis,  and  current  behavioral  ap- 
proaches. 

GVPT  841  Great  Political  Thinkers.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  441.  Intensive  study 
of  one  or  more  men  each  semester. 

GVPT  842  Man  and  the  State.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, GVPT  442.  Individual  reading 
and  reports  on  such  recurring  concepts 
in  political  theory  as  liberty,  equality, 
justice,  natural  law  and  natural  rights, 
private  property,  sovereignty,  nationalism 
and  the  organic  state. 

GVPT  844  American  Political  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  444.  Analytical  and 
historical  examination  of  selected  topics 
in  American  political  thought. 

GVPT  845  Marxist  Political  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  443  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Intensive  study  and  analysis  of 
the  leading  ideas  of  Marx  and  Engels  and 
their  development  in  the  different  forms 
of  social  democracy  and  of  communism. 

GVPT  846  Theories  of  Democracy.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  GVPT  442,  A  survey  and 
analysis  of  the  leading  theories  of  demo- 
cratic government,  with  attention  to  such 
topics  as  freedom,  equality,  representa- 
tion, dissent,  and  critics  of  democracy. 

GVPT  847  Seminar  in  Non-Western  Politi- 
cal Theory.  (3)  Intensive  study  of  selected 
segments  of  political  theory  outside  of 
the  Western  European  tradition. 

QVPT  848  Current  Problems  in  Political 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  443.  Inten- 
sive examination  of  the  development  of 
political  theory  since  the  Second  World 
War. 

GVPT  850  Applied  Foriegn  Policy 
Analysis.  (3)  Individual  research  and 
reporting  on  standards  of  policy  perfor- 
mance and  analysis  with  emphasis  on 
data  display,  information  organization, 
forecasting,  and  rational  resource  alloca- 
tion. 

GVPT  851  Area  Problems  in  International 
Relations  —  Soviet  Union.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  problems  in  the  relations  of 
states  involving  the  Soviet  Union. 

GVPT  852  Area  Problems  in  International 
Relations  —  Latin  America.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  problems  in  the  relations  of 
states  within  Latin  America. 

GVPT  853  Area  Problems  in  International 

Relations  —  Asia.  (3)  An  examination  of 

problems  in  the  relations  of  states  within 

Asia. 

GVPT  854  Area  Problems  in  International 

Relations  —  Africa.  (3)  An  examination  of 


problems  in  the  relations  of  states  within 
Africa. 

GVPT  855  Area  Problems  in  International 
Relations  —  Middle  East.  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  problems  in  the  relations  of 
states  within  the  Middle  East. 

GVPT  856  Area  Problems  in  International 
Relations  —  Europe.  (3)  An  examination 
of  problems  in  the  relations  of  states 
within  Europe. 

GVPT  857  Seminar  in  American  Foreign 
Relations.  (3)  Reports  on  selected  topics 
assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading 
in  American  foreign  policy  and  the  con- 
duct of  American  foreign  relations. 

GVPT  858  Selected  Topics  in  Area  Prob- 
lems in  International  Relations.  (3) 

Special  topics  concerning  regional  prob- 
lems in  the  relations  of  states. 

GVPT  862  Seminar  on  Intergovernmental 
Relations.  (3)  Reports  on  topics  assigned 
for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the 
field  of  recent  intergovernmental  rela- 
tions. 

GVPT  868  Problems  of  State  and  Local 
Government.  (3)  Report  of  topics  as- 
signed for  individual  study  in  the  field  of 
state  local  government  throughout  the 
United  States. 

GVPT  869  Seminar  in  Urban  Administra- 
tion. (3)  Selected  topics  are  examined  by 
the  team  research  method  with  students 
responsible  for  planning,  field  investiga- 
tion, and  report  writing. 

GVPT  870  Seminar  in  American  Political 
Institutions.  (3)  Reports  on  topics  as- 
signed for  individual  study  and  reading  in 
the  background  and  development  of 
American  Government. 

GVPT  873  Seminar  in  Legislatures  and 
Legislation.  (3)  Reports  on  topics  as- 
signed for  individual  study  and  reading 
about  the  composition  and  organization 
of  legislatures  and  about  the  legislative 
process. 

GVPT  874  Seminar  in  Political  Parties 
and  Politics.  (3)  Reports  on  topics  as- 
signed for  individual  study  and  reading  in 
the  fields  of  political  organization  and  ac- 
tion. 

GVPT  876  Seminar  in  National  Security 
Policy.  (3)  An  examination  of  the  com- 
ponents of  United  States  security  policy. 
Factors,  both  internal  and  external,  af- 
fecting national  security  will  be  con- 
sidered. Individual  reporting  as  assigned. 

GVPT  878  Problems  in  American  Govern- 
ment and  Politics.  (3)  An  examination  of 
contemporary  problems  in  various  fields 
of  government  and  politics  in  the  United 
States,  with  reports  on  topics  assigned 
for  individual  study. 

GVPT  881  Comparative  Governmental  In- 
stitutions —  Soviet  Union.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  government  and  politics  in 
the  Soviet  Union. 

GVPT  882  Comparative  Governmental  In- 
stitdtions  —  Latin  America.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  governments  and  politics 
within  Latin  America. 

Graduate  Programs  / 121 


GVPT  883  Comparative  Governmental  In- 
stitutions —  Asia.  (3)  An  examination  of 
governments  and  politics  vi^ithin  Asia. 

GVPT  884  Comparative  Governmental  In- 
stitutions —  Africa.  (3)  An  examination  of 
governments  and  politics  within  Africa. 

GVPT  885  Comparative  Governmental  In- 
stitutions —  Middle  East.  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  governments  and  politics  withiin 
the  Middle  East. 

GVPT  886  Comparative  Governmental  In- 
stitutions —  Europe.  (3)  An  examination 
of  governments  and  politics  within 
Europe. 

GVPT  887  Seminar  in  the  Politics  of 
Developing  Nations.  (3)  An  examination 
of  the  programs  of  political  development 
in  the  emerging  nations  with  special 
references  to  the  newly  independent  na- 
tions of  Asia  and  Africa,  and  the  less 
developed  countries  of  Latin  America.  In- 
dividual reporting  as  assigned. 

GVPT  888  Selected  Topics  in  Com- 
parative Governmental  Institutions.  (3)  An 

examination  of  special  topics  in  com- 
parative politics. 

GVPT  898  Readings  in  Government  and 
Politics.  (3)  Guided  readings  and  discus- 
sions on  selected  topics  in  political 
science. 

GVPT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Health  Education  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Burt 
Professors:  Johnson,  Leviton 
Associate  Professors:  D.  A.  Girdano, 

D.  E,  Girdano.  Miller.  Tifft.  Clearwater 
Ass/sfar7f  Professors:  Althoff.  Needle.  Stone. 

Yarian 

The  Department  of  Health  Education  of- 
fers a  program  designed  to  prepare  stu- 
dents as  teachers  and  community 
health  workers.  Graduates  of  the  pro- 
gram have  placement  opportunities  in 
public  school  systems,  colleges  and  uni- 
versities, government  service  and  com- 
munity health. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Department  offers  courses  of  study 
leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts, 
Doctor  of  Education  and  Doctor  of  Philos- 
ophy. Admission  is  open  to  students 
holding  the  bachelors  degree  in  areas 
related  to  the  social,  psychological  or 
biological  basis  of  health  education 

Each  student  is  required  to  submit  a 
thesis,  to  present  the  work  orally  in  a 
seminar,  and  to  defend  it  to  the  satisfac- 
tion of  his  examining  committee.  All  stu- 
dents must  take  Health  Education  600 
and  710. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  student  may  experience  specific 
application  of  theory  through  numerous 

122  /  Graduate  Programs 


field  studies  and  departmental  clinics  in 
the  areas  of  children's  health  and  de- 
velopment, developmental  programs 
for  the  aged,  obesity  and  weight  control, 
controlling  stress  and  tension,  smoking 
cessation,  and  driver  and  safety  educa- 
tion. 

The  proximity  of  the  National  Institutes 
of  Health  and  the  National  Library  of  Medi- 
cine render  the  University  of  Maryland 
unusually  suited  for  graduate  work  in 
health  education. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  Graduate  Teaching 
Assistantships  are  available. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  and  departmental  publi- 
cation whte  to  Dr.  Daniel  A.  Girdano, 
Director  of  Graduate  Studies. 


Courses 

HLTH  420  Methods  and  Materials  in  Health 
Education.  (3)  Prerequisites.  HLTH  105  or 
140.  310  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  pur- 
pose of  this  course  is  to  present  the  interrela- 
tionships of  curriculum  planning,  methodol- 
ogy and  the  selection  and  use  of  teaching 
aids  and  materials.  Special  problems  asso- 
ciated with  health  teaching  are  discussed. 
Students  will  become  familiar  with  a  variety 
of  resources  as  well  as  planning  for  and  pre- 
senting demonstration  lessons. 

HLTH  450  Health  Problems  of  Children 
and  Youth.  (3)  This  course  Involves  a  study 
of  the  health  needs  and  problems  of  pupils 
from  the  primary  grades  through  high  school. 
Physical,  mental  and  psychosomatic  aspects 
of  health  are  considered  in  relation  to  the  de- 
velopmental and  school  levels.  Considera- 
tion is  given  to  such  topics  as  diet  selection 
and  control;  exercise,  recreation  and  rest; 
emotional  upset  and  its  implications;  and 
psychosexual  development  and  problems. 
The  role  of  the  teacher  and  parent  in  en- 
couraging optimal  health  is  emphasized. 

HLTH  455  Physical  Fitness  of  the  Individ- 
ual. (3)  A  study  of  the  major  physical  fitness 
problems  confronting  the  adult  in  modern 
society.  Consideration  is  given  to  the  scien- 
tific appraisal,  development  and  maintenance 
of  fitness  at  all  age  levels.  Such  problems 
as  obesity,  weight  reduction,  chronic  fatigue, 
posture,  and  special  exercise  programs  are 
explored.  This  course  is  open  to  persons  out- 
side the  fields  of  physical  education  and  health. 

HLTH  456  Health  Problems  of  the  Aging 
and  the  Aged.  (3)  Psychological,  physologi- 
cal,  and  socio-economic  aspects  of  aging; 
nutrition;  sexuality;  death,  dying,  and  bereave- 
ment; self  actualization  and  creativity  health 
needs  and  crises  of  the  aged. 
HLTH  460  Problems  in  School  Health 
Education  in  Elementary  and  Secondary 
Schools.  (2-6)  This  is  a  workshop  type 
course  designed  particularly  for  inservice 
teachers  to  acquaint  them  with  the  best  meth- 
ods of  providing  good  health  sen/ices,  health- 
ful environment  and  health  instruction. 


HLTH  470  The  Health  Program  in  the 
Elementary  School.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
HLTH  105  or  140;  310.  This  course,  designed 
for  the  elementary  school  classroom  teacher, 
analyzes  biological  and  sociological  factors 
which  determine  the  health  status  and  needs 
of  the  individual  elementary  school  child.  The 
various  aspects  of  the  school  program  are 
evaluated  in  tenns  of  their  role  in  health  edu- 
cation. The  total  school  health  program  is 
surveyed  from  the  standpoint  of  organization 
and  administration,  and  health  appraisal. 
Emphasis  is  placed  upon  modern  methods 
and  current  materials  in  health  instruction. 
(The  State  Department  of  Education  accepts 
this  course  for  biological  science  credit). 

HLTH  471  Women's  Health.  (3)  The  women  s 
health  movement  from  the  perspective  of  con- 
sumerism and  feminism.  The  physician-pa- 
tient relationship  in  the  gynecological  and 
other  medical  settings.  The  gynecological 
exam,  gynecological  problems,  contracep- 
tion, abortion,  pregnancy,  breast  and  cer- 
vical cancer  and  surgical  procedures.  Psycho- 
logical aspects  of  gynecological  concerns. 

HLTH  476  Death  Education.  (3)  Examina- 
tion of  the  genesis  and  development  of  present 
day  death  attitudes  and  behavior  by  use  of 
a  multidisciplinary  life  cycle  approach. 

HLTH  477  Fundamentals  of  Sex  Education. 

(3)  This  course  is  concerned  with  basic  infor- 
mation regarding  the  physical,  psychological, 
social,  historical,  semantic  and  comparative 
cultural  aspects  of  sex.  The  adjustment 
needs  and  problems  of  children  and  adults 
during  the  course  of  maturing  and  aging  are 
studied;  and  special  consideration  is  given  to 
the  sex  education  program  in  schools. 

HLTH  480  Measurement  in  Health.  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
The  application  of  the  principles  and  tech- 
niques of  educational  measurement  to  the 
teaching  of  health  and  physical  education; 
study  of  functions  and  techniques  of  measure- 
ments in  the  evaluation  of  student  progress 
toward  the  ob|ectives  of  health  and  physical 
education,  and  in  the  evaluation  of  the  effec- 
tiveness of  teaching. 

HLTH  485  Controlling  Stress  and  Tension. 
(3)  Health  problems  related  to  stress  and  ten- 
sion Analysis  of  causative  psycho-social 
stressors  and  intervening  physiological 
mechanisms  Emphasis  on  prevention  and 
control  of  stress  through  techniques  such  as 
biofeedback,  meditation  and  neuromuscular 
relaxation. 

HLTH  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and 
Workshop.  (1-6)  A  course  designed  to  meet 
the  needs  of  persons  in  the  field  with  respect 
to  workshop  and  research  projects  in  special 
areas  of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly 
structured  courses.  Note;  the  maximum  total 
number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned  toward 
any  degree  in  physical  education,  recreation, 
or  health  education  under  PHED,  RECR,  or 
HLTH  489  is  six. 

HLTH  600  Seminar  in  Health.  (1) 
HLTH  650  Health  Problems  in  Guidance. 
(3) 

HLTH  651  Seminar  on  the  Health  Cor- 
relates of  the  Aging  and  Aged.  (3)  Investi- 
gates the  most  recent  theoretical  formula- 


tions,  research  data,  and  clinical  and  thera- 
peutic approaches  to  improving  the  health 
status  of  the  aging.  Extensive  readings  and 
research  project  are  required. 

HLTH  652  Seminar  in  Death  Education. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  HLTH  456  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  The  advanced  study  and  inves- 
tigation of  human  dying,  death,  bereavement, 
suicidal  behavior,  and  their  relationship  to 
human  health  utilizing  a  multidiscipllnary 
approach. 

HLTH  670  Status  and  Trends  in  Health  Edu- 
cation. (3) 

HLTH  687  Advanced  Seminar.  (1-3) 

HLTH  688  Special  Problems  in  Health 
Education.  (1-6) 

HLTH  690  Administrative  Direction  of 
Health  Education.  (3) 

HLTH  710  Methods  and  Techniques  of 
Research.  (3) 

HLTH  720  Scientific  Foundations  of 
Health  Education.  (3) 

HLTH  730  Problems  in  Weight  Control  (3) 

Prerequisite,  HLTH  720  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  causes,  health  cost, 
and  control  of  obesity  through  analysis  of  lipid- 
glucose  interaction:  hunger-satiety  theories 
and  mechanisms;  psycho-social  forces  in 
obesity:  body  composition,  energy  output: 
and  disease  states  related  to  obesity. 

HLTH  740  Modern  Theories  of  Health.  (3) 

HLTH  750  Stress  and  Disease.  (3)  A  study 
of  the  causative  agents  of  chronic  disease 
with  particular  emphasis  on  stress  including 
the  physiological  response  of  the  human  or- 
ganism to  contemporary  psycho-social 
stressors  and  mechanisms  of  adaptation 
and  prophylaxis. 

HLTH  760  Public  Health.  (3) 

HLTH  791  Curriculum  Construction  in 
Health  Education.  (3) 

HLTH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

HLTH  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research. 
(1-8) 

Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences  Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chair- 
man: Bankson 
Professors:  Newby 
Associate  Professors:  Baker,  Hamlet' 
Assistant  Professor:  Bernthal, 

Cicci',  Diggs,  Doundna,  McSpaden, 

Suter' 
Lecturer:  Bennett,  Sedge 
Researcti  Professor:  Causey 
Research  Assistant  Professor:  Elkins 
Research  Associates:  Punch,  Schweitzer 
'joint  appointment  with  School  of  Den- 
tistry 

'joint  appointment  with  School  of 
Medicine 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Department  of  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences  offers  the  M.A. 
degree  with  either  the  thesis  or  the 
non-thesis  option,  and  with  major 
emphasis  either  in  speech  and 


language  pathology  or  in  audiology. 
The  Master's  degree  is  required  for 
individuals  preparing  for  positions 
as  speech  pathologists  or  audlo- 
logists  in  the  schools,  in  the  hospi- 
tals or  rehabilitation  facilities.  In 
hearing  and  speech  centers,  or  In 
other  clinical  settings.  Academic 
course  work  Is  combined  with  super- 
vised clinical  practice  In  the  Univer- 
sity Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  and 
In  selected  outside  clinical  facilities, 
so  that  the  graduate  will  meet  the 
academic  requirements  for  clinical 
certification  by  the  American 
Speech  and  Hearing  Association, 
and  for  licensing  in  the  State  of 
Maryland.  The  Master's  degree  pro- 
gram Is  accredited  by  the  American 
Boards  of  Examiners  In  Speech 
Pathology  and  Audiology. 

Applicants  for  the  M.A.  degree 
must  have  completed  the  equivalent 
of  an  undergraduate  major  In  hearing 
and  speech  sciences.  The  M.A.  pro- 
gram usually  requires  three  semes- 
ters and  a  summer  session  to  com- 
plete. Only  full-time  students  are  ad- 
mitted to  the  program. 

The  Department  also  offers  the 
Ph.D.  degree  with  major  emphasis  in 
speech  and  language  pathology, 
audiology,  speech  science,  or  hear- 
ing science.  Ordinarily  a  Master's 
degree  Is  required  for  admission  to 
the  doctoral  program.  Advanced 
courses  in  statistics  and  research 
design  are  required  of  all  doctoral 
candidates.  Although  no  formal 
minor  Is  required,  students  are  en- 
couraged to  take  appropriate 
courses  In  other  departments.  The 
Department  does  not  require  profi- 
ciency in  a  foreign  language.  Course 
programs  for  the  doctorate  are 
planned  by  the  student  and  a  com- 
mittee of  three  faculty  members. 
Qualifying  Interviews  are  scheduled 
for  each  candidate  after  completion 
of  12  semester  hours  In  the  program. 
Written  and  oral  comprehensive  ex- 
aminations for  admission  to  can- 
didacy are  scheduled  at  the  comple- 
tion of  the  formal  course  program. 

In  addition  to  the  application 
materials  required  by  the  Graduate 
School,  the  Department  requires  ap- 
plicants to  furnish  scores  on  the  ap- 
titude portions  of  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination.  Prospective  ap- 
plicants should  note  that  decisions 
on  summer  and  fall  admissions  are 


made  In  early  March,  and  on  spring 
admissions  in  early  October. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department's  facilities  Include  a 
blocommunications  laboratory  with 
an  anecholc  chamber,  a  speech 
science  laboratory,  electronics 
workshop,  two  2-room  audiology 
testing  suites,  and  nine  therapy 
rooms  equipped  for  observation.  Ad- 
ditional research  and  clinical 
facilities  are  available  in  the 
Washington  and  Baltimore  metro- 
politan areas.  The  Library  of  Con- 
gress, the  National  Library  of 
Medicine,  and  the  libraries  of  the 
various  medical  schools  In  the 
Washington-Baltimore  area  supple- 
ment the  University's  library  at  Col- 
lege Park. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  is  able  to  provide 
some  financial  support  In  the  form 
of  teaching  or  clinical  asslstantships 
or  tralneeships  to  approximately  40 
percent  of  the  graduate  students 
enrolled. 

Additional  Information 

Additional  Information  about  the 
M.A.  and  Ph.D.  programs  may  be  ob- 
tained by  writing  to  the  Chairman, 
Department  of  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences. 

Courses 

HESP  400  Speech  and  Language 
Development  of  Children.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, HESP  202.  Analysis  of  normal  pro- 
cesses of  speech  an  language  develop- 
ment in  children. 

HESP  401  Survey  of  Speech  Disorders. 

(3)  Communication  disorders  in  school 
children.  May  not  be  used  by  majors  in 
hearing  and  speech  sciences  to  satisfy 
major  or  supporting  course  re- 
quirements. 

HESP  403  Introduction  to  Phonetic 
Science.  (3)  Prerequisites:  HESP  202  and 
PHYS  102.  Phonetic  transcription  and 
phonetic  principles.  Acoustical  and 
perceptual  phonetics. 

HESP  404  Speech  Pathology  II.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, HESP  302,  305.  Etiology  and 
therapeutic  management  of  cleft  palate 
and  stuttering. 

HESP  406  Speech  Pathology  III.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, HESP  302,  305.  Etiology  and 
therapeutic  management  of  aphasia  and 
delayed  language. 

HESP  408  Clinical  Practice.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: completion  of  the  21  hours  of 
specified  courses  for  the  major,  HESP 
404  or  HESP  406,  and  permission  of  the 
clinical  staff.  Observation  and  participa- 
tion in  the  speech  and  hearing  clinic. 

Graduate  Programs  /  123 


Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits, 
but  only  three  credits  may  apply  toward 
satisfaction  of  the  major  course  require- 
ment in  hearing  and  speech  sciences. 

HESP  410  Principles  and  Methods  in 
Speech  Therapy.  (3)  Prerequisite,  HESP 
404  or  406.  Comparative  methods  in  the 
clinical  management  of  speech  prob- 
lems. 

HESP  411  Introduction  to  Audiology.  (3) 
Prerequisites:  HESP  202  and  PHYS  102. 
Anatomy  and  physiology  of  hearing,  in- 
troduction to  measurement  and  to  reha- 
bilitation of  the  hearing-handicapped. 

HESP  412  Rehabilitation  of  the  Hearing 
Handicapped.  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  411. 
Speech  reading,  auditory  training,  and 
speech  training  for  hard-of-hearing  chil- 
dren and  adults. 

HESP  414  Seminar.  (3)  Prerequisite,  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Individual  projects 
in  phonetic  science,  speech  pathology, 
and  audiology. 

HESP  499  Independent  Study.  (1-3)  Pre- 
requisite, departmental  approval.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  604  Acoustical  and  Perceptual 
Phonetics.  (3)  Laboratory  techniques  in 
analysis  of  the  acoustical  and  perceptual 
characteristics  of  the  speech  signal. 

HESP  606  Basic  Hearing  Measurements. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  411  or  equivalent. 
Administration  and  interpretation  of 
hearing  tests  by  pure  tones  and  by 
speech:  screening  and  clinical  test  pro- 
cedures. 

HESP  610  Aphasia.  (3)  Language  prob- 
lems of  adults  associated  with  brain  in- 
jury. 

HESP  612  Stuttering.  (3) 
HESP  614  Orofacial  Anomalies.  (3) 

HESP  616  Language  Disorders  of 
Children.  (3) 

HESP  620  Articulation  Disorders.  (3) 

HESP  622  Neuromotor  Disorders  of 
Speech.  (3) 

HESP  624  Voice  Disorders.  (3) 

HESP  626  Language  Disorders  and  Lear- 
ning Disabilities.  (3)  Language  disorders 
in  children:  pre-school  through 
adolescence.  Effects  of  oral  language 
disabilities  on  social  and  emotional 
development  and  learning  of  academic 
skills,  including  implications  for  assess- 
ment and  remediation. 

HESP  634  Medical  Aspects  of  Speech 
and  Hearing  Disorders.  (1-3)  Lectures  by 
physicians  on  embryological,  anatomical, 
physiological,  and  neurological  bases  of 
speech  and  hearing  disorders. 

HESP  638  Minor  Research  Problems.  (1-3) 

Special  projects  in  hearing  and  speech 
science.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

HESP  640  Advanced  Principles  of  Hear- 
ing and  Speech  Therapy.  (3)  Analysis  of 
the  clinical  process  with  emphasis  on 
the  applicaiton  of  learning  theory  to 
treatment  of  speech  disorders. 


HESP  648  Clinical  Practice  in  Speech. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. Supervised  training  in  the  application 
of  clinical  methods  in  the  diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  speech  disorders.  Repeat- 
able  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 
HESP  649  Clinical  Practice  in  Audiology. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. Supervised  training  in  the  application 
of  clinical  methods  in  the  diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  hearing  disorders.  Repeat- 
able  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  700  Hearing-Aid  Characteristics 
and  Performance.  (3)  Electroacoustic 
characteristics  of  hearing  aids.  Methods 
of  hearing-aid  evaluation  and  selection. 

HESP  702  Diagnostic  Procedures  in 
Speech  Pathology.  (3)  Diagnostic  tools 
and  methods  in  the  analysis  of  various 
types  of  speech  disorders.  Practicum  re- 
quired. 

HESP  704  Physiology  Phonetics.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, HESP  606  or  equivalent.  Tech- 
niques in  the  study  of  the  speech 
mechanism. 

HESP  706  Advanced  Clinical  Audiology. 
(3)  Prerequisite,  HESP  606  or  equivalent. 
Techniques  for  evaluation  of  children 
and  adults  presenting  special  diagnostic 
problems. 

HESP  708  (1-6)  Independent  Study.  (1-6) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  In- 
dividual research  projects  under 
guidance  of  a  faculty  member.  Repeat- 
able  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  710  Industrial  and  Environmental 
Noise  Problems.  (3)  Prerequisite:  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Evaluation  and  control 
of  noise  hazards.  Effects  of  noise  on 
man.  Medico-legal  aspects  of  noise-in- 
duced hearing  impairment. 
HESP  720  Structure  and  Function  of  the 
Hearing  Mechanism.  (3)  Anatomy  and 
physiology  of  the  peripheral  auditory  and 
vestibular  systems  and  pathologies  of 
the  peripheral  hearing  mechanism. 

HESP  722  Experimental  Audiology.  (3) 

Experimental  techniques  in  the  investiga- 
tion of  problems  in  audiology. 

HESP  724  Quantitative  Methods  in  Hear- 
ing and  Speech  Science.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
a  course  in  basic  statistics.  Analysis  of 
current  procedures  used  in  quantifying 
phenomena  observed  in  hearing  and 
speech  science. 

HESP  728  Advanced  Clinical  Practice  in 
Speech.  (1-10)  Prerequisite,  previous 
enrollment  in  HESP  648  and  permission 
of  instructor.  Clinical  internship  in 
selected  off-campus  facilities.  Repeat- 
able  for  a  maximum  of  10  credits. 

HESP  729  Advanced  Clinical  Practice  in 
Audiology.  (1-10)  Prerequisite,  previous 
enrollment  in  HESP  649  and  permission 
of  instructor.  Clinical  internship  in 
selected  off-campus  facilities.  Repeat- 
able  for  a  maximum  of  10  credits. 

HESP  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

HESP  804  Instrumental  Phonetics.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  HESP  604  and  704  or  per- 


mission of  instructor.  Instrumental  tech- 
niques in  phonetic  science. 
HESP  806  Administration  of  Hearing  and 
Speech  Programs.  (3)  Problems  of  staff- 
ing, budgeting,  and  operating  training 
and  clinical  service  programs. 
HESP  810  Experimental  Design  in  Hear- 
ing and  Speech  Science.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
HESP  724  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Design  and  evaluation  of  research  proj- 
ects. Preparation  for  undertaking  the 
doctoral  dissertation. 

HESP  820  Bioacoustics.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
permission  of  instructor.  Functioning  of 
the  hearing  mechanism  in  animals  and 
humans.  Laboratory  research  methods. 

HESP  822  Psychoacoustics.  (3)  Prereq 
uisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Study  of 
human  response  to  acoustic  stimulation. 

HESP  826  Neurophysiology  of  Hearing. 

(3)  Processing  of  stimuli  by  the  auditory 
nervous  system. 

HESP  848  Seminar  in  Audiology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  instructor.  Re- 
peatable for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  858  Seminar  in  Speech  Pathology. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Repeatatjie  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  868  Seminar  in  Speech  Science.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  878  Seminar  in  Language 
Disorders.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
instructor.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of 
6  credits. 

HESP  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

History  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Evans 
Professors:  BrushV  Callcott.  Cockburn, 
Cole.  Duffy.  Foust.  Gilbert,  Gordon,  Haber, 
Harlan,  Jashemski,  Kent,  Merrill,  A.  Olson, 
Prange.  Rundell,  E.  Smith.  Sparks.  Yaney 
Associate  Professors:  Belz,  Breslow.  FarrelP, 
Flack,  Folsom.  Hoffman.  Giffin,  Greenberg, 
Grimsted,  Kaufman,  Matossian,  Mayo,  K. 
Olson,  Stowasser,  Warren,  Wright 
Assistant  Professors:  Bradbury,  Garden^, 
Harris,  Holum,  Lampe,  Majeska.  McCluster, 
Nicklason,  Perinbam,  Ridgway,  Ruderman, 
H.  Smith,  Spiegel.  Williams 
^joint  appointment  with  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
2joint  appointment  with  Secondary  Education 
3joint  appointment  with  Philosophy 

The  Department  of  History  offers  pro- 
grams leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master 
of  Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Areas 
of  specialization  include:  United  States, 
Ancient,  Medieval,  Early  Modern 
European,  Modern  European,  British, 
Russian,  Latin  American,  African* 
Middle  Eastern*,  East  Asian,  Diplomatics, 
Science,  and  Women's  History*. 
*Asterisked  fields  at  M.A.  level  only. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  serves  both 


124  /  Graduate  Programs 


as  a  firm  grounding  in  a  field  of  history 
for  teaching  purposes  and  as  prepara- 
tion for  the  expeditious  pursuit  of  the  doc- 
torate. In  addition  to  general  Graduate 
School  requirements,  the  aptitude  parts 
of  the  GRE  are  required:  it  should  be 
noted  that  an  undergraduate  major  in 
history  is  not  as  such  required  for  ad- 
mission. Of  the  thirty  credit  hours  re- 
quired for  the  degree,  six  are  In  M.A.  the- 
sis research  courses  (HIST  799).  fifteen 
are  normally  In  the  major  field  of  history 
and  nine  in  a  minor  (which  may  be  taken 
within  or  outside  of  the  Department). 
The  historiography  course  (HIST  600) 
Is  required  and  may  be  used  as  a  part 
of  the  major  or  minor:  two  800-level 
research-writing  seminars  are  required. 
Fifteen  credit  hours  at  the  level  of  600  or 
above  are  required  in  addition  to  the  the- 
sis research  courses. 

A  written  examination,  which  Is  based 
in  large  part  on  a  list  of  books  pertaining 
to  the  thesis  and  its  field  submitted  by 
the  student  and  approved  by  the  advi- 
sory committee,  is  required  upon  com- 
pletion of  the  coursework.  There  will 
also  be  a  final  oral  examination  which 
will  be  confined  to  the  thesis  and  the 
field  In  which  it  lies. 

Admission  to  the  doctoral  program  will 
be  decided  by  the  student  s  M.S.  ex- 
amining committee  on  the  basis  of  the 
students  written  and  oral  examinations, 
thesis,  and  record  of  achievements  In 
coursework. 

The  MA.  degree  in  history  is  normally 
required  for  admission  to  the  doctoral 
program,  but  it  does  not  guarantee 
admission.  Students  with  M.A.  degrees 
awarded  at  other  institutions  will  be 
asked  to  submit  substantial  evidence  of 
their  written  work  and  will  normally  be  ex- 
pected to  have  completed  the  equiva- 
lent of  the  work  required  of  Maryland  M.A. 
students.  Every  student  must  pass  a 
written  examination  on  his  major  field 
normally  within  eighteen  months  of  en- 
try into  the  doctoral  program:  this  ex- 
amination will  test  a  broad,  intelligent. 
and  informed  handling  of  the  major  his- 
torical problems  and  literature  of  that 
field.  A  secondary  or  minor  field  of  study. 
supportive  of  the  major,  is  required  of  ail 
doctoral  students:  it  may  be  taken  within 
or  outside  of  the  Department.  The  minor 
requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  taking  a 
certain  combination  of  courses,  or  by 
passing  a  general  written  examination 
in  the  appropriate  field  of  study,  or.  with 
approval  of  the  Departments  Graduate 
Committee,  by  having  done  an  M.A. 
major  field  in  history  substantially  dif- 


ferent from  the  Ph.D.  major  field 

An  oral  examination  on  the  students 
dissertation  prospectus  and  a  bibli- 
ography on  the  dissertation  field  is  re- 
quired. The  dissertation  is  to  be  under- 
stood as  constituting  the  largest  single 
portion  of  the  doctoral  program:  It  is 
expected  to  be  a  distinct  contribution  to 
histoncal  knowledge  and/or  interpreta- 
tion. 

All  doctoral  students  must  show  a 
reading  competence  in  one  foreign 
language:  the  language  examination 
must  be  passed  before  the  student 
takes  the  written  examination  in  the 
major  field. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  the  field  concentrations 
described  above,  the  Department  of 
History  offers  several  forms  of  special- 
ized training.  In  the  field  of  historical  edit- 
ing the  Department  has  introduced  a 
successful  internship  course  in  archival 
work,  in  conjunction  with  the  National 
Archives.  Since  1970  the  Department 
has  sponsored  a  journal  of  history.  The 
Maryland  Historian,  which  features 
scholarly  articles  and  reviews  and  which 
provides  practical  experience  for  grad- 
uate students  in  the  production  of  a 
journal.  The  journal  was  founded  and  is 
managed  and  produced  by  graduate 
students  in  the  Department  of  History. 
The  Department  also  sponsors  three 
major  editorial  projects:  the  Booker  T. 
Washington  Papers:  the  Samuel 
Gompers  Papers:  and  the  Freedmen  s 
Bureau  Papers.  A  number  of  History 
Department  graduate  students  have 
gained  valuable  research  and  editing  ex- 
perience on  these  projects,  which  also 
receive  support  from  the  National  Histor- 
ical Publications  and  Records  Commis- 
sion. In  conjunction  with  the  Department 
of  Philosophy,  the  Department  of  History 
offers  a  special  program  of  study  in  the 
history  and  philosophy  of  science.  This 
program,  administered  by  a  joint  com- 
mittee comprising  members  of  both  de- 
partmental faculties,  offers  under- 
graduate and  graduate  courses,  spon- 
sors lectures,  issues  a  newsletter,  and 
holds  colloquia.  Along  with  several 
other  universities,  the  Department  of 
History  sponsors  and  participates  in  the 
Folger  Institute  of  Renaissance  and 
Eighteenth-Century  Studies.  The  Insti- 
tute offers  seminars  for  graduate  stu- 
dents and  faculty,  workshops,  confer- 
ences, colloquia.  and  lectures.  The  Insti- 
tute awards  fellowships  to  graduate  stu- 
dents, and  several  of  these  awards 


have  gone  to  doctoral  candidates  from 
the  University  of  Maryland  History  De- 
partment. Still  another  project  supported 
by  the  Department  of  History  is  the 
Pompeii  excavations  under  the  direc- 
tion of  faculty  member  Professor 
Wilhelmina  Jashemski.  This  project, 
which  is  funded  In  part  by  the  National 
Endowment  for  the  Humanities,  has 
furnished  subjects  for  theses  and  dis- 
sertations for  graduate  students  In  Ancient 
History  who  have  worked  on  it. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  of  History  offers 
financial  assistance  principally  In  the 
form  of  teaching  assistantships  to  out- 
standing graduate  students.  These  posi- 
tions, which  vary  in  number  according  to 
the  availability  of  funds  and  of  which 
there  were  56  in  the  academic  year 
1976-77.  are  awarded  to  advanced  stu- 
dents working  toward  the  Ph.D.  or  M.A. 
degree.  Appointment  as  a  teaching  as- 
sistant provides  students  an  opportunity 
to  work  closely  with  faculty  members  In 
the  teaching  of  undergraduate  survey 
courses  In  history. 

Additional  Information 

Complete  descriptions  of  programs  and 
requirements  may  be  obtained  from  the 
History  Department. 

Courses 

HIST  400  Independent  Study.  (1-6)  Pre- 
requisite: departmental  approval  of  research 
project  and  consent  of  the  department.  Avail- 
able to  all  students  who  wish  to  pursue  a 
specific  research  topic. 

HIST  401  The  Scientific  Revolution-From 
Copernicus  to  Newton.  (3)  Major  events  in 
the  history  of  physical  science  during  the  16th 
and  1 7th  centuries  and  their  relation  to 
philosophy,  religion  and  society  in  Westem 
Europe.  The  attack  on  ancient  and  medieval 
scientific  theories:  the  transition  from  geo- 
centric to  heliocentric  astronomy:  discovenes 
of  Kepler.  Galileo  and  Newton:  and  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  'mechanical  philosophy'  that 
dominated  early  modem  science. 

HIST  402  The  Development  of  Modern  Phys- 
ical Science-From  Newton  to  Einstein. 

(3)  The  history  of  physics  in  the  18th  and  19th 
centuries,  including  some  of  its  connections 
with  mathematics,  technology,  chemistry  and 
planetary  science.  Emphasis  on  internal  tech- 
nical developments  in  physical  theory,  with 
some  discussion  of  experimental,  philosophi- 
cal and  sociological  aspects.  This  is  the 
second  part  of  a  three-semester  sequence 
(HIST  401 .  HIST  402.  PHYS  490);  each  part 
may  be  taken  independently  of  the  others. 
For  HIST  402  the  prerequisites  are  MATH 
1 1 0  and  PHYS  1 1 2  or  1 1 7.  or  equivalent  com- 
petence in  mathematics  and  physics. 

HIST  404  History  of  Modem  Biology.  (3) 

The  internal  development  of  biology  in  the 
nineteenth  and  twentieth  centunes.  including 


Graduate  Programs  / 125 


evolution,  cell  theory,  heredity  and  develop- 
ment, spontaneous  generation,  and  mech- 
anism-vitalism controversies.  The  philo- 
sophical aspects  of  the  development  of  scien- 
tific knowledge  and  the  interaction  of  biology 
with  chemistry  and  physics. 

HIST  407  History  of  Technology.  (3)  A  sur 

vey  course  designed  for  junior,  senior  and 
graduate  students  with  a  solid  base  in  either 
engineering  or  history;  it  will  cover  the  time 
span  from  Greek  antiquity  to  the  first  world 
war  Technology  will  be  studied  as  a  cultural 
force  controlled  by  laws  of  its  own  and  oper- 
ating within  a  distinctive  conceptual  framework. 
The  course  will  concentrate  on  the  changing 
character  of  technology  in  history  and  on  the 
interactions  between  technology  and  other 
cultural  forces  such  as  science,  philosophy, 
art,  material  culture,  and  the  economy, 

HIST  408  Selected  Topics  in  Women's 
History.  (3)  In-depth  study  of  selected  topics 
on  women  in  Amencan  society  including 
such  areas  as  women  and  the  law,  women 
and  politics,  the  'feminine  mystique',  and  the 
new  feminism',  fviay  be  repeated  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  SIX  semester  hours. 

HIST  410  History  of  Early  Medicine:  From 
Thaumaturgy  and  Theurgy  to  the  17th 
Century  Theories.  (3)  A  histoncal  sun/ey  of 
the  development  of  medicine  in  Europe  and 
Asia  from  earliest  times  to  the  eighteenth 
century.  Topics  discussed  include:  primitive 
diseases,  Egyptian,  Chinese.  Greek  and 
medieval  medicine,  epidemics,  surgical  de- 
velopments, the  physician  and  the  develop- 
ment of  public  health  administration.  Enroll- 
ment limited  to  upper  division  and  graduate 
students. 

HIST  41 1  History  of  the  Emergence  of 
Modern  Medicine.  (3)  Prerequisite,  junior 
standing.  Development  of  modern  medicine 
from  the  eighteenth  century  to  the  present 
with  emphasis  on  the  United  States,  including 
American  Indian  medicine,  grovrth  of  medical 
professions,  hospitals  and  public  health  facil- 
ities, surgery,  clinical  medicine,  psychiatry 
and  modern  medical  specialization, 

HIST  414  History  of  European  Ideas  I.  (3) 

Review  of  the  basic  western  intellectual  tradi- 
tions as  a  heritage  from  the  ancient-world. 
Selected  important  currents  of  thought  from 
the  scientific  revolution  of  the  16th  and  17th 
centuries  down  to  the  end  of  the  18th  century. 

HIST  415  History  of  European  Ideas  II.  (3) 

A  continuation  of  HIFN  414  emphasizing  19th 
and  20th  century  thought. 

HIST  416  Modern  Jewish  Intellectual  His- 
tory I.  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  major  ideas 
and  ideologies  of  the  Jewish  people  from  the 
penod  of  the  expulsion  from  Spain  in  1492 
until  the  generation  of  Moses  tVlendelsschn 
and  his  contemporanes  at  the  end  of  the  eigh- 
teenth century.  The  course  will  emphasize 
major  intellectual  developments  within  the 
Jewish  community  shaped  by  its  encounter 
with  major  cultural  developments  such  as  the 
Renaissance,  Reformation  and  Religious 
Scepticism  as  well  as  by  the  constant  threats 
to  its  collective  identity  and  physical  well- 
being  throughout  this  entire  period. 

HIST  417  Modern  Jewish  Intellectual  His- 
tory II.  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  major  ideas 
and  ideologies  of  the  Jewish  people  from  the 

126  /  Graduate  Programs 


end  of  the  eighteenth  century  until  the 
present.  The  course  will  consider  the  major 
intellectual  responses  to  the  problem  of  Jewish 
identity  in  the  context  of  the  effects  of  political 
and  social  emancipation,  nationalism  and 
socialism,  seculansm  and  cultural  assimila- 
tion, as  well  as  political  anti-semitism  and 
physical  extermination  upon  the  Jewish 
community. 

HIST  419  Special  Topics  in  History.  (3) 

May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 

HIST  420  Ancient  Greece.  (3)  Greek  history 
and  culture  from  the  Bronze  Age  to  200  B  C. 
Concentration  of  the  life  and  institutions  of  the 
city-state,  poetry  and  society,  the 
Peloponnesian  War,  and  Alexander  The 
Great 

HIST  421  History  of  Rome.  (3)  Roman  his- 
tory from  the  foundation  of  the  city  to  the  time 
of  Constantine  the  Great,  concentrating  on 
impenalism,  the  crisis  of  the  republic,  Augustus 
and  the  organization  of  monarchy,  and  city 
life  during  the  pnncipate.  (Students  who  have 
received  credit  for  HIFN  410  not  admitted.) 

HIST  422  Byzantine  Empire  I.  (3)  The 

Eastern  Roman  Empire  from  Constantine  the 
Great  to  the  cnsis  of  the  ninth  century.  The 
development  of  the  Late  Roman  State  into 
the  Medieval  Chnstian  Byzantine  Empire  and 
the  evolution  of  a  distinctive  Byzantine  culture. 

HIST  423  Byzantine  Empire  II.  (3)  The 

Byzantine  Empire  from  the  Macedonian 
Renaissance  to  the  conquest  of  Constantinople 
by  the  Turks  in  1453:  The  Byzantine  Empire 
at  its  height,  the  crusades,  Byzantium  as  a 
minor  power,  and  its  contributions  to  the 
Renaissance  and  the  cultures  of  Russia  and 
the  Balkans. 

HIST  424  History  of  Russia  to  1801.  (3) 

A  History  of  Russia  from  earliest  times  to 
1917. 

HIST  425  History  of  Russia  from  1801- 
1917.  (3)  A  history  of  Russia  from  earliest 
times  to  1917. 

HIST  426  The  History  of  Spain  and  Portu- 
gal to  1700.  (3)  A  survey  of  the  ancient, 
medieval,  and  early  modern  history  of  the 
Ibenan  Peninsula  with  attention  to  Spanish 
and  Portuguese  expansion  overseas  and  the 
role  of  Spain  in  Europe  under  the  Hapsburg 
Kings. 

HIST  427  The  History  of  Spain  and  Portu- 
gal since  1700.  (3)  The  social,  political  and 
cultural  development  of  modern  Spam  and 
Portugal,  emphasizing  the  decline  of  the 
monarchies,  Napoleonic  intervention,  the 
loss  of  the  main  part  of  the  overseas  empires, 
civil  strife,  and  the  rise  of  Strong-Man  Govern- 
ment. 

HIST  430  Tudor  England.  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  the  political,  religious  and  social  forces 
in  English  life,  1485-1603,  with  special 
emphasis  on  Tudor  government,  the  English 
Reformation  and  the  Elizabethan  Era. 

HIST  431  Stuart  England.  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  the  political,  religious  and  social  forces 
in  English  life,  1603-1714,  with  special  em- 
phasis on  Puritanism  and  the  English  Revolu- 
tions 

HIST  432  Britain  in  the  18th  Century.  (3) 
Developments  in  Great  Bntain  from  the  Revo- 
lution of  1688  to  the  end  of  the  Napoleonic  Wars. 


HIST  433  Modern  Britain.  (3)  A  survey  of 
British  History  from  the  age  of  the  French 
Revolution  to  World  War  I  with  emphasis 
upon  such  subjects  as  Britain's  role  in  the 
world,  the  democratization  of  the  state,  the 
problems  arising  from  industrialism  and  ur- 
banism.  and  Irish  and  Imperial  problems. 

HIST  434  Constitutional  History  of  Great 
Britain  I.  (3)  Constitutional  development  in 
England,  with  emphasis  on  the  history  of  the 
royal  prerogative,  the  growth  of  the  common 
law,  the  development  of  Parliament,  and  the 
emergence  of  systematized  government. 
First  semester,  to  1485. 

HIST  435  Constitutional  History  of  Great 
Britain  II.  (3)  Constitutional  development  in 
England,  with  emphasis  on  the  history  of  the 
royal  prerogative,  the  growth  of  the  common 
law,  the  development  of  Parliament,  and  the 
emergence  of  systemized  government. 
Second  semester,  since  1485, 

HIST  436  History  of  the  British  Empire.  (3) 

An  analysis  of  the  development  of  the  British 
Empire  since  the  American  Revolution.  Par- 
ticular emphasis  is  given  to  the  problem  of 
responsible  self-government,  the  evolution  of 
the  British  Empire  into  a  commonwealth  of 
nations  and  the  problems  of  the  dependent 
empire.  Recommended  prerequisites — HIST 
112,  113,  141,  or  254. 

HIST  437  Modern  France  from  Napoleon 
to  DeGaulle.  (3)  The  changing  political  and 
cultural  values  of  French  society  in  response 
to  recurrent  cnses  throughout  the  19th  and 
20th  centuries.  Students  should  have  had 
some  previous  survey  of  either  western 
civilization  or  European  History 

HIST  440  Germany  in  the  Nineteenth 
Century,  1815-1914.  (3)  The  development 
of  modern  Germany  and  the  rise  of  national 
socialism. 

HIST  441  Germany  in  the  Nineteenth 
Century,  1914-1945.  (3)  Germany  s  aims 
and  policies  during  World  War  I,  its  condition 
and  policies  in  the  inter-war  period,  the  rise  of 
national  socialism,  and  Germany's  part  in 
World  War  II. 

HIST  442  The  Soviet  Union.  (3)  A  history 
of  Soviet  Russia  and  the  Soviet  Union  from  1917 
to  the  present.  Stress  on  the  relationship 
between  Marxist  theory  and  practice,  and  the 
development  of  peculiarly  socialist  institu- 
tions and  practices. 

HIST  443  Modern  Balkan  History.  (3)  A  politi- 
cal, socio-economic,  and  cultural  history  of 
Yugoslavia,  Bulgaria,  Romania,  Greece,  and 
Albania  from  the  breakdown  of  Ottoman  domi-     | 
nation  to  the  present.  Emphasis  is  on  move- 
ments for  national  liberation  during  the  nineteentt 
century  and  on  approaches  to  modernization 
in  the  twentieth  century. 

HIST  444  Nineteenth  Century  European 
Diplomatic  History.  (3)  The  development 
and  execution  of  European  Diplomacy  from  the 
Congress  of  Vienna  to  the  outbreak  of  World 
War  I,  concentrating  on  Central  and  Western 
Europe 

HIST  445  Twentieth  Century  European 
Diplomatic  History.  (3)  The  development 
and  execution  of  European  diplomacy  from 
the  outbreak  of  World  War  I  to  the  conclusion 
of  World  War  II,  concentrating  on  Central  and 
Western  Europe. 


HIST  446  European  Economic  History  to 

1750.  (3)  Economic  development  of  Europe 
from  the  manorial  economy  of  medieval  feu- 
dalism through  the  emergence  of  capitalist  insti- 
tutions and  overseas  empires  to  the  advent  of 
the  Industnal  Revolution. 

HIST  447  European  Economic  History 
Since  1750.  (3)  The  mainsprings  of  the  in- 
dustrial revolution  first  in  18th  century 
England  and  then  across  the  rest  of  Europe 
during  the  19th  and  20th  centuries.  Empha- 
sis on  the  English.  French,  German.  Austro- 
Hungarian  and  Russian  experiences  with  pri- 
vate Capitalism  and  public  policy,  including 
Fascism  and  Communism  Social  conse- 
quences of  industrial  development  such  as 
urbanization  and  the  nse  of  labor  movements 

HIST  450  Economic  History  of  the  United 
States  to  1865.  (3)  The  development  of  the 
American  economy  from  Columbus  through 
the  Civil  War 

HIST  451  Economic  History  of  the  United 
States  after  1865.  (3)  The  development  of 
the  American  economy  from  the  Civil  War  to 
the  present. 

HIST  452  Diplomatic  History  of  the  United 
States  to  1898.  (3)  Amencan  foreign  rela- 
tions from  the  beginning  of  the  American 
Revolution  in  1775  through  the  Spanish- 
Amehcan  War  of  1898.  including  both  inter- 
national developments  and  domestic  influ- 
ences that  contributed  to  American  expan- 
sion in  w^orld  affairs,  and  analyses  of  signifi- 
cant individuals  active  in  American  diplomacy 
and  foreign  policy. 

HIST  453  Diplomatic  History  of  the  United 
States  since  1898.  (3)  American  foreign  rela- 
tions in  the  twentieth  century  during  the  age 
of  Imperialism.  World  War  I,  the  Great  Depres- 
sion. World  War  II.  and  the  Cold  War.  A 
continuation  of  HIUS  422. 

HIST  454  Constitutional  History  of  the  United 
States — From  Colonial  Origins  to  1860.  (3) 

The  interaction  of  government,  law.  and  poli- 
tics in  the  constitutional  system.  The  nature 
and  purpose  of  constitutions  and  constitu- 
tionalism: the  relationship  between  the  consti- 
tution and  social  forces  and  influences,  the 
way  in  which  constitutional  principles,  rules. 
ideas,  and  institutions  affect  events  and  are  in 
turn  affected  by  events  The  origins  of  Amer- 
ican politics  and  constitutionalism  through 
the  constitutional  convention  of  1787.  Major 
constitutional  problems  such  as  the  origins  of 
judicial  review,  democratization  of  govern- 
ment, slavery  in  ther  territones  and  political 
system  as  a  whole 

HIST  455  Constitutional  History  of  the 
United  States-Since  1860.  (3)  American 
public  law  and  government,  with  emphasis 
on  the  interaction  of  government,  law,  and 
politics.  Emphasis  on  the  political-constitu- 
tional system  as  a  whole,  rather  than  simply 
the  development  of  constitutional  law  by  the 
Supreme  Court.  Major  crises  in  American 
government  and  politics  such  as  Civil  War. 
Reconstruction,  the  1890s  the  New  Deal  era. 
the  civil  disorders  of  the  1960  s, 

HIST  456  History  of  Ideas  in  America  to 
1865.  (3)  The  ideas,  conflicts,  myths,  and 
realities  that  shaped  American  character  and 
society  from  the  first  settlements  to  the  Civil 
War. 


HIST  457  History  of  Ideas  in  America 
Since  1865.  (3)  A  continuation  of  HIUS  424 

HIST  459  Society  in  America:  Historical 
Topics.  (3)  A  consideration  of  selected  as- 
pects of  American  society  from  colonial 
times  to  the  present  Special  emphasis  on 
regionalism,  immigration,  nativism,  minor- 
ities, urbanization,  and  social  responses  to 
technological  changes  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  if  topics  are  different. 

HIST  460  A  Cultural  and  Social  History  of 
the  American  Worker.  (3)  Examines  the  free 
Amencan  working  class  in  terms  of  its  compo- 
sition: its  myihs  and  Utopias:  its  social  condi- 
tions: and  its  impact  on  American  institutions, 

HIST  461  Blacks  in  American  Life:  1865  to 
Present.  (3)  The  role  of  the  black  in  America 
since  slavery,  with  emphasis  on  twentieth 
century  developments:  the  migration  from 
farm  to  city:  the  growth  of  the  civil  rights 
movement:  the  race  question  as  a  national 
problem. 

HIST  463  History  of  the  Old  South.  (3) 

The  Golden  Age  of  the  Chesapeake,  the  insti- 
tution of  slavery,  the  frontier  south,  the 
antebellum  plantation  society,  the  develop- 
ment of  regional  identity  and  the  experiment 
in  independence. 

HIST  464  History  of  the  New  South.  (3) 

The  expenence  of  defeat,  the  restructuring  of 
southern  society,  the  impact  of  industnaliza- 
tion  and  the  modern  racial  adjustment. 

HIST  465  History  of  the  American  Fron- 
tier-the  trans-Allegheny  West.  (3)  Major 
historical  interpretation  of  the  significance  to 
the  period  of  the  trans-Allegheny  West. 
Assesses  the  impact  of  the  frontier  experience 
on  American  history.  Equal  attention  is  given 
to  political,  economic,  social  and  cultural  prob- 
lems associated  with  the  development  of  the 
west,  Indian  culture,  treatment  of  the  Indians, 
and  Indian-White  relations  are  integrated  into 
the  course  through  readings  and  lectures. 

HIST  466  History  of  the  American  Frontier- 
The  Trans-Mississippi  West.  (3)  Explora- 
tion, settlement  and  development  of  the  trans- 
Mississippi  West.  Assesses  the  impact  of  the 
frontier  experience  on  Amencan  history. 
Equal  attention  is  given  to  political,  economic, 
social  and  cultural  problems  associated  with 
the  development  of  the  West,  Indian  culture, 
treatment  of  the  Indians,  and  Indian-White 
relations  are  integrated  into  the  course 
through  readings  and  lectures. 

HIST  467  History  of  Maryland.  (3)  Political 
social  and  economic  history  of  Maryland  from 
seventeenth  century  to  the  present. 

HIST  470  Diplomatic  History  of  Latin  Amer- 
ica. (3)  A  survey  of  the  political,  economic 
and  cultural  relations  of  the  Latin  Amencan 
Nations  with  emphasis  on  their  relations  with 
the  United  States  and  the  development  of  the 
inter-American  system, 

HIST  471  History  of  Brazil.  (3)  The  history 
of  Brazil  with  emphasis  on  the  national  period. 

HIST  472  History  of  the  Argentine  Repub- 
lic. (3)  Concentration  upon  the  recent  history 
of  Argentina  with  emphasis  upon  the  social 
and  economic  development  of  a  third  world 
nation. 


HIST  474  History  of  Mexico  and  the  Carib- 
bean I.  (3)  History  of  Mexico.  Central  Amer- 
ica and  the  Antilles,  beginning  with  the  pre- 
Spanish  Indian  cultures  and  continuing 
through  European  contact,  conquest,  and 
colonial  dominance,  down  to  the  beginning 
of  the  Mexican  War  for  independence  in  1810 

HIST  475  History  of  Mexico  and  the  Carrib- 
bean  II.  (3)  A  continuation  of  HIFN  406  with 
emphasis  on  the  political  development  of  the 
Mexican  nation 

HIST  476  History  of  Canada.  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites, HIST  241 ,  242  or  253.  254,  A  history  of 
Canada,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  nine- 
teenth century  and  upon  Canadian  relations 
with  Great  Britain  and  the  United  Slates. 

HIST  480  History  of  Traditional  China.  (3) 

China  from  earliest  times  to  1644  AD, 
Emphasis  on  the  development  of  traditional 
Chinese  culture,  society,  and  government. 

HIST  481  A  History  of  Modern  China.  (3) 

Modern  China  from  1644  to  the  People  s 
Republic  of  China,  Emphasis  on  the  coming 
of  the  west  to  China  and  the  various  stages 
of  the  Chinese  reaction 

HIST  482  History  of  Japan  to  1800.  (3) 

Traditional  Japanese  civilization  from  the  age 
of  Shinto  mythology  and  introduction  of  con- 
tinental learning  down  to  the  rule  of  military 
families,  the  transition  to  a  money  economy, 
and  the  creation  of  a  townsmen's  culture.  A 
survey  of  political,  economic,  religious,  and 
cultural  history, 

HIST  483  History  of  Japan  Since  1800.  (3) 

Japans  renewed  contact  with  the  western 
world  and  emergence  as  a  modern  state, 
industnal  society,  and  world  power,  1800-1931 
and  Japan's  road  to  war,  occupation,  and  re- 
covery, 1931  to  the  present, 

HIST  485  History  of  Chinese  Communism. 

(3)  An  analysis  of  the  vanous  factors  in 
modern  Chinese  history  that  led  to  the  victory 
of  the  Chinese  Communist  Party  in  1949 
and  of  the  subsequent  course  of  events  of  the 
people  s  Republic  of  China,  from  CA,  1919  to 
the  present. 

HIST  490  The  Middle  East  I.  (3)  A  survey  of 
the  political,  cultural  and  institutional  history 
covering  the  period  up  to  the  tenth  century. 

HIST  491  The  Middle  East  II.  (3)  A  survey 
of  the  political,  cultural  and  institutional  his- 
tory covering  the  period  up  from  the  tenth 
century  to  the  beginnings  of  the  nineteenth 
century 

HIST  492  The  Contemporary  Middle  East. 

(3)  This  course  covers  the  break-up  of  the 
Ottoman  Empire  and  the  emergence  of  con- 
temporary states  of  the  area. 

HIST  495  Twentieth  Century  Algeria.  (3) 

A  brief  survey  of  the  history  of  Algeria  and 
an  indepth  study  of  twentieth  century  events 
leading  up  to  and  including  the  War  of  Libera- 
tion and  Algerian  Independence.  Reading 
knowledge  of  French  desirable. 

HIST  496  A  History  of  West  Africa.  (3) 

West  Africa  from  approximately  4500  B  C.  to 
the  Colonial  Era.  The  development  of  agricul- 
tural and  technological  achievements,  which 
made  it  possible  for  West  African  civilizations 
to  emerge  and  endure  and  the  development 
of  the  medieval  and  early  modern  state  sys- 


Graduate  Programs  / 127 


terns.  The  structure  of  West  African  societies, 

the  people  and  their  cultural  history. 

HIST  497  Economic  History  of  West  Africa. 

(3)  The  economic  history  of  West  Africa  from 
Neolithic  Times  to  the  end  of  the  Colonial 
Era.  Reading  knowledge  of  French  desirable. 

HIST  600  Historiography.  (3) 

HIST  601  Methods  in  Historical  Research. 

(3)  Techniques  of  historical  research  and  writ- 
ing, emphasizing  archival  research,  evalua- 
tion of  sources,  bibliography,  and  form  and 
style  in  writing. 

HIST  605  The  Teaching  of  History  in  Insti- 
tutions of  Higher  Learning.  (3) 
HIST  608  Occupational  Internship.  (1-6) 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  chair- 
man. Individually  arranged  internship  tailored 
to  individual  student  needs  with  a  coopera- 
ting public  or  private  agency  in  the  Metropol- 
itan, Washington/Baltimore  area.  Repeat- 
able  to  a  maximum  of  6  hours. 
HIST  609  Readings  in  the  History  of  Medi- 
cine and  Modern  Science.  (3) 
HIST  619  Special  Topics  in  History.  (3) 
HIST  628  Readings  in  Colonial  American 
History. (3) 

HIST  629  Readings  in  the  American 
Revolution  and  the  Formative  Period.  (3) 

HIST  638  Readings  in  the  Middle  Period 
and  Civil  War.  (3) 

HIST  639  Readings  in  Reconstruction  and 
the  New  Nation.  (3) 

HIST  648  Readings  in  Recent  American 
History.  (3) 

HIST  658  Readings  in  American  Constitu- 
tional History. (3) 

HIST  659  Readings  in  American  Intel- 
lectual History.  (3) 

HIST  668  Readings  in  American  Social 
History. (3) 

HIST  669  Readings  in  the  Economic  His- 
tory of  the  United  States.  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  the  major  issues  in  the  history  of  the 
economy  of  the  United  States  from  the  17th 
century  to  the  present,  as  these  have  been 
discussed  by  the  more  important  economic 
historians.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
hours. 

HIST  678  Readings  in  American  Labor 
History.  (3)  Social  and  cultural  history  of  the 
American  working  class  with  special  attention 
to  communities  based  on  ethnicity,  race,  sex, 
residence  and  ideology;  history  of  the  labor 
movement;  selected  comparisons  with  work- 
ing-class communities  of  other  countnes. 

HIST  679  Readings  in  the  History  of  Amer- 
ican Foreign  Policy.  (3) 
HIST  689  Readings  in  Southern  History.  (3) 
HIST  718  Readings  in  Medieval  History.  (3) 

HIST  719  Readings  in  the  History  of  the 
Renaissance  and  Reformation.  (3) 
HIST  728  Readings  in  Early  Modern  Euro- 
pean History.  (3) 

HIST  729  Readings  in  Modern  European 
History.  (3)  Reading  knowledge  of  some 
European  language  recommended  but  not 
required. 


HIST  739  Readings  in  the  History  of  Great 
Britain  and  the  British  Empire-Common- 
wealth. (3) 

HIST  748  Readings  in  Modem  French  His- 
tory. (3) 

HIST  749  Readings  in  German  History, 
1815  to  the  Present.  (3)  Reading  knowledge 
of  German  is  encouraged,  but  not  required. 
May  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  nine 
semester  hours. 

HIST  758  Readings  in  Eastern  European 
History.  (3)  Selected  topics  in  the  history 
of  the  Habsburg  Monarchy  and  the  successor 
states.  Poland  and  the  Balkans.  Emphasis 
on  the  rise  of  nationalism  during  the  19th 
century  and  the  experience  with  facism  and 
communism  in  the  20th  century. 
HIST  759  Readings  in  Russian  History.  (3) 
HIST  768  Readings  in  Chinese  History.  (3) 
HIST  769  Readings  in  Japanese  History.  (3) 
HIST  778  Readings  in  Latin  American  His- 
tory. (3) 

HIST  779  Readings  in  Middle  Eastern  His- 
tory. (3) 

HIST  788  Readings  in  European  Eco- 
nomic and  Labor  History.  (3)  Selected 
topics  in  European  economic  history  from 
1 648  to  the  Second  World  War.  Attention 
to  the  mainsprings  of  industrialization,  the 
economic  consequences  of  war  and  revolu- 
tion, and  the  vahety  of  European  lat>or  move- 
ments An  introduction  to  the  use  of  quantita- 
tive methods  is  provided. 
HIST  789  Readings  in  Modern  European 
Intellectual  History.  (3) 
HIST  798  Readings  in  Jewish  History.  (3) 
Readings  on  selected  topics  in  Jewish  His- 
tory. Emphasis  on  analysis  of  primary 
sources.  Reading  knowledge  of  Hebrew 
recommended  May  be  repeated  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  6  credits. 

HIST  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 
HIST  808  Seminar  in  the  History  of  Medi- 
cine and  Modern  Science.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
HIST  708  or  consent  of  instructor. 
HIST  818  Seminar  in  Historical  Editing.  (3) 
An  apprenticeship  in  the  editing  of  documen- 
tary sources  and  scholarly  articles  for  publica- 
tion. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 
HIST  820  Seminar  in  Chinese  History.  (3) 
HIST  821  Seminar  in  Japanese  History.  (3) 
HIST  828  Seminar  in  Middle  Eastern  His- 
tory. (3) 

HIST  829  Seminar  in  Latin  American  His- 
tory. (3) 

HIST  839  Seminar  in  Medieval  and  Early 
Modern  European  History.  (3) 
HIST  840  Seminar  in  Greek  History.  (3) 
HIST  841  Seminar  in  Roman  History.  (3) 

HIST  844  Seminar  in  the  History  of  the 
Renaissance  and  Reformation.  (3) 
HIST  848  Seminar  in  Modern  European 
History.  (3) 
HIST  849  Seminar  in  Russian  History.  (3) 

HIST  850  Seminar  in  East  European  His- 
tory. (3)  Research  papers  on  the  history  of 


lands  which  are  now  Austna.  Hungary. 
Czechoslovakia.  Poland  and  the  Balkan 
States,  from  the  18th  century  to  the  present. 

HIST  851  Seminar  in  German  History.  (3) 

Prerequisite;  HIFN  798.  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Reading  knowledge  of  German  is  re- 
quired. May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of 
six  semester  hours. 

HIST  852  Seminar  in  Modem  French  His- 
tory. (3) 

HIST  853  Seminar  In  Nineteenth  Century 
Europe.  (3) 

HIST  854  Seminar  in  20th  Century  Euro- 
pean History.  (3)  Seminar  in  20th  European 
History.  1914  to  present.  Prerequisite;  HIFN 
758.  or  consent  of  instnjctor. 
HIST  855  Seminar  in  Modem  European 
Intellectual  History.  (3) 
HIST  856  Seminar  in  Modern  European 
Diplomatic  History.  (3)  Prerequisite;  read- 
ing ability  of  either  French  or  German:  a 
course  in  Modern  European  History.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  maximum  of  nine  semester 
hours. 

HIST  857  Seminar  in  the  Social  and  Cul- 
tural History  of  Europe.(3)Research  methods 
for  multi-generational  family  history,  the  com- 
parative study  of  folk  cultures,  and  the  study 
of  creative  minorities.  Includes  a  general  intro- 
duction to  research  in  European  society  and 
culture, 

HIST  85S  Seminar  in  the  History  of  Great 
Britain  and  The  British  Empire-Common- 
wealth. (3) 

HIST  859  Seminar  in  History  of  Modem 
Wars.  (3) 

HIST  860  Seminar  in  Tudor  and  Stuart 
England.  (3) 

HIST  861  Seminar  in  English  Law  and 
Government,  1550-1760.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
one  of  the  following  courses;  HIFN  423.  434, 
435.  436  or  consent  of  instructor.  From  the 
accession  of  Elizabeth  I  to  the  death  of 
George  II. 

HIST  878  Seminar  in  Colonial  American 
History. (3) 

HIST  879  Seminar  in  the  American  Revolu- 
tion and  Formative  Period.  (3) 
HIST  880  Seminar  in  Southern  History.  (3) 
HIST  881  Seminar  in  American  Frontier 
History.  (3)  A  research-writing  seminar  deal- 
ing with  selected  topics  related  to  the  Amen- 
can  Frontier,  especially  the  trans-Appala- 
chian and  trans-Mississippi  West,  1774  to  the 
20th  century,  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  semester  hours. 

HIST  882  Seminar  in  the  History  of  Mary- 
land. (3) 

HIST  888  Seminar  in  the  Middle  Period  and 
Civil  War.  (3) 

HIST  889  Seminar  in  Reconstruction  and 
the  New  Nation.  (3) 

HIST  890  Seminar  in  American  Intellectual 
History. (3) 

HIST  892  Seminar  in  American  Social  His- 
tory. (3) 

HIST  893  Seminar  in  the  Economic  History 
of  the  United  States.  (3)  A  research-writing 


128  /  Graduate  Programs 


seminar  dealing  with  selected  topics  in  Ameri- 
can economic  development  from  the  colonial 
period  to  the  present.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  six  semester  hours. 

HIST  894  Seminar  in  American  Labor  His- 
tory. (3)  Advanced  research  and  writing  on 
selected  topics  in  the  history  of  American 
workers,  their  conditions,  communities, 
organizations  and  ideas. 

HIST  895  Seminar  In  American  Constitu- 
tional History.  (3) 

HIST  896  Seminar  In  the  History  of  Ameri- 
can Foreign  Policy.  (3) 

HIST  898  Seminar  In  Recent  American  His- 
tory. (3) 

HIST  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research. 
(1-8) 


Concentration  in  the 
History  and  Philosopliy 
of  Science 

The  Committee  on  the  History  and 
Philosophy  of  Science  supervises 
graduate  study  leading  to  the  M.A. 
and  Ph.D.  degrees  in  History  or 
Philosophy.  Courses  are  offered  in  a 
wide  range  of  subjects  in  the  history 
and  philosophy  of  science,  medi- 
cine, and  technology,  and  research 
facilities  are  available  on  the  College 
Park  campus  and  in  the  Washington 
area.  For  advanced  research  the  em- 
phasis is  on  the  history  and  philoso- 
phy of  physical  and  biological 
science  in  the  19th  and  20th  cen- 
turies; history  of  the  philosophy  of 
science  and  scientific  ideas; 
genetics,  computer  science,  geo- 
physics and  astronomy;  scientific  in- 
stitutions, medicine  and  public 
health  in  the  United  States.  Inte- 
gration of  historical  and  philosophi- 
cal interpretations  of  science  is 
stressed  in  both  teaching  and  re- 
search. 

Students  should  apply  for  admis- 
sion to  either  the  History  Depart- 
ment or  the  Philosophy  Department, 
indicating  History  and  Philosophy  of 
Science  as  the  field  of  specializa- 
tion. Since  people  with  diverse  back- 
grounds can  be  successful  in  this 
field,  there  are  no  rigid  requirements 
for  admission;  the  quality  of  a  stu- 
dent's work  in  science,  history,  and 
philosophy,  as  demonstrated  not  on- 
ly by  grades  and  test  scores  but  also 
by  papers  and  independent  projects, 
is  more  important  than  the  numbers 
of  credit  hours  in  these  subjects. 
But  prospective  students  should 
also  be  warned  that  the  minimum  re- 
quirement for  doing  research  in  the 


history  and  philosophy  of  science 
covers  substantially  more  areas  than 
normally  expected  of  Ph.D's  in  any 
one  of  the  traditional  fields  of 
history  or  philosophy  or  a  science;  it 
includes  training  in  a  science  equi- 
valent to  a  B.S.  (preferably  M.S.)  de- 
gree, proficiency  in  both  oral  and 
written  expression,  and  ability  to 
read  at  least  one  foreign  language 
(preferably  both  French  and  Ger- 
man). 

The  Committee  also  encourages 
applications  from  students  who  do 
not  intend  to  obtain  a  Ph.D.  in 
history  and  philosophy  of  science 
but  desire  only  the  M.A.  as  prepara- 
tion for  careers  in  science  teaching, 
government  service,  technical  ad- 
ministration, museum  work,  etc.,  or 
who  plan  to  proceed  to  the  Ph.D.  in 
another  field. 

A  few  teaching  assistantships  are 
available  in  the  History  and  Philoso- 
phy departments  for  students  who 
have  adequate  backgrounds  in  those 
subjects. 

Detailed  information  may  be  ob- 
tained by  writing  to  the  Chairperson, 
Committee  on  the  History  and  Phi- 
losophy of  Science,  Skinner  Build- 
ing, University  of  Maryland. 

Horticulture  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Twigg 
Professors:  Kramer,  Link,  Reynolds, 

Scott  (emeritus),  Shanks,  Stark, 

Thompson,  Wiley 
Associate  Professors:  Baker,  Beste, 

Bouwkamp,  Gouin,  Schales 
Assistant  Professors:  Solomos 
Lecturer:  Koch  (Visiting) 

The  Department  of  Horticulture  of- 
fers graduate  study  leading  to  the 
Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degrees.  The  Master  of 
Science  degree  is  offered  with  both 
thesis  and  non-thesis  options.  Can- 
didates place  major  emphasis  in  the 
areas  of  pomology,  olericulture,  flori- 
culture, or  ornamental  horticulture. 
Within  these  commodity  areas, 
students  may  direct  their  studies 
and  research  efforts  to  mineral  nutri- 
tion, postharvest  physiology,  plant 
breeding,  chemical  growth  regula- 
tion, water  relations,  plant  propaga- 
tion, histochemistry,  photoperiodism 
and  environmental  control,  and  other 
factors  affecting  production,  post- 
harvest  handling,  and  preservation 
of  horticultural  crops.  The  candi- 
date's program  may  be  directed 


toward  a  career  in  research,  teach- 
ing, extension  education,  or  in- 
dustry. The  research  activities  re- 
quired for  the  thesis  or  dissertation 
are  normally  carried  out  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  research  programs  of 
the  departmental  staff. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Students  entering  with  a  B.S.  degree 
in  Horticulture  can  normally  com- 
plete ail  requirements  for  the  M.S.  in 
2  years  on  a  half-time  basis,  4  years 
for  the  Ph.D.  Full-time  students 
should  complete  the  requirements  in 
a  shorter  time.  Students  seeking  ad- 
mission should  present  under- 
graduate preparation  in  horticulture, 
botany,  chemistry,  and  supporting 
agricultural  disciplines.  Those 
without  this  background  are  advised 
to  enroll  as  undergraduate  students 
to  correct  these  deficiencies.  The 
Graduate  Record  Examination  is  not 
required. 

Students  entering  the  doctoral 
program  should  have,  or  plan  on 
completing,  a  Master  of  Science  de- 
gree in  Horticulture,  although 
presentation  of  the  M.S.  in  a  related 
plant  science  field  may  be  accept- 
able. 

Upon  admission,  the  student 
selects  a  faculty  advisor  and  an  ad- 
visory committee  is  appointed.  It  is 
an  early  function  of  the  committee 
to  work  with  the  candidate  in 
developing  a  program  of  courses 
and  research,  to  meet  the  goals  and 
aspirations  of  the  students.  The 
Department  requires  no  foreign 
language  proficiency.  A  compre- 
hensive, oral  examination  is  given 
each  candidate  for  the  M.S.;  candi- 
dates for  the  Ph.D.  take  an  oral  quali- 
fying examination  covering  the 
dissertation. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Modern  laboratory  and  greenhouse 
facilities  are  located  at  the  College 
Park  campus.  Laboratory  instrumen- 
tation provides  for  chromatography, 
spectrometry,  elemental  analysis, 
histology,  and  other  procedures.  A 
system  for  automatically  monitoring 
respiratory  gases  and  volatiles  is 
available  in  connection  with  con- 
trolled atmosphere  chambers. 
Control led-temperature  storages  and 
growth  chambers  provide  facilities 
for  postharvest  and  environmental 
control  studies.  Greenhouse  and 
plot  areas  are  available  for  research 


Graduate  Programs  /  129 


with  floricuitural  and  ornamental 
plants.  Orchards  for  research  with 
fruits  are  located  at  the  Plant  Re- 
search Farm  7  miles  from  the  cam- 
pus. Other  research  studies  are  con- 
ducted cooperatively  with  fruit 
growers  in  the  western  part  of  the 
state.  Field  research  with  vegetable 
crops  is  carried  on  at  the  Vegetable 
Research  Farm,  Salisbury,  and  with 
ornamental  and  vegetable  crops  at 
Cheston-on-Wye  near  Grasonville. 
The  Beltsville  Research  Center  of 
the  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture  is  located  3  miles  from 
the  campus.  Students  have  the  op- 
portunity to  attend  seminars  at  the 
Research  Center,  to  take  specialized 
courses  of  the  USDA  graduate 
school  and,  in  certain  cases,  to  con- 
duct research  projects  In  coopera- 
tion with  the  personnel  at  the  USDA 
Research  Center.  In  addition  to 
library  facilities  at  the  University,  the 
National  Agricultural  Library  at  the 
Research  Center  is  readily  available 
to  graduate  students  of  the  Uni- 
versity. 

Financial  Assistance 

Some  graduate  students  are  sup- 
ported with  financial  aid.  Research 
and  teaching  assistantships  are  of- 
fered to  students  on  full  admission 
status,  as  available.  All  graduate 
assistants  are  expected  to  assist  In 
the  teaching  program  of  the  Depart- 
ment, and  those  in  the  fvl.A.  program 
will  follow  the  thesis  option. 

Courses 

HORT  411  Technology  of  Fruits.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite.  HORT 
112,  Prerequisite,  or  concurrent  BOTN 
441.  A  critical  analysis  of  research  work 
and  application  of  the  principles  of  the 
plant  physiology,  chemistry,  and  botany 
to  practical  problems  in  commercial 
production. 

HORT  417  Tree  and  Small  Fruit  Manage- 
ment. (1)  Primarily  designed  for  voca- 
tional agriculture  teachers  and  extension 
agents.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed 
upon  new  and  improved  commercial 
methods  of  production  of  the  leading 
tree  and  small  fruit  crops.  Current  prob- 
lems and  their  solution  will  receive 
special  attention. 

HORT  422  Technology  of  Vegetables.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
HORT  222,  prerequisite  or  concurrent, 
BOTN  441.  A  critical  analysis  of  research 
work  and  application  of  principles  of 
plant  physiology,  chemistry,  and  botany 
to  practical  problems  in  commercial 
vegetable  production. 


HORT  427  Truck  Crop  Management.  (1) 

Primarily  dasigned  for  teachers  of  voca- 
tional agriculture  and  extension  agents. 
Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon 
new  and  improved  methods  of  produc- 
tion of  the  leading  truck  crops.  Current 
problems  and  their  solutions  will  receive 
special  attention. 

HORT  432  Fundamentals  of  Greenhouse 
Crop  Production.  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  HORT  231.  This 
course  deals  with  a  study  of  the  commer- 
cial production  and  marketing  of  or- 
namental plant  crops  under  greenhouse, 
plastic  houses  and  out-of-door  condi- 
tions. 

HORT  433  Plants  for  Interior  Decoration. 

(2)  Prerequisite:  HORT  231  or  permission 
of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  selection, 
production  and  use  os  plants  for  interior 
decoration  and  their  installation  and 
maintenance  under  interior  conditions. 

HORT  451  Technology  of  Ornamentals. 

(3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
or  concurrent  BOTN  441.  A  study  of  the 
physiological  processes  of  the  plant  as 
related  to  the  growth,  flowering  and 
storage  of  ornamental  plants. 

HORT  453  Woody  Plant  Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BOTN  212.  A  field  and 
laboratory  study  of  trees,  shrubs,  and 
vines  used  in  ornamental  plantings. 

HORT  454  Woody  Plant  Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BOTN  212.  A  field  and 
laboratory  study  of  trees,  shrubs,  and 
vines  used  in  ornamental  plantings. 

HORT  456  Production  and  Maintenance 
of  Woody  Plants.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite  or 
corequisite,  HORt  271,  454.  A  study  of 
the  production  methods  and  operation  of 
a  commercial  nursery  and  the  planting 
and  care  of  woody  plants  in  the  land- 
scape. 

HORT  457  Ornamental  Horticulture.  (1)  A 

course  designed  for  teachers  of  agri- 
culture and  extension  agents  to  place 
special  emphasis  on  problems  of  the 
culture  and  use  of  ornamental  plants. 

HORT  461  Advanced  Plant  Propagation. 

(2)  Prerequisite:  HORT  271.  A  study  of 
the  anatomy,  morphology  and  physiology 
of  the  seed  and  plant  as  releated  to 
macro  and  micro  forms  of  propagation.  A 
review  of  research  in  propagation. 

HORT  471  Systematic  Horticulture.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a 
week.  A  study  of  the  origin,  taxonomic 
relationship  and  horticultural  classifica- 
tion of  fruits  and  vegetables. 

HORT  472  Advance  Plant  Propagation.  (2) 

Prerequisite:  HORT  271.  A  study  of  the 
anatomy,  morphology  and  physiology  of 
the  seed  and  plant  as  related  to  macro 
and  micro  forms  of  propagation.  A  review 
of  research  in  propagation. 

HORT  474  Physiology  of  Maturation  and 
Storage  of  Horticultural  Crops.  (2)  Two 

lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  441. 
Factors  related  to  maturation  and  ap- 
plication of  scientific  principles  to  handl- 
ing and  storage  of  horticultural  crops. 


HORT  489  Special  Topics  in  Horticulture. 
(1-3)  Credit  according  to  time  scheduled 
and  organization  of  course.  A  lecture 
and/or  laboratory  series  organized  to 
study  in  depth  a  selected  phase  of  horti- 
culture not  covered  by  existing  courses. 

HORT  682  Methods  of  Horticultural  Re- 
search. (3)  Second  semester.  One  lecture 
and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  a 
week.  The  application  of  biochemical  and 
biophysical  methods  to  problems  in 
biological  research  with  emphasis  on 
plant  materials. 

HORT  689  Special  Topics  in  Horticulture. 
(1-3)  First  and  second  semester.  Credit 
according  to  time  scheduled  and  organi- 
zation of  the  course.  Organized  as  a  lec- 
ture series  on  a  specialized  advanced 
topic. 

HORT  699  Special  Problems  in  Horti- 
culture. (1-3)  First  and  second  semester. 
Credit  according  to  time  scheduled  and 
organization  of  the  course.  Organized  as 
an  experimental  program  other  than  the 
student's  thesis  problem.  Maximum 
credit  allowed  toward  an  advanced 
degree  shall  not  exceed  four  hours  of  ex- 
perimental work. 

HORT  781  Edaphic  Factors  and  Hor- 
ticultural Plants.  (3)  First  semester.  Alter- 
nate years.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  441.  A 
critical  study  of  scientific  literature  and 
current  research  concerning  factors  of 
the  soil  affecting  production  of  horti- 
cultural plants.  Selected  papers  are 
studied  and  critically  discussed. 
Attention  is  given  to  experimental  pro- 
cedures, results  obtained,  interpretation 
of  the  data,  and  to  evaluation  of  the  con- 
tribution. 

HORT  782  Chemical  Regulation  of 
Growth  of  Horticultural  Plants.  (3)  Sec- 
ond semester,  alternate  years.  Prereq- 
uisite, BOTN  441.  A  critical  review  of 
literature  and  current  research  relating  to 
the  use  of  chemicals  In  controlling 
growth,  and  useful  in  the  production, 
ripening,  and  handling  of  horticultural 
plants  and  products.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  experimental  procedures  and  the  in- 
terpretation of  results,  current  usage  in 
the  potentials  for  future  research. 

HORT  783  Environmental  Factors  and 
Horticultural  Plants.  (3)  First  semester, 
alternate  years.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  441. 
A  study  of  the  literature  and  a  discussion 
of  current  research  concerned  with  the 
effects  of  environmental  factors  on  the 
growth  and  fruiting  of  horticultural 
plants.  Effectrs  of  temperature,  light,  and 
atmospheric  conditions  will  be  con- 
sidered. 

HORT  784  Current  Advances  in  Plant 
Breeding.  (3)  Second  semester.  Alternate 
years.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, HORT  274  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. Studies  of  the  genetic  and 
cytogenetic  basis  of  plant  breeding, 
systems  of  pollination  control  and  their 
application,  mutation  breeding,  methods 
of  breeding  for  resistance  to  plant 
diseases  and  environmental  pollutants. 


130  /  Graduate  Programs 


HORT  798  Advanced  Seminar.  (1)  Three 
credit  hours  maximum  allowed  toward 
the  M.S.  degree  or  six  credit  hours  max- 
imum toward  the  Ph.D.  degree. 

HORT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

HORT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Human  Development 
Education  Program 
(Institute  for  Child  Study) 

Proffesor  and  Acting  Chairman:  Perkins 
Professors:  Chapin,  Dittmann,  Goering, 

Kurtz,  Morgan 
Associate  Professors:  Bennett,  Eliot, 

Flatter,  Gardner,  Hardy,  Hatfield, 

Huebner,  Kyle,  Matteson,  Milhollan, 

Rogolsky,  Tyler,  Wolk 
Assistant  Professors:  Davidson,  Green, 

Hunt,  Koopman,  Marcus,  Shiflett, 

Svoboda 

The  interdisciplinary  programs  of  the 
Institute  for  Child  Study  attempt  to 
collect,  interpret,  and  synthesize  the 
findings  of  the  human  sciences  that 
are  concerned  with  human  growth, 
development,  and  learning,  and  to 
communicate  this  synthesis  to  per- 
sons who  need  such  understandings 
as  a  basis  for  their  practice  and 
planning. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Institute  for  Child  Study  offers 
graduate  programs  leading  to  Master 
of  Education,  Master  of  Arts  with 
thesis.  Doctor  of  Philosophy,  and 
Doctor  of  Education  degrees,  and 
Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Cer- 
tificate (a  planned  program  of  30 
graduate  hours  beyond  the  Master's 
degree).  In  addition  to  the  general  re- 
quirements of  the  Graduate  School 
and  the  College  of  Education,  the 
Program  requires  scores  on  the 
Miller's  Analogies  Test  competitive 
with  other  applicants  for  admission 
to  master's  and  doctoral  programs, 
and  the  possession  of  a  master's 
degree  prior  to  admission  to  the  doc- 
toral programs.  The  research 
oriented  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  degree  pro- 
grams in  human  development  are 
designed  to  develop  student  com- 
petencies in  the  theoretical  areas  of 
biological,  psychological,  and  socio- 
cultural  processes,  and  related 
research  methods  in  human  develop- 
ment. The  practice  oriented  M.Ed, 
and  Ed.D.  programs  are  designed  to 
develop  student  competencies  in 
identifying  the  implications  of  scien- 
tific knowledge  for  specific  situa- 


tions through  training  in  program 
design,  management,  delivery,  and 
evaluation  of  human  services  consis- 
tent with  current  scientific 
knowledge  of  human  development. 

The  primary  thrust  of  Institute  pro- 
grams is  focused  upon  educational 
institutions  and  services  and  sec- 
ondarily with  other  human  services 
which  might  also  draw  upon  scien- 
tific knowledge  of  human  growth 
and  development.  Graduate  students 
in  Institute  programs  include 
teachers,  administrators,  coun- 
selors, certified  therapists  and 
psychologists,  health  professionals, 
college  teachers  of  child  develop- 
ment, and  others  engaged  in  prac- 
tical fields  as  well  as  students  with 
training  in  the  traditional  scientific 
disciplines.  A  student's  program  is 
individually  developed  through  con- 
sultation with  advisers  and  ap- 
propriate committees  to  meet  the 
unique  needs  of  the  student  consis- 
tent with  the  purposes  and  goals  of 
the  Institute  for  Child  Study. 
Knowledge  of  foreign  languages  is 
generally  not  required  unless  a  need 
for  foreign  language  is  indicated  in 
the  student's  program. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Washington,  D.C.  area  and  the 
University  of  Maryland  are  particular- 
ly rich  in  resources  for  graduate 
study  in  human  development.  The 
faculty  of  the  Institute  is  uniquely 
multi-disciplinary,  representing  the 
broad  range  of  the  human  sciences 
and  related  applied  fields.  The  In- 
stitute has  a  special  book  collection 
available  for  use  by  faculty  and 
students,  ongoing  in-service  field 
programs  in  child  and  youth  study, 
and  opportunities  for  participating  in 
research.  Internship  experiences  are 
available  through  cooperation  with 
various  agencies  and  schools  in  the 
area.  Resources  of  the  College  of 
Education  include  a  Center  for 
Young  Children,  a  Curriculum 
Materials  Center,  an  Educational 
Technology  Center,  a  Reading 
Center,  Science  Center,  and  finan- 
cial and  advisory  support  services 
for  research  and  evaluation. 

Courses 

EDHD  400  Introduction  to  Gerontology. 

(3)  An  overview  of  the  processes  of  aging 
including  physiological,  sociological,  and 
psychological  aspects  as  an  introduction 
to  the  field  of  gerontology.  Analysis  of 


physiological  changes,  cultural  forces 
and  self  processes  that  have  a  bearing 
on  life  quality  in  the  late  years.  Examina- 
tion of  community  action  in  response  to 
problems  of  the  elderly.  Direct  field  con- 
tact with  programs  for  the  elderly. 

EDHD  411  Child  Growth  and  Develop- 
ment. (3)  Growth  and  development  of  the 
child  from  conception  through  the  early 
childhood  years,  with  emphasis  on 
development  sequences  in  physical, 
psychological  and  social  areas.  Implica- 
tions for  understanding  and  working  with 
young  children  in  the  home,  school,  and 
other  settings. 

EDHD  413  Adolescent  Development.  (3)  A 

study  of  the  interplay  of  physical, 
cultural  and  self  forces  as  they  influence 
behavior,  development,  learning  and  ad- 
justment during  adolescence.  Includes 
observation  and  case  study.  This  course 
cannot  be  used  to  meet  the  psychologi- 
cal foundations  requirements  for  teacher 
certification. 

EDHD  416  Scientific  Concepts  in  Human 
Development  III.  (3)  Guided  reading  and 
observation  of  pupils  throughout  the 
school  year.  Emphasis  on  human 
development  concepts  relating  to  impact 
of  family,  school,  society,  and  peer  group 
on  the  student.  Collection  and  analysis 
of  data  affecting  learning  and  behavior. 
For  in-service  educators.  (Not  open  to 
persons  with  credit  in  EDHD  402,  403.) 

EDHD  417  Laboratory  in  Behavior 
Analysis  III.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDHD  416. 
Guided  reading  and  observation  of  pupils 
throughout  the  school  year.  Emphasis  on 
analysis  of  intrinsic  aspects  of  learning 
and  behavior  including  cognitive  pro- 
cesses, motivation,  self-concept,  at- 
titudes, and  values.  For  in-service 
educators.  (Not  open  to  persons  with 
credit  in  EDHD  402,  403.) 

EDHD  419  Human  Development  and 
Learning  in  School  Settings.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: classroom  teaching  experience  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Advanced  study  of 
human  development  and  learning  prin- 
ciples in  the  continuous  study  and 
evaluation  of  several  different  phases  of 
the  school  program  over  an  extended 
period  of  time.  Repeatable  for  a  maxi- 
mum of  8  credits  if  the  topics  differ. 

EDHD  445  Guidance  of  Young  Children. 

(3)  Development  of  an  appreciation  and 
understanding  of  young  children  from 
different  home  and  community  back- 
grounds; study  of  individual  and  group 
problems. 

EDHD  460  Educational  Psychology.  (3) 
Prerequisites,  PSYC  100  or  EDUC  300  or 
equivalent.  Offers  an  examination  of  re- 
search and  problems  in  educational 
psychology.  Includes  consideration  of 
measurement  and  the  significance  of  in- 
dividual differences,  learning,  motivation 
and  emotions,  transfer  of  learning,  in- 
telligence, attitudes,  problem  solving, 
understanding,  thinking,  and  com- 
municating knowledge.  The  course  is  in- 
tended to  provide  an  overview  of  educa- 
tional psychology  with  an  emphasis  on 
learning  processes.  It  may  not  be 

Graduate  Programs  / 131 


substituted  for  EDUC  300  by  regularly 
matriculated  students  in  the  teacher 
education  program. 

EDHD  489  Field  Experiences  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-4)  Prerequisites,  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other 
prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the  major 
area  in  which  the  experience  is  to  be 
taken.  Planned  field  experience  may  be 
provided  for  selected  students  who  have 
had  teaching  experience  and  whose  ap- 
plication for  such  field  experience  has 
been  approved  by  the  education  faculty. 
Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given 
area  to  both  major  and  nonmajor  stu- 
dents. Note  —  the  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDHD  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDHD  498  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Available  only  to  mature 
students  who  have  definite  plans  for  in- 
dividual study  of  approved  problems. 

EDHO  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  In- 
stitutes. (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this 
course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used 
two  or  more  times  until  six  semester 
hours  have  been  reached.  The  following 
type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading: 
workshops  conducted  by  the  college  of 
education  (or  developed  cooperatively 
with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing;  clinical  experience  in 
pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers;  institutes  developed 
around  specific  topics  or  problems  and 
intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors. 

EDIHD  600  Introduction  to  Human 
Development  and  Child  Study.  (3)  Offers 
a  general  overview  of  the  scientific  prin- 
ciples which  describe  human  develop- 
ment and  behavior  and  makes  use  of 
these  principles  in  the  study  of  individual 
children.  Each  student  will  observe  and 
record  the  behavior  of  an  individual  child 
throughout  the  semester  and  must  have 
one  half-day  a  week  for  this  purpose.  It  is 
basic  to  further  work  in  child  study  and 
serves  as  a  prerequisite  for  advanced 
courses  where  the  student  has  not  had 
field  work  or  at  least  six  weeks  of 
workshop  experience  in  child  study. 
When  offered  during  the  summer  inten- 
sive laboratory  work  with  case  records 
may  be  substituted  for  the  study  of  an  in- 
dividual child. 

EDHD  601  Biological  Bases  of  Behavior. 

(3)  EDHD  600  or  its  equivalent  must  be 
taken  before  EDHD  601  or  concurrently. 
Emphasizes  that  understanding  human 
life,  growth  and  behavior  depends  on 
understanding  the  ways  in  which  the 
body  is  able  to  capture,  control  and  ex- 
pend energy.  Application  throughout  is 
made  to  human  body  processes  and  im- 

132  /  Graduate  Programs 


plications  for  understanding  and  working 
with  people. 

EDHD  602  Social  Bases  of  Behavior.  (3) 

EDHD  600  or  its  equivalent  must  be 
taken  before  EDHD  602  or  concurrently. 
Analyzes  the  socially  inherited  and 
transmitted  patterns  of  pressures,  expec- 
tations and  limitations  learned  by  an  in- 
dividual as  he  grows  up.  These  are  con- 
sidered in  relation  to  the  patterns  of  feel- 
ing and  behaving  which  emerge  as  the 
result  of  growing  up  in  one's  social 
group. 

EDHD  603  Integrative  Bases  of  Behavior. 

(3)  EDHD  600  or  its  equivalent.  Prereq- 
uisites are  EDHD  601  and  602.  Analyzes 
the  organized  and  integrated  pattern  of 
feeling,  thinking  and  behaving  which 
emerge  from  the  interaction  of  basic  bio- 
logical drives  and  potentials  with  one's 
unique  experience  growing  up  in  a  social 
group. 

EDHD  610  Physiological  Aspects  of 
Aging.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  201  or  202 

or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Physiological  changes  with  advancing 
age  including  cells  and  tissues; 
metabolism;  homeostasis;  and  sen- 
sorium,  with  implications  with  respect  to 
coping  with  these  changes. 

EDHD  613  Advanced  Laboratory  in  Be- 
havior Analysis  I.  (3)  First  of  a  three- 
hour  sequence  in  the  study  of  behavior. 
Analysis  focuses  upon  the  major  forces 
which  shape  the  development  and  learn- 
ing of  children  and  youth.  Summer  ses- 
sions only. 

EDHD  615  Advanced  Laboratory  in 
Behavior  Analysis  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
EDHD  613  or  equivalent.  Second  of  a 
three-course  sequence  in  the  behavior 
analysis  of  children  and  youth  focusing 
on  self-developmental  and  self-adjustive 
processes.  Summer  session  only. 

EDHD  617  Advanced  Laboratory  in 
Behavior  Analysis  III.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
EDHD  615  or  equivalent.  Third  of  a  three- 
course  sequence  in  the  behavioral 
analysis  of  children  and  youth  which 
contrasts  the  child's  concept  of  self  and 
the  world  and  the  world's  concept  of  the 
child.  Summer  session  only. 

EDHD  619  Advanced  Scientific  Concepts 
in  Human  Development.  (3)  A  critical  ex- 
amination of  concepts  and  issues  in  con- 
temporary culture  as  these  relate  to  the 
development  and  learning  of  children 
and  youth.  Summer  session  only. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

EDHD  620  Aging  in  the  Cultural  Context. 

(3)  The  factors  and  forces  that  affect  life 
quality  in  the  late  years,  identification  of 
those  influences  in  the  cultural  context, 
—  economic,  social,  governmental  — 
that  enhance  and  those  that  impede  con- 
tinued growth  of  the  person.  Individual 
projects  involving  direct  field  experience. 

EDHD  630  Cognitive  Processes  During 
Aging.  (3)  Cognitive  functioning  of  the 
aged.  The  roles  of  cultural,  environ- 
mental and  atfectional  variables  as  they 
contribute  to  the  healthy  functioning  of 
cognitive  processes.  On-site  field  trips  to 


consolidate  an  understanding  of  these 
interrelationships.  Designed  for  those 
who  desire  a  fuller  understanding  of  life- 
span human  development  and/or  are  in- 
terested in  working  with  the  elderly. 

EDHD  659  Direct  Study  of  Children.  (1) 

May  not  be  taken  concurrently  with 
EDHD  402,  403,  or  404.  Provides  the  op- 
portunity to  observe  and  record  the 
behavior  of  an  individual  child  in  a  nearby 
school.  These  records  will  be  used  in 
conjunction  with  the  advanced  courses 
in  human  development  and  this  course 
will  be  used  in  conjunction  with  the  ad- 
vanced courses.  Teachers  active  in  their 
jobs  while  taking  advanced  courses  in 
human  development  may  use  records 
from  their  own  classrooms  for  this 
course.  A  minimum  of  one  year  of  direct 
observation  of  human  behavior  is  re- 
quired of  all  human  development 
students  at  the  master's  level.  This  re- 
quirement may  be  satisfied  by  this 
course. 

EDHD  710  Affectional  Relationships  and 
Processes  in  Human  Development.  (3) 

EDHD  600  or  its  equivalent  must  be 
taken  before  or  concurrently.  Describes 
the  normal  development,  expression  and 
influence  of  love  in  infancy,  childhood, 
adolescence  and  adulthood.  Deals  with 
the  influence  of  parent-child  relationship 
involving  normal  acceptance,  neglect,  re- 
jection, inconsistency,  and  over- 
protection  upon  health,  learning,  emo- 
tional behavior  and  personality  adjust- 
ment and  development. 

EDHD  711  Peer-Culture  and  Group  Pro- 
cesses in  Human  Development.  (3)  EDHD 
600  or  its  equivalent  must  be  taken 
before  or  concurrently.  Analyzes  the  pro- 
cess of  group  formation,  role-taking  and 
status-winning,  describes  the  emergence 
of  the  'peer-culture'  during  childhood  and 
the  evolution  of  the  child  society  at  dif- 
ferent maturity  levels  to  adulthood. 
Analyzes  the  developmental  tasks  and 
adjustment  problems  associated  with 
winning,  belonging,  and  playing  roles  in 
the  peer  group. 

EDHD  721  Learning  Theory  and  the 
Educative  Process  I.  (3)  Provides  a  syste- 
matic review  of  the  major  theories  and 
their  impact  on  education.  Considers  fac- 
tors that  influence  learning. 

EDHD  722  Learning  Theory  and  the 
Educative  Process  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
EDUC  300  or  equivalent.  Provides  an  ex- 
ploration in  depth  of  current  theoretical 
and  research  developments  in  the  field  of 
human  learning,  especially  as  related  to 
educational  processes.  Considers  fac- 
tors that  influence  learning. 

EDHD  730  Field  Program  in  Child  Study  I. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Of- 
fers introductory  training  and  apprentice- 
ship preparing  persons  to  become  staff 
members  in  human  development  work- 
shops, consultants  in  child  study  field 
programs  and  coordinators  of  municipal 
or  regional  child  study  programs  for 
teachers  or  parents.  Extensive  field  ex- 
perience is  provided.  In  general,  this 
training  is  open  only  to  persons  who 


have  passed  their  preliminary  examina- 
tions for  the  doctorate  with  a  major  in 
human  development  or  psychology. 

EDHD  731  Field  Program  in  Child  Study 

II.  (3)  Prerequisite.  EDHD  730  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Offers  advanced  training 
and  apprenticeship  preparing  persons  to 
become  staff  members  in  human 
development  workshops,  consultants  to 
child  study  field  programs  and  coor- 
dinators of  municipal  or  regional  child 
study  programs  for  teachers  or  parents. 
Extensive  field  experience  is  provided.  In 
general,  this  training  is  open  only  to  per- 
sons who  have  passed  their  preliminary 
examinations  for  the  doctorate  with  a 
major  in  human  development  or  psy- 
chology. 

EDHD  779  Seminars  in  Special  Topics  in 
Human  Development.  (2-6)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor. 

EDHD  798  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-6)  Master's  AGS.  or  doctoral  can- 
didates who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisors  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number. 

EDHD  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent 
of  six  hours  for  master's  thesis. 

EDHD  810  Physical  Processes  in  Human 
Development  I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  admis- 
sion to  doctoral  program  in  human 
development  education.  Examines  the 
physiology  of  homeostasis  including  the 
roles  of  temperature,  biochemical  fac- 
tors, respiration,  circulation,  digestion, 
and  utilization  of  energy  as  these  in- 
fluence the  health,  functioning,  and 
behavior  of  human  beings. 

EDHD  811  Physical  Processes  in  Hu- 
mand  Development  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
admission  to  doctoral  program  in  human 
development  education.  Focuses  upon 
the  physiology  of  communication  in- 
cluding a  study  of  the  roles  of  the  ner- 
vous system,  endocrines,  nucleic  acids, 
and  pheramones  as  these  influence  the 
health,  functioning  and  behavior  of 
human  beings. 

EDHD  820  Socialization  Processes  in- 
Human  Development  I.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
admission  to  doctoral  program  in  human 
development  education.  Study  of  com- 
parative cultures  serve  as  a  medium  for 
analyzing  the  processes  by  which  human 
beings  internalize  the  culture  of  the 
society  in  which  they  live. 

EDHD  821  Socialization  Processes  in 
Human  Development  II.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
EDHD  820  or  consent  of  instructor.  Study 
of  major  sub-cultures  in  the  United 
States,  their  institutions,  training  pro- 
cedures, and  their  characteristic  human 
expressions  in  folk-l<nowledge,  habits,  at- 
titudes, values,  goals,  and  adjustment 
patterns  as  these  relate  to  the  processes 
in  which  human  beings  in  our  society  in- 
ternalize the  culture  in  which  they  live. 

EDHD  830  Self  Processes  in  Human 
Development  I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  admis- 
sion to  doctoral  program  in  human 
development  education.  The  personality 


theories  of  Freud,  Jung.  Adier,  Horney. 
Fromm,  Sullivan,  Murray.  Lewin,  and 
Allport. 

EDHD  831  Self  Processes  in  Human 
Development  II.  (3)  Prerequisite.  EDHD 
830  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  per- 
sonality theories  of  Erickson,  Rogers. 
Maslow.  and  others.  Synthesis  of  the 
student's  theory  of  personality. 

EDHD  860  Synthesis  of  Human  Develop- 
ment Concepts.  (3)  Prerequisites,  EDHD 
810,  820  and  830.  A  seminar  wherein  ad- 
vanced students  work  toward  a  personal 
synthesis  of  their  own  concepts  in 
human  growth  and  development.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  seeing  the  dynamic 
interrelations  between  all  process  in  the 
behavior  and  development  of  an  in- 
dividual. 

EDHD  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education. 
(1-9)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area  of 
study  are  available  to  selected  students 
whose  application  for  an  apprenticeship 
has  been  approved  by  the  education 
faculty.  Each  apprentice  is  assigned  to 
work  for  at  least  a  semester  full-time  or 
the  equivalent  with  an  appropriate  staff 
member  of  a  cooperating  school,  school 
system,  or  educational  institution  or 
agency.  The  sponsor  of  the  apprentice 
maintains  a  close  working  relationship 
with  the  apprentice  and  the  other  per- 
sons involved.  Prerequisites,  teaching  ex- 
perience, a  master's  degree  in  education, 
and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  educa- 
tion at  the  University  of  Maryland.  NOTE: 
the  total  number  of  credits  which  a  stu- 
dent may  earn  in  EDHD  489.  888  and  889 
is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20) 
semester  hrours. 

EDHD  889  Internship  in  Education.  (3-16) 

Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study  are 
available  to  selected  students  who  have 
teaching  experience.  The  following 
groups  of  students  are  eligible:  (A)  any 
student  who  has  been  advanced  to  can- 
didacy for  the  doctor's  degree:  and  (B) 
any  student  who  receives  special  ap- 
proval by  th'e  education  faculty  for  an  in- 
ternship, provided  that  prior  to  taking  an 
internship,  such  student  shall  have  com- 
pleted at  least  60  semester  hours  of 
graduate  work,  including  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is 
assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for 
at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate 
staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school, 
school  system,  or  educational  institution 
or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken 
in  a  school  situation  different  from  the 
one  where  the  student  is  regularly 
employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  main- 
tains a  close  working  relationship  with 
the  intern  and  the  other  persons  in- 
volved. NOTE:  the  total  number  of  credits 
which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDHD  489. 
888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of 
twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDHD  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the 
extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  ED.D.  Project 
and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  dissertation. 


Industrial  Education 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Maley 
Professors:  Harrison,  Hornbake. 

Leutkemeyer 
Associate  Professors:  Beatty. 

Herschbach.  Mietus.  Stough,  Tierney 
Assistant  Professors:  Elkins.  Gemmill, 

Starkweather 

The  graduate  programs  in  industrial 
Education  are  designed  to  prepare 
specialized  personnel  in  all  fields 
related  to  Industrial  Education. 
These  fields  include  progranns  both 
in  education  and  in  industry.  Pro- 
grams related  to  education  prepare 
personnel  for  teaching,  administra- 
tion, and  supervisory  positions  in 
local  schools  or  in  related  state  and 
federal  agencies,  as  well  as  prepara- 
tions for  university  teaching  and 
research.  Programs  designed  for  in- 
dustrial personnel  are  primarily  in  in- 
dustrial training,  supervision,  and 
production. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

At  the  master's  degree  level  (M.A.- 
thesis  required,  and  M.Ed. -non- 
thesis)  programs  are  offered  in  four 
areas:  Industrial  Technology,  In- 
dustrial Arts  Education.  Vocational- 
Industrial  Education,  and  Technical 
Education.  The  Department  has  two 
separate  doctoral  programs  (Ph.D. 
and  Ed.D.)  in  the  allied  fields  of  In- 
dustrial Arts  Education  and 
Vocational-Industrial  Education.  The 
Department  also  offers  an  Advanced 
Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  in 
both  fields. 

Every  graduate  program  in  the 
Department  is  developed  on  an  in- 
dividual basis  to  meet  the  personal 
needs  of  the  graduate  student.  At 
the  same  time,  however,  the  gradu- 
ate student  is  expected  to  have 
achieved  certain  specified  objec- 
tives upon  completion  of  his  pro- 
gram. The  student  should  exhibit: 
competence  in  a  major  field  of  In- 
dustrial Education:  ability  to  analyze, 
conduct,  and  report  research  find- 
ings; and  a  broad  understanding  of 
the  relationships  of  education  and 
industry  as  social  institutions  in  our 
technological  culture. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  the  extensive  library 
and  computer  facilities  available  on 
the  College  Park  Campus,  other  in- 
stitutions located  within  the  Wash- 
ington area  are  also  available  for 


Graduate  Programs  /  133 


research  and  consultation  services. 
Tiiese  institutions  include  the 
Library  of  Congress,  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution, U.S.  Office  of  Education, 
American  Industrial  Arts  Associa- 
tion, American  Vocational  Associa- 
tion, and  the  National  Medical 
Library. 

Financial  Assistance 

Some  Graduate  Assistantships  are 
available  to  qualified  graduate 
students. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  and  a  departmental 
brochure,  please  write  to  the  Direc- 
tor of  the  Graduate  Program. 

Courses 

EDIN  400  Technology  Activities  for  the 
Elementary  School.  (3)  Experience  in  the 
development  and  use  of  technology  and 
career  education  Instructional  materials 
for  construction  activities  in  an  Inter- 
disciplinary approach  to  elementary 
school  education. 

EDIN  409  Experimental  Electricity  and 
Electronics.  (2) 

EDIN  410  Administration  and  Program 
Development  in  Industrial  Arts.  (3)  Prin- 
ciples and  practices  of  program  develop- 
ment and  supervision  with  reference  to 
the  role  of  the  departmental  chairperson 
in  vocational,  technical,  and  industrial 
arts  programs  at  the  secondary  and  post- 
secondary  levels. 

EDIN  412  Management  of  Physical 
Facilities  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Voca- 
tional Educational.  (3)  Principles,  prac- 
tices, and  theory  related  to  the  role  of  the 
departmental  chairperson  charged  with 
the  management  of  the  physical  facilities 
in  vocational,  technical,  and  industrial 
arts  laboratories. 

EDIN  415  Research  and  Experimentation 
in  Industrial  Arts.  (3)  This  is  a  laboratory- 
seminar  course  designed  to  develop  per- 
sons capable  of  planning,  directing  and 
evaluating  effective  research  and  ex- 
perimentation procedures  with  the 
materials,  products  and  processes  of  in- 
dustry. 

EDIN  416  Industrial  Hygiene.  (3)  Introduc- 
tion to  the  concept  of  industrial  hygiene 
and  environmental  health.  Evaluation 
techniques,  instrumentation  for  iden- 
tification of  problems;  design  parameters 
for  achieving  control  over  environmental 
epidemological  and  toxicological 
hazards. 

EDIN  421  Industrial  Arts  in  Special 
Education.  (3)  Four  hours  laboratory  per 
week,  one  hour  lecture.  Prerequisite, 
EDSP  470  and  471  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. This  course  provides  experiences  of 
a  technical  and  theoretical  nature  in  in- 
dustrial processes  applicable  for 
classroom  use.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  in- 
dividual research  in  the  specific  area  of 
one  major  interest  in  special  education. 

134  /  Graduate  Programs 


EDIN  425  Industrial  Training  in  Industry  I. 

(3)  An  overview  of  the  function  of  in- 
dustrial training,  including  types  of  pro- 
grams, their  organization,  development, 
and  evaluation. 

EDIN  426  Industrial  Training  in  Industry 

II.  (3)  Prerequisite.  EDIN  425.  Studies  of 
training  programs  in  a  variety  of  in- 
dustries, including  plant  program  visita- 
tion, training  program  development,  and 
analysis  of  industrial  training  research. 

EDIN  443  Industrial  Safety  Education  I. 

(2)  This  course  deals  briefly  with  the 
history  and  development  of  effective 
safety  programs  in  modern  industry  and 
treats  causes,  effects  and  values  of  in- 
dustrial safety  education  inclusive  of  fire 
prevention  and  hazard  controls. 

EDIN  444  Industrial  Safety  Education  II. 

(2)  In  this  course  exemplary  safety  prac- 
tices are  studied  through  conference 
discussions,  group  demonstration,  and 
organized  plant  visits  to  selected  in- 
dustrial situations.  Methods  of  fire 
precautions  and  safety  practices  are  em- 
phasized. Evaluative  criteria  in  safety  pro- 
grams are  formulated. 

EDIN  445  Systems  Safety  Analysis.  (3) 

The  development  of  systems  safety,  a 
review  of  probability  concepts  and  the 
application  of  systems  technique  to  in- 
dustrial safety  problems.  Hazard  mode 
and  effect,  fault  free  analysis  and  human 
factors  considerations. 

EDIN  450  Training  Aids  Development.  (3) 

Study  of  the  aids  in  common  use  as  to 
their  source  and  application.  Special  em- 
phasis is  placed  on  principles  to  be 
observed  in  making  aids  useful  to 
laboratory  teachers.  Actual  construction 
and  application  of  such  devices  will  be 
required. 

EDIN  457  Tests  and  Measurements.  (3) 

The  construction  of  objective  tests  for 
occupational  and  vocational  subjects. 

EDIN  460  Essentials  of  Design.  (2)  Two 

laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
EDIN  101  and  basic  laboratory  work.  A 
study  of  the  basic  principles  of  design 
and  practice  in  their  application  to  the 
construction  of  laboratory  projects. 

EDIN  461  Principles  of  Vocational 
Guidance.  (3)  This  course  identifies  and 
applies  the  underlying  principles  of 
guidance  to  the  problems  of  educational 
and  vocational  adjustment  of  students. 

EDIN  462  Occupational  Analysis  and 
Course  Construction.  (3)  Provides  a  work- 
ing knowledge  of  occupational  and  job 
analysis  and  applies  the  techniques  in 
building  and  reorganizing  courses  of 
study  for  effective  use  in  vocational  and 
occupational  schools. 

EDIN  464  Laboratory  Organization  and 
Management.  (3)  This  course  covers  the 
basic  elements  of  organizing  and  manag- 
ing an  industrial  education  program  in- 
cluding the  selection  of  equipment  and 
the  arrangement  of  the  shop. 

EDIN  465  Modern  Industry.  (3)  This 
course  provides  an  overview  of  manufac- 
turing industry  in  the  American  social. 


economic  and  culture  pattern.  Represen- 
tative basic  industries  are  studied  from 
the  viewpoints  of  personnel  and  manage- 
ment organization,  industrial  relations, 
production  procedures,  distribution  of 
products,  and  the  like. 

EDIN  466  Educational  Foundations  of  In- 
dustrial Arts.  (3)  A  study  of  the  factors 
which  place  industrial  arts  education  in 
any  well-rounded  program  of  general 
education. 

EDIN  467  Problems  in  Occupational 
Education.  (3)  The  purpose  of  this  course 
is  to  secure,  assemble,  organize,  and  in- 
terpret data  relative  to  the  scope, 
character  and  effectiveness  of  occupa- 
tional education. 

EDIN  470  Numerical  Control  in  Manufac- 
turing. (3)  The  historical  development  of 
numerical  control  {NIC)  in  manufacturing, 
recent  industrial  trends  in  N/C,  and  a 
variety  of  N/C  equipment  and  support 
services.  N/C  machine  operations: 
machine  motions,  positioning  control 
systems,  N/C  tapes  and  their  prepara- 
tion, manual  and  computer  assisted  (APT 
III)  part  programming.  Experience  in 
product  design,  part  programming,  and 
product  machining. 

EDIN  471  History  and  Principles  of  Voca- 
tional Education.  (3)  An  overview  of  the 
development  of  vocational  education 
from  primitive  times  to  the  present  with 
special  emphasis  given  to  the  vocational 
education  movement  with  the  American 
program  of  public  education. 

EDIN  475  Recent  Technological 
Developments  in  Products  and  Pro- 
cesses. (3)  This  course  is  designed  to 
give  the  student  an  understanding  of  re- 
cent technological  developments  as  they 
pertain  to  the  products  and  processes  of 
industry.  The  nature  of  the  newer  prod- 
ucts and  processes  is  studied  as  well  as 
their  effect  upon  modern  industry  and/or 
society. 

EDIN  476  Application  of  Technology  to 
Societal  Problems.  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDIN 
31 1  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
alternative  solutions  of  a  technological 
nature  with  respect  to  such  areas  as 
housing,  transportation,  energy,  com- 
munications, production,  trash  and 
waste  disposal,  water  development,  and 
pollution  control. 

EDIN  481  Manufacturing  and  Use  of  In- 
organic Non-Metallic  Materials  II.  (3)  One 

lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  EDIN  381  or  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  Fabrication  of 
products  from  calculated  compositions: 
application  of  forming  process:  utiliza- 
tion of  compositions:  experiences  with 
property  analysis  and  product  design. 

EDIN  487  Field  Experience  in  Education. 
(1-4)  Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which 
the  experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned 
field  experience  may  be  provided  for 
selected  students  who  have  had 
teaching  experience  and  whose  applica- 


tion  for  such  field  experience  has  been 
approved  by  the  education  faculty.  Field 
experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to 
both  major  and  nonmajor  students. 
NOTE  —  the  total  number  of  credits 
which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDIN  487, 
888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of 
20  semester  hours, 

EDIN  488  Special  Problems  in  Education. 
(1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
Available  only  to  mature  students  who 
have  definite  plans  for  individual  study  of 
approved  problems. 

EDIN  491  Plastics  Design  and  Equipment 
Selection.  (3)  Lecture  and  laboratory. 
Prerequisite,  EDIN  391  or  permission  of 
the  department.  Includes  experience  with 
material  selection,  product  design,  mold 
design,  auxiliary  equipment  and  fixtures. 

EDIN  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  In- 
stitutes. (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this 
course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used 
two  or  more  times  until  six  semester 
hours  have  been  reached.  The  following 
type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading: 
workshops  conducted  by  the  college  of 
education  (or  developed  cooperatively 
with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing:  clinical  experiences  m 
pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics. 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers:  institutes  developed 
around  specific  topics  or  prolems  and  in- 
tended for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors. 

EDIN  607  Philosophy  of  Industrial  Arts 
Education.  (3)  An  overview  of  the 
development  of  the  industrial  arts  move- 
ment and  the  philosophical  framework 
upon  which  it  was  founded.  Special  em- 
phasis is  given  to  the  contemporary 
movements  in  industrial  arts  and  their 
theoretical  foundations. 

EDIN  614  School  Shop  Planning  and 
Equipment  Selection.  (3)  Deals  with  the 
principles  and  problems  of  providing  the 
physical  facilities  for  industrial  education 
programs.  The  selection,  arrangement 
and  placement  of  equipment  are  covered 
as  well  as  the  determinating  of 
laboratory  space  requirements,  utility 
services  and  storage  requirements  for 
various  types  of  industrial  education  pro- 
grams. 

EDIN  616  Supervision  of  Industrial  Arts. 

(3)  Deals  with  the  nature  and  function  of 
the  supervisory  function  in  the  industrial 
arts  field.  The  administrative  as  well  as 
the  supervisory  responsibilities,  tech- 
niques, practices  and  personal  qualifica- 
tions of  the  industrial  arts  supervisor  are 
covered. 

EDIN  620  Organization,  Administration 
and  Supervision  of  Vocational  Education. 
(3) 

EDIN  640  Research  in  Industrial  Arts  and 
Vocational  Education.  (2)  Offered  by  ar- 
rangement for  persons  who  are  conduct- 


ing research  in  the  areas  of  industrial 
arts  and  vocational  education. 

EDIN  641  Content  and  Method  of  In- 
dustrial Arts.  (3)  Various  methods  and 
procedures  used  in  curriculum  develop- 
ment are  examined  and  those  suited  to 
the  field  of  industrial  arts  education  are 
applied,  f^ethods  of  and  devices  for  in- 
dustrial arts  instruction  are  studied  and 
practiced. 

EDIN  642  Coordination  in  Work- 
Experience  Programs.  (3)  Surveys  and 
evaluates  the  qualifications  and  duties  of 
a  teacher-coordinator  in  a  work- 
experience  program.  Deals  particularly 
with  evolving  patterns  in  city  and  county 
schools  in  Maryland,  and  is  designed  to 
help  teacher-coordinators,  guidance 
counselors,  and  others  in  the  supervisory 
and  administrative  personnel  concerned 
with  the  functioning  relationships  of 
part-time  cooperative  education  in  a  com- 
prehensive educational  program. 

EDIN  647  Seminar  in  Industrial  Arts  and 
Vocational  Education.  (2) 

EDIN  650  Teacher  Education  in  Industrial 
Arts.  (3)  This  course  is  intended  for  the 
industrial  arts  teacher  educator  at  the 
college  level.  It  deals  with  the  function 
and  historical  development  of  industrial 
arts  teacher  education.  Other  areas  of 
content  include  administration  program 
and  program  development,  physical 
facilities  and  requirements,  staff 
organization  and  relationships,  college- 
secondary  school  relationships, 
philosophy  and  evaluation. 

EDIN  798  Special  Problems  in  Education. 
(1-6)  Master's,  AGS,  or  doctoral  can- 
didates who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisers  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number.  Course  card  must 
have  the  title  of  the  problem  and  the 
name  of  the  faculty  member  under  whom 
the  work  will  be  done. 

EDIN  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Registration  required  to  the  extent  of  6 
hours  tor  master's  thesis. 

EDIN  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education. 
(1-9)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area  of 
study  are  available  to  selected  students 
whose  application  for  an  apprenticeship 
has  been  approved  by  the  education 
faculty.  Each  apprentice  is  assigned  to 
work  for  at  least  a  semester  full-time  or 
the  equivalent  with  an  appropriate  staff 
member  of  a  cooperating  school,  school 
system,  or  educational  institution  or 
agency.  The  sponsor  of  the  apprentice 
maintains  a  close  working  relationship 
with  the  apprentice  and  the  other  per- 
sons involved.  Prerequisites,  teaching  ex- 
perience, a  master's  degree  in  education, 
and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  educa- 
tion at  the  University  of  Maryland,  NOTE: 
The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  stu- 
dent may  earn  in  EDIN  489,  888  and  889 
is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20) 
semester  hours. 

EDIN  889  Internship  in  Education.  (3-16) 

Internship  in  the  major  area  of  study  are 
available  to  selected  students  who  have 


teaching  experience.  The  following 
groups  of  students  are  eligible:  (A)  any 
student  who  has  been  advanced  to  can- 
didacy for  the  doctor's  degree:  and  (3) 
any  student  who  receives  special  ap- 
proval by  the  education  faculty  for  an  in- 
ternship, provided  that  prior  to  taking  an 
internship,  such  student  shall  have  com- 
pleted at  least  60  semester  hours  of 
graduate  work,  including  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is 
assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for 
at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate 
staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school, 
school  system,  or  educational  institution 
or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken 
in  a  school  situation  different  from  the 
one  where  the  student  is  regularly 
employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  main- 
tains a  close  working  relationship  with 
the  intern  and  the  other  persons  in- 
volved. NOTE:  The  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDIN 
489.  888,  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of 
twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDIN  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the 
extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  project 
and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  dissertation. 


Journalism  Program 

Professor  and  Dean:  Hiebert 
Professors:  Martin,  Newsom 
Associate  Professors:  Grunig.  Petrick 
Assistant  Professors:  Beasley,  Hesse, 
Lee.  McElreath 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  Jour- 
nallsnn  provides  academic  work  both 
for  the  person  who  wants  a  profes- 
sional career  in  communication  and 
for  the  student  interested  in  mass 
communication  theory  and  research 
methodology.  The  first  type  of  stu- 
dent usually  builds  on  a  journalism 
background,  adding  in-depth  work  In 
a  substantive  minor  field,  as  prepara- 
tion for  a  career  in  a  specialized  area 
of  mass  communication.  The  second 
type  of  student  usually  builds  on  a 
social  science  or  humanities  base 
coupled  with  the  study  of  journalism 
or  mass  communication  while 
preparing  for  a  career  in  teaching, 
scholarship,  or  applied  research  in 
mass  communication. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Master's  degree  is  a  one-year 
program,  with  the  typical  student 
taking  12  hours  of  graduate  work  in 
the  fall,  12  hours  in  the  spring,  and  6 
hours  of  thesis  or  non-thesis  option 
seminars  in  the  summer.  Work  on 
the  degree  may  be  started  at  any 
time.  JOUR  600  is  required  for  the 
M.A.  in  Journalism,  as  is  either 
JOUR  610  or  JOUR  612. 


Graduate  Programs  /  135 


Applicants  seeking  admission  to 
the  master's  program  should  hold  a 
bachelor's  degree  from  a  recognized 
institution  of  higher  learning. 
Undergraduate  study  of  Journalism 
or  professional  experience  in  jour- 
nalistic fields  are  helpful  but  not  re- 
quired. Students  who  have  majored 
in  some  other  field  as  undergradu- 
ates are  required  to  make  up  profes- 
sional deficiencies  by  taking  four  or 
five  selected  courses  in  journalism 
without  graduate  credit.  Completion 
of  the  general  aptitude  portion  of  the 
Graduate  Record  Examination  is  re- 
quired, and  three  letters  of  recom- 
mendation must  be  submitted. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  in  an 
advantageous  location  for  the  study 
of  journalism.  It  is  within  easy  reach 
of  five  of  the  nation's  top 
newspapers;  The  Baltimore  Sun, 
Baltimore  News-American,  The 
Washington  Post,  The  Washington 
Star,  and  Wall  Street  Journal.  It  is 
also  near  the  Washington  press 
corps,  the  large  Washington  bureaus 
of  the  Associated  Press,  United 
Press  International,  the  New  York 
Times,  and  most  important 
American  and  foreign  newspapers; 
NBC,  CBS,  and  ABC,  and  other 
broadcasting  news  bureaus;  and 
news  magazines  and  major  book 
publishing  offices.  It  is  at  the 
doorstep  of  the  nation's  major 
newsmakers  in  the  executive, 
legislative,  and  judicial  branches  of 
the  Federal  Government. 

Special  facilities  include 
photographic,  news  editing,  and 
advertising  laboratories,  as  well  as  a 
reading  room  with  daily  and  weekly 
newspapers,  magazines,  and  clip- 
ping and  bulletin  files. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  College  of  Journalism  offers  a 
limited  number  of  assistantships,  in 
exchange  for  teaching  or  research 
assistance  in  journalism  of  up  to  20 
hours  per  week.  Internships  in 
various  offices  both  on  and  off  cam- 
pus also  are  available  to  journalism 
graduate  students  as  are  some 
fellowships  and  scholarships. 

Courses 

JOUR  400  Law  of  Mass  Communication. 

(3)  Study  of  the  legal  rights  and  con- 
straints of  mass  media:  libel,  privacy, 
copyright,  monopoly,  and  contempt,  and 
other  aspects  of  the  law  applied  to  mass 


communication.  Previous  study  of  the 
\a\N  not  required.  Prerequisites,  JOUR 
200  and  201. 

JOUR  410  History  of  Mass  Communica- 
tion. (3)  Study  of  the  development  of 
newspapers,  magazines,  radio,  television, 
and  motion  pictures  as  media  of  mass 
communication.  Analysis  of  the  in- 
fluences of  the  media  on  the  historical 
development  of  America.  Prerequisites, 
JOUR  200  and  201. 

JOUR  420  Government  and  Mass  Com- 
munication. (3)  Study  of  the  relationship 
between  the  news  media  and  govern- 
ment. Analysis  of  media  coverage  of 
government  and  politics.  Study  of 
governmental  and  political  information 
and  persuasion  techniques.  Prereq- 
uisites, JOUR  200  and  201. 

JOUR  430  Comparative  Mass  Com- 
munication Systems.  (3)  Survey  of  the 
history  and  status  of  the  mass  media 
throughout  the  world;  comparative 
analysis  of  the  role  of  the  press  in  dif- 
ferent societies.  Prerequisites,  JOUR  200 
and  201  or  consent  of  the  instructor  for 
non-majors. 

JOUR  440  Public  Opinion  and  Mass  Com- 
munication. (3)  Prerequisites:  JOUR  200 
and  201.  Study  of  publics  and  their  inter- 
relationships in  the  formation  of  public 
opinion:  measurement  of  public  opinion 
and  media  habits:  role  of  the  mass  media 
in  the  formation  of  public  opinion. 

JOUR  459  Special  Topics  in  Mass  Com- 
munication. (3)  Issues  of  special  concern 
and  current  interest.  Open  to  all 
students.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  provided  the  topic  differs. 

JOUR  497  Professional  Seminar.  (3) 

Prerequisites  —  JOUR  200,  JOUR  201 
and  consent  of  instructor.  Projects  and 
discussions  relating  professional  work 
experience  to  the  study  of  journalism. 
Limited  to  students  who  participated  in 
an  approved  summer  work  experience 
after  the  junior  year. 

JOUR  499  Independent  Study.  (1-3)  In- 
dividual projects  in  journalism.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  three  hours. 

JOUR  600  Research  Methods  in  Mass 
Communication.  (3) 

JOUR  610  Seminar  in  Mass  Media  and 
Society.  (3)  Analysis  and  discussion  of 
the  interrelationships  between  the  mass 
media  and  society,  including  various 
social  and  cultural  elements  of  modern 
society;  responsibilities  of  the  mass 
media  and  the  mass  communicator. 

JOUR  612  Theories  of  Mass  Communica- 
tion. (3) 

JOUR  620  Seminar  in  Public  Affairs 
Reporting.  (3)  Prerequisite:  JOUR  320. 

JOUR  621  Interpretation  of  Contem- 
porary Affairs.  (3)  Prerequisite:  JOUR  320. 

JOUR  630  Seminar  in  Corporate  Com- 
munication. (3) 

JOUR  640  Mass  Culture  and  Mass  Com- 
munication. (3) 


JOUR  680  Science  Communication.  (3) 

Advanced  professional  training  in 
science  reporting  and  writing  for  the 
mass  media  and  in  technical  communica- 
tion to  specialized  audiences.  Com- 
munication behaviors  of  scientists  and 
audiences.  Application  of  communica- 
tion theory  and  the  history  and 
philosophy  of  science  to  science  writing. 

JOUR  700  Seminar  in  Mass  Media  Law. 

(3) 

JOUR  710  Seminar  in  Mass  Media 

History.  (3) 

JOUR  720  Seminar  in  Government  and 
Mass  Communication.  (3) 

JOUR  721  Seminar  in  Urban  Mass  Com- 
munication. (3) 

JOUR  730  Seminar  in  Comparative  IMass 
Communication.  (3) 

JOUR  731  Cross-Cultural  Communica- 
tion. (3) 

JOUR  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

JOUR  800  Seminar  in  Critical  Analysis.  (3) 

JOUR  810  Special  Problems  in  Com- 
munication. (3) 

JOUR  812  Seminar  in  Communication 
Theories.  (3) 


Library  and  Information 
Services  Program 

Professors:  Bundy,  Kidd,  Liesener, 
Olson,  Reynolds,  Soergel,  Wasserman 

Associate  Professors:  Wellisch 

Assistant  Professors:  Fitzgibbons, 
Keller,  McCrank,  MacLeod,  Travis, 
White 

Instructor:  Cunningham 

Visiting  Professor:  Batty 

The  College  offers  programs  leading 
to  the  Master's  of  Library  Science 
(M.LS.)  degree  and  the  Ph.D.  in 
Library  Science.  The  College  also 
provides  the  option  for  advanced 
students  who  are  not  degree  candi- 
dates to  participate  in  regular 
courses,  workshops  and  seminars. 

The  degree  programs  are  avowed- 
ly academic  in  the  sense  that  the 
main  emphasis  is  put  on  the  concep- 
tual foundations  of  librarianshlp.  The 
objective  is  to  integrate  the  products 
of  scholarly  research  in  the  field 
with  the  concerns  surrounding  cur- 
rent and  expected  conditions  of  pro- 
fessional practice.  A  prime  example 
of  such  concerns  emerges  from  the 
introduction  and  growing  use  of  high 
technology  in  library  operations. 

The  programs  are  all  regarded  as 
evolutionary  in  character.  That  is, 
change  and  adaptation  are  con- 
sidered the  normal  state  of  affairs. 
The  process  is  considered  to  be  a 
reciprocal  one  in  that  the  College's 


136  /  Graduate  Programs 


programs  are  influenced  by  the 
developments  in  ttie  conditions  of 
professional  practice  and  in  that, 
through  the  scholarly  and  profes- 
sional efforts  of  faculty  and  the 
capabilities  engendered  In  students, 
advances  in  quality  and  scope  of 
library  services  can  be  attained. 

The  conventional  mode  of  special- 
ization within  librarianship  is  by  type 
of  library.  Thus,  the  program  of  the 
College  provides  for  specialization 
in  school,  public,  academic  and 
special  library  operations.  The 
school-media  area  specialization  or- 
dinarily leads  to  certification.  Other 
specializations  have  less  formal  out- 
comes, and  considerable  flexibility 
exists  for  the  pursuit  by  students  of 
their  own  individual  interests. 

Students  should  be  aware  also 
that  new  forms  of  specialization  are 
coming  based  upon  a  growing  ap- 
preciation of  the  interrelationships 
between  librarianship  and  such 
fields  as  mass  communication, 
business  and  public  administration, 
and  computer  technology. 

Close  ties  are  being  forged  with 
other  departments  in  the  University 
to  ensure  that  the  widest  range  of 
options  is  made  available  to 
students  and  to  facilitate  the 
research  efforts  of  the  faculty. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  as  a  student  to  the  Col- 
lege is  limited  to  individuals  who 
hold  the  bachelor's  degree  from 
recognized  colleges,  universities  or 
professional  schools  in  this  country 
or  abroad  or  to  those  who  can  pro- 
vide evidence  of  successful  comple- 
tion of  equivalent  courses  of  study. 
The  individual's  undergraduate 
academic  record  is  of  primary  impor- 
tance, but  other  factors  are  also 
taken  into  account  in  reviewing  ap- 
plications. The  potential  student's 
performance  in  the  verbal  and  quan- 
titative tests  of  the  Graduate  Record 
Examination,  letters  of  personal 
recommendation,  and  information 
gained  from  personal  interviews  with 
potential  students  are  considered. 
Reports  related  to  the  applicant's  in- 
tellectual and  personal  development 
as  an  undergraduate  are  sometimes 
considered,  as  are  such  factors  as 
employment  experience,  military  ser- 
vice and  other  related  activities 
when  they  appear  to  be  relevant  in  a 
particular  case  as  part  of  the  admis- 


sions review  process.  All  these  fac- 
tors are  considered  significant  in  a 
assessing  the  applicant's  capacity 
and  motivation  for  graduate  work  in 
the  College  and  for  his  later  perfor- 
mance as  a  member  of  the  library 
profession.  The  Admissions  Com- 
mittee will  consider  exceptions  to 
and  waiver  of  requirements  in  some 
cases. 

Programs  for  toaster's  candidates 
are  planned  individually,  and  faculty 
advisors  recommend  courses  they 
think  most  appropriate  for  each  stu- 
dent. The  required  pro-seminar  and 
introductory  courses  in  the  organiza- 
tion of  knowledge  and  reference  pro- 
vide a  base  from  which  the  student 
can  build  a  purposeful  program  fit- 
ted to  his  or  her  personal  needs  and 
aspirations.  Reflecting  the  multi- 
disciplinary  nature  of  librarianship 
and  its  continuing  need  for  reliance 
upon  insights  from  supportive  in- 
tellectual disciplines,  students  have 
a  high  degree  of  flexibility  in  the 
.elective  portions  of  their  work.  Their 
courses  are  not  restricted  to  those 
within  the  program  but  can  include 
relevant  courses  from  other  parts  of 
the  University. 

The  Master  of  Library  Science 
degree  will  be  awarded  to  the  stu- 
dent who  successfully  completes  a 
program  of  36  hours  with  an  average 
of  B  or  better  within  three  years  from 
first  registration  in  the  program. 
Under  a  full-time  program  a  student 
normally  completes  15  semester 
hours  during  the  fall  and  spring 
semesters  and  6  hours  during  the 
summer  terms.  Part-time  students 
are  also  admitted  to  the  program. 
Such  students  are  expected  to  pur- 
sue a  minimum  of  two  courses  dur- 
ing each  semester.  No  thesis  or 
comprehensive  examination  is  re- 
quired. 

The  Ph.D.  program  requires  the 
equivalent  of  three  years  of  full-time 
work,  normally  divided  into  approx- 
imately two  years  of  formal  course- 
work  (60  semester  hours)  and  one 
year  of  work  on  the  dissertation. 

The  College  has  no  language  re- 
quirement unless  the  individual 
student's  specialization  or  disser- 
tation requires  it. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  College  of  Library  and  Informa- 
tion Services  maintains  its  own 
library  and  information  service 


within  the  College.  The  library  is  an 
information  center,  organized  for  the 
express  purpose  of  affording  the 
College's  faculty  and  research  staff 
the  same  kind  of  modern  special 
library  service  as  that  provided  by 
other  forward  looking  agencies  com- 
mitted to  this  ideal.  The  University  of 
Maryland  has  an  excellent  computer 
service.  In  addition,  the  College  has 
a  data  processing  laboratory  which 
serves  as  a  resource  facility  for  in- 
struction in  the  areas  of  library 
automation  and  information  pro- 
cessing, for  faculty  and  student 
research,  as  well  as  support  for  the 
CLIS  library.  The  Instructional 
Design  Center  is  another  service 
arm  of  the  College.  It  was  estab- 
lished for  the  purpose  of  providing 
instructional  development  and  sup- 
port and  audiovisual  materials  pro- 
duction for  the  faculty  and  the 
students.  Students  are  provided  with 
the  opportunity  to  experience  non- 
print  instructional  materials  produc- 
tion and  the  utilization  of  audio- 
visual equipment. 

A  recently  developed  course  — 
Field  Study  in  Library  Service  —  pro- 
vides an  internship  program  de- 
signed to  familiarize  students  with 
library  operations  through  unpaid, 
supervised  experience  and/or  to  pro- 
vide opportunity  to  perform  a  study 
to  solve  a  specific  problem  in  a 
suitable  library  or  other  information 
agency. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  number  of  fellowships  and 
assistantships  are  available  for 
students  enrolled  in  the  College. 
Loan  funds  administered  by  the 
University  and  federally  insured 
loans  are  also  available.  Public 
libraries  in  the  region  as  well  as 
other  local  organizations  offer  a  few 
stipends  and  scholarships.  In  addi- 
tion, a  student  in  the  College  is  eligi- 
ble to  apply  for  scholarships,  fellow- 
ships and  grants  from  national 
organizations  awarded  for  graduate 
study  in  librarianship.  Information  on 
the  availability  of  such  awards  may 
be  requested  from  the  Director  of 
Admissions,  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services. 

Courses 

LBSC  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  In- 
stitutes. (1-9)  Workshops,  clinics,  and  in- 
stitutes developed  around  specific  topics 
or  problems  primarily  for  practicing 


Graduate  Programs  /  137 


librarians.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  ot 
nine  credit  hours. 

LBSC  600  Proseminar  —  the  Develop- 
ment and  Operation  of  Libraries  and  In- 
formation Services.  (3-6)  Background  and 
orientation  needed  for  advanced  study  in 
librarianship  and  information  science. 
Covers  the  major  problems  in  the 
development  and  provision  of  informa- 
tion services;  the  structure,  functions, 
and  economics  of  information  service 
organizations;  and  the  processes  by 
which  change  is  brought  about  in  the 
quality  of  information  services. 

LBSC  610  Introduction  to  Reference  and 
Information  Services.  (3)  Information  and 
reference  systems,  services,  and  tools 
provided  in  libraries  and  information 
centers.  Problems  and  concepts  of  com- 
munication, question  negotiation,  biblio- 
graphic control,  and  search  processes 
are  considered.  Major  types  of  informa- 
tion sources  and  modes  of  information 
delivery  are  introduced. 

LBSC  613  Literature  and  Research  in  the 
Sciences.  (3)  Bibliographic  organization, 
information  structure  and  trends  in  the 
direction  of  research  in  the  principal 
scientific  disciplines. 

LBSC  615  Literature  and  Research  in  the 
Social  Sciences.  (3)  Bibliographic  organi- 
zation, information  structure  and  trends 
in  the  direction  of  research  in  the  prin- 
cipal fields  of  the  social  sciences. 

LBSC  617  Literature  and  Research  in  the 
Humanities.  (3)  Bibliographic  organiza- 
tion, information  structure  and  trends  in 
the  direction  of  research  in  the  principal 
humanistic  disciplines. 

LBSC  620  Medical  Literature  and 
Librarianship.  (3)  Introduction  to  medical 
literature  and  its  reference  sources, 
stressing  those  aspects  of  the  field  of 
medicine  vt/hich  lead  to  special  charac- 
teristics in  the  organization  and  handling 
of  its  literature  and  innovations  in 
medical  librarianship  and  information 
services.  Various  kinds  of  health  science 
library  and  information  centers  are 
discussed  and  biomedical  library  net- 
works are  studied.  Students  will  find  it 
necessary  to  spend  considerable  time  at 
the  National  Library  of  Medicine  or 
another  medical  library. 

LBSC  624  Legal  Literature.  (3)  Survey  and 
evaluation  of  information  sources  in  law, 
with  emphasis  upon  the  bibliographic 
organization  of  the  field. 

LBSC  626  Literature  of  the  Fine  Arts.  (3) 

Consideration  and  evaluation  of  the 
resources  of  the  fine  arts,  emphasizing 
bibliography  and  services  contained  in 
fine  arts  libraries. 

LBSC  627  Governmental  Information 
Systems.  (3)  Analysis  of  the  organization 
of  the  information  structure  and  the 
publication  and  dissemination  programs 
of  the  U.S.  Federal,  State  and  Municipal 
Governments. 

LBSC  631  Business  Information  Ser- 
vices. (3)  Survey  and  analysis  of  informa- 
tion sources  in  business,  finance,  and 


economics  with  emphasis  upon  their  use 

in  problem  solving. 

LBSC  633  Advanced  Reference  Services. 

(3)  Theoretical  and  administrative  con- 
siderations, analysis  of  research  prob- 
lems, and  directed  activity  in  biblio- 
graphic method  and  search  techniques 
in  large  collections. 

LBSC  635  Resources  of  American 
Libraries.  (3)  Considers  distribution  and 
extent  of  library  resources,  means  of 
surveying  collections,  mechanisms  of 
inter-institutional  cooperation  in  building 
collections,  and  means  of  developing 
research  collections  in  special  subject 
fields. 

LBSC  636  Children's  Literature  and 
Materials.  (3)  A  survey  of  literature  and 
other  media  of  communication  and  the 
criteria  in  evaluating  such  materials  as 
they  relate  to  the  needs,  interests  and 
capability  of  the  child. 

LBSC  637  Storytelling  Materials  and 
Techniques.  (3)  Literary  sources  are 
studied  and  instruction  and  practice  in 
oral  techniques  are  offered. 

LBSC  641  Selection  and  Evaluation  of  In- 
structional Media.  (3)  Development  of 
criteria  for  selection  and  evaluation  of  in- 
structional materials  for  classroom, 
school  and  system  use;  includes 
measures  of  readability,  listenability, 
visual  difficulty  and  interest  level. 
LBSC  642  Organization  of  Knowledge  In 
Libraries  I.  (3)  Principles  of  the  organiza- 
tion of  library  materials  for  physical  and 
intellectual  access.  Concepts  and  prob- 
lems involved  in  subject  cataloging, 
classification,  and  descriptive  catalog- 
ing. Major  systems  and  rules  in  use  in 
current  practice,  particularly  those 
systems  popular  in  the  United  States. 

LBSC  644  Organization  of  Knowledge  in 
Libraries  II.  (3)  Conceptual  problems  in 
the  organization  of  knowledge,  specific 
cataloging  and  classification  systems, 
rules  of  entry,  application  of  the 
systems,  choice  of  system  to  suit  par- 
ticular institutional  and  patron  charac- 
teristics 

LBSC  647  Special  Problems  in  the 
Organization  of  Knowledge.  (3)  Seminar 
course  in  which  students  may  take 
topics  of  special  interest  to  them  in  the 
area  of  organization  of  knowledge  and 
explore  them  in  a  research  project/class 
discussion  format. 

LBSC  650  Fundamentals  of  Documenta- 
tion. (3)  The  macro-organization  of  infor- 
mation services  in  the  framework  of  the 
overall  system  of  information  transfer. 
The  information  transfer  process  is 
discussed,  as  well  as  the  fields  of  study 
concerned  with  that  process.  Use  and 
user  studies,  models  of  communication 
and  formal  and  informal  communication 
channels,  characteristics  and  behavior  of 
the  literature  (bibliometrics),  innovations 
in  the  communication  system. 

LBSC  653  Construction  and  Maintenance 
of  Index  Languages.  (3)  Treats  the  mak- 
ing of  classification  schedules,  subject 
heading  lists  and  thesauri  and  those  con- 


siderations relating  to  the  revision  and 
extension  of  existing  ones. 

LBSC  656  Introduction  to  Information 
Storage  and  Retrieval  (ISAR)  Systems.  (3) 

Micro-organization  of  information  ser- 
vices and  basic  principles  underlying 
both  manual  and  mechanized  ISAR 
systems,  including  the  conceptual  struc- 
ture of  indexing  languages  and  search 
strategies,  file  organization,  typology  of 
classifications,  abstracting,  and  index- 
ing. 

LBSC  657  Testing  and  Evaluation  of  IR 
Systems.  (3)  A  survey  of  recent  develop- 
ments in  the  processing,  arrangement, 
and  retrieval  of  information,  and  in  the 
procedures  used  in  their  evaluation. 

LBSC  665  Problems  of  Nonbook 
Materials.  (3)  Examination  of  nonbook 
materials  such  as  audiorecords,  motion 
pictures,  maps,  videorecords,  machine- 
readable  data  files,  and  realia.  Technical 
services  applicable  to  nonbook  materials. 

LBSC  670  Seminar  in  Technical  Services. 

(3)  Special  issues  in  technical  services  in 
large  libraries.  Deals  with  such  areas  as 
exquisitions,  cataloging,  serial  control, 
cooperative  programs,  and  managerial 
controls. 

LBSC  674  Introduction  to  Reprography. 

(3)  A  survey  of  the  processes  and  tech- 
nology through  which  materials  are  made 
available  in  furthering  library  and  infor- 
mation services,  ranging  from  photogra- 
phy to  microforms. 

LBSC  677  Seminar  on  Manuscript  Collec- 
tions. (3)  Analysis  of  the  methods  and 
philosophy  of  handling  special  papers 
and  documentary  material  in  a  research 
library. 

LBSC  700  Introduction  to  Data  Process- 
ing for  Libraries.  (3)  Basic  principles  of 
data  processing  and  the  ways  in  which 
data  processing  systems  have  been  ap- 
plied to  library  problems.  Lectures  cover 
the  application  of  punched  card  process- 
ing to  library  operations;  an  introduction 
to  systems  analysis  and  the  methodology 
for  establishing  systems  requirements; 
and  the  application  of  electronic  data  pro- 
cessing systems  to  library  operations.  In 
the  laboratory,  the  fundamentals  of  com- 
puter programming  are  provided  for 
developing  and  running  computer  pro- 
grams designed  to  solve  typical  library 
problems. 

LBSC  705  Advanced  Data  Processing  in 
Libraries.  (3)  Analysis  of  retrieval 
systems  and  intensive  study  of  machine 
applications  in  the  acquisition,  analysis, 
coding,  retrieval  and  display  of  informa- 
tion. 

LBSC  711  Programming  Systems  for  In- 
formation Handling  Applications.  (3)  The 

elements  of  programming  system  design 
and  operation  are  studied  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  influence  of  information 
handling  and  library  requirements. 

LBSC  715  Library  Systems  Analysis.  (3) 

Introduction  to  the  total  systems  ap- 
proach to  library  and  information  prob- 
lems, emphasizing  administrative  and 


138  /  Graduate  Programs 


managerial  decision-making.  Will  give  a 
scientific  management  framework,  terms 
for  defining  a  system,  and  its  problems, 
and  a  set  of  tools,  techniques,  and 
methods  to  aid  in  analyzing  and  solving 
these  problems.  Topics  to  be  covered  in- 
clude model  building,  flowcharting,  mo- 
tion and  time  study,  cost  analyses, 
systems  design,  management  informa- 
tion, and  cost-effectiveness  and 
planning-programming-budget  systems. 

LBSC  721  Seminar  in  Information 
Science.  (3)  Introduction  to  the  funda- 
mentals in  information  science.  The 
nature  of  messages  in  human  and 
machine  communication  are  approached 
from  the  viewpoint  of  the  physical, 
psychological,  and  logical  transformations 
which  they  undergo  in  their  paths  from 
message  sender  to  recipient.  Cybernetic 
variety,  basic  constraints  or  variety  in  in- 
formation systems  and  classes  in  their 
uses  in  search  and  communications  are 
studied,  as  well  as,  models,  and  optimiza- 
tion and  mechanization  of  access  to 
messages  for  communication  of  data,  in- 
formation, knowledge. 

LBSC  726  Seminar  in  Information  Trans- 
fer. (3)  Prerequisite:  LBSC  721,  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Discussion  of  signifi- 
cant problems  in  information  science: 
topics  include  fundamental  concepts, 
theory,  methodology,  current  research. 

LBSC  731  Library  Administration.  (3)  An 

introduction  to  administrative  theory  and 
principles  and  their  implications  and  ap- 
plications to  managerial  activity  in 
libraries. 

LBSC  732  Field  Study  in  Library  Service. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  LBSC  600,  610,  642,  700 
and  permission  of  instructor.  Familiariza- 
tion of  students  with  library  operations 
through  unpaid,  supervised  experience 
and/or  the  opportunity  to  perform  a  study 
to  solve  a  specific  problem  in  a  suitable 
library  or  other  information  agency. 

LBSC  736  Advanced  Organization  and 
Administration  of  Libraries  and  Informa- 
tion Services.  (3)  The  student's  theoretical 
understanding  of  organization  and  ad- 
ministration will  be  advanced  by  intensive 
study  in  the  various  sub-fields  of  contem- 
porary library  and  information 
developments. 

LBSC  740  Seminar  In  Library  and  Infor- 
mation Networks.  (3)  Explores  the  inter- 
library  cooperative  phenomenon  and 
analyzes  critical  issues  in  network  plan- 
ning, economics,  organization,  tech- 
nology, and  services. 

LBSC  743  Seminar  in  the  Academic 
Library.  (3)  A  seminar  on  the  academic 
library  within  the  framework  of  higher 
education,  treating  problems  of  pro- 
grams, collections,  support,  planning  and 
physical  plant. 

LBSC  747  Seminar  in  tfie  Special  Library 
and  Information  Center.  (3)  A  seminar  on 
the  development,  the  uses,  the  objec- 
tives, the  philosophy  and  the  particular 
systems  employed  in  special  library  ser- 
vice. 


LBSC  754  Seminar  in  ttie  Scfiool  Library. 
(3) 

LBSC  757  Library  and  Information  Ser- 
vice Facilities-Objectives  and  Perfor- 
mance. (3)  The  aim  of  this  course  is  to 
describe  the  context  of  demands  and 
policies  within  which  an  IR  or  library  ser- 
vice facility  must  operate. 

LBSC  804  Communication  and  Libraries. 

(3)  Theory  and  research  in  the  multi- 
discipline  domain  of  communication.  In- 
quiry is  directed  into  such  diverse  mat- 
ters as  coding  theory,  linguistic  analysis, 
decision  theory,  network  concepts,  etc. 
Connections  are  pointed-out  between 
communication  research  and  library 
practice. 

LBSC  807  Science  Information  and  the 
Organization  of  Science.  (3) 

LBSC  815  Library  Systems.  (3)  Evolution 
and  current  patterns  of  regional  library 
development,  considering  the  economic, 
legal,  service  and  management  problems 
associated  with  library  systems  as  well 
as  the  significance  of  state  and  federal 
programs  and  national  information  net- 
works. 

LBSC  817  Public  Library  in  the  Political 
Process.  (3)  Seminar  on  the  principal  in- 
fluences which  affect  the  patterns  of 
organization,  support  and  service  pat- 
terns of  public  libraries  based  upon 
theoretical  and  case  studies. 

LBSC  825  Libraries  and  Information  Ser- 
vices in  the  Social  Process.  (3)  The  focus 
is  upon  the  policy  process.  Key  elements 
in  the  societal  political  environment 
which  influence  decision-making  in 
libraries  and  information  service  facilities 
are  identified  and  interrelated,  such  as 
legislation,  citizen  participation,  orga- 
nized groups,  mass  media,  professional 
associations,  technological  changes, 
financial  support.  The  significance  of 
such  contemporary  issues  as  censor- 
ship, manpower,  community  control,  and 
automation  are  considered  in  this  con- 
text. 

LBSC  827  History  of  Libraries  and  Their 
Materials.  (3)  The  development  of 
publication  forms  and  institutions  set 
against  the  historical  framework  and  the 
cultural  forces  within  which  such  ad- 
vances were  made. 

LBSC  833  Library  Service  to  the  Disad- 
vantaged. (3)  Approaches,  adaptations 
and  potentials  of  the  public  library  in 
relation  to  the  problem  of  poverty.  In- 
cludes field  experience  in  the  school's 
laboratory  library. 

LBSC  837  Seminar  in  International  and 
Comparative  Librarianship  and  Informa- 
tion Science.  (3)  Compares  and  contrasts 
bibliographical  systems,  institutionr,  ser- 
vice arrangements,  and  professional  pat- 
terns in  developed  and  developing 
cultures.  Libraries,  information  organiza- 
tions and  international  information 
systems  are  viewed  against  the  backdrop 
of  national  cultures,  and  the  influence  of 
the  social,  political  and  economic  factors 
upon  these  forms  are  considered. 


LBSC  844  Research  Methods  in  Library 
and  Information  Activity.  (3)  The  tech- 
niques and  strategies  of  research  and 
their  implications  for  the  definition,  in- 
vestigation and  evaluation  of  library  prob- 
lems. 

LBSC  852  Seminar  in  Research  Methods 
and  Data  Analysis.  (3) 

LBSC  855  Seminar  in  the  Analysis  of  the 
Library  Service  Process.  (3)  Teams  of 
students,  librarians,  and  library  school 
faculty  investigate  real  problems  in 
libraries  on  the  basis  of  quantitative  data, 
using  analytical  skills  presented  in  the 
first  five  weeks  of  the  semester. 

LBSC  858  Special  Topics  in  Library  and 
Information  Service.  (3)  No  student  may 
earn  more  than  9  hours  under  LBSC  858, 
more  than  9  hours  under  LBSC  859,  nor 
more  than  a  total  of  12  hours  in  both 
LBSC  858  and  LBSC  859. 

LBSC  859  Independent  Study.  (1-3) 

Designed  to  permit  intensive  individual 
study,  reading  or  research  in  an  area  of 
specialized  interest  under  faculty  super- 
vision, registration  is  limited  to  the  ad- 
vanced student  who  has  the  approval  of 
his  advisors  and  of  the  faculty  member 
involved.  No  student  may  earn  more  than 
9  hours  under  LBSC  858,  more  than  9 
hours  under  LBSC  859,  nor  more  than  a 
total  of  12  hours  in  both  LBSC  858  and 
859. 

LBSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Mathematics  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Kirwan 
Professors:  Adams,  Antman,  Auslander, 
Babuska',  Benedetto,  Bernstein, 
Brace,  Chu,  Cook,  Correl,  Douglis, 
Edmundson^  Ehrlich,  Goldberg, 
Goldhaber,  Goldstein,  Good.  Gray, 
Greenberg,  Gulick,  Heins,  Horvath, 
Hubbard',  Hummel,  Jackson, 
Karlovitz',  Kellogg',  Kirwan,  Kleppner, 
Lehner,  Lipsman,  Lopez-Escobar, 
Mikulski,  Olver',  Osborn,  Pearl, 
Reinhart,  Rheineboldt\  Stellmacher, 
Strauss,  Syski,  Vesentini,  Wolfe, 
Yorke',  Zaicman,  Zedek 
Associate  Professors:  Alexander, 
Berenstein,  Berg,  Cohen,  Cooper, 
Dancis,  Ellis,  Fey^  Green,  Helzer, 
Henkelman^  Johnson,  Kueker,  Lay, 
f/arkley,  Neri,  Owings,  Sather,  Schafer, 
Schneider,  Smith,  Sweet,  Warner, 
Winkelnkemper,  Yang 
Assistant  Professors:  Currier,  Davidson^ 
Fitzpatrick,  Garbanati,  Kedem,  King, 
Kirby,  Lee,  Liu,  Razar,  Slud,  Wolpert 
'joint  appointment  with  the  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology 
^joint  appointment  with  Secondary  Edu- 
cation 

'joint  appointment  with  Computer 
Science 

There  are  three  programs  that  come 
under  the  cognizance  of  the  Mathe- 
matics Department:  the  Mathemat- 
ics Program  proper  (MATH),  the 

Graduate  Programs  /  139 


statistics  Program  (STAT)  and  the  In- 
terdisciplinary Applied  Mathematics 
Program  (MAPL).  Students  applying 
for  admission  should  indicate  the 
program  of  interest  to  them  by 
employing  the  appropriate  symbol. 
The  Statistics  Program  is  concerned 
with  mathematical  statistics  and 
probability.  The  Interdisciplinary  Ap- 
plied Mathematics  Program  is 
described  in  detail  elsewhere  in  this 
catalog  but,  as  its  name  implies,  is 
concerned  with  the  interaction  be- 
tween mathematics  and  applied 
areas:  it  is  directed  by  the  Graduate 
Applied  Mathematics  Committee  but 
administered  by  the  Mathematics 
Department. 

M.A.  and  Ph.D.  degrees  can  be 
earned  in  each  of  these  three  pro- 
grams (in  all  cases  the  Department 
of  record  is  the  Mathematics  Depart- 
ment). The  Master's  degree  is  not  re- 
quired for  entrance  to  the  Ph.D.  Pro- 
gram. 

The  Department  offers  graduate 
programs  in  Algebra,  Complex 
Analysis,  Geometry,  Mathematical 
Logic,  Numerical  Analysis,  Ordinary 
Differential  Equations,  Partial  Dif- 
ferential Equations,  Probability,  Real 
and  Functional  Analysis,  Statistics, 
and  Topology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  is  granted  to  applicants 
who  show  promise  in  mathematics 
as  demonstrated  by  their  collegiate 
mathematics'  record.  Unless 
courses  in  Advanced  Calculus  and 
(undergraduate)  Abstract  Algebra 
have  been  taken  admission  may  be 
on  a  provisional  basis  (passing 
MATH  410  and/or  403  with  a  grade  of 
B).  The  Graduate  Record  Examina- 
tion is  not  required  for  admission, 
but  applicants  for  admission  who 
have  taken  this  examination  are  re- 
quested to  supply  their  score. 

The  M.A.  degree  can  be  earned  by 
exercising  either  the  thesis  option 
(general  University  regulations 
prevail)  or  the  non-thesis  option  but 
the  great  majority  are  choosing  the 
latter.  For  this  option  a  student  must 
have  30  credit  hours  with  an  average 
of  at  least  B  of  which  at  least  18  are 
at  the  600/700  level,  including  at 
least  12  hours  in  mathematics.  He 
must  have  completed  two  full-year 
sequences  at  the  600/700  level  and 
he  must  have  passed  the  Depart- 


mental written  examinations  In  three 
mathematical  fields. 

The  student  has  the  choice  of  tak- 
ing the  separate  M.A.  battery  of  writ- 
ten examinations  or  taking  the  Ph.D. 
version  and  being  scored  at  a  lower 
level.  These  examinations  can  be 
taken  only  twice  except  that  any  at- 
tempt during  the  first  two  years  of 
graduate  work  is  considered  a  "free 
try." 

There  is  no  foreign  language  re- 
quirement for  the  M.A.  degree. 

It  generally  takes  from  two  to 
three  years  to  earn  the  M.A.  Almost 
25-30  are  granted  each  year  in 
mathematics  (MATH,  STAT,  and 
MAPL  combined). 

The  M.A.  degree  is  not  required 
for  admission  to  the  Ph.D.  program 
but  applicants  who  are  accepted 
should  show,  on  the  basis  of  their 
undergraduate  record  and  recom- 
mendations, that  they  possess  not 
only  marked  promise  in  mathemat- 
ical activities  but  the  potential  to 
perform  on  a  creative  level.  Again,  as 
in  the  M.A.  case,  admission  may  be 
granted  on  a  provisional  basis. 

The  departmental  course  re- 
quirements for  the  Ph.D.  are  a 
minimum  of  36  hours  of  formal 
course  work  (at  least  27  at  the 
600/700  level)  with  an  average  grade 
of  B  or  better;  at  least  18  hours  must 
be  taken  in  the  Department  of 
Mathematics.  In  addition,  there  is  a 
University  requirement  of  at  least  12 
hours  of  MATH  899  (Doctoral 
Research). 

The  Ph.D.  aspirant  must  take  a  set 
of  three  written  examinations  in 
three  mathematical  fields;  these  ex- 
aminations can  be  taken  any  time 
except  that  an  attempt  during  the 
first  two  years  of  graduate  study 
constitutes  a  "free  try."  These  ex- 
aminations are  given  twice  a  year,  in 
January  and  August. 

If  successful  in  these  written  ex- 
aminations, the  student  must  satisfy 
the  particular  requirements  of  the 
field  committee  governing  his 
special  area  of  interest  before  he 
can  be  admitted  to  candidacy  and 
engage  in  thesis  research.  The 
dissertation  must  represent  an 
original  contribution  to  mathemat- 
ical knowledge  and  will  usually  be 
published  in  a  mathematical  journal. 

The  average  Ph.D.  aspirant  will 
spend  five  years  of  graduate  study 
before  obtaining  his  degree.  From  5 


to  10  Ph.D.'s  are  awarded  each  year 
in  the  Department. 

There  are  two  foreign  language 
requirements  for  the  Ph.D.  Before 
the  aspirant  can  be  admitted  to  can- 
didacy he  must  pass  a  written  ex- 
amination in  either  French,  German, 
or  Russian,  translating  mathematical 
texts  into  competent  English.  The 
second  language  examination  must 
be  completed  before  the  candidate's 
final  oral  examination  on  the  disser- 
tation. Both  language  examinations 
are  composed  and  graded  within  the 
Department. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  is  very  strong  in  a 
number  of  areas,  particularly  com- 
plex analysis,  and  the  addition  of  the 
complement  of  mathematicians 
from  the  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology  results  in 
one  of  the  best  groups  in  numerical 
analysis  in  the  country.  There  is  a 
very  active  research  atmosphere, 
and  the  Department  fosters  a  lively 
program  of  seminars  and  colloguia 
of  which  about  half  are  talks  by  out- 
side specialists.  Each  year  is 
devoted  to  a  special  mathematical 
field  with  a  number  of  outside 
mathematicians  in  residence;  the 
special  year  for  1976-77  was  in 
Nonlinear  and  Global  Analysis;  the 
year  1977-78  will  be  devoted  to 
Number  Theory. 

The  Engineering  and  Physical 
Sciences  Library  is  located  on  the 
ground  floor  of  the  Mathematics 
Building  and  contains  more  than 
95,000  volumes  in  mathematics, 
physics,  and  engineering;  more  than 
280  journals  in  pure  and  applied 
mathematics  are  received.  The 
Library  of  Congress,  with  its  exten- 
sive collection  of  books  and 
technical  reports,  is  only  a  half  hour 
away  from  the  campus. 

The  Department  cooperates  close- 
ly with  the  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology  and  with 
the  Department  of  Computer 
Science.  Faculty  members  of  both 
groups  offer  courses  in  the  Depart- 
ment, and  the  facilities  of  the  com- 
puter center  are  available  to  serve 
the  research  needs  of  both  faculty 
and  graduate  students.  Members  of 
the  Department  participate  actively 
in  the  Interdisciplinary  Applied 
Mathematics  Program. 


140  /  Graduate  Programs 


Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  is  able  to  offer 
graduate  assistantships  to  approx- 
imately 1 10  graduate  students. 
Generally  these  graduate  assistants 
conduct  recitation  and  quiz  sections 
associated  with  a  large  lecture  class 
taught  by  a  faculty  member.  The 
teaching  load  is  six  hours  each 
semester  plus  the  attendant  duties 
of  meeting  with  students  and 
grading  papers.  In  addition  graduate 
assistants  are  required  to  assist  at 
registration  time. 

The  number  of  fellows  is  small 
and  their  funding,  being  largely 
dependent  on  outside  sources,  is 
uncertain.  There  are.  however,  a  few 
dissertation  fellowships  with  a 
modest  stipend  that  are  occasionally 
available  to  Ph.D.  candidates  who 
are  in  the  final  stages  of  writing  their 
dissertations. 

Additional  Information 

Special  brochures  or  publications  of- 
fered by  the  Department  are 
"Graduate  Study  in  Mathematics  at 
the  University  of  Maryland":  "Depart- 
mental Policies  Concerning 
Graduate  Students";  "Graduate 
Study  in  Applied  Mathematics": 
"Graduate  Course  Descriptions." 

Dr.  Daniel  M.  Dribin  is  the  Ex- 
ecutive of  the  Graduate  Committee 
of  the  Department  and  he  can  be 
contacted  regarding  departmental 
programs,  admission  procedures 
and  financial  aid. 

Courses 

MATH  400  Vectors  and  Matrices.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  MATH  Ui  or  221.  Algebra 
of  vector  spaces  and  matrices.  Recom-- 
mended  for  students  interested  in  the  ap- 
plications of  mathematics.  (Not  open  to 
students  who  have  had  MATH  240  or 
405). 

MATH  401  Applications  of  Linear 
Algebra.  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  400.  or 
MATH  240.  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Various  applications  of  linear  algebra: 
theory  of  finite  games,  linear  program- 
ming, matrix  methods  as  applied  to  finite 
Markov  chains,  random  walk,  incidence 
matrices,  graphs  and  directed  graphs, 
networks,  transportation  problems. 

MATH  402  Algebraic  Slmctures.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  240  or  equivalent. 
For  students  having  only  limited  ex- 
perience with  rigorous  mathematical 
proofs,  and  parallels  MATH  403. 
Students  planning  graduate  work  in 
mathematics  should  take  MATH  403. 
Groups,  rings.  Integral  domains  and 
fields,  detailed  study  of  several  groups: 
properties  of  integers  and  polynomials. 


Emphasis  is  on  the  origin  of  the 
mathematical  ideas  studied  and  the 
logical  structure  of  the  subject.  (Not 
open  to  mathematics  graduate  students. 
Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the 
courses.  MATH  402  or  MATH  403.) 

MATH  403  Introduction  to  Abstract 
Algebra.  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and 
MATH  241  or  equivalent.  Integers: 
groups,  rings,  integral  domains,  fields. 
(Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the 
courses.  MATH  402  or  MATH  403.) 

MATH  404  Field  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
MATH  403.  algebraic  and  transcendental 
elements.  Galois  theory,  constructions 
with  straight-edge  and  compass,  solu- 
tions of  equations  of  low  degrees,  in- 
solubility of  the  quintic.  Sylow  theorems, 
fundamental  theorem  of  finite  Abelian 
groups. 

MATH  405  Introduction  to  Linear 
Algebra.  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and 
MATH  403  or  consent  of  Instructor.  An 
abstract  treatment  of  finite  dimensional 
vector  spaces.  Linear  transformations 
and  their  invariants.  (Credit  will  be  given 
for  only  one  of  the  courses.  MATH  400  or 
MATH  405.) 

MATH  406  Introduction  to  Number 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  141.  or 
MATH  221  or  consent  of  instructor.  Ra- 
tional integers,  divisibility,  prime 
numbers,  modules  and  linear  forms, 
unique  factorization  theorem.  Euler's 
function.  Mobius'  function,  cyclotomic 
polynomial,  congruences  and  quadratic 
residues.  Legendres  and  Jacobis  sym- 
bol, reciprocity  law  of  quadratic  residues, 
introductory  explanation  of  the  method 
of  algebraic  number  theory. 

MATH  410  Advanced  Calculus.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: MATH  240  and  MATH  241.  First 
semester  of  a  year  course.  Subjects 
covered  during  the  year  are:  sequences 
and  series  of  numbers,  continuity  and 
differentiability  of  real  valued  functions 
of  one  variable,  the  Rieman  Integral,  se- 
quences of  functions,  and  power  series. 
Functions  of  several  variables  Including 
partial  derivatives,  multiple  integrals,  line 
and  surface  integrals.  The  implicit  func- 
tion theorem. 

MATH  411  Advanced  Calculus.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. MATH  410.  and  MATH  240  or 
MATH  400.  Continuation  of  MATH  410. 

MATH  413  Introduction  to  Complex 
Variables.  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  410. 
The  algebra  of  complex  numbers, 
analytic  functions  mapping  properties  of 
the  elementary  functions.  Cauchy's 
theorem  and  the  Cauchy  integral  for- 
mula. Residues.  (Credit  will  be  given  for 
only  one  of  the  courses  MATH  413  or 
MATH  463.) 

MATH  414  Differential  Equations.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. MATH  240  and  MATH  410,  or 
equivalent.  Existence  and  uniqueness 
theorems  for  initial  value  problems. 
Linear  theory:  fundamental  matrix  solu- 
tions, variation  of  constants  formula.  Flo- 
quet  theory  for  periodic  linear  systems. 
Asymptotic  orbital  and  Lyapunov  stabili- 
ty with  phase  plane  diagrams.  Boundary 


value  theory  and  series  solutions  are  op- 
tional topics. 

MATH  415  Introduction  to  Partial  Dif- 
ferential Equations.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
MATH  410.  Topics  will  include  one 
dimensional  wave  equation:  linear 
second  order  equations  in  two  variables, 
separations  of  variables  and  Fourier 
series:  Sturm-Liouville  theory.  (Credit  will 
be  given  for  only  one  course.  MATH  415 
or  MATH  462). 

MATH  416  Introduction  to  Real  Variables. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  410.  The 
Lebesgue  integral.  Fubini's  theorem.  The 
LP  spaces.  Convergence  theorems. 

MATH  417  Introduction  to  Fourier 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH  410. 
Fourier  series.  Fourier  and  LaPlace 
transforms. 

MATH  430  Geometric  Transformations. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  240.  Recommend- 
ed for  students  in  mathematics  educa- 
tion. Important  groups  of  geometric 
transformations,  including  the  isometrics 
and  similarities  of  the  plane.  Geometries 
related  to  transformation  groups. 

MATH  431  Foundations  of  Geometry.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college 
mathematics.  Recommended  for  stu- 
dents in  mathematics  education.  The  ax- 
iomatic foundations  of  geometry.  Atten- 
tion will  be  given  to  one  or  more  aix- 
iomatic  developments  of  Euclidean 
geometry  and  to  the  relation  of  Euclidean 
geometry  to  other  geometric  systems. 

MATH  432  Introduction  to  Point  Set 
Topology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH  410  or 
450.  or  equivalent.  Connectedness,  com- 
pactness, transformations,  homomor- 
phisms:  application  of  these  concepts  to 
various  spaces,  with  particular  attention 
to  the  Euclidean  plane. 

MATH  433  Introduction  to  Algebraic 
Topology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH  403  and 
432.  or  equivalent.  Chains,  cycles, 
homology  groups  for  surfaces,  the  fun- 
damental group. 

MATH  436  Introduction  to  Differential 
Geometry.  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  241, 
and  either  MATH  240  or  MATH  400.  or 
equivalent.  The  differential  geometry  of 
curves  and  surfaces,  curvature  and  tor- 
sion, moving  frames,  the  fundamental 
differential  forms,  intrinsic  geometry  of  a 
surface. 

MATH  444  Elementary  Logic  and 
Algorithms.  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  240  or 
consent  of  instructor.  An  elementary 
development  of  prepositional  logic, 
predicate  logic,  set  algebra,  and  Boolean 
algebra,  with  a  discussion  of  Markov 
algorithms,  turing  machines  and  recur- 
sive functions.  Topics  include  post  pro- 
ductions, word  problems,  and  formal 
languages.  (Also  listed  as  CMSC  450). 

MATH  446  Axiomatic  Set  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  MATH  403  or  450  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Development  of  a 
system  of  axiomatic  set  theory,  choice 
principles,  induction  principles,  ordinal 
arithmetic  including  discussion  of 
cancellation  laws,  divisibility,  canonical 

Graduate  Programs  /  141 


expansions,  cardinal  arithmetic  in- 
cluding connections  with  the  axiom  of 
choice,  Hartog's  theorem,  Konig's 
theorem,  properties  of  regular,  singular, 
and  inaccessible  cardinals. 

MATH  447  Introduction  to 
MathematicalLogic.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
(VlATH  403  or  410  or  450.  Formal  proposi- 
tional  logic,  completeness,  in- 
dependence, decidability  of  the  system, 
formal  quantificational  logic,  first-order 
axiomatic  theories,  extended  Godel  com- 
pleteness theorem,  Lowenheim-Skolem 
theorem,  model-theoretical  applications. 

MATH  450  Fundamental  Concepts  of 
Mathematics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH  240 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Sets,  relations, 
mappings.  Construction  of  the  real 
number  system  starting  with  Peano 
postulates:  algebraic  structures 
associated  with  the  construction;  Ar- 
chimedean order,  sequential  com- 
pleteness and  equivalent  properties  of 
ordered  fields.  Finite  and  infinite  sets, 
denumberableand  non-denumberable 
sets. 

MATH  462  Linear  Analysis  for  Scientists 
and  Engineers.  (3)  Prerequisites  —  MATH 
241  and  some  knowledge  of  differential 
equations.  Linear  spaces  and  operators, 
orthogonality,  Sturm-Liouville  problems 
and  eigenfunction  expansions  for  or- 
dinary differential  equations,  introduc- 
tion to  partial  differential  equations, 
boundary  and  initial  value  problems. 
(Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  course, 
MATH  462  or  MATH  415.) 

MATH  463  Complex  Variables  for  Scien- 
tists and  Engineers.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  241  or  equivalent.  The  algebra  of 
complex  numbers,  analytic  functions, 
mapping  properties  of  the  elementary 
functions.  Cauchy  integral  formula. 
Theory  of  residues  and  application  to 
evaluation  of  integrals.  Conformal  map- 
ping. (Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of 
the  courses,  MATH  413  or  MATH  463.) 

MATH  464  Transform  Mettiods  for  Scien- 
tists and  Engineers.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
MATH  246,  and  either  MATH  463  or 
MATH  413.  Fourier  series,  Fourier  and 
LaPlace  transforms.  Evaluation  of  the 
complex  inversion  integral  by  the  theory 
of  residues.  Applications  to  ordinary  and 
partial  differential  equations  of  mathe- 
matical physics:  solutions  using 
transforms  and  separation  of  variables. 
Additional  topics  such  as  Bessel  func- 
tions and  calculus  of  variations  may  be 
included. 

MATH  472  Differential  Equations  and 
Numerical  Mettiods.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  240,  MATH  410,  and  CMSC  110  or 
their  equivalents.  A  general  introduction 
to  the  theory  of  ordinary  differential 
equations  emphasizing  numerical 
methods  for  constructing  approximate 
solutions.  Existence  and  uniqueness 
theorems,  Runge-Kutta  method,  systems 
of  linear  differential  equations,  phase 
plane  methods,  and  numerical  solution 
of  boundary  value  problems. 

MATH  474  Applied  Linear  Algebra.  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  240,  MATH  241,  and 

142  /  Graduate  Programs 


CMSC  1 10  or  their  equivalents.  A  treat- 
ment of  finite  dimensional  linear  spaces 
and  linear  transformations  with  an  em- 
phasis on  applications  and  computa- 
tional aspects. 

MATH  475  Combinatorics  and  Graph 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  240  and 
MATH  241.  General  enumeration 
methods,  difference  equations, 
generating  functions.  Elements  of  graph 
theory,  matrix  representations  of  graphs, 
applications  of  graph  theory  to  transport 
networks,  matching  theory  and  grapfiical 
algorithms.  (Also  listed  as  CMSC  475.) 

MATH  478  Selected  Topics  for  Teachers 
of  Mathematics.  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  one 
year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent 
of  instructor.  (This  course  cannot  be 
used  toward  the  upper  level  MATH  re- 
quirements for  MATH/ST  AT  majors.) 

MATH  481  Introduction  to  Number 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  col- 
lege mathematics  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Elementary  number  theory  and  the 
development  of  the  real  numbers  for 
teachers.  (Not  open  to  students  majoring 
in  mathematics  or  physical  sciences.) 

MATH  482  Introduction  to  Algebra.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college 
mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Modern  ideas  in  algebra  and  the  theory 
of  equations  for  teachers.  (Not  open  to 
students  majoring  in  mathematics  or 
physical  sciences.) 

MATH  483  Introduction  to  Geometry.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college 
mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
study  of  basic  ideas  from  Euclidean  and 
non-Euclidean  geometry  for  teachers. 
(Not  open  to  students  majoring  in 
mathematics  or  physical  sciences.) 

MATH  484  Introduction  to  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college 
mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
study  of  the  limit  concept  and  the 
calculus  for  teachers.  Previous 
knowledge  of  calculus  is  not  required. 
(Not  open  to  students  majoring  in 
mathematics  or  physical  sciences.) 

MATH  488  National  Science  Foundation 
Summer  Institute  for  Teachers  of 
Science  and  Mathematics  —  Seminar. 

(1-3)  Lectures  and  discussion  to  deepen 
the  student's  appreciation  of 
mathematics  as  a  logical  discipline  and 
as  a  medium  of  expression.  Special  em- 
phasis on  topics  relevant  to  current 
mathematical  curriculum  studies  and 
revision.  (Not  open  to  students  majoring 
in  mathematics;  not  recommended  for 
students  majoring  in  any  of  the  physical 
sciences.) 

MATH  490  History  of  Mathematics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  240  and  241,  or 
equivalent.  The  development  of 
mathematics  from  around  1900  B.C.  to 
around  1900  A.D.  with  special  emphasis 
on  the  period  of  the  Greeks  (600 
B.C.— 200  A.D.),  the  period  of  develop- 
ment of  the  calculus  (17th  century),  and 
the  period  of  the  institution  of  the 
'modern'  style  of  rigor  (19th  century).  In- 
cluding the  influence  of  the  cultural  en- 


vironment on  the  development  of  mathe- 
matics at  various  times,  the  development 
of  the  mathematical  concept  of  infinity 
and  the  limit  process,  the  interplay  be- 
tween algebra  and  analysis,  and  the 
development  of  the  modern  concept  of 
the  mathematical  proof. 

MATH  498  Selected  Topics  in 
Mathematics.  (1-16)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  Topics  of  special 
interest  to  advanced  undergraduate 
students  will  be  offered  occasionally 
under  the  general  guidance  of  the  depart- 
mental committee  on  undergraduate 
studies.  Honors  students  register  for 
reading  courses  under  this  number. 

MATH  600  Abstract  Algebra  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  405  or  equivalent.  Groups 
with  operators,  homomorphism  and 
isomorphism  theorems,  normal  series, 
Sylow  theorems,  free  groups,  Abelian 
groups,  rings,  integral  domains,  fields, 
modules.  If  time  permits,  HOM  (A,  B), 
tensor  products,  exterior  algebra. 

MATH  601  Abstract  Algebra  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  600  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Field  theory,  Galois  theory, 
multilinear  algebra.  Further  topics  from: 
Dedekind  domains,  Noetherian  domains, 
rings  with  minimum  condition, 
homological  algebra. 

MATH  602  Homological  Algebra.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  600.  Projective  and 
injective  modules,  homological  dimen- 
sions, derived  functors,  spectral  se- 
quence of  a  composite  functor.  Applica- 
tions. 

MATH  603  Commutative  Algebra.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH  600.  Ideal  theory  of 
Noetherian  rings,  valuations,  localiza- 
tions, complete  local  rings,  Dedekind  do- 
mains. 

MATH  604  Ring  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  601  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Topics  selected  from  the  following:  ideal 
theory,  structure  theory  of  rings  with  or 
without  minimum  condition,  division 
rings,  algebras,  non-associative  rings. 

MATH  605  Group  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  601  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Topics  selected  from  the  following:  finite 
groups,  Abelian  groups,  free  groups, 
solvable  or  nipotent  groups,  groups  with 
operators,  groups  with  local  properties, 
groups  with  clan  conditions,  extensions. 

MATH  606  Algebraic  Geometry  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  600-601  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Prime  and  primary  ideals  in 
Noetherian  rings,  Hilbert  Nullstellensatz 
places  and  valuations,  prevarieties  (in  the 
sense  of  Serre),  dimension,  morphisms, 
singularities,  varieties,  schemes,  ra- 
tionality. 

MATH  607  Algebraic  Geometry  II.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  MATH  606.  Topics  in  con- 
temporary algebraic  geometry  chosen 
from  among:  theory  of  algebraic  curves 
and  surfaces,  elliptic  curves,  Abelian 
varieties,  theory  of  schemes,  theory  of 
Zeta  functions,  formal  cohomology, 
algebraic  groups,  reduction  theory. 

MATH  608  Selected  Topics  in  Algebra.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 


MATH  620  Algebraic  Number  Theory  I.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  MATH  601,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Algebraic  numbers  and 
algebraic  integers,  algebraic  number 
fields  of  finite  degree,  ideals  and  units, 
fundamental  ttieorem  of  algebraic 
number  tfieory,  theory  of  residue 
classes,  Minkowski's  ttieorem  on  linear 
forms,  class  numbers,  Dirictiiet's 
theorem  on  units,  relative  algebraic 
number  fields,  decomposition  group,  in- 
ertia group  and  ramification  group  of 
prime  ideals  with  respect  to  a  relatively 
Galois  extension. 

MATH  621  Algebraic  Number  Theory  II. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  600,  620  or 
equivalent.  Valuation  of  a  field,  algebraic 
function  fields,  completion  of  a  valuation 
field,  ramification  exponent  and  residue 
class  degree,  ramification  theory, 
elements,  differents,  discriminants,  prod- 
uct formula  and  characterization  of  fields 
by  the  formula.  Gauss  sum,  class 
number  formula  of  cyclotomic  fields. 

MATH  630  Real  Analysis  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  411  or  equivalent.  Elemen- 
tary set  theory,  elementary  topological 
notions  (especially  for  Euculidean 
space),  Lebesgue  measure  and  the 
Lebesgue  integral  on  N,  differentiation 
and  integration  of  functions,  absolute 
continuity,  metric  spaces,  completeness 
and  the  Baire  category  theorem,  LP 
spaces  over  N. 

MATH  631  Real  Analysis  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  630.  Locally  compact 
Hausdorff  spaces,  Stone-Weierstrass 
theorem,  general  measure  theory,  Radon- 
Nikodym  theorem,  Riesz  representation 
theorem,  introduction  to  Banach  and 
Hilbert  spaces,  Hahn-Banach  theorem, 
closed  graph  theorem,  Alaoglu's 
theorem. 

MATH  632  Functional  Analysis  I.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, MATH  631.  Introduction  to 
linear  functional  analysis  and  operator 
theory,  normed  linear  spaces,  spectral 
theory  of  bounded  and  unbounded  self- 
adjoint  operators.  Applications  to  dif- 
ferential equations,  notions  of  duality 
and  convexity,  additional  topics  as  time 
permits,  E.G.  locally  convex  spaces, 
distribution  theory,  perturbation  theory. 
NOTE:  MATH  632  and  633  are  indepen- 
dent of  one  another  and  can  be  taken 
simultaneously. 

MATH  633  Functional  Analysis  II.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, MATH  631.  Introduction  to 
abstract  harmonic  analysis,  theory  of 
Banach  algebras,  maximal  ideal  space, 
Gelfand-Naimark  theorem,  locally  com- 
pact groups,  Fourier  analysis  on  Abelian 
groups,  Peter-Weyl  theorem,  group 
representations,  additional  topics  as 
time  permits,  E.G.  function  algebras, 
C*-algebras,  spectral  synthesis,  transfor- 
mation groups.  NOTE:  MATH  632  and 
633  are  independent  of  one  another  and 
can  be  taken  simultaneously. 

MATH  634  Linear  Spaces  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  632.  Linear  topological 
spaces,  locally  convex  spaces,  inductive 
limits,  duality  theory,  Baire  spaces,  bar- 
reled spaces,  uniform  boundedness  prin- 


ciple, closed  graph  and  open  mapping 
theorems  on  Frechet  spaces,  distribu- 
tions. 

MATH  635  Linear  Spaces  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  634.  Topological  tensor 
products,  nuclear  spaces  and  mappings, 
general  closed  graph  theorems. 

MATH  636  Banach  Algebras.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  632.  The  Gelfand  represen- 
tation: involution  algebras,  commutative 
and  non-commutative  representation 
theorems  of  Gelfand-Neumark:  applica- 
tions to  spectral  theory  and  abstract  har- 
monic analysis. 

MATH  640  Topological  Groups  I.  (3)  Pre 

requisite,  MATH  630  and  631  or  730,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  General  nature  of 
topological  groups  including  homomor- 
phism  theorems,  Haar  measure, 
representations  of  compact  groups  and 
the  Peter-Weyl  theorem.  Pontrjagin 
duality,  Tanaka  duality  and  the  Plan- 
cherel  theorem. 

MATH  641  Topological  Groups  II.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, MATH  640,  or  equivalent.  The 
concept  of  Lie  groups,  the  structure  of 
compact  groups,  relations  between  Lie 
groups  and  Lie  algebras,  the  structure  of 
compact  Lie  groups.  Transportation 
groups. 

MATH  648  Selected  Topics  in  Analysis. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

MATH  654  Non-linear  Elasticity.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, MATH  690.  Fundamentals  of 
non-linear  elasticity.  Finite  deformations, 
rubber  elasticity,  small  deformations 
super-imposed  on  finite  deformations. 

MATH  655  Asymptotic  Analysis  and 
Special  Function  I.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  413  or  MATH  463.  Transcendental 
equations,  gamma  function,  orthogonal 
polynominals,  Bessel  functions,  integral 
transforms,  Watson's  lemma,  LaPlace's 
method,  stationary  phase,  analytic  theory 
of  ordinary  differential  equations, 
Liouville-Green  (or  WKBJ)  approximation. 
(Same  as  MAPL  655.) 

MATH  656  Asymptotic  Analysis  and 
Special  Functions  II.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH/MAPL  655.  Steepest  descents, 
coalescing  saddle-points,  singular  in- 
tegral equations,  irregular  singularities, 
Bessel,  hypergeometric,  and  Legendre 
functions,  Euler-MacLaurin  formula,  Dar- 
boux's  method,  turning  points,  phase 
shift.  (Also  listed  as  MATH  656.) 

MATH  660  Complex  Analysis  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  410  or  equivalent.  Linear 
transformations,  analytic  functions,  con- 
formal  mappings,  Cauchy's  theorem  and 
applications,  power  series,  partial  frac- 
tions and  factorization,  elementary 
Riemann  surfaces,  Riemann's  mapping 
theorem. 

MATH  661  Complex  Analysis  II.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites, MATH  630,  660.  Topics  in  con- 
formal  mappings,  normal  families, 
Picard's  theorem,  classes  of  univalent 
functions,  external  properties,  variational 
methods,  elliptic  functions,  Riemann  sur- 
faces. 


MATH  664  Interpolation  and  Approxima- 
tion —  Complex  Domain.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  660  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Possibility  of  approximation  by  poly- 
nomials. Lemniscates.  Interpolation  by 
polynomials.  Maximal  convergence. 
Uniform  distribution  of  points.  Interpola- 
tion and  approximation  by  rational  func- 
tions. Rational  functions  with  some  free 
poles. 

MATH  665  Interpolation  and  Approxima- 
tion —  Real  Functions.  (3)  Interpolation 
of  real  functions  and  remainder  theory. 
Uniform  and  least  square  approxima- 
tions. Chebychev  oscillation  theorems. 
Orthogonal  polynomials.  Degree  of  ap- 
proximation. Abstract  formulation  of  ap- 
proximation theory.  Constructive  func- 
tion theory. 

MATH  666  Special  Functions.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  660  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Gamma  function,  Riemann  zeta- 
function,  hypergeometric  functions,  con- 
fluent hypergeometric  functions,  Bessel 
functions. 

MATH  668  Selected  Topics  in  Complex 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Material  selected  to  suit  in- 
terests and  background  of  the  students. 
Typical  courses:  Riemann  surfaces, 
automorphic  functions,  several  complex 
variables,  symmetric  spaces. 

MATH  670  Ordinary  Differential  Equa- 
tions I.  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  405  and 
410  or  the  equivalent.  Existence  and 
uniqueness,  linear  systems  usually  with 
Floquet  theory  for  periodic  systems, 
linearization  and  stability.  Planar 
systems  usually  with  Poincare- 
Bendixson  theorem.  (Same  as  MAPL 
670.) 

MATH  671  Ordinary  Differential  Equa- 
tions II.  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  630  and 
MATH/MAPL  670  or  the  equivalent.  The 
content  of  this  course  varies  with  the  in- 
terests of  the  instructor  and  the  class. 
Stability  theory,  control,  time  delay 
systems,  Hamiltonian  systems,  bifurca- 
tion theory,  and  boundary  value  prob- 
lems, and  the  like.  (Same  as  MAPL  671.) 

MATH  673  Classical  Methods  In  Partial 
Differential  Equations  I.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  410  or  equivalent.  Cauchy  problem 
for  the  wave  equation  and  heat  equation, 
Dirichlet  and  Neumann  problem  for 
LaPlace's  equation.  Classification  of 
equations,  Cauchy-Kowaleski  theorem. 
General  second  order  linear  and 
nonlinear  elliptic  and  parabolic  equa- 
tions. (Same  as  MAPL  673.) 

MATH  674  Classical  Methods  in  Partial 
Differential  Equations  II.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  673.  General  theory  of  first  order 
partial  differential  equations, 
characteristics,  complete  integrals, 
Hamilton-Jacobi  theory.  Hyperbolic 
systems  in  two  independent  variables, 
existence  and  uniqueness,  shock  waves, 
applications  to  compressible  flow.  (Same 
as  MAPL  674.) 

MATH  680  Eigenvalue  and  Boundary 
Value  Problems  I.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  405  and  410  or  equivalent.  Opera- 


Graduate  Programs  /  143 


tional  methods  applied  to  ordinary  dif- 
ferential equations.  Introduction  to  linear 
spaces,  connpact  operators  in  Hilbert 
space,  study  of  eigenvalues.  (Same  as 
MAPL680.) 

MATH  681  Eigenvalue  and  Boundary 
Value  Problems  II.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH/MAPL  680.  Boundary  value  prob- 
lems for  linear  partial  differential  equa- 
tions. Method  of  energy  integrals  applied 
to  LaPlace's  equation,  heat  equations 
and  the  wave  equations.  Study  of  eigen- 
values. (Same  as  MAPL  681.) 

MATH  682  Variational  Methods.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, consent  of  instructor.  The 
Euler-Lagrange  equation,  minimal  prin- 
ciples in  mathematical  physics,  estima- 
tion of  capacity,  torsional  rigidity  and 
other  physical  quantities:  symmetriza- 
tion.  isoperimetric  inequalities,  estima- 
tion of  eigenvalues,  the  minimax  princi- 
ple. 

MATH  683  Numerical  Analysis.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, MATH/CMSC  460  or  470,  MATH 
405,  and  410.  Perturbation  theorems  for 
linear  equations  and  eigenvalue  prob- 
lems. Stability  of  solutions  of  ordinary 
differential  equations.  Discretization  er- 
rors for  ordinary  differential  equations. 
Rounding  error  for  linear  equations.  Con- 
vergence theorems  for  iterative  methods 
for  linear  and  nonlinear  equations. 
(Listed  also  as  CMSC  670.) 

MATH  685  Modern  Methods  in  Partial 
Differential  Equations  I.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  630  and  631.  Spaces  of  distribu- 
tions, Fourier  transforms,  concept  of 
weak  and  strong  solutions.  Existence, 
uniqueness  and  regularity  theory  for 
elliptic  and  parabolic  problems,  methods 
of  functional  analysis.  (Same  as  MAPL 
685.) 

MATH  686  Modern  Methods  in  Partial 
Differential  Equations  II.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH/MAPL  685.  Emphasis  on  nonlinear 
problems.  Sobolev  embedding  theorems, 
methods  of  monotonicity  compactness, 
applications  to  elliptic,  parabolic  and 
hyperbolic  problems.  (Also  listed  as 
MAPL  686.) 

MATH  699  Proseminar  in  Research.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  one  semester  of  graduate 
work  in  mathematics.  Devoted  to  the 
foundations  of  mathematics,  including 
mathematical  logic,  axiom  systems,  and 
set  theory. 

MATH  710  Consistency  Proofs  in  Set 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  446  and 
447.  Consistency  and  independence  of 
such  fundamental  principles  of  set 
theory  as  the  laws  of  choice,  of  cardinal 
arithmetic  of  constructability  and 
regularity.  Godel's  model  of  construct- 
ible  sets,  inner  models,  Cohen's  generic 
models. 

MATH  712  Mathematical  Logic  I.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, MATH  447.  The  fundamentals 
for  the  theory  of  models,  completeness 
and  incompleteness  in  formal  theories, 
deciriable  theories,  undecidable  theories. 
Topics  include  model-theoretical  applica- 
tions of  the  compactness  theorem  for 
formal  languages,  definability  theorems, 
Lowenheim — Skolem  theorems,  Godel's 

144  /  Graduate  Programs 


incompleteness  theorem,  elimination-of- 
quantifier  methods  in  decidable  theories, 
the  undecidability  theorems  of  Church 
and  Tarski. 

MATH  713  Mathematical  Logic  II.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, MATH  447.  Recursion  theory 
and  proof  theory.  Topics  include 
enumeration  and  normal  form  theorems, 
the  classification  of  recursively 
enumerable  sets,  degrees  of  unsolvabili- 
ty,  the  arithmetical  hierarchy,  consisten- 
cy proofs  within  arithmetic,  Godel's 
theorem  on  the  unprovability  of  the  con- 
sistency of  certain  theories  within 
arithmetic,  a  consistency  proof  for  Peano 
arithmetic. 

MATH  715  Model  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  712.  Topics  to  be  covered  include 
the  compactness  theorem  and 
Lowenheim-Skolem  theorems  for  first- 
order  logic.  'Omega'-completeness 
theorem,  ultra  products,  saturated  and 
special  models,  definability  results, 
categoricity  in  power,  omitting  types  of 
elements,  and  applications  to  algebra 
and  analysis. 

MATH  716  Recursive  Function  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  713.  Topics  to  be 
covered  are  formal  definitions  of  com- 
putability  and  recursive  functions, 
Kleenes'  enumeration  and  fixed-point 
theorems,  turing  reducibility,  the  arith- 
metical hierarchy.  Other  topics  are  sim- 
ple and  hypersimple  sets,  truth-table 
reducibility,  creative  sets,  Myhill's 
theorem  in  one-one  reducibility,  deficien- 
cy sets,  Friedberg's  solution  of  Post's 
problem,  maximal  sets,  retraceable  sets, 
major  subsets,  the  analytical  hierarchy, 
recursive  ordinals,  hyper  arithmetical 
sets. 

MATH  718  Selected  Topics  in 
Mathematical  Logic.  (3)  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  instructor. 

MATH  730  Topology  and  Manifolds  I.  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  410,  411,  403  or 
equivalents.  Point  set  topology:  fun- 
damental group  and  covering  spaces:  in- 
troductory material  on  differentiable 
manifolds. 

MATH  731  Topology  and  Manifolds  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  730.  Simplicial  com- 
plexes: differential  forms,  homology 
theory  and  De  Rham  theorem:  classifica- 
tion of  two  manifolds. 

MATH  734  Algebraic  Topology  I.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, MATH  731.  Singular  homology, 
uniqueness  theorems,  tensor  products 
and  homomorphisms,  the  functors  ext 
and  tor.  Universal  coefficient  theorems, 
Kunneth  and  Eilenberg-Zilber  theorems, 
products  and  duality. 

MATH  735  Algebraic  Topology  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  734.  Higher 
homotopy  groups,  CW  complexes, 
obstruction  theory,  Eilenberg-MacLane 
spaces,  the  Serre  spectral  sequences. 

MATH  737  Point  Set  Topology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  730.  Characterization  of 
paths,  arcs,  and  the  Cantor  set. 
Polyhedral  Jordan  curve  and 
Schoenfliess  theorems.  Retracts  and 
neighborhood  retracts.  Fixed  point 


theorems.  Dimension  theory.  General 
position  theorems  for  mappings  of 
polyhedra  and  metric  spaces,  with  ap- 
plications. 

MATH  740  Riemannlan  Geometry  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  730  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Review  of  differentiable 
manifolds,  Riemannian  metrics,  the  Car- 
tan  structure  equations,  connections, 
curvature,  immersions  of  Riemannian 
manifolds,  the  Schwarzschild  metric. 
Kahler  manifolds. 

MATH  741  Riemannian  Geometry  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  740  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Geodesies  and  the  calculus  of 
variations,  Myer's  theorem,  Riemannian 
geometry  of  submersions.  Fiber  bundles, 
Riemannian  geometry  of  Lie  groups  and 
homogeneous  spaces,  harmonic  forms, 
characteristic  classes  using  De  Rham's 
theorem  (as  in  MATH  731),  the  Gauss- 
Bonnet  formula. 

MATH  742  Differential  Topology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MATH  746.  Characteristic 
classes,  Cobordism,  differential  struc- 
tures on  cells  and  spheres. 
MATH  744  Lie  Groups  I.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
MATH  403,  405,  411,  and  432,  their 
equivalents,  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
introduction  to  the  fundamentals  of  Lie 
groups,  including  some  material  on 
groups  of  matrices  and  Lie  algebras. 

MATH  745  Lie  Groups  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  744,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
continuation  of  Lie  groups  I  in  which 
some  of  the  following  topics  will  be  em- 
phasized: solvable  Lie  groups,  compact 
Lie  groups,  classifications  of  semi- 
simple  Lie  groups,  representation  theory, 
homogeneous  spaces. 

MATH  746  Differentiable  Manifolds.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Dif- 
ferentiable manifolds,  embeddings  in 
Euclidean  space,  vector  and  tensor 
bundles,  vector  fields,  differentiable 
fields.  Riemann  metrics. 

MATH  748  Selected  Topics  in  Geometry 
and  Topology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  instructor. 

MATH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

MATH  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Statistics  and  Probability 

STAT  400  Applied  Probability  and 
Statistics  I.  (3)  Prerequisites  —  MATH 
141  or  221.  Random  variables,  standard 
distributions,  moments,  law  of  large 
numbers  and  central  limit  theorem. 
Sampling  methods,  estimation  of 
parameters,  testing  of  hypotheses. 

STAT  401  Applied  Probability  and 
Statistics  II.  (3)  Prerequisite  —  STAT  400. 
Point  estimation  —  Sufficient,  unbiased, 
and  consistent  estimators.  Interval 
estimation.  Minimum  variance  and  maxi- 
mum likelihood  estimators.  Testing  of 
hypotheses.  Regression  correlation  and 
analysis  of  variance.  Sampling  distribu- 
tions. Sequential  tests,  elements  of  non- 
parametric  methods. 


STAT  410  Introduction  to  Probability 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisites;  MATH  240  and 
MATH  241.  Probability  and  its  properties. 
Random  variables  and  distribution  func- 
tions in  one  and  several  dimensions. 
Moments.  Characteristic  functions.  Limit 
theorems. 

STAT  411  Introduction  to  Stochastic  Pro- 
cesses. (3)  Prerequisite  —  STAT  250  or 
400  or  equivalent.  Elementary  stochastic 
processes.  Renewal  process,  random 
walks,  branching  process,  discrete 
Markov  chains,  first  passage  times, 
Markov  chains  with  a  continuous 
parameter,  birth  and  death  processes. 
Stationary  process. 

STAT  420  Introduction  to  Statistics.  (3) 

Prerequisite  —  STAT  410  or  equivalent. 
Point  estimation,  sufficiency,  com- 
pleteness, Cramer-Rao  inequality,  maxi- 
mum likelihood.  Confidence  intervals  for 
parameters  of  normal  distribution. 
Hypotheses  testing,  most  powerful  tests, 
likelihood  ratio  tests.  Chi-square  tests, 
analysis  of  variance,  regression,  correla- 
tion. Nonparametric  methods. 

STAT  421  Elements  of  Statistical  In- 
ference. (3)  Prerequisite  —  STAT  420  or 
equivalent.  Rank  tests,  confidence  and 
tolerance  intervals,  Kolmogorov-Smirnov 
tests.  Sequential  analysis,  multivariate 
analysis.  Decision  theory,  Bayesian  and 
Minimax  procedures.  Sampling  theory. 

STAT  450  Regression  and  Variance 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite.  STAT  401  or 
420.  One,  two,  three  and  four-way  layouts 
in  analysis  of  variance,  fixed  effects 
models,  linear  regression  in  several 
variables,  Gauss-Markov-theorem,  multi- 
ple regression  analysis,  experimental 
designs. 

STAT  460  Applied  Nonparametric 
Statistics.  (3)  Prerequisite:  a  statistics 
course  other  than  STAT  100.  Review  of 
basic  statistical  ideas.  Sign  tests  and 
ranking  methods  for  one  and  two 
samples,  one-way  layout,  two-way  layout, 
correlation  and  regression,  including 
significance  tests,  nonparametric  con- 
fidence intervals  and  robust  point 
estimates.  Goodness-of-fit,  contingency 
tables,  exact  and  Chi-square  test  for 
homogeneity  and  independence.  Tech- 
niques illustrated  using  data  from  social 
biological  and  behavioral  sciences. 

STAT  464  Introduction  to  Biostatistics. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  one  semester  of  calculus 
and  junior  standing.  Probabilistic 
models.  Sampling.  Some  applications  of 
probability  in  genetics.  Experimental 
designs.  Estimation  of  effects  of  treat- 
ment. Comparative  experiments.  Fisher- 
Irwin  test.  Wilcoxon  tests  for  paired  com- 
parisons. Not  acceptable  for  credit 
towards  degrees  in  mathematics  or 
statistics. 

STAT  498  Selected  Topics  in  Statistics. 

(1-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. Topics  of  special  interest  to  ad- 
vanced undergraduate  students  will  be 
offered  occasionally  under  the  general 
guidance  of  the  MATH/ST  AT  major  com- 
mittee. Students  register  for  reading  in 


statistics  under  this  number.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  16  credits. 

STAT  600  Probability  Theory  I.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. STAT  410  or  MATH  400  with 
one  semester  of  probability.  Probability 
space,  classes  of  events,  construction  of 
probability  measures.  Random  variables, 
convergence  theorems,  images  of 
measures.  Independence.  Expectation 
and  moments,  Lebesgue  integration,  LP 
spaces,  Radon-Nikodym  theorem, 
singular  and  absolutely  continuous 
measures.  Conditional  expectations,  ex- 
istence of  regular  distributions:  applica- 
tions. Probabilities  on  product  spaces, 
Fubini  theorem,  Kolmogorov  extension 
theorem,  Tulcea  product  theorem. 

STAT  601  Probability  Theory  II.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, STAT  600.  Characteristic  func- 
tions. Bochner's  representation  theorem. 
Helly's  theorems  and  Levy's  inversion 
formula.  Applications  of  Cauchy's 
residue  theorem.  Infinitely  divisible 
distributions.  Kolmogorov's  three-series 
theorem.  Lab  of  the  iterated  logarithm. 
Arc  Sine  law.  Central  limit  theorems 
(Lindegerg-Felier  theorem).  Weak  and 
strong  laws  of  large  numbers.  Martingale 
convergence  theorems  (for  sequences). 

STAT  610  Stochastic  Processes  I.  (3) 

Prerequiste,  STAT  601.  Separability, 
measurability,  and  sample  continuity  of 
stochastic  processes.  Stopping  times. 
Martingales:  fundamental  inequalities, 
convergence  theorems  and  their  applica- 
tions, optional  sampling,  Riesz  decom- 
position, sample  function  behavior.  Pro- 
cesses with  independent  (orthogonal)  in- 
crements, Brownian  motion.  Stationary 
processes,  spectral  analysis  and  Ergodic 
theory. 

STAT  611  Stochastic  Processes  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  601.  Definition  and 
classification  of  Markov  processes. 
Properties  of  transition  probabilities,  for- 
ward and  backward  equations  (boundary 
conditions),  absorption  probabilities, 
strong  Markov-property,  standard  pro- 
cesses. Markovian  semi-groups,  extend- 
ed infinitesimal  operator.  Sample  func- 
tion behavior.  Connections  between 
semigroup  approach  and  sample  func- 
tion approach.  Diffusion  theory,  Ito  equa- 
tion, potential  theory,  fine  topology. 

STAT  650  Applied  Stochastic  Processes. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  STAT  410  or  MATH  410 
with  one  semester  of  probability.  Basic 
concepts  of  stochastic  processes. 
Renewal  processes  and  random  walks, 
fluctuation  theory.  Stationary  processes, 
spectral  analysis.  Markov  chains  and  pro- 
cesses (discrete  and  continuous 
parameters.)  Birth  and  death  processes, 
diffusion  processes.  Applications  from 
theories  of  queueing,  storage,  inventory, 
epidemics,  noise,  prediction  and  others. 

STAT  698  Selected  Topics  in  Probability. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

STAT  700  Mathematical  Statistics  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  410  or  equivalent. 
Sampling  distributions  including  noncen- 
tral  Chi-square,  T.F.  exponential  families, 
completeness.  Sufficiency,  factorization, 


likelihood  ratio.  Decision  theory,  Baye- 
sian methods,  Minimax  principle.  Point 
estimation.  Lehmann-Scheffe  and 
Cramer-Rao  theorems.  Set  estimation. 

STAT  701  Mathematical  Statistics  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  700  or  equivalent. 
Testing  hypotheses-parametric  methods. 
Neyman-I^earson  lemma.  Uniformly  most 
powerful  tests.  Unbiased  tests.  Locally 
optimal  tests.  Nonparametric  methods, 
Wilcoxon,  Fisher-Yates,  Median  tests. 
Linear  models,  analysis  of  variance, 
regression  and  correlation.  Sequential 
analysis. 

STAT  710  Advanced  Statistics  I.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, STAT  421.  Concurrent  registra- 
tion with  STAT  600  recommended. 
Statistical  decision  theory.  Neyman- 
Pearson  lemma  and  its  extensions. 
Uniformly  most  powerful  test.  Monotone 
likelihood  ratio.  Exponential  families  of 
distributions,  concepts  of  similiarity,  and 
tests  with  Neyman  structure.  Unbiased 
tests  and  applications  to  normal  families. 

STAT  711  Advanced  Statistics  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  STAT  710.  Invariance, 
almost  invariance,  and  applications  to 
rank  tests.  Invariant  set  estimation. 
Linear  models  with  applications  to 
analysis  of  variance  and  regression. 
Elements  of  asymptotic  theory.  Minimax 
principle  and  Hunt-Stein  theorem. 

STAT  720  Nonparametric  Statistics.  (3) 

Prerequisite  —  STAT  421  or  equivalent. 
Order  statistics.  Nonparametric  point 
and  set  estimation.  Tolerance  regions.  In- 
variance principle  and  its  applications. 
Large  sample  properties  and  optimality 
criteria.  Rank  statistics,  their  distribu- 
tions and  moments.  U  statistics. 

STAT  750  Multivariate  Analysis.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, STAT  420  and  MATH  400,  or 
STAT  700.  Multivariate  normal,  Wishart's 
an  Hotelling's  distributions.  Tests  of 
hypotheses,  estimation.  Generalized 
distance,  discriminant  analysis.  Regres- 
sion and  correlation.  Multivariate 
analysis  of  variance:  distribution  of  test 
criteria. 

STAT  760  Sampling  Theory.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, STAT  420  or  STAT  700.  Simple  ran- 
dom sampling.  Sampling  for  proportions. 
Estimation  of  sample  size.  Sam- 
pling with  varying  probabilities  of  sam- 
pling. Sampling:  stratified,  systematic, 
cluster,  double,  sequential,  incomplete. 

STAT  798  Selected  Topics  in  Statistics. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

STAT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

STAT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Measurement  and  Statistics 
Program 

Professor  and  Acting  Chairman:  Stunkard 

Professors:  Dayton.  Giblette 

Associate  Professors:  Johnson.  MacReady, 

Schafer.  Sedlacek 
Assistant  Professor:  Wilson 

In  the  Department  of  Measurement  and 
Statistics,  programs  are  available  at 


Graduate  Programs  / 145 


both  the  masters  and  doctoral  levels  for 
persons  desiring  a  major  In  research 
design,  measurement  and  statistics  in 
education.  In  addition,  a  doctoral  minor 
is  offered  for  students  majoring  in  other 
areas.  Each  of  these  programs  Is  de- 
signed to  integrate  the  three  areas  of  re- 
search design,  measurement  and  statis- 
tics. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 
The  doctoral  major  program  is  primarily 
intended  to  produce  individuals  quali- 
fied to  teach  courses  at  the  college  level 
in  educational  research,  measurement 
and  statistics;  conduct  research  studies 
in  the  field  of  education;  advise  in  the 
conduct  of  research  studies;  and  serve 
as  measurement  and  evaluation  spe- 
cialists in  school  systems,  industry  and 
government.  The  master's  level  pro- 
gram is  designed  to  produce  qualified 
individuals  to  serve  as  junior  statis- 
ticians in  various  fields  and  to  provide 
qualified  test  administration,  scoring, 
and  interpretation  services  (both  the 
thesis  and  non-thesis  option  are  offered). 
Courses  w/ithin  the  program  are  se- 
lected from  offerings  of  the  College  of 
Education  and  other  Departments  of  the 
University.  A  program  for  an  individual 
student  is  planned  to  take  into  account 
his  own  background  and  future  aims. 
About  half  the  work  within  the  major  is 
elected  to  meet  the  needs  and  special 
interests  of  the  individual  student. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Persons  planning  a  college  teaching 
career  will  have  opportunities  to  engage 
in  supervised  activities  appropriate  for 
future  faculty  members  whose  special- 
ization will  be  in  these  areas.  Research 
experience  utilizing  modern  electronic 
data  processing  equipment  will  be  ob- 
tained. 

Financial  Assistance 

Some  Graduate  Asslstships  are  avail- 
able to  qualified  graduate  students. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  and  a  departmental  bro- 
chure, please  write  to  the  Director  of  the 
Graduate  Program. 

Courses 

EDMS  4^0  Principles  of  Testing  and  Evalu- 
ation. (3)  Basic  principles  including  the  steps 
In  the  specification  of  Instructional  objectives 
and  subsequent  development  of  teacher- 
made  tests:  problems  In  the  use  and  interpre- 
tation of  achievement  and  aptitude  tests;  intro- 
duction to  the  development  and  use  of  non- 
testing  evaluation  procedures;  basic  con- 
siderations in  the  assignment  of  marks  and 
grades;  introduction  to  computer  technology 
as  applied  to  measurement. 


EDA/IS  451  Introduction  to  Educational 
Statistics.  (3)  Designed  as  a  first  course  in 
statistics  for  students  in  education.  Emphasis 
is  upon  educational  applications  of  descrip- 
tive statistics,  including  measures  of  central 
tendency,  variability  and  association.  Also 
included  are  inferential  statistics  through  one- 
way anova. 

EDMS  465  Algorithmic  Methods  in  Educa- 
tional Research.  (3)  Introduction  to  the  use 
of  the  computer  as  a  tool  in  educational  re- 
search. Instruction  in  a  basic  scientific  compu- 
ter source  language  as  well  as  practical  expe- 
rience in  program  writing  for  solving  statistical 
and  educational  research  problems. 

EDMS  489  Field  Experiences  in  Measure- 
ment and  Statistics.  (1-3)  Prerequisites -at 
least  six  credits  in  education  courses  at  the 
University  of  Maryland,  plus  such  other  pre- 
requisites as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area 
in  which  the  experience  is  to  be  taken. 
Planned  field  experience  for  education  majors, 
Repeatable  for  credit  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

EDMS  498  Special  Problems  in  Measure- 
ment and  Statistics.  Prerequisite — consent 
of  instructor.  Available  only  to  education 
majors  who  have  formal  plans  for  individual 
study  of  approved  problems.  Repeatable  for 
credit  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

EDMS  622  Theory  and  Practice  of  Stan- 
dardized Testing.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDMS 
410.  446  or  451 .  Study  of  groups  tests  typically 
employed  in  school  testing  programs;  discus- 
sion of  evidence  relating  to  the  measurement 
of  abilities;  practice  in  standardized  group 
test  administrations. 

EDMS  626  Measurement  Techniques  for 
Research.  (3)  Theory,  development  and  ap- 
plications of  various  measurement  instru- 
ments and  procedures  used  in  educational 
research.  Questionnaires,  interviews,  rating 
scales,  attitude  scales,  observational  proce- 
dures, ecological  approaches,  Q-sort, 
semantic-differential,  sociometry  and  other 
approaches.  Prerequisite,  EDMS  451  or  646. 

EDMS  645  Quantitative  Research  Meth- 
ods I.  (3)  An  introduction  to  research  design 
principles  and  the  scientific  method  as  ap- 
plied to  behavioral  phenomena.  Instrumenta- 
tion procedures  including  the  planning  and 
construction  of  simple  data  collection  instru- 
ments and  their  analysis,  and  assessment 
of  the  reliability  and  validity  of  such  instru- 
ments. Statistical  procedures  appropriate  to 
analysis  of  data  from  simple  research  de- 
signs. Laboratory  experiences  in  instrumenta- 
tion and  research  design  are  emphasized, 

EDMS  646  Quantitative  Research  Meth- 
ods II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDMS  446,  Special 
problems  arising  in  the  implementation  of  edu- 
cational research  designs.  Instrumentation  to 
measure  attitudes  and  collection  of  question- 
naire data.  Additional  statistical  procedures 
appropriate  to  the  analysis  of  education 
research  designs.  Laboratory  experiences  in 
instrumentation  and  research  design  are 
emphasized. 

EDMS  651  Intermediate  Statistics  In  Edu- 
cation. (3)  Distributional  theory;  Chi-square 
analysis  of  contingency  tables;  analysis  of 
variance;  introduction  to  multiple  correlation 
and  regression. 


EDMS  653  Correlation  and  Regression 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDMS  651.  Sys- 
tematic development  of  simple  regression, 
multiple  regression,  and  non-linear  regres- 
sion as  applied  to  educational  research  prob- 
lems. Emphasis  is  on  underlying  theory  of  pro- 
cedures and  on  analytical  approaches  which 
are  amenable  to  computerization, 

EDMS  723  Measurement  Theory  I.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, EDMS  410,  451,  or  646.  Classical 
measurement  theory  dealing  with  the  nature 
of  measurement,  pnnciples  and  procedures 
concerning  the  accuracy  of  measurement 
and  prediction,  reliability,  and  validity  theory. 
EDMS  724  Measurement  Theory  II.  (3)  Theo- 
retical formulations  of  reliability,  validity  and 
scaling  as  related  to  problems  in  measure- 
ment theory  and  prediction.  Prerequisites, 
EDMS  651,  723. 

EDMS  726  Practicum  in  Indivudual  Testing 

I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDMS  622.  The  administra- 
tion and  interpretation  of  the  Stanford-Blnet 
and  Wechsler  scale  of  intelligence. 

EDMS  727  Practicum  in  Individual  Testing 

II.  (3)  Prerequisite  EDMS  622  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  Provides  practicum  expe- 
rience in  the  administration  of  and  the  inter- 
pretation of  the  results  of  individual  psycho- 
logical tests.  Designed  to  familiarize  the  stu- 
dent with  alternate  instruments  to  the  Stanford- 
Blnet  and  Wechsler  scales  of  intelligence  as 
well  as  to  introduce  the  measurement  of 
special  abilities  through  the  use  of  apro- 
priate  instruments. 

EDMS  738  Seminar  in  Special  Problems 
in  Measurement.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  the  instructor.  An  opportunity  for  students 
with  special  interests  to  focus  in  depth  on 
contemporary  topics  in  measurement.  Topics 
to  be  announced,  but  will  typically  be  related 
to  applied  and  theoretical  measurement. 

EDMS  769  Special  Topics  in  Applied  Sta- 
tistics in  Education.  (1-4)  Prerequisite, 
EDMS  771  or  equivalent,  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Designed  primarily  for  students 
majoring  or  minoring  in  measurement  and  sta- 
tistics in  education.  Topics  to  be  announced, 
but  will  typically  relate  to  the  areas  of  advanced 
multivariate  analysis  and  advanced  design  of 
experiments, 

EDMS  771  Design  of  Experiments.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, EDMS  651  or  equivalent.  Primanly 
for  the  education  student  desihng  more 
advanced  work  in  statistical  methodology. 
Survey  of  major  types  of  statistical  design 
in  educational  research:  application  of  multi- 
variate statistical  techniques  to  educational 
problems, 

EDMS  779  Seminar  in  Applied  Statistics. 
(1-3)  Enrollment  restricted  to  doctoral  students 
with  a  major  or  minor  in  measurement  and  sta- 
tistics. Seminar  topics  will  be  chosen  in  terms 
of  individual  student  interest, 

EDMS  780  Research  Methods  and  Mater- 
ials. (3)  Research  methodology  for  case  stud- 
ies, surveys,  and  experiments:  measure- 
ments and  statistical  techniques.  Primarily  for 
advanced  students  and  doctoral  candidates. 

EDMS  798  Special  Problems  in  Education. 
(1-6)  Master's  AGS.  or  doctoral  candidates 
who  desire  to  pursue  special  research  prob- 
lems under  the  direction  of  their  advisors  may 
register  for  credit  under  this  number. 


146  /  Graduate  Programs 


EDMS  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Registration  required  to  the  extent  of  6  hours 
for  masters  thesis. 

EDMS  879  Doctoral  Seminar.  (1-3)  Pre- 
requisite, passing  the  preliminary  examina- 
tions for  a  doctor  s  degree  in  education,  or 
recommendation  of  a  doctoral  advisor  Analy- 
sis of  doctoral  projects  and  theses,  and  of 
other  on-going  research  projects.  A  doctoral 
candidate  may  participate  in  the  seminar  dur- 
ing as  many  university  sessions  as  he  desires. 
but  may  earn  no  more  than  three  semester 
hours  of  credit  accumulated  one  hour  at  a 
time  in  the  seminar.  An  Ed.D.  candidate  may 
earn  in  total  no  more  than  nine  semester 
hours,  and  a  Ph.D.  candidate,  no  more  than 
eighteen  semester  hours,  in  the  seminar  and 
in  EDI^S  899 

EDMS  889  Internship  in  Measurement  and 
Statistics.  (3-6)  Intemships  in  the  major 
area  of  study  are  available  to  selected  stu- 
dents who  have  teaching  experience.  The  fol- 
lowing groups  of  students  are  eligible:  (A) 
any  student  who  has  been  advanced  to  candi- 
dacy for  the  doctor's  degree:  and  (B)  any  stu- 
dent who  receives  special  approval  by  the 
education  faculty  for  an  internship,  provided 
that  prior  to  taking  an  internship,  such  student 
shall  have  completed  at  least  60  semester 
hours  of  graduate  work,  including  at  least 
six  semester  hours  in  education  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is  assigned  to 
work  on  a  full-time  basis  for  at  least  a 
semester  with  an  appropriate  staff  member 
in  a  cooperating  school,  system,  or  educa- 
tional institution  or  agency.  The  internship 
must  be  taken  in  a  school  situation  different 
from  the  one  where  the  student  is  regularly 
employed.  The  intern  s  sponsor  maintains  a 
close  working  relationship  with  the  intern  and 
the  other  persons  involved  Note:  the  total 
number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  eam 
in  EDMS  489.  888.  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours, 

EDMS  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the 
extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  project  and 
12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  dissertation. 


Mechanical  Engineering 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Cunniff 

Professors:  Allen,  Anand,  Armstrong, 
Berger,  Dally,  Fourney,  Hsu,  Irwin, 
Marcinkowski,  Ballet,  Sayre,  Talaat, 
Yang 

Associate  Professors:  Buckley,  Hayleck, 
Holloway,  Marks,  Walston 

Assistant  Professors:  Collier.  Dagalakis. 
Hannemann,  Hurdis,  Kirk,  Kobayashi, 
Matthew,  Ostrowski.  Tsui,  Wallace 

Adjunct  Professor:  Morse 

Lecturers:  Coder.  Niedenfuhr.  Sherman 

The  Mechanical  Engineering  Depart- 
ment offers  a  broad  based  program 
leading  to  a  Master  of  Science  de- 
gree with  courses  drawn  from  three 
different  areas  of  specialization:  (1) 
Energy,  (2)  Mechanics  and  (3)  Sys- 
tems Analysis  and  Design.  In  certain 
cases,  a  student  may  wish  to  con- 


centrate his  studies  early  in  his 
graduate  work  and  M.S.  programs  in 
each  of  the  three  areas  of  specialty 
are  available.  For  the  Ph.D.  program 
which  stresses  research  capabili- 
ties, an  area  of  specialization  should 
be  selected  early  so  that  the  student 
can  prepare  for  the  comprehensive 
examination  and  can  establish  the 
depth  of  understanding  in  a  given 
technical  area  necessary  to  begin 
thesis  research. 

(1)  Energy.  This  area  of  special- 
ization treats  the  transformation, 
transportation  and  utilization  of  all 
types  of  energy.  The  area  encom- 
passes four  main  topics  that  include 
solar  energy,  energy  conversion, 
heat  and  mass  transfer,  and  thermo- 
dynamics. Solar  energy  studies  deal 
with  the  engineering  applications  of 
solar  thermal  energy  to  heating, 
cooling,  and  the  generation  of  elec- 
tricity with  photovoltaic,  biological 
and  wind-power  systems.  Included 
in  energy  conversion  coverage  are 
thermoelectric,  thermoionic, 
photovoltaic,  fuel  cells  and 
magnetohydrodynamics.  In  studies 
of  heat  and  mass  transfer,  pro- 
cedures for  developing  both  analyti- 
cal, empirical  and  experimental  solu- 
tions to  heat  transfer  problems  of 
conduction,  convection  and  radia- 
tion; of  pure  mass  transfer  and  of 
combined  heat  and  mass  transfer 
are  developed.  The  coverage  in  ther- 
modynamics includes  macroscopic 
and  microscopic  considerations  of 
processes,  statistical  methods  and 
irreversible  processes. 

(2)  Mechanics.  This  area  of 
specialization  provides  an  opportuni- 
ty for  preparation  in  advanced 
analytical  and  experimental  methods 
in  both  solid  and  fluid  mechanics. 
Emphasis  is  usually  placed  on  the 
development  of  methods  and  pro- 
cedures with  the  application  follow- 
ing the  understanding  of  the  funda- 
mental principles.  Areas  of  study  in- 
clude experimental  mechanics, 
noise  and  vibration  control, 
acoustics,  numerical  modeling, 
linear  and  non-linear  mechanics, 
fracture  mechanics,  boundary  layers 
and  jets,  two  phase  flow,  vortex 
dynamics,  free  surface  phenomena, 
ocean  engineering,  road  vehicle 
aerodynamics,  and  shock  waves. 
Laboratory  facilities  are  available  for 
research  in  stress  analysis,  facture, 
acoustics,  photoelasticity,  gas 


dynamics,  hydromechanics,  vortex 
motions  and  low-speed  flow 
phenomena. 

(3)  Systems  Analysis  and  Design. 
This  area  of  specialization  combines 
fields  of  science  and  technology  for 
the  purposes  of  analysis,  synthesis, 
design  and  management  of  complex 
systems.  In  addition  to  traditional 
applications  to  communication, 
transportation  and  aerospace 
systems  and  production  processes, 
this  area  of  specialization  finds  in- 
creased application  in  economics, 
biomedical  engineering  and  urban 
problems.  The  graduate  program  is 
organized  to  include  a  variety  of 
courses  in  control  systems,  opera- 
tions research,  design,  and  in- 
dustrial engineering.  Research  pro- 
grams often  stress  specific  as  well 
as  interdisciplinary  areas  of  investi- 
gation. Experimental  research 
facilities  are  available  for  studies  of 
polymer  processes,  control  systems 
and  tribology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 
Although  there  are  minor  variations 
in  the  general  requirements  for  pro- 
grams in  the  different  technical 
areas,  the  requirements  listed  below 
can  be  used  as  a  guide  for  initial 
planning. 

The  degree  requirements  for  the 
Master  of  Science  program  include 
30  semester  hours  distributed  as 
follows:  12-15  semester  hours  of 
courses  within  the  area  of  interest; 
3-6  semester  hours  of  mathematics 
(normally  selected  from  among 
MATH  463,  464,  415,  460,  STAT  400, 
401,  ENME  700,  701,  according  to 
needs  and  previous  preparation);  6-9 
semester  hours  in  another  area  of  in- 
terest of  the  Mechanical  Engineering 
Department  or  from  courses  outside 
the  Department;  and  6  semester 
hours  of  thesis  or  six  additional 
course  hours  in  the  area  of  interest 
plus  a  paper  on  a  topic  selected  in 
consultation  with  the  student's  com- 
mittee. 

A  Ph.D.  program  normally  con- 
sists of  at  least  12  semester  hours 
of  dissertation  research  plus  a  sug- 
gested minimum  of  48  semester 
hours  of  course  work  (24  semester 
hours  beyond  the  M.S.),  usually  24 
semester  hours  as  a  major  within 
one  of  the  areas  of  interest  in  the 
Mechanical  Engineering  Depart- 
ment. The  areas  of  specialization  re- 
quire 9-18  hours  of  prescribed  funda- 

Graduate  Programs  /  147 


mental  courses  plus  6-15  hours  of 
advanced  or  specialized  courses 
selected  in  consultation  with  an  ad- 
visory committee.  A  total  of  24 
semester  hours  is  allowed  for  a 
minor.  This  minor  requirement  Is 
generally  split  between  mathematics 
and  one  other  area  of  specialization. 
Each  area  of  specialization  requires 
6-12  semester  hours  in  mathematics 
(or  statistics).  The  remaining 
semester  hours  would  be  devoted  to 
a  coherent  group  of  courses  from 
within  or  outside  of  the  Mechanical 
Engineering  Department  selected  by 
the  student  in  consultation  with  his 
advisory  committee. 

Each  student  in  the  Ph.D.  program 
must  pass  the  qualifying  examina- 
tion, which  is  given  when  he  first 
enters  the  program  and  the  compre- 
hensive examination,  which  is  nor- 
mally taken  at  the  end  of  the  course- 
work.  The  student  is  allowed  two  at- 
tempts to  pass  the  qualifying  exam- 
ination and  three  attempts  to  pass 
the  comprehensive  examination.  The 
qualifying  examination  tests  the  stu- 
dent on  engineering  fundamentals 
from  undergraduate  and  first-year 
graduate  study.  The  comprehensive 
examination  tests  the  student  on  his 
understanding  of  the  subjects  in  his 
area  of  specialization,  in  subjects 
which  he  has  studied  to  complement 
his  area  of  specialization,  and  in 
mathematics. 

Each  candidate  for  the  doctoral 
degree  must  submit  a  dissertation 
on  a  topic  selected  from  the 
student's  major  subject.  Each  can- 
didate must  satisfactorily  complete 
an  oral  and  written  examination.  The 
oral  examination  normally  consists 
of  a  "defense  of  thesis"  and  may  in- 
clude discussions  of  pertinent 
course  material. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  laboratory 
facilities  for  research  in  mechanics, 
energy,  industrial  and  systems  engi- 
neering, and  materials.  Air  guns,  a 
hydraulic  impact  tester,  a  gravity  im- 
pact tester,  shaker  tables,  and 
acoustic  analysis  equipment  are 
available  for  studies  in  dynamic 
stress  analysis  and  vibration.  Static 
and  dynamic  stress  analysis  is  con- 
ducted by  photoelastic  and  holo- 
graphic techniques.  The  fluid 
dynamics  facilities  include  wind  tun- 
nels, water  tunnels,  a  shock  tube,  a 

148  /  Graduate  Programs 


high-vacuum  apparatus,  water  tur- 
bines, and  diagnostic  equipment.  A 
closed-loop  experimental  magneto- 
plasmadynamics  facility  is  housed 
in  the  energy  laboratory,  as  is  a  high- 
vacuum  system  for  thermionic  ex- 
periments. A  water  loop  and  porous 
tube  apparatus  are  used  for  heat 
transfer  and  pressure  drop  studies. 
The  materials  laboratory  features  a 
fully  equipped  electron  microscopy 
facility,  and  X-ray  diffraction  facility, 
equipment  for  crystal  growing,  and  a 
variety  of  mechanical  testing  equip- 
ment. An  analog  computer,  function 
generators,  various  recorders,  and 
plotters  are  utilized  for  systems 
analysis.  The  engineering  computa- 
tional facility  contains  conversa- 
tional and  remote  batch  terminals  to 
the  University's  UNIVAC  1106  and 
UNIVAC  1108  digital  computers, 
which  are  used  in  support  of 
research  programs.  The  Engineering 
Library  is  housed  nearby  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  mathematics  and 
physical  science  collections. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  assistance  is  available  to 
outstanding  students  in  the  form  of 
teaching  assistantships,  research 
assistantships  and  instructorships 

Additional  Information 

Additional  information  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Graduate  Advisor, 
Department  of  Mechanical  En- 
gineering. 

Courses 

ENME  400  Machine  Design.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  ENME  300,  360.  Working 
stresses,  stress  concentration,  stress 
analysis  and  repeated  loadings.  Design 
of  machine  elements.  Kinematics  of 
mechanisms. 

ENME  402  Selected  Topics  in  Engineer- 
ing Design.  (3)  Three  lecture  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in 
mechanical  engineering  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Creativity  and  innovation  in 
design.  Generalized  performance 
analysis,  reliability  and  optimization  as 
applied  to  the  design  of  components  and 
engineering  systems.  Use  of  computers 
in  design.  Design  of  multi-variable 
systems. 

ENME  403  Automatic  Controls.  (3)  Pre 

requisites,  ENEE  300,  senior  standing, 
hydraulic,  electrical,  mechanical  and 
pneumatic  automatic  control  systems. 
Open  and  closed  loops.  Steady  state  and 
transient  operation,  stability  criteria, 
linear  and  non-linear  systems.  Laplace 
transforms. 


ENME  404  Mechanical  Engineering 
Systems  Design.  (4)  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite: senior  standing  in  mechanical 
engineering.  Design  of  components  that 
form  a  complete  working  system. 
Engineering  economics,  performance- 
cost  studies,  optimization.  Engineering 
design  practice  through  case  studies. 
Legal  and  ethical  responsibility  of  the 
designer.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
credit  in  ENME  401. 

ENME  405  Energy  Conversion  Design.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  in 
mechanical  engineering.  Application  of 
thermodynamics,  fluid  mechanics  and 
heat  transfer  to  energy  conversion  pro- 
cesses. Design  of  engines,  compressors, 
heat  exchangers.  Energy  storage  and 
fuel  handling  equipment.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  credit  in  ENME  421. 

ENME  410  Operations  Research  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in 
mechanical  engineering.  Applications  of 
linear  programming,  queuing  model, 
theory  of  games  and  competitive  models 
to  engineering  problems. 

ENME  411  Introduction  to  Industrial 
Engineering.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENME  300 
and  ECON  205  or  consent  of  instructor. 
This  course  is  concerned  with  the 
design,  improvement  and  installation  of 
integrated  systems  of  men,  materials  and 
equipment.  Areas  covered  include  in- 
dustrial activities,  plant  layout  and 
design,  value  analysis,  engineering 
economics,  quality  and  production  con- 
trol, methods  engineering,  industrial  rela- 
tions, etc. 

ENME  414  Solar  Energy  Applications  in 
Buildings.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ARCH  311,  or 
ENME  321  (or  equivalent),  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Methods  of  utilizing  solar 
energy  to  providing  heating,  cooling,  hot 
water,  and  electricity  for  buildings; 
survey  of  related  techniques  for  reducing 
energy  consumption  in  [)uildings.  Flat- 
plate  and  focusing  solar  collectors, 
heating  and  cooling  systems,  water 
heaters,  energy  storage,  solar  cells, 
solar-thermal  power  systems.  Quan- 
titative evaluation  of  systems  efficien- 
cies; economies  of  solar  energy  utiliza- 
tion; structural  and  esthetic  integration 
of  solar  collectors  and  system  com- 
ponents into  building  designs. 

ENME  420  Energy  Conversion.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: ENME  320.  Chemical,  heat,  me- 
chanical, nuclear  and  electrical  energy 
conversion  processes,  cycles  and 
systems.  Direct  conversion  processes  of 
fuel  cells,  thermionics  and  magneto 
hydromechanics. 

ENME  422  Energy  Conversion  II.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ENME  421.  Advanced  topics  in 
energy  conversion.  Direct  conversion 
processes  of  fuel  cells,  solar  cells, 
thermionics,  thermoelectrics  and  mag- 
netohydrodynamics. 

ENME  423  Environmental  Engineering.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENME  321  and  senior 
standing  in  mechanical  engineering. 


I 


Heating  and  cooling  load  computations. 
Thermodynamics  of  refrigeration.  Low 
temperature  refrigeration.  Problems  in- 
volving extremes  of  temperature, 
pressure,  acceleration  and  radiation. 

ENME  424  Thermodynamics  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: ENME  321,  senior  standing.  Ap- 
plications to  special  systems,  change  of 
phase,  low  temperature.  Statistical  con- 
cepts, equilibrium,  heterogenous 
systems. 

ENME  442  Fluid  Mechanics  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: ENME  342,  senior  standing. 
Hydrodynamics  with  engineering  applica- 
tions. Stream  function  and  velocity  po- 
tential, conformal  transformations,  pres- 
sure distributions,  circulation,  numerical 
methods  and  analogies. 

ENME  450  Mechanical  Engineering 
Analysis  for  the  Oceanic  Environment.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  Study  of 
the  characteristics  of  the  marine  environ- 
ment which  affect  the  design,  operation 
and  maintenance  of  mechanical  equip- 
ment, effects  of  waves,  currents, 
pressure,  temperature,  corrosion,  and 
fouling.  Study  of  design  parameters  for 
existing  and  proposed  mechanical 
systems  used  in  marine  construction,  on 
shipboard,  in  search  and  salvage  opera- 
tions. 

ENME  451  Mechanical  Engineering 
Systems  for  Underwater  Operations.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENfvIE  450  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Study  of  propulsion,  control  and 
environmental  systems  for  submerged 
vehicles.  Design  of  mechanical  systems 
in  support  of  diving  and  saturated  living 
operations. 

ENME  452  Physical  and  Dynamical 
Oceanography.  (3)  Prerequisites,  consent 
of  the  instructor.  Historical  review  of 
oceanography;  physical,  chemical,  strati- 
fication and  circulation  properties  of  the 
ocean;  dynamics  of  frictionless,  fric- 
tional,  wind  driven  and  thermohaline  cir- 
culations; air-sea  interactions. 

ENME  453  Ocean  Waves,  Tides  and  Tur- 
bulences. (3)  Prerequisite,  fylETO  420  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Introduction  to  the 
theory  of  oceanic  wave  motions,  tides, 
wind  waves,  swells,  storm  surges, 
seiches,  tsunamies,  internal  waves,  tur- 
bulence, stirring,  mixing  and  diffusion. 

ENME  460  Elasticity  and  Plasticity  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENME  400.  Analysis  of 
plates  and  shells,  thick  walled  cylinders, 
columns,  torsion  of  non-circular  sec- 
tions, and  rotating  disks. 

ENME  461  Dynamics  II.  (3)  Prerequisites; 
ENME  360,  differential  equations,  senior 
standing  in  mechanical  engineering. 
Linear  and  non-linear  plane  and  three- 
dimensional  motion,  moving  axes, 
Lagrange's  equation,  Hamilton's  princi- 
ple, non-linear  vibration,  gyroscope, 
celestial  mechanics. 

ENME  462  Introduction  to  Engineering 
Acoustics.  (3)  Prerequisite;  ENME  380  or 
equivalent.  Study  of  the  physical 
behavior  of  sound  waves.  Introduction  to 
terminology  and  instrumentation  used  in 
acoustics.  Criteria  for  noise  and  vibration 


control.  Some  fundamentals  underlying 
noise  control  and  applications  to  ventila- 
tion systems,  machine  and  shop  quiet- 
ing, office  buildings,  jet  noise,  transpor- 
tation systems  and  underwater  sound. 

ENME  463  Mechanical  Engineering 
Analysis.  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, ENME  380,  or  MATH  246.  Math- 
ematical modeling  of  physical  situations. 
Solution  of  problems  expressed  by  par- 
tial differential  equations.  Application  of 
Fourier  series  and  integrals,  Laplace 
transformation,  Bessel  functions,  Legen- 
dre  polynomials  and  complex  variables 
to  the  solution  of  engineering  problems 
in  mechanical  vibrations,  heat  transfer, 
fluid  mechanics  and  automatic  control 
theory. 

ENME  465  Introductory  Fracture 
Mechanics.  (3)  Prerequisite:  senior  stand- 
ing in  engineering.  An  examination  of  the 
concepts  of  fracture  in  members  with 
pre-existing  flaws.  Emphasis  is  primarily 
on  the  mechanics  aspects  with  the 
development  of  the  Griffith  theory  and 
the  introduction  of  the  stress  intensity 
factor,  K,  associated  with  different  types 
of  cracks.  Fracture  phenomena  are  intro- 
duced together  with  critical  values  of  the 
fracture  toughness  of  materials.  Testing 
procedures  for  characterizing  materials 
together  with  applications  of  fracture 
mechanics  to  design  are  treated. 

ENME  480  Engineering  Experimentation. 

(3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  senior 
standing  in  mechanical  engineering. 
Theory  of  experimentation.  Applications 
of  the  principles  of  measurement  and  in- 
strumentation systems  to  laboratory  ex- 
perimentation. Experiments  in  fluid  me- 
chanics, solid  mechanics  and  energy 
conversion.  Selected  experiments  or 
assigned  projects  to  emphasize  planned 
procedure,  analysis  and  communication 
of  results,  analogous  systems  and 
leadership. 

ENME  481  Engineering  Experimentation. 

(3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  senior 
standing  in  mechanical  engineering. 
Theory  of  experimentation.  Applications 
of  the  principles  of  measurement  and  in- 
strumentation systems  to  laboratory  ex- 
perimentation. Experiments  in  fluid 
mechanics,  solid  mechanics  and  energy 
conversion.  Selected  experiments  or 
assigned  projects  to  emphasize  planned 
procedure,  analysis  and  communication 
of  results,  analogous  systems  and 
leadership. 

ENME  488  Special  Problems.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite; senior  standing  in  mechanical 
engineering.  Advanced  problems  in 
mechanical  engineering  with  special  em- 
phasis on  mathematical  and  experi- 
mental methods. 

ENME  489  Special  Topics  in  Mechanical 
Engineering.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permission 
of  instructor.  May  be  taken  for  repeated 
credit  up  to  a  total  of  6  credits,  with  the 
permission  of  the  student's  advisor. 
Selected  topics  of  current  importance  in 
mechanical  engineering. 


ENME  600  Advanced  Mechanical 
Engineering  Design.  (3)  Synthesis  of 
stress  analysis  and  properties  and 
characteristics  of  materials  as  related  to 
design.  Areas  covered;  combined  stress 
designs,  optimizations,  composite  struc- 
tures, stress  concentrations,  design 
under  various  environmental  conditions, 
metal  working,  limit  analysis,  etc.  Review 
of  design  literature,  design  project. 

ENME  601  Advanced  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering Design.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENME 
600.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Synthesis 
of  stress  analysis  and  properties  and 
characteristics  of  materials  as  related  to 
design.  Areas  covered;  combined  stress 
designs,  optimizations,  composite  struc- 
tures, stress  concentrations,  design 
under  various  environmental  conditions, 
metal  working,  limit  analysis,  etc.  Review 
of  design  literature,  design  project. 

ENME  602  Control  Systems  Analysis  and 
Synthesis.  (3)  Two  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  undergraduate  automatic 
control  theory  background.  Linear  con- 
trol systems  analysis  and  synthesis  us- 
ing time  frequency  domain  techniques: 
flow  graphs,  error  coefficients,  sensi- 
tivity, stability,  compensation  to  meet 
specifications,  introduction  to  sampled 
data  systems. 

ENME  603'Non-Linear  and  Adaptive  Con- 
trol Systems.  (3)  Two  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  ENEE  602,  ENME  660  or 
equivalent.  Approximate  analysis  of  non- 
linear systems  using  series,  perturbation, 
and  linearization  techniques;  introduc- 
tion to  state  space  formulation  of  dif- 
ferential equations;  systems  with 
stochastic  inputs;  stability,  introduction 
to  optimum  switched  systems;  adaptive 
control  systems. 

ENME  620  Advanced  Thermodynamics. 

(3)  First  and  second  semesters.  Three 
lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  ENME 
421.  Advanced  problems  in  thermo- 
dynamics on  compression  of  gases  and 
liquids,  combustion  and  equilibrium, 
humidification  and  refrigeration  and 
availability.  Statistical  thermodynamics, 
partition  functions,  irreversible  pro- 
cesses. Transport  phenomena. 

ENME  621  Advanced  Thermodynamics. 

(3)  First  and  second  semesters.  Three 
lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  ENME 
620.  Advanced  problems  in  thermo- 
dynamics on  compression  of  gases  and 
liquids,  combustion  and  equilibrium, 
humidification  and  refrigeration  and 
availability.  Statistical  thermodynamics, 
partition  functions,  irreversible  pro- 
cesses. Transport  phenomena. 

ENME  622  Energy  Conversion-Solid 
State.  (3)  First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENME  421.  Combustion,  thermo-electric, 
thermionic  fuel  cells,  reactors,  magneto- 
hydrodynamics,  kinetics  of  reactors,  fis- 
sion and  fusion. 

ENME  623  Energy  Conversion-Solid 
State.  (3)  First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENME  421.  Combustion,  thermo-electric, 
thermionic  fuel  cells,  reactors,  magneto- 
Graduate  Programs  / 149 


hydrodynamics,  kinetics  of  reactors,  fis- 
sion and  fusion. 

ENME  624  Energy  Conversions-Plasma 
State.  (3)  First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  lectures  per  weel<.  Prerequisite, 
ENME  421.  Design  parameters  in 
chemical,  nuclear  and  direct  conversion 
systems  for  the  production  of  power, 
weight,  efficiency  and  radiation. 

ENME  625  Energy  Conversions-Plasma 
State.  (3)  First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ENME  421.  Design  parameters  in 
chemical,  nuclear  and  direct  conversion 
systems  for  the  production  of  power, 
weight,  efficiency  and  radiation. 

ENME  626  Advanced  Heat  Transfer.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisites,  ENME  321, 
342,  343.  Advanced  problems  covering  ef- 
fects of  radiation,  conduction,  convec- 
tion, evaporation  and  condensation. 
Study  of  research  literature  on  heat 
transfer. 

ENME  627  Advanced  Heat  Transfer.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisites,  ENME  321, 
342,  343.  Advanced  problems  covering  ef- 
fects of  radiation,  conduction,  convec- 
tion, evaporation  and  condensation. 
Study  of  research  literature  on  heat 
transfer. 

ENME  650  Design  of  Turbomachinery.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENME  342  or  equivalent. 
Characteristics  and  design  of  turbines, 
pumps,  compressors  and  torque  conver- 
ters, cavitation,  stall  and  surge. 

ENME  651  Fundamentals  of  Fluid 
Mechanics  I.  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite: 
ENME  700  or  equivalent  mathematical 
background.  A  broad  study  of  the  funda- 
mental principles  of  fluid  mechanics  in- 
cluding potential  flow,  viscous  flow  and 
compressible  flow. 

ENME  652  Fundamentals  of  Fluid 
Mechanics  II.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  651. 
A  continuation  of  ENME  651. 

ENME  653  Topics  in  Hydrodynamics.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENME  651  or  equivalent. 
Analysis  of  the  flow  of  fluids  in  which 
viscosity  and  compressibility  are  not  sig- 
nificant. Complex  variable  techniques, 
method  of  images,  small  perturbation 
techniques,  surface  waves,  thin  airfoil 
theory,  and  geophysical  flows. 

ENME  654  Topics  in  Compressible  Flow. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  652  or  equivalent. 
Study  of  the  compressible  flow  of  fluids. 
Method  of  characteristics,  experimental 
techniques,  small  perturbation  theory 
and  similarity  rules,  and  gasdynamics  of 
two-phase  flows  and  reacting  mixtures. 

ENME  655  Topics  in  Viscous  Flow.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENME  652  or  equivalent. 
Current  techniques  in  analysing  viscous 
flows  in  engineering  applications.  In- 
tegral and  numerical  methods,  asymp- 
totic methods,  and  their  applications. 

ENME  658  Current  Topics  in  Fluid  Dy- 
namics. (3)  May  be  repeated  for  credit  to 
maximum  of  six  credits  for  the  M.S. 


degree  or  twelve  credits  for  the  Ph.D. 
degree. 

ENME  660  Intermediate  Dynamics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week. 
Fundamentals  of  Newtonian  dynamics 
which  includes  kinematics  of  a  particle, 
dynamics  of  a  particle  and  a  system  of 
particles,  Hamilton's  principle, 
Lagrange's  equations,  basic  concepts 
and  kinematics  of  rigid  body  motion, 
dynamics  of  planar  rigid  body  motion. 
Applications  to  mechanical  engineering 
problems. 

ENME  661  Advanced  Dynamics.  (3)  Sec- 
ond semester.  Three  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  ENME  660.  Dynamics  of 
three-dimensional  rigid  body  motion.  Ap- 
plication of  Euler's  angles  to  rigid  body 
motion.  Hamilton's  equation.  Dynamics 
of  gyroscopic  instruments.  Vibration 
theory  of  linear  lumped  mass  systems. 
Satellite  orbits  and  space  vehicle  motion. 
A  review  of  current  problems  under  in- 
vestigation by  research  workers. 

ENME  662  Linear  Vibrations.  (3)  First 
semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Fourier 
and  statistical  analysis,  transient,  steady- 
state,  and  random  behavior  of  linear 
lumped  mass  systems,  normal  mode 
theory;  shock  spectrum  concepts; 
mechanical  impedance  and  mobility 
methods.  Vibrations  of  continuous  media 
including  rods,  beams,  and  membranes. 

ENME  663  Nonlinear  Vibrations.  (3)  Sec- 
ond semester.  Three  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  ENME  641.  Geometrical  and 
numerical  analysis  of  non-linear  systems. 
Stability,  limit  cycles.  Theory  of  bifurca- 
tions. Perturbation  method.  Periodic 
solutions.  Oscillations  in  systems  with 
several  degrees  of  freedom.  Asymptotic 
methods.  Non-linear  resonance.  Relaxa- 
tion oscillations.  Self-excited  vibrations. 

ENME  666  Stress  Waves  in  Continuous 
Media.  (3)  First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  lectures  per  week.  Methods  of 
characteristics  applied  to  transient 
phenomena  in  solids  and  fluids.  Elastic 
and  plastic  waves  under  impact.  Shock 
formation  and  strain  rate  effects. 

ENME  667  Stress  Waves  in  Continuous 
Media.  (3)  First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  lectures  per  week.  Methods  of 
characteristics  applied  to  transient 
phenomena  in  solids  and  fluids.  Elastic 
and  plastic  waves  under  impact.  Shock 
formation  and  strain  rates  effects. 

ENME  670  Continuum  Mechanics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week. 
The  algebra  and  calculus  of  tensors  in 
Riemannian  space  are  developed  with 
special  emphasis  on  those  aspects 
which  are  most  relevant  to  mechanics. 
The  geometry  of  curves  and  surfaces  in 
E-3  is  examined.  The  concepts  are  ap- 
plied to  the  derivation  of  the  field  equa- 
tions for  the  non-linear  theory  of  con- 
tinuous media  and  to  various  problems 
arising  in  classical  dynamics. 

ENME  671  Linear  Theory  of  Elasticity.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per 
week.  The  basic  equations  of  the  linear 
theory  are  developed  as  a  special  case  of 


the  non-linear  theory.  The  first  and  sec- 
ond boundary  value  problems  are 
discussed  together  with  the  problem  of 
uniqueness.  Solutions  are  constructed  to 
problems  of  technical  interest  through 
semi-inverse,  transform  and  potential 
methods.  Included  are  the  study  of  plane 
problems,  torsion,  dynamic  response  of 
spherical  shells  and  tubes,  microstruc- 
ture  and  anisotropic  materials. 
ENME  672  Plasticity.  (3)  First  and  second 
semesters.  Three  lectures  per  week. 
Yield  criterion  and  associated  flow  rules 
as  related  to  the  behavior  of  materials  in 
the  elastic-inelastic  region  for  both 
perfectly  plastic  and  strain  hardenable 
materials.  Plastic  behavior  of  members  in 
the  following  areas  including,  instability, 
bending,  torsion,  cylinders,  spheres, 
curved  members,  limit  analysis,  analysis 
and  metal  working  theory  and  applica- 
tions. 

ENME  673  Plasticity.  (3)  First  and  second 
semesters.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, ENME  672.  Yield  criterion  and 
associated  flow  rules  as  related  to  the 
behavior  of  materials  in  the  elasjic- 
inelastic  region  for  both  perfectly  plastic 
and  strain  hardenable  materials.  Plastic 
behavior  of  members  in  the  following 
areas  including,  instability,  bending,  tor- 
sion, cylinders,  spheres,  curved 
members,  limit  analysis  and  metal  work- 
ing theory  and  applications. 

ENME  674  Non-Linear  Elasticity.  (3)  First 
semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, ENME  670.  Treats  those  mate- 
rials for  which  the  stress  at  time  T 
depends  only  on  the  local  configuration 
at  time  T.  The  constitutive  equations  are 
developed  for  elastic  and  hyperelastic 
materials  through  the  application  of  the 
various  invariance  requirements.  Exact 
solutions  for  special  non-linear  problems 
are  developed.  Plane  problems,  infinites- 
imal strain  super-imposed  on  a  given 
finite  strain,  wave  propagation  and 
stability  problems  are  considered. 

ENME  675  Viscoelasticity.  (3)  Second 
semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, ENME  670.  Treats  the  behavior 
of  solid  materials  which  passes  fluid 
characteristics.  Included  within  this 
group  are  green-revlin  and  hygrosteric 
materials.  The  study  of  objective  tensor 
rates  and  other  invariance  requirements 
leads  to  the  formulation  of  constitutive 
equation  for  variance  visco-elastic  mate- 
rials. Steady  shear  flows,  helical  flow, 
visco-elastic  torsion  and  problems  aris- 
ing from  the  linear  visco-elastic  theory 
are  considered. 

ENME  676  Linear  and  Nonlinear  Elastic 
Shells.  (3)  First  and  second  semesters. 
Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
knowledge  of  the  equations  of  elasticity. 
Fundamental  results  from  the  theory  of 
surfaces.  Theories  of  shells  composed  of 
linear  and  non-linear  elastic  materials. 
Discussion  of  both  infinitesimal  and 
finite  deformation  states.  Strain  displace- 
ment relationships  developed  to  include 
higher  order  terms.  Derivation  of  equilib- 
rium equations  and  their  use  in  static 
and  dynamic  stability  studies.  Constitu- 


150  /  Graduate  Programs 


five  equations  for  the  linear  theory.  Solu- 
tions to  special  shell  problems. 

ENME  678  Fracture  Mechanics.  (3)  An  ad- 
vanced treatment  of  fracture  mechanics 
covering  in  detail  the  analysis  concepts 
for  determining  the  stress  intensity  fac- 
tors for  various  types  of  cracks.  Ad- 
vanced experimental  methods  for  evalua- 
tion of  materials  or  structures  for  frac- 
ture toughness.  Analysis  of  moving 
cracks  and  the  statistical  analysis  of 
fracture  strength.  Finally,  illustrative  frac- 
ture control  plans  are  treated  to  show  the 
engineering  applications  of  fracture 
mechanics. 

ENME  700  Advanced  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering Analysis  I.  (3)  An  advanced, 
unified  approach  to  the  solution  of 
mechanical  engineering  problems,  em- 
phasis is  on  the  formulation  and  solution 
of  equilibrium,  eigenvalue  and  propaga- 
tion problems.  Review  and  extension  of 
undergraduate  material  in  applied  math- 
ematics with  emphasis  on  problems  in 
heat  transfer,  vibrations,  fluid  flow  and 
stress  analysis  which  may  be  formulated 
and  solved  by  classical  procedures. 

ENME  701  Advanced  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering Analysis  II.  (3)  Formulation  and 
solution  of  mechanical  engineering  prob- 
lems. Analysis  of  oscillatory  and  non- 
oscillatory  systems  utilizing  discrete 
parameter  techniques  including  matrix 
methods,  finite  element  methods,  finite 
differences  and  numerical  integration. 
Study  of  non-linear  vibration  and  control 
systems  with  emphasis  on  perturbation 
theory  and  stability  analysis.  Engineering 
applications  of  statistical  analysis. 

ENME  760  Advanced  Structural 
Dynamics  I.  (3)  Advanced  topics  in  struc- 
tural dynamics  analysis:  dynamic  proper- 
ties of  materials,  impact  and  contact 
phenomena,  wave  propagation,  modern 
numerical  methods  for  complex  struc- 
tural systems,  analysis  for  wind  and  blast 
loads,  penetration  loads,  and  earthquake, 
non-linear  systems,  random  vibrations 
and  structural  failure  from  random  loads. 
Prerequisites,  ENME  602,  603  or 
equivalent. 

ENME  761  Advanced  Structural  Dy- 
namics II.  (3)  Advanced  topics  in  struc- 
tural dynamics  analysis:  dynamic  proper- 
ties of  materials,  impact  and  contact 
phenomena,  wave  propagation,  modern 
numerical  methods  for  complex  struc- 
tural systems,  analysis  for  wind  and  blast 
loads,  penetration  loads,  and  earthquake, 
non-linear  systems,  random  vibrations 
and  structural  failure  from  random  loads. 
Prerequisites,  ENME  602,  603  or  equiv- 
alent. 

ENME  788  Seminar.  (1-16)  First  or  second 
semester.  Credit  in  accordance  with 
work  outlined  by  mechanical  engineering 
staff.  Prerequisite,  graduate  standing  in 
mechanical  engineering. 

ENME  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

ENME  808  Advanced  Topics  in  Me- 
chanical Engineering.  (2-3) 


ENME  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Meteorology  Program 

Professor  Emeritus:  Landsberg 
Research  Professor:  Faller 
Visiting  Professor:  Fritz 
Associate  Professors:  Rodenhuis. 

Thompson,  Vernekar 
Assistant  Professors:  Ellingson 
Lecturers:  Pinker,  Schemm 
Visiting  Lecturers:  Jones',  Pack,  Weil' 
'joint  appointment  with  Civil  Engineering 
The  Meteorology  Program  offers  a 
full  course  of  study  leading  to  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  specializing  in 
the  atmospheric  sciences.  Addi- 
tionally, a  full  complement  of  course 
work  in  meteorology  is  offered  at  the 
upper  division  and  graduate  level  as 
a  service  to  the  other  campus 
graduate  programs  in  the  College  of 
Engineering,  Departments  of 
Physics,  Chemistry,  and  Geography. 

The  educational  program  in  the  at- 
mospheric sciences  is  broadly 
based,  involving  many  of  the  applica- 
tions of  the  mathematical,  physical 
and  applied  sciences  that 
characterize  modern  meteorology. 
Areas  of  research  specialization 
presently  receiving  the  most  concen- 
trated attention  are  atmospheric 
dynamics,  atmospheric  radiative 
transfer,  remote  sensing  of  the  at- 
mosphere, dynamic  climatology, 
numerical  weather  prediction,  tur- 
bulence, diffusion  and  micrometeo- 
rology. 

The  Meteorology  Program  Is  in  the 
Division  of  Mathematical  and 
Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering 
and  maintains  close  research  and 
teaching  associations  with  the  Divi- 
sion's Institute  for  Physical  Science 
and  Technology.  This  institute  in- 
cludes about  35  regular  faculty  and  a 
number  of  part-time  and  visiting 
scholars  involved  in  a  number  of 
related  areas  such  as  atmospheric 
optics,  atmospheric  and  space 
physics,  oceanography  and  fluid 
dynamics,  plasma  physics,  at- 
mospheric chemistry,  applied 
mathematics  of  physical,  medical 
and  social  problems,  numerical 
analysis,  and  history  of  science. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  advanced  degree  programs  in 
meteorology  are  open  to  students 
holding  the  bachelor's  degree  in 
meteorology,  physics,  chemistry. 


mathematics,  astronomy,  engineer- 
ing or  other  programs  with  suitable 
emphasis  in  the  sciences.  Previous 
education  in  meteorology  or  related 
sciences  will  be  favorably  con- 
sidered in  a  student's  application  for 
admission  to  the  Program.  However, 
such  education  or  experience  is  not 
a  prerequisite. 

To  qualify  for  the  Master  of 
Science  degree  in  meteorology,  the 
candidate  is  required  to  complete 
the  following  graduate  level  core 
course  work:  METO  610  —  Dynamic 
Meteorology  I  (3  credits);  METO  612 
—  Atmospheric  Turbulence  and  Dif- 
fusion (3  credits);  METO  620  —  At- 
mospheric Radiation  (3  credits); 
METO  698  —  Seminar  in 
Meteorology  (2  credits);  METO  799 
—Thesis  Research  (6  credits). 

The  remainder  of  the  Master's 
degree  program  will  consist  of 
courses  chosen  to  construct  a 
coherent  program  in  one  of  four  op- 
tions —  Atomospheric  Physics,  At- 
mospheric Dynamics,  Micrometeo- 
rology  and  Air  Pollution,  Applied 
Climatology  —  and  may  include  up 
to  nine  credits  of  course  work  taken 
in  other  departments.  Also  required 
is  a  thesis  demonstrating  the  can- 
didate's ability  to  produce  a 
coherent  account  of  research  in 
which  he  has  participated.  A  final 
oral  examination  over  this  research 
is  administered  prior  to  the  award  of 
the  degree.  Full-time  students  with 
an  appropriate  background  in 
meteorology  can  complete  the  M.S. 
program  in  one  calendar  year.  Addi- 
tional time  may  be  necessary  to 
develop  a  coherent  and  acceptable 
program  of  study  for  students  enter- 
ing from  other  disciplines. 

To  qualify  for  the  Ph.D.  degree, 
the  candidate  must  select  a  major 
and  one  or  two  closely  related  minor 
subject  areas.  Each  student  is  ex- 
pected to  develop  a  major  course 
work  program  with  his  advisor  which 
will  provide  adequate  preparation  for 
the  comprehensive  exams  and  ade- 
quate background  for  a  successful 
research  program  leading  to  a  Ph.D. 
dissertation.  Because  of  the  diversi- 
ty of  subject  matter  in  meteorology, 
due  consideration  will  be  given  to 
the  area  of  specialization  of  the  in- 
dividual student,  although  the  com- 
prehensive nature  of  the  examina- 
tion will  not  be  compromised. 
Students  who  satisfy  minimum  re- 
Graduate  Programs  / 151 


quirements  on  the  written  examina- 
tions will  be  admitted  to  oral  ex- 
aminations which  consist  of  in- 
dividual interviews  with  at  least  four 
members  of  the  faculty.  A  single 
pass-fail  outcome  of  the  examina- 
tions will  be  determined  from  a  com- 
bination of  written  and  oral  grades 
with  standards  in  each  category  set 
to  assure  an  adequate  professional 
level  of  performance. 

tvlinor  course  work  programs  are 
individually  tailored  to  the  needs  and 
Interests  of  the  student  and  consist 
of  at  least  24  semester  credits  of 
course  work  beyond  the  bachelor's 
degree. 

There  is  no  special  language  re- 
quirement for  the  Ph.D.  degree  pro- 
gram in  meteorology.  Ability  to  do 
independent  research  must  be 
shown  by  a  written  dissertation 
which  embodies  an  original  con- 
tribution to  knowledge,  on  some 
topic  connected  with  meteorology. 
Departmental  requirements  for  the 
dissertation  are  essentially  the  same 
as  Graduate  School  requirements. 
Typically,  Ph.D.  programs  in 
meteorology  require  from  three  to 
five  years  of  study  beyond  the 
bachelor's  degree  depending  on  the 
prior  education  and  training  of  the 
candidate. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 
Special  facilities  supporting  the 
teaching  and  research  activities  of 
the  Meteorology  Program  include 
continuous  weather  facsimile  equip- 
ment on  line  with  the  National 
Weather  Service  synoptic  data  net- 
work, facsimile  equipment  for  Na- 
tional Weather  Service 
meteorological  radar  network,  solar 
radiation  monitoring  station. 
Automatic  Picture  Transmission 
satellite  receiving  station,  weather 
instrument  station  (NOAA 
cooperative  observing  station), 
mobile  micrometeorological  survey 
vehicle,  laboratory  for  analysis  of  air 
pollution  samples,  special  laboratory 
facility  for  fluid  dynamic  experimen- 
tation in  rotating  systems,  linear 
wind-wave  tank  for  studying  the  in- 
teraction of  water  waves  and  wind. 

Special  data  collections  support- 
ing the  teaching  and  research  ac- 
tivities include  northern  hemisphere 
meteorological  data  tubulations  on 
microfilm,  unique  historical  daily 
weather  map  series  dating  back  to 
1899,  complete  set  of  climatological 


data  for  the  United  States  dating 
back  to  1917,  files  of  the  (former) 
NOAA  State  Climatologist  for 
Maryland,  Synchronous 
Meteorological  Satellite  data  archive 
including  visible  and  infra-red 
photography  and  film  loops,  and 
meteorological  data  for  four  outlying 
weather  stations  on  University 
farms. 

Aside  from  general  library 
facilities  on  the  campus,  there  is, 
within  the  meteorology  office  group- 
ing, a  specialized  library  with  several 
hundred  text  and  reference  books  in 
meteorology  and  allied  sciences, 
many  specialized  series  of  research 
reports  and  many  current  journals  in 
meteorology  and  related  fields.  Ac- 
cess to  the  vast  holdings  of  the  At- 
mospheric Sciences  Library  of 
NOAA  at  Silver  Spring,  Maryland, 
within  about  20  minutes  of  the  cam- 
pus, has  been  arranged. 

Professional  interactions  with  the 
major  federal  agency  in  the  at- 
mospheric, oceanographic  and 
hydrologic  sciences  are  provided 
under  a  formal  Memorandum  of 
Agreement  with  NOAA.  This  agree- 
ment provides  for  the  development 
of  special  courses  and  seminars  by 
visiting  faculty  from  these  agencies 
as  well  as  opportunities  for  faculty 
and  students  to  work  on  site  at 
NOAA  facilities.  In  addition,  through 
membership  in  the  University  Cor- 
poration for  Atmospheric  Research, 
the  Meteorology  Program  enjoys  the 
common  facilities  offered  by  the  Na- 
tional Center  for  Atmospheric 
Research  at  Boulder,  Colorado. 

Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  Assistantships  are 
available  to  qualified  graduate 
students.  Research  Assistants  carry 
on  research  in  the  general  areas  of 
synoptic  and  dynamic  meteorology, 
satellite  meteorology, 
micrometeorology  and  air  pollution, 
theoretical  or  experimental  fluid 
dynamics,  atmospheric  radiation, 
and  general  circulation.  Stipends  are 
dependent  on  the  student's 
background  and  experience  and  are 
maintained  at  a  competitive  level. 

Additional  Information 

Application  material  of  additional  in- 
formation may  be  obtained  by 
writing:  Director,  Meteorology  Pro- 
gram, Space  Sciences  Building, 
University  of  Maryland. 


Courses 

METO  410  Descriptive  and  Synoptic 
Meteorology  I.  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH 
241,  RHYS  294  or  RHYS  263  or 
equivalent.  METO  441  is  suggested  as  a 
companion  course.  With  METO  411,  an 
introduction  to  broad  range  of  theoretical 
and  applied  studies  in  meteorology  in 
order  to  acquaint  him  with  the  interac- 
tion of  the  physical  and  dynamic  pro- 
cesses and  the  various  scales  of  at- 
mospheric phenomena.  Introduction  to 
radiational  energy  transfer  in  the  at- 
mosphere, earth-atmospheric  energy 
budgets,  atmospheric  thermodynamics, 
statics  and  mechanics  and  a  survey  of 
the  general  distribution  of  temperature, 
pressure,  moisture  and  wind  in  the  at- 
mosphere. 

METO  411  Descriptive  and  Synoptic 
Meteorology  II.  (3)  Prerequisite:  METO 
410.  METO  442  suggested  as  a  compan- 
ion course.  A  continuation  of  METO  410 
including  an  introduction  to  the  con- 
cepts of  vorticity  and  circulation  in  the 
atmosphere,  properties  of  cold  fronts 
and  warm  fronts,  cyclones  and  an- 
ticyclones, air  masses,  thunderstorms, 
elements  of  dynamic  weather 
forecasting,  microphysics  of  cloud  for- 
mation and  precipitation,  turbulence  and 
diffusion  in  the  atmosphere. 

METO  412  Physics  and  Thermodynamics 
of  the  Atmosphere.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
MATH  241,  PHYS  284  or  equivalent.  Op- 
tical phenomena,  the  radiation  balance, 
introduction  to  cloud  physics,  at- 
mospheric electrical  phenomena,  basic 
thermodynamic  processes  and  their  ap- 
plication to  the  atmosphere. 

METO  413  Atmospheric  Processes  on 
Molecular  and  Atomic  Scale.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, senior  or  graduate  standing  in  the 
physical  or  engineering  sciences,  at  least 
one  year  of  college  physics,  a  familiarity 
with  differential  and  integral  calculus.  An 
introduction  to  atmospheric  processes 
with  an  emphasis  on  atomic  and 
molecular  effects.  Theories  of  the  gas 
phase  interactions  of  neutral  atoms  and 
molecules  and  charged  particles  applied 
to  meteorological  and  atmospheric 
topics. 

METO  416  Introduction  to  Atmospheric 
Dynamics.  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  241, 
246:  PHYS  263.  The  equations  of  at- 
mospheric motion:  coordinate  systems: 
balanced  flows  and  elementary  applica- 
tion: divergence:  circulation  and  vorticity: 
the  planetary  boundary  layer:  diagnostic 
analysis  with  the  quasi-geotrophic  euqa- 
tions. 

METO  420  Physical  and  Dynamical 
Oceanography.  (3)  Prerequisite,  METO 
410  or  a  basic  course  in  fluid  dynamics 
such  as  ENME  340.  Historical  review  of 
oceanography:  physical,  chemical, 
stratification  and  circulation  properties 
of  the  ocean:  dynamics  of  frictionless, 
frictional,  wind  driven  and  thermohaline 
circulation:  air-sea  interactions. 

METO  422  Oceanic  Waves,  Tides  and 
Turbulence.  (3)  Prerequisite,  METO  420. 
Introduction  to  the  theory  of  oceanic 


152  /  Graduate  Programs 


wave  motions;  tides,  wind  waves,  swells, 
storm  surges,  seiches,  isunamis,  internal 
waves,  turbulence,  stirring,  mixing  and 
diffusion:  probability,  statistics  and  time 
series. 

METO  434  Air  Pollution.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
senior  standing  in  science  or  engineering 
or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Classification  of  at- 
mospheric pollutants  and  their  effects  on 
visibility,  inanimate  and  animate  recep- 
tors. Evaluation  of  source  emissions  and 
principles  of  air  pollution  control: 
meteorological  factors  governing  the 
distribution  and  removal  of  air  pollutants: 
air  quality  measurements  and  air  pollu- 
tion control  legislation. 

METO  441  Weather  Map  Discussion  and 
Practice  Forecasting  I.  (3)  Prerequisite  — 
METO  301  or  equivalent.  Corequisite  — 
METO  410.  Discussion  of  current 
weather  situation  on  the  basis  of  infor- 
mation received  by  facsimile  from  na- 
tional meteorological  center.  Use  of 
computer-produced  prognostic  informa- 
tion, critique  of  previous  forecast,  and 
briefing  on  expected  weather  conditions 
by  experienced  forecasters.  Preparation 
of  practice  forecasts,  using  all  available 
information.  Readings  in  synoptic 
meteorology. 

METO  442  Weather  Map  Discussion  and 
Practice  Forecasting.  (1)  Prerequisite  — 
METO  441.  A  continuation  of  METO  441. 

METO  460  Synoptic  Laboratory  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  METO  411  or  equivalent. 
Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Weather  map  plotting:  methods  of 
map  analysis:  upper  air  analysis:  radar 
charts:  satellite  data  integration  into  map 
analyses.  Procedures  for  prognostic 
charts.  Mesoscale  analysis.  Use  of  com- 
puter produced  diagnostic  and  prog- 
nostic material.  Orientation  lectures 
followed  by  laboratory  practice. 

METO  461  Synoptic  Laboratory  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  METO  460.  A  continuation 
of  METO  460. 

METO  499  Special  Problems  in  At- 
mospheric Science.  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  Research  or 
special  study  in  the  field  of  meteorology 
and  the  atmospheric  and  oceanic 
sciences.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

METO  610  Dynamic  Meteorology  I.  (3) 

Prerequisites:  METO  412,  416:  MATH  400. 
Review  of  dynamic  equations:  the  stress 
tensor  and  viscous  flow:  the  barotropic 
and  quasi-geostrophic  assumptions: 
potential  vorticity.  Scale  analysis,  linear 
wave  theory:  instability  mechanisms, 
especially  baroclinic  instability  in  the  at- 
mosphere: atmospheric  energy  propaga- 
tion. Numerical  weather  prediction:  the 
general  circulation. 

METO  611  Dynamic  Meteorology  H.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  METO  610.  Advanced  topics 
in  atmospheric  wave  motion  and  stability 
analysis  concentrating  on  the  sub- 
synoptic  scales:  geostrophic  adjustment 
and  energy  propagation  with  application 
to  mountain  waves:  thermal  convection 


with  application  to  the  atmosphere  and 
especially  tropical  meteorology:  the 
planetary  boundary  layer:  numerical 
modeling  of  atmospheric  phenomena  on 
the  mesoscale. 

METO  612  Atmospheric  Turbulence  and 
Diffusion.  (3)  Prerequisites,  METO  610  or 
equivalent.  Statistical  description  of  tur- 
bulence; the  profiles  of  temperature  and 
wind  near  the  ground:  the  vertical 
transport  of  momentum,  heat  and  water 
vapor:  spectra  and  scales  of  atmospheric 
turbulence:  recent  theories  of  turbulent 
shear  flow  and  convection. 

METO  614  Numerical  Weather  Predic- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisites,  METO  611  or 
equivalent.  Numerical  techniques  for  the 
solution  or  partial  differential  equations: 
application  to  the  equations  of  at- 
mospheric motion:  Eulerian,  Lagrangian 
and  Apectral  methods:  numerical  models 
of  the  general  circulation:  current  ap- 
plications to  research  and  forecasting. 

METO  616  Planetary  Fluid  Dynamics.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  METO  412,  610  or 
equivalent.  The  structure  of  the  at- 
mospheres of  the  earth  and  other 
planets:  analytical,  numerical  and  ex- 
perimental models  of  the  circulations  of 
planetary  atmospheres  and  oceans:  tidal 
motions. 

METO  617  General  Circulation  of  the  At- 
mosphere. (3)  Prerequisite:  METO  610  or 
equivalent.  Derivations  of  equations  for 
mean  axially  symmetric  field,  mean  axial- 
ly  asymmetric  field  and  transient  field  of 
atmospheric  motion:  observed  circula- 
tion, budget  of  heat,  momentum  and 
water  vapor:  energetics:  numerical 
simulation  of  the  atmosphere. 

METO  620  Atmospheric  Radiation.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  METO  412  or  equivalent.  Ra- 
diant energy-concepts  and  definitions: 
radiation  absorption  and  scattering  in  the 
atmosphere:  direct  and  diffuse  solar 
radiation:  thermal  radiation:  the  radiation 
balance  and  climate. 

METO  625  Satellite  Meteorology.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  METO  416,  METO  620. 
Technical  review  of  the  satellite  program 
and  instrumentation  systems  of  the 
United  States  and/or  other  countries:  a 
brief  survey  of  the  use  of  visible,  infrared 
and  microwave  imagery  from  satellites  in 
weather  analysis  and  forecasting:  an  ex- 
tensive review  of  techniques  for 
estimating  sea  surface  temperature 
and  atmospheric  temperature  and 
moisture  profiles  from  satellite 
measurements. 

METO  630  Statistical  Methods  in 
Meteorology.  (3)  Prerequisites:  METO 
411,  STAT  400  or  equivalent.  Tests  of 
significance:  time  series  analysis: 
analysis  of  variance:  multiple  regression 
and  screening  multiple  regression: 
representation  of  meteorological  field 
variables  by  orthogonal  polynomials  and 
empirical  orthogonal  polynomials:  ap- 
plication of  multiple  discriminant 
analysis  to  the  meteorological  predic- 
tion. 


METO  634  Air  Sampling  and  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  METO  434  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
per  week.  The  theory  and  techniques 
utilized  in  the  determination  of  gaseous 
and  particulate  atmospheric  pollutants. 
Reduction  and  representation  of  data 
and  consideration  in  sampling  site  selec- 
tion. 

METO  640  Micro-Meteorology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, METO  410,  411  or  equivalent.  A 
study  of  energy  balances  at  the  earth- 
atmosphere  interface:  statistical  and 
spectral  analysis  of  turbulence:  turbulent 
transfer  of  energy  and  momentum:  air 
motions  in  relation  to  terrain  and  land- 
scape: the  time  and  spatial  variations  of 
mechanical  and  thermodynamical  quan- 
tities in  the  micro-layer  of  the  at- 
mosphere. 

METO  641  Meteorology  of  Air  Pollution. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  METO  410,  411  or 
equivalent.  Review  of  basic  macro-  and 
micro-meteorological  considerations:  the 
nature  and  behavior  of  atmospheric 
aerosols:  the  description  and  measure- 
ment of  the  distribution,  dispersion,  and 
other  properties  of  air  pollution:  study  of 
the  meso-meteorology  of  cities  and  the 
climatological  influences  of  air  pollution. 

METO  646  Atmospheric  Optics.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites, METO  412,  413,  MATH  246  or 
equivalent.  Quantitative  assessment  of 
radiative  energy  transfers  in  the  at- 
mosphere: absorption  and  scattering  by 
atoms,  molecules  and  particulates:  emis- 
sion by  excited  species.  Spectroscopic 
analysis  methods:  Laser  assay  of  at- 
mosphere for  natural  species  and 
pollutants. 

METO  658  Special  Topics  in 
Meteorology.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  instructor.  Various  special  topics  in 
meteorology  are  given  intensive  study. 
The  topic  of  concentration  varies,  from 
semester  to  semester  and  depends  on 
student  and  faculty  interests.  Often, 
specialists  from  other  institutions  are  in- 
vited to  the  campus  on  a  visiting  lec- 
tureship basis  to  conduct  the  course. 

METO  698  Seminar  in  Meteorology.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  This 
seminar  will  cover  selected  topics  of  cur- 
rent meteorological  interest.  Presenta- 
tions will  be  by  staff  members,  advanced 
graduate  students  and  invited  guest 
speakers. 

METO  699  Seminar  in  Meteorology.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  This 
seminar  will  cover  selected  topics  of  cur- 
rent meteorological  interest.  Presenta- 
tions will  be  by  staff  members,  advanced 
graduate  students  and  invited  guest 
speakers. 

METO  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

METO  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Graduate  Programs  / 153 


Microbiology 


Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chair- 
man: Roberson 

Professors:  Colwell,  Doetsch,  Hetrick, 
Laffer,  Pelczar,  Young 

Associate  Professors:  Cook.  MacQuillan, 
Voll,  Weiner 

Assistant  Professor:  Howard 

Lecturer:  Stadtman 

The  mission  of  this  Department  is  to 
disseminate  and  discover  informa- 
tion on  microorganisms  and  their 
functions. 

The  varied  research  interests  of 
the  faculty  permit  specialization  in 
many  areas:  applied,  marine  and 
pathogenic  microbiology,  bacterial 
cytology  and  systematics,  immunol- 
ogy, microbial  ecology,  virology, 
and  genetics  and  physiology  of 
microorganisms.  Qualified  students 
are  accepted  in  either  the  Master  of 
Science  or  Doctor  of  Philosophy  pro- 
grams. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  for  the  M.S.  program 
must  have  acquired  a  thorough  foun- 
dation in  biological  and  physical 
sciences.  A  strong  background  in 
microbiology  is  desirable  but  not 
essential.  However,  lack  of  specific 
courses  may  lengthen  the  time  re- 
quired for  earning  this  degree. 
Scores  on  the  Graduate  Record  Ex- 
aminations (GRE),  both  the  Aptitude 
Test  and  the  Advanced  Test  in 
Biology,  must  accompany  applica- 
tions. Normally,  candidates  for  the 
Ph.D.  program  m\\  have  acquired  an 
M.S.  degree.  GRE  scores  are  re- 
quired. 

Requirements  for  the  M.S.  degree 
include  a  minimum  of  24  semester 
hours  exclusive  of  research  credits. 
A  written  thesis,  based  upon  re- 
search, is  required,  and  all  candi- 
dates must  pass  a  final  oral  exami- 
nation given  by  an  advisory  commit- 
tee. All  candidates  for  graduate  de- 
grees must  serve  as  laboratory 
teaching  assistants  for  at  least  one 
semester.  Candidates  normally  re- 
quire about  two  years  to  complete 
the  M.S.  program,  but  quality  of  per- 
formance alone  determines  award- 
ing of  the  degree. 

Candidates  for  the  Ph.D.  degree, 
In  addition  to  the  above-listed  re- 
quirements, must  successfully  com- 
plete a  written  preliminary  examina- 
tion. From  subjects  outside  the 
Department,  candidates  must 
choose  supporting  minor  course- 

154  /  Graduate  Programs 


work  totaling  24  hours.  Usually,  two 
to  three  years  following  receipt  of  an 
M.S.  degree  are  needed  to  fulfill  all 
requirements  for  this  degree. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  maintains  facilities 
which  permit  research  in  all  of  the 
listed  areas  of  specialization.  The 
program  in  marine  microbiology  has 
access  to  laboratory  equipped 
vessels  suitable  for  research  in  the 
Chesapeake  Bay  and  other  nearby 
waters. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  graduate  teach- 
ing assistantships  are  available. 
There  are  also  opportunities  for  re- 
search assistantships,  contingent 
upon  current  research  funding. 

Additional  Information 

Interested  individuals  may  request 
an  information  brochure  describing 
in  detail  the  Program  of  Graduate 
Study  in  Microbiology.  For  informa- 
tion write  to:  Chairman,  Graduate 
Admissions  Committee,  Department 
of  Microbiology,  University  of 
Maryland. 

Courses 

MICB  400  Systematic  Microbiology.  (2) 

Two  lecture  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
8  credits  in  microbiology  or  consent  of 
instructor.  History  and  philosophy  of 
classification.  Alpha,  numerical  and 
molecular  genetic  taxonomy.  Methods 
used  in  microbial  identification  and 
classification. 

MICB  410  History  of  Microbiology.  (1) 

One  lecture  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
a  major  or  minor  in  microbiology  or  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  History  and  inte- 
gration of  the  fundamental  discoveries  of 
the  science.  The  modern  aspects  of 
cytology,  taxonomy,  fermentation,  and 
immunity  in  relation  to  early  theories. 

MICB  420  Epidemiology  and  Public 
Health.  (2)  Prerequisite:  MICB  200. 
History,  characteristic  features  of 
epidemiology:  the  important  responsi- 
bilities of  public  health;  vital  statistics. 

MICB  430  Marine  Microbiology.  (2)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Morphology,  bio- 
chemistry and  ecology  of  marine  micro- 
organisms including  fungi,  yeasts, 
bacteria  and  viruses.  Properties  of 
marine  bacteria,  such  as  luminescence, 
metal  ion  requirements  for  growth,  pro- 
duction of  ectocrine  compounds,  and 
sampling  and  culturing  marine  micro- 
organisms, are  covered. 

MICB  431  Marine  Microbiology  Labora- 
tory. (2)  Two  two-hour  laboratory  periods 
per  week.  Morphology,  biochemistry  and 
ecology  of  marine  microorganisms.  Prop- 
erties of  marine  bacteria:  luminescence. 


metal  ion  requirements,  ectocrine  com- 
pound production,  sampling  and  cultur- 
ing. Laboratory  may  include  sampling 
trips  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay  and  a  deep 
sea  research  cruise. 

MICB  440  Pattiogenic  Microbiology.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisite.  MICB 
200.  The  role  of  bacteria  and  fungi  in  the 
diseases  of  man  with  emphasis  upon  the 
differentiation  and  culture  of  micro- 
organisms, types  of  disease,  modes  of 
disease  transmission,  prophylactic, 
therapeutic,  and  epidemiological 
aspects. 

MICB  450  Immunology.  (4)  Two  lectures 

and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  MICB  440.  Principles 
of  immunity:  hypersensitiveness.  Funda- 
mental techniques  of  immunology. 

MICB  460  General  Virology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: MICB  440  or  equivalent.  Discus- 
sion of  the  physical  and  chemical  nature 
of  viruses,  virus  cultivation  and  assay 
methods,  virus  replication,  viral  diseases 
with  emphasis  on  the  oncogenic  viruses, 
viral  genetics,  and  characteristics  of  the 
major  virus  groups. 

MICB  470  Microbial  Physiology.  (4)  Two 

lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites.  8  credits 
in  microbiology  and  CHEM  461.  462.  or 
equivalent.  Aspects  of  the  growth,  death, 
and  energy  transactions  of  micro- 
organisms are  considered,  as  well  as  the 
affects  of  the  physical  and  chemical  en- 
vironment on  them. 

MICB  490  Microbial  Fermentations.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite.  MICB  470.  Principles 
and  practice  in  industrial  fermentation 
processes,  and  the  study  of  fermentative 
metabolism  in  microorganisms. 

MICB  491  Microbial  Fermentations 
Laboratory.  (2)  Second  semester.  Two 
two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, MICB  490,  or  concurrent 
registration  in  MICB  490,  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Methods  for  the  conduct,  con- 
trol and  analysis  of  fermentation  pro- 
cesses. 

MICB  674  Bacterial  Metabolism.  (2)  Sec- 
ond semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  30  credits  on  micro- 
biology and  allied  fields,  including  CHEM 
461  and  462.  Bacterial  nutrition,  enzyme 
formation,  metabolic  pathways  and  the 
dissimilation  of  carbon  and  nitrogen 
substrates. 

MICB  688  Special  Topics.  (1-4)  First 
semester.  Prerequisite,  twenty  credits  in 
microbiology-  Presentation  and  discus- 
sion of  fundamental  problems  and 
special  subjects  in  the  field  of  micro- 
biology. 

MICB  689  Special  Topics.  (1-4)  Second 
semester.  Prerequisite,  twenty  credits  in 
microbiology.  Presentation  and  discus- 
sion of  fundamental  problems  and 
special  subjects  in  the  field  of  micro- 
biology. 


MICB  704  Medical  Mycology.  (4)  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites  —  MICB 
440  and  8  additional  hours  in  micro- 
biology or  advance  courses  in  allied 
biological  fields.  MICB  450  is  strongly 
recommended.  Primarily  a  study  of  fungi 
associated  with  human  and  animal  dis- 
eases, with  practice  in  the  methods  of 
isolation  and  identification. 

MICB  714  Cytology  of  Bacteria.  (2)  A  col- 
loquium for  graduate  students  in  bio- 
logical sciences  covering  structure- 
function  relationships  in  bacteria.  Formal 
presentations  are  required.  Prior  or  con- 
current enrollment  in  ANSC  610  and  or 
ZOOL  612  is  recommended. 

MICB  750  Advanced  Immunology.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  a  week. 
Antigens,  antibodies,  and  their  inter- 
actions. Research  fundamentals  in  im- 
munology and  immunochemistry. 

MICB  751  Immunology  Laboratory.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  three-hour  labora- 
tory sessions  a  week.  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  Techniques  in  ex- 
perimental immunology  and  immuno- 
chemistry. 

MICB  760  Virology  and  Tissue  Culture.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  MICB  440  or  equiva- 
lent. Physical,  chemical  and  biological 
properties  of  viruses:  viral  replication; 
major  virus  groups. 

MICB  761  Virology  and  Tissue  Culture 
Laboratory.  Second  semester.  Two  three- 
hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, MICB  440  or  equivalent.  Registra- 
tion only  upon  consent  of  instructor. 
Laboratory  methods  in  virology  with  em- 
phasis on  cell  culture  techniques. 

MICB  774  Advanced  Bacterial  Metabo- 
lism. (1)  Second  semester.  One  lecture 
period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  A  discussion  of  recent  ad- 
vances in  the  field  of  bacterial  metabo- 
lism with  emphasis  on  metabolic  path- 
ways of  microorganisms. 

MICB  780  Genetics  of  Microorganisms. 

(2)  First  semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
An  introduction  to  genetic  principles  and 
methodology  applicable  to  microor- 
ganisms. Cellular  control  mechanisms 
and  protein  biosynthesis. 

MICB  781  Microbial  Genetics  Laboratory. 

(2)  Two  three-hour  laboratory  meetings 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. A  laboratory  course  designed  to 
acquaint  students  with  the  techniques 
employed  in  studying  gene  control  of 
microbial  activities. 

MICB  788  Seminar.  (1)  First  semester. 

MICB  789  Seminar.  (1)  Second  semester. 

MICB  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

MICB  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Music  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Troth 
Professors:  Berman,  Bernstein,  Folstrom, 

Gordon,  Heim,  Helm,  Hudson,  Johnson, 

Montgomery,  Moss,  Traver 
Associate  Professor:  Barnett.  Garvey.  Head. 

Meyer,  Pennington,  Schumacher,  Serwer, 

Snapp,  True,  Urban,  Wakefield 
Assistant  Professors:  Davis,  Signell, 

Wachhaus,  Wexler.  Wilson 

The  Department  of  Music  offers  spe- 
cialized musical  training  of  a  higfily  pro- 
fessional nature  which  culminates  in 
one  of  several  graduate  degrees.  The 
Master  of  Music  degree  is  offered  in  five 
areas  of  specialization:  music  perfor- 
mance, historical  musicology  and  ethno- 
musicology,  theory,  composition,  and 
conducting.  The  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degree  is  offered  in  musicology,  (histor- 
ical, theoretical  and  ethnomusicology). 
The  Doctor  of  Musical  Arts  degree  is 
offered  in  literature-performance  and  in 
composition.  Specializations  in  music 
education  are  offered  in  cooperation 
with  the  College  of  Education  and 
culminate  in  Master  of  Arts,  Master  of 
Education,  Doctor  of  Education,  or 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees.  Specific 
requirements  and  course  offerings  for 
those  degrees  are  described  under  the 
program  descriptions  of  that  college. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  to  graduate  programs  in  music 
is  highly  selective  and  based  upon 
satisfactory  completion  of  appropriate 
undergraduate  preparations.  Evidence 
of  established  musical  proficiences 
must  be  demonstrated  by  audition, 
examination  in  music  literature  and  the- 
ory, and/or  original  musical  scores.  A 
personal  interview  is  sometimes  re- 
quested of  applicants. 

In  addition  to  the  requirements  for  the 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree,  admission 
to  candidacy  for  the  Doctoral  of  Musical 
Arts  major  in  composition  requires  place- 
ment and  qualifying  examinations, 
presentation  of  a  lecture  recital  and  a 
program  of  the  student's  own  composi- 
tions. The  dissertation  must  be  the  stu- 
dent's original  composition  of  major  pro- 
portions. Applicants  for  admission  to 
candidacy  in  the  Performance-Litera- 
ture Program  must  satisfactorily  com- 
plete placement  and  qualifying  examina- 
tions, present  a  lecture  recital  and  two 
full-length  recitals. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  the  superb  library  holdings 
of  the  campus  itself,  the  adjacent  city  of 
Washington,  D.C.,  affords  graduate 


students  in  music  an  unexcelled  oppor- 
tunity for  specialized  research  and  musi- 
cal exposure  and  development  in  a  vari- 
ety of  private  and  public  agencies,  such 
as  the  Library  of  Congress,  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  and  the  John  F. 
Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts. 

Courses 

Music  Education 

MUED  420  Materials,  Techniques  and 
Organization  for  the  Instrumental  Music 
Program.  (2)  Prerequisites.  MUSC  113,  114, 
116,  117,  120,  121,491  and  MUED  470;  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  instructional 
materials,  performing  repertoire,  rehearsal 
techniques  and  program  planning  for  the 
school  instrumental  program.  Organization, 
scheduling,  budgeting  and  purchasing  are 
included. 

MUED  438  Special  Problems  in  the  Teach- 
ing of  Instrumental  Music.  (2-3)  Prerequi- 
site, MUSC  113-213  or  the  equivalent.  A 
study,  through  practice  on  minor  instruments, 
of  the  problems  encountered  in  public  school 
teaching  of  orchestral  instruments.  Literature 
and  teaching  materials,  minor  repairs,  and 
adjustment  of  instruments  are  included.  The 
course  may  be  taken  for  credit  three  times 
since  one  of  four  groups  of  instruments: 
strings,  woodwind,  brass  or  percussion  will 
be  studied  each  time  the  course  is  offered. 

MUED  450  Music  in  Early  Childhood 
Education.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC  1 55  or 
equivalent.  Creative  experiences  in  songs 
and  rhythms,  correlation  of  music  and  every- 
day teaching  with  the  abilities  and  develop- 
ment of  each  level;  study  of  songs  and  ma- 
terials; obsen/ation  and  teaching  expenence 
with  each  age  level- 

MUED  460  Creative  Activities  in  the  Ele- 
mentary School.  (2-3)  Prerequisite,  music 
methods  or  teaching  experience.  A  study  of 
the  creative  approach  to  the  development  of 
music  experiences  for  children  in  the  ele- 
mentary grades  emphasizing  contemporary 
music  and  contemporary  music  techniques. 

MUED  470  General  Methods  for  Teaching 
Music.  (4)  Prerequisite,  MUED  197  and 
EDHD  300;  or  consent  of  instructor.  Music  in 
the  education  of  youth,  ages  six  to  eighteen. 
Basic  planning  and  implementation  of  music 
instruction,  vocal  and  instrumental,  for  the 
general  and  specialized  programs  of  music 
instruction  in  the  schools;  use  of  current  meth- 
ods, materials,  and  teaching  techniques.  Six 
class  hours  per  week  including  field  experiences 
in  designated  elementary  and  secondary 
schools. 

MUED  472  Choral  Techniques  and  Repertoire. 

(2)  Prerequisites,  MUED  470  and  MUSC 
490.  Rehearsal  techniques  for  developing 
appropriate  diction,  tone,  production,  intona- 
tion, phrasing,  and  interpretation  of  choral 
music;  examination  of  a  wide  variety  of 
repertoire  for  use  by  choral  performing  groups 
on  the  elementary  and  secondary  levels. 

MUED  478  Special  Topics  in  Music  Educa- 
tion. (1-2)  Prerequisite,  MUED  470  or  con- 
sent of  department.  Each  topic  focuses  on 
a  specific  aspect  of  the  music  instructional 


Graduate  Programs  / 155 


program;  collectively,  the  topics  cover  a  wide 
range  of  subject  matter  relevent  to  today's 
schools.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

MUED  480  The  Vocal  Music  Teacher  and 
School  Organization.  (2)  Prerequisite,  stu- 
dent teaching,  previous  or  concurrent.  The 
role  of  the  vocal  music  specialist  in  the  imple- 
mentation of  the  supervision  and  administration 
of  the  music  programs  in  the  elementary  and 
secondary  schools.  Open  to  graduate  stu- 
dents by  permission  of  instructor. 

MUED  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  Institutes. 
(2-6)  Innovative  and  experimental  dimensions 
Of  music  education  will  be  offered  to  meet 
the  needs  of  music  teachers  and  music  super- 
visors and  to  allow  students  to  individualize 
their  programs.  The  maximum  number  credits 
that  may  be  earned  under  this  course  symbol 
toward  any  degree  is  six  semester  hours; 
the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times 
until  six  semester  hours  have  been  reached. 

MUED  635  Advanced  Orchestration  and 
Band  Arranging.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC  486 
or  the  equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
A  study  of  arranging  and  transcription  proce- 
dures in  scoring  for  the  orchestra  and  band. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  the  arranging 
problems  of  the  instrumental  director  in  the 
public  schools. 

MUED  637  Advanced  Study— Developing 
Muslcality  through  Instrumental  Music.  (3) 

Analysis  of  new  and  established  methods  and 
matenals  for  developing  musicality.  The  study 
of  the  curnculum  for  large  and  small  emsem- 
bles,  and  class  instruction,  and  its  adaptation 
to  the  diverse  organizations  of  today's  schools. 

MUED  662  Advanced  Study-Developing 
Musicality  in  Children.  (3)  Analysis  of  new 
and  established  methods  and  materials  in- 
cluding Orff  and  Kodaly,  and  their  adaptation 
■40  teaching  music  in  the  diverse  organiza- 
tions or  today's  elementary  schools.  Empha- 
sis on  general  musical  experiences  for  all 
children 

MUED  672  Advanced  Study- Developing 
Musicality  in  the  Adolescent.  (3)  Analysis  of 
new  and  established  methods  and  materials 
for  developing  musicality  through  classes  in 
general  music,  music  appreciation,  music  in 
the  humanities,  music  theory,  chorus,  small 
ensembles,  and  class  voice. 

MUED  674  Choral  Conducting  and  Reper- 
toire. (3) 

MUED  680  Administration  and  Super- 
vision of  Music  in  the  Public  Schools.  (3) 

The  study  of  basic  principles  and  practices 
of  supervision  and  administration  with  empha- 
sis on  curriculum  construction,  scheduling, 
budgets,  directing  of  in-service  teaching,  per- 
sonnel problems  and  school-community  rela- 
tionships. 

MUED  690  Research  Methods  in  Music  and 
Education.  (3)  The  application  of  methods  of 
research  to  problems  in  the  fields  of  music 
and  music  education.  The  preparation  of  bibli- 
ographies and  the  written  exposition  of  re- 
search projects  in  the  area  of  the  student's 
major  interest. 

MUED  692  Foundations  of  Music  Educa- 
tion. (3)  Educational  thought  and  its  applica- 
tion to  instruction  and  evaluation  in  music  edu- 
cation. 

156  /  Graduate  Programs 


MUED  698  Current  Trends  in  Music  Educa- 
tion. (2-4)  A  survey  of  current  and  emerging 
philosophies,  methodologies  and  curricula  in 
music  education  and  their  implementation. 
The  influence  of  educational  and  social 
changes  and  the  expanding  musical  scene 
upon  the  music  programs  for  children  of  all 
ages  and  for  teacher  education.  The  maxi- 
mum number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned 
under  this  course  symbol  (within  established 
limits  of  programs)  toward  any  degree,  eight 
semester  hours.  The  symbol  may  be  used 
two  or  more  times  until  eight  semester  hours 
have  been  completed. 

MUED  890  History  of  Music  Education  in 
the  United  States.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  The  study  of  historical 
development  of  pedagogical  practices  in 
music  education,  their  philosophical  implica- 
tions and  educational  values. 

Music 

MUSC  400  Music  Pedagogy.  (3)  Conference 
course.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite,  MUSC  418, 
or  a  more  advanced  course  in  applied  music. 
A  study  of  major  pedagogical  treatises  in 
music,  and  an  evaluation  of  pedagogical  tech- 
niques, materials,  and  procedures. 

MUSC  428  Repertoire  Coaching  of  Vocal 
or  Chamber  Music.  (2)  Prerequisite  or  cor- 
requisite,  MUSC  328.  A  course  for  piano  stu- 
dents who  wish  to  go  further  than  the  work  of- 
fered in  MUSC  128,  228,  and  328  by  becom- 
ing specialists  in  the  areas  of  vocal  coaching 
or  chamber  music  coaching.  Elements  of  peda- 
gogy, conducting,  and  responsible  artistic  de- 
cision-making for  the  entire  musical  produc- 
tion 

MUSC  429  Opera  Theater.  (2-3)  Ten  hours 
per  week.  Open  to  music  and  non-music  majors 
with  consent  of  director.  Advanced  techniques 
of  operatic  production;  preparation,  rehearsal, 
and  performance  of  operatic  works  from  both 
the  traditional  and  contemporary  repertory. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  twelve  credits. 

MUSC  430  Music  Literature  Survey  for  the 
Non-Major.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC  130  or 
the  equivalent.  Open  to  all  students  except 
music  and  music  education  majors.  Selected 
compositions  are  studied  from  the  standpoint 
of  the  informed  listener.  Choral  music,  opera, 
and  art  song. 

MUSC  431  Music  Literature  Survey  for  the 
Non-Major.  (3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC  130  or 
the  equivalent.  Open  to  all  students  except 
music  and  music-education  majors.  Selected 
compositions  are  studied  from  the  standpoint 
of  the  informed  listener.  Orchestral,  chamber, 
and  keyboard  music. 

MUSC  432  Music  in  World  Cultures  I.  (3) 

Folk  idioms  of  Eastern  and  Western  Europe, 
and  the  Americas;  American  Indian  musics. 
Historical,  social,  and  cultural  context;  musi- 
cal instruments;  theoretical  systems,  form, 
and  aesthetics;  major  representative  musical 
and  theatncal  genres. 

MUSC  433  Music  in  World  Cultures  II.  (3) 

Art  musics  of  Asia,  including  China,  Japan, 
India.  Indonesia,  and  Arabia-Persia.  Historical, 
social,  and  cultural  context;  musical  instru- 
ments; theoretical  systems,  form,  and 
aesthetics;  ma|or  representative  musical  and 
theatrical  genres. 


MUSC  436  Jazz:  Then  and  Now.  (3)  Major 
styles  and  influential  artists  of  the  past  75 
years  of  jazz. 

MUSC  438  Area  Studies  in  Ethnomusicol- 
ogy.  (3)  Prerequisite.  MUSC  432  or  433  or 
equivalent.  Advanced  study  of  musics  in 
selected  regions  of  the  world.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  nine  credits  provided  content 
is  different. 

MUSC  439  Collegium  Musicum.  (1)  Prerequi- 
site, permission  of  the  instructor.  Open  to 
undergraduates  and  graduates,  music  majors 
and  non-majors.  Procurement,  edition,  and 
performance  of  music  not  belonging  to  a  stan- 
dard repertory;  early  music,  compositions  for 
unusual  performing  media,  works  which  demand 
reconstruction  of  their  original  circumstances  of 
performance.  Outcome  of  a  semesters  work 
may  be  one  or  more  performances  for  the 
public.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  five  times. 

MUSC  443  Solo  Vocal  Literature.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, MUSC  330,  331  or  the  equivalent. 
The  study  of  solo  vocal  literature  from  the 
baroque  cantata  to  the  art  song  of  the  present. 
The  lied,  melodie,  vocal  chamber  music,  and 
the  orchestral  song  are  examined. 

MUSC  445  Survey  of  the  Opera.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, MUSC  330.  331 .  or  the  equivalent.  A 
study  of  the  music,  librettos  and  composers 
of  the  standard  operas. 

MUSC  448  Special  Topics  in  Music.  (2-6) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor.  Re- 
peatable to  a  maximum  of  six  semester  hours. 

MUSC  450  Musical  Form.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MUSC  250,  251 .  A  study  of  the  organizing 
principles  of  musical  composition,  their  inter- 
action in  musical  forms,  and  their  functions 
in  different  styles. 

MUSC  451  Analysis  of  Music.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, MUSC  450  or  permission  of  instructor. 
An  advanced  course  in  the  analysis  of  tonal 
music.  Discussion  of  individual  works,  with 
emphasis  on  their  unique  characteristics  and 
on  the  relation  of  analysis  to  performance. 

MUSC  452  Keyboard  Harmony.  (2)  Pre- 
requisites, MUSC  209A,  MUSC  251  or  the 
equivalents.  Three  laboratory  hours  per  week. 
Basic  instruction  in  the  interpretation  of  musi- 
cal scores  for  larger  ensembles  at  the  key- 
board. Realization  of  basso  countinua  parts 
under  performance  conditions. 

MUSC  453  Class  Study  of  Guitar  and  Re- 
corder. (2)  Prerequisite -consent  of  instruc- 
tor or  any  four  of  the  following;  MUSC  102, 
103,  113,  114,  116,  117,  120,  121,  202,  203. 
Three  hours  per  week.  Study  and  develop- 
ment of  instrumental  technique,  pedagogical 
practices,  and  materials  relating  to  group 
performance. 

MUSC  459  Electronic  Composition.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  250  and  permission  of 
instructor.  A  basic  course  in  the  theory  and 
practice  of  electronic  music,  including  an 
investigation  of  the  nature  of  electronically- 
generated  sound  and  its  modulation  in  the 
voltage-controlled  studio.  Primarily  for  com-  I 

position  and  theory  majors.  May  be  repeated        I 
once  for  credit.  J 

MUSC  460  Counterpoint.  (2)  Prerequisite,  'i 

MUSC  250,  251 .  A  course  in  eighteenth-cen-  || 

tury  contrapuntal  techniques.  Study  of  devices  | 

of  imitation  in  the  invention  and  the  chorale  I 


prelude.  Original  writing  in  the  smaller  contra- 
puntal forms. 

MUSC  461  Counterpoint.  (2)  Prerequisite. 
MUSC  250.  251-  A  course  in  eighteenth-cen- 
tury contrapuntal  techniques.  Study  of  de- 
vices of  imitation  in  the  invention  and  the  choral 
prelude.  Original  writing  in  the  smaller  contra- 
puntal forms. 

MUSC  462  Modal  Counterpoint.  (2)  Pre- 
requisite. MUSC  251  or  the  equivalent.  An  in- 
troduction to  the  contrapuntal  techniques  of 
the  sixteenth  century:  the  structure  of  the  modes, 
composition  of  modal  melodies,  and  contra- 
puntal writing  for  two,  three  and  four  voices. 

MUSC  465  Canon  and  Fugue.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site. MUSC  461  or  the  equivalent  Composi- 
tion and  analysis  of  the  canon  and  fugue  in 
the  styles  of  the  eighteenth,  nineteenth  and 
twentieth  centuhes. 

MUSC  466  Structural  Counterpoint.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  MUSC  461  or  permission  of  in- 
structor A  study  of  counterpoint  not  so  much 
in  terms  of  technique  as  in  its  role  of  articulating 
large-scale  tonal  structures.  Emphasis  on 
analysis  as  well  as  written  exercises. 

MUSC  467  Piano  Pedagogy  I.  (3)  A  study 
of  major  pedagogical  treatises  in  music,  and 
an  evaluation  of  pedagogical  techniques, 
materials  and  procedures. 

MUSC  468  Piano  Pedagogy  II.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
MUSC  467.  Application  of  the  studies  begun  in 
MUSC  467  to  the  actual  lesson  situation. 
Evaluation  of  results.  May  be  repeated  once 
for  credit. 

MUSC  470  Harmonic  and  Contrapuntal 
Practices  of  the  Twentieth  Century.  (2) 

Prerequisites,  MUSC  251  and  460  or  the 
equivalents.  A  theoretical  study  of  twentieth- 
century  matenals:  scales,  modes,  intervals, 
chord  structures,  poly-harmony,  and  serial 
and  twelve-tone  organization. 

MUSC  471  Contemporary  Compositional 
Techniques.  (2)  Prerequisite.  MUSC  470  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Continuation  of 
MUSC  470,  with  emphasis  on  the  analysis 
of  individual  works  written  since  1945. 

MUSC  478  Composition.  (2)  Prerequisite, 
MUSC  250,  251 .  Principles  of  musical  compo- 
sition, and  their  application  to  the  smaller 
forms.  Original  writing  in  nineteenth  and  twen- 
tieth century  musical  idioms  for  various  media. 

MUSC  479  Composition.  (2)  Prerequisite, 
MUSC  250,  251.  Pnnciples  of  musical  compo- 
sition, and  their  application  to  the  smaller 
forms.  Onginal  writing  in  nineteenth  and  twen- 
tieth century  musical  idioms  for  various  media. 

MUSC  480  Music  in  Antiquity  and  the 
Middle  Ages.  (3)  Survey  of  western  music 
from  Hellenic  times  to  1450. 


MUSC  481  Music 

Survey  of  western 

MUSC  482  Music 

Survey  of  western 

MUSC  483  Music 

Survey  of  western 

MUSC  484  Music 

Survey  of  western 

MUSC  485  Music 

Survey  of  western 
present. 


in  the  Renaissance.  (3) 

music  from  1450  to  1600. 

in  the  Baroque  Era.  (3) 

music  from  1600  to  1750. 

in  the  Classic  Era.  (3) 

music  from  1750  to  1820. 

in  the  Romantic  Era.  (3) 

music  from  1820  to  1900. 

in  the  20th  Century.  (3) 

music  from  1 900  to  the 


MUSC  486  Orchestration.  (2)  Prerequisite 
MUSC  250,  251    A  study  of  the  ranges,  musi- 
cal functions,  and  technical  charactenstics  of 
the  instruments,  and  their  color  possibilities 
in  vanous  combinations.  Practical  expenence 
In  orchestrating  for  small  and  large  ensembles. 

MUSC  487  Orchestration.  (2)  Prerequisite, 
MUSC  250,  251    A  study  of  the  ranges,  musi- 
cal functions,  and  technical  charactenstics  of 
the  instruments,  and  their  color  possibilities 
in  vanous  combinations.  Practical  expen- 
ence in  orchestrating  for  small  and  large 
ensembles. 

MUSC  490  Conducting.  (2)  A  laboratory 
course  in  conducting  vocal  and  instrumental 
groups.  Baton  technique,  score  reading,  re- 
hearsal techniques,  tone  production,  style, 
and  interpretation.  Music  of  all  periods  will  be 
introduced. 

MUSC  491  Conducting.  (2)  Prerequisite. 
MUSC  490  or  equivalent.  A  laboratory  course 
in  conducting  vocal  and  instrumental  groups. 
Baton  technique,  score  reading,  rehearsal 
techniques,  tone  production,  style,  and  inter- 
pretation. Music  of  all  penods  will  be  intro- 
duced. 

MUSC  492  Keyboard  Music  I.  (3)  The  his- 
tory and  literature  of  harpsichord  and  solo 
piano  music  from  its  beginning  to  the  roman- 
tic penod.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  those  seg- 
ments of  repertoire  which  are  encountered 
in  performance  and  teaching  situations  at  the 
present  time. 

MUSC  493  Keyboard  Music  II.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site MUSC  492.  The  history  and  literature 
of  harpsichord  and  solo  piano  music  from  the 
romantic  pehod  to  the  present.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  those  segments  of  repertoire  which 
are  encountered  in  performance  and  teach- 
ing situations  at  the  present  time. 

MUSC  494  Survey  of  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  451  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  sur- 
vey of  theoretical  treatises  and  pedagogical 
texts  from  the  eighteenth  century  to  the  present, 
spanning  the  period  from  tonal  to  12-tone 
music,  and  including  other  systems  of  orga- 
nizing contemporary,  non-tonal  music. 

MUSC  495  Acoustics  for  Musicians.  (3) 

Prerequisites -MUSC  251  or  the  equivalent, 
and  senior  or  graduate  standing  in  music.  The 
basic  physics  of  music,  acoustics  of  musical 
instruments  and  music  theory,  physiological 
acoustics,  and  musico-architectural  acoustics. 

MUSC  499  Independent  Studies.  (2-3)  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  instructor.  Indepen- 
dent research  on  a  topic  chosen  in  consulta- 
tion with  the  instructor,  which  may  culminate 
in  a  paper  or  approphate  project.  May  be  re- 
peated once  for  credit. 

MUSC  608  Chamber  Music  Repertoire.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  graduate  standing  as  a  major 
in  performance.  A  study,  through  perfor- 
mance, of  diversified  chamber  music  for 
standard  media.  May  be  repeated  for  credit 
to  the  maximum  credit  designated  in  the  stu- 
dent s  ma|or  degree  program. 

MUSC  621  Documents  of  Theory  and 
Aesthetics:  Ancient.  Medieval  and  Renais- 
sance. (3)  Writings  about  music  in  antiquity, 
the  middle  ages,  and  the  Renaissance. 


MUSC  622  Documents  of  Theory  and 
Aesthetics:  Baroque.  (3)  Writings  about 
western  music  from  1600  to  1750. 

MUSC  623  Documents  of  Theory  and 
Aesthetics:  Classic.  (3)  Writings  about 
western  music  from  1750  to  1820 

MUSC  624  Documents  of  Theory  and 
Aesthetics:  Romantic.  (3)  Writings  about 
western  music  from  1820  to  1900, 

MUSC  625  Documents  of  Theory  and 
Aesthetics:  20th  Century.  (3)  Writings 
about  western  music  from  1900  to  the  present. 

MUSC  630  Teaching  the  Theory.  History, 
and  Literature  of  Music.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
graduate  standing  and  consent  of  instructor. 
A  course  in  teaching  methodology  with  empha- 
sis on  instruction  at  the  college  level. 

MUSC  635  American  Music.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
MUSC  331  and  graduate  standing.  A  lecture 
course  in  the  history  of  American  art  music 
from  colonial  times  to  the  present. 

MUSC  639  Seminar  in  Music.  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, MUSC  330  331  and  consent  of  instructor. 
The  work  of  one  major  composer  (Bach. 
Beethoven,  etc  )  will  be  studied.  The  course 
may  be  repeated  for  credit,  since  a  different 
composer  will  be  chosen  each  time  it  is  offered, 

MUSC  640  Performance  Practice  I.  (3)  Prob- 
lems in  the  performance  of  music  lying  primar- 
ily outside  the  standard  repertory  Mainly  for 
performance  majors 

MUSC  641  Performance  Practice  II.  (3) 

Problems  in  the  performance  of  music  lying 
primarily  outside  the  standard  repertory. 
Mainly  for  performance  majors.  Continuation 
of  MUSC  640 

MUSC  642  Early  Music  Notation.(3)  Aspects 
of  notation  in  music  before  1600:  transcrip- 
tion into  modern  notation. 

MUSC  648  Seminar  in  Music  Research.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  MUSC  331  and  graduate  stand- 
ing. An  introduction  to  graduate  study  in  the 
history  and  literature  of  music.  Bibliography 
and  methodology  of  systematic  and  historical 
musicology. 

MUSC  650  The  Contemporary  Idiom.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  MUSC  461  or  equivalent  and 
graduate  standing.  Composition  and  analysis 
in  the  twentieth  century  styles,  with  emphasis 
on  techniques  of  melody,  harmony,  and  coun- 
terpoint. 

MUSC  662  Advanced  Modal  Counterpoint. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  MUSC  461  or  the  equivalent, 
and  graduate  standing  An  intensive  course 
in  the  composition  of  music  in  the  style  of  the 
late  Renaissance.  Analytical  studies  of  the 
music  of  Palestrina.  Lasso.  Byrd  and  others. 

MUSC  670  Advanced  Analytical  Tech- 
niques. (3)  Prerequisite,  graduate  standing 
in  music  and  consent  of  instructor.  A  semi- 
nar in  which  composer  and  theorist  develop 
analytical  facility  in  advanced  nineteenth-  and 
Uventieth-century  music  and  an  inclusive 
technique  of  analysis  in  music  from  the 
Renaissance  to  the  present. 

MUSC  671  Advanced  Analytical  Tech- 
niques. (3)  Prerequisites.  MUSC  670  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  A  seminar  in  which  com- 
poser and  theorist  develop  analytical  facility 
in  advanced  nineteenth-  and  twentieth-cen- 
tury music  and  an  inclusive  technique  of 

Graduate  Programs  / 157 


analysis  in  music  from  the  Renaissance  to 
the  present. 

MUSC  678  Seminar  in  Musical  Composi- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite.  MUSC  479  or  equiva- 
lent, and  graduate  standing.  An  advanced 
course  in  Musical  composition.  May  be  re- 
peated for  credit. 

MUSC  679  Seminar  in  Ethnomusicology. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  MUSC  434-435.  Selected 
problems  In  ethnomusicology  Independent 
research  in  such  topics  as  transcription,  an- 
alysis, and  taxonomy 

MUSC  680  Seminar  in  Music  of  Antiquity 
and  the  Middle  Ages.  (3)  Special  research 
topics  in  music. 

MUSC  681  Seminar  in  Music  of  the  Renais- 
sance. (3)  Special  research  topics  in  music 
from  1450  to  1600, 

MUSC  682  Seminar  in  Music  of  the  Ba- 
roque Era.  (3)  Special  research  topics  in 
music  from  1600  to  1750 

MUSC  683  Seminar  in  Music  of  the  Clas- 
sic Era.  (3)  Special  research  topics  in  music 
from  1750  to  1820. 

MUSC  684  Seminar  in  Music  of  the  Roman- 
tic Era.  (3)  Special  research  topics  in  music 
from  1820  to  1900 

MUSC  685  Seminar  in  Music  of  the  20th 
Century.  (3)  Special  research  topics  in  music 
from  1900  to  the  present. 

MUSC  688  Advanced  Orchestration.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MUSC  487  or  the  equivalent, 
and  graduate  standing  Orchestration  projects 
in  the  styles  of  Debussy,  Ravel,  Stravinsky, 
Schoenberg,  Bartok,  and  others.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit 

MUSC  689  Advanced  Conducting.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, MUSC  491  or  the  equivalent.  A  con- 
centrated study  of  the  conducting  techniques 
involved  in  the  repertoire  of  all  historical  per- 
iods. May  be  repeated  for  credit, 

MUSC  696  Factors  in  Musical  Learning.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  MUSC  331  or  the  equivalent 
and  at  least  one  course  in  psychology  The 
psychology  of  intervals,  scales,  rhythms,  and 
harmony.  Musical  hearing  and  creativity.  The 
psychology  of  musical  ability.  The  theory  of 
functional  music, 

MUSC  699  Special  Topics  in  Music.  (2-6) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  semester 
hours, 

MUSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

MUSC  800  Advanced  Seminar  in  Music 
Pedagogy.  (3)  Prerequisites,  Music  400  or 
equivalent,  doctoral  standing  and  permission 
of  instructor.  A  detailed  study  of  historical  and 
contemporary  methods  of  pedagogy,  and 
analysis  of  pedagogical  problems.  Section- 
ing by  instrument.  Required  of  all  candidates 
for  the  D,M,A,  degree  in  performance  and 
literature. 

MUSC  801  Advanced  Seminar  in  Music 
Pedagogy.  (3)  Prerequisites,  music  400  or 
equivalent,  doctoral  standing  and  permission 
of  instructor.  A  detailed  study  of  historical 
and  contemporary  methods  of  pedagogy, 
and  analysis  of  pedagogical  problems.  Sec- 
tioning by  instrument.  Required  of  all  candi- 


dates for  the  D.M.A,  degree  in  performance 
and  literature 

MUSC  830  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Music  Liter- 
ature. (3)  Prerequisite,  at  least  twelve  hours 
in  music  history  and  literature.  An  analytical 
survey  of  the  literature  of  music:  keyboard 
music;  vocal  music:  string  music:  wind  instru- 
ment music:  required  of  all  candidates  for  the 
DMA.  degree  in  literature-performance. 

MUSC  831  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Music  Liter- 
ature. (3)  Prerequisite,  MUSC  830  or  con- 
sent of  instructor  An  analytical  survey  of  the 
literature  of  music:  keyboard  music:  vocal 
music:  string  music:  wind  instrument  music 
Required  of  all  candidates  for  the  DMA. 
degree  in  literature-performance. 

MUSC  878  Advanced  Composition.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. MUSC  678  or  the  equivalent,  and 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Conference 
course  in  composition  in  the  larger  forms. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Music  Performance 

Music  performance  courses  are  available 
in  three  series: 

Minor  Series- MUSP  402,  403.  Intended  for 
either  music  majors  studying  a  secondary 
instrument  or  non-music  majors. 

Principal  Series-MUSP  405,  406,  409,  410, 
609,  610.  Intended  for  majors  in  music  pro- 
grams other  than  performance. 

Major  Series-MUSP  415,  416,  419,  420, 
619,  620,  815.  816,  817.  Intended  tor  students 
majoring  in  performance. 

Instrument  designation:  Each  student  taking 
a  music  performance  course  in  any  of  the 
above  series  must  indicate  the  instrument 
chosen  by  adding  a  suffix  to  the  proper 
course  number,  such  as:  MUSP  402A  music 
performance  -  Piano 

Suffix,  instrument:  A-Piano,  B-Voice, 
C-Violin,  D-  Viola,  E    Cello,  F-Bass,  G-Flute, 
H-Oboe,  l-Clahnet,  J-Bassoon,  K-Saxophone, 
L-Horn,  M- Trumpet,  N -Trombone,  0-Tuba, 
P-Euphonium,  Q-Percussion,  R-Organ, 
S-Guitar,  T- Composition,  U~Conducting, 
V  and  W,  Open,  X-HIST  INST-Keyboard, 
Y— HIST  INST-Sthngs,  Z-HIST  INST-Winds, 

400-Level  Courses  in  the  Minor  Series: 

Half-hour  lesson  and  six  practice  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department 
chairman  and  the  next  lower  course  on  the 
same  instrument. 

400-Level  Courses  in  the  Principal  or  Major 
Series:  2  or  4  credits.  One-hour  lesson  and  six 
practice  hours  per  week  if  taken  for  2-credits: 
or  one-hour  lesson  and  fifteen  practice  hours 
per  week  if  taken  for  4-credits.  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  department  chairman  and  the 
next  lower  course  on  same  Instrument, 

MUSP  402  Music  Performance.  (2)  Senior 

course,  in  the  minor  series, 

MUSP  403  Music  Performance.  (2)  Senior 
course,  in  the  minor  series. 

MUSP  405  Music  Performance.  (2-4)  Junior 
course  in  the  principal  series. 


MUSP  406  Music  Performance.  (2-4)  Junior 
course  in  the  principal  series, 

MUSP  409  Music  Performance.  (2-4)  Senior 
course  in  the  principal  series, 

MUSP  410  Music  Performance.  (2-4)  Senior 
course  in  the  principal  senes.  Recital  required, 

MUSP  415  Music  Performance.  (2-4)  Junior 
course  in  the  major  series, 

MUSP  416  Music  Performance.  (2-4)  Junior 

course  in  the  major  sehes, 

MUSP  419  Music  Performance.  (2-4)  Senior 

course  in  the  major  series. 

MUSP  420  Music  Performance.  (2-4)  Senior 

course  in  the  major  series.  Recital  required. 

MUSP  609  Interpretation  and  Repertoire. 

(2)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department 
chairman  and  graduate  standing  in  perfor- 
mance in  the  principal  series. 

MUSP  610  Graduate  Music  Performance. 

(4)  Prerequisite:  MUSP  609  and  permission  of 
department  chairman.  Recital  course  in  the 
principal  series, 

MUSP  619  Interpretation  and  Repertoire. 

(2)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department 
chairman  and  graduate  standing  in  perfor- 
mance in  the  major  series. 

MUSP  620  Graduate  Music  Performance. 

(4)  Prerequisite:  MUSP  619  and  permission 
of  department  chairman.  Recital  course  in  the 
major  series, 

MUSP  815  Interpretation,  Performance, 
and  Pedagogy.  (4)  A  seminar  in  pedagogy 
and  the  pedagogical  literature  for  the  doctoral 
performer,  with  advanced  instruction  at  the 
instrument,  covering  appropriate  composi- 
tions. Required  of  all  candidates  for  the 
D.M.A,  degree  in  literature-performance.  Pre- 
requisite, doctoral  standing  in  performance 
and  permission  of  department  chairman.  Re- 
cital course. 

MUSP  816  Interpretation,  Performance, 
and  Pedagogy.  (4)  Recital  course.  Prerequi- 
site MUSP  815  and  permission  of  department 
chairman. 

MUSP  817  Interpretation,  Performance,  and 
Pegagogy.  (4)  Recital  course  Prerequisite: 
MUSP  816  and  permission  of  department 
chairman. 


Nuclear  Engineering 
Program 

Program  Director  and  Professor:  Munno 

Professor:  Duffey 

Associate  Professors:  Almenas,  Roush, 

Sheaks 
Lecturers:  Belcher 

The  Nuclear  Engineering  program, 
which  is  administered  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Chemical  Engineering,  has 
as  Its  primary  objective  the  main- 
tenance and  extension  of  the  ever  in- 
creasing degree  of  engineering 
sophistication.  The  courses  and  re- 
search programs  strive  to  create  an 
atmosphere  of  originality  and  cre- 


158  /  Graduate  Programs 


ativity  that  prepares  the  student  for 
the  engineering  leadership  of  tonnor- 
row. 

An  individual  plan  of  graduate 
study  compatible  with  the  student's 
interests  and  background  is  estab- 
lished between  the  student,  his  ad- 
visor and  the  departnnent  head. 
General  areas  of  concentration  in- 
clude reactor  safety,  reactor  ther- 
mal/hydraulics, nuclear  fuel  manage- 
ment, transport  theory,  activation 
analysis,  energy  conversion,  reactor 
physics,  radiation  engineering,  reac- 
tor dynamics,  radiation  shielding 
and  nuclear  core  design.  The  general 
nuclear  engineering  program  is 
focused  toward  energy  conversion 
and  power  engineering  with  the  addi- 
tional specialty  in  radiation  and 
polymer  science. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  programs  leading  to  the  M.S. 
and  Ph.D.  degrees  are  open  to  quali- 
fied students  holding  the  B.S.  de- 
gree. Full  admission  may  be  granted 
to  students  with  degrees  in  any  of 
the  engineering  and  science  areas 
from  accredited  programs.  In  some 
cases  it  may  be  necessary  to  require 
courses  to  fulfill  the  background. 
The  general  regulations  of  the 
Graduate  School  apply  in  reviewing 
applications. 

The  candidate  for  the  M.S.  degree 
has  the  choice  of  following  a  plan  of 
study  with  thesis  or  without  thesis. 
The  equivalent  of  at  least  three  years 
of  full-time  study  beyond  the  B.S. 
degree  is  required  for  the  Ph.D.  de- 
gree. All  students  seeking  graduate 
degrees  in  Nuclear  Engineering 
must  enroll  in  ENNU  620,  630,  655 
and  440.  Many  of  these  courses  are 
offered  in  the  late  afternoon  and 
evening.  In  addition  to  the  general 
rules  of  the  Graduate  School  certain 
special  degree  requirements  are  set 
forth  by  the  Department  in  its 
departmental  publications. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Special  facilities  available  for 
graduate  study  in  Nuclear  Engineer- 
ing include  the  nuclear  reactor,  gam- 
ma and  electron  radiation  equip- 
ment, neutron  generator,  and  various 
analyzers  and  detectors.  Activities  in 
these  areas  are  coordinated  through 
the  nuclear  reactor  facility  and  the 
Laboratory  for  Radiation  and  Poly- 
mer Science.  The  nuclear  reactor  is 


a  250  KW  swimming  pool  type  using 
enriched  uranium. 

Courses 

ENNU  430  Radioisotope  Power  Sources. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  ENNU  215  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Principles  and  theory  of 
radioisotope  power  sources.  Design  and 
use  of  nuclear  batteries  and  small  energy 
conversion  devices. 

ENNU  435  Activation  Analysis.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ENNU  215  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. Principles  and  techniques  of  ac- 
tivation analysis  involving  neutrons, 
photons  and  charged  particles.  Em- 
phasis placed  upon  application  of  this 
analytical  technique  to  solving  environ- 
mental and  engineering  problems. 

ENNU  440  Nuclear  Technology  Labora- 
tory. (3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites.  MATH 
240.  PHYS  263.  Techniques  of  detecting 
and  making  measurements  of  nuclear  or 
higti  energy  radiation.  Radiation  safety 
experiments.  Both  a  sub-critical  reactor 
and  the  swimming  pool  critical  reactor 
are  sources  of  radiation. 

ENNU  450  Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering 

I.  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  246  and  PHYS 
263  or  consent  of  instructor.  Elementary 
nuclear  phiysics.  reactor  theory,  and  reac- 
tor energy  transfer.  Steady-state  and 
time-dependent  neutron  distributions  in 
space  and  energy.  Conduction  and  con- 
vective  heat  transfer  in  nuclear  reactor 
systems. 

ENNU  455  Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering 

II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ENNU  450.  General 
plant  design  considerations  including 
radiation  hazards  and  health  physics, 
shielding  design,  nuclear  power 
economics,  radiation  effects  on  reactor 
materials,  and  various  types  of  nuclear 
reactor  systems. 

ENNU  460  Nuclear  Heat  Transport.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENNU  450.  Heat  generation 
in  nuclear  reactor  cores,  conduction  and 
transfer  to  coolants.  Neutron  flux  distri- 
butions, fission  and  heat  release.  Steady 
and  unsteady  state  conduction  in  fuel 
elements.  Heat  transfer  to  nonmetallic 
and  metallic  coolants.  Heat  transfer  with 
phase  change.  Thermal  design  of  reactor 
cores. 

ENNU  468  Research.  (2-3)  Prerequisite, 
permission  of  the  staff.  Investigation  of  a 
research  project  under  the  direction  of 
one  of  the  staff  members.  Comprehen- 
sive reports  are  required.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  semester  hours. 

ENNU  470  Introduction  to  Controlled  Fu- 
sion. (3)  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in 
engineering  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 
principles  and  the  current  status  of  re- 
search to  achieve  controlled  thermo- 
nuclear power  production.  Properties  of 
ionized  gases  relating  to  confinement 
and  heating.  Concepts  of  practical  fusion 
devices. 

ENNU  480  Reactor  Core  Design.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, ENNU  450  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Design  of  nuclear  reactor  cores 
based  on  a  sequence  of  standard  com- 


puter codes.  Thermal  and  epithermal 
cross  sections,  multigroup  diffusion 
theory  in  one  and  two  dimensions  and 
fine  structure  flux  calculations  using 
transport  theory. 

ENNU  490  Nuclear  Fuel  and  Povirer 
Management.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ENNU 
460  and  480,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Physics  and  economics  of  the  nuclear 
fuel  cycle  utilizing  existing  design  codes. 
Mining,  conversion,  enrichment,  fabrica- 
tion, reprocessing  processes.  Effects  of 
Plutonium  recycle,  in-core  shuffling,  fuel 
mechanical  design  and  power  peaking  on 
fuel  cycle  costs. 

ENNU  609  Seminar  in  Nuclear  Engineer- 
ing. (1) 

ENNU  620  Methods  of  Engineering 
Analysis.  (3)  Application  of  selected 
mathematical  techniques  to  the  analysis 
and  solution  of  engineering  problems;  in- 
cluded are  the  applications  of  matrices, 
vectors,  tensors,  differential  equations, 
integral  transforms,  and  probability 
methods  to  such  problems  as  unsteady 
heat  transfer,  transient  phemomena  in 
mass  transfer  operations,  stagewise  pro- 
cesses, chemical  reactors,  process  con- 
trol, and  nuclear  reactor  physics. 

ENNU  630  Nuclear  Reactor  Physics  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ENNU  450  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Introduction  to  neutron  physics. 
The  theory  of  neutron  detection  instru- 
ments including  the  neutron  chopper  and 
solid  state  detectors.  Elements  of 
neutron  slowing-down  theory.  The 
Boltzman  transport  equation  is 
developed  together  with  approximations 
such  as  P|>^  Skj  and  Fermi  age.  Nuclear 
systems  are  tneoretically  treated  utilizing 
the  diffusion  approximation,  the  Fermi 
age  method  and  the  P-3  method.  Elemen- 
tary temperature  and  time  dependence. 

ENNU  640  Nuclear  Reactor  Physics  II.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  ENCH 
320.  Mathematical  treatment  of  nuclear 
reactor  systems.  The  foundations  of 
nuclear  reactor  kinetics,  the  multigroup 
treatment,  reflected  reactor  theory, 
heterogeneous  reactors,  perturbation 
theory.  Thermalization  theory  and  the 
pulse  and  sine-wave  techniques.  In- 
troduction to  variational  methods. 

ENNU  648  Special  Problems  in  Nuclear 
Engineering.  (1-16) 

ENNU  649  Selected  Topics  in  Nuclear 
Engineering.  (2)  Two  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Topics  of  current  interest  and  recent  ad- 
vances in  the  nuclear  engineering  field. 
Because  of  the  rapid  advances  in  the 
field,  information  on  special  topics  of 
much  practical  importance  is  continually 
becoming  available.  Since  the  content 
changes,  re-registration  may  be  per- 
mitted. 

ENNU  655  Radiation  Engineering.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  instructor.  An 
analysis  of  such  radiation  applications  as 
synthesizing  chemicals,  preserving 
foods,  control  of  industrial  processes, 
design  of  irradiation  installations.  E.g., 
cobalt  60  gamma  ray  sources,  electro- 


Graduate  Programs  / 159 


nuclear  machine  arrangement,  and 
chemonuclear  reactors. 

ENNU  656  Radiation  Engineering.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  instructor.  An 
analysis  of  sucti  radiation  applications  as 
synttiesizing  cfiemicals,  preserving 
foods,  control  of  industrial  processes, 
design  of  irradiation  installations.  E.g., 
cobalt  60  gamma  ray  sources,  electro- 
nuclear  macfiine  arrangement,  and 
cfiemonuclear  reactors. 

ENNU  667  Radiation  Effects  Laboratory. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Effect  of  massive  doses  of  radiation  on 
tfie  properties  of  matter  for  purposes 
otfier  tfian  ttiose  pointed  toward  nuclear 
power.  Radiation  processing,  radiation- 
induced  cfiemical  reactions,  and  conver- 
sion of  radiation  energy;  isotope  power 
sources. 

ENNU  671  Nuclear  Reactor  Laboratory. 
(3)  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Tfie  University  of 
Maryland  swimming  pool  reactor  is 
employed  in  experiments  on  reactor 
startup  and  operation,  sfiielding,  control, 
neutron  flux  distributions,  neutron  and 
gamma  spectrum,  cross  section 
measurements. 

ENNU  672  Nuclear  Reactor  Laboratory. 
(3)  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  The  University  of 
l\/laryland  swimming  pool  reactor  is 
employed  in  experiments  on  reactor 
startup  and  operation,  shielding,  control, 
neutron  flux  distributions,  neutron  and 
gamma  spectrum,  cross  section 
measurements. 

ENNU  720  Neutral  Particle  Transport 
Theory.  (3)  First  semester.  Prerequisite, 
ENNU  630  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Transport  equations  for  neutrons  and 
gamma  rays.  Infinite  space  and  Milne 
problems.  Spherical  harmonic  and  varia- 
tional methods.  Special  methods  of  solv- 
ing transport  equations. 

ENNU  730  Radiation  Shielding  and 
Energy  Deposition.  (3)  First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  ENNU  630  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  interactions  of 
nuclear  radiations  with  matter.  Includes 
electron,  gamma  and  neutron  attenua- 
tion, dose  calculations,  chemical 
changes,  heat  generation  and  removal  in 
shields. 

ENNU  740  Nuclear  Reactor  Dynamics.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  ENNU 
640.  Principles  of  reactor  control  and 
operation.  Neutron  kinetics,  temperature 
and  coolant  flow  effects,  transfer  func- 
tion, stochastic  processes.  Stability 
analysis.  Accident  calculations.  Use  of 
analog  computer  or  simulation  and  prob- 
lem solving. 

ENNU  761  Nuclear  Fuel  and  Waste  Pro- 
cessing. (3)  First  semester,  three  lectures 
a  week.  Processing  of  nuclear  fuel  and 
treatment  of  nuclear  waste.  Includes: 
processing  of  uranium,  thorium,  and 
other  ores;  chemical  separation  of 
Plutonium,  uranium,  fission  products  and 


other  elements  from  materials  irradiated 
in  nuclear  reactors;  treatment  of  radio- 
active wastes;  isotopic  separation  of 
U235;  and  isotopic  separation  of  heavy 
water  and  other  materials. 
ENNU  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

ENNU  840  Nuclear  Reactor  Design.  (3) 
Prerequisites:  ENNU  630  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  design  features  of  nuclear 
reactor  systems.  The  preliminary  design 
of  a  reactor  is  carried  out  by  the  student. 
Core  design  including  heat  transfer,  con- 
trol system,  safety  systems  and  shield- 
ing. Standard  computer  programs  are 
uitilized  throughout. 
ENNU  860  Fast  Reactor  Engineering.  (3) 
Prerequisite,  ENNU  630.  Engineering  and 
physics  problems  of  fast  reactors. 
Neutron  economy  and  breeding.  Trans- 
port theory  based  on  neutronic  core  de- 
sign. Liquid  metal  and  gaseous  coolant 
heat  transfer.  Aspects  of  fast  reactor 
plant  design. 

ENNU  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Nutritional  Sciences 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Keeney 
(Chemistry) 

Professors:  Leffel,  Young  (Animal 
Science);  Goldsby,  Holmlund,  Keeney, 
Rollinson  (Chemistry);  Davis,  King, 
Mattick,  Vandersall,  Williams  (Dairy 
Science);  Ahrens,  Beaton,  Prather 
(Food,  Nutrition  &  Institution  Admin- 
istration); Shaffner,  Thomas  (Poultry 
Science);  Hepner  (Pediatrics,  UMAB). 

Associate  Professors:  DeBarthe  (Animal 
Science);  Campagnoni,  Hansen, 
Lakshmanan,  Martin,  Sampugna 
(Chemistry);  Butler,  Cox,  Williams 
(Food,  Nutrition  &  Institution  Admin- 
istration); Scares  (Poultry  Science) 

Assistant  Professors:  Kunkle,  McCall 
(Animal  Science);  Mather,  Vijay  (Dairy 
Science);  Poplai  (Food,  Nutrition  & 
Institution  Administration) 

The  Graduate  Program  in  Nutritional 
Sciences  offers  study  leading  to  the 
Master  of  Science  and  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degrees.  It  is  an  inter- 
departmental program  involving 
faculty  in  the  Departments  of  Animal 
Science,  Dairy  Science,  Chemistry, 
Food,  Nutrition  &  Institution  Ad- 
ministration and  Poultry  Science  on 
the  College  Park  Campus,  and  Pedi- 
atrics at  the  University  of  Maryland, 
Baltimore  City  Campus. 

Students  interested  in  the  pro- 
gram should  contact  the  chairman  of 
the  program  for  information  on  spe- 
cific requirements. 

Courses 

NUSC  402  Fundamentals  of  Nutrition.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  A  study  of  the 


fundamental  role  of  all  nutrients  in  the 
body,  including  their  digestion,  absorp- 
tion and  metabolism.  Dietary  require- 
ments and  nutritional  deficiency  syn- 
dromes of  laboratory  and  farm  animals 
and  man  will  be  considered.  This  course 
will  be  for  both  graduate  and  under- 
graduate credit,  with  additional  assign- 
ments given  to  the  graduate  students. 

NUSC  403  Applied  Animal  Nutrition.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisites,  MATH  110, 
NUSC  402  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
critical  study  of  those  factors  which  in- 
fluence the  nutritional  requirements  of 
ruminants,  swine  and  poultry.  Practical 
feeding  methods  and  procedures  used  in 
formulation  of  economically  efficient  ra- 
tions will  be  presented. 

NUSC  415  Maternal,  Infant  and  Child 
Nutrition.  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, course  in  basic  nutrition.  Nutri- 
tional needs  of  the  mother,  infant  and 
child  and  the  relation  of  nutrition  to 
physical  and  mental  growth. 
NUSC  425  International  Nutrition.  (2)  Two 
lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  course  in 
basic  nutrition.  Nutritional  status  of 
world  population  and  local,  national,  and 
international  programs  for  improvement. 

NUSC  435  History  of  Nutrition.  (2)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  course  in 
basic  nutrition.  A  study  of  the  develop- 
ment of  the  knowledge  of  nutrition  and 
its  interrelationship  with  social  and 
economic  development. 

NUSC  450  Advanced  Human  Nutrition.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one 
two-hour  laboratory.  Prerequisites  NUSC 
402  or  NUTR  300,  CHEM  461,  462  or  con- 
current registration  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. A  critical  study  of  the  physio- 
logical and  metabolic  influences  on  nu- 
trient utilization,  particular  emphasis  on 
current  problems  in  human  nutrition. 

NUSC  460  Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition. 

(3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  NUSC 
402  or  NUTR  300.  Two  lectures  and 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Modification 
of  normal  adequate  diet  to  meet  human 
nutritional  needs  in  pathological  condi- 
tions. 

NUSC  463  Nutrition  Laboratory.  (2)  Pre- 
requisite, ANSC/NUSC  401  or  concurrent 
registration.  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Digestibility  studies  with  ruminant 
and  monogastric  animals,  proximate 
analysis  of  various  food  products,  and 
feeding  trials  demonstrating  classical 
nutritional  deficiencies  in  laboratory 
animals. 

NUSC  600  Recent  Progress  in  Human 
Nutrition.  (3)  First  semester.  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Recent  developments  in 
the  science  of  nutrition  with  emphasis 
on  interpretation  for  application  in  health 
and  disease. 

NUSC  601  Advanced  Ruminant  Nutrition. 
(2)  First  semester.  Two  1-hour  lectures 
and  one  2-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  department.  Bio- 
chemical, physiological  and  bacterio- 


160  /  Graduate  Programs 


logical  aspects  of  the  nutrition  of 
ruminants  and  other  animals. 

NUSC  603  Mineral  Metabolism.  (3) 

Presentation  of  basic  nutritional  data  on 
mineral  metabolism  with  emphasis  on  in- 
teractions of  minerals.  Trace  elements 
will  be  given  special  attention.  The  role 
of  minerals  in  metabolic  regulation  is 
stressed.  Two  one-hour  lectures/one  two- 
hour  discussion  period. 

NUSC  604  Vitamin  Nutrition.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, ANSC  401  and  CHEM  461.  Two 
one-hour  lectures  and  one  two-hour 
discussion  period  per  week.  Advanced 
study  of  the  fundamental  role  of  vitamins 
and  vitamin-like  cofactors  in  nutrition  in- 
cluding chemical  properties,  absorption, 
metabolism,  excretion  and  deficiency 
syndromes.  A  critical  study  of  the  bio- 
chemical basis  of  substances  and  of  cer- 
tain laboratory  techniques. 

NUSC  610  Readings  in  Nutrition.  (1-3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  NUSC 
402  or  NUTR  300,  CHEM  461  or  consent 
of  instructor.  One  lecture,  one  2  hour 
laboratory  per  week.  Basic  concepts  of 
animal  energetics  with  quantitative 
descriptions  of  energy  requirements  and 
utilization. 

NUSC  612  Energy  Nutrition.  (2)  Second 
semester.  Prerequisites.  NUSC  402  or 
450.  CHEM  461,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
One  lecture,  one  2  hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Basic  concepts  of  animal  ener- 
getics with  quantitative  descriptions  of 
energy  requirements  and  utilization. 

NUSC  614  Proteins.  (2)  Second  semester. 
One  lecture  and  one  2  hour  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisites,  NUSC  402  or 
NUTR  300,  and  CHEM  461  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Advanced  study  of  the  roles 
of  amino  acids  in  nutrition  and 
metabolism.  Protein  digestion,  absorp- 
tion, anabolism,  catabolism  and  amino 
acid  balance. 

NUSC  620  Nutrition  for  Community  Ser- 
vices. (3)  First  semester.  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Application  of  the  principles  of 
nutrition  to  community  problems  of 
specific  groups.  Students  may  select 
problems  for  independent  study. 

NUSC  663  Advanced  Nutrition  Labora- 
tory. (3)  Prerequisite,  ANSC/NUSC  401 
and  either  CHEM  462  or  NUSC  670.  One 
hour  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  labora- 
tory per  week.  Basic  instrumentation  and 
techniques  desired  for  advanced  nutri- 
tional research.  The  effect  of  various 
nutritional  parameters  upon  intermediary 
metabolism,  enzyme  kinetics,  endocrinol- 
ogy, and  nutrient  absorption  in  labora- 
tory animals. 

NUSC  670  Intermediary  Metabolism  in 
Nutrition.  (3)  Second  semester.  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisites,  NUSC  402 
or  NUTR  300,  CHEM  461  or  462.  The  ma- 
jor routes  of  carbohydrate,  fat  and  pro- 
tein metabolism  with  particular  emphasis 
on  metabolic  shifts  and  their  detection 
and  significance  in  nutrition. 

NUSC  680  Human  Nutritional  Status.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  Methods 
of  appraisal  of  human  nutritional  status. 


to  include  dietary,  biochemical  and  an- 
thropometric techniques. 

NUSC  698  Seminar  in  Nutrition.  (1-3)  First 
and  second  semesters.  A  study  in  depth 
of  a  selected  phase  of  nutrition. 

NUSC  699  Problems  in  Nutrition.  (1-4) 

NUSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 

(1-6)  First  and  second  semesters.  Work 
assigned  in  proportion  to  amount  of 
credit.  Students  will  be  required  to  pur- 
sue original  research  in  some  phase  of 
nutrition,  carrying  the  same  to  comple- 
tion, and  reporting  the  results  in  the  form 
of  a  thesis. 

NUSC  898  Colloquium  in  Nutrition.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Oral  reports 
on  special  topics  or  recently  published 
research  in  nutrition.  Distinguished 
scientists  are  invited  as  guest  lecturers. 
A  maximum  of  three  credits  allowed  for 
the  M.S. 

NUSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8)  First  and  second  semesters. 
Work  assigned  in  proportion  to  amount 
of  credit.  Students  will  be  required  to 
pursue  original  research  in  some  phase 
of  nutrition,  carrying  the  same  to  comple- 
tions, and  reporting  the  results  in  the 
form  of  a  dissertation. 


Philosophy  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Gorovitz 
Professors:  Pasch,  Perkins,  Schlaretzki, 

Shapere,  Svenonius 
Associate  Professors:  Brown,  Celarier, 

Johnson,  Lesher,  Martin,  Suppe 
Assistant  Professors:  Ahem,  Darden, 

Gardner,  Kress,  Levinson,  Odell,  Stern, 

Waldner 

The  Department  of  Philosophy  offers 
graduate  programs  leading  to  the 
M,A.  and  Ph.D.  degrees,  with  em- 
phasis on  contemporary  British  and 
American  philosophy  and  the  bear- 
ing of  philosophy  on  other 
disciplines.  A  person  seeking  the 
Ph.D.  normally  enters  that  program 
directly,  without  first  pursuing  the 
M.A.  program  (though  the  M.A.  may 
be  earned  on  the  way  to  the  Ph.D.). 
Whereas  the  Ph.D.  program  is 
suitable  primarily  for  persons  who 
wish  to  enter  a  career  of  teaching 
and  research  at  the  college  or  univer- 
sity level,  the  M.A.  program  is  ap- 
propriate for  persons  who  desire  to 
deepen  and  expand  the  knowledge 
they  gained  as  undergraduates  or  to 
develop  competence  in  philosophy 
for  the  sake  of  its  applications  in 
some  other  professional  field. 

A  special,  interdisciplinary  cur- 
riculum in  the  history  and 
philosophy  of  science,  In  coopera- 
tion with  the  Department  of  History 
and  under  the  supervision  of  the 


Committee  on  the  History  and 
Philosophy  of  Science,  is  also  of- 
fered, at  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  levels. 

The  Center  for  Philosophy  and 
Public  Policy,  operating  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Department  of 
Government  and  Politics  and  the 
Department  of  Philosophy,  engages 
in  research,  teaching,  and  cur- 
riculum development  in  the  ethical 
and  conceptual  issues  in  public 
policy  formation.  The  Center  offers 
graduate  students  opportunities  for 
course  work  and  research. 
Admission  and  Degree  Information 
The  Department  admits  to  the  Ph.D. 
program  only  students  intending  to 
undertake  full-time  study  toward  that 
degree. 

Students  seeking  admission  to 
the  Ph.D.  program  in  philosophy 
should  normally  have  completed, 
with  a  high  grade  average,  at  least 
eighteen  semester  hours  (or  the 
equivalent)  of  philosophy,  including 
one  course  in  logic,  two  courses  in 
the  history  of  philosophy,  and  two 
courses  from  among  the  following 
areas:  ethics,  epistemology,  and 
metaphysics.  The  Graduate  Record 
Examination  Aptitude  Test  (verbal 
and  quantitative  sections)  Is  re- 
quired. Applications  must  be  sup- 
ported by  two  or  three  letters  of 
recommendation  from  previous  in- 
structors, at  least  one  of  whom  is 
familiar  with  the  applicant's  work  in 
philosophy.  The  applicant  is  required 
also  to  submit  a  sample  of  his  writ- 
ten work  on  a  philosophical  topic. 
The  letters  and  paper,  as  well  as  the 
G.R.E.  test  scores,  should  be  sent 
directly  to  the  Department  of 
Philosophy. 

Students  may  be  admitted  to  the 
curriculum  in  the  history  and 
philosophy  of  science  with  fewer 
than  eighteen  hours  in  philosophy 
provided  that  this  is  compensated 
for  by  a  strong  background  in 
science.  For  details,  consult  the 
Chairperson,  Committee  on  the 
History  and  Philosophy  of  Science, 

Qualitative  criteria  for  M.A.  admis- 
sion are  substantially  less  stringent 
than  for  Ph.D.  admission,  but  the 
same  supporting  documents  must 
be  provided. 

The  M.A.  program  may  be  pursued 
through  either  of  two  options:  with 
thesis  or  without  thesis.  On  either 
option  candidates  demonstrate  com- 
petence in  symbolic  logic  and 

Graduate  Programs  / 161 


knowledge  of  modem  philosophy. 
There  are  no  specific  course  re- 
quirennents  beyond  the  Graduate 
School  requirements  applicable  to 
all  M.A.  degrees.  Foreign  language 
skills  are  required  insofar  as 
demanded  by  the  individual 
student's  research.  To  earn  the  M.A. 
without  thesis  a  student  must  pass 
a  written  comprehensive  examina- 
tion and  must  submit  a  collection  of 
papers  demonstrating  competence 
in  philosophical  research  and 
writing. 

In  addition  to  satisfying  Graduate 
School  requirements  applicable  to 
all  Ph.D.  programs,  students  are  re- 
quired to  demonstrate  competence 
by  examination  in  two  general 
areas— ethics  and  social  and 
political  philosophy;  and 
metaphysics,  epistemology,  and 
philosophy  of  science— and  subse- 
quently to  demonstrate  competence, 
primarily  by  the  writing  of  one  or 
more  papers,  in  some  specialized 
area  of  philosophy.  These 
demonstrations  must  be  achieved 
within  six  semesters,  during  which 
time  the  student  must  register  for 
full-time  study.  Other  special  re- 
quirements are:  qualification  in  sym- 
bolic logic;  fulfillment  of  certain 
course  distribution  requirements; 
participation  in  a  departmental 
teaching  seminar;  and  presentation 
of  a  research  paper  at  a  departmen- 
tal colloquium.  All  Ph.D.  students 
are  required  also  to  gain  two 
semesters'  experience  in  teaching 
undergraduates  at  an  Institution  of 
higher  learning,  either  by  way  of  the 
Department's  teaching  assistantship 
program  or  some  other  program  ap- 
proved by  the  Department's  Director 
of  Graduate  Studies. 

Foreign  language  skills  are  re- 
quired insofar  as  demanded  by  the 
individual  student's  research. 

An  accelerated  Ph.D.  program, 
having  somewhat  different  re- 
quirements, for  exceptionally  prom- 
ising and  well-prepared  students  per- 
mits early  concentration  on  the 
dissertation  subject. 

Philosophy  students  pursuing  the 
Ph.D.  curriculum  in  the  history  and 
philosophy  of  science  are  subject  to 
certain  special  requirements:  they 
demonstrate  competence  by  ex- 
amination, plus  written  papers,  in  (a) 
the  history  of  science  and  the  con- 
temporaneous philosophies  of 

162  /  Graduate  Programs 


science,  and  (b)  the  philosophy  of 
science  and  related  metaphysical 
and  epistemological  problems.  The 
third  area  for  demonstration  of  com- 
petence is  either  a  field  of  science 
(for  students  not  possessing  an 
undergraduate  science  degree)  or  an 
area  of  philosophy.  Course  work 
must  include  courses  in  the  history 
of  science  and  technology,  the 
philosophy  of  science,  graduate- 
level  courses  In  an  area  of  science,  a 
course  on  research  methods  In 
history  and  philosophy  of  science, 
and  either  Philosophy  471  or  478.  In 
addition  the  student  must 
demonstrate  reading  competency  In 
a  foreign  language,  normally  French 
or  German. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  administers  a 
number  of  graduate  assistantships. 
Well-prepared  entering  students 
have  a  good  chance  of  receiving 
some  financial  support  In  the  first 
year.  Beyond  the  first  year,  support 
for  a  reasonable  period  of  time  for 
students  in  good  standing  in  the 
Ph.D.  program  Is  normal. 

Additional  Information 

Brochures  describing  the  regular 
M.A.  and  Ph.D.  programs  In 
philosophy  may  be  obtained  by 
writing  to  the  Committee  on 
Graduate  Admissions  and  Awards, 
Department  of  Philosophy. 

Courses 

PHIL  408  Topics  In  Contemporary 
Philosophy.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PHIL  320.  An 
intensive  examination  of  contemporary 
problems  and  issues.  Source  material 
will  be  selected  from  recent  books  and 
articles.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  when 
the  topics  dealt  with  are  different. 
PHIL  412  The  Philosophy  of  Plato.  (3) 
Prerequisites,  PHIL  310  and  320.  A 
critical  study  of  selected  dialogues. 
PHIL  414  The  Philosophy  of  Aristotle.  (3) 
Prerequisites,  PHIL  310  and  320.  A 
critical  study  of  selected  portions  of 
Aristotle's  writings. 

PHIL  416  Medieval  Philosophy.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, PHIL  310  or  320.  A  history  of 
philosophic  thought  in  the  west  from  the 
close  of  the  classical  period  to  the 
renaissance.  Based  on  readings  of  the 
stoics,  early  Christian  writers, 
Neoplatonists,  later  Christian  writers, 
and  schoolmen. 

PHIL  421  The  Continental  Rationalists. 
(3)  Prerequisites,  PHIL  310  and  320.  A 
critical  study  of  the  systems  of  some  of 
the  major  17th  and  18th  century  ra- 
tionalists, with  special  reference  to 
Descartes,  Spinoza,  and  Leibniz. 


PHIL  422  The  British  Empiricists.  (3) 

Prerequisties,  PHIL  310  and  320.  A 

critical  study  of  selected  writings  of 

Locke,  Berkeley,  and  Hume. 

PHIL  423  The  Philosophy  of  Kant.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PHIL  310  nd  320.  A  critical 

study  of  selected  portions  of  Kant's 

writings. 

PHIL  428  Topics  In  the  History  of 
Philosophy.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PHIL  310 
and  320,  or  consent  of  instructor.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt 
with  are  different. 
PHIL  438  Topics  in  Philosophical 
Theology.  (3)  Prerequisite  —  PHIL  236  or 
consent  of  instructor.  An  examination  of 
a  basic  issue  discussed  in  theological 
writings,  with  readings  drawn  from  both 
classical  and  contemporary  theologians 
and  philosophers.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  when  the  topics 
are  different. 

PHIL  440  Ethical  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
PHIL  140.  Contemporary  problems  hav- 
ing to  do  with  the  meaning  of  the  prin- 
cipal concepts  of  ethics  and  with  the 
nature  of  moral  reasoning. 
PHIL  445  Political  and  Social  Philosophy 
II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PHIL  140  or  345.  A 
systematic  treatment  of  the  main 
philosophical  issues  encountered  in  the 
analysis  and  evaluation  of  social 
(especially  political)  institutions. 
PHIL  447  Philosophy  of  Law.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, one  course  in  philosophy.  Ex- 
amination of  fundamental  concepts 
related  to  law,  e.g.,  legal  system,  law  and 
morality,  justice,  legal  reasoning,  respon- 
sibility. 

PHIL  450  Scientific  Thought  I.  (3)  The 
development  of  science,  its 
philosophical  interpretations  and  im- 
plications, and  views  of  its  methods, 
from  the  ancients  through  Newton  and 
Leibniz. 

PHIL  451  Scientific  Thought  II.  (3)  The 
development  of  science,  its 
philosophical  interpretations  and  im- 
plications, and  views  of  its  methods, 
from  the  death  of  Newton  to  the  early 
twentieth  century. 

PHIL  452  Philosophy  of  Physics.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites, PHYS  142,  263,  or  294,  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Investigation  of 
the  implications  of  20th-century  physics 
for  such  problems  as  operationalism,  the 
structure  and  purposes  of  scientific 
theories,  the  meaning  of  'probability',  the 
basis  of  geometrical  knowledge,  the 
Copenhagen  interpretation  of  quantum 
mechanics,  the  nature  and  limits  of 
measurement.  Interaction  between 
physics  and  philosophy  will  be  stressed 
throughout. 

PHIL  453  Philosophy  of  Science  II.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PHIL  250  or  an  upper- 
division  course  in  philosophy  or  a  major 
in  science  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. A  comprehensive  survey  of 
developments  in  the  main  problems  of 
philosophy  of  science  from  logical 
positivism  to  the  present.  The  nature  of 


theories,  models,  laws  and  counterfac- 
tuals,  testing,  inductive  logic  and  confir- 
mation theory,  experimental 
methodology,  measurement,  explanation, 
concept  formation,  scientific  change, 
and  scientific  realism. 

PHIL  455  Philosophy  of  the  Social 
Sciences.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PHIL  250  or 
six  hours  in  a  social  science  or  consent 
of  the  instructor.  A  consideration  of 
philosophical  issues  arising  in  the  social 
sciences,  with  particular  emphasis  on 
issues  of  practical  methodological  con- 
cern to  social  scientists. 

PHIL  456  Philosophy  of  Biology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite —  PHIL  250  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Questions  about  con- 
cepts, reasoning,  explanation,  etc.,  in 
biology,  and  their  relations  to  those  of 
other  areas  of  science.  Case  studies  of 
selected  aspects  of  the  history  of 
biology,  especially  in  the  twentieth  cen- 
tury. 

PHIL  457  Philosophy  of  History.  (3)  An 

examination  of  the  nature  of  historical 
knowledge  and  historical  explanation, 
and  of  theories  of  the  meaning  of  world 
history. 

PHIL  458  Topics  in  the  Philosophy  of 
Science.  (3)  Prerequisite.  PHIL  250  or 
consent  of  the  instructor;  when  the  topic 
for  a  given  semester  demands,  additional 
philosophical  or  scientific  prerequisites 
may  be  required  by  the  instructor.  A 
detailed  examination  of  a  particular  topic 
or  problem  in  philosophy  of  science. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
when  the  content  is  different. 

PHIL  461  Theory  of  Meaning.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: PHIL  170  or  371,  and  320.  A  study 
of  theories  about  the  meaning  of 
linguistic  expressions,  including  the 
verification  theory  and  the  theory  of 
meaning  as  use.  Among  topics  to  be  con- 
sidered are  naming,  referring,  synonymy, 
intension  and  extension,  and  ontological 
commitment.  Such  writers  as  Mill,  Frege, 
Russell,  Lewis,  Carnap,  Wittgenstein, 
Austin,  and  Quine  will  be  discussed. 

PHIL  462  Theory  of  Knowledge.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: PHIL  310  and  320.  PHIL  371  is 
recommended.  The  origin,  nature,  and 
validity  of  knowledge  considered  in 
terms  of  some  philosophic  problems 
about  perceiving  and  thinking, 
knowledge  and  belief,  and  language, 
truth  and  confirmation. 

PHIL  464  Metaphysics.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PHIL  310  and  320.  PHIL  371  is  recom- 
mended. A  study  of  some  central 
metaphysical  concepts  (such  as 
substance,  relation,  causality,  and  time) 
and  of  the  nature  of  metaphysical  think- 
ing. 

PHIL  466  Philosophy  of  Mind.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, PHIL  320.  An  inquiry  into  the 
nature  of  mind  through  the  analysis  of 
such  concepts  as  consciousness, 
perception,  understanding,  imagination, 
emotion,  intention,  and  action. 

PHIL  471  Symbolic  Logic  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: PHIL  371  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Axiomatic  development  of  the  proposi- 


tional  calculus  and  the  first-order  func- 
tional calculus,  including  the  deduction 
theorem,  independence  of  axioms,  con- 
sistency, and  completeness. 

PHIL  474  Induction  and  Probability.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A 
study  of  inferential  forms,  with  emphasis 
on  the  logical  structure  underlying  such 
inductive  procedures  as  estimating  and 
hypothesis-testing.  Decision-theoretic 
rules  relating  to  induction  will  be  con- 
sidered, as  well  as  classic  theories  of 
probability  and  induction. 

PHIL  478  Topics  in  Symbolic  Logic.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PHIL  471,  may  be  repeated 
for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with  are 
different. 

PHIL  498  Topical  Investigations.  (1-3) 

PHIL  688  Selected  Problems  in 
Philosophy.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor. 

PHIL  788  Research  in  Philosophy.  (1-6) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  chairman  of 
tutorial-advisory  committee.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

PHIL  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

PHIL  808  Seminar  in  the  Problems  of 
Philosophy.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor. 

PHIL  828  Seminar  In  the  History  of 
Philosophy.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor. 

PHIL  838  Seminar  in  Esthetics.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, consent  of  instructor. 

PHIL  848  Seminar  in  Ethics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor. 

PHIL  868  Seminar  in  Metaphysics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

PHIL  869  Seminar  in  the  Theory  of 
Knowledge.  (3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor. 

PHIL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research. 

(1-8) 

Physical  Education 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Husman 
Professors:  Clarke,  Eyier,  Humphrey, 

Ingram,  Kelley,  Kramer,  Steel 
Associate  Professors:  Church,  Dotson, 

Hult,  Santa  Maria 
Assistant  Professors:  Arrighi,  Craft', 

Dainis,  Morris,  Richardson,  Schmidt, 

Tyler,  Vaccaro',  Vander-Velden,  Wrenn 
'joint  appointment  with  Secondary 
Education 

The  graduate  student  majoring  in 
Physical  Education  may  pursue  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  or  Doctor 
of  Philosophy.  The  two  major  objec- 
tives of  these  programs  are;  (1)  to 
study  the  discipline  of  physical 
education  by  examining  the  effects 
of  physical  activity  on  individuals 
from  a  physiological,  kinesiological, 
psychological,  social  and  historical 
point  of  view;  and  (2)  to  acquaint  the 


student  with  curricular  aspects  of 
physical  education,  to  improve  the 
quality  of  teaching,  and  to  offer  the 
student  ways  of  Improving  the  ad- 
ministration and  supervision  of  pro- 
grams in  schools  and  colleges. 

The  graduate  program  is  orga- 
nized into  three  divisions,  offering 
major  emphasis  as  follows:  (1)  Divi- 
sion of  Sport  Studies,  Including 
history  of  sport,  psychology  of  sport, 
and  sociology  of  sport;  (2)  Division 
of  Biophysical  Studies  with  special- 
ties in  physiology  of  exercise,  motor 
learning  and  biomechanics;  and  (3) 
Division  of  Curricular  Studies,  with 
emphasis  on  curriculum-supervision- 
administration,  teacher  education, 
and  adapted  programs. 
Admission  and  Degree  Information 
The  basic  minimum  guidelines  for 
admission  to  the  fVI.A.  program  in 
Physical  Education  is  a  B  average  or 
a  3.0  average  for  the  last  two  years 
of  undergraduate  study,  both  in  the 
major  and  related  subject  fields. 
Students  not  quite  meeting  these 
qualifications  may  be  admitted  pro- 
visionally. At  least  16  semester 
credit  hours  in  Physical  Education 
must  have  been  completed  prior  to 
admission  into  the  Program.  Under- 
graduate prerequisites  for  advanced 
study  in  Physical  Education  normal- 
ly include  history  of  physical  educa- 
tion, physiology  of  exercise, 
kinesiology,  adapted  physical  educa- 
tion, measurement  and  evaluation, 
and  certain  activity  skills  or  methods 
of  teaching  based  on  the  applicant's 
experience.  Students  without  these 
necessary  courses  may  register  as 
special  students  or  be  admitted  pro- 
visionally with  limited  course  defi- 
ciencies. 

Admission  to  the  Ph.D.  program  is 
secured  upon  the  basis  of  satisfac- 
tory preparation  for  advanced 
graduate  work  and  demonstrated 
potential  for  scholarly  achievement. 
A  B  -(-  graduate  point  average  (3.5  on 
a  4.0  point  scale)  in  previously  taken 
graduate  work,  with  at  least  a  3.0 
overall  average  in  the  final  two  years 
of  undergraduate  study,  is  the 
scholastic  standard  for  admission. 
In  those  cases  where  special 
qualifications  are  apparent  from  let- 
ters of  recommendation  and 
documentations  of  special 
backgrounds,  but  where  the 
scholastic  standards  stated  above 
are  not  met  in  their  entirety,  a  stu- 


Graduate  Programs  / 163 


dent  may  be  admitted  on  a  provi- 
sional basis.  Students  on  provisional 
status  will  tiave  their  work  carefully 
reviewed  by  a  graduate  review  com- 
mittee usually  within  the  first  year 
for  further  classification. 

The  requirements  for  the  M.A.  in 
Physical  Education  are  a  minimum 
of  24  semester  hours,  exclusive  of 
thesis  and  research  seminar.  Six  are 
required  in  the  PHED  specialty,  with 
six  additional  PHED  hours  required. 
In  addition,  the  following  courses 
are  required  of  all  M.A.  students  ma- 
joring in  physical  education:  PHED 
610:  fvlethods  and  Techniques  of 
Research  (3  semester  hours);  PHED 
496:  Quantitative  Methods  (3 
semester  hours).  The  remaining  six 
hours  are  to  be  taken  outside  the 
major  department,  in  related  courses 
intended  to  supplement  and  support 
the  major  work.  The  student  is  also 
required  to  register  for  five  semester 
hours  of  thesis  credits  (PHED  799), 
and  must  enroll  in  PHED  600, 
Seminar  in  Physical  Education  (1 
semester  hour).  Thus,  the  total 
number  of  credit  hours  required  for 
the  degree  is  30.  Two  years  of  full- 
time  graduate  study  are  usually  re- 
quired for  completion  of  the 
Master's  degree.  All  students  are  re- 
quired to  take  a  preliminary  examina- 
tion, the  Graduate  Diagnostic  Ex- 
amination, during  the  first  regular 
semester  or  summer  session  of  a 
student's  enrollment.  The  doctoral 
student  is  required  to  take  this  ex- 
amination only  when  entering  the 
program  without  a  master's  degree 
with  a  major  in  physical  education. 
This  examination  includes  six  sec- 
tions: tests  and  measurement, 
kinesiology,  physiology  of  exercise, 
adapted  physical  education, 
psychology  of  learning  and  history 
of  physical  education.  Competency 
must  be  attained  in  each  of  these 
areas  by  course  work,  independent 
study  or  reexamination. 

The  requirements  for  the  Ph.D. 
degree  consist  of  course  work  in  the 
following  areas:  1)  A  minimum  of  12 
hours  in  the  area  of  specialization.  2) 
A  minimum  of  6  hours  related  to  the 
candidate's  area  of  research  in- 
terest. 3)  A  minimum  of  15  hours  in  a 
related  studies  area  selected  from 
outside  the  Department.  In  some  in- 
stances more  credits  may  be  re- 
quired for  completion  of  this  require- 
ment, which  must  consist  of  subject 


matter  essential  to  support  the 
dissertation  topic.  Courses  com- 
pleted may  be  taken  within  a  single 
department  or  from  several  depart- 
ments. 

Students  within  all  divisions  of 
the  Department  must  demonstrate 
competency  in  research.  Commen- 
surate with  this  competency  is  a 
basic  understanding  of  the  scientific 
method  including  the  ability  to  apply 
logic  and  objectivity  to  the 
understanding  of  phenomena  and 
the  ability  to  formulate  and  test  rele- 
vant hypotheses.  Normally,  com- 
petency in  the  scientific  method  in- 
cludes demonstrating  an  under- 
standing of  (1)  the  research  pro- 
cesses in  physical  education;  (2)  the 
quantitative  methods  of  analysis 
employed  in  physical  education 
research;  and  (3)  the  principles 
underlying  the  statistical  aspects  of 
experimental  and  non-experimental 
designs  employed  in  physical  educa- 
tion research. 

Twelve  hours  is  the  minimum  and 
eighteen  the  maximum  allotted  for 
the  Ph.D.  dissertation. 

No  foreign  language  is  formally  re- 
quired for  the  Ph.D.  degree,  although 
in  certain  situations  it  may  be  re- 
quired by  the  advisor  of  students 
who  are  doing  extensive  reading  in 
German,  Spanish,  French,  Russian 
or  some  other  language. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  maintains  a  modern 
research  laboratory  for  physical 
education,  including,  but  not  limited 
to,  cinematographic  analysis,  cardio- 
vascular measurement,  strength  and 
other  motor  fitness  assessments, 
analysis  of  motion,  and  motor  learn- 
ing research.  In  addition,  the  com- 
pletion of  the  new  Physical  Educa- 
tion, Recreation  and  Health  building 
complex  in  1977  offers  the  graduate 
student  access  to  research  facilities 
including  a  minicomputer  based 
data  acquisition  system  for  real-time 
laboratory  application  which  inter- 
faces with  the  University  Computer 
Science  Center. 

Financial  Assistance 

Each  year  a  number  of  graduate 
assistantships  are  offered  to  men 
and  women.  Specific  responsibilities 
include  teaching  in  the  activity  pro- 
gram or  assisting  in  the  research 
laboratory. 


Additional  Information 

For  further  information  and  applica- 
tions, contact  David  H.  Clarke,  Direc- 
tor of  Graduate  Studies,  Department 
of  Physical  Education,  University  of 
Maryland. 

Courses 

Physical  Education,  Recreation, 
and  Health 

PERM  487  Adult  Health  and  Develop- 
mental Program.  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  Instructor.  Training  and  experience  in 
a  clinically  oriented  development  pro- 
gram for  the  aged. 

PERM  488  Children's  Physical 
Developmental  Clinic.  (1-4)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  An  opportunity  to 
acquire  training  and  experience  in  a 
therapeutically  oriented  physical  educa- 
tion—recreation program  for  children 
referred  by  various  education,  special 
education,  medical  or  psychiatric  groups. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  4  credits. 
Physical  Education 
PHED  400  Kinesiology.  (4)  Three  lectures 
and  two  laboratory  hours  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, ZOOL  101,  201,  and  202  or  the 
equivalent.  The  study  of  human  move- 
ment and  the  physical  and  physiological 
principles  upon  which  It  depends.  Body 
mechanics,  posture,  motor  efficiency, 
sports,  the  performance  of  atypical  in- 
dividuals, and  the  influence  of  growth 
and  development  upon  motor  perfor- 
mance are  studied. 

PHED  401  Kinesiology  for  Dance.  (3) 

Mechanical  and  anatomical  components 
of  human  movement.  Integration  of  the 
scientific  knowledge  necessary  to  the 
dancer  with  the  artistic  aspects  of  dance. 
Practical  experience  In  the  application  of 
kineslologlcal  principles  to  dance  and 
dance  education.  May  not  be  taken  for 
credit  by  students  who  have  credit  in 
PHED  400. 

PHED  406  Perceptual-Motor  Develop- 
ment in  the  Young  Child.  (3)  Analysis  of 
perceptual-motor  components,  their  pro- 
gression, interrelationships,  developmen- 
tal activities  and  evaluation.  Study  of  the 
growth  and  other  factors  that  Influence 
perceptual-motor  development  In  the 
young  child. 

PHED  420  Physical  Education  for  the 
Elementary  School.  (3)  Orientation  of  the 
general  elementary  teacher  to  physical 
education.  Principles  and  practices  In 
elementary  physical  education  are 
discussed  and  a  variety  of  appropriate 
activities  are  considered. 
PHED  450  The  Psychology  of  Sports.  (3) 
Three  hours  a  week.  An  exploration  of 
the  personality  factors,  Including,  but  not 
limited  to  motivation,  aggression  and 
emotion,  as  they  affect  sports  participa- 
tion and  motor  skill  performance. 

PHED  451  Sport  and  the  American 
Woman.  (3)  The  expanding  perception  of 
the  woman's  role  In  American  society: 
etiology  of  sex  differences:  socialization 


184  /  Graduate  Programs 


of  sex  roles  in  America:  development  of 
'masculinity'  and  'feminity'  in  cfiildren 
tfirougfi  early  play  experiences;  competi- 
tion and  women:  personality  of  ttie 
female  attilete:  and  personal  motivations 
of  female  attiletes  and  projected  future 
for  sport  and  the  American. 

PHED  455  Physical  Fitness  of  the  In- 
dividual. (3)  A  study  of  the  major  physical 
fitness  problems  confronting  the  adult 
modern  society.  Consideration  is  given 
to  the  scientific  appraisal,  development, 
and  maintenance  of  fitness  at  all  age 
levels.  Such  problems  as  obesity,  weight 
reduction,  chronic  fatigue,  posture,  and 
special  exercise  programs  are  explored. 
Open  to  persons  outside  the  profession 
of  physical  education. 

PHED  460  Physiology  of  Exercise.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  hours  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  ZOOL  101,  201,  and 
202:  PHED  400  or  equivalent.  A  study  of 
the  physiology  of  exercise,  including 
concepts  of  work,  muscular  contraction, 
energy  transformation,  metabolism,  oxy- 
gen debt,  and  nutrition  and  athletic  per- 
formance. Emphasis  is  placed  on  car- 
diovascular and  respiratory  function  in 
relation  to  physical  activity  and  training. 

PHED  461  Exercise  and  Body  Composi- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisites:  CHEM  104,  ZOOL 
201,  and  ZOOL  202:  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Physiological  concepts  relating  body 
composition  factors  to  exercise  and 
human  performance.  The  scientific  basis 
for  the  establishment  and  evaluation  of 
conditioning  programs  where  body  com- 
position may  play  an  important  role,  such 
as  weight  control  and  athletics. 


PHED  480  Measurement  in  Physical 
Education.  (3)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
MATH  105  or  110.  A  study  of  the  prin- 
ciples and  techniques  of  educational 
measurement  as  applied  to  teaching  of 
physical  education:  study  of  the  func- 
tions and  techniques  of  measurement  in 
the  evaluation  of  student  progress 
toward  the  objectives  of  physical  educa- 
tion and  in  the  evaluation  of  the  effec- 
tiveness of  teaching. 

PHED  485  Motor  Learning  and  Skilled 
Performance.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PHED  480 
and  PSYC  100.  A  study  of  the  research 
dealing  with  motor  learning  and  motor 
performance.  Ivlajor  topics  discussed  are 
scientific  methodology,  individual  dif- 
ferences, specificity,  proprioceptive  con- 
trol of  movement,  motivation,  timing, 
transfer,  and  retention. 

PHED  487  Physical  Education  and  Sport 
in  Contemporary  Cultures.  (3)  Three  lec- 
tures a  week.  Prerequisite,  SOCY  100  or 
equivalent.  A  study  of  the  cultural  impact 
of  physical  education  activities  in  the 
United  States  and  selected  countries.  In- 
dividual research  on  selected  topics  is 
required. 


PHED  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and 
Workshop.  (1-6)  Workshop  and  research 
projects  in  special  areas  of  knowledge 
not  covered  by  regularly  structured 
courses.  NOTE:  the  maximum  total 
number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned 
toward  any  degree  in  physical  education 
is  six. 

PHED  490  Organization  and  Administra- 
tion of  Physical  Education.  (3)  The  ap- 
plication of  the  principles  of  administra- 
tion and  supervision  to  physical  educa- 
tion and  intramurals.  Students  are  nor- 
mally enrolled  during  the  student 
teaching  semester. 

PHED  491  The  Curriculum  in  Elementary 
School  Physical  Education.  (3)  Tech- 
niques planning  and  construction  are 
considered  from  a  standpoint  of  valid 
criteria  for  the  selection  of  content  in 
elementary  school  physical  education. 
Desirable  features  of  cooperative  cur- 
riculum planning  in  providing  for  learning 
experiences  will  be  presented  and 
discussed. 

PHED  493  History  and  Phllosphy  of  Sport 
and  Physical  Education.  (3)  History  and 
philosophical  implications  of  sport  and 
physical  education  through  ancient, 
medieval,  and  contemporary  periods  in 
western  civilization. 

PHED  495  Organization  and  Administra- 
tion of  Elementary  School  Physical 
Education.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PHED  420. 
Studies  the  procedures  basic  to  satisfac- 
tory organization  of  all  phases  of  the 
elementary  school  physical  education 
program.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
organizational  and  administrative  factors 
necessary  for  the  successful  operation 
of  the  program  in  various  types  of 
elementary  schools. 

PHED  496  Quantitative  Methods.  (3) 

Statistical  techniques  most  frequently 
used  in  research  pertaining  to  physical 
education.  Effort  is  made  to  provide  the 
student  with  the  necessary  skills,  and  to 
acquaint  him  with  the  interpretations  and 
applications  of  these  techniques. 

PHED  497  Independent  Studies  Seminar. 

(3)  Discussions  of  contemporary  issues 
vital  to  the  discipline,  critiques  of 
research  in  the  student's  area/areas  of 
special  interest,  completion  of  a  major 
project  where  the  student  will  be  asked 
to  demonstrate  the  ability  to  carry  out  in- 
vestigative processes  in  problem  solving 
and  critical  writing  under  faculty  direc- 
tion. 

PHED  600  Seminar  in  Physical  Educa- 
tion. (1) 


PHED  602  Status  and  Trends  in  Elemen- 
tary School  Physical  Education.  (3) 

Analyzes  the  current  status  and  implica- 
tions for  future  trends  in  physical  educa- 
tion at  the  elementary  school  level.  Open 


to  experienced  persons  in  all  phases  of 
education. 


PHED  604  Physical  Education  and  the 
Development  of  the  Child.  (3)  Analyzes 
the  place  of  physical  education  in 
meeting  the  growth  and  developmental 
needs  of  children  of  elementary  school 
age. 

PHED  606  Perceptual  Motor  Develop- 
ment through  Movement.  (3)  A  study  of 
the  development  of  perceptual-motor 
skills  through  directed  physical  ac- 
tivities. An  investigation  of  the  growth 
and  development  of  perceptual-motor 
programs.  Analysis  of  common  factors 
and  differences  between  selected  pro- 
grams and  philosophies.  Evaluation  in 
perceptual-motor  development. 

PHED  610  Method  and  Techniques  of 
Research.  (3)  Studies  methods  and 
techniques  of  research  used  in  physical 
education  an  analysis  of  examples  of 
their  use:  and  practice  in  their  applica- 
tion to  problems  of  interest  to  the  stu- 
dent. 

PHED  612  Research  Literature.  (3) 

Studies  the  research  literature  of 
physical  education,  plus  research  in  one 
specific  problem. 

PHED  615  Principles  and  Techniques  of 
Evaluation.  (3)  Prerequisite,  an  introduc- 
tory course  in  measurement  or  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  current- 
ly used  means  of  evaluating  the  perfor- 
mance of  students  and  the  effectiveness 
of  programs  of  physical  education  in 
schools  and  colleges.  Specific  problems 
concerning  evaluation,  tarought  in  by 
members  of  the  class,  will  be  analyzed. 

PHED  620  Analysis  of  Contemporary 
Athletics.  (3)  Studies  current  problems, 
practices,  and  national  issues  of  perma- 
nent importance  to  the  conduct  of 
athletic  competition  in  a  democracy. 

PHED  630  Sociology  of  Sport  in  Contem- 
porary Perspective.  (3)  Studies  social 
organization  and  the  role  of  individuals 
and  groups  in  sport  situations:  the  inter- 
relationship of  sport  with  traditional 
social  institutions:  sport  as  a  sub-system 
and  its  structure:  and  sport  and  social 
problems. 

PHED  640  Supervisory  Techniques  in 
Physical  Education.  (3)  Studies  current 
concepts,  principles  and  techniques  of 
supervision  and  of  their  application: 
observation  of  available  supervising  pro- 
grams, including  visits  with  local  super- 
visors: and  practice  in  the  use  of 
selected  techniques. 

PHED  642  Administrative  Direction  of 
Physical  Education.  (3)  Analyzes  ad- 
ministrative problems  in  the  light  of 
sound  educational  practice.  Students 


Graduate  Programs  / 165 


concentrate  their  efforts  upon  their  own 
on-the-job  administrative  problems  and 
contribute  to  the  solution  of  other  class 
members'  problems. 

PHED  644  Curriculum  Construction  in 
Physical  Education.  (3)  Studies  the  prin- 
ciples underlying  curriculum  construc- 
tion in  physical  education  and  the  prac- 
tical applications  of  these  principles  to 
the  construction  of  a  curriculum. 

PHED  650  Mental  and  Emotional  Aspects 
of  Sports  and  Recreation.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, psychology  and/or  human 
development.  An  exploration  of 
psychological  aspects  of  physical  educa- 
tion, sports  and  recreation,  including  per- 
sonality dynamics  in  relation  to  exercise 
and  sports.  A  study  is  made  of  the 
psychological  factors  in  athletic  perfor- 
mance and  coaching. 

PHED  680  Philosophy  of  Physical  Educa- 
tion. (3)  Studies  five  important 
philosophical  disciplines  and  their  im- 
pact on  modern  physical  education  and 
sport:  and  an  exploration  of  the  valid 
philosophical  approaches  and  processes 
to  formulation  of  a  personal  philosophy 
of  physical  education. 

PHED  662  History  of  Sport  in  Western 
Culture.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PHED  493  or 
equivalent  and  12  hours  in  upper  division 
level  courses  involving  western  culture. 
A  history  of  sport  of  the  early  and 
medieval  periods. 

PHED  663  History  of  Sport  in  Western 
Culture.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PHED  493  or 
equivalent  and  12  hours  in  upper  division 
level  courses  involving  western  culture. 
A  history  of  sport  of  the  renaissance  and 
modern  periods. 

PHED  670  Biomechanics  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisites;  MATH  141  or  221  or 
equivalent.  Theoretical  basis  for  the 
understanding  the  investigation  of 
biomechanical  aspects  of  the  human 
body.  Integration  of  subject  matter  from 
physics,  engineering,  anatomy, 
kinesiology,  and  physiology  as  it  relates 
to  the  study  of  human  motion  and  the 
body  as  a  mechanical  system. 

PHED  685  Advanced  Motor  Learning.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHED  485  or  equivalent.  A 
research  oriented  approach  to  motor 
learning,  including  instrumentation  and 
laboratory  experimental  techniques  in 
motor  learning  research.  Major  topics 
covered  are  motor  learning  theories,  in- 
formation processing,  motor  memory, 
proprioceptive  control  of  movement,  and 
feedback. 

PHED  688  Seminar  in  Motor  Learning 
and  Performance.  (3)  Prerequisites. 
PHED  485  and  496.  Discussion  of 
research  dealing  with  advanced  topics  in 
motor  learning  and  skilled  performance. 
Recent  developments  concerning  in- 


dividual differences,  refractoriness,  an- 
ticipation and  timing,  transfer,  retention, 
and  work  inhibition  are  emphasized.  May 
be  repeated  for  a  total  of  6  hours. 

PHED  689  Special  Problems  in  Physical 
Education.  (1-6)  Master  or  doctoral  can- 
didates who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisor  may  register  for  1-6  hours  of 
credit  under  this  number. 

PHED  690  Scientific  Bases  of  Exercise. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  anatomy,  physiology, 
PHED  400,  460,  or  equivalent.  A  critical 
analysis  of  the  role  of  physical  exercise 
in  modern  society  with  attention  given  to 
such  topics  as:  the  need  for  physical  ex- 
ercise, its  chronic  effects,  the  role  of  ex- 
ercise in  attaining  good  physical  condi- 
tion and  fitness,  factor  determining 
championship  performances,  and 
physical  fatigue. 

PHED  691  Muscular  Aspects  of  Exercise 
Physiology.  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHED  460  or 
equivalent.  Muscular  aspects  of  exercise 
physiology,  including  sensory  and 
mechanical  factors  controlling  contrac- 
tion. Emphasis  on  the  study  of  muscular 
fatigue,  strength  development  and  hyper- 
trophy, the  metabolic  and  nutritional  fac- 
tors affecting  physical  performance,  and 
the  cellular  events  associated  with  exer- 
cise and  training. 

PHED  692  Cardiovascular  Aspects  of  Ex- 
ercise Physiology.  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHED 
460  or  equivalent.  A  comprehensive  con- 
sideration of  the  various  cardiovascular 
factors  affecting  human  physical  perfor- 
mance. Emphasis  on  the  regulation  of 
cardiovascular  functions  during  physical 
activity.  Energy  liberation  and  transfer, 
circulation,  respiration,  temperature 
regulation,  physiology  of  work  at 
altitudes,  aerobic  endurance  training, 
and  exercise,  health  and  aging. 

PHED  770  Advanced  Biomechanics.  (3) 

Prerequisites:  PHED  670:  CMSC  103  or 
equivalent.  The  application  of  scientific 
methods  to  problems  in  human 
biomechanics.  Instrumentation  for  data 
collection  and  measurement,  mechanical 
models  of  the  body  and  their 
mathematical  treatment,  and  current 
research  topics. 

PHED  775  Advanced  Analysis  of  Human 
Motion.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PHED  400,  460, 
college  algebra  or  equivalent  or  by  per- 
mission of  instructor.  A  research 
oriented  kinesiological  analysis  of 
human  movement  as  it  relates  to  sports 
and  the  activities  of  daily  living.  The 
analysis  is  accomplished  by  means  of 
various  measurement  procedures  in- 
cluding cinematography,  electronic  tim- 
ing devices  and  similar  instruments. 

PHED  789  Advanced  Seminar.  (1-3) 

Studies  the  current  problems  and  trends 
in  selected  fields  of  physical  education. 


PHED  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

PHED  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Physics  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Dragt 
Professors:  Alley,  Banerjee,  Bhagat, 
Brill,  Currie,  Davidson,  Day,  DeSilva, 
Dorfman^  Earl,  Falk,  Ferrell,  Glasser, 
Glover,  Gluckstern,  Greenberg,  Griem, 
Griffin,  Holmgren,  Hornyak,  H.  Kim^, 
Liu,  MacDonald,  Marion,  Misner, 
Myers,  Oneda,  Papadopolous,  Park, 
Pati,  Prange,  Pugh,  Reiser^,  Roos, 
Slawsky,  Snow,  Steinberg,  Sucher, 
Trivelpiece.  Wall,  Weber,  Woo,  Yodh, 
B.S.  Zorn,  G.T.  Zorn 
Adjunct  Professors:  Bennett,  Friedman, 

Hayward,  McDonald,  Rado 
Associate  Professors:  Anderson, 
Bardasis,  Beall,  C.Y.  Chang,  Drew, 
Fivel,  Glick,  Gloeckler,  Goldenbaum, 
Kacser,  Y.S.  Kim,  Korenman,  Layman^ 
Redish,  Richard,  Roush' 
Adjunct  Associate  Professors:  Dixon, 

Pechacek 
Assistant  Professors:  Bagchi,  Boyd, 
CO.  Chang,  R.F.  Chang,  Chant,  Chen, 
Dombeck,  Einstein,  Ellsworth,  Gowdy, 
Guillory,  Lynn,  Martin,  McClellan, 
Skuja,  Wallace 
Visiting  Assistant  Professors:  Dworzecka 
'joint  appointment  with  Chemical  Engi- 
neering 

^joint  appointment  with  Electrical  Engi- 
neering 

■'joint  appointment  with  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology 
^joint  appointment  with  Secondary 
Education 

The  Departnnent  of  Physics  and 
Astronomy  has  active  programs  In 
several  areas  of  current  research. 
Those  in  astronomy  are  listed  under 
the  heading  of  Astronomy.  Those  in 
the  physics  program  include:  astro- 
physics, atomic  physics,  chemical 
physics,  elementary  particle  theory, 
fluid  dynamics,  general  relativity, 
high  energy  physics,  many-body 
theory,  molecular  physics,  nuclear 
physics,  particle  accelerator  re- 
search, plasma  physics,  quantum 
electronics  and  optics,  quantum 
field  theory,  solid  state  physics, 
space  physics,  and  statistical  me- 
chanics. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Graduate  Record  Examination 
(GRE  Advanced)  is  recommended, 
and  the  average  GRE  score  for  ad- 


166  /  Graduate  Programs 


mission  is  750.  A  minimum  overall 
score  of  500  on  the  test  of  English 
as  a  Foreign  Language  is  required  of 
applicants  from  non-English  speak- 
ing countries. 

Because  of  the  large  number  of 
qualified  applicants,  the  Department 
of  Physics  and  Astronomy  has  had 
to  restrict  formal  admission  to  the 
Graduate  School  to  those  who  have 
shown  particularly  outstanding  work 
in  their  undergraduate  records,  or 
who  have  already  done  satisfactory 
work  in  key  senior-level  courses  at 
the  University  of  Maryland.  Students 
who  have  less  outstanding  records 
but  who,  because  of  exceptional  cir- 
cumstances, show  special  promise 
may  be  given  provisional  admission, 
with  regular  admission  pending  the 
satisfactory  completion  of  existing 
deficiencies.  Each  student  so  admit- 
ted will  be  informed  by  an  assigned 
departmental  advisor  what  back- 
ground he  is  lacking,  and  what  he 
must  accomplish  to  achieve  regular 
admission.  The  University  of  Mary- 
land hopes  in  this  way  to  offer  an  op- 
portunity for  advanced  study  in 
Physics  and  Astronomy  to  all 
qualified  students. 

Entering  graduate  students  are 
normally  expected  to  have  strong 
backgrounds  in  physics,  including 
courses  in  the  intermediate  level  in 
mechanics,  electricity  and  magne- 
tism, thermodynamics,  physical  op- 
tics, and  modern  physics.  A  student 
with  deficiencies  in  one  or  more  of 
these  areas  may  be  admitted,  but 
will  be  expected  to  remedy  such 
deficiencies  as  soon  as  possible. 

The  Department  offers  both  thesis 
and  non-thesis  M.S.  programs.  The 
departmental  requirements  for  the 
non-thesis  option  include  at  least 
four  courses  of  the  general  physics 
sequence,  PHYS  601,  602,  604,  606, 
622  and  623,  plus  the  graduate  lab, 
PHYS  621,  unless  specifically  ex- 
empted; a  research  paper  as 
evidence  of  ability  to  organize  and 
present  a  scholarly  report  on  con- 
temporary research;  the  passing  at 
an  appropriate  level  of  one  section 
of  the  Ph.D.  qualifying  exam;  and  the 
passing  of  a  final  oral  examination. 

The  requirements  for  the  Master 
of  Science  degree  with  thesis  in- 
clude at  least  four  courses  of  the 
general  physics  sequence  plus,  for 
students  presenting  a  theoretical 


thesis,  the  graduate  laboratory 
unless  specially  exempted:  and  the 
passing  of  an  oral  examination  in- 
cluding a  defense  of  thesis. 

The  requirements  for  the  Ph.D.  in 
Physics  are  set  in  general  terms  to 
allow  the  individual  student  as  much 
freedom  as  possible  in  preparing  a 
course  of  study  suited  to  individual 
needs.  These  requirements  are:  com- 
petence in  basic  physics  indicated 
by  satisfactory  performance  on  a 
Qualifying  Examination  and  in  the 
Graduate  Laboratory:  advanced 
course  study  outside  the  student's 
field  of  specialization  consisting  of 
at  least  two  courses  (6  credits)  in 
physics  at  700  or  800  level  and  two 
courses  (6  credits)  recognized  for 
graduate  credit  given  outside  the 
physics  program  (this  may  include 
astronomy),  PHYS  624  or  625  for 
students  with  theoretical  theses; 
and  research  competence  through 
active  participation  in  at  least  two 
hours  of  seminar.  12  hours  of  thesis 
research  and  the  presentation  and 
defense  of  an  original  dissertation. 

All  Master  of  Science  candidates 
must  take  at  least  three  credits  of 
their  graduate  work  on  the  College 
Park  campus;  for  the  Doctor  of  Phi- 
losophy degree,  students  must  com- 
plete on  the  College  Park  campus  at 
least  18  credits.  Normally,  students 
will  complete  a  much  greater  pro- 
portion of  their  graduate  study  on 
the  College  Park  campus.  At  govern- 
ment agencies  where  there  is  no 
part-time  professor,  employees 
desiring  to  do  graduate  work  in 
physics  should  contact  a  member  of 
the  graduate  faculty  in  the  Depart- 
ment. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  current  research  in  the  Depart- 
ment spans  an  immense  range  of 
theoretical  and  experimental  work 
on  the  forefront  of  knowledge,  far 
too  large  to  describe  here.  For 
details  of  the  work  in  the  various 
fields,  the  faculty  and  the  facilities 
involved,  the  Department  annually 
puts  out  a  booklet  entitled 
"Research  in  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my," which  may  be  obtained  upon 
request. 

To  give  some  idea  of  the  magni- 
tude of  the  program  we  note  that  of 
the  professorial  faculty  of  93,  there 


are  65  engaged  in  separately 
budgeted  research:  faculty  members 
at  other  ranks  likewise  engaged  in 
research  number  45.  In  1977,  98 
graduate  students  and  46  under- 
graduate students  also  have  partici- 
pated in  research,  under  stipends. 
The  current  federal  support  for  re- 
search amounts  to  over  seven 
million  dollars  annually,  attesting  to 
both  the  size  and  the  quality  of  the 
program. 

The  Department  houses  the 
Center  for  Theoretical  Physics, 
which  provides  a  means  for  out- 
standing theoretical  physicists  to 
visit  the  Department  as  postdoctoral 
fellows  and  visiting  faculty 
members. 

There  are  close  academic  ties 
with  the  Institute  of  Physical 
Science  and  Technology  on  the  cam- 
pus: members  of  this  institute  super- 
vise graduate  research  and  share  in 
the  teaching  of  physics  courses.  The 
Department  also  has  close  ties  with 
the  University's  Computer  Science 
Center,  which  provides  outstanding 
computer  facilities  for  the  Uni- 
versity. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is 
located  within  the  metropolitan  area 
of  Washington,  D.C.,  where  it  enjoys 
the  proximity  of  a  large  number  of 
outstanding  institutions  such  as 
NASA's  Goddard  Space  Flight 
Center,  the  Naval  Research  Labora- 
tory, the  Naval  Surface  Weapons 
Center,  the  National  Bureau  of  Stan- 
dards, the  Johns  Hopkins  Applied 
Physics  Laboratory,  the  Energy  Re- 
search and  Development  Administra- 
tion, the  National  Institutes  of 
Health,  the  Library  of  Congress,  and 
other  Federal  Institutions.  The 
Department  has  close  ties  with  cer- 
tain research  groups  at  some  of 
these  institutions.  In  order  to 
facilitate  graduate  study  in  the 
Washington  area,  the  Department  of 
Physics  and  Astronomy  has  part- 
time  professors  in  certain  govern- 
ment laboratories. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  offers  both  teaching 
and  research  assistantships.  In  1977 
there  were  about  90  of  each.  Sum- 
mer research  stipends  for  advanced 
graduate  students  are  customary, 
and  a  few  summer  teaching  assis- 
tantships are  available. 


Graduate  Programs  / 167 


A  few  Center  for  Theoretical  Phys- 
ics fellowships  are  offered.  These 
provide  a  tax-exempt  stipend  of 
$4,600  for  12  months  plus  a  supple- 
ment of  $500  for  educational  ex- 
penses, with  tuition  waived.  Gradu- 
ate students  also  are  encouraged  to 
apply  for  outside  fellowship  support. 

The  deadline  for  applications  for 
financial  support,  assistantships  or 
fellowships  is  April  15. 

Graduate  students  also  can  seek 
full-time  or  part-time  employment  in 
the  many  government  and  industry 
laboratories  located  within  a  few 
miles  of  the  campus. 

Additional  Information 

Three  booklets  are  available  regard- 
ing the  graduate  programs  in  Astron- 
omy and  in  Physics.  "Graduate 
Study  in  Physics  and  Astronomy:  A 
Manual"  (11  pages)  is  a  guidebook  to 
procedural  requirements  and  rules 
concerning  the  acquisitions  of 
higher  degrees.  "Research  Physics 
and  Astronomy  1977-78"  (136  pages) 
describes  the  graduate  research  ac- 
tivities and  lists  the  personnel  in- 
volved, group  by  group.  It  gives  the 
names  of  faculty  and  graduate  stu- 
dents involved  in  various  research 
projects,  together  with  brief  descrip- 
tions of  those  projects.  "Graduate 
Study,  Physics  and  Astronomy: 
1977-78"  (4  pages)  is  a  flyer  which 
lists  faculty  and  research  projects;  it 
also  provides  basic  information  for 
prospective  students  inquiring  about 
the  College  Park  programs  in  Astron- 
omy and  Physics. 

In  addition,  twice  yearly,  a  com- 
prehensive memorandum  is  issued 
regarding  the  course  offerings  and 
academic  program  for  the  current 
calendar  year.  The  memorandum 
issued  in  March  describes  the  pro- 
gram beginning  in  late  August;  for 
the  entire  forthcoming  academic 
year,  the  November  memorandum 
describes  only  the  spring  semester 
programs. 

Regarding  admission  or  for  further 
information  write  Mrs.  Jean 
Clement,  Secretary,  Graduate  En- 
trance Committee,  Department  of 
Physics,  University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

PHYS  400  Basic  Concepts  of  Physics  I. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  A  pri- 

168  /  Graduate  Programs 


marily  descriptive  course  in  two  semes- 
ters, intended  mainly  for  those  students 
in  the  liberal  arts  w/ho  have  not  had  any 
other  course  in  physics.  This  course 
does  not  serve  as  a  prerequisite  or 
substitute  for  other  physics  courses.  The 
main  emphasis  is  on  the  concepts  of 
physics,  their  evolution  and  their  relation 
to  other  branches  of  human  endeavor. 

PHYS  401  Basic  Concepts  of  Physics  II. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  400  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

PHYS  404  Intermediate  Theoretical  Me- 
chanics. (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  142  or 
263;  MATH  241  previously  or  concurrent- 
ly. Fundamentals  and  selected  advanced 
topics  of  physical  mechanics.  Vector  dif- 
ferential calculus  will  be  used. 

PHYS  405  Intermediate  Theoretical  Elec- 
tricity and  Magnetism.  (3)  Prerequisite; 
PHYS  142  or  263;  MATH  241.  Inter- 
mediate electricity  and  magnetism  and 
electromagnetic  waves  (optics).  Vector 
differential  calculus  is  used  throughout. 

PHYS  406  Optics.  (3)  Three  lectures  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  PHYS  263  or  284 
and  MATH  240,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Geometrical  optics,  optical  instruments, 
wave  motion,  interference  and  diffrac- 
tion, and  other  phenomena  in  physical 
optics. 

PHYS  407  Sound.  (3)  (Will  be  given  only 
with  sufficient  demand)  prerequisite, 
PHYS  122,  142  or  263.  MATH  240  is  to  be 
taken  concurrently. 

PHYS  410  Elements  of  Theoretical 
Physics  —  Mechanics.  (4)  Prerequisites, 
PHYS  284,  or  PHYS  404  and  405,  or  PHYS 
263  and  consent  of  instructor,  and  also 
MATH  241.  A  study  of  the  theoretical 
foundations  of  mechanics,  with  exten- 
sive applications  of  the  methods.  Also 
various  mathematical  tools  of  theoretical 
physics. 

PHYS  411  Elements  of  Theoretical  Phys- 
ics —  Electricity  and  Magnetism.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  PHYS  404  or  410.  and  PHYS 
263  or  284  or  405,  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. A  study  of  the  foundations  of 
electromagnetic  theory,  with  extensive 
application  of  the  methods.  Thorough 
treatment  of  wave  properties  of  solutions 
of  Maxwell's  equations, 

PHYS  412  Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  PHYS  404  and  405  or 
PHYS  410  and  MATH  240  or  equivalent. 
Dynamics  of  gas  particles,  Maxwell- 
Bultzmann  distribution,  diffusion,  Brown- 
ian  motion,  etc, 

PHYS  414  Introduction  to  Thermody- 
namics and  Statistical  Mechanics.  (3) 

Prerequisites.  MATH  240,  PHYS  284  or 
404  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Intro- 
duction of  basic  concepts  in  thermo- 
dynamics and  statistical  mechanics. 

PHYS  420  Modern  Physics  for  Engineers. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  PHYS  263  or  284  or  404 
and  405;  MATH  241  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. A  survey  of  atomic  and  nuclear 
phenoma  and  the  main  trends  in  modern 
physics.  This  course  is  appropriate  for 
students  in  engineering  and  other  physi- 


cal sciences.  It  should  not  be  taken  in 
addition  to  PHYS  421, 

PHYS  421  Introduction  to  Modern 
Physics.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PHYS  284  or 
equivalent;  MATH  241  including  some 
knowledge  of  ordinary  differential  equa- 
tions. Introductory  discussion  of  special 
relativity,  origin  of  quantum  theory,  bohr 
atom,  wave  mechanics,  atomic  structure, 
and  optical  spectra, 

PHYS  422  Modern  Physics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, PHYS  421,  This  course  uses  the 
basic  ideas  of  quantum  mechanics  and 
special  relativity  to  discuss  the  charac- 
teristics of  many  diverse  subjects  in- 
cluding complex  atoms,  molecules, 
solids,  nuclei  and  elementary  particles, 

PHYS  423  Elementary  Quantum  Physics. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  PHYS  420  or  421;  MATH 
246;  and  a  level  of  mathematical  sophisti- 
cation equivalent  to  that  of  a  student 
who  has  taken  PHYS  410  and  411,  or 
ENEE  380  and  382,  The  quantum  theory 
is  presented  in  a  rigorous  way  including 
the  concepts  of  operators,  measurement 
and  angular  momentum.  These  concepts 
together  with  the  Schroedinger  equation 
are  then  applied  to  some  basic  problems 
in  atomic  and  molecular  physics. 

PHYS  429  Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics 
Laboratory.  (3)  PHYS  395  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Classical  experiments  in 
atomic  physics  and  more  sophisticated 
experiments  in  current  techniques  in 
nuclear  physics, 

PHYS  431  Properties  of  Matter.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: PHYS  404  and  405  or  PHYS 
410  or  PHYS  420  or  PHYS  421  in- 
troduction to  solid  state  physics.  Electro- 
magnetic, thermal,  and  eleastic  proper- 
ties of  metals,  semiconductors  and  in- 
sulators, 

PHYS  441  Nuclear  Physics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: PHYS  404  and  405;  or  PHYS  410; 
or  PHYS  420:  or  PHYS  421,  An  introduc- 
tion to  nuclear  physics  at  the  pre- 
quantum-mechanics  level.  Properties  of 
nuclei;  radioactivity:  nuclear  systematics; 
nuclear  moment;  the  shell  model,  interac- 
tion of  charged  particles  and  gamma  rays 
with  matter:  nuclear  detectors;  ac- 
celerators; nuclear  reactions;  beta  decay; 
high  energy  phenomena. 

PHYS  443  Neutron  Reactor  Physics.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  420  or  PHYS  421  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Various  related 
topics  in  neutron  reactor  physics. 

PHYS  451  Introduction  to  Elementary 
Particles.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  422  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Properties  of 
elementary  particles,  production  and 
detection  of  particles,  relativistic  kine- 
matics, invariance  principles  and  conser- 
vation laws, 

PHYS  461  Introduction  to  Fluid 
Dynamics.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PHYS  404 
and  MATH  240.  Kinematics  of  fluid  flow, 
properties  of  incompressible  fluids,  com- 
plex variable  methods  of  analysis,  wave 
motions, 

PHYS  463  Introduction  to  Plasma  Phys- 
ics. .  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, PHYS  404  or  410,  or  ENES  221; 


and  PHYS405or411,or  ENEE380:or 
consent  of  instructor.  Students  wittiout 
the  electricity  and  magnetism  prereq- 
uisite but  having  a  familiarity  with  Max- 
well's equations  should  check  with  the 
instructor.  Orbit  theory,  magneto-hydro- 
dynamics, plasma  heating  and  stability, 
waves  and  transport  processes. 

PHYS  465  Modern  Optics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites. PHYS  401  and  420  or  421 ,  and 
411  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  De- 
signed for  students  with  a  background  in 
fundamental  optics,  the  course  deals 
with  topics  in  modern  optics  such  as 
coherence,  holography,  principles  of 
laser  action,  electron  optics,  and  non- 
linear optics. 

PHYS  471  Introduction  to  Atmospheric 
and  Space  Physics.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
PHYS  404  and  405  or  410,  420  or  421.  fac- 
tions of  charged  particles  in  magnetic 
fields,  aspects  of  plasma  physics  related 
to  cosmic  rays  and  radiation  belts, 
atomic  phenomena  in  the  atmosphere, 
thermodynamics  and  dynamics  of  the  at- 
mosphere. 

PHYS  483  Biophysics  and  Theoretical 
Biology.  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Designed  for  advanced  and 
mature  students  who  may  have  only 
minimal  knowledge  of  biological  pro- 
cesses but  are  well  grounded  in  physics. 
Areas  in  bioscience  where  physics, 
biophysical  chemistry,  and  mathematical 
analysis  fuse  to  provide  definition  for 
biologic  statics  and  dynamics. 

PHYS  485  Electronic  Circuits.  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  two  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  395,  and 
concurrent  enrollment  in  PHYS  405  or 
411.  Theory  of  semi-conductor  and 
vacuum  tube  circuits.  Application  in  ex- 
perimental physics. 

PHYS  487  Particle  Accelerators,  Physical 
and  Engineering  Principles.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, PHYS  410.  411  or  271.  321  and 
421,  or  equivalents.  Sources  or  charged 
particles,  methods  of  acceleration  and 
focusing  of  electron  and  ion  beams  in 
electromagnetic  fields:  electrostatic  ac- 
celerators; constant-gradient  cyclotrons 
and  synchrotrons:  betatrons  and  micro- 
trons;  the  alternating-gradient  and 
sector-focusing  principles;  isochronous 
syclotrons  and  alternating-gradient 
sychrotrons;  linear  accelerators.  This 
course  is  also  listed  as  ENEE  487. 

PHYS  490  History  of  Modern  Physics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PHYS  420  or  421  or  equiva- 
lent. Primarily  for  senior  physics  majors 
and  first  year  graduate  students.  A 
survey  of  major  discoveries  and  trends  in 
20th  century  physics,  including  the  rela- 
tion of  physics  to  other  sciences,  phi- 
losophy of  science,  technology  and 
society. 

PHYS  499  Special  Problems  in  Physics. 

(1-16)  Prerequisite,  major  in  physics  and 
consent  of  advisor.  Research  or  special 
study.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  601  Theoretical  Dynamics.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, PHYS  410  or  equivalent. 
Lagrangian  and  Hamiltonian  mechanics. 


two-body  central  force  problem,  rigid 
body  motion,  small  oscillations,  con- 
tinuous systems. 

PHYS  602  Statistical  Physics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, PHYS  410  or  equivalent.  Statistical 
mechanics,  thermodynamics,  kinetic 
theory. 

PHYS  604  Methods  of  Mathematical 
Physics.  (3)  Prerequisite,  advanced 
calculus,  PHYS  410  and  411.  or  equiv- 
alent. Ordinary  and  partial  differential 
equations  of  physics,  boundary  value 
problems,  fourier  series,  Green's  func- 
tions, complex  variables  and  contour  in- 
tegration. 

PHYS  606  Electrodynamics.  (4)  Prereq- 
uisite. PHYS  604  or  equivalent.  Classical 
electromagnetic  theory,  electro-  and 
magnetostatics.  Maxwell  equations, 
waves  and  radiation,  special  relativity. 

PHYS  621  Graduate  Laboratory.  (3)  Six 

hours  of  laboratory  work  per  week. 
Design  and  performance  of  advanced  ex- 
periments in  modern  and  classical 
physics. 

PHYS  622  Introduction  to  Quantum 
Mechanics  I.  (4)  First  and  second  semes- 
ters. Prerequisite,  an  outstanding  under- 
graduate background  in  physics.  A  study 
of  the  Schroedinger  equation,  matrix  for- 
mulations of  quantum  mechanics,  ap- 
proximation methods,  scattering  theory 
etc..  and  applications  to  solid  state, 
atomic,  and  nuclear  physics. 

PHYS  623  Introduction  to  Quantum  Me- 
chanics II.  (3)  First  and  second  semes- 
ters. Prerequisite,  an  understanding 
undergraduate  background  in  physics.  A 
study  of  the  Schroedinger  equation, 
matrix  formulations  of  quantum  mechan- 
ics, approximation  methods,  scattering 
theory  etc.,  and  applications  to  solid 
state,  atomic,  and  nuclear  physics.  Con- 
tinuation of  PHYS  622. 

PHYS  624  Advanced  Quantum  Mechan- 
ics. (3)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  623.  Relativ- 
istic  wave  equations,  second  quantiza- 
tion in  many  body  problems  and  relativ- 
istic  wave  equations,  Feynman-Dyson 
perturbation  theory,  applications  to  many 
body  problems,  application  to  quantum 
electrodynamics,  elements  of  renormali- 
zation. 

PHYS  625  Non-Relativistic  Quantum 
Mechanics.  (3)  Prerequisite;  PHYS  623. 
Non-relativistic  second  quantization, 
single  particle  Green's  function,  pertur- 
bation theory,  linked  Cluster  expansion, 
Feynman  and  Goldstone  diagrams;  ap- 
plications to  imperfect  fermi  gases; 
superconductivity. 

PHYS  686  Charged  Particle  Dynamics, 
Electron  and  Ion  Beams.  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites. PHYS  410.  411  or  PHYS  271,  321  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Three  hours  per 
week.  General  principles  of  single- 
particle  dynamics  analytical  and  practi- 
cal methods  of  mapping  electric  and 
magnetic  fields  equations  of  motion  and 
special  solutions;  Liouville's  theorem; 
electron  optics;  space  charge  effects  in 
high  current  beams;  design  principles  of 
special  electron  and  ion  beam  devices. 


This  course  is  also  listed  as  electrical 
engineering  686. 

PHYS  703  Thermodynamics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, PHYS  602.  The  first  and  second 
laws  of  thermodynamics  are  examined 
and  applied  to  homogeneous  and  non- 
homogeneous  systems,  calculations  of 
properties  of  matter,  the  derivation  of 
equilibrium  conditions  and  phase  transi- 
tions, the  theory  of  irreversible  pro- 
cesses. 

PHYS  704  Statistical  Mechanics.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites, PHYS  411  and  602.  A  study  of 
the  determination  of  behavior  of  matter 
from  microscopic  models.  Microcanon- 
ical.  canonical,  and  grand  canonical 
models.  Applications  of  solid  state 
physics  and  the  study  of  gases. 

PHYS  708  Seminar  in  Teaching  College 

Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  709  Seminar  in  General  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  711  Symmetry  Problems  in 
Physics.  (3)  Prerequisite.  PHYS  623.  A 
study  of  general  methods  of  classifica- 
tion of  physical  systems  by  their  sym- 
metries and  invariance  properties, 
especially  in  quantum  field  theory  ap- 
plications. 

PHYS  718  Seminar  in  General  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  719  Seminar  in  General  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  721  Theory  of  Atomic  Spectra.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PHYS  622.  A  study  of 
atomic  spectra  and  structure;  one  and 
two  electron  spectra,  fine  and  hyper-fine 
structure,  line  strengths,  line  widths,  etc. 

PHYS  722  Theory  of  Molecular  Spectra. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  721.  The  structure 
and  properties  of  molecules  as  revealed 
by  rotational,  vibrational,  and  electronic 
spectra. 

PHYS  723  Molecular  Physics  I.  (2)  Prereq- 
uisite. PHYS  623.  The  fundamentals  of 
the  interpretation  of  the  spectra  of  sim- 
ple of  molecules  with  particular  attention 
to  quantitative  considerations.  Emphasis 
on  topics  generally  regarded  as  falling 
outside  the  domain  of  molecular  struc- 
ture, notably  the  measurement  and 
analysis  of  molecular  spectroscopic  line 
intensities. 

PHYS  724  Molecular  Physics  II.  (2)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS 
623.  The  fundamentals  of  the  interpre- 
tation of  the  spectra  of  simple  molecules 
with  particular  attention  to  quantitative 
considerations.  Emphasis  on  topics 
generally  regarded  as  falling  outside  the 
domain  of  molecular  structure,  notably 
the  measurement  and  analysis  of  molec- 
ular spectroscopic  line  intensities.  Con- 
tinuation of  PHYS  723. 

PHYS  728  Seminar  in  Atomic  and 
Molecular  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  729  Seminar  in  General  Quantum 
Mechanics  and  Quantum  Electronics.  (1) 

PHYS  731  Solid  State  Physics:  Survey.  (3) 

A  variety  of  topics  such  as  crystal  struc- 
ture, mechanical,  thermal,  electrical,  and 
magnetic  properties  of  solids,  band 
structure,  the  semi-surface,  and  super- 
conductivity will  be  treated.  Although  the 


Graduate  Programs  / 169 


emphasis  will  be  on  the  phenomena,  the 
methods  of  quantum  mechanics  are  free- 
ly employed  in  this  description. 
PHYS  738  Seminar  in  Experimental  Solid 
State  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  739  Seminar  in  Theoretical  Solid 
State  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  741  Nuclear  Structure  Physics: 
Survey  (3)  Prerequisite:  physics  623. 
Properties  of  the  nucleon-nucleon  in- 
teraction, systematics  of  nuclear  stable 
states,  theory  of  nuclear  matter,  shell 
model  and  Hartree-Fock  theory  of 
nuclear  states,  RPA  (random-phase- 
approximation)  and  pairing  correlations, 
collective  states  of  deformed  nuclei, 
electromagnetic  transitions,  beta  decay 
of  nuclear  states. 

PHYS  742  Nuclear  Reaction  Theory: 
Survey.  (3)  Prerequisite:  physics  623. 
General  scattering  theory,  direct  reaction 
theories  for  elastic  and  inelastic  pro- 
cesses, resonance  reaction  theories  of 
Bioch  and  Feshbach,  shell  model  ap- 
proach to  reaction  theory,  statistical 
theories  of  compound  nuclear  pro- 
cesses, multiple  scattering  theory,  heavy 
ion  reactions. 

PHYS  748  Seminar  In  Experimental 
Nuclear  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  749  Seminar  in  Theoretical  Nuclear 
Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  751  Elementary  Particle  Physics  I: 
Survey.  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week.  Co- 
requisite,  PHYS  624  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. Nuclear  forces  are  studied  by 
examining  interactions  at  high  energies. 
Meson  physics,  scattering  processes, 
and  detailed  analysis  of  high  energy  ex- 
periments. 

PHYS  752  Elementary  Particle  Physics  II: 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  624  and 
751  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Survey 
of  elementary  particles  and  their  prop- 
erties, quantum  field  theory,  meson 
theory,  weak  interactions,  possible  ex- 
tensions of  elementary  particle  theory. 

PHYS  758  Seminar  in  Elementary  Par- 
ticles and  Quantum  Field  Theory.  (1) 

PHYS  759  Seminar  in  Elementary  Par- 
ticles and  Quantum  Field  Theory.  (1) 

PHYS  761  Plasma  Physics  I:  Survey.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PHYS  604,  606  or  consent 
of  instructor.  A  detailed  study  of  plasma 
physics.  The  first  semester  treats  parti- 
cle orbit  theory,  magnetohydrodynamics, 
plasma  waves,  and  transport 
phenomena. 

PHYS  762  Plasma  Physics  II.  (3)  Con- 
tinuation of  PHYS  761.  Vlasov  theory,  in- 
cluding waves,  stability,  and  weak  tur- 
bulence, kinetic  equation  theories  of  cor- 
relations and  radiative  processes. 

PHYS  768  Seminar  In  Fluid  Dynamics.  (1) 

PHYS  769  Seminar  in  Plasma  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  771  Cosmic  Ray  Physics:  Survey. 

(3)  Pre-  or  co-requisite,  PHYS  601  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Interaction  of  cosmic 
rays  with  matter,  geomagnetic  cutoffs, 
origin  and  propagation  of  cosmic  rays. 


the  electron  component  and  its  relation- 
ship to  cosmic  radio  noise;  experimental 
methods. 

PHYS  778  Seminar  in  Space  and  Cosmic 
Ray  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  779  Seminar  in  General  Relativity. 

(1) 

PHYS  788  Seminar  in  Applied  Physics.  (1) 

PHYS  789  Seminar  in  Interdisciplinary 
Problems.  (1) 

PHYS  798  Special  Problems  in  Advanced 
Physics.  (1-3)  Projects  or  special  study  in 
advanced  physics. 
PHYS  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

PHYS  808  Special  Topics  in  General 
Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  809  Special  Topics  in  General 
Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  818  Special  Topics  in  General 
Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  819  Special  Topics  in  General 
Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  828  Special  Topics  in  Atomic  and 
Molecular  Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according 
to  work  done. 

PHYS  829  Special  Topics  in  Quantum 
Mechanics  and  Quantum  Electronics. 
(1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 
Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  832  Theory  of  Solids  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, PHYS  623,  co-requisite,  PHYS  624. 
Advanced  topics  in  the  quantum  theory 
of  solids  from  such  fields  as  band  struc- 
ture calculations,  optical  properties, 
phonons,  neutron  scattering,  the 
dynamics  of  electrons  in  one-band 
theory,  the  Landau-Fermi  liquid  theory, 
charged  fermi  liquids,  the  fermi  surface 
(surface  impedance,  cyclotron 
resonance,  the  De  Hass-Van  Alphen  ef- 
fect, etc.). 

PHYS  833  Theory  of  Solids  II.  (3)  Con- 
tinuation of  PHYS  832.  Covers  special 
topics  such  as  magnetism,  superconduc- 
tivity and  electron-phonon  interactions. 

PHYS  838  Special  Topics  in  Experimental 
Solid  State  Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according 
to  work  done. 

PHYS  839  Special  Topics  in  Theoretical 
Solid  State  Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according 
to  work  done. 

PHYS  843  Theoretical  Nuclear  Physics  I. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  624.  Three  lec- 
tures a  week.  Nuclear  properties  and 
reactions,  nuclear  forces,  two,  three,  and 
four  body  problems,  nuclear  spectro- 
scopy, beta  decay,  and  related  topics. 

PHYS  844  Theoretical  Nuclear  Physics  II. 

(3)  Continuation  of  PHYS  843.  Nuclear 
properties  and  reactions,  nuclear  forces, 
two,  three,  and  four  body  problems. 


nuclear  spectroscopy,  beta  decay,  and 
related  topics. 

PHYS  848  Special  Topics  in  Experimental 
Nuclear  Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Credit  according  to 
work  done. 

PHYS  849  Special  Topics  in  Theoretical 
Nuclear  Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Credit  according  to 
work  done. 

PHYS  851  Advanced  Quantum  Field 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PHYS  624. 
Renormalizations  of  Lagramgian  field 
theories,  lamb  shift,  positronium  fine 
structure.  T.  C.  P.  invariance,  connection 
between  spin  and  statistics,  broken  sym- 
metries in  many  body  problems,  soluble 
models,  analyticity  in  perturbation 
theory,  simple  applications  of  dispersion 
relations. 

PHYS  852  Theoretical  Methods  in 
Elementary  Particles.  (3)  Prerequisite  or 
co-requisite,  PHYS  851. 

PHYS  853  Quantum  Field  Theory.  (3)  Co- 
requisite,  PHYS  851.  Introduction  to 
Hilbert  space,  general  postulates  of 
relativistic  quantum  field  theory,  asymp- 
totic conditions,  examples  of  local  field 
theory,  Jost-Lehmann-Dyson  representa- 
tion and  applications,  generalized  free 
field  theory,  general  results  of  local  field 
theory-tcp  theorem,  spin  statistics  con- 
nections, Borchers'  theorems,  Reeh- 
Schlieder  theorem. 

PHYS  858  Special  Topics  in  Elementary 
Particles  and  Quantum  Field  Theory.  (1-4) 

Prerequisites,  PHYS  851  and  PHYS  752. 
First  semester. 

PHYS  859  Special  Topics  in  Elementary 
and  Quantum  Field  Theory.  (1-4)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  Credit  ac- 
cording to  work  done. 

PHYS  862  Controlled  Fusion  Physics  and 
Technology.  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  761. 
Review  of  fusion  plasma  physics,  fol- 
lowed by  high  voltage  pulse  technology, 
ion  sources,  high  power  lasers;  magnetic 
and  inertial  confinement  schemes  major 
'matches'  in  controlled  thermonuclear 
research. 

PHYS  863  Plasma  Equilibrium,  Stability 
and  Transport  Properties.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: PHYS  762  or  equivalent.  Applica- 
tions of  magnetohydrodynamics  and 
kinetic  theory  to  the  equilibrium,  stability 
and  transport  properties  of  magnetically 
confined  high  temperature  plasmas. 

PHYS  864  Nonlinear  Effects  and  Radia- 
tion Processes  in  High-Temperature 
Plasmas.  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  762.  Ad- 
vanced survey  of  fundamental  nonlinear 
effects  and  radiation  processes  in  high- 
temperature  plasmas. 

PHYS  868  Special  Topics  in  Fluid 
Dynamics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Credit  according  to  work 
done. 

PHYS  869  Special  Topics  in  Plasma 
Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Credit  according  to  work  done. 


170  /  Graduate  Programs 


PHYS  875  Theory  of  Relativity:  Survey.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  PHYS  601.  A  brief  survey  of 
Einstein's  special  theory  of  relativity 
followed  by  a  solid  introduction  to 
general  relativity  and  its  applications. 

PHYS  878  Special  Topics  in  Space  and 
Cosmic  Ray  Physics.  (1-4)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according 
to  work  done. 

PHYS  879  Special  Topics  in  General 
Relativity.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Credit  according  to  work 
done. 

PHYS  888  Special  Topics  in  Applied  Phy- 
sics. (2) 

PHYS  889  Special  Topics  in  Interdisci- 
plinary Problems.  (1-4)  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Credit  according  to 
work  done. 

PHYS  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Poultry  Science  Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Chairman: 

Thomas 
Professors:  Shaffner 
Associate  Professors:  Bigbee.  Heath. 

Scares 
Assistant  Professors:  Kuenzel.  Merka 
Adjunct  Professor:  Byerly 

Coursework  and  research  activities 
leading  to  the  Master  of  Science  and 
the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees 
are  offered  by  the  Department  of 
Poultry  Science.  The  student  may 
pursue  work  with  major  emphasis  in 
either  nutrition,  physiology,  physio- 
logical genetics,  or  the  technology 
of  eggs  and  poultry. 

Departmental  requirements,  sup- 
plementary to  those  of  the  Graduate 
School,  have  been  formulated  for  the 
guidance  of  candidates  for  graduate 
degrees.  Copies  of  these  require- 
ments may  be  obtained  from  the 
Department  of  Poultry  Science. 

Courses  in  these  programs  are 
listed  elsewhere  under  the  headings 
Animal  Science,  Nutritional 
Sciences,  and  Food  Science,  as  ap- 
propriate. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  excellent 
facilities  for  both  broilers  and  layers. 
The  laboratories  are  well  equipped 
with  equipment  such  as  amino  acid 
analyzer,  atomic  absorption  spectro- 
photometer, gas  chromatography, 
Technician  auto-analyzer,  Instron 
Food  Analyzer,  Grass  polygraph, 
Leitz  Dialux  microscope,  etc. 

Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  research  assistantships 
are  available  in  the  Department. 


Psychology  Program 

Professor  and  Cfiairman:  Bart  left 

Professors:  Anderson,  Crites,  Fretz. 
Goldstein,  Gollub,  Hodos,  Horton, 
Levinson,  Locke^,  Magoon\  Martin, 
Mclntire,  Mills,  D.',  Mills,  J.,  Pumroy\ 
Schneider,  Scholnick,  Steinman, 
Taylor,  Tyler,  Waldrop. 

Associate  Professors:  Barrett,  Brown, 
Coursey,  Dachler,  Dies,  Freeman', 
Gelso\  Larkin,  Penner.  Sigall,  Smith, 
B.,  Sternheim. 

Assistant  Professors:  Barbarin,  Bobko, 
Brauth,  Frank,  Gatz.  Gormally,  Hill, 
Johnson,  Meltzer.  Norman,  Smith,  K., 
Steele.  TanneyV  White. 

'joint  appointment  with  Counseling  and 

Personnel  Services 

^joint  appointment  with  Business  and 

Management 

The  Department  of  Psychology  of- 
fers training  leading  to  the  degrees 
of  Master  of  Arts,  Master  of 
Sciences,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 
By  Departmental  ruling,  the  number 
of  graduate  students  is  limited  to  a 
ratio  of  four  resident  students  per 
member  of  the  Graduate  faculty,  in- 
suring close  and  intimate  contact  in 
research  and  seminars. 

Training  for  the  Master  of  Arts  and 
Master  of  Science  degrees  differs  in 
the  relative  emphasis  on  content  in 
the  social  and  biological  sciences. 
Programs  leading  to  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree  are  offered  in  the 
areas  of  clinical,  counseling,  experi- 
mental, industrial,  quantitative,  and 
social  psychology.  The  experimental 
area  is  further  sub-divided  into  three 
fields  of  study:  biopsychology; 
human  learning  and  psycholinguis- 
tics;  and  sensory  and  perceptual  pro- 
cesses. Many  fields  have  a  range  of 
subspecialties  (e.g.,  personality  and 
developmental,  engineering 
psychology)  in  which  the  student 
may  concentrate.  The  Department's 
doctoral  programs  in  both  Clinical 
and  Counseling  Psychology  have 
been  approved  by  the  American 
Psychological  Association. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Department  accepts  as  graduate 
students  only  those  who  have 
demonstrated  superior  aptitude  and 
appear  capable  of  completing  the  re- 
quirements for  the  doctoral  degree. 
All  of  the  specialty  areas  offer  doc- 
toral level  programs;  they  do  not  ac- 
cept students  who  are  interested  in 
terminal  M.A.  degrees.  The  average 
scores  of  students  admitted  for  the 
1976-77  academic  year  were  GRE 
V  +  Q  1200,  GRE  Psychology  600, 


G.P.A.  3.5;  Psychology  G.P.A.  3.7. 
The  Department  of  Psychology  en- 
courages applications  from  minority 
groups  and  women. 

Applicants  are  encouraged  to  sub- 
mit applications  by  February  of  each 
year  for  entrance  in  the  fall  as  the 
available  spaces  are  usually  filled 
early. 

For  a  doctoral  degree  a  minimum 
of  72  hours  beyond  the  B.A.  is  re- 
quired. All  students  entering  with  a 
B.A.  are  required  to  take  two  courses 
in  statistics  and  five  courses  in 
areas  outside  their  specialty  pro- 
gram. Of  these  five  courses,  three 
must  be  core  courses  chosen  from  a 
group  of  available  courses  designed 
to  provide  basic  information  in  a 
variety  of  specialty  areas.  The  other 
two  courses  may  be  advanced 
seminars  of  additional  core  work. 

The  remaining  credit  hours  (ap- 
proximately 50  hours)  are  devoted  to 
research  and  course  work  in  the  par- 
ticipant's specialty  program.  If  the 
student  chooses  to  have  a  second 
specialty,  the  two  advanced  courses 
specified  above  along  with  one  core 
course  may  be  taken  in  one  coherent 
area  to  provide  a  second  specialty. 

While  the  course  of  study  in  the 
Department  of  Psychology  is  at  the 
doctoral  level,  most  students  choose 
to  earn  the  M.A.  or  M.S.  degree  en 
route  to  the  Ph.D.  The  M.A.  or  M.S. 
degree  requirements  are  thirty  hours 
of  work  including  the  two  courses  in 
statistics,  two  core  courses  and  one 
other  course  which  may  be  an  addi- 
tional core  offering  or  advanced 
seminar.  A  research  thesis  is  also  re- 
quired. Advancement  to  the  third 
and  fourth  year  of  doctoral  level 
work  is  based  upon  satisfactory 
completion  of  core  courses,  work  in 
the  student's  specialty  area  and 
completion  of  a  research  require- 
ment. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 
The  Department  moved  into  a  new 
building  during  the  summer  of  1971, 
and  new  facilities  were  designed  by 
the  faculty  of  the  Department  of 
Psychology  for  the  training  of 
graduate  students.  In  addition,  its 
geographic  location  in  a  suburb  of 
Washington,  D.  C.  makes  accessible 
a  wide  variety  of  laboratory  and  train- 
ing facilities  in  governmental  and 
other  agencies,  as  well  as  many 
psychologists  prominent  in  the  pro- 
fession. 

Graduate  Programs  / 171 


Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  gives  financial  aid 
to  almost  all  incoming  students.  The 
Department  of  Psychology  does  not 
offer  a  part-time  program.  Students 
are  required  to  attend  classes,  take 
part  in  research  and  teach  as 
graduate  assistants.  Each  of  these 
assignments  is  considered  a  critical 
part  of  the  graduate  training  pro- 
gram. It  is  not  possible  to  obtain  this 
type  of  education  on  a  part-time 
basis.  Thus,  students  are  not  permit- 
ted to  hold  off-campus  jobs  unless 
they  are  under  the  direct  supervision 
of  the  faculty. 

Additional  Information 

Additional  information  concerning 
the  graduate  program  including 
specific  program  brochures  and  ap- 
plication materials  may  be  obtained 
by  writing  Professor  Irwin  L.  Gold- 
stein, Director  of  Graduate  Studies, 
Department  of  Psychology,  Universi- 
ty of  Maryland. 

Courses 

PSYC  400  Experimental  Psychology  — 
Learning  and  Motivation.  (4)  Prerequi- 
sites: PSYC  200  and  either  206  or  301. 
Two  lectures  and  four  one-hour  labora- 
tory periods  per  week.  Primarily  for 
students  who  nnajor  in  psychology.  The 
experimental  analysis  of  behavior  with 
emphasis  on  conditioning,  learning  and 
motivational  processes.  Experiments  are 
conducted  on  the  behavior  of  animals. 

PSYC  401  Advanced  Laboratory  in  the 
Experimental  Analysis  of  Behavior.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  400.  An  intensified 
extension  of  the  principles  and  tech- 
niques demonstrated  in  the  laboratory  of 
PSYC  400.  Emphasis  on  complex 
schedules  of  reinforcement,  and  experi- 
mental designs  using  repeated 
measures. 

PSYC  402  Physiological  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  206  or  301.  An  in- 
troduction to  research  on  the  physiologi- 
cal basis  of  human  behavior,  including 
considerations  of  sensory  phenomena, 
motor  coordination,  emotion,  drives,  and 
the  neurological  basis  of  learning. 

PSYC  403  Animal  Behavior.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: PSYC  206  or  301.  A  study  of 
animal  behavior,  including  considera- 
tions of  social  interactions,  learning,  sen- 
sory processes,  motivation,  and  experi- 
mental methods,  with  a  major  emphasis 
on  mammals. 

PSYC  404  Introduction  to  Behavioral 
Pharmacology.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  400  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. This  course  surveys  the  basic  find- 
ings and  theoretical  viewpoints  on  the  in- 
teraction of  drugs  and  behavior.  Topics 
include  an  introduction  to  basic  prin- 
ciples of  pharmacology,  the  effects  of 

172  /  Graduate  Programs 


drugs  on  various  behavior,  experimental 
analysis  of  drug  dependence  and  abuse, 
and  neuropharmacology  and  behavior. 

PSYC  405  Applied  Behavior  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  301.  Theoretical  and 
research  literature  in  the  application  of 
operant  and  respondent  conditioning 
principles  to  human  behavior.  Ap- 
proaches to  behavior  problems  in  school, 
home  and  professional  settings. 

PSYC  410  Experimental  Psychology  — 
Sensory  Processes  I.  (4)  Three  lectures 
and  one  two-hour  laboratory/demonstra- 
tion period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  MATH 
140,  or  111  and  220.  Primarily  for 
students  who  major  in  psychology.  A 
systematic  survey  of  the  content, 
models,  and  methodologies  of  sensory 
and  perceptual  research.  A  student  who 
has  completed  PSYC  310  must  have  per- 
mission of  the  instructor  in  order  to 
register  for  PSYC  410. 

PSYC  412  Experimental  Psychology  — 
Sensory  Processes  II.  (4)  Two  lectures 
and  four  hours  of  laboratory  exercise  and 
research  per  week.  Prerequisite,  PSYC 
410  or  consent  of  instructor.  Primarily  for 
psychology  majors  and  majors  in  biolog- 
ical sciences  with  a  special  interest  in 
sensory  processes.  Lectures  and  labora- 
tory exercises  will  emphasize  contem- 
porary problems  in  sensory  process  re- 
search. Sufficient  latitude  will  be  pro- 
vided so  the  exceptional  student  may 
conduct  original  research  based  on  find- 
ings reported  in  the  current  literature. 

PSYC  420  Experimental  Psychology  — 
Social  Processes.  (4)  Prerequisite,  PSYC 
200  and  221.  Primarily  for  psychology 
majors.  A  laboratory  course  which  pro- 
vides a  basic  understanding  of  experi- 
mental method  in  social  psychology  and 
experience  in  conducting  research  on 
social  processes. 

PSYC  422  Language  and  Social  Com- 
munication. (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  420. 
The  nature  and  significance  of  verbal  and 
nonverbal  communication  in  social  psy- 
chological processes  including  examina- 
tion of  relevant  theoretical  approaches  to 
symbolic  behavior. 

PSYC  423  Advanced  Social  Psychology. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  420.  A  systematic 
review  of  research  and  points  of  view  in 
regard  to  major  problems  in  the  field  of 
social  psychology. 

PSYC  431  Abnormal  Psychology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: PSYC  100,  200,  and  400  or  410 
or  420.  The  nature,  diagnosis,  etiology, 
and  treatment  of  mental  disorders.  A  stu- 
dent may  not  receive  credit  for  both 
PSYC  331  and  431. 

PSYC  433  Advanced  Topics  in  Child 
Psychology.  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200, 
335.  The  growth  and  transformation  of 
basic  psychological  processes  from  birth 
to  maturity.  Emphasis  is  on  research 
data  and  methodological  issues,  es- 
pecially as  they  relate  to  other  aspects  of 
psychology.  A  student  may  not  receive 
credit  for  both  PSYC  333  and  433. 


PSYC  435  Personality.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  200,  331,  and  400  or  410  or  420.  Ma- 
jor personality  theories,  their  postulates 
and  evidence,  assessment  and  research 
methodology  in  personality,  major  areas 
of  personality  research,  their  methodolo- 
gies, findings,  implications,  and  relation- 
ships to  the  field  of  psychology.  A  stu- 
dent may  not  receive  credit  for  both 
PSYC  335  and  435. 

PSYC  436  Introduction  to  Clinical 
Psychology.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PSYC  451; 
either  PSYC  431  or  435;  and  either  PSYC 
400  or  410  or  420.  A  survey  and  critical 
analysis  of  clinical  psychology,  with  par- 
ticular emphasis  on  current  develop- 
ments and  trends.  Designed  to  broaden 
the  student's  perspective  on  clinical  psy- 
chology, to  increase  his  intrinsic  interest 
in  the  field,  and  to  provide  him  with  a 
firmer  basis  for  critical  evaluation  of  ma- 
jor theoretical  and  methodological  foun- 
dations in  the  field.  Students  will  be  ex- 
pected to  conduct  individual  projects 
related  to  the  course  with  a  substantial 
amount  of  direct  supervision. 

PSYC  440  Introduction  to  Cognitive 
Psychology.  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200. 
This  course  serves  as  an  introduction  to 
selected  topics  and  theories  in  cognitive 
psychology.  Topics  include  visual  and 
auditory  information  processing,  atten- 
tion, memory,  concept  identification  and 
psycholinguistics. 

PSYC  441  Psychology  of  Human  Learn- 
ing. (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  200  and  440  or 
410  or  420.  Review  and  analysis  of  the 
major  phenomena  and  theories  of  human 
learning,  including  an  introduction  to  the 
fields  of  problem  solving,  thinking  and 
reasoning. 

PSYC  451  Principles  of  Psychological 
Testing.  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  two- 
hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, PSYC  200  or  equivalent.  A  sun/ey 
of  the  basic  concepts  and  theories  of 
psychological  measurement  illustrated 
through  demonstration  of  principal  ap- 
proaches to  psychological  testing. 

PSYC  452  Psychology  o(  Individual  Dif- 
ferences. (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  200. 
Problems  theories  and  researches  re- 
lated to  psychological  differences  among 
individuals  and  groups. 

PSYC  453  Mathematical  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  200  or  equivalent,  and 
consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  mathe- 
matical formulations  in  psychology,  in- 
cluding measurement  and  scaling 
models,  statistical  and  psychometric 
models,  and  elementary  mathematical 
representations  of  psychological  pro- 
cesses in  learning,  choice,  psycho- 
physics,  and  social  behavior, 

PSYC  461  Personnel  and  Organizational 
Psychology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  200  or 
equivalent,  and  one  other  200  level 
course.  For  majors.  Intensive  examina- 
tion of  issues  in  personnel  psychology 
(recruitment,  selection  and  classification, 
job  satisfaction)  and  organizational  psy- 
chology (motivation,  morale,  group  pro- 
cesses including  leadership,  organization 
theory).  Emphasis  is  on  theories  of 


behavior  in  organizations  and  researcn 
results  regarding  betiavior  in  on-going 
human  systems.  Where  appropriate,  rela- 
tions between  theory  and  practice  are 
discussed. 

PSYC  462  Engineering  Psychology  and 
Training  Models.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC 
200  or  equivalent,  and  one  other  200  level 
course.  For  majors.  An  examination  of 
the  theories  and  research  regarding 
human  performance  capabilities  and 
skills  (information  processing,  decision- 
making, environmental  constraints, 
automation),  training  procedures  (tradi- 
tional methods,  programmed  learning, 
computer-assisted  instruction)  and 
models  and  procedures  for  evaluating 
training  programs  in  industry,  education, 
and  service  organizations. 

PSYC  467  Vocational  Psychology.  (3) 

Survey  and  critical  analysis  of  theory  and 
research  on  vocational  choice  and  voca- 
tional adjustment.  Definition  and  cor- 
relates of  vocational  aspirations, 
preferences,  choices,  motivation,  suc- 
cess and  satisfaction.  Developmental 
trends  in  career  decision-making  and 
career  patterns. 

PSYC  478  Independent  Study  in  Psy- 
chology. (1-3)  Prerequisite,  written  con- 
sent of  instructor.  A  student  who  wishes 
to  take  independent  research  study  must 
have  completed  12  hours  of  psychology 
with  at  least  a  2.5  average.  Integrated 
reading  under  direction  leading  to  the 
preparation  of  an  adequately  docu- 
mented report  on  a  special  topic.  (In 
special  cases  a  student  who  may  need  to 
repeat  this  course  in  order  to  complete 
his  independent  study  will  make  a  formal 
request,  including  a  research  proposal, 
through  his  advisor  to  the  departmental 
honors  committee.) 

PSYC  479  Special  Research  Problems  in 
Psychology.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  written 
consent  of  instructor.  A  student  who 
wishes  to  take  independent  research 
study  must  have  completed  12  hours  of 
psychology  with  at  least  a  2.5  average. 
An  individual  course  designed  to  allow 
the  student  to  pursue  a  specialized 
research  topic  under  supervision.  (In 
special  cases  a  student  who  may  need  to 
repeat  this  course  in  order  to  complete 
his  research  will  make  a  formal  request, 
including  a  research  proposal,  through 
his  advisor  to  the  departmental  honors 
committee.) 

PSYC  488  Advanced  Psychology  I 
(Honors).  (3) 

H  —  Honors 

Usually  taken  during  junior  year.  Prereq- 
uisites, PSYC  200  and  permission  of 
department  honors  committee.  Seminar 
covering  topics  in  sensation,  perception, 
learning,  and  motivation. 

PSYC  489  Senior  Seminar.  (3) 

PSYC  498  Advanced  Psychology  II 
(Honors).  (3) 

H  —  Honors 

Usually  taken  during  senior  year.  Prereq- 
uisite, PSYC  488H.  Semester  covering 
topics  in  measurement,  social  processes 


and  other  subject  matter  of  current  in- 
terest. 

PSYC  499  Honors  Thesis  Research.  (3) 

H  —  Honors 

Usually  taken  during  last  semester  in 
residence.  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
thesis  advisor. 

PSYC  601  Quantitative  Methods.  (3)  Pre 

requisite,  PSYC  200  or  equivalent.  A 
basic  course  in  mathematical  formula- 
tions and  quantitative  analysis  in  psy- 
chology, with  an  emphasis  on  measure- 
ment, probability,  statistical  inference 
and  estimation,  regression,  and  correla- 
tion. 

PSYC  602  Quantitative  Methods.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, PSYC  200  or  equivalent.  A 
basic  course  in  mathematical  formula- 
tions and  quantitative  analysis  in  psy- 
chology, with  an  emphasis  on  measure- 
ment, probability,  statistical  inference 
and  estimation,  regression,  and  correla- 
tion. 

PSYC  611  Advanced  Developmental  Psy- 
chology. (3)  Empirical,  experimental  and 
theoretical  literature  related  to  develop- 
mental processes. 

PSYC  612  Theories  of  Personality.  (3) 

Scientific  requirements  for  a  personality 
theory.  Postulates  and  relevant  research 
literature  for  several  current  personality 
theories. 

PSYC  619  Clinical  Research  Team. 

(1-3)Discussion  of  research  topics; 
presentation  and  critique  of  original  re- 
search proposals  in  clinical  psychology. 
IVIay  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

PSYC  640  Fundamentals  of  Social  Psy- 
chology. (3)  t^ethod,  research  and  theory 
in  social  psychology. 

PSYC  651  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Pro- 
cesses. (3)  A  broad  coverage  of  knowl- 
edge in  sensory  and  perceptual  pro- 
cesses. Major  theories  and  antecedents 
of  contemporary  research  in  the  field. 

PSYC  661  Experimental  Analysis  of 
Behavior.  (3)  Fundamental  principles  and 
theoretical  framework  of  the  experimen- 
tal analysis  of  behavior. 

PSYC  671  Verbal  Behavior.  (3)  A  syste- 
matic review  of  major  topic  areas  in  the 
general  field  of  human  learning  with  par- 
ticular emphasis  upon  learning,  memory, 
and  linguistic  processes. 

PSYC  678  Seminar  in  Psycholinguistics. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  671.  Contemporary 
psycholinguistic  theories  of  language  ac- 
quisition and  use.  Phonological,  seman- 
tic and  syntactic  aspects  of  language. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  679  Seminar  in  Cognitive  Develop- 
ment. (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  61 1  or  671. 
Advanced  coverage  of  research  method- 
ology and  research  issues  in  various 
areas  of  cognitive  development  such  as 
discrimination  learning,  concept  identi- 
fication, form  perception,  language  ac- 
quisition, and  memory.  Emphasis  on  in- 
terrelationships among  developmental 
changes  during  infancy  and  childhood. 


Utility  of  a  developmental  perspective  in 
analyzing  the  components  of  cognition. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  687  Historical  Viewpoints  and  Cur- 
rent Theories  in  Psychology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, PSYC  622. 

PSYC  688  Historical  Viewpoints  and  Cur- 
rent Theories  In  Psychology.  (3) 

PSYC  701  Multivariate  Analysis  I.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, PSYC  602  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. Fundamentals  of  matrix 
algebra,  multivariate  distributions,  multi- 
variate estimation  problems  and  test  of 
hypothesis,  general  linear  model. 

PSYC  702  Multivariate  Analysis  II.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, PSYC  701  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. Component  and  factor  analysis 
with  emphasis  on  the  appropriateness  of 
the  models  to  psychological  data.  Both 
theoretical  issues  and  research  implica- 
tions will  be  discussed.  The  course  will 
treat  the  factor  analytic  model,  the  three 
indeterminate  problems  of  communali- 
ties,  factor  loadings,  and  factor  scores, 
extraction  algorithms,  rotational 
algorithms,  and  the  principal  component 
model. 

PSYC  703  Scaling  Techniques  and 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  602  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Theory  of  measure- 
ment as  applied  to  psychology;  and  the 
associated  experimental  techniques 
needed  to  construct  measurement 
scales.  The  principal  psychophysical  and 
psychometric  scaling  models  are 
discussed. 

PSYC  704  Test  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
PSYC  602  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
survey  of  theories  of  test  construction 
with  emphasis  on  reliability,  validity,  and 
criteria  problems.  Covers  measurement 
in  differential  psychology,  item  analysis, 
reliability,  validity,  reliability  of  difference 
scores,  prediction  and  the  construction 
of  test  batteries,  and  factor  theory. 

PSYC  705  Mathematical  Models  of  Learn- 
ing and  Memory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC 
602  or  consent  of  instructor.  Topics  to  be 
covered  include  a  review  of  basic  prob- 
ability theory;  matrix  operations  and  dif- 
ference equations;  stochastic  models  of 
learning,  memory  and  attention;  stimulus 
sampling  theory;  computer  simulations 
of  learning  processes. 

PSYC  706  Seminar  in  Prediction.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, PSYC  602  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. In  depth  review  of  techniques 
for  prediction  in  the  behavioral  sciences. 
Emphasis  on  both  theoretical  rationale 
and  research  implications. 

PSYC  707  Theory  of  Decision  and 
Choice.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  602  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  alge- 
braic and  probabilistic  models  for  deci- 
sion and  choice  behavior,  and  related  ex- 
perimental procedures.  Topics  include: 
measurement  of  preference,  utility  and 
subjective  likelihood  models  for  certain 
and  uncertain  outcomes,  normative  strat- 
egies, competitive  strategies,  and  group 
decision  making. 


Graduate  Programs  / 173 


PSYC  708  Seminar  in  Psychometric 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  602  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Study  of  the  current 
practices,  trends,  or  recent  develop- 
ments in  psycfiometric  ttieory.  Repeat- 
able  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 

PSYC  709  Seminar  in  Mathematical 
Models.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  602  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Special  topics  in 
mathematical  psychology.  A  discussion 
of  quantitative  representations  of  psy- 
chological processes  in  one  or  more 
substantive  areas  of  psychology.  Repeat- 
able  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 

PSYC  711  Introduction  to  Counseling 
Psychology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permission 
of  instructor.  Introduction  to  the  pro- 
fessional field,  examination  of  pertinent 
scientific  and  philosophical  back- 
grounds, and  survey  of  the  major 
theories,  principles,  and  training  models 
in  counseling.  Correlated  laboratory  ana- 
logue experiences  in  dyadic  and  group 
interrelationships. 

PSYC  712  Principles  and  Procedures  of 
Counselor  Functions.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
PSYC  711.  Specific  functions  and  areas 
of  specialization  of  the  counseling 
psychologist  including  vocational  psy- 
chology, use  of  tests  in  counseling,  and 
student  ecology.  Principles  of  consulta- 
tion, interprofessional  relations,  and  ethi- 
cal standards.  Concurrent  correlated 
laboratory  experiences  for  all  topics. 

PSYC  713  Fundamentals  of  Clinical  Psy- 
chology. (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Analysis  of  clinical  psychol- 
ogy as  a  scientist  —  professional  para- 
digm, its  historical  roots  and  its  scien- 
tific and  professional  evolution;  selected 
coverage  of  current  major  research 
topics,  e.g.,  psychotherapy,  psycho- 
pathology,  community;  current  nature  of 
clinical  psychology  and  evolving  trends. 

PSYC  718  Research  Issues  in  Clinical, 
Counseling,  and  Community  Psychology. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Issues  and  strategies  in  conceptual  sys- 
tems, designs  and  methodologies  of  cur- 
rent research  in  these  areas;  critical 
analysis  of  current  research.  May  be  re- 
peated to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits. 

PSYC  719  Seminar  in  Clinical,  Counsel- 
ing, and  Community  Psychology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  instructor,  ad- 
vanced selected  topics  in  areas  such  as 
psychotherapy,  consultation,  assess- 
ment, psychopathology,  student  ecology, 
etc.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of 
nine  credits. 

PSYC  721  Seminar  and  Laboratory  in 
Behavioral  Assessment  I.  (2)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  PSYC  721  and  722 
must  be  taken  concurrently.  Introduction 
to  a  broad  range  of  assessment  ap- 
proaches, issues,  theories  and  research. 
Emphasizes  formulation  and  evaluation 
of  strategies  for  information  gathering 
and  problem  solving  in  a  variety  of 
clinical  situations  and  includes  behavior- 
al observations,  rating  procedures  and 
standardized  tests. 

PSYC  722  Seminar  and  Laboratory  in  Be- 
havioral Assessment  I.  (2)  Prerequisite, 

174  /  Graduate  Programs 


consent  of  instructor.  PSYC  721  and  722 
must  be  taken  concurrently,  introduction 
to  a  broad  range  of  assessment  ap- 
proaches, issues,  theories  and  research. 
Emphasizes  formulation  and  evaluation 
of  strategies  for  information  gathering 
and  problem  solving  in  a  variety  of 
clinical  situations  and  includes  behavior- 
al observations,  rating  procedures  and 
standardized  tests. 

PSYC  723  Seminar  and  Laboratory  in 
Behavioral  Assessment  II.  (2)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  PSYC  723 
and  724  must  be  taken  concurrently.  In- 
troduction to  a  broad  range  of  assess- 
ment approaches,  issues,  theories  and 
research.  Emphasizes  formulation  and 
evaluation  of  strategies  for  information 
gathering  and  problem  solving  in  a  vari- 
ety of  clinical  situations  and  includes 
behavioral  observations,  rating  pro- 
cedures and  standardized  tests. 

PSYC  724  Seminar  and  Laboratory  in 
Behavioral  Assessment  II.  (2)  Prerequi- 
site, consent  of  instructor.  PSYC  723  and 
724  must  be  taken  concurrently.  Intro- 
duction to  a  broad  range  of  assessment 
approaches,  issues,  theories  and  re- 
search. Emphasizes  formulation  and 
evaluation  of  strategies  for  information 
gathering  and  problem  solving  in  a  vari- 
ety of  clinical  situations  and  includes 
behavioral  observations,  rating  pro- 
cedures and  standardized  tests. 

PSYC  727  Introductory  Counseling  Prac- 
ticum.(3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  711  and 
712.  Supervised  training  in  application  of 
methods  relevant  to  behavior  change 
through  counseling. 

PSYC  728  Introductory  Didactic- 
Practicum  in  Psychological  Intervention. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Introduction  to  concepts  and  skills  of 
psychological  intervention  emphasizing 
the  relationship  to  the  behavioral  science 
foundation  theories,  methods  and  re- 
search findings  with  the  development 
and  utilization  of  intervention  skills.  The 
course  includes  supervised  experience  in 
intervention  skills  as  designated  by  the 
subtopics  of  the  course.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits. 

PSYC  729  Advanced  DidacticPracticum 
in  Psychological  Intervention.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor  and  PSYC 
727  or  728.  Concept,  research  and  super- 
vised experience  in  intervention  skills  in 
advanced  specialized  areas,  e.g.,  college 
student  counseling,  child  evaluation, 
parent  and  school  consultation,  psycho- 
evaluation,  behavioral  therapy,  individual 
psychotherapy.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  hours. 

PSYC  730  Introduction  to  Industrial  and 
Organizational  Psychology.  (3)  Advanced 
survey  of  industrial-organizational  psy- 
chology, including  selection,  training, 
human  engineering,  motivation,  group 
processes,  leadership,  organizational 
psychology,  and  some  topics  in  research 
methods  including  philosophy  of 
science.  Readings  stressed  and  seminar 
time  will  be  used  for  discussion  and  in- 
tegration of  the  reading  materials. 


Various  faculty  members  will  serve  as 
content  experts. 

PSYC  731  Training  Procedures  and 
Evaluation  in  Organizational  Settings.  (3) 

Psychological  principles  and  methods  in 
the  development  and  evaluation  of  train- 
ing procedures  in  business  and  industry, 
government  and  military,  and  educational 
and  service  institutions.  Included  are 
discussions  of  learning  foundations,  and 
training  methodology  (simulators,  pro- 
grammed instruction,  computer-assisted 
instruction).  The  focus  of  the  course  is 
the  design  of  evaluation  research  in 
social  settings. 

PSYC  732  Selection  and  Classification 
Issues  in  Organizations.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
PSYC  730,  PSYC  601-602  or  the  equiva- 
lents, or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Consideration  of  societal,  organizational 
and  individual  demands  for  appropriate 
use  of  individual  differences  in  (primarily) 
initial  placement  of  employees.  Recruit- 
ment, and  selection  issues,  the  role  of 
governmental  regulations,  and  the  role  of 
individual  factors  in  individual  behavior 
are  considered.  Extensive  coverage  given 
to  fundamental  psycho-metric  problems 
and  the  development  of  individual  and 
organizational  criteria  of  effectiveness. 

PSYC  733  Organizational  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  730,  PSYC  601-602  or 
their  equivalents  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. Emphasizes  theories  and  data 
regarding  the  impact  of  environmental 
factors  on  individual,  group,  and  organi- 
zational behavior.  Group  dynamics, 
leadership,  and  power,  motivation  and 
satisfaction,  and  organization  structure 
and  environment  are  examined  as  cor- 
relates of  behavior. 

PSYC  734  Motivation  and  Attitudes  in 
Organizations.  (3)  Prerequisite:  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  Major  theories  of 
human  motivation  in  organizational  con- 
texts. Included  will  be  theories  concern- 
ing some  determinants  of  performance, 
satisfaction  and  dissatisfaction,  the  rela- 
tionship between  satisfaction  and  perfor- 
mance, determinants  of  boredom  and 
fatigue,  and  the  functions  and  effects  of 
incentives. 

PSYC  735  Seminar  in  Human  Perfor- 
mance Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  An  examination  of 
man-machine  interaction  with  emphasis 
on  the  theories  and  research  which  focus 
on  human  performance  capabilities  and 
skills.  Some  of  the  topics  covered  are  in- 
formation processing  and  communica- 
tions, decision  making,  environmental 
constraints  and  automation. 

PSYC  738  Seminar  in  Industrial  Psychol- 
ogy. (3)  An  advanced  seminar  covering 
specialized  topics  such  as:  morale  and 
motivation,  labor  relations,  consumer 
motivations,  man-machine  systems, 
quantitative  and  qualitative  personnel  re- 
quirements inventory,  job  evaluation,  en- 
vironment conditions  and  safety,  occupa- 
tional choice  and  classification,  and  the 
interview. 

PSYC  740  Social  Psychology  Research 
Methodology.  (3)  A  review  of  research 


methodology  in  social  psychology,  in- 
cluding research  design,  techniques  of 
data  collection,  and  the  interpretation  of 
data.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  developing 
skill  in  evaluating  studies  and  generating 
research  designs. 

PSYC  741  Attitude  Change.  (3)  A  review 
of  research  and  theory  concerning  the 
nature  of  attitudes  and  the  determinants 
of  attitude  change. 

PSYC  742  Group  Behavior.  (3)  A  review  of 
research  and  theory  concerning  group 
behavior,  including  topics  such  as  prob- 
lem solving,  communication,  leadership 
and  conformity. 

PSYC  743  Person  Perception.  (3)  A  review 
of  research  and  theory  concerning  the  at- 
tribution ot  personal  characteristics,  in- 
terpersonal attraction  and  self- 
evaluation. 

PSYC  748  Seminar  in  Social  Psychology. 

(3)  A  seminar  in  selected  topics  in  social 
psychology.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

PSYC  749  Current  Research  in  Social 
Psychology.  (1-3)  Repeatable  to  a  max- 
imum of  9  credits. 

PSYC  758  Seminar  in  Vision.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, PSYC  651  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Selected  topics  in  vision.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  759  Seminar  in  Auditory  Mech- 
anisms. (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  651  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Selected  topics  in 
auditory  and  psychoacoustic  research, 
with  emphasis  on  sensory  and  percep- 
tual phenomena  and  their  physiological 
bases.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

PSYC  761  Advanced  Laboratory  Tech- 
niques. (1-3)  Methodology  of  the  automa- 
tization of  research  techniques  and  ap- 
paratus; apparatus  design  and  construc- 
tion; telemetric  and  digital  techniques; 
logical  block  circuitry. 

PSYC  762  Comparative  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  PSYC  661.  The  experimental 
literature  on  the  behavior  of  infra-human 
organisms.  Special  topics. 

PSYC  763  Advanced  Psychophysiology. 

(3)  Alternate  years. 

PSYC  764  Comparative  Neuroanatomy. 

(3)  Prerequisites:  a  graduate  or  under- 
graduate course  in  physiological  psy- 
chology or  physiology  or  comparative 
anatomy  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Demonstrations  and  lectures  on  the 
gross,  microscopic  and  ultrastructural 
morphology  of  the  central  nervous 
system  of  vertebrates. 

PSYC  765  Seminar  in  Psychopharma- 
cology.  (3)  Prerequisite,  one  year  of 
graduate  study  in  psychology  and  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  A  critical  review 
and  detailed  analysis  of  the  literature  and 
problems  related  to  the  effects  of  drugs 
on  animal  and  human  behavior.  Designed 
for  advanced  graduate  students  in  ex- 
perimental psychology  and  clinical 
psychology. 


PSYC  768  Laboratory  Methods  in  Neuro- 
anatomy. (3)  Permission  of  the  instructor. 
Laboratory  practice  in  the  perfusion  and 
fixation  of  neural  tissue.  Training  in  the 
use  of  the  compound  microscope,  the 
microprojector,  the  reconstruction  of 
brain  lesions  and  macro-  and  micro- 
photography  of  neural  tissue. 

PSYC  768  Conditioning  and  Learning.  (3) 

Alternate  years.  Prerequisite,  PSYC  622. 
The  literature  on  the  experimental 
analysis  of  behavior,  with  examination  of 
basic  experiments  and  contemporary 
theories  related  to  them. 

PSYC  778  Seminar  in  Learning  and 
Memory,  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC  671.  An 
advanced  topical  seminar  covering  the 
areas  of  human  learning  and  memory. 
Acquisition  processes,  storage  and 
retrieval  processes,  and  attention  and  in- 
formation processing.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  788  Special  Research  Problems. 

(1-4)  Supervised  research  on  problems 
selected  from  the  area  of  experimental, 
industrial,  social,  quantitative,  or  mental 
health  psychology. 

PSYC  789  Special  Research  Problems. 

(1-4) 

PSYC  798  Graduate  Seminar.  (2) 

PSYC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

PSYC  818  Research  Issues  in  Personality 
or  Development.  (3)  Prerequisites,  PSYC 
601,  602  and  either  611  or  612  or  their 
equivalents,  depending  on  course  con- 
tent. Experimental  design  and  method- 
ology and  statistical  treatment  of  data 
appropriate  to  personality  or  develop- 
mental research;  critical  analysis  of  ma- 
jor current  areas  of  research  including 
methodologies,  findings  and  implica- 
tions. The  course  will  focus  on  either  per- 
sonality research  or  developmental 
research  in  a  given  semester.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 

PSYC  819  Seminar  in  Personality  and 
Development.  (3)  An  advanced  seminar 
covering  specialized  topics.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits. 

PSYC  858  Contemporary  Theories  in  Sen- 
sory Processes.  (3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC 
651  or  consent  of  instructor.  Specialized 
study  of  sensory  processes  with  em- 
phasis on  mathematical  models.  Repeat- 
able  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  859  Special  Topics  in  Perception. 

(3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC  651  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Intensive  study  of  selected 
topics  in  perception.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  878  Current  Research  in  Language 
and  Cognition.  (3)  Prerequisite,  PSYC 
671.  Seminar  will  cover  current  research 
and  methodological  issues  in  language 
and  cognition.  Specialized  topics  in- 
clude: computer  models  of  cognitive 
behavior;  cross-cultural  studies  in 
language  and  thought;  mathematical  and 
analytical  techniques  for  assessing 
structures;  and  others.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 


PSYC  888  Research  Methods  in  Psy- 
chology. (1-3) 

PSYC  889  Research  Methods  in  Psy- 
chology. (1-3) 

PSYC  898  Graduate  Seminar.  (2) 

PSYC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Recreation  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Humphrey 
Associate  Professors:  Churchill,  Kuss, 

Strobell 
Assistant  Professor:  Anderson,  Colton, 

Fain,  Leedy,  Thompson 
Lecturer:  Lutzin 

The  Department  of  Recreation  offers 
programs  of  study  leading  to  the 
degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  and  Doc- 
tor of  Philosophy  seeking  to  further 
assist  the  practitioner,  to  prepare 
teachers  for  institutions  of  higher 
learning,  and  to  advance  the 
knowledge  In  and  of  the  field 
through  research  activities  and  proj- 
ects. 

Present  areas  of  specialization 
consist  of  administration,  outdoor 
recreation,  program  planning, 
resource  planning  and  management 
and  therapeutic  recreation. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Students  are  required  to  present 
Graduate  Record  Examination 
scores  and  evidence  of  any  ex- 
perience in  addition  to  fulfilling  the 
regular  admission  requirements  of 
the  Graduate  School. 

A  diagnostic  examination  is  re- 
quired of  all  non-Maryland 
graduates,  from  the  results  of  which 
the  need  for  specific  prerequisite 
course  work  may  be  established. 
Doctoral  students  must  complete 
either  a  language  requirement  or  an 
approved  substitute.  A  thesis  or 
dissertation  is  required  of  all 
students. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Recreation  students  have  access  to 
the  University's  McKeldin  Library, 
the  College's  Research  Laboratory 
and  statistical  resources,  the  Com- 
puter Science  Center,  the  almost 
unlimited  facilities  and  subjects  of 
the  metropolitan  areas  of  Baltimore, 
Washington,  D.  C,  and  to  the  head- 
quarters and  offices  of  appropriate 
national  organizations,  agencies  and 
federal  governmental  units  in  the  na- 
tion's capitol. 

Financial  Assistance 

Some  Graduate  Assistantships  are 

Graduate  Programs  / 175 


available  to  qualified  graduate 
students. 

Additional  Information 

For  additional  Information  about 
specific  requirements,  please  con- 
tact the  Graduate  Coordinator, 
Department  of  Recreation,  University 
of  Maryland. 

Courses 

RECR  410  Measurement  and  Evaluation 
in  Recreation.  (3)  Prerequisite:  RECR  130 
or  325  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  survey 
course  in  measurement  tools  and 
methods  and  application  to  measure- 
ment to  evaluate  processes  applicable  in 
specific  and  broad  areas  of  interest  and 
specialization  in  recreation  and  parks. 

RECR  415  Quantitative  Methods.  (3)  A 

course  covering  the  statistical  tech- 
niques most  frequently  used  in  research 
pertaining  to  recreation.  An  effort  will  be 
made  to  provide  the  student  with  the 
necessary  skills,  and  to  acquaint  him 
with  the  interpretations  and  practical  ap- 
plications of  these  techniques. 

RECR  420  Program  Planning  and 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite:  RECR  130  or 
325:  RECR  220  recommended.  The 
essential  elements  and  basic  principles 
involved  in  the  organization  and  ad- 
ministration of  various  types  of  recrea- 
tion programs  with  emphasis  on  the 
development  of  practical,  comprehensive 
program  plans  and  evaluations  for  a 
population  and  a  facility  within  the 
student's  particular  area  of  interest. 

RECR  426  Industrial  Employee  Recrea- 
tion. (3)  An  introductory  study  of  the 
philosophy  of  and  practices  and  prob- 
lems in  industrial  recreation.  Where 
possible  the  course  will  include  oppor- 
tunities for  observation  and  for  meeting 
visiting  specialists. 

RECR  432  Philosophy  of  Recreation.  (3)  A 

study  of  the  meanings,  relationships,  and 
services  of  recreation  as  expressed  by 
past  and  present  authorities  and  leaders. 
This  course  should  be  of  interest  to  peo- 
ple active  in  education,  social  work,  and 
related  fields. 

RECR  450  Camp  Management.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, RECR  150  or  experience.  An  ad- 
vanced camping  course  for  those 
students  with  previous  training  and  ex- 
perience: organization,  administration, 
programming,  current  trends,  evaluation, 
and  special  problems.  Whenever  possi- 
ble, visiting  specialists  and  field  trips  will 
be  included. 

RECR  451  Recreational  Use  of  Natural 
Areas.  (3)  An  introductory  orientation  to 
the  outdoor  recreation  phenomenon. 
Factors  stimulating  outdoor  recreation 
involvement:  federal,  state,  local,  public 
and  private  departments  and  agencies 
managing  outdoor  recreation  areas: 
legislation:  philosophical  concepts:  and 
planning  and  management  issues. 

RECR  454  Outdoor  Education.  (6)  Field 
experience  and  resident  camping  in  an 

1 76  /  Graduate  Programs 


outdoor  setting  will  be  used  to  present 
the  activities  and  techniques  recom- 
mended for  modern  outdoor  education 
practice.  Where  possible  groups  of  par- 
ticipants will  be  utilized  as  subjects  for 
practice  instructional  work.  Activity  will 
emphasize  not  only  the  subject  matter  of 
science  and  education  but  also  the  broad 
concepts  of  conservation,  worthy  use  of 
leisure  time,  education  for  democratic 
living,  etc. 

RECR  455  Historical  and  Natural  Inter- 
pretation. (3)  Prerequisite:  RECR  351.  Ex- 
amination of  the  philosophies  of  and 
techniques  appropriate  to  historical  and 
natural  interpretation.  Analysis  and 
development  of  interpretive  programs 
and  visitor  information  services.  Field 
trips  and  laboratory  experiences  will  be 
required. 

RECR  460  Leadership  Techniques  and 
Practices.  (3)  Prerequisite:  RECR  130  or 
325.  Various  types  and  dynamics  of 
recreation  leadership  at  academic,  agen- 
cy, small  and  large  group  levels.  Acquisi- 
tion of  tangible  techniques,  such  as  goal 
setting,  decision  making,  and  leadership 
for  purposes  of  organizing,  implemen- 
ting, observing  and  analyzing  human 
function  in  organizational  settings. 

RECR  463  Supervisory  Techniques  in 
Recreation.  (3)  A  study  of  the  principles, 
methods,  techniques  as  well  as  an 
analysis  of  the  functions  of  supervision 
in  the  recreation  and  parks  environment. 
This  course  is  designed  to  advance  the 
student's  understanding  of  the  art  of 
building  human  relationships,  and  to  ap- 
ply the  emerging  concepts  and  principles 
of  modern  supervision  to  practical  situa- 
tions in  which  administrators,  super- 
visors, leaders  (both  professional  and 
paraprofessional)  and  volunteers  are 
working. 

RECR  476  Institutional  Recreation.  (3)  An 
introductory  study  of  the  philosophy  of 
and  practices  in  hospital  and  institu- 
tional recreation.  Where  possible  the 
course  will  include  opportunities  for 
observation  and  for  meeting  visiting 
specialists. 

RECR  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and 
Workshop.  (1-6)  A  course  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  of  persons  in  the  field 
with  respect  to  workshops  and  research 
projects  in  special  areas  of  knowledge 
not  covered  by  regularly  structured 
courses. 

RECR  490  Organization  and  Administra- 
tion of  Recreation.  (3)  A  study  of  the 
organizational  patterns  and  ad- 
ministrative problems  involved  in  the 
various  types  of  operating  recreation 
departments  and  agencies:  forms  of 
organization:  finance  and  budget:  per- 
sonnel: public  relations. 

RECR  495  Planning,  Design  and  Mainte- 
nance of  Park  and  Recreation  Areas  and 
Facilities.  (3)  Studies  the  relation  of 
the  park  and  recreation  system  to  the 
total  community  planning  process:  area 
layout,  design  and  maintenance  of 
facilities.  Field  experience  will  include 
the  conduct  of  community  surveys  and 


preparation  of  site  plans  as  requested  by 
community  groups.  The  development  of 
such  studies  will  include  inspection  of 
areas,  site  analysis,  preparation  of  plans, 
and  their  presentation  to  the  community 
where  possible. 

RECR  600  Seminar  in  Recreation.  (1) 

Presentation,  discussion  and  defense  of 
student  thesis  proposals  and  outlines 
and/or  of  appropriate  faculty  projects  and 
research  activities. 

RECR  610  Methods  and  Techniques  of 
Research.  (3)  A  study  of  appropriate 
research  methodology  including  ex- 
perimental,'historical,  philosophical, 
sociological  and  case  study  techniques, 
examples  and  problems.  Each  student  is 
required  to  develop  a  specimen  thesis  or 
dissertation  proposal  and  outline. 

RECR  613  Source  Material  Sun/ey.  (3) 

Study  and  use  of  library  resources  and 
bibliographical  materials  of  all  types 
through  their  application  to  varieties  or 
research  problems  and  interests.  Each 
student  carries  out  special  projects  of 
his  own  initiation. 

RECR  633  Foundations  of  Recreation.  (3) 

A  broad  study  of  the  sociological, 
psychological  and  economic  forces  that 
historically  have  structured  attitudes 
toward  leisure  and  the  development  of 
recreation. 

RECR  634  Modern  Trends  in  Recreation. 

(3)  A  broad  study  and  overview  of  the  re- 
cent advances  in  the  several  sub  areas  of 
recreation:  public  sector  (local,  state, 
federal  and  international  government  in- 
volvements); therapeutic  (for  special 
groups,  such  as  ill.  delinquent,  aging, 
etc.):  employee:  voluntary  agencies; 
religious  organizations;  family,  school, 
camping  areas:  private  and  commercial 
sector.  Each  student  will  carry  out 
special  projects  according  to  his  in- 
terests. 

RECR  687  Advanced  Seminar.  (1-3)  Pre- 
requisite: consent  of  instructor.  Ad- 
vanced topics  in  the  various  areas  of 
recreation.  IVIay  be  taken  for  repeated 
credits,  up  to  a  total  of  3. 

RECR  688  Special  Problems  in  Recrea- 
tion. (1-6) 

RECR  690  Administrative  Direction  of 
Recreation.  (3)  This  course  is  concerned 
with  analyzing  various  problems  in  the 
administration  of  leisure  services  in 
parks  and  other  recreational  settings. 
Students  concentrate  on  simulated  situa- 
tions and  their  own  on-the-job  problems 
to  enhance  their  understanding  of  sound 
administrative  practice  and  to  improve 
their  problem-solving  and  decision- 
making abilities. 

RECR  700  Advanced  Doctoral  Seminar. 

(1)  Presentation,  discussion  and  defense 
of  doctoral  dissertation  proposals  and 
outlines  and/or  of  appropriate  faculty 
projects  and  research  activities. 

RECR  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 

RECR  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search (1-8) 


Secondary  Education 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Risinger 
Professors:  Campbell,  Folstrom', 

Gardner^  Grambs,  Lockard^  Woolf 
Associate  Professors:  Adkins,  Anderson, 
Brigham,  Carr,  Cirrlncione',  Craig, 
Davidson^  DeLorenzo,  Farrell',  Fey^ 
Funaro,  Henkelman^  Layman', 
Longley,  McWhinnie',  Peters,  Pfister' 
Assistant  Professors:  Baird  (Janet)'", 
Baird  (Joan),  Brewster,  Davey, 
Heikkinen^  James",  Lenz',  McCaleb", 
Ricci,  Ridky'^  Ruchkin",  Wheatley'*, 
Wright's  Vaccaro"^ 
Lecturers:  Baker,  Craft'",  Fitzgibbons" 
'joint  appointment  with  Music 
'joint  appointment  with  Chemistry 
'joint  appointment  with  Botany 
'joint  appointment  with  Geography 
'joint  appointment  with  Mathematics 
'joint  appointment  with  History 
'joint  appointment  with  Physics 
'joint  appointment  with  Housing  and  Ap- 
plied Design 

'joint  appointment  with  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages 

"joint  appointment  with  Spanish  and 
Portuguese 

"joint  appointment  with  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art 

''joint  appointment  with  English 
"joint  appointment  with  Geology 
"joint  appointment  with  Office  of 
Laboratory  Experiences 
"joint  appointment  with  Agriculture 
"joint  appointment  with  Physical  Educa- 
tion 

"joint  appointment  with  Library  and  In- 
formation Services 

The  Department  offers  programs 
leading  to  tfie  degrees  of  Master  of 
Arts  (thesis  and  non-thesis),  Master 
of  Education,  the  Advanced 
Graduate  Specialist,  Doctor  of 
Education,  and  Doctor  of 
Philosophy.  The  Department  offers  a 
variety  of  programs,  individually 
designed  to  meet  the  personal  and 
professional  goals  of  graduate 
students.  These  goals  may  include 
teaching  at  secondary  and  college 
levels,  supervision  and  Improvement 
of  instruction  within  the  disciplines, 
teacher  education,  and  research  in 
any  of  these. 

Areas  of  emphasis  include  educa- 
tion in  art,  business  education, 
distributive  education,  English  and 
language  arts,  foreign  languages, 
home  economics,  mathematics, 
music,  reading,  science,  social 
studies,  speech,  and  inter- 
disciplinary studies. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  master's  degree  programs  re- 
quire 30  to  36  semester  hours,  the 
AGS  program  60  hours  beyond  the 


bachelor's  degree,  and  the  doctorate 
a  planned  sequence  of  approximate- 
ly 60  semester  hours  (or  the 
equivalent)  beyond  the  master's 
degree.  There  are  no  foreign 
language  requirements  unless  the 
dissertation  is  on  a  topic  that  re- 
quires it. 

Admission  to  doctoral  programs 
requires  a  master's  degree  or  its 
equivalent,  an  acceptable  Miller's 
Analogies  score,  a  good  scholastic 
record,  and  recommendations  for  ad- 
vanced study.  A  preliminary  ex- 
amination, usually  written,  is  given 
at  the  end  of  20  semester  hours  of 
doctoral  work,  to  determine  the 
student's  aptitude  for  advanced 
graduate  study.  A  comprehensive  ex- 
amination, also  usually  written,  is 
given  at  the  conclusion  of  course 
work.  An  oral  examination  in 
defense  of  the  thesis  constitutes  the 
final  step  in  completing  the  doc- 
torate. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  graduate  assist- 
antships  for  selected  students  are 
available  in  the  Department  of 
Secondary  Education.  These 
assistants  generally  provide  help  in 
the  supervision  of  student  teachers, 
in  teaching  undergraduate  classes, 
or  by  aiding  in  other  ways. 

Additional  Information 

Write  or  call  the  Department 
(301-454-2021,  2022  or  2023)  for  more 
specific  information  about  the 
various  programs. 

Courses 

EDSE  402  Methods  and  Materials  in 
Teaching  Bookkeeping  and  Related  Sub- 
jects. (3)  Important  problems  and  pro- 
cedures in  the  mastery  of  bookkeeping 
and  related  office  knowledge  and  the 
skills  including  a  consideration  of 
materials  and  teaching  procedures. 

EDSE  403  Problems  in  Teaching  Office 
Skills.  (3)  Problems  in  development  of  oc- 
cupational competency,  achievement 
tests,  standards  of  achievement,  instruc- 
tional materials,  transcription,  and  the  in- 
tegration of  office  skills. 

EDSE  404  Basic  Business  Education  in 
the  Secondary  Schools.  (3)  Includes  con- 
sideration of  course  objectives:  subject 
matter  selection:  and  methods  of 
organization  and  presenting  business 
principles,  knowledge  and  practices. 

EDSE  415  Financial  and  Economic 
Education  I.  (3)  Problems  of  teaching 
courses  In  personal  finance  and 
economics  in  the  public  schools,  in- 
cluding materials  and  resources. 


EDSE  416  Financial  and  Economic 
Education  II.  (3)  Continuation  of  EDSE 
415. 

EDSE  420  Organization  and  Coordination 
of  Distributive  Education  Programs.  (3) 

This  course  deals  specifically  with  such 
areas  as  the  organization  of  a  coopera- 
tive distributive  education  program:  the 
development  of  an  effective  cooperative 
relationship  between  coordinator  and 
training  sponsor:  the  selection,  orienta- 
tion, and  training  of  sponsors:  analysis 
of  training  opportunities,  reports  and 
records:  the  evaluation  and  selection  of 
students  for  part-time  cooperative  work 
assignments:  and  the  evaluation  of  the 
program. 

EDSE  421  Methods  and  Materials  in 
Distributive  Education.  (3)  This  course 
covers  basic  methods  and  materials 
needed  to  teach  the  preparatory  class- 
room related  instruction  of  a  one  or  two 
year  distributive  education  program.  It 
deals  specifically  with  the  organization 
of  special  supplementary  materials  for 
individual  and  group  instruction-youth 
club  programs,  organization  and  ad- 
ministration. 

EDSE  423  Field  Experiences  in  Voca- 
tional Areas.  (3)  A— Home  Economics 
Education,  B— Business  Education, 
C— Distributive  Education.  Supervised 
work  experience  in  an  occupation  related 
to  vocational  education.  Application  of 
theory  to  work  situations  as  a  basis  for 
teaching  in  vocational  education  pro- 
grams. By  individual  arrangement  with 
advisor. 

EDSE  425  Curriculum  Development  in 
Home  Economics.  (3)  An  analysis  of  cur- 
riculum development  including  the  tools 
for  planning,  managing,  and  evaluating 
the  teaching/learning  environment  of 
conceptual  curriculum  design.  Includes  a 
field  experience. 

EDSE  426  Evaluation  of  Home 
Economics.  (3)  The  meaning  and  function 
of  evaluation  in  education:  the  develop- 
ment of  a  plan  for  evaluating  a  homemak- 
ing  program  with  emphasis  upon  types 
of  evaluation  devices,  their  construction 
and  use. 

EDSE  427  The  Reading  Process.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department. 
A  survey  of  the  reading  process  to  pro- 
vide needed  knowledge  for  graduate 
studies  in  reading.  Students  will  be 
pretested  prior  to  registration  and  take 
only  those  modules  of  the  course  iden- 
tified as  needed. 

EDSE  430  Corrective-Remedial  Reading 
Instruction.  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDEUEDSE 
427  or  equivalent,  and  consent  of  the 
department.  For  teachers,  supervisors, 
and  administrators  who  wish  to  identify 
and  assist  pupils  with  reading  dif- 
ficulties. Concerned  with  diagnostic 
techniques,  instructional  materials  and 
teaching  procedures  useful  in  the  regular 
classroom. 

EDSE  431  Laboratory  Practices  in 
Reading.  (2-4)  Prerequisite,  EDSE  430.  A 
laboratory  course  in  which  each  student 


Graduate  Programs  / 177 


has  one  or  more  pupils  for  analysis  and 
Instruction.  At  least  one  class  meeting 
per  week  to  diagnose  individual  cases 
and  to  plan  instruction. 

EDSE  432  The  Junior  High  School.  (2-3)  A 

general  overview  of  the  junior  high 
school.  Purposes,  functions  and 
characteristics  of  this  school  unit:  a 
study  of  its  population,  organization,  pro- 
gram of  studies,  methods,  staff,  and 
other  topics,  together  with  their  Implica- 
tions for  prospective  teachers. 

EDSE  440  Methods  of  Teaching  English 
In  Secondary  Schools.  (3) 

EDSE  441  Practicum  in  Art  Education.  (3) 

One  two-hour  lecture  discussion  period 
and  two,  two-hour  laboratory  sessions 
per  week.  Instruction  will  be  aimed  at 
reviewing  experiences  in  a  chosen 
medium  of  art  and  assembling  a 
workable  procedure  to  present  the  con- 
tent to  secondary  school  students.  The 
course  will  provide  a  studio  setting  in 
which  the  student  will  assemble 
materials  for  an  in-depth  study  of  the 
practical  work  involved  and  attempt  to 
develop  a  total  concept  in  a  particular 
area  of  art. 

EDSE  442  Teaching  the  Audio-Lingual 
Skills  in  Foreign  Languages.  (3) 

EDSE  444  Methods  of  Teaching 
Mathematics  in  Secondary  Schools.  (3) 

EDSE  446  Methods  of  Teaching  Science 
In  Secondary  Schools.  (3) 

EDSE  447  Methods  of  Teaching  Social 
Studies  in  Secondary  Schools.  (2-3) 

EDSE  450  Speech  Methods  and 
Resources  in  Secondary  Schools.  (3) 

EDSE  453  The  Teaching  of  Reading  in 
the  Secondary  Schools.  (3) 

EDSE  460  Environmental  Education.  (3) 

Two  lecture-discussion  periods  and  one 
three  hour  laboratory-field  experience 
session  per  week.  An  interdisciplinary 
course  covering  the  literature,  tech- 
niques and  strategies  of  environmental 
education.  Emphasis  is  upon  the  study 
of  environmental  education  programs 
and  the  development  of  a  specific  pro- 
gram which  is  designed  to  implement  the 
solution  of  an  environmental  problem. 
The  laboratory-field  experience  is  provid- 
ed as  a  model  for  future  activities  of 
students.  Open  to  any  student  who 
wishes  to  become  actively  involved  in 
the  process  of  environmental  education 
program  development. 

EDSE  470  Teaching  of  Art  Criticism  in 
Public  Schools.  (3)  Introduction  to 
various  alternative  theories  of  aesthetics 
as  related  to  the  teaching  of  art. 

EDSE  488  Special  Topics  in  Secondary 
Education.  (1-3)  Repeatable  for  a  maxi- 
mum of  6  hours. 

EDSE  489  Field  Experience  in  Education. 
(1-4)  Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  secondary  educa- 
tion department.  Planned  field  ex- 
perience may  be  provided  for  selected 


students  who  have  had  teaching  ex- 
perience and  whose  application  for  such 
field  experience  has  been  approved  by 
the  secondary  education  faculty.  Field 
experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to 
both  major  and  non-major  students. 
NOTE  —  the  total  number  of  credits 
which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDSE  489, 
888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of 
20  semester  hours. 

EDSE  498  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Available  only  to  mature 
students  who  have  definite  plans  for  in- 
dividual study  of  approved  problems. 

EDSE  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  In- 
stitutes. (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this 
course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours:  the  symbol  may  be  used 
two  or  more  times  until  six  semester 
hours  have  been  reached  the  following 
type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading: 
workshops  conducted  by  the  college  of 
education  (or  developed  cooperatively 
with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing:  clinical  experiences  in 
pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers:  institutes  developed 
around  specific  topics  or  problems  and 
intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors. 

EDSE  600  Administration  and  Supervi- 
sion of  Business  Education.  (3)  Major  em- 
phasis on  departmental  organization  and 
its  role  in  the  school  program,  cur- 
riculum, equipment,  budget-making, 
supervision,  guidance,  placement  and 
follow-up,  school-community  relation- 
ships, qualifications  and  selection  of 
teaching  staff,  visual  aids,  and  in-service 
programs  for  teacher  development.  For 
administrators,  supervisors,  and 
teachers. 

EDSE  605  Principles  and  Problems  of 
Business  Education.  (2-3)  Principles,  ob- 
jectives, and  practices  in  business 
education:  occupational  foundations; 
current  attitudes  of  business,  labor  and 
school  leaders:  general  business  educa- 
tion relation  to  consumer  business 
education  and  to  education  in  general. 

EDSE  606  Curriculum  Development  in 
Business  Education.  (2-3)  This  course  is 
especially  designed  for  graduate 
students  interested  in  a  concentrated 
study  of  curriculum  planning  in  business 
education.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on 
the  philosophy  and  objectives  of  the 
business  education  program,  and  on  cur- 
riculum research  and  organization  of  ap- 
propriate course  content. 

EDSE  624  Reading  Diagnostic  Assess- 
ment and  Prescription.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
12  credits  of  graduate  study  in  educa- 
tion, or  consent  of  instructor.  Survey 
course  in  reading  diagnosis  and  prescrip- 
tion for  graduate  students  not  majoring 
in  reading.  The  interpretation  of  reading 
with  diagnostic  techniques  with  an  over- 


view of  various  prescriptions  based  on 
diagnosis. 

EDSE  625  Introduction  to  Field  Methods 
in  School  and  Community.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, permission  of  instructor.  Applies 
selected  field  methods  to  problems  of 
professional  practice.  Issues  pertaining 
to  the  role  and  responsibilities  of  the 
field  investigator,  working  in  schools  and 
other  service  agencies.  Students  will 
design  one  or  more  field  studies  utilizing 
qualitative  field  techniques. 

EDSE  626  Problems  in  Teaching  Reading 
in  Secondary  Schools.  (3)  Problems  in 
the  teaching  of  reading  in  the  secondary 
school.  Implications  of  current  theory 
and  the  results  of  research  for  the 
teaching  of  reading  in  the  secondary 
school.  Attention  is  given  to  all  areas  of 
development  reading  instruction,  with 
special  emphasis  on  persistent  prob- 
lems. 

EDSE  627  Clinical  Assessment  in 
Reading.  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDEL  430, 
EDEL  626,  EDMS  446  and  EDMS  622. 
Clinical  diagnostic  techniques  and 
materials  useful  to  the  reading  specialist 
in  assessing  serious  reading  difficulties. 

EDSE  630  Clinical  Remediation  of 
Reading  Disabilities.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
EDEL  430,  EDEL  626,  EDMS  446  and  622. 
Remedial  procedures  and  materials 
useful  to  the  reading  specialist  in  plan- 
ning programs  of  individual  and  small 
group  instruction. 

EDSE  631  Advanced  Laboratory  Prac- 
tices (Diagnosis).  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSE 
630.  Diagnostic  work  with  children  in 
clinic  and  school  situations.  Administra- 
tion, scoring,  interpretation,  and 
prescription  via  diagnostic  instruments 
is  stressed.  Case  report  writing  and  con- 
ferences are  also  stressed.  EDSE  631  is 
taken  with  EDSE  632. 

EDSE  632  Advanced  Laboratory  Prac- 
tices (Instruction).  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSE 
630.  Remedial  instruction  with  children 
in  clinic  and  school  situations.  Develop 
competency  in  various  remedial  tech- 
niques, diagnostic  teaching  and  evalua- 
tion. Development  of  the  reading 
resource  role  is  stressed.  EDSE  632  is 
taken  with  EDSE  631. 

EDSE  637  Seminar  in  Secondary  Educa- 
tion. (3) 

EDSE  640  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  General.  (3)  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking 
and  practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum. 

EDSE  641  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Art.  (3)  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking 
and  practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  art  education. 

EDSE  642  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Business.  (3)  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking 
and  practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  business  education. 

EDSE  643  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Distributive  Education.  (3) 


178  /  Graduate  Programs 


Recent  developments  in  educational 
thinking  and  practice  which  have  af- 
fected the  curriculum  in  distributive 
education. 

EDSE  644  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  English.  (3)  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking 
and  practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  English  education. 

EDSE  645  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Foreign  Language.  (3)  Re- 
cent developments  in  educational  think- 
ing and  practice  which  have  affected  the 
curriculum  in  foreign  language  educa- 
tion. 

EDSE  646  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Geography.  (3)  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking 
and  practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  geography. 

EDSE  647  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Mathematics.  (3)  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking 
and  practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  mathematics. 

EDSE  650  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Science.  (3)  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking 
and  practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  science  education. 

EDSE  651  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Social  Studies.  (3)  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking 
and  practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  social  studies. 

EDSE  652  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Speech.  (3)  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking 
and  practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  speech. 

EDSE  653  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Urban  Schools.  (3)  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking 
and  practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  urban  schools. 

EDSE  654  Trends  in  Secondary  School 
Curriculum  —  Reading.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
EDSE  453,  EDMS  446.  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking 
and  practice  which  have  affected  the  cur- 
riculum in  reading. 

EDSE  700  History  of  An  Education.  (3)  A 

study  of  the  growth  of  the  art  curriculum 
in  American  Schools.  Perspective  on  art 
education  philosophy  as  viewed  through 
a  historical  survey  beginning  with  the 
United  States  colonial  period  to  the 
present. 

EDSE  701  The  Teaching  of  Art  Criticism. 

(3)  The  aesthetic  foundations  of  art 
education.  Development  of  skills 
necessary  for  critical  investigation  of 
works  of  art,  and  identification  of  cur- 
riculum implications  resulting  from 
various  aesthetic  and  psychological  ap- 
proaches to  art. 

EDSE  705  Trends  in  the  Teaching  and 
Supervision  of  Home  Economics.  (3) 

Study  of  home  economics  programs  and 
practices  in  light  of  current  educational 
trends.  Interpretation  and  analysis  of 
democratic  teaching  procedures,  out- 


comes of  instruction,  and  supervisory 
practices. 

EDSE  740  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  General.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature:  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques:  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 
theory:  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  741  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Art.  (1-3)  A  survey  of 
the  research  literature;  evaluation  of 
research  techniques:  consideration  of 
relevant  instructional  curriculum  theory: 
evaluation  of  modern  teaching  methods 
and  techniques. 

EDSE  742  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Business.  (1-3)  A 
survey  of  the  research  literature:  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques:  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 
theory:  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  743  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Distributive  Educa- 
tion. (1-3)  A  survey  of  the  research 
literature:  evaluation  of  research  tech- 
niques: consideration  of  relevant  instuc- 
tional  curriculum  theory:  evaluation  of 
modern  teaching  methods  and  tech- 
niques. 

EDSE  744  Theory  and  Research  In  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  English.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature:  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques:  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 
theory:  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  745  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Foreign  Language. 
(1-3)  A  survey  of  the  research  literature: 
evaluation  of  research  techniques:  con- 
sideration of  relevant  instructional  cur- 
riculum theory:  evaluation  of  modern 
teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  746  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Home  Economics. 

(1-3)  A  survey  of  the  research  literature: 
evaluation  of  research  techniques:  con- 
sideration of  relevant  instructional  cur- 
riculum theory:  evaluation  of  modern 
teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  747  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Mathematics.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature:  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques:  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 
theory:  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  750  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Music.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature:  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques:  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 
theory:  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  751  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Reading.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature:  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques:  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 
theory:  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 


EDSE  752  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Science.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature:  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques:  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 
theory:  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  753  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Social  Studies.  (1-3) 

A  survey  of  the  research  literature: 
evaluation  of  research  techniques:  con- 
sideration of  relevant  instructional  cur- 
riculum theory:  evaluation  of  modern 
teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  754  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Speech.  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature:  evalua- 
tion of  research  techniques:  considera- 
tion of  relevant  instructional  curriculum 
theory:  evaluation  of  modern  teaching 
methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  755  Theory  and  Research  in  Sec- 
ondary Education  —  Urban  Education. 
(1-3)  A  survey  of  the  research  literature: 
evaluation  of  research  techniques:  con- 
sideration of  relevant  instructional  cur- 
riculum theory:  evaluation  of  modern 
teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDSE  788  Special  Topics  in  Secondary 
Education.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  EDSE  640 
appropriate  to  area  of  concentration,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  hours. 

EDSE  798  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-6)  Master's,  AGE,  or  doctoral  can- 
didates who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisors  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number. 

EDSE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Registration  required  to  the  extent  of  six 
hours  for  master's  thesis. 

EDSE  820  Seminar  in  Art  Education.  (3) 

EDSE  821  Seminar  in  Business  Educa- 
tion. (3) 

EDSE  822  Seminar  in  Computer  Assisted 
Instruction.  (3) 

EDSE  823  Seminar  in  Distributive  Educa- 
tion. (3) 

EDSE  824  Seminar  in  English  Education. 

(3) 

EDSE  825  Seminar  in  Foreign  Language 
Education.  (3) 

EDSE  826  Seminar  in  Home  Economics 
Education.  (3) 

EDSE  827  Seminar  In  Mathematics 
Education.  (3) 

EDSE  830  Seminar  in  Reading  Education. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  EDSE  751.  Exploration  of 
major  issues  of  theory,  research  and  pro- 
gram development  of  concern  to  those  in 
positions  of  advanced  professional 
leadership.  Interinstitutional  and  inter- 
disciplinary factors  will  be  considered. 

EDSE  831  Seminar  in  Science  Education. 

(3) 

EDSE  832  Seminar  in  Social  Studies 
Education.  (3) 


Graduate  Programs  / 179 


EDSE  833  Seminar  in  Speech  Education. 

(3) 

EDSE  834  Seminar  in  Urban  Education. 

(3) 

EDSE  835  Seminar  in  Behavioral  Objec- 
tives. (3) 

EDSE  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education. 
(1-9)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area  of 
study  are  available  to  selected  students 
whose  application  for  an  apprenticeship 
has  been  approved  by  the  education 
faculty.  Each  apprentice  is  assigned  to 
work  for  at  least  a  sennester  full-time  or 
the  equivalent  with  an  appropriate  staff 
member  of  a  cooperating  school,  school 
system,  or  educational  institution  or 
agency.  The  sponsor  of  the  apprentice 
maintains  a  close  working  relationship 
with  the  apprentice  and  the  other  per- 
sons involved.  Prerequisites,  teaching  ex- 
perience, a  master's  degree  in  education, 
and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  educa- 
tion at  the  University  of  Maryland.  NOTE: 
the  total  number  of  credits  which  a  stu- 
dent may  earn  in  EDSE  489,  888,  and  889 
IS  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20) 
semester  hours. 

EDSE  889  Internship  in  Education.  (3-16) 
Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study  are 
available  to  selected  students  who  have 
teaching  experience.  The  following 
groups  of  students  are  eligible;  (A)  any 
student  who  has  been  advanced  to  can- 
didacy for  the  doctor's  degree:  and  (B) 
any  student  who  receives  special  ap- 
proval by  the  education  faculty  for  an  in- 
ternship, provided  that  prior  to  taking  an 
internship,  such  student  shall  have  com- 
pleted at  least  60  semester  hours  of 
graduate  work,  including  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is 
assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for 
at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate 
staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school, 
school  system,  or  educational  institution 
or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken 
in  a  school  situation  different  from  the 
one  where  the  student  is  regularly 
employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  main- 
tains a  close  working  relationship  with 
the  intern  and  the  other  persons  in- 
volved. NOTE:  the  total  number  of  credits 
which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDSE  489, 
888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of 
twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDSE  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the 
extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  project 
and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  dissertation. 


Social  Foundations  of 
Education  Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Chairman:  Noll 
Professor:  Male 

Associate  Professors:  Agre,  Finkelstein, 
Hopkins,  Huden,  Lindsay 

The  objectives  of  the  doctoral  pro- 
gram in  Foundations  of  Education 
are  to  prepare  specialists  In  the 
disciplines  of  history  of  education, 


philosophy  of  education,  educa- 
tional sociology  and  comparative 
education  and  some  generalists  with 
a  broad  command  of  two  or  more  of 
these  fields.  The  specialists  and 
generalists  are  prepared  for 
undergraduate  and  graduate  college 
or  university  teaching,  for  research, 
and  for  policy  positions.  Founda- 
tions courses  are  also  used  to  enrich 
programs  in  other  areas  and  to  pro- 
vide needed  disciplinary  capacity  for 
students  whose  research  and  career 
goals  require  it. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Graduate  Foundations  majors,  and 
particularly  those  at  the  doctoral 
level,  are  expected  to  have 
knowledge  of  the  history,  sociology, 
and  philosophy  of  education  as  well 
as  comparative  education.  Each  in 
turn  specializes  in  one  of  these 
areas  with  opportunities  for  related 
course  work  in  either  history, 
philosophy,  government  and  politics, 
anthropology,  or  sociology.  Pro- 
grams are  tailored  to  a  student's  ob- 
jectives and  background. 

The  master's  program  offers  a 
non-thesis  option  (30  hours)  and  a 
thesis  option  (24  hours).  Graduates 
of  the  master's  program  find  posi- 
tions in  research  or  policy  units  in 
public  school  systems  or  in  educa- 
tional organizations,  in  community 
agencies,  or  in  programs  with  an 
educational  component,  such  as  an 
anti-poverty  program.  Some  take 
positions  with  international 
organizations  dealing  with  education 
or  teach  in  schools  located  in  other 
countries. 

In  addition  to  the  overall  B 
average  a  Master  of  Arts  applicant 
must  have  a  B  average  in  the  last 
two  years  of  the  undergraduate  pro- 
gram from  a  regionally  accredited  in- 
stitution. An  applicant  for  the  Doctor 
of  Philosophy  degree  must  have 
strong  undergraduate  and  graduate 
records  and  a  fvliller  Analogies  Test 
score  at  the  midpoint  or  better  of  the 
graduate  education  population  at  the 
University  of  fvlaryland. 

The  requirements  for  the  M.A. 
with  and  without  thesis,  and  for  the 
Ph.D.  conform  to  those  of  the 
Graduate  School.  Students  in  the 
doctoral  program  take  a  preliminary 
examination  (6  hours  in  length)  after 
they  have  completed  between  12  and 
18  hours  of  course  work. 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  College  Park  campus  is  adjacent 
to  embassies  which  provide  access 
to  materials  for  the  study  of  foreign 
education  systems.  The  Library  of 
Congress,  Office  of  Education  and 
Archives  are  valuable  and  accessi- 
ble. Staff  members  in  Foundations 
are  assigned  to  a  Comparative 
Education  Center  which  provides 
research  facilities  to  students  from 
both  foreign  and  American 
backgrounds. 
Courses 

EDSF  409  Special  Topics  in  the  Social 
Foundations  of  Education.  (1-3) 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 
An  intensive  examination  of  current  prob- 
lems and  issues  in  the  formation  of 
educational  policies.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with  are  dif- 
ferent. 

EDSF  410  History  of  Education  in 
Western  Civilization.  (3)  Educational  In- 
stitutions through  the  ancient,  medieval 
and  early  modern  periods  in  western 
civilization,  as  seen  against  a 
background  of  socio-economic  develop- 
ment. 

EDSF  411  History  of  Education  in  the 
United  States.  (3)  A  study  of  tne  origins 
and  development  of  the  chief  features  of 
the  present  system  of  education  in  the 
United  States. 

EDSF  420  Philosophy  of  Education.  (3)  A 

study  of  the  great  educational 
philosophers  and  systems  of  thought  af- 
fecting the  development  of  modern 
education. 

EDSF  421  Logic  of  Teaching.  (3)  An 

analysis  of  the  structure  of  basic  subject 
matters  in  the  curriculum  and  of  the 
standard  logical  moves  in  teaching. 

EDSF  430  Educational  Sociology.  (3) 

Deals  with  data  of  the  social  sciences 
which  are  germane  to  the  work  of 
teachers.  Implications  of  democratic 
ideology  for  educational  endeavor, 
educational  tasks  imposed  by  changes  in 
population  and  technological  trends,  the 
welfare  status  of  pupils,  the  socio- 
economic attitudes  of  individuals  who 
control  the  schools,  and  other  elements 
of  community  background. 

EDSF  489  Field  Experience  in  Education. 
(1-4)  Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites 
as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which 
the  experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned 
field  experience  may  be  provided  for 
selected  students  who  have  had 
teaching  experience  and  whose  applica- 
tion for  such  field  experience  has  been 
approved  by  the  education  faculty.  Field 
experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to 
both  major  and  nonmajor  stutents.  NOTE 
—  the  total  number  of  credits  which  a 
student  may  earn  in  EDSF  489,  888,  and 
889  IS  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours. 


180  /  Graduate  Programs 


EDSF  498  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. Available  only  to  mature 
students  who  have  definite  plans  for  in- 
dividual study  of  approved  problenns. 

EDSF  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  In- 
stitutes. (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this 
course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours:  the  symbol  may  be  used 
two  or  more  times  until  six  semester 
hours  have  been  reached  the  following 
type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading: 
workshops  conducted  by  the  college  of 
education  (or  developed  cooperatively 
with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 
not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present 
course  listing:  clinical  experiences  in 
pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special 
education  centers:  institutes  developed 
around  specific  topics  or  problems  and 
intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors. 

EDSF  601  Contemporary  Social  Issues  in 
Education.  (3)  Theoretical  and  Practical 
Consideration  of  vital  social  issues  cur- 
rently affecting  education. 

EDSF  620  Analysis  of  Educational  Con- 
cepts. (3) 

EDSF  660  Comparative  Education.  (3) 

Analyzes  and  compares  leading  issues  in 
education  in  various  countries  of  the 
world,  particularly  as  they  relate  to 
crucial  problems  in  American  education. 

EDSF  661  International  Educational 
Change.  (3)  An  exploration  and  analysis 
of  major  trends  in  education  in  several 
parts  of  the  world,  with  attention 
directed  to  educational  change  as  the 
outcome  of  deliberate  efforts  by  nations 
and  international  organizations  as  well  as 
those  which  occur  without  central  plan- 
ning or  direction. 

EDSF  670  Education  in  Africa.  (3)  An  ex- 
amination of  the  development  of  modern 
educational  systems  in  Africa  south  of 
the  Sahara  out  of  the  colonial  and  pre- 
colonial  past  into  the  independent  pres- 
ent and  future.  The  focus  Is  on  research 
into  the  changing  philosophies  and  per- 
sistent problems  in  African  education. 

EDSF  671  Education  in  the  Near  East.  (3) 

A  consideration  of  current  educational 
problems  of  the  Near  East  as  they  have 
emerged  from  the  confrontation  of  the 
traditional  Muslim  educational  heritage 
with  the  foreign  educational  activities 
and  the  forces  of  nationalism  and  mod- 
ernization. 

EDSF  709  Advanced  Research  Methods. 

(3)  Specific  methodologies  employed  in 
educational  studies  based  upon  social 
foundations  disciplines. 

EDSF  710  Seminar  in  History  of  Educa- 
tion. (3)  Examination  of  current 
developments  and  continuing  controver- 
sies in  the  field  of  history  of  education. 
The  analysis  of  the  various  ways  in  which 
history  of  education  is  approached 
methodologically  and  interpretatively. 


EDSF  720  Seminar  in  Philosophy  of 
Education.  (3)  Examination  of  current 
developments  and  continuing  controver- 
sies in  the  field  of  philosophy  of  educa- 
tion. The  function  of  educational 
philosophy,  methodological  approaches, 
and  current  research  trends. 

EDSF  730  Seminar  in  Educational 
Sociology.  (3) 

EDSF  760  Seminar  in  Comparative 
Education.  (3) 

EDSF  798  Special  Problems  in  Educa- 
tion. (1-6)  Master's  AGS,  or  doctoral  can- 
didates who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisers  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number. 

EDSF  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Registration  required  to  the  extent  of 
6-hours  for  masters  thesis. 

EDSF  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education. 

(1-9)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area  of 
study  are  available  to  selected  students 
whose  application  for  an  apprenticeship 
has  been  approved  by  the  education 
faculty.  Each  apprentice  is  assigned  to 
work  for  at  least  a  semester  full-time  or 
the  equivalent  with  an  appropriate  staff 
member  of  a  cooperating  school,  school 
system,  or  educational  institution  or 
agency.  The  sponsor  of  the  apprentice 
maintains  a  close  working  relationship 
with  the  apprentice  and  the  other  per- 
sons involved.  Prerequisites,  teaching  ex- 
perience, a  master's  degree  in  education, 
and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  educa- 
tion at  the  University  of  Maryland.  NOTE: 
the  total  number  of  credits  which  a  stu- 
dent may  earn  in  EDSF  489,  888  and  889 
is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20) 
semester  hours. 

EDSF  889  Internship  in  Education.  (3-16) 

Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study  are 
available  to  selected  students  who  have 
teaching  experience.  The  following 
groups  of  students  are  eligible:  (A)  any 
student  who  has  been  advanced  to  can- 
didacy for  the  doctor's  degree;  and  (B) 
any  student  who  receives  special  ap- 
proval by  the  education  faculty  for  an  in- 
ternship, provided  that  prior  to  taking  an 
internship,  such  student  shall  have  com- 
pleted at  least  60  semester  hours  of 
graduate  work,  including  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is 
assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for 
at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate 
staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school, 
school  system,  or  educational  institution 
or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken 
in  a  school  situation  different  from  the 
one  where  the  student  is  regularly 
employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  main- 
tains a  close  working  relationship  with 
the  intern  and  the  other  persons  in- 
volved. NOTE:  the  total  number  of  credits 
which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDSF  489, 
888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of 
twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDSF  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the 
extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  project 
and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  dissertation. 


Sociology  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Kammeyer 
Professors:  Dager,  Janes,  Lejins, 

Presser,  Ritzer.  Rosenberg,  D.  Segal 
Associate  Professors:  Cussler, 
Finsterbusch,  Henkel,  Hirzel, 
Lengermann,  Mclntyre,  Meeker,  Pease 
Visiting  Associate  Professor:  Brown 
Assistant  Professors:  Blair,  Braddock, 
Greisman,  Harper,  Hornung,  J.  Hunt, 
L.  Hunt,  Landry,  Mayes,  Miller, 
Parming,  M.  Segal 

The  graduate  progrann  in  Sociology 
offers  course  work  leading  to  M.A. 
and  Ph.D.  degrees.  Particular  areas 
of  emphasis  in  the  Department  in- 
clude social  psychology  (socializa- 
tion and  personality,  small  groups, 
collective  behavior  and  social  move- 
ments, self-concept);  quantitative 
methodology  (data  analysis,  re- 
search design,  mathematical  sociol- 
ogy); applied  sociological  research; 
theory  (history  and  development  of 
theory,  contemporary  and  critical 
theory);  sex  roles;  sociology  of  work 
(formal  organizations,  occupations 
and  professions);  urban  sociology; 
demography;  sociology  of  the 
military.  Other  areas  of  specializa- 
tion may  be  developed  by  individual 
students  working  with  one  or  more 
of  the  faculty. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  to  the  graduate  program 
Is  based  upon  the  student's  prior 
academic  record,  GRE  scores,  let- 
ters of  recommendation,  and  other 
information  relevant  to  the  appli- 
cant's chances  of  successfully  com- 
pleting the  program.  Although  a 
previous  major  in  sociology  is  not  re- 
quired, students  entering  the 
Master's  degree  program  should 
have  had  the  following  undergradu- 
ate courses:  mathematics  through 
college  algebra,  elementary  statis- 
tics, sociological  theory,  and  socio- 
logical research  methods.  Students 
entering  the  Ph.D.  program  should 
have  had  at  least  one  graduate  level 
course  each  in  sociological  theory, 
sociological  research  methods,  and 
statistics.  Students  deficient  in  any 
of  these  areas  may  be  admitted  to 
the  program  provisionally,  but  must 
satisfy  the  requirements  their  first 
year  in  the  program. 

A  minimum  of  30  hours  is  required 
for  the  Master's  degree,  including 
one  course  each  in  statistics,  socio- 
logical theory,  and  sociological 
research  methods.  A  Master's  thesis 
is  required.  Usually,  this  phase  of 


Graduate  Programs  / 181 


the  program  can  be  completed  in 
two  years. 

Ph.D.  candidates  should  have  met 
all  the  Master's  degree  require- 
ments. In  addition,  there  are  four  re- 
quired courses,  two  of  which  may  be 
taken  at  the  Master's  level  (one  each 
in  sociological  theory  and  sociologi- 
cal research  methods)  and  two  taken 
after  beginning  Ph.D.  work  (theory 
construction  and  issues  in  quan- 
titative methods).  Students  should 
plan  on  a  minimum  of  eighteen 
hours  of  course  work,  including  at 
least  one  general  examination  in 
social  organization  and/or  social 
psychology  and  at  least  one  area  of 
specialization.  The  language  require- 
ment may  be  met  by  passing  a 
language  exam  or  making  a  B  or  bet- 
ter in  one  of  a  number  of  other  tool 
courses.  Usually  these  requirements 
plus  the  dissertation  can  be  com- 
pleted in  two  or  three  years. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Sociology  Department  has  just 
moved  into  a  new  building  with  am- 
ple office  space  and  research  space. 
Facilities  include  data  processing 
and  computer  capabilities,  a  small 
groups  laboratory,  a  demography 
laboratory,  and  a  department  library. 
The  university  has  excellent  com- 
puter facilities,  and  computer  time  is 
readily  available  to  faculty  and 
graduate  students. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  assistance  for  graduate 
students  is  available  through  teach- 
ing and  research  assistantships,  and 
for  advanced  students  through  part- 
time  instructorships.  All  carry  remis- 
sion of  tuition  and  fees. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  and  application 
forms,  write  or  call:  Director  of 
Graduate  Studies,  Sociology  Depart- 
ment, University  of  Maryland,  Col- 
lege Park,  Maryland  20742,  Phone: 
301/454-5931. 

Courses 

SOCY  401  Intermediate  Statistics  for 
Sociologists.  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  201 
or  equivalent,  and  six  additional  credits 
in  sociology.  Intermediate  correlation 
techniques,  analysis  of  variance,  sam- 
pling, additional  nonparametric  tech- 
niques, additional  topics  in  inferential 
statistics. 

SOCY  403  Intermediate  Sociological 
Ttieory.  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  203.  Major 
theoretical  approaches  e.g.,  functional- 


ism  conflict,  symbolic  interactionism, 
and  their  implicit  methods  of  logic  il- 
lustrated by  case  studies.  Original  works 
of  major  theorists  in  historical  perspec- 
tive. 

SOCY  410  Population  I.  (3)  Prerequisite 
—  junior  standing;  SOCY  100  or  105  not 
required.  Population  distribution  and 
grovi^th;  sources  of  demographic  data; 
population  composition;  population 
theories;  mortality;  fertility  and  family 
planning;  migration;  and  population  prob- 
lems and  policy. 

SOCY  411  Population  II.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
SOCY  410  and  201  or  equivalent  statisti- 
cal training.  Application  of  statistical 
techniques  employed  in  the  analysis  of 
census  and  vital  statistics  data,  including 
methods  of  population  standardization, 
life  table  construction,  and  use  of  com- 
puterized demographic  data. 

SOCY  421  Inlercultural  Sociology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite —  SOCY  100  or  105.  On  the 
basis  of  a  comparative  study  of  customs, 
individual  and  group  behavior  patterns 
and  institutions.  This  course  studies  the 
ideologies  of  America  and  other  modern 
societies. 

SOCY  423  Ethnic  Minorities.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite —  SOCY  100  or  105.  Basic  social 
processes  in  the  relations  of  ethnic 
groups;  immigration  groups  and  the 
Negro  in  the  United  States;  ethnic 
minorities  in  Europe. 

SOCY  424  Sociology  of  Race  Relations. 

(3)  Prerequisite  —  SOCY  100  or  105.  Race 
as  a  focus  of  social  relations.  Political 
and  collective  action  centering  on  race 
relations.  New  myths  of  race.  Trends  in 
assimilation  of  racial  groupings. 

SOCY  425  Sex  Roles  and  Social  Institu- 
tions. (3)  Prerequisite,  12  credits  in  soci- 
ology. Relationship  between  sex  roles 
and  the  structure  of  one  or  more  social 
institutions  (e.g.,  the  economy,  the  fami- 
ly, the  political  system,  religion,  educa- 
tion). The  issues  of  major  concern  are: 
how  assumptions  about  sex  roles  are 
built  into  social  institutions;  how  social 
institutions  serve  to  perpetuate  or  trans- 
form sex  roles;  how  changing  sex  roles 
affect  social  institutions. 

SOCY  426  Sociology  of  Religion.  (3)  Pre 

requisite  —  SOCY  100  or  105.  Varieties 
and  sources  of  religious  experience. 
Religious  institutions  and  the  role  of 
religion  in  social  life. 

SOCY  427  Deviant  Behavior.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite —  SOCY  100  or  105.  Current 
theories  of  the  genesis  and  distribution 
of  deviant  behavior.  Definitions  of  de- 
viance, labeling  theory,  secondary  de- 
viance. Theories  of  specific  forms  of  de- 
viant behavior  will  be  examined  for  their 
implications  for  a  general  theory  of  de- 
viant behavior. 

SOCY  430  Sociology  of  Personality.  (3) 

Prerequisite  —  SOCY  100  or  105. 
Development  of  human  nature  and  per- 
sonality in  contemporary  social  life;  pro- 
cesses of  socialization;  attitudes,  indi- 
vidual differences  and  social  behavior. 


SOCY  431  Formal  and  Complex  Organiza- 
tions. (3)  Prerequisite  —  SOCY  100  or 
105.  The  concept  of  formal  organization. 
The  study  of  functioning  and  control  in 
the  operation  of  bureaucracies  such  as 
corporations  and  in  large-scale  organiza- 
tions such  as  military,  religious  and 
educational  hierarchies.  Forms  of  recruit- 
ment, internal  mobility  and  organiza- 
tional personality.  Relations  between 
large-scale  organizations  and  with  the 
larger  society. 

SOCY  432  Collective  Behavior.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite —  SOCY  100  or  105.  Social  interac- 
tion in  mass  behavior:  communication 
processes;  structure  and  functioning  of 
crowds,  strikes,  audiences,  mass  move- 
ments, and  the  public. 

SOCY  433  Social  Control.  (3)  Prerequisite 
—  SOCY  100  or  105  or  200.  Forms, 
mechanism,  and  techniques  of  group  in- 
fluence on  human  behavior;  problems  of 
social  control  in  contemporary  society. 

SOCY  441  Social  Stratification.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, 9  credits  of  sociology.  An  intro- 
duction to  the  sociology  of  social  strati- 
fication. Consideration  of  the  basic  con- 
cepts and  major  findings  in  the  field.  The 
relationship  of  social  stratification  to  the 
institutional  orders  of  the  society. 

SOCY  443  The  Family  and  Society.  (3) 

Prerequisite  —  SOCY  100  or  105.  Study 
of  the  family  as  a  social  institution;  its 
biological  and  cultural  foundation; 
historic  development,  changing  struc- 
ture, and  function;  the  interaction  of  mar- 
riage and  parenthood,  disorganizing  and 
reorganizing  factors  in  present  day 
trends. 

SOCY  445  Sociology  of  the  Arls.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite —  SOCY  100  or  105.  Functions 
of  the  arts  as  a  social  institution.  Social 
role  of  the  artist.  Recruitment  to  and 
organizational  structure  of  artistic  pro- 
fessions. Art  forms  and  social  character- 
istics of  audiences.  Changing  technology 
and  social  values  as  reflected  in  artistic 
expression. 

SOCY  447  Small  Group  Analysis.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites —  SOCY  100  or  105  and  201 
(sociological  statistics)  or  equivalent. 
Analysis  of  small  group  structures  and 
dynamics.  Review  of  research  on  small 
groups  in  real  life  settings  and  in  labora- 
tories. Presentation  of  techniques  used 
in  small  groups. 

SOCY  457  Sociology  of  Lav».  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite —  SOCY  100  or  105.  Law  as  a  form 
of  social  control  interrelation  between 
legal  and  other  conduct  norms  as  to  their 
content,  sanctions,  and  methods  of 
securing  conformity;  law  as  an  integral 
part  of  the  culture  of  groups:  factors  and 
processes  operative  in  the  formation  of 
legal  norms  as  determinants  of  human 
behavior. 

SOCY  460  Sociology  of  Occupations  and 
Careers.  (3)  Prerequisite  —  SOCY  100  or 
105.  The  sociology  of  work  and  occupa- 
tional life  in  modern  society.  Changing 
occupational  ideologies,  values  and 
choices.  Occupational  status  systems 


182  /  Graduate  Programs 


and  occupational  mobility.  Tine  social 
psychology  of  career  success. 

SOCY  462  Industrial  Sociology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite —  SOCY  100  or  105.  The  sociol- 
ogy ot  human  relations  in  American  in- 
dustry and  business.  Complex  industrial 
and  business  organization  as  social 
systems.  Social  relationships  within  and 
between  industry,  business,  community, 
and  society. 

SOCY  464  Military  Sociology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite —  SOCY  100  or  105.  Social  change 
and  the  growth  of  military  institutions. 
Complex  formal  military  organizations. 
Military  service  as  an  occupation  or  pro- 
fession. The  sociology  of  military  life. 
Relations  between  military  institutions, 
civilian  communities  and  society. 

SOCY  465  The  Sociology  of  War.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite —  SOCY  100  or  105.  The  origin 
and  development  of  armed  forces  as  in- 
stitutions, the  social  causes,  operations 
and  results  of  war  as  social  conflict;  the 
relations  of  peace  and  war  and  revolution 
in  contemporary  civilizations. 

SOCY  466  Sociology  of  Politics.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, 9  credits  in  sociology.  An  intro- 
duction to  the  sociology  of  political 
phenomena.  Consideration  of  the  basic 
concepts  and  major  findings  in  the  field; 
the  relationship  of  the  polity  to  other  in- 
stitutional orders  of  the  society;  the  rela- 
tionship of  political  activity  in  America  to 
the  theory  of  democracy. 

SOCY  467  Sociology  of  Education.  (3) 

Prerequisites  —  SOCY  100  or  105  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  Listed  also  as 
EDSF  430.  Sociological  analysis  of 
educational  institutions  and  their  relation 
to  society:  goals  and  functions,  the 
mechanisms  of  social  control,  and  the 
impacts  of  stratification  and  social 
change.  Study  of  the  school  as  a  formal 
organization,  and  the  roles  and  sub- 
cultures of  teachers  and  students. 

SOCY  470  Rural-Urban  Relations.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite —  SOCY  100  or  105.  The 
ecology  of  population  and  the  forces 
making  for  change  in  rural  and  urban  life; 
migration,  decentralization  and  regional- 
ism as  methods  of  studying  individual 
and  national  issues.  Applied  field 
problems. 

SOCY  471  The  Rural  Community.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite —  SOCY  100  or  105.  A  detailed 
study  of  rural  life  with  emphasis  on 
levels  of  living,  the  family,  school,  and 
church  and  organizational  activities  in 
the  fields  of  health,  recreation,  welfare, 
and  planning. 

SOCY  473  The  City.  (3)  Prerequisite  — 
SOCY  100  or  105.  The  rise  of  urban 
civilization  and  metropolitan  regions; 
ecological  process  and  structure;  the  city 
as  a  center  of  dominance;  social  prob- 
lems, control  and  planning. 

SOCY  498  Selected  Topics  in  Sociology. 

(3)  Prerequisite  —  SOCY  100  or  105. 
Topics  of  special  interest  to  advanced 
undergraduates  in  sociology.  Such 
courses  will  be  offered  in  response  to 
student  request  and  faculty  interest.  No 


more  than  6  credits  may  be  taken  by  a 
student  in  selected  topics. 

SOCY  600  Logic  of  Social  Inquiry.  (3) 

Analysis  through  theoretical  viewpoints 
of  the  process  of  social  inquiry.  Com- 
munalities  and  differences  in  theory  in  all 
the  social  sciences.  The  role  of  theory  in 
the  definition  of  research  problems  and 
in  the  interpretation  of  findings.  The  rela- 
tion between  epistemology,  theory,  and 
research  techniques.  Problems  created 
by  alternative  paradigms  in  respect  to 
these  topic  and  issues. 
SOCY  601  Advanced  Statistics  for  Sociol- 
ogists. (3)  Prerequisite,  SOCY  401  or 
equivalent.  Advanced  treatment  or  infer- 
ential statistics;  sampling;  research 
design;  non-parametric  techniques; 
scaling. 

SOCY  602  Intermediate  Procedures  of 
Data  Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisites,  under- 
graduate training  in  sociological  re- 
search methods,  statistics,  and  theory  of 
equivalent.  This  course  is  designed  to 
provide  the  graduate  student  with  prac- 
tical experience  in  analyzing  data.  Exten- 
sive use  of  'canned'  computer  programs 
is  made  to  analyze  available  data. 
Knowledge  of  computer  systems, 
languages,  or  applications  is  not  a 
prerequisite.  However,  the  student  is  re- 
quired to  have  completed  an  introductory 
course  in  research  methods  and  have  a 
basic  grasp  of  multivariate  statistics. 

SOCY  603  Contemporary  Issues  in  So- 
ciological Theory.  (3)  Prerequisites:  one 
course  in  the  history  or  development  of 
sociological  theory.  Paradigm  conflicts 
in  sociology  such  as  that  between  posi- 
tivism and  humanism,  between  scientific 
and  interpretive  methods,  between  marx- 
ism and  functionalism,  etc.  Examination 
of  issues  involved  in  differing  theoretical 
viewpoints.  Study  of  the  intellectual, 
moral,  and  political  problems  involved  in 
'knowledge  for  its  own  sake,'  and  in 
'knowledge  for  use.' 

SOCY  606  Seminar  in  Field  and  Qualita- 
tive Methods.  (3)  Prerequisite:  six 
graduate  level  credits  in  sociology  and 
permission  of  instructor.  Survey  of  quali- 
tative research  methods,  and  practice, 
through  small-scale  field  research,  in 
design,  collection  of  data,  and  analysis. 
Use  of  intensive  and  unstructured  inter- 
views; participation-observation;  unobtru- 
sive measures;  content  analysis  of  per- 
sonal and  public  documents.  Research 
with  natural  groups. 

SOCY  609  Practicum  in  Social  Research. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
The  conduct  of  research  in  collection 
and  analysis  of  social  science  data  under 
the  guidance  of  experienced  in- 
vestigators. Emphasis  on  a  particular 
research  area  of  procedure,  e.g.  Second- 
ary analysis  of  survey  data;  experimental 
design;  evaluation  of  research;  data 
collection  techniques. 

SOCY  618  Computer  Methods  for  Soci- 
ologists. (3)  Prerequisites,  SOCY  400,  401 
or  equivalents  and  elementary  knowl- 
edge of  a  programming  language,  CMSC 
012,  020  or  equivalent  and  consent  of  in- 


structor. Designed  to  present  the  poten- 
tial of  the  computer  as  a  tool  in  sociolog- 
ical research.  Projects  involving  program- 
ming and  running  of  data  manipulation 
techniques,  statistical  techniques,  and 
simple  simulations. 

SOCY  620  Development  of  European  and 
American  sociological  theory.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: one  undergraduate  course  in 
sociological  theory,  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Review  of  systematic  sociologi- 
cal theories,  such  as  positivism, 
organicism,  conflict,  etc.,  from  the 
enlightment  to  approximately  1920. 

SOCY  621  Contemporary  Sociological 
Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  620  or 
equivalent.  Systematic  examination  of 
sociological  theory  since  approximately 
1920.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the 
relevance  of  each  theory  to  the  conduct 
of  sociological  investigation. 

SOCY  622  The  Sociology  of  Knowledge. 

(3)  Analysis  of  the  relation  of  types  of 
knowledge  to  social  structure.  Role  of 
social  class  and  social  organization  in 
the  development  of  science,  political 
ideology,  belief  systems  and  social 
values.  Social  roles  associated  with  pro- 
duction of  knowledge. 

SOCY  623  Survey  of  Urban  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SOCY  120,  473  or  equiva- 
lent. Theoretical  approaches  of  sociology 
and  other  social  sciences  to  urbanism, 
urbanization,  and  urban  phenomena. 
Selected  approaches:  Cfiicago  School; 
metropolitan  region;  demography;  in- 
stitutions. 

SOCY  624  Socialization  Theory  and  Re- 
search. (3)  Emphasis  on  processes  of 
theory  building,  utilizing  research  to 
compare  the  efficacy  of  several  theories 
as  they  relate  to  socialization,  culminat- 
ing in  a  detailed  theory  of  socialization 
and  personality. 

SOCY  625  Research  Literature  in  Social 
Stratification.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SOCY  441 
or  equivalent.  A  comprehensive  review 
and  detailed  examination  of  the  major 
theoretical  and  research  problems  in  the 
sociology  of  social  stratification.  A 
critical  review  of  the  study  of  social 
stratification  in  American  sociology.  A 
detailed  examination  of  the  forms  and 
functions,  and  the  characteristics,  cor- 
relates, and  consequences  of  class  and 
status  stratification.  The  distribution  of 
power.  The  relationship  of  social  stratifi- 
cation to  ideology  and  the  institutional 
orders  of  the  society. 

SOCY  626  Human  Ecololgy.  (3)  Review  of 
research  and  theory  in  human  ecology. 
Assessment  of  the  ecological  complex 
(population,  organization,  environment, 
technology). 

SOCY  630  Population  and  Society.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Selected  problems  in 
the  field  of  population;  quantitative  and 
qualitative  aspects;  American  and  world 
problems. 

SOCY  631  Comparative  Sociology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Comparison  of  the 
social  institutions,  organizations,  pat- 
terns of  college  behavior,  and  art  mani- 

Graduate  Programs  / 183 


testations  of  societal  values  of  various 
countries. 

SOCY  632  Personality  and  Social  Struc- 
ture. (3)  First  semester.  Comparative 
analysis  of  the  development  of  human 
nature,  personality,  and  social  traits  in 
select  social  structures. 

SOCY  633  Sociology  of  Occupations  and 
Professions.  (3)  Second  semester.  An 
analysis  of  the  occupational  and  profes- 
sional structure  of  American  society, 
with  special  emphasis  on  changing  roles, 
functions,  ideologies,  and  community 
relationships. 

SOCY  634  Attitudes  and  Public  Opinion. 

(3)  Processes  involved  in  the  formation  of 
attitudes;  effects  of  communication; 
measurement  techniques. 

SOCY  635  Sociology  of  Law.  (3) 

SOCY  640  Social  Cfiange  and  Social 
Policy.  (3)  First  semester.  Emergence  and 
development  of  social  policy  as  related 
to  social  change,  policy-mai<ing  factors 
in  social  welfare  and  social  legislation. 

SOCY  641  Family  Studies.  (3)  Second 
semester.  Case  studies  of  family  situa- 
tions; statistical  studies  of  family  trends, 
methods  of  investigation  and  analysis. 

SOCY  642  The  Sociology  of  Mental 
Health.  (3)  First  semester.  A  study  of  the 
sociological  factors  that  condition  men- 
tal health  together  with  an  appraisal  of 
the  group  dynamics  of  its  preservation. 

SOCY  643  Community  Studies.  (3)  First 
semester.  Intensive  study  of  the  factors 
affecting  community  development  and 
growth,  social  structure,  social  strati- 
fication, social  mobility  and  social  in- 
stitutions; analysis  of  particular  com- 
munities. 

SOCY  645  Sociology  of  the  Self  Concept. 

(3)  Theory  and  empirical  research  dealing 
with  the  social  determination  and  social 
consequences  of  the  self-concept.  So- 
ciological, psychological,  and  psycho- 
analytic approaches  to  the  self. 

SOCY  646  Collective  Behavior  and  Social 

Movements.  (3)  Transitory  and  non-insti- 
tutionalized social  behavior;  crowds, 
mass  hysteria,  panic,  riots;  secular  and 
sectarian  social  reform  movements;  ex- 
perimental Utopian  communities;  inten- 
sified mass  activity  with  particular  rela- 
tion to  dissidence  and  change;  critique 
of  trends  in  social  activism. 

SOCY  647  Interpersonal  Behavior  and 
Small  Groups.  (3)  Theory  and  empirical 
research  on  small  group  structure  and 
processes  and  interpersonal  behavior. 
Social  influence,  interpersonal  attraction. 
Cohesiveness,  power  and  prestige  struc- 
tures, role  differentiation,  coalition  for- 
mation. Laboratory  and  field  methods  of 
investigation. 

SOCY  660  Theories  of  Social  Psychology. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  undergraduate  training 
in  sociological  research  methods,  statis- 
tics, and  theory  or  equivalent.  An  intro- 
duction to  some  of  the  theories  in  social 
psychology  that  are  particularly  useful  to 
sociologists.  Topics  to  be  covered  in- 


clude theories  of  cognitive  consistency, 
social  exchange,  symbolic  interaction, 
role  theory,  group  processes,  and  collec- 
tive behavior. 

SOCY  661  Theories  of  Social  Stratifica- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisites,  undergraduate 
training  in  sociological  research 
methods,  statistics,  and  theory  of  equiv- 
vatent.  A  critical  examination  of  the  ma- 
jor theoretical  approaches  developed  for 
understanding  societal  stratification  and 
social  mobility.  Consideration  will  be 
given  to  the  writings,  as  well  as  the  perti- 
nent research  literature,  of  l^flarx,  Weber, 
Parsons,  Davis,  Moore,  Dahrendorf.  and 
Lenski.  The  works  of  other  theorists, 
such  as  Blau  and  Duncan.  Cooley,  l^c- 
Cleland,  Ossowski,  Sorokin,  Toennies. 
and  Veblen,  will  be  considered  in  accor- 
dance with  the  interests  of  students  in 
the  course. 

SOCY  662  Theories  of  Formal  Organiza- 
tion. (3)  An  introduction  to  the  study  of 
organization,  the  nature  of  organizations, 
types  of  organizations,  determinants  and 
consequences  of  organizational  growth, 
determinants  and  consequences  of 
growth  for  administrative  staff,  deter- 
minants of  effectiveness  and  research  in 
organizations. 

SOCY  663  Theories  of  Social  Systems.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SOCY  603  or  equivalent. 
Study  of:  systems  models— logical, 
social-psychological  and  social;  types  of 
social  systems— ecological,  functional, 
formal,  consensual,  and  historical;  levels 
of  social  systems— group,  complex 
organization,  collectivity  and  community; 
methods  of  study— analytical  and  em- 
pirical, qualitative  and  quantitative;  ex- 
amples of  specific  systems— profes- 
sions, science,  politics,  cities. 

SOCY  699  Special  Social  Problems.  (1-16) 

SOCY  700  Theory  Construction.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites. SOCY  603;  at  least  one  course 
each  in  statistics  and  research  methods 
(may  be  undergraduate  courses);  sym- 
bolic logic  or  philosophy  of  science.  The 
course  will  emphasize  the  logical  bases 
of  sociological  theories,  and  will  provide 
practice  in  the  analysis  and  construction 
of  theories.  Topics  to  be  covered  include: 
review  of  symbolic  logic  and  the  mean- 
ing of  prediction  and  explanation;  the 
nature  of  concepts,  propositions,  and  ax- 
iomatic systems;  the  use  of  models;  the 
nature  of  causality  and  causal  analysis; 
fundamental  assumptions  and  variables 
commonly  used  in  sociological  theory. 
Examples  from  current  sociological 
theories  will  be  used. 

SOCY  701  Issues  in  Quantitative 
Methods.  (3)  Prerequisites,  SOCY  401  or 

601  or  equivalent,  and  instructor's  per- 
mission. An  examination  of  current 
issues  and  problems  in  the  application 
and  interpretation  of  mathematical  and 
statistical  techniques  in  social  research. 

SOCY  702  Intermediate  Procedures  for 
Data  Collection.  (3)  Prerequisites,  SOCY 

602  or  equivalent.  This  will  include  ex- 
perimental design  and  use  of  quasi- 
experimental  designs;  measurement 
problem;  reliability  and  validity;  question- 


naire construction;  the  use  of  accounting 
schemes;  an  introduction  to  scaling;  in- 
terviewing; the  problem  of  non-response; 
the  processing  and  coding  of  data;  and 
the  preparation  of  IBfvl  cards  and  tapes. 

SOCY  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 

(1-6) 

SOCY  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Spanish  Language  and 
Literature  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Mendeloff 
Professors:  Goodwyn.  Gramberg, 

Marra-Lopez,  Nemes.  Sosnowski 
Associate  Professor:  Rovner 
Assistant  Professors:  Baird\  Igel 
'Joint  appointment  with  Secondary 
Education 

The  Department  of  Spanish  and  Por- 
tuguese offers  graduate  programs 
leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in 
Spanish.  The  Department's  offerings 
are  designed  to  provide  the  required 
advanced  training  in  language,  litera- 
ture, and  linguistics  for  achieving 
professional  excellence  in  high 
school  and  college  teaching  and  for 
undertaking  creative  research  in  re- 
lated fields  of  inquiry. 

Candidates  for  both  the  Master  of 
Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degrees  may  elect  to  do  their  work 
in  one  of  two  complementary  areas: 
Spanish  literature  or  Spanish- 
American  literature.  Spanish 
literature  embraces  four  fields:  Me- 
dieval Literature;  The  Golden  Age; 
Enlightenment,  Romanticism,  and 
Realism;  and  the  Contemporary 
Period,  Spanish-American  literature 
also  embraces  four  fields;  Colonial 
Literature;  National  Literatures; 
Modernism;  and  Present-Day 
Literature. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  pursuing  an  M.A.  program  in 
Spanish,  the  student  may  choose 
betw/een  the  two  areas  mentioned 
above.  Two  different  programs  are 
available  in  either  area;  the  thesis 
program  and  the  non-thesis  pro- 
gram. 

Minimum  requirements  in  the 
thesis  program  are  3  semester  hours 
in  teaching  techniques  (SPAN  605);  3 
semester  hours  in  linguistics  (SPAN 
610  or  611);  18  semester  hours  in 
literature,  at  least  15  of  which  must 
be  distributed  as  evenly  as  possible 
through  the  four  fields  of  a  single 
area,  and  at  least  9  of  which  must  be 


184  /  Graduate  Programs 


in  courses  numbered  600  or  above; 
and  6  semester  hours  of  research 
(SPAN  799),  taken  while  writing  a 
thesis. 

Minimum  course  requirements  in 
the  non-thesis  program  are  3  semes- 
ter hours  in  teaching  techniques 
(SPAN  605);  3  semester  hours  in  lin- 
guistics (SPAN  610  or  61 1);  and  24 
semester  hours  in  literature,  at  least 
21  of  which  must  be  distributed  as 
evenly  as  possible  among  the  four 
fields  of  a  single  area  and  at  least  15 
of  which  must  be  numbered  600  or 
above.  All  M.A.  candidates  take  com- 
prehensive exams. 

As  in  the  M.A.  program,  the  doc- 
toral student  m.ay  work  in  either  the 
Spanish  or  the  Spanish-American 
area.  In  addition  to  his  specialized 
knowledge  of  his  chosen  field,  he 
will  be  expected  to  have  a  thorough 
acquaintance  with  the  whole  area  of 
his  choice.  This  acquaintance  will  be 
demonstrated  through  a  written 
comprehensive  examination  plus  in- 
dividually specified  courses. 

The  Ph.D.  is  primarily  a  research 
degree.  Courses  taken  for  the  Ph.D. 
are  intended  as  preparation  for  the 
fundamental  work  of  the  doctorate, 
which  is  the  dissertation.  The  only 
required  courses  are  in  the  field  of 
linguistics  where  two  courses  must 
be  taken  on  the  600-700  level,  one  of 
which  must  be  the  History  of  the 
Spanish  Language. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  maintains  a  special 
research  and  reference  library  for 
graduate  students  of  Spanish  in 
honor  of  one  of  its  former  instruc- 
tors, the  late  Pedro  F.  Entenza. 

Additional  Information 

Financial  assistance  is  available.  For 
additional  information  please  write 
to  the  Department  Chairman. 

Courses 

SPAN  401  Advanced  Composition.  (3)  Ex- 
ercises In  practical  styllstics,  with 
special  emphasis  on  idiomatic  and  syn- 
tactic structures. 

SPAN  402  Advanced  Composition.  (3)  Ex- 
ercises in  practical  stylistics,  with 
special  emphasis  on  idiomatic  and  syn- 
tactic structures. 

SPAN  404  Oral  Practice  for  Non-Native 
Teachers  of  Spanish  I.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
consent  of  instructor.  Development  of 
fluency  in  Spanish  with  stress  on  correct 
sentence  structure,  pronunciation  and 
idiomatic  expression. 


SPAN  405  Oral  Practice  for  Non-Native 
Teachers  of  Spanish  II.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  404,  a  continuation  of  SPAN  404. 

SPAN  408  Great  Themes  of  the  Hispanic 
Literatures.  (3)  Pervading  themes  in  the 
literature  of  Spain  or  Spanish-America. 
Each  theme  will  be  announced  when  the 
course  is  offered. 

SPAN  409  Great  Themes  of  the  Hispanic 
Literatures.  (3)  Pervading  themes  in  the 
literature  of  Spain  or  Spanish-America. 
Each  theme  will  be  announced  when  the 
course  is  offered. 

SPAN  410  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages. 

(3)  Spanish  literary  history  from  the 
eleventh  through  the  fifteenth  century. 
Reading  of  representative  texts.  This 
course  covers  until  1350. 

SPAN  411  Literature  of  the  IVIiddle  Ages. 

(3)  Spanish  literary  history  from  the 
eleventh  through  the  fifteenth  century. 
Reading  of  representative  texts.  This 
course  covers  from  1350  to  1500. 

SPAN  412  The  Romancero.  (3)  Origin, 
nature  and  influence.  Extensive  reading 
in  each  of  the  respective  sub-genres. 

SPAN  418  Hispanic  Literature  in  Transla- 
tion. (3)  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum 
of  six  credits,  with  change  of  topic. 

SPAN  420  Poetry  of  the  16th  Century.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 
Selected  readings  and  literary  analysis. 

SPAN  421  Prose  of  the  16th  Century.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 
Selected  readings  and  literary  analysis. 

SPAN  424  Drama  of  the  Sixteenth  Cen- 
tury. (3)  From  the  earliest  autos  and 
pasos,  the  development  of  Spanish 
drama  anterior  to  Lope  De  Vega,  in- 
cluding Cervantes. 

SPAN  425  Spanish  Civilization.  (3)  A 

sun/ey  of  2000  years  of  Spanish  history, 
outlining  the  cultural  heritage  of  the 
Spanish  people,  their  great  men,  tradi- 
tions, customs,  art,  and  literature,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  interrelationship 
of  social  and  literary  history.  Conducted 
in  Spanish. 

SPAN  426  Spanish  Civilization.  (3)  A 

sun^ey  of  2000  years  of  Spanish  history, 
outlining  the  cultural  heritage  of  the 
Spanish  people,  their  great  men,  tradi- 
tions, customs,  art,  and  literature,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  interrelationship 
of  social  and  literary  history.  Conducted 
in  Spanish. 

SPAN  430  Cereantes-Don  Quijote.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 

SPAN  431  Cen/antes  —  Novelas 
Ejemplares  and  Entremeses.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 
SPAN  434  Poetry  of  the  17th  Century.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 
Selected  readings,  literary  analysis,  and 
discussion  of  the  outstanding  poetry  of 
the  period,  in  the  light  of  the  historical 
background. 

SPAN  435  Prose  of  the  17th  Century.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 
Selected  readings,  literary  analysis,  and 
discussion  of  the  outstanding  prose  of 


the  period,  in  the  light  of  the  historical 
background. 

SPAN  436  Drama  of  the  Seventeenth 
Century.  (3)  Devoted  to  Lope  De  Vega, 
dramatic  theory  and  the  Spanish  stage. 

SPAN  437  Drama  of  the  Seventeenth 
Century.  (3)  Drama  after  Lope  De  Vega  to 
Calderon  De  La  Barca  and  the  decline  of 
The  Spanish  Theater. 

SPAN  440  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth 
Century.  (3)  Traditionalism,  neo- 
classicism,  and  pre-romanticism  in 
prose,  poetry,  and  the  theater;  esthetics 
and  poetics  of  the  Enlightenment. 
SPAN  441  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth 
Century.  (3)  Traditionalism,  neo-classi- 
cism,  and  pre-romanticism  in  prose, 
poetry,  and  the  theater;  esthetics  and 
poetics  of  the  Enlightenment. 

SPAN  446  Latin  American  Civilization  I. 

(3)  A  survey  of  the  cultural  heritage  of  the 
Latin  American  peoples  from  the  Pre- 
Columbian  period  to  independence. 
Hispanic  and  other  European  influences. 
Conducted  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  447  Latin  American  Civilization  II. 

(3)  A  survey  of  the  cultural  heritage  of  the 
Latin  American  peoples  from  indepen- 
dence to  the  present.  Hispanic  and  other 
European  influences.  Conducted  in 
Spanish. 

SPAN  448  Special  Topics  in  Latin 
American  Civilization.  (3)  An  intensive 
study  of  a  selected  topic  related  to  Latin 
American  civilization.  This  course  may  be 
taken  no  more  than  twice.  Conducted  in 
Spanish. 

SPAN  449  Special  Topics  in  Spanish 
Civilization.  (3)  An  intensive  study  of  a 
selected  topic  related  to  Spanish  civiliza- 
tion. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  content  differs. 

SPAN  452  The  Romantic  Movement  in 
Spain.  (3)  Poetry,  prose  and  drama  of  the 
romantic  and  post-romantic  periods. 

SPAN  454  Nineteenth  Century  Fiction.  (3) 

Significant  novels  of  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury. 

SPAN  456  Nineteenth  Century  Drama 
and  Poetry.  (3)  Significant  dramas  and 
poetry  of  the  realistic  period. 

SPAN  460  The  Generation  of  1898  and  its 
Successors.  (3)  Authors  and  works  of  all 
genres  of  the  generation  of  1898  and 
those  of  the  immediately  succeeding 
generation. 

SPAN  461  The  Generation  of  1898  and  its 
Successors.  (3)  Authors  and  works  of  all 
genres  of  the  generation  of  1898  and 
those  of  the  immediately  succeeding 
generation. 

SPAN  462  Twentieth  Century  Drama.  (3) 

Significant  plays  of  the  twentieth  cen- 
tury. 

SPAN  464  Contemporary  Spanish  Poetry. 

(3)  Spanish  poetry  from  the  generation 
1927  to  the  present. 

SPAN  466  The  Contemporary  Spanish 
Novel.  (3)  The  novel  and  the  short  story 
from  1940  to  the  present. 


Graduate  Programs  / 185 


SPAN  468  Modernism  and  Post- 
Modernism  in  Spain  and  Spanish- 
America.  (3)  A  study  of  the  most  impor- 
tant works  and  authors  ot  both  move- 
ments in  Spain  and  Spanish-America. 

SPAN  469  Modernism  and  Post-Modern- 
ism  in  Spain  and  Spanish-America.  (3)  A 

study  of  the  most  important  works  and 
authors  of  both  movements  in  Spain  and 
Spanish-America. 

SPAN  480  Spanish-American  Essay.  (3)  A 

study  of  the  socio-political  contents  and 
aesthetic  qualities  of  representative 
works  from  the  Colonial  to  the  Contem- 
porary period. 

SPAN  481  Spanish  American  Essay.  (3)  A 

study  of  the  socio-political  contents  and 
aesthetic  qualities  of  representative 
works  from  the  Colonial  to  the  Contem- 
porary period,  with  emphasis  on  the 
essay  of  the  twentieth  century. 

SPAN  488  Spanish-American  Fiction.  (3) 

Representative  novels  and/or  short 
stories  from  the  wars  of  independence  to 
the  present  or  close  analysis  of  major 
contemporary  works.  Subject  will  be  an- 
nounced each  time  course  is  offered. 

SPAN  489  Spanish-American  Fiction.  (3) 

Representative  novels  and/or  short 
stories  from  the  wars  of  independence  to 
the  present  or  close  analysis  of  major 
contemporary  works.  Subject  will  be  an- 
nounced each  time  course  is  offered. 

SPAN  491  Honors  Reading  Course  — 
Poetry.  (3) 

H  —  Honors 

Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by 
students  admitted  to  the  honors  program 
or  upon  consultation  with  the  instructor. 

SPAN  492  Honors  Reading  Course  — 
Novel.  (3) 

H  —  Honors 

Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by 
students  admitted  to  the  honors  program 
or  upon  consultation  with  the  instructor. 

SPAN  493  Honors  Reading  Course  — 
Drama.  (3) 

H  —  Honors 

Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by  stu- 
dents admitted  to  the  honors  program  or 
upon  consultation  with  the  instructor. 

SPAN  496  Honors  Seminar.  (3) 

H  —  Honors 

Required  of  all  students  in  the  honors 

program.  Other  students  will  be  admitted 

on  special  recommendation.  Conducted 

in  Spanish.  Discussion  of  a  central 

theme  with  related  investigation  by 

students. 

SPAN  498  Spanish-American  Poetry.  (3) 

Main  trends,  authors  and  works  from  the 
conquest  to  Ruben  Dario. 

SPAN  600  Reading  Course  for  Minors  in 
Spanish.  (3) 

SPAN  601  Reading  Course  for  Minors  in 
Spanish.  (3) 

SPAN  602  Reading  Course  for  Minors  in 
Spanish-American  Literature.  (3) 

SPAN  603  Reading  Course  for  Minors  in 
Spanish-American  Literature.  (3) 

186  /  Graduate  Programs 


SPAN  605  Teaching  Spanish  in  Institu- 
tions of  Higher  Learning.  (3)  Required  of 
all  graduate  students,  teaching  assis- 
tants, and  new  instructors.  Instruction, 
demonstration,  and  classroom  practice 
under  supervison,  of  modern  procedures 
in  the  presentation  of  first  year  Spanish. 

SPAN  608  Medieval  Spanish  Literature. 

(3)  Specific  authors,  genres,  and  literary 
periods  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  609  Medieval  Spanish  Literature. 

(3)  Specific  authors  genres,  and  literary 
periods  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  610  The  History  of  the  Spanish 
Language.  (3) 

SPAN  611  Applied  Linguistics.  (3)  Nature 
of  applied  linguistics  and  its  contribution 
to  the  effective  teaching  of  foreign 
languages.  Comparative  study  of  English 
and  Spanish,  with  emphasis  on  points  of 
divergence. 

SPAN  612  Comparative  Romance  Lin- 
guistics. (3) 

SPAN  618  Poetry  of  the  Golden  Age.  (3) 

Analyses  and  studies  in  depth  of  specific 
works  of  specific  poets  in  the  sixteenth 
and  seventeenth  centuries. 

SPAN  619  Poetry  of  the  Golden  Age.  (3) 

Analyses  and  studies  in  depth  of  specific 
works  of  specific  poets  in  the  sixteenth 
and  seventeenth  centuries. 

SPAN  628  Seminar  —  The  Golden  Age  in 
Spanish  Literature.  (3) 

SPAN  629  Seminar  —  The  Golden  Age  In 
Spanish  Literature.  (3)  Specific  authors, 
genres,  literary  movements  and  literary 
periods  of  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth 
centuries  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  699  Independent  Study  in  Spanish. 
(1-3)  This  course  is  designed  to  provide 
graduate  students  an  opportunity  to  pur- 
sue independent  study  under  the  super- 
vision of  a  member  of  the  department. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  three 
credits. 

SPAN  708  The  Eighteenth  Century.  (3) 

Specific  authors,  genres,  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  709  The  Eighteenth  Century.  (3) 

Specific  authors,  genres,  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  718  The  Nineteenth  Century.  (3) 

Specific  authors,  genres,  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  719  The  Nineteenth  Century.  (3) 

Specific  authors,  genres,  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  728  The  Twentieth  Century.  (3) 

Specific  authors,  genres  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  729  The  Twentieth  Century.  (3) 

Specific  authors,  genres  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  738  The  Drama  of  the  Twentieth 
Century.  (3)  Specific  authors  and  move- 
ments studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  798  Open  Seminar.  (3) 

SPAN  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 


SPAN  808  Colonial  Spanish-American 
Literature.  (3)  Didactic  and  narrative 
prose  and  epic,  dramatic  and  lyric  poetry; 
principal  works  and  authors. 

SPAN  809  Colonial  Spanish  American 
Literature.  (3)  Didactic  and  narrative 
prose;  dramatic  and  lyric  poetry. 

SPAN  818  National  Spanish-American 
Literature.  (3)  Characteristics  of  the  na- 
tional literatures.  Romantic  and  Costum- 
brista  literature.  Cauchismo  and  In- 
digenismo.  Principal  works  and  authors. 

SPAN  819  National  Spanish  American 
Literature.  (3)  Characteristics  of  the  na- 
tional literatures.  Romantic  and  Costum- 
brista  literature.  Cauchismo  and  In- 
digenismo.  Principal  works  and  authors. 

SPAN  828  Hispanic  Poetry  of  the  Nine- 
teenth and  Twentieth  Centuries.  (3) 

Specific  authors,  genres  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  829  Hispanic  Poetry  of  the  Nine- 
teenth and  Twentieth  Centuries.  (3) 

Specific  authors,  genres  and  literary 
movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  898  Open  Seminar.  (3) 

SPAN  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 

Portuguese 

PORT  478  Themes  and  Movements  of 
Luso-Brazilian  Literature  in  Translation. 

(3)  A  study  of  specific  themes  and  move- 
ments in  Luso-Brazilian  literature,  as  an- 
nounced. Designed  for  students  for  whom 
the  literatures  would  be  inaccessible  in 
Portuguese.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

PORT  699  Independent  Study  of  Portu- 
guese. (1-3)  This  course  is  designed  to  pro- 
vide graduate  students  an  opportunity  to 
pursue  independent  study  under  the  super- 
vision of  a  member  of  the  department. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  three  credits. 


Special  Education  Program 

Professors:  Hebeler,  Simms 
Associate  Professor:  Seidman 
Assistant  Professors:  Bluth,  Harber, 
Shroyer,  Malouf,  f^cNelly 

Graduate  studies  in  the  Department 
of  Special  Education  include  pro- 
grams leading  to  Master  of  Arts  and 
fvlaster  of  Education  degrees,  Ad- 
vanced Graduate  Specialist  cer- 
tificates, and  Doctor  of  Education 
and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees. 
Areas  of  concentration  may  include: 
integrated  special  education,  educa- 
tional diagnosis  and  prescription, 
mental  retardation,  education  of  the 
gifted,  education  of  the  emotionally 
disturbed,  and  learning  disabilities. 
Graduate  work  in  special  educa- 
tion includes  the  development  of  the 
basic  skills  necessary  for  improving 
instruction  of  children  with  learning 


problems.  Graduate  study  may  be 
used  by  a  student  to  develop  and  ex- 
tend compentencies  in  related  areas 
such  as  administration  and  supervi- 
sion and  educational  diagnosis.  At 
advanced  graduate  study  levels  pro- 
grams in  teacher  education  are  also 
available. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Graduate  programs  are  planned  in- 
dividually by  the  student  with  his  ad- 
visor. Each  program  reflects  the  in- 
dividual student's  background,  his 
goals  and  the  level  of  competency 
being  sought.  There  is  no  one  pro- 
gram of  study  which  all  graduate 
students  follow.  Individual  program- 
ming by  students  and  advisor  allows 
wide  latitude  of  career  direction 
within  the  field  of  special  education 
upon  completion  of  graduate  study. 

Graduate  study  in  Special  Educa- 
tion requires  advanced  competen- 
cies in  the  education  of  exceptional 
children.  Students  must  have 
undergraduate  preparation  and/or 
certification  prior  to  entry  to  the 
graduate  program.  Students  without 
graduate  or  undergraduate  prepara- 
tion in  special  education  should  ex- 
pect more  extensive  graduate  pro- 
grams so  that  they  might  develop 
the  necessary  levels  of  competence. 

Students  pursuing  the  master's 
degree  program  in  Special  Education 
may  earn  the  Master  of  Arts  degree 
or  the  N/laster  of  Education  degree. 
Specific  basic  course  requirements 
in  Special  Education  are  the  same 
for  either  program  with  differentia- 
tion of  thesis  requirements.  The 
following  core  courses  are  required 
for  completion  of  the  master's  level 
program:  EDMS  446,  EDMS  646,  and 
EDHD721. 

The  minimum  number  of  graduate 
hour  for  the  master's  degree  pro- 
gram is  30.  The  student  generally 
takes  a  minimum  of  9  to  15  hours  in 
Special  Education.  Specific  pro- 
grams and  the  number  of  credit 
hours  required  will  be  determined 
with  the  student's  advisor  according 
to  the  student's  background  and 
career  plans. 

The  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist 
certificate  in  Special  Education  is 
available  to  students  wishing  to  take 
increased  graduate  work  beyond  the 
Masters  level.  A  student  pursuing  an 
A.G.S.  certificate  in  Special  Educa- 
tion is  required  to  take  the  following 
courses  if  they  have  not  been  part  of 


his  Master's  program:  EDMS  446, 
EDMS  646,  and  EDHD  721.  The 
minimum  number  of  graduate  hours 
for  the  A.G.S.  is  60.  The  core  of  the 
program  should  be  made  up  of 
Special  Education  courses  and  other 
work  within  the  College  of  Education 
or  other  Colleges  of  the  University 
as  approved  by  the  student's  advisor 
and  the  Special  Education  Graduate 
Faculty. 

Students  pursuing  the  doctoral 
program  in  Special  Education  must 
have  completed  the  Master  of  Arts 
degree  or  the  Master  of  Education 
degree  and  may  elect  to  work  for 
either  the  Ed.D.  of  Ph.D.  degree. 
Students  should  consult  the  Depart- 
ment Statement  on  Graduate  Pro- 
grams. A  student  in  the  doctoral  pro- 
gram will  generally  complete  a 
minimum  of  90  hours  of  graduate 
study  of  which  30-40  hours  will  be  in 
his  major  field.  A  candidate  will  be 
expected  to  develop  doctoral  level 
competencies  in  the  declared  areas 
of  his  professional  goals.  These 
goals  may  include  instructional  com- 
petencies, supervision  and  ad- 
ministration of  special  programs, 
educational  diagnosis,  teacher 
education,  etc. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Special  strengths  of  the  Special 
Education  program  include  the 
focus  on  integrated  field  ex- 
periences, the  utilization  of  the 
Special  Education  Resource 
Laboratory  which  houses  related 
materials,  and  the  wide  backgrounds 
of  faculty  members  which  enables 
the  Department  to  maintain  an  in- 
tegrated approach. 

Additional  Information 

Prospective  graduate  students  are 
requested  to  consult  "Graduate  Pro- 
grams in  Special  Education,"  which 
is  available  in  the  departmental  of- 
fices, for  additional  specific  informa- 
tion on  departmental  programs,  ad- 
missions procedures  and  financial 
aid. 

Courses 

EDSP  470  Introduction  to  Special  Educa- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP  288.  De- 
signed to  give  an  understanding  of  the 
needs  of  all  types  of  exceptional  chil- 
dren. Stressing  preventive  and  remedial 
measures. 

EDSP  471  Characteristics  of  Exceptional 
Children  —  Mentally  Retarded.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, EDSP  470  or  equivalent.  Studies 
the  diagnosis  etiology,  physical,  social 


and  emotional  characteristics  of  excep- 
tional children. 

EDSP  472  Education  of  Exceptional 
Children  —  Mentally  Retarded.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, EDSP  471  or  equivalent.  Offers 
practical  and  specific  methods  of 
teaching  exceptional  children.  Selected 
observation  of  actual  teaching  may  be  ar- 
ranged. 

EDSP  473  Curriculum  for  Exceptional 
Children  —  Mentally  Retarded.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. EDSP  471  or  equivalent.  Examines 
the  principles  and  objectives  guiding  cur- 
riculum for  exceptional  children:  gives 
experience  in  developing  curriculum: 
studies  various  curricula  currently  in  use. 

EDSP  475  Education  of  the  Slow  Learner. 

(3)  Studies  the  characteristics  of  the  slow 
learner  and  those  educational  practices 
which  are  appropriate  for  the  child  who 
is  functioning  as  a  slow  learner. 

EDSP  481  Characteristics  of  Exceptional 
Children  —  Gifted.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP 
470  or  equivalent.  Studies  the  diagnosis, 
etiology,  physical,  social,  and  emotional 
characteristics  of  exceptional  children. 

EDSP  482  Education  of  Exceptional 
Children  —  Gifted.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP 
481  or  equivalent.  Offers  practical  and 
specific  methods  of  teaching  exceptional 
children.  Selected  observation  of  actual 
teaching  may  be  arranged. 

EDSP  483  Curriculum  for  Exceptional 
Children  —  Gifted.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP 
481  or  equivalent.  Examines  the  prin- 
ciples and  objectives  guiding  current  cur- 
riculum for  exceptional  children:  gives 
experience  in  developing  curriculum: 
studies  various  curricula  currently  in  use. 

EDSP  489  Field  Experience  in  Special 
Education.  (1-4)  Prerequisites,  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  special  education  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  plus  such 
other  prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the 
special  education  department.  Planned 
field  experience  may  be  provided  for 
selected  students  who  have  had 
teaching  experience  has  been  approved 
by  the  special  education  faculty.  NOTE 
—  the  total  number  of  credits  which  a 
student  may  earn  in  EDSP  489,  888,  and 
889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours. 

EDSP  491  Characteristics  of  Exceptional 
Children  —  Perceptual  Learning  Prob- 
lems. (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP  470  or 
equivalent.  Studies  the  diagnosis, 
etiology,  physical,  social,  and  emotional 
characteristics  of  exceptional  children. 

EDSP  492  Education  of  Exceptional 
Children  —  Perceptual  Learning  Prob- 
lems. (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP  491  or 
equivalent.  Offers  practical  and  specific 
methods  of  teaching  exceptional 
children.  Selected  observation  of  actual 
teaching  may  be  arranged. 

EDSP  493  Curriculum  for  Exceptional 
Children  —  Perceptual  Learning  Prob- 
lems. (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP  492  or 
equivalent.  Examines  the  principles  and 
objectives  guiding  curriculum  for  excep- 
tional children:  gives  experience  in 

Graduate  Programs  / 187 


developing  curriculum:  studies  various 
curricula  currently  in  use. 

EDSP  498  Special  Problems  In  Special 
Education.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  consent  of 
instructor.  Available  only  to  mature 
students  wtio  have  definite  plans  for  in- 
dividual study  of  approved  problems. 

EDSP  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  In- 
stitutes in  Special  Education.  (1-6)  The 

maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be 
earned  under  this  course  symbol  tovi/ard 
any  degre6  is  six  semester  hours:  the 
symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times 
until  six  semester  hours  have  been 
reached.  The  follov\(ing  type  of  educa- 
tional enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under 
this  course  heading:  workshops  con- 
ducted by  the  special  education  depart- 
ment (or  developed  cooperatively  with 
other  departments,  colleges  and  univer- 
sities) and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the 
present  course  listing.  Laboratories,  and 
special  education  centers:  institutes 
developed  around  specific  topics  or 
problems  and  intended  for  designated 
groups  such  as  school  superintendents, 
principals  and  supervisors. 

EDSP  600  Exceptional  Children  and 
Youth.  (3)  Prerequisite,  9  hours  in  special 
education  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Deals  primarily  with  research  relevant  to 
the  intellectual,  psychological,  physical, 
and  emotional  characteristics  of  excep- 
tional children. 

EDSP  601  Emotionally  Handicapped 
Children  and  Youth.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
EDSP  600  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Deals  with  epidemeology,  etiology, 
classification,  diagnostic  procedures, 
behavioral  characteristics,  treatment  and 
prevention  of  child  and  adolescent 
disturbances. 

EDSP  605  The  Exceptional  Child  and 
Society.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP  600  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Relationship  of  the 
role  and  adjustment  of  the  child  with  an 
exceptionality  to  societal  characteristics. 

EDSP  610  Administration  and  Supervi- 
sion of  Special  Education  Programs.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EDSP  600  and  consent  of 
Instructor.  Consideration  of  the  deter- 
mination, establishment  and  function  of 
educational  programs  to  exceptional 
children  for  administrative  and  super- 
visory personnel. 

EDSP  615  Evaluation  and  Measurement 
of  Exceptional  Children  and  Youth.  (3) 

Prerequisites.  EDMS  446,  646,  and  EDSP 
600.  Deals  with  the  understanding  and  in- 
terpretation of  the  results  of  psychologi- 
cal and  educational  tests  applicable  for 
use  with  exceptional  children. 

EDSP  620  Educational  Diagnosis  and 
Planning  for  Exceptional  Children  and 
Youth.  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDSP  615.  Deals 
with  the  identification  of  learning 
characteristics  of  exceptional  children 
and  the  planning  of  appropriate  pro- 
grams. 

EDSP  621  Psycho-Educational  Program- 
ming with  Emotionally  Handicapped 
Children  and  Youth.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
EDSP  600,  601  and  consent  of  instructor. 


Deals  with  factors  pertinent  to 
therapeutic  education  of  disturbed 
children  and  adolescents  in  special  treat- 
ment settings. 

EDSP  625  Problems  in  the  Education  of 
the  fiflentally  Retarded.  (3)  Prerequisite,  9 
hours  EDSP  including  EDSP  600  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Consideration  of  the 
pertinent  psychological,  educational, 
medical,  sociological  and  other  research 
and  theoretical  material  relevant  to  the 
determination  of  trends,  practices,  re- 
garding the  mentally  retarded. 

EDSP  630  Problems  in  the  Education  of 
the  Gifted.  (3)  Prerequisite,  9  hours  EDSP 
including  EDSP  600  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Consideration  of  the  pertinent 
psychological,  educational,  medical, 
sociological  and  other  relevant  research 
and  theoretical  material  relevant  to  the 
determination  of  trends,  practices,  re- 
garding the  gifted. 

EDSP  635  Problems  in  the  Education  of 
Children  with  Emotional  Disturbances.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  9  hours  EDSP  including 
EDSP  600  or  consent  of  instructor.  Con- 
sideration of  the  pertinent  psychological, 
educational,  medical,  sociological  and 
other  research  and  theoretical  material 
relevant  to  the  determination  of  trends, 
practices,  regarding  the  emotionally 
disturbed. 

EDSP  640  Problems  in  the  Education  of 
Children  with  Perceptual  Impairment.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  6  hours  in  education  of  the 
perceptually  impaired,  EDSP  615  and  620 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Consideration 
of  the  pertinent  psychological,  educa- 
tional, medical,  sociological  and  other 
research  and  theoretical  material  relevant 
to  the  determination  of  trends,  practices, 
regarding  the  perceptually  impaired. 

EDSP  678  Seminar  in  Special  Education. 

(3) 

EDSP  798  Special  Problems  In  Educa- 
tion. (1-6)  Master's.  AGS,  or  doctoral  can- 
didates who  desire  to  pursue  special 
research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisors  may  register  for  credit 
under  this  number. 

EDSP  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Registration  required  to  the  extent  of  six 
hours  for  master's  thesis. 

EDSP  888  Apprenticeship  in  Special 
Education.  (1-9)  Apprenticeships  in  the 
major  area  of  study  are  available  to 
selected  students  whose  application  for 
an  apprenticeship  has  been  approved  by 
the  education  faculty.  Each  apprentice  is 
assigned  to  work  for  at  least  a  semester 
full-time  or  the  equivalent  with  an  ap- 
propriate staff  member  of  a  cooperating 
school,  school  system,  or  educational  in- 
stitution or  agency.  The  sponsor  of  the 
apprentice  maintains  a  close  working 
relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the 
other  persons  involved.  Prerequisites, 
teaching  experience,  a  master's  degree 
in  education,  and  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  NOTE:  the  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDSP  489.  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 


EDSP  889  Internship  in  Special  Educa- 
tion. (3-16)  Internships  in  the  major  area 
of  study  are  available  to  selected 
students  who  have  teaching  experience. 
The  following  groups  of  students  are 
eligible:  (A)  any  student  who  has  been 
advanced  to  candidacy  for  the  doctor's 
degree:  and  (B)  any  student  who  receives 
special  approval  by  the  education  faculty 
for  an  internship,  provided  that  prior  to 
taking  an  internship,  such  student  shall 
have  completed  at  least  60  semester 
hours  of  graduate  work,  including  at 
least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at 
the  University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is 
assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for 
at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate 
staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school, 
school  system,  or  educational  institution 
or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken 
in  a  school  situation  different  from  the 
one  where  the  student  is  regularly 
employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  main- 
tains a  close  working  relationship  with 
the  intern  and  the  other  persons  in- 
volved. NOTE:  the  total  number  of  credits 
which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDSP  489, 
888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of 
twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDSP  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the 
extent  of  6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.  project 
and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  dissertation. 

Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Aylward 
Professors:  Meersman,  Pugliese 
Associate  Professors:  Jamieson.  Kirkley, 

Kolker,  Linkow,  O'Leary,  Vaughan, 

Weiss,  G.  S.,  Wolvin 
Assistant  Professors:  Elliott,  Falcione, 

Freimuth,  Hasenauer,  Lea,  Moore, 

McCaleb,  Sadowski,  Thompson 
Lecturer:  Niles 

The  Department  of  Speech  and 
Dramatic  Art  offers  the  Master  of 
Arts  degree  In  each  of  the  three  divi- 
sions: speech  communication; 
theatre;  radio-television-film.  Within 
each  of  these  divisions  it  is  possible 
to  concentrate  in  specific  areas 
which  are  described  below. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

For  admission  to  the  graduate  pro- 
gram in  any  of  the  divisions,  the  ap- 
plicant must  meet  all  requirements 
of  the  Graduate  School  and  in  addi- 
tion, provide  acceptable  Graduate 
Record  Examination  scores.  For 
those  applicants  who  do  not  have 
the  equivalent  of  an  undergraduate 
major  in  their  field  of  interest,  oppor- 
tunities exist  for  the  student  to  take 
course  work  to  prepare  for  subse- 
quent admission. 

For  the  Master  of  Arts  degree, 
there  are  no  special  departmental  re- 
quirements beyond  those  required  of 


188  /  Graduate  Programs 


^C/U  ^ 


all  M.A.  candidates  by  the  Graduate 
School.  Each  student  is  required  to 
complete  an  "Introduction  to 
Graduate  Study"  course  In  his  or  her 
area  of  interest.  Most  students  not 
on  an  assistantship  complete  the  30 
hour  credit  program  in  a  calendar 
year,  while  teaching  or  research 
assistants  normally  are  able  to  finish 
in  18  months. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Dramatic  Art 

Although  there  are  no  formal  divi- 
sions within  the  Division  of  Dramatic 
Art,  the  student  may  pursue  a 
general  program  or  specialize  in  one 
area  of  concentration.  In  addition  to 
acting,  exceptionally  talented 
students  are  given  the  opportunity 
to  direct  and  design  scenery,  lights, 
costumes  for  malnstage  produc- 
tions. Ample  opportunities  are  also 
provided  for  the  artistic  development 
of  the  students  in  the  many  theatres 
associated  with  the  Theatre  Division. 
The  Division  of  Dramatic  Art  offers 
both  the  research  thesis  and  the  pro- 
duction thesis.  Before  electing  a  pro- 
duction thesis,  a  student  must 
demonstrate  proficiency  in  his/her 
chosen  area  of  concentration. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is 
within  a  few  miles  of  the  John  F. 
Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing 
Arts,  Arena  Stage,  and  the  National, 
Ford's  and  Folger  Theatres,  and 
Wolf  Trap  Farm  Park  for  the  Perform- 
ing Arts.  In  addition,  a  number  of 
Equity  and  non-Equity  dinner 
theatres  and  semi-professional  ex- 
perimental theatres  abound  in  the 
area. 

Two  of  the  geatest  libraries  of  the 
world.  The  Library  of  Congress  and 
the  Folger  Shakespeare  Library,  are 
easily  accessible  from  the  campus. 

Radio-Television-Film 

A  student  in  the  Radio-Television- 
Film  Division  may  concentrate  either 
in  a  particular  area  (film  or  broad- 
casting, for  example)  or  may  elect  a 
more  general  program  covering  the 
multiple  aspects  of  electronic  and 
film  communication.  A  student 
whose  academic  goals  extend 
beyond  the  Radio-Television-Film 
Division  may,  upon  approval  of  his 
advisor,  take  as  many  as  twelve 
credit  hours  in  cognate  fields  in 
other  divisions  or  in  other  depart- 
ments of  the  University.  Examples  of 
such  programs  would  include  educa- 


tional uses  of  media,  broadcast 
management  or  electronic  jour- 
nalism. 

Students  may  either  pursue  a  tra- 
ditional research  thesis  or  complete 
a  production  thesis.  Before  a  pro- 
duction thesis  will  be  approved  the 
student  must  demonstrate  his  ability 
to  complete  such  a  project  through 
the  submission  of  a  portfolio  or 
equivalent  evidence. 

Speech  Communication 

Students  who  elect  to  pursue  a  pro- 
gram of  study  in  the  Division  of 
Speech  Communication  are  en- 
couraged to  develop  programs 
reflecting  an  understanding  of  the 
genesis,  the  nature,  and  the  effects 
of  human  speech  behavior.  A  stu- 
dent may  concentrate  within  a 
specialized  area  of  Speech  Com- 
munication (Political  Communica- 
tion or  Organizational  Communica- 
tion, for  example)  or  may  elect  a 
more  general  course  of  study. 
Students  in  the  Speech  Communica- 
tion Division  are  urged  to  augment 
their  program  of  study  with  course- 
work  in  complementary  disciplines 
and  with  communication  internships 
in  the  Washington,  D.  C,  Metro- 
politan area. 
Financial  Assistance 
The  Department  is  able  to  offer  ap- 
proximately one-half  of  all  full-time 
graduate  students  teaching  or 
research  assistantships.  In  addition, 
a  few  students  are  employed  in 
various  divisions  of  the  Department; 
however,  they  are  required  to  pay  all 
tuition  and  other  instructional  fees. 
Additional  Information 
For  information  write  to:  Dr.  Thomas 
J.  Aylward,  Chairman,  Department  of 
Speech  and  Dramatic  Art,  University 
of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland 
20742 
Courses 
Speech 

SPCH  400  Introduction  to  Research 
Methodologies  in  Speech  Communica- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite,  speech  communica- 
tion in  major  or  minor  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  An  introductory  survey  of  em- 
pirical and  historical-critical  research 
methodologies  in  speech  communica- 
tion. The  course  is  designed  to  prepare 
the  student  to  understand  and  to  con- 
duct basic  research  in  the  field. 

SPCH  420  Advanced  Group  Discussion. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  SPCH  220  or  consent  of 
the  Instructor.  An  examination  of  current 
research  and  techniques  in  the  discus- 
sion and  conference,  including  extensive 


practice  in  various  types  of  discussions. 
Emphasis  is  upon  small  group  leadership 
and  dynamics. 

SPCH  422  Inten/iewing.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
permission  of  instructor.  Speech  prin- 
ciples and  practices  basic  to  recognized 
types  of  interview,  giving  special  atten- 
tion to  behavioral  objectives  and  com- 
munication variables  involved  in  the  pro- 
cess of  intervievi/ing, 

SPCH  423  Communication  Processes  in 
Conferences.  (3)  Prerequisite,  one  course 
in  speech  communication  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  Group  participation  in 
conferences,  methods  of  problem  solv- 
ing, semantic  aspects  of  language,  and 
the  function  of  conferences  in  business, 
industry  and  government  settings. 

SPCH  424  Business,  Industrial  and 
Government  Communication.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, permission  of  the  instructor. 
Structure,  methodology  and  application 
of  communication  theory  in  the  industrial 
setting  will  be  emphasized. 

SPCH  440  Advanced  Oral  Interpretation. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  SPCH  240.  A  study  of  the 
advanced  theories  and  techniques 
employed  in  the  interpretation  of  prose, 
poetry  and  drama.  Attention  is  given  to 
selections,  analyses,  cuttings,  script 
compilations,  and  the  planning  of  pro- 
grams and  performances  in  oral  inter- 
pretation. 

SPCH  441  Readers  Theatre.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, SPCH  240  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. Theories  and  techniques  of 
readers  theatre  will  be  analyzed  to 
enhance  the  interpreting  and  directing 
abilities  of  students.  Special  attention 
will  be  given  to  interpretation  and  direc- 
tion of  prose,  drama,  and  script  compila- 
tion. 

SPCH  450  Classical  and  Medieval 
Rhetorical  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SPCH 
200  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  theories 
of  speech-making  and  speech  composi- 
tion as  propounded  by  the  classical 
rhetoricians.  Special  attention  is  given  to 
Plato,  Aristotle,  Socrates,  Cicero, 
Quintlian,  and  St.  Augustine. 

SPCH  451  Renaissance  and  Modern 
Rhetorical  Theory.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SPCH 
200  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  study 
of  the  development  of  modern  rhetorical 
theories  in  Europe  and  America  with  con- 
sideration of  the  application  of  the 
theories  to  public  address.  Special  atten- 
tion is  given  to  Thomas  Sheridan,  John 
Walker,  George  Campbell,  Hugh  Blair, 
Richard  Whately,  James  A.  Winans, 
Charles  Woolbert,  I.  A.  Richards,  and 
Kenneth  Burke. 

SPCH  455  Speechwriting.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, SPCH  200  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. Intensive  study  of  rhetorical 
principles  of  speech  composition 
through  study  of  model  speeches  and 
through  a  practicum  in  speech  writing. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  applica- 
tion of  research  in  speech  writing  to 
various  forms  and  styles  of  speeches. 

SPCH  460  American  Public  Address 
1635-1900.  (3)  Prerequisite,  Speech  200  or 

Graduate  Programs  / 189 


consent  of  the  instructor.  Course  ex- 
amines ttie  rtietorical  development  of 
major  hiistorical  movements  and  influen- 
tial spokesmen  from  1635-1900.  Em- 
ptiasis  on  tfie  reign  of  theocracy,  the 
American  revolution,  the  presidential  In- 
augural as  a  rhetorical  type,  the  com- 
promise of  1850,  the  Lincoln-Douglas 
debates,  the  Civil  War  rhetoric  and  the 
Populist  movement. 

SPCH  461  American  Public  Address  in 
the  20th  Century.  (3)  Prerequisite,  SPCH 
200  or  consent  of  instructor.  Course  ex- 
amines the  rhetorical  development  of 
major  historical  movements  and  influen- 
tial spokesmen  from  1900  to  the  present. 
Focus  on  the  Progressive  Movement, 
The  Rise  of  Labor,  Women's  Suffrage, 
McCarthyism  and  the  Evolution  of  Pro- 
and  Anti-War  Rhetoric. 

SPCH  462  British  Public  Address.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  200  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  A  biographical,  textual 
and  critical-rhetorical  study  of  Great 
British  speakers  and  their  influences. 
Special  attention  w/ill  be  devoted  to  the 
'Golden  Age'  of  British  oratory  and  to  the 
forms  and  styles  of  contemporary 
speakers. 

SPCH  470  Listening.  (3)  A  study  of  the 
listening  process,  listening  variables, 
listening  levels,  and  the  development  of 
effective  listening  behavior. 

SPCH  472  Nonverbal  Communication.  (3) 

Survey  of  nonverbal  communication  in 
human  interaction;  theory  and  research 
on  proxemics,  kinesics  and  paralinguis- 
tics as  expression  of  relationship,  affect 
and  orientation  within  and  across 
cultures. 

SPCH  474  Communication  Theory  and 
Process.  (3)  A  general  survey  of  introduc- 
tory material  in  communication  theory. 

SPCH  475  Persuasion  in  Speech.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, SPCH  200  or  230.  A  study  of 
the  bases  of  persuasion  with  emphasis 
on  recent  experimental  developments  in 
persuasion. 

SPCH  476  Foundations  of  Speech 
Behavior.  (3)  This  course  will  provide  a 
study  of  the  acquisition  of  speech,  the 
elements  that  influence  speech  behavior, 
the  influences  of  speech  behavior,  and  a 
theoretical  framework  for  the  analysis  of 
communication  situations.  Students  will 
apply  the  theory  to  analysis  of  specific 
communication  situations. 

SPCH  477  Speech  Communication  and 
the  Study  of  Language  Acquisition.  (3) 

Survey  of  language  acquisition  and 
development  in  human  communication 
behavior;  theory  and  research  on 
language  structure,  syntactic, 
phonological,  and  cognitive  systems  as 
an  influence  of  an  individual's  orientation 
and  development  within  and  across 
cultures. 

SPCH  478  Speech  Communication  Collo- 
quim.  (1)  Current  trends  and  issues  in  the 
field  of  speech  communication,  stress- 
ing recent  research  methods.  Recom- 
mended for  senior  and  graduate  student 
majors  and  minors  in  speech  com- 

190  /  Graduate  Programs 


munication.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
4  hours. 

SPCH  488  Speech  Communication  In- 
ternship. (1-6)  Registration  by  permission 
of  adviser  only.  This  independent  intern- 
ship is  designed  to  give  the  speech  com- 
munication student  practical  career  ex- 
perience with  a  speech  communication 
professional  in  the  Washington 
metropolitan  area.  Limited  to  a  maximum 
of  six  credits. 

SPCH  489  Speech  Communication  Worl<- 
shop.  (1-6)  Workshops  devoted  to 
special,  in-depth  study  in  speech  com- 
munication. Course  may  be  repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  six  semester  hours. 

SPCH  498  Seminar.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
senior  standing  and  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Present-day  speech  research. 

SPCH  499  Honors  Seminar.  (3)  For 

honors  students  only.  Readings,  sym- 
posiums visiting  lectures,  discussions. 

SPCH  600  Empirical  Research  in  Speech 
Communication.  (3) 

SPCH  601  Historical-Critical  Research  in 
Speech  Communication.  (3)  Intense 
study  in  critical  and  historical  methodol- 
ogy as  applicable  to  research  in  speech 
communication.  Emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  the  composition  and  the  evaluation  of 
historical-critical  studies  of  significance 
in  the  field  of  rhetorical  communication 
scholarship. 

SPCH  655  Seminar  in  Speechwriting.  (3) 

Theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of 
speechwriting  at  an  advanced  level. 

SPCH  680  Speech  Communication  Pro- 
grams in  Education  and  Training.  (3)  An 

analysis  of  instructional  development  in 
speech  communication.  Instructional  ob- 
jectives, strategies  and  evaluation  are  ap- 
plied to  educational,  corporate  and  in- 
dustrial training  programs. 

SPCH  698  Special  Problems  in  Speech 
Communication.  (3) 

SPCH  720  Seminar  in  Small  Group  Com- 
munication. (3)  The  seminar  will  explore 
the  variables  involved  in  small  group 
communication  (formation  and  member- 
ship, leadership,  functions,  and  current 
research  problems).  The  focus  of  the 
course  will  be  two-fold:  (1)  to  give  the 
student  a  survey  of  small  group  com- 
munication theory,  and  (2)  to  provide 
some  indepth  analysis  of  current  prob- 
lems in  small  group  communication. 

SPCH  724  Seminar  in  Organizational 
Communication.  (3)  Prerequisite,  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  Theories  and  prob- 
lems of  human  communication  within, 
between,  and/or  among  formal  organiza- 
tions will  be  emphasized. 

SPCH  755  Seminar  in  Rhetorical  Theory. 

(3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  SPCH 
460,  461  or  450.  Examination  of  selected 
theories  of  style  drawn  from  the  fields  of 
rhetoric  and  literature,  and  analysis  of 
model  speeches. 

SPCH  760  Seminar  in  Political  Com- 
munication. (3)  Prerequisite,  SPCH  601  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  A  blend  of 


theory  and  practice  to  integrate 
rhetorical-critical  theory  and  empirical 
methods  with  politics.  Practitioners  in 
political  communication  will  be  drawn  in 
as  resource  persons.  Students  will  map 
the  communication  strategy  for  can- 
didates and  analyze  actual  campaign 
strategies. 

SPCH  762  Seminar  in  Public  Address.  (3) 

An  in-depth  study  of  national  and  interna- 
tional speakers  and  issues  throughout 
the  history  of  the  spoken  world.  Em- 
phasis will  be  placed  upon  the  applica- 
tion of  rhetorical  principles  to  the 
analysis  of  world  speakers  and  their 
speeches. 

SPCH  775  Seminar  in  Persuasion  and  At- 
titude Change.  (3)  This  seminar  will  con- 
centrate on  the  problem  of  making 
message  strategy  decisions.  Course  con- 
tent will  consist  of  study  of  both 
theoretical  and  empirical  research  on  at- 
titude and  attitude  change  in  persuasive 
communication. 

SPCH  776  Interpersonal  Communication. 

(3)  Problems  and  processes  of  symbolic 
representation  in  speech,  the  effects  of 
language  on  communication,  semantic 
redundancy,  and  interaction  between 
meaning  and  the  structure  of  oral 
language. 

SPCH  798  Independent  Study.  (1-3)  Pre- 
requisite, consent  of  instructor.  An  in- 
dividual course  designed  for  intensive 
study  or  research  of  problems  in  any  one 
of  the  three  areas  of  drama,  general 
speech,  or  radio/tv. 

SPCH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Radio-Television-Film 

RTVF  413  The  History  of  the  Film.  (3)  An 

advanced  survey  of  the  film  as  an  art 
form.  Cinema  pre-history,  actualities  and 
the  Lumiere  tradition,  f^elies,  Griffith, 
and  their  contemporaries,  the  silent  film 
(1920-29):  Germany.  Russia,  and  the 
U.S.A.,  screen  comedy,  the  sound  film 
(1926-present):  American  and  foreign 
master  directors,  recent  and  current 
trends.  Recommended  prior  to  this 
course:  RTVF  314. 

RTVF  414  Contemporary  American 
Cinema.  (3)  Prerequisite,  RTVF  222.  An 
analysis  of  the  trends  and  major  social 
issues  in  American  culture  as  they  are 
expressed  through  the  film  medium.  Em- 
phasis on  'new  wave',  experimental, 
underground,  independent,  and  cinema 
verite  motion  pictures. 

RTVF  415  Contemporary  European 
Cinema.  (3)  A  comparative  and  critical 
analysis  of  the  European  motion  picture 
both  as  a  distinct  art  form  reflecting  the 
national  character  of  a  particular  country 
and  as  a  medium  for  mass  communica- 
tions demonstrating  the  universality  of 
the  human  condition. 
RTVF  417  Dramatic  Writing  for  Broad- 
casting and  Film.  (3)  Prerequisite,  RTVF 
317  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  principles,  methods  and 
limitations  of  writing  comedy,  drama, 
and  the  documentary  for  radio,  televi- 
sion, and  film. 


RTVF  418  The  Film  Auteur.  (3)  The  inten- 
sive chronological  study  of  the  work  of 
one  European  or  American  film  director 
each  semester. 

RTVF  419  Film  Generes.  (3)  The  study  of 
one  major  film  genre  each  semester  (the 
gangster  film,  the  western,  science  fic- 
tion and  horror,  the  political  film). 
Cinema  develops  formal  and  thematic 
conventions  and  how,  as  a  medium  for 
reflecting  social  ideals  and  needs. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

RTVF  420  The  Documentary  Film.  (3) 

Growth,  implication,  and  the  use  of  the 
International  nonfiction  film  as  propagan- 
da, public  service,  promotion,  education, 
and  entertainment.  Case  studies  from 
representative  documentaries  will  be 
analyzed. 

RTVF  421  Film  Criticism  and  Theory.  (3) 

Critical-aesthetic  approaches  to  film  in 
order  to  develop  a  vocabulary  for  film 
analysis.  Included  will  be  shot  analysis; 
montage  and  deep  focus:  the  auteur 
theory;  the  role  of  screenwriter,  director 
of  photography,  actor;  genre  analysis; 
analysis  of  film  as  popular  art. 

RTVF  425  Television  and  Politics.  (3) 

Critical  review  of  studies  of  the  effects  of 
political  broadcasts;  legal  and  social 
issues;  surveys  and  media  campaigns. 

RTVF  440  Television  Direction.  (3)  Two 

hour  lecture,  two  hour  laboratory.  Prereq- 
uisite. RTVF  340.  Principles  of  television 
direction,  including  analysis  of  script, 
casting,  rehearsing,  production,  audio 
and  video  control. 

RTVF  449  Television  Workshop.  (3)  Two- 
hour  lecture,  four-hour  laboratory. 
Prerequisites.  RTVF  340,  440  and  con- 
sent of  instructor. 

RTVF  450  Radio  and  Television  Station 
Management,  (3)  The  role  of  the  manager 
in  the  modern  broadcasting  industry.  Sta- 
tion communication  factors,  regulation, 
licensing,  personnel  functions,  sales, 
programming  supervision,  audience 
analysis,  and  station  promotion. 

RTVF  451  Broadcast  Criticism.  (3)  As 

analysis  of  the  professional,  historical, 
social,  and  psychological  criticism  of 
American  radio  and  television,  together 
with  practical  application  of  professional 
and  scholarly  critical  methods. 

RTVF  452  International  and  Comparative 
Broadcasting  Systems.  (3)  A  comparative 
study  of  international  broadcasting  pro- 
gram policies,  economic  systems,  con- 
trol and  organization.  The  use  of  broad- 
casting in  international  affairs  as  an  in- 
strument of  propaganda,  culture  and  in- 
formation dissemination.  Monitoring  of 
overseas  broadcasts,  television  pro- 
grams and  discussions  with  represen- 
tatives of  domestic  and  foreign  interna- 
tional broadcast  agencies. 

RTVF  453  Broadcasting  and  Government. 

(3)  Legal  issues  involving  radio  and  tele- 
vision: freedom,  restraints,  self- 
regulation;  regulation  of  programming, 
competition,  rights  as  seen  by  the  broad- 


caster, regulatory  agencies  and  the 
public. 

RTVF  465  Advanced  Film  Production.  (3) 

Prerequisite  RTVF  355  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. Consideration  of  film  technique 
and  theory  as  they  apply  to  the  making  of 
a  full  length  motion  picture. 

RTVF  498  Seminar.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
senior  standing  and  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Present  day  radio-television-film 
research.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

RTVF  600  Introduction  to  Graduate  Study 
in  Broadcasting.  (3) 

RTVF  640  Advanced  Television  Direction. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  RATV  440  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Principles  of  television  direc- 
tion as  applied  to  dramatic  programs, 
together  with  a  consideration  of  the 
specific  aesthetic  values  of  the  television 
medium. 

RTVF  648  Seminar  in  Broadcasting.  (3) 
Studies  of  various  aspects  of  broadcast- 
ing. Subject  matter  changed  each 
semester. 

RTVF  649  Special  Problems  in  Broad- 
casting. (3)  An  experimental  course  for 
the  development  of  new  ideas  in  broad- 
casting. 

RTVF  662  Seminar  in  Political  Broad- 
casting. (3)  A  seminar  integrating  the 
theory  of  mass  communication  with 
rhetorical-critical  theory  in  an  analysis  of 
major  political  uses  of  the  broadcast 
media. 

RTVF  699  Independent  Study.  (1-3) 
RTVF  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 
Dramatic  Art 

DART  420  styles  and  Theories  of  Acting. 
(3)  Prerequisites:  DART  120,  221,  320  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Emphasis  on  the 
philosophical  basis  and  techniques 
necessary  for  acting  modern  realistic 
drama  and  acting  period  style  dramas.  In- 
depth  study  of  Stanislavski  system  and 
application  of  those  techniques  toward 
performance  in  scenes.  Examination  and 
application  of  the  techniques  necessary 
for  the  preparation  and  performance  of 
an  acting  score  for  performing  Shakes- 
peare. Improvisation.  Required  atten- 
dance at  live  theatre  productions. 

DART  429  Actor's  Studio.  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisitie:  consent  of  instructor.  Participa- 
tion in  dramatic  roles  executed  under 
faculty  supervision  in  the  department's 
productions.  Eligible  students  must 
make  commitments  and  plan  perfor- 
mances with  course  instructor  during 
pre-registration.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  six  credits. 

DART  430  Advanced  Directing  for  the 
Stage.  (3)  Prerequisite;  DART  330  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Discussion  of  the 
preparation  procedures  and  rehearsal 
practices  necessary  for  the  presentation 
of  a  variety  of  theatrical  styles  and  forms. 
Emphasis  on  understanding  the  relation- 
ship between  the  director,  the  actor,  the 
script  and  the  audience.  A  series  of  stu- 
dent directed  scenes  supplemented  by 
attendance  at  theatre  productions. 


DART  440  Children's  Dramatics.  (3)  Prin- 
ciples and  methods  of  creative  dramatics 
as  applied  in  the  classroom  or  communi- 
ty center  for  elementary,  secondary  and 
exceptional  children.  Supervised  con- 
ducting of  classes  in  creative  dramatics 
at  the  University,  nearby  community 
centers  or  schools. 

DART  445  Directing  Plays  for  Children's 
Theatre.  (3)  Prerequisite:  DART  440.  An 
introduction  into  the  formal  elements  of 
directing  plays  for  children.  The  organiza- 
tion of  large  groups  of  children  in  the 
framework  of  children's  theatre.  History 
of  children's  theatre,  script  analysis,  and 
basic  directing  skills  for  staging 
children's  theatre.  A  final  presentation  of 
a  short  established  or  original  children's 
play  is  required. 

DART  450  American  Musical  Comedy.  (3) 

The  evolution  of  musical  comedy 
through  opera  to  early  American  ex- 
travaganzas and  minstrels  to  the 
musicals  of  the  1920's  and  1930's.  The 
development  and  highlights  of  the  form 
since  1940.  The  function  and  form  of  the 
Libretto,  music  and  lyrics,  and  the  roles 
of  the  creative  personnel  of  a  musical 
production.  Workshops  in  performance 
skills. 

DART  460  Theatre  Management  I.  (3)  The 

practical  tools  of  theatre  management; 
production  philosophies,  selecting  and 
balancing  a  season,  tickets  and  box  of- 
fice procedures,  budgeting,  graphic  arts 
production,  advertising,  publicity  and 
other  promotional  devices. 

DART  461  Theatre  Management  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  DART  460  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Case  studies,  discussions,  lec- 
tures and  projects  concerning  advance 
theatre  management  decision  making 
and  administration,  including  such  areas 
as  personnel  relations,  contract  negotia- 
tions, theatrical  unions,  fund  raising, 
touring,  audience  development  and 
public  relations. 

DART  471  Advanced  Scenic  Design.  (3) 

Prerequisites:  DART  170,  273,  375  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Study  of  period  styles 
and  techniques  in  scenic  design.  Em- 
phasis on  individual  projects  and  multi- 
use  theatres.  Students  may  not  receive 
credit  for  both  DART  451  and  DART  471. 

DART  476  Principles  and  Theories  of 
Stage  Lighting.  (3)  Prerequisite:  DART 
170,  recommended  DART  273.  A  study  of 
the  theories  of  electrification,  in- 
struments, design,  color,  and  control  for 
stage  and  television.  Brief  survey  of 
sound  for  the  theatre.  Practical  work  on 
productions. 

DART  477  Advanced  Lighting  Design.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  DART  476.  Study  of  history 
and  theory  of  lighting  design.  Design  ex- 
ercises in  proscenium,  in-the-round, 
thrust,  outdoor  pageant,  circus,  concert, 
spectacle,  dance  and  television  lighting. 
A  survey  of  lighting  companies  and 
equipment  and  architectural  lighting. 

DART  479  Theater  Workshop.  (1-3)  Pre- 
requisite: DART  170  and  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Participation  in  the 


Graduate  Programs  / 191 


technical  aspects  of  theatre  production 
in  selected  university  and  experimental 
theatre  productions.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

DART  480  Stage  Costume  Design  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite;  DART  252.  Basic  principles 
of  theatre  costume  design  and  introduc- 
tion to  rendering  skills.  Emphasis  on 
development  of  design  conception,  unity, 
character  statement,  basic  clothing 
design  and  period  style  adaptation. 

DART  481  Stage  Costume  Design  II.  (3) 

One  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  DART  480.  An  ad- 
vanced study  of  costume  design  and  in- 
terpretation leading  to  understanding 
and  facility  in  design  of  stylized  pro- 
ductions. Emphasis  on  design  for 
musical  comedy,  dance  theatre,  opera 
and  various  non-traditional  forms  of 
theatre  production. 

DART  485  Advanced  Makeup.  (3)  Prereq 
uisite:  DART  180  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Advanced  techniques  and  materials  in 
makeup  for  the  theatre,  television  and 
film.  Practical  work  with  three- 
dimensional  makeup  (prosthetic  devices), 
hair  pieces,  mask-making  and  stylized 
makeup.  Opportunity  to  develop  skills  in 
a  creative  approach  to  makeup  design. 

DART  490  History  of  the  Theatre  I,  (3) 

Evolution  of  the  theatre  from  primitive 
origins,  through  the  early  renaissance 
with  emphasis  on  playwrights  and  plays, 
theatre  architecture  and  decor,  and 
significant  personalities.  Extensive  use 
of  graphic  material,  play  reading,  related 
theatre-going. 

DART  491  History  of  the  Theater  II.  (3)  A 

continuation  of  DART  490  beginning  with 
the  16th  century  and  progressing  into  the 
20th,  examining  the  late  renaissance, 
Elizabethan,  restoration,  17th  to  19th 
century  European,  and  Early  American 
theatres.  Emphasis  on  dramatic  forms 
and  styles,  theatre  architecture  and 
decor,  and  significant  personalities.  Ex- 
tensive use  of  graphic  material,  play 
reading,  related  theatre-going. 

DART  495  History  of  Theatrical  Theory 
and  Criticism.  (3)  The  development  of 
theatrical  theory  and  criticism  from  the 
Greeks  to  the  modern  theorist.  The  philo- 
sophical basis  of  theatre  as  an  art  form. 
Important  theorists  and  the  practical  ap- 
plication of  their  theories  in  either  play 
scripts  or  theatrical  productions.  Re- 
quired attendance  at  selected  live  theatre 
productions. 

DART  499  Independent  Study.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: permission  of  instructor.  An  in- 
dependent study  course  in  which  each 
student  completes  an  assigned  major 
theatre  project  under  close  faculty  super- 
vision. Projects  may  culminate  with  term 
papers,  scenic  of  costume  designs,  or  a 
stage  production.  Repeatable  to  a  max- 
imum of  six  credits. 

DART  600  Introduction  to  Graduate 
Study  in  Theatre.  (3) 

DART  669  Independent  Study.  (1-3) 


DART  678  Theory  of  Visual  Design  for 
the  Performing  Arts.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
DART  375  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
historical  and  theoretical  study  of  design 
practices  in  the  performing  arts. 

DART  688  Special  Problems  in  Drama.  (3) 

The  preparation  of  adaptations  and  other 
projects  in  dramaturgy. 

DART  689  Theories  of  the  Drama.  (3)  Ad- 
vanced study  of  the  identification  and 
development  of  dramatic  form  from  the 
early  Greek  drama  to  contemporary 
forms;  the  aesthetics  of  theatre  arts;  and 
dramatic  criticism. 

DART  698  Seminar  —  Studies  in  Theatre. 

(3)  Research  projects  adapted  to  in- 
dividual backgrounds  and  special  work. 

DART  699  The  Theory  of  Pre-Modern 
Dramatic  Production.  (3)  An  historical 
survey  of  production  styles. 

DART  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 


Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Smith 
Professor:  Dardis 

Associate  Professors:  Buck,  Spivak 
Assistant  Professor:  Block,  Derrick, 

Hacklander,  Redman,  Wolken,  Yeh 
Visiting  Assistant  Professor:  Emerson 

The  Department  of  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics  offers  programs 
of  study  leading  to  the  Master  of 
Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
degrees.  Fields  of  specialization  are 
TEXTILES  and/or  CONSUMER 
ECONOMICS.  In  the  field  of  textiles, 
students  may  concentrate  in  textile 
science,  textile  economics  and 
marketing,  clothing  and  human 
behavior,  or  historic  textiles  and 
costume.  In  the  field  of  consumer 
economics,  students  may  concen- 
trate In  consumption  economics, 
consumer  behavior,  or  consumer 
technology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

There  are  no  rigid  course  re- 
quirements for  admission  to  the 
graduate  program  in  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics.  A  major  in 
Home  Economics,  Consumer 
Economics,  Textiles  and  Clothing, 
Textiles,  or  a  relevant  discipline 
such  as  chemistry,  economics,  or 
psychology  is  acceptable  as 
background  for  study  in  this  field. 
Preparation  in  the  basic  physical  and 
social  sciences  (chemistry, 
mathematics,  economics, 
psychology,  and  sociology)  Is  highly 
recommended.  Necessary  course 
prerequisites  (without  graduate 
credit)  can  be  completed  after  ad- 


mission to  the  graduate  program.  All 
applicants  are  required  to  submit 
scores  of  the  Graduate  Record  Ex- 
amination Aptltute  Test. 

Thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are 
available  for  the  Master  of  Science 
degree.  In  the  thesis  option, 
students  must  complete  a  minimum 
of  24  hours  of  course  work,  a  thesis, 
and  pass  a  final  oral  examination  on 
the  thesis.  In  the  non-thesis  option, 
students  must  complete  a  minimum 
of  30  hours  of  course  work,  submit 
one  scholarly  paper,  and  pass  a  writ- 
ten comprehensive  final  examina- 
tion. Students  In  both  the  thesis  and 
non-thesis  options  must  present  one 
departmental  seminar. 

Students  with  bachelor's  degrees 
may  apply  for  the  doctoral  program 
although  they  are  encouraged  to 
complete  requirements  for  the  M.S. 
degree.  Applicants  holding  a 
master's  degree  In  an  equivalent 
field  from  an  accredited  Institution 
may  be  admitted  for  Immediate  doc- 
toral study.  Previous  graduate  work 
will  be  evaluated  on  an  Individual 
basis,  but  a  minimum  of  18  hours  of 
course  work  beyond  the  master's 
level  Is  required  for  the  Ph.D.  degree 
in  addition  to  12  hours  of  disserta- 
tion research.  Qualifying  examina- 
tions are  administered  upon  comple- 
tion of  basic  course  requirements  in 
either  textiles  or  consumer 
economics.  Written  and  oral  com- 
prehensive examinations  are  given 
upon  completion  of  all  course  work. 
A  final  oral  examination  is  held  for 
the  student  to  defend  the  disserta- 
tion. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  graduate  program  is  multidlscl- 
pllnary  In  nature  with  graduate  facul- 
ty from  chemistry,  engineering, 
economics,  behavioral  sciences,  and 
the  arts.  Departmental  research 
facilities  include  the  historic  textile 
and  costume  collection,  a  full  range 
of  equipment  for  textile  research 
with  special  emphasis  on  flam- 
mabillty,  and  a  Wang  minicomputer. 
Access  to  federal  agencies  where 
decisions  affecting  consumers  are 
made  provides  graduate  students 
with  a  unique  opportunity  to  con- 
duct consumer  related  research. 

Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  teaching  and/or  research 
assistantshlps  are  offered  to 
qualified  applicants  on  the  basis  of 


192  /  Graduate  Programs 


past  academic  performance  and  ex- 
perience. More  than  half  of  the  full- 
time  students  in  the  Department 
hold  assistantships  or  some  form  of 
financial  aid.  Part-time  and  summer 
work  is  often  available  for  students 
not  receiving  financial  aid. 

Additional  Information 

Additional  information  on  depart- 
mental programs,  admissions,  pro- 
cedures and  financial  aid  may  be  ob- 
tained by  contacting:  Chairman, 
Department  of  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics,  Room  3017 
Turner  Laboratory,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland 
20742 
Courses 
Consumer  Economics 

CNEC  431  The  Consumer  and  the  Law. 

(3)  Three  lectures  a  week.  A  study  of 
legislation  affecting  consumer  goods 
and  services.  Topics  covered  include 
product  safety  and  liability,  packaging 
and  labeling,  deceptive  advertising,  and 
consumer  credit.  The  implications  of 
such  legislation  for  consumer  welfare 
with  particular  emphasis  on  the  disad- 
vantaged groups  in  our  society  will  be  ex- 
amined. 

CNEC  435  Economics  of  Consumption. 

(3)  Spring  semester.  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  ECON  201  and  203 
or  ECON  205  for  non-majors.  The  applica- 
tion of  economic  theory  to  a  study  of 
consumer  decision-making  and  its  role  in 
a  market  economy  at  both  the  individual 
and  aggregate  levels.  Topics  covered  in- 
clude empirical  studies  of  consumer 
spending  and  saving,  the  consumer  in 
the  market  and  collective  consumption. 

CNEC  437  Consumer  Behavior.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites:  PSYC 
100  and  SOCY  100.  An  application  of  the 
behavioral  sciences  to  a  study  of  con- 
sumer behavior.  Current  theories,  models 
and  empirical  research  findings  are  ex- 
plored. 

CNEC  455  Consumer  Technology:  Prod- 
uct Standards.  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  instructor.  The  process  of  product 
standard  development,  and  the 
significance  of  such  standards  to  the 
consumer.  History,  procedures  and  uses 
of  standards  by  industry  and  govern- 
ment, including  both  voluntary  and 
regulatory  standardization:  the  impact  of 
product  standards,  and  mechanisms  for 
obtaining  consumer  imput  in  the  stan- 
dardization process. 

CNEC  488  Senior  Honors  Thesis.  (1-4) 

Limited  to  undergraduate  students  in  the 
departmental  honors  program.  An  in- 
dependent literary,  laboratory  or  field 
study,  conducted  throughout  the 
student's  senior  year.  Student  should 
register  in  both  fall  and  spring. 

CNEC  498  Special  Studies.  (2-4)  Indepen- 
dent study  by  an  individual  student  or  by 


a  group  of  students  in  advanced  work 
not  otherwise  provided  in  the  depart- 
ment. Students  must  prepare  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  study  they  wish  to  undertake. 
The  plan  must  be  approved  by  the  faculty 
directing  the  study  and  the  department 
chairman. 

Textiles 

TEXT  420  Apparel  Design  —  Draping.  (3) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  APDS  101  and  TEXT 
222.  APDS  220  recommended  but  not  re- 
quired. Students  explore  pattern  design 
through  draping  on  the  human  form.  Em- 
phasis is  on  the  interrelationship  be- 
tween material,  design  and  form. 

TEXT  425  Apparel  Design  —  Experimen- 
tal Processes.  (3)  Two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, APDS  101,  TEXT  250,  and  TEXT 
222.  Processes  are  related  to  fiber  and 
fabric  characteristics,  style  and  end-use. 
Opportunities  are  provided  for  students 
to:  1)  learn  advanced  construction  and 
tailoring  techniques  2)  explore,  adapt  and 
create  new  processes  with  modern  tex- 
tile materials  and  3)  evaluate  results  in 
terms  of  design  quality. 
TEXT  441  Clothing  and  Human  Behavior. 
(3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, PSYC  too  and  SOCY  100.  An  ex- 
ploration of  socio-psychological  ap- 
proaches to  the  study  of  clothing  in  rela- 
tion to  human  behavior.  Social  and 
psychological  theories  will  be  examined 
as  possible  framework  for  the  study  and 
investigation  of  clothing. 

TEXT  445  History  of  Cosume  I.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  The  wrap-style  dress. 
A  critical  study  of  the  various  forms  of 
dress:  analyzing  shape  and  form  of 
garments  and  the  component  parts  of 
which  they  are  made,  taking  special  note 
the  various  distinctive  styles  and  unique 
shapes  which  help  distinguish  one 
period  from  another:  relating  the  history 
of  costume  to  events,  to  achievements, 
to  the  social  attitudes  and  development 
of  the  various  times  and  cultures  of  man. 

TEXT  447  History  of  Costume  II.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  The  shaped-style 
dress.  A  critical  study  of  the  various 
forms  of  dress:  analyzing  shape  and  form 
of  garments  and  the  component  parts  of 
which  they  are  made,  taking  special  note 
of  the  distinctive  styles  and  unique 
shapes  which  help  distinguish  one 
period  from  another:  relating  the  history 
of  costume  to  events,  to  achievements, 
to  the  social  attitudes  and  development 
of  the  various  times  and  culture  of  man. 

TEXT  452  Textile  Science  —  Chemical 
Structures  and  Properties  of  Fibers.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
CHEM  104  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 
chemical  structure,  properties  and  reac- 
tions of  the  major  classes  of  natural  and 
man-made  fibers.  Emphasis  is  placed 
upon  the  relationship  between  molecular 
structure  and  physical  properties  of 
fibers  and  fabrics.  Laboratory  includes 
chemical  identification  of  fibers,  prepara- 


tion of  selected  fibers  and  examination 
of  chemical  reactions  and  properties  of 
fibers. 

TEXT  454  Textile  Science  —  Finishes.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  TEXT 
452  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
the  chemical  reactions  and  mechanisms 
involved  in  imparting  water  repellance, 
crease  resistance  and  crease  recovery 
properties,  shrink-resistance,  flame 
resistance,  soil-release  properties  and 
moth  and  mildew  resistance  to  textile 
materials.  Properties  of  the  finished 
material  which  effect  its  end-use  will  also 
be  examined.  Laboratory  work  includes 
the  application  of  finishes,  identification 
of  finishes  and  a  study  of  the  properties 
of  finished  fabrics. 

TEXT  456  Textile  Science  —  Chemistry 
and  Physics  of  Fibers  and  Polymers.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  con- 
sent of  instructor.  The  theory  of  fiber 
structure  and  its  relationship  to  chemi- 
cal and  physical  properties  of  natural  and 
man-made  fibers.  Laboratory  includes 
study  of  performance  of  textile  materials 
in  relation  to  their  chemical  and  physical 
properties. 

TEXT  463  History  of  Textiles.  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  TEXT  150 
or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
historic  and  contemporary  fibers  and 
fabrics.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
analysis  of  designs  and  techniques  of 
decorating  fabrics  and  the  relationship  of 
textiles  to  the  aesthetic  and  developmen- 
tal cultures  of  society. 

TEXT  465  Economics  of  the  Textile  and 
Apparel  Industries.  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  ECON  201  and  203. 
Trends  in  the  production  and  consump- 
tion of  textiles  and  apparel:  economic 
analysis  of  the  textile  and  apparel  in- 
dustries: factors  affecting  changes  in 
output,  price,  location  and  market  struc- 
ture. 

TEXT  488  Senior  Honors  Thesis.  (1-4) 

Limited  to  undergraduate  students  in  the 
departmental  honors  program.  An  in- 
dependent literary,  laboratory  of  field 
study,  conducted  throughout  the 
student's  senior  year.  Student  should 
register  in  both  fall  and  spring. 

TEXT  498  Special  Studies.  (2-4)  Indepen- 
dent study  by  an  individual  student  or  by 
a  group  of  students  in  advanced  work 
not  otherwise  provided  in  the  depart- 
ment. Students  must  prepare  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  study  they  wish  to  undertake. 
The  plan  must  be  approved  by  the  faculty 
directing  the  study  and  the  department 
chairman. 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 

TXCE  600  Research  Methods.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: an  introductory  course  in 
statistics.  Research  methodology  in  tex- 
tiles and  consumer  economics.  The  rela- 
tionship between  statistics  and  research: 
experimental  techniques  and  methods 
for  data  collection  and  analysis.  Each 

Graduate  Programs  / 193 


student  is  required  to  prepare  a  research 
proposal. 

TXCE  608  Special  Problems.  (1-3)  Credit 
according  to  time  scheduled  and 
organization  of  the  course.  The  course 
may  be  organized  as  a  lecture  series  on  a 
specialized  advanced  topic  or  may  con- 
sist of  an  experimental  problem  other 
than  the  student's  thesis  topic.  Maxi- 
mum credit  allowed  toward  advanced 
degree  shall  not  exceed  six  hours. 

TXCE  610  Consumer  Economics  I  — 
Consumer  Choice  in  the  American 
Economy.  (3)  Prerequisite;  GNEC  435  or 
ECON  403  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
economic  analysis  of  consumer 
decision-making  at  the  individual  and  ag- 
gregate levels.  The  economic  theory  of 
consumer  behavior  and  its  relationship 
to  market  demand:  consumer  rights  in 
the  market  and  methods  for  ensuring 
such  rights:  income  distribution  and  in- 
come maintenance  programs:  consumer 
expenditures  in  the  U.S.,  and  collective 
consumption. 

TXCE  611  Consumer  Economics  II  —  Ap- 
plied Consumption  Analysis.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: TXCE  610  or  consent  of  instructor. 
The  application  of  the  economic  theory 
of  consumer  behavior  to  the  measure- 
ment of  consumer  demand.  Emphasis  on 
the  allocation  of  total  consumption  by 
categories  of  consumption  rather  than 
on  the  determination  of  total  consump- 
tion and  saving.  Engel  curves  and  de- 
mand studies  based  on  time  series  data 
are  discussed. 

TXCE  620  Consumer  Behavior  I  — 
Theory  Development.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CNEC  437  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
application  of  the  behavioral  sciences  to 
a  study  of  consumer  behavior.  Identifica- 
tion and  critique  of  current  theories  of 
consumer  behavior. 

TXCE  621  Consumer  Behavior  II  — 
Model  Construction  and  Testing.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: TXCE  620  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. A  systematic  approach  to  the 
construction  and  testing  of  consumer 
behavior  models.  Selected  specialized 
techniques  for  consumer  behavior 
research  based  on  various  consumer 
behavior  models. 

TXCE  639  Seminar  in  the  Economics  of 
Consumption.  (3)  A  critical  examination 
of  current  theories  and  research  in  the 
field.  The  application  of  research 
methods  to  current  problems  in  con- 
sumption economics  will  be  discussed. 
Course  may  be  taken  for  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

TXCE  647  Clothing  and  Comfort.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  TEXT  250  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. An  examination  of  the  physical, 
psychological  and  environmental  factors 
which  affect  the  physiological  response 
of  the  human  body  to  the  clothing 
microclimate. 

TXCE  648  Seminar  in  Historic  Textiles. 
(1-3)  In  depth  studies  of  selected  areas  of 
historic  textiles  and/or  historic  textile 
products,  together  with  their  relation- 
ships to  the  cultures  and  societies  of 


man.  Maximum  credit  allowed  toward  an 
advanced  degree  shall  not  exceed  six 
hours. 

TXCE  649  Seminar  in  Clothing  and 
Human  Behavior.  (3)  An  examination  of 
theories  and  research  concerned  with 
the  relation  between  clothing  and  human 
behavior.  Special  emphasis  will  be 
plaed  on  research  techniques.  Maximum 
credit  allowed  toward  an  advanced 
degree  shall  not  exceed  six  hours. 

TXCE  650  Seminar  in  Textile  Economics 
and  Marketing.  (3)  A  critical  review  of 
research  literature  in  the  economics  of 
the  textile  and  apparel  industries  and  the 
marketing  of  textile  products.  The  ap- 
plication of  research  methods  to  current 
problems  of  the  textile  and  apparel  in- 
dustries will  be  discussed. 

TXCE  658  Advanced  Topics  in  Textile 
Science.  (2-3)  An  examination  of  the 
structure,  properties  and  performance  of 
textile  materials.  Topic  and  credit  will  be 
announced.  Course  may  be  taken  for  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

TXCE  659  Seminar  in  Textile  Science. 

(1-3)  A  critical  discussion  of  current 
research  literature  in  the  field. 

TXCE  660  Textile  Science  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: TEXT  452  or  consent  of  instructor. 
A  study  of  the  chemical  and  physical 
structure  of  fiber-forming  polymers  as 
they  affect  the  performance  of  textile 
materials.  Emphasis  on  structure/proper- 
ty relationships. 

TXCE  661  Textile  Science  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: TEXT  660  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Examination  of  the  principles  and  tech- 
niques of  dyeing  and  finishing  textile 
products.  Properties  of  the  finished  prod- 
ucts which  affect  their  end-use. 

TXCE  670  Textile  Evaluation  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: TEXT  250  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  per  week.  In-depth  study  of 
the  principles  and  concepts  involved  in 
the  laboratory  evaluation  of  textile  and 
related  materials.  The  influence  of 
testing  parameters  and  methodology  on 
selected  major  aspects  of  textile  perfor- 
mance will  be  considered. 

TXCE  671  Textile  Evaluation  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: TXCE  670.  A  continuation  of  tex- 
tile evaluation  I. 

TXCE  699  Research  Seminar.  (1) 

Seminars  on  various  topics  in  textiles 
and  consumer  economics.  Colloquia  by 
graduate  students,  faculty  and  visiting 
speakers.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  a 
maximum  of  two  credits. 

TXCE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Urban  Studies  Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Director: 

Marando 
Professors:  Janes,  Murphy 
Associate  Professors:  Bish,  Stone 
Assistant  Professors:  Christian,  Dawkins. 

Florestano,  McDonald,  Montero, 

Wolken 
Lecturers:  Mann,  Miller 
Instructors:  Knipe,  Rathbun 


The  Institute  for  Urban  Studies  of- 
fers a  program  leading  to  a  degree  in 
the  Master  of  Arts  in  Urban  Studies. 
The  program  Is  professionally 
oriented  to  educate  students  in  the 
technical  competencies  involved  in 
urban  problems  solving  and  In  an  in- 
terdisciplinary understanding  of  ur- 
ban affairs.  A  graduate  of  the  pro- 
gram \N0u\6  be  prepared  for  a  career 
in  governmental,  nonprofit  or  busi- 
ness activities  relating  to  urban  af- 
fairs. Graduates  would  also  be  eligi- 
ble for  pursuing  doctoral  degrees  in 
the  discipline  selected  for  special- 
ized study  or  in  interdisciplinary  ur- 
ban studies  and  policy  analysis  pro- 
grams. 

The  Institute  provides  specializa- 
tions in  urban  management,  policy 
analysis  and  evaluation,  community 
development  and  urban  planning. 
Specializations  may  also  be  devel- 
oped in  any  other  program  offering 
sufficient  graduate  or  upper  division 
courses.  Some  of  the  departments 
providing  such  opportunities  in- 
clude: Afro-American  Studies,  Archi- 
tecture, Business  Administration, 
Civil  Engineering,  Computer 
Science,  Criminal  Justice  and 
Criminology,  Economics,  Education, 
Family  and  Community  Develop- 
ment, Fire  Protection  Engineering, 
Geography,  Government  and 
Politics,  Health,  Information  Sys- 
tems Management,  Journalism, 
Recreation,  Sociology  and  Speech 
and  Communications.  The  student's 
program  of  courses  in  his/her  spe- 
cialization are  v^/orked  out  in  con- 
sultation v\/ith  his/her  advisor. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Institute  admissions  policy  is 
designed  to  achieve  a  student  mix  of 
experienced  practitioners  and  strong 
recent  graduates.  The  GRE  is 
generally  required  of  recent 
graduates  whose  grade  point 
averages  are  below  3.2.  Applicants 
with  professional  experience  should 
provide  three  letters  of  recommenda- 
tion and  a  vita  indicating  their  educa- 
tion and  employment  history.  Ex- 
perienced applicants  may  be  admit- 
ted provisionally  (subject  to  suc- 
cessful completion  of  initial  course- 
work)  even  if  their  undergraduate 
grade  point  average  is  below  regular 
university  requirements,  if  their 
employment  experience  indicates  a 
high  probability  of  success  in  the 


194  /  Graduate  Programs 


program.  To  accommodate  part-time 
students  and  students  with  intern- 
ships, all  required  upper  division  and 
all  graduate  courses  are  offered 
either  4  to  6:30  or  7  to  9:30  p.m.  on  a 
one-day-a-week  schedule. 

Both  a  thesis  and  non-thesis  op- 
tion are  available.  Each  option  re- 
quires 36  credit  hours.  Fifteen 
credit  hours,  including  6  hours  in 
analytical  techniques,  must  be  in 
core  courses  and  a  minimum  of  12 
hours  in  an  area  of  specialization. 
Both  options  require  successful 
completion  of  a  two-part  comprehen- 
sive examination.  The  first  part,  on 
basic  urban  studies  knowledge  and 
analytical  skills,  will  be  administered 
by  the  Institute  or  the  department 
the  student  selects  for  a  specializa- 
tion. 

Financial  Aid 

A  limited  number  of  graduate  re- 
search and  teaching  assistant  posi- 
tions and  fellowships  are  available, 
and  the  Institute  assists  students  in 
finding  internships  and  part-time 
jobs  In  government  agencies. 

Additional  Information 

Further  information  and  the 
graduate  bulletin  of  the  Institute  for 
Urban  Studies  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Director  of  Graduate  Studies  of 
the  Institute. 

Courses 

URBS  420  Seminar  in  Urban  Literature. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  two  URBS  courses  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  The  works 
of  several  of  the  major  20th  century 
writers  in  urban  studies.  A  comparative 
analysis  of  the  perspectives  of  these 
writers  on  theoretical  and  substantive  ur- 
ban issues,  is  a  basis  for  more  advanced 
study  in  the  theory  and  process  of  ur- 
banization. 

URBS  430  Urban  Internship.  (6)  Prereq- 
uisite; permission  of  the  department. 
Supervised  field  training  in  urban- 
oriented  programs.  Emphasized  areas  of 
interest  are  (1)  neighborhoods  and  com- 
munities, (2)  organizations  and  agencies, 
(3)  specific  programs.  The  student  will  be 
assigned  to  a  specific  agency  or  project 
and  will  be  responsible  to  that  agency. 
Class  meetings,  written  reports,  instruc- 
tor conferences,  and  a  student's  critique 
of  his  experience  are  included. 

URBS  450  Problems  in  Urban  Law.  (3) 

Recommended  preparation:  six  credits  in 
urbs  courses.  A  survey  of  the  urban  legal 
environment  and  special  legal  problems 
of  urban  governments  and  public  interest 
lawyers.  Problems  related  to  planning, 
zoning,  eminent  domain  and  land  use 
controls;  consumer  protection  in  central 
cities;  housing  codes  and  multiple  dwell- 


ing regulation;  public  accommodations 
and  civil  rights  ordinances;  defending  the 
indigent;  and  welfare  delivery  systems. 

URBS  480  Urban  Theory  and  Simulation. 

(3)  Review  of  early  theories  of  the  city. 
Contemporary  theories  of  the  city  as  a 
physical  and  an  institutional  system.  Ur- 
ban theory  as  integration  of  information 
involving  economic,  political,  and  social 
dimensions  of  contemporary  cities. 
Simulation  and  gaming  as  theory  testing; 
urban  simulation  and  gaming  as  theory 
building. 

URBS  488  Selected  Topics  in  Urban 
Literature.  (3)  Prerequisite;  permission  of 
instructor.  Topics  of  special  interest  to 
advanced  urban  studies  students. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
provided  subject  matter  is  different. 

URBS  498  l^onors  Seminar  in  Selected 
Topics.  (3)  Prerequisite;  admission  to 
honors  program  in  URBS  or  other  depart- 
ments. Individual  reading  and  research, 
and  group  discussion  dealing  with 
selected  major  contemporary  urban 
issues:  philosophy  and  growth  of  new 
towns;  emergent  forms  of  urban  policy; 
federal  legislation  and  the  cities;  citizen 
attitudes  toward  metropolitan  govern- 
ment; housing  abandonment,  rehabilita- 
tion, and  new  construction;  the  urban 
future;  major  world  capitals;  and  ur- 
banization in  developing  nations.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  for 
credit  provided  the  topics  are  different. 

URBS  499  Honors  Thesis.  (3-6)  Prereq- 
uisite: admissions  to  honors  program  in 
URBS  or  other  departments.  Individual 
reading  and  research,  and  the  writing  of 
an  original  paper  on  an  urban  topic  of  the 
student's  choice  under  the  guidance  of  a 
faculty  member. 

URBS  601  Fields  and  Problems  of  Urban 
Studies.  (3)  Three  urban  interdisciplinary 
emphases  —  environmental,  institu- 
tional, and  historical-cultural;  concept  of 
the  metropolis  in  the  United  States;  ma- 
jor theoretical  research  interests  in  urban 
affairs.  Social  problems  of  urbanization 
in  the  United  States;  trends  in  govern- 
mental intervention  into  urban  condi- 
tions; emergence  of  urban-related  oc- 
cupations and  careers;  relations  of 
emerging  metropolises  to  society. 

URBS  610  Research  IVlethods  in  Urban 
Studies.  (3)  Assumes  a  l<nowledge  of 
conventional  techniques  of  investiga- 
tion—interview, questionnaire,  survey 
research,  use  of  documentary  sources. 
Emphasis  on  learning  creative  ap- 
proaches and  on  training  for  innovative 
uses  of  research  techniques  —  simula- 
tion and  gaming  of  decision-making,  field 
study  of  environmental-societal  in- 
fluences, computer  modeling  of  urban  in- 
formation. Individual  and  team  ap- 
proaches. 

URBS  630  Urban  Economics  and  Policy 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  454  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Urban  problem 
and  policy  analysis  in  the  context  of  ur- 
ban spatial  patterns  and  trends  and  ur- 
ban public  sector  organization,  finance 
and  operation.  Education,  zoning  and 


land  use  planning,  fiscal  diversity  and 
equal  opportunity,  new  communities,  the 
future  of  the  central  city,  and  alternative 
institutions  for  the  future. 

URBS  640  Ecology  and  Demography  of 
Urban  Studies.  (3)  Analysis  of  land-use 
patterns  and  demographic  characteris- 
tics. Examination  of  changes  in  these 
relations  and  their  influence  on  institu- 
tional structures.  Study  of  dynamics  of 
transactions  and  flows  between  locali- 
ties. Metropolises  as  examples  of  ex- 
change systems.  Problems  in  indicator 
development  which  define  the  demo- 
graphic and  ecological  characteristics. 
Policy  implications  of  data  bani<s  based 
on  indicator  information.  Social  indica- 
tors for  metropolises  as  predictors  of 
future  development. 

URBS  666  Urban  Management  and  Deci- 
sion Making.  (3)  The  processes  of  urban 
resource  allocation,  management,  and 
decision-making.  Problems  of  budgeting 
for  delivery  of  urban  services,  citizen  par- 
ticipation, role  of  management  and 
political  officials,  impact  of  intergovern- 
mental financial  systems  such  as 
revenue  sharing;  administrative  centrali- 
zation and  decentralization;  metropolitan 
service  districts;  and  evaluation  of  urban 
services  provided  by  cities,  counties,  and 
special  districts. 

URBS  670  Urban  Public  Policy  Analysis. 

(3)  The  processes  and  structures  of 
policy-making  and  implementation  in  ur- 
ban settings.  Systematic  study  of  policy 
outputs  through  various  quantitative  in- 
dicators of  the  distribution  and  delivery 
of  public  goods  to  indicate  who  decides, 
on  what  grounds,  who  will  get  how  much 
of  what  —  and  why?  Discussion  and  ap- 
plication of  urban  indicators. 

URBS  680  Environmental  and  Land  Use 
Planning.  (3)  An  overview  of  planning  pro- 
cesses needed  by  the  urban  administra- 
tor and  researcher.  The  elements  and 
techniques  of  the  planning  process,  and 
the  institutional  setting  in  which  plan- 
ning takes  place. 

URBS  683  Social  Planning  and  Communi- 
ty Development.  (3)  Operational  aspects 
of  social  planning  in  communities. 
Models  such  as  those  which  view  social 
planning  as  (1)  the  delivery  of  social  ser- 
vices, (2)  a  comprehensive  approach  to 
community  socio-economic  and  political 
development,  and  (3)  advocacy  of  the  in- 
terests of  the  disadvantaged.  Methods  by 
which  the  social  planner  develops  the 
legitimacy  and  power  to  catalyze  a  com- 
munity to  seek  and  achieve  social 
change. 

URBS  688  Recent  Developments  in  Ur- 
ban Studies.  (3)  Examination  of  selected 
current  aspects  of  the  rapidly  evolving 
field  of  urlsan  affairs,  including  for  exam- 
ple, trends  revealed  by  the  1970  census, 
evaluation  of  model  cities,  "new  towns" 
in  the  United  States. 

URBS  689  Internship  Seminar.  (3-6)  Pre- 
requisite: permission  of  the  department. 
A  seminar  combined  with  a  field  intern- 
ship with  an  approved  planning  or 
management  office  or  organization.  The 


Graduate  Programs  / 195 


internship  field  supervisor  as  well  as  the 
assignment  must  be  approved  by  the 
professor  and  the  director  of  the  in- 
stitute. A  minimum  of  two  days  a  week 
must  be  spent  on  the  field  assignment. 
The  seminar  will  stress  the  application  of 
urban  and  administrative  theory  to  the 
actual  urban  environment. 

URBS  698  Independent  Study  in  Urban 
Topics.  (3)  Directed  research  and  study 
of  selected  aspects  of  urban  affairs. 

URBS  799  Master's  Thesis  Research. 
(1-6) 


Zoology  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Corliss 
Professors:  Anastos,  Brinkley,  Brown, 

Clark,  Grollman,  Haley,  Highton, 

Jachowski,  Morse,  Schleldt 
Associate  Professors:  Barnett,  Contrera, 

Goode,  Imberski,  Levitan,  Linder, 

Pierce,  Potter,  Small,  Vermeij 
Assistant  Professors:  Allan,  Bonar, 

Buchler,  Gill,  Higgins,  Inouye,  Reaka 
Adjunct  Professors:  Eisenberg,  Otto. 

M.  Potter 
Adjunct  Associate  Professor:  Heinle 
Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  Morton 
Visiting  Assistant  Professor:  Gill-Smith 

The  Departnnent  of  Zoology  offers 
progranns  of  study  leading  to  the  de- 
grees of  Master  of  Science  (thesis 
and  non-thesis)  and  Doctor  of  Phi- 
losophy with  specialization  in  the 
following  fields:  cell  biology,  de- 
velopmental biology,  estuarine  and 
marine  biology,  genetics,  parasitol- 
ogy, physiology,  systematics  and 
evolutionary  biology,  behavior,  in- 
vertebrate zoology,  endocrinology 
and  ecology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  to  graduate  study  in  the 
Department  of  Zoology  is  restricted 
to  students  with  an  adequate  under- 
graduate preparation  in  physical  as 
well  as  biological  sciences,  in- 
cluding upper  division  courses  in 
zoology  and  courses  in  mathematics 
(through  one  year  of  calculus),  statis- 
tics, physics,  and  chemistry  through 
organic.  Able  students  who  lack 
preparation  in  a  particular  area  may 
be  admitted,  provided  that  the  defi- 
ciency is  corrected  early  in  the 
graduate  work.  Graduate  Record  Ex- 
aminations are  recommended  but 
are  not  required. 

The  thesis  master's  program 
enables  a  student  to  engage  in  ad- 
vance study  and  to  undertake  a  re- 
search project.  It  may  be  a  terminal 
degree  or  may  demonstrate  the  stu- 
dent's research  ability  and  lead  to 
continuation  of  graduate  work  for 

196  /  Graduate  Programs 


the  Ph.D.  in  the  same  or  related  area. 
There  are  no  requirements  in  excess 
of  the  general  requirements  estab- 
lished by  the  Graduate  School.  All 
requirements  for  the  master's 
degree  are  to  be  completed  within  a 
three  year  period.  A  final  oral  ex- 
amination on  the  thesis  is  given 
whenever  the  student  has  completed 
all  other  requirements  for  the 
degree. 

The  non-thesis  master's  program 
provides  opportunity  for  advanced 
education  and  a  terminal  degree  for 
those  who  are  not  research-oriented. 
All  non-thesis  master's  students  are 
required  to  complete  no  fewer  than 
30  hours  of  course  work,  of  which  no 
fewer  than  18  must  be  at  the  600 
level  or  above  in  Zoology  or  appropri- 
ate related  fields.  No  fewer  than  16 
hours  of  courses  must  be  in  Zoology 
and  three  of  these  courses  should 
be  in  a  single  area  of  specialization, 
in  addition,  it  is  expected  that  at 
least  one  satisfactory  scholarly 
paper  be  written  in  an  area  approved 
by  the  student's  advisor  and  that  a 
written  comprehensive  examination 
in  three  areas  of  Zoology  be  passed. 
All  requirements  must  be  completed 
within  a  three-year  period. 

The  Ph.D.  program  in  Zoology  is 
basically  a  research  program  pro- 
viding maximal  opportunity  for  the 
student  to  evolve  and  develop  his  in- 
nate capacity  for  scholarship  and  in- 
dependent work.  A  doctoral  can- 
didate must  register  for  a  minimum 
of  12  semester  hours  of  doctoral  re- 
search (899).  Opportunity  is  provided 
for  in-depth  study  in  an  area  of 
specialization.  A  formal  preliminary 
examination  is  given  to  all  doctoral 
students  within  the  first  two  years  of 
enrollment  in  the  Department.  The 
examination  is  basically  an  oral  ex- 
amination focusing  primarily  on 
determination  of  whether  or  not  the 
student  has  the  proper  motivation, 
intellectual  capacity  and  curiosity, 
and  educational  background  and  has 
or  can  develop  the  technical  skills  to 
successfully  pursue  the  Ph.D.  pro- 
gram. However,  there  is  no  formal 
restriction  on  the  extent  or  the  range 
of  the  questions  asked  of  the  candi- 
date. The  doctoral  dissertation  must 
be  completed  and  defended  usually 
within  three,  preferably  two  years, 
after  passing  of  prelims. 
Facilities  and  Special  Resources 
Since  the  summer  of  1971  the 


Zoology  Department  has  been  occu- 
pying its  new  building,  which  pro- 
vides adequate  space  for  graduate 
teaching  and  research.  The  research 
laboratories  are  well  equipped,  and 
major  pieces  of  experimental 
apparatus  are  available  which  have 
imparted  a  tremendous  research 
capability  to  the  Department.  These 
include  radiation  counting  devices, 
ultra  centrifuges,  high  speed 
refrigerated  centrifuges,  spectro- 
photometers, amino  acid  analysers, 
spectrofluorometers,  mechanical 
and  electrical  recording  devices, 
fraction  collectors,  ultra  micro- 
balances,  and  autoclaves.  In  addi- 
tion, the  Department  has  special 
suites  for  electronmicroscopic  and 
scanning  electronmicroscopic  work, 
constant  temperature  rooms,  four 
sound  proof  rooms  —  one  being  an 
anechoic  chamber  designed  specif- 
ically for  sophisticated  research  in 
ethology— photographic  dark  rooms, 
sterile  transfer  rooms,  and  a 
histochnology  suite. 

Although  the  Department  main- 
tains no  library  of  its  own,  the 
University  has  a  fine  graduate  library 
housing  a  Science  and  Technology 
Division  which  is  rated  superior.  In 
addition,  facilities  such  as  the  Na- 
tional Library  of  Medicine  and  the 
Department  of  Agriculture  Library  as 
well  as  the  Library  of  Congress 
greatly  expand  the  Library  material 
within  relatively  easy  access  to  the 
Department. 

Additional  Information 

Students  are  urged  to  communicate 
directly  with  the  faculty  in  the  area 
of  their  interest  but  additional 
general  information  and  a  statement 
of  particular  departmental  require- 
ments may  be  obtained  by  writing  to 
the  Director  of  Graduate  Studies, 
Department  of  Zoology. 

Courses 

ZOOL  411  Cell  Biology.  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture,  one  hour  of  demonstration- 
discussion  and  three  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisites,  two  years  of 
zoology  and  organic  chemistry,  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  cell 
structure  and  function  with  an  empnasis 
on  the  activity  of  subcellular  organoids 
and  the  mechanisms  of  coordination  and 
control  of  cell  function. 

ZOOL  413  Biophysics.  (3)  Three  lectures 
a  week.  Prerequisites,  one  year  of  biol- 
ogy, a  year  of  physics  and  at  least  one 
semester  of  calculus;  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the 


ideas  and  methods  used  in  biophysics  to 
analyze  the  functional  components  of 
cells  and  tissues  as  physical-chemical 
systems. 

ZOOL  415  Cell  Differentiation.  (3)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
a  course  in  development  biology,  cell  bi- 
ology, molecular  genetics  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Cellular  and  subcellular  dif- 
ferentiation, emphasizing  the  bio- 
chemical and  ultrastructural  bases  of 
these  development  changes. 

ZOOL  421  Neuropfiysiology.  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites,  an  in- 
troductory course  in  zoology  or  biology; 
a  semester  of  organic  chemistry;  phys- 
ics, through  an  introduction  to  electricity 
and  magnetism;  MATH  110  or  115.  The 
physiology  of  nerves,  muscles  and 
sensory  receptors  and  aspects  of  central 
nervous  system  physiology. 

ZOOL  422  Vertebrate  Physiology.  (4) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites,  one 
year  of  zoology  and  one  semester  of 
organic  chemistry.  A  study  of  the  cardio- 
vascular, hemopoietic,  gastrointestinal, 
renal  and  respiratory  systems.  Chemical 
and  endocrine  regulation  or  physiologi- 
cal functions  in  higher  vertebrates  with 
emphasis  on  mammals. 

ZOOL  426  General  Endocrinology.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, three  semesters  of  animal 
biology  and  two  semesters  of  organic 
chemistry.  Functions  and  the  functioning 
of  the  endocrine  glands  of  animals  with 
special  reference  to  the  vertebrates. 

ZOOL  430  Vertebrate  Embryology.  (4) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  one 
year  of  biology  or  zoology.  Vertebrate 
embryogenesis,  developmental  physi- 
ology and  experimental  embryology. 

ZOOL  440  Evolution.  (3)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course 
in  genetics  and  a  course  in  animal  diver- 
sity. A  consideration  of  current  thought 
in  regard  to  the  evolution  of  living 
organisms. 

ZOOL  444  Advanced  Evolutionary 
Biology.  (3)  Three  hours  of  lecture  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  ZOOL  440  or  equiva- 
lent; one  semester  of  calculus.  The 
nature  and  consequences  of  organic 
evolution  in  relation  to  present  day 
geography  and  geologic  time.  Topics 
covered  will  include  organic  diversity  gra- 
dients in  space  and  time,  rates  of  evolu- 
tion, co-evolution  and  extinctions,  partic- 
ular emphasis  will  be  placed  in  the  syn- 
thesis of  information  and  on  construc- 
tion and  evaluation  of  hypothesis. 

ZOOL  446  Molecular  Genetics.  (3)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
ZOOL  246  or  equivalent  and  a  course  in 
organic  chemistry.  The  molecular  basis 
of  gene  structure  and  function.  Regula- 
tion of  differential  gene  expression. 

ZOOL  447  Experimental  Genetics.  (4)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisites,  two  courses 


in  genetics,  one  of  which  included 
laboratory  work,  and  permission  of  in- 
structor. A  methodology  and  techniques 
course  considering  experimental  design, 
the  use  of  diverse  organisms  and  instru- 
mentation and  the  presentation  and 
interpretation  of  data. 
ZOOL  460  Ethology.  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ZOOL  293  and  one  course  in  physiology, 
vertebrate  morphology,  or  ecology.  An  in- 
troduction to  the  principles  of  animal 
behavior  with  emphasis  on  physiological 
bases,  ecological  correlates  and  evolu- 
tionary aspects  of  behavior. 

ZOOL  461  Ethology  Laboratory.  (3)  One 

hour  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite  or  corequi- 
site,  ZOOL  460  or  equivalent.  Training  in 
the  description  of  behavior,  methods  of 
quantification  and  experimentation,  and 
the  mathematical  treatment  of  behavioral 
data. 

ZOOL  470  Advanced  Animal  Ecology.  (2) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, one  year  of  zoology,  a  course  in 
calculus  and  a  course  in  statistics.  A 
course  in  genetics  is  strongly  recom- 
mended. Designed  for  majors  and 
graduate  students  in  the  biological 
sciences.  Topics  to  include  theory  of 
population  growth  and  regulation,  life 
tables  and  population  projection 
matrices,  niche  theory,  theory  of  compe- 
tition and  predation,  diversity  analysis, 
and  energetic  modeling.  Emphasis  will 
be  on  current  literature  and  research  in 
ecological  theory. 

ZOOL  471  Laboratory  and  Field  Ecology. 

(2)  Three  hours  of  laboratory  and  field 
work  and  one  hour  of  discussion  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  Zoology  470 
previously  or  concurrently.  Exercise  in 
laboratory  and  field  will  pursue  problems 
of  contemporary  ecological  interest; 
population  density  regulation,  communi- 
ty structure.  Niche  shape,  competition 
coefficients,  pattern  diversity,  and 
energetics  of  ecosystems.  Topics  will  be 
coordinated  with  those  presented  in 
Zoology  470.  Terrestrial  and  aquatic 
systems  will  be  studied. 

ZOOL  472  Protozoology.  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  in- 
cluding field  trips  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
one  year  of  biology.  Basic  conceptual 
treatment  of  free-living  and  parasitic  pro- 
tozoan functional  morphology,  life 
history,  and  systematics.  The  laboratory 
will  stress  observations  of  protozoa,  liv- 
ing and  stained,  collected  from  diverse 
habits. 

ZOOL  473  Marine  Ecology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: a  course  in  invertebrate  zoology 
or  animal  diversity,  and  ZOOL  470,  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  Courses  in 
evolution  and  animal  behavior  are  strong- 
ly recommended.  A  detailed  analysis  of 
the  evolutionary  ecology  of  marine  in- 
vertebrates; emphasis  on  testing  of 
theories  and  on  current  literature. 

ZOOL  475  General  Parasitology.  (4)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisites,  two  years  of 
zoology  and  one  year  of  chemistry,  or 


permission  of  the  instructor.  A  consider- 
ation of  the  phenomenon  of  parasitism 
through  a  study  of  the  structure,  func- 
tion and  host  relationships  of  parasitic 
organisms, 

ZOOL  477  Symbiology.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ZOOL  293.  An  introduction  to  basic  con- 
cepts of  symbiosis.  Adaptations  for 
establishment  of  symbiotic  associations, 
symbiote  nutrition  and  metabolism, 
responses  of  the  host  and  ecology  of  the 
host-symbiote  complex. 

ZOOL  480  Aquatic  Biology.  (4)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  a  course  in  animal 
diversity  and  a  course  in  ecology.  An  in- 
vestigation of  the  casual  relationships  of 
freshwater,  estuarine  and  marine  biotic 
communities  to  their  environment. 

ZOOL  481  The  Biology  of  Marine  and 
Estuarine  Invertebrates.  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  zoology. 
An  in-depth  consideration  of  the  tax- 
onomy and  functional  morphology  of  the 
invertebrates,  exclusive  of  insects. 
Chesapeake  Bay  forms  and  the  study  of 
living  material  will  be  emphasized. 

ZOOL  482  Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology.  (4) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  two 
years  of  zoology  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. A  consideration  of  the  evolu- 
tion, taxonomy,  morphology,  physiology, 
behavior  and  ecology  of  marine  and 
estuarine  protochordates  and 
vertebrates. 

ZOOL  483  Vertebrate  Zoology.  (4)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of 
zoology  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
The  identification,  classification,  habits, 
and  behavior  of  vertebrates  with  em- 
phasis on  fresh  water,  terrestrial  and 
aerial  forms,  and  a  consideration  of  the 
evolution  of  living  and  fossil  representa- 
tives. 

ZOOL  492  Form  and  Pattern  in 
Organisms.  (3)  Prerequisites,  one  year  of 
calculus;  one  year  of  physics;  one 
semester  of  introductory  biology.  A  lec- 
ture course  in  structural  and  functional 
interpretation  of  form  in  organisms.  Pat- 
tern formation  in  morphogenesis,  mathe- 
matical description  of  shape,  methods, 
and  examples  of  functional  analysis  of 
form,  and  patterns  of  morphological 
diversity  through  space  and  time. 

ZOOL  495  Mammalian  Histology.  (4)  Two 

hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course  in 
vertebrate  anatomy  and  a  course  in  verte- 
brate physiology  or  permission  of  the  in- 
structor. A  study  of  the  microscopic 
anatomy,  ultrastructure  and  histophysiol- 
ogy  of  tissues  and  organs  of  mammals. 

ZOOL  608  Zoology  Seminar.  (1-6)  Repeat- 
able  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits.  One 
seminar  a  week  for  each  subject  se- 
lected: 

A  —  Cell  Biology 

B  —  Developmental  Biology 

Graduate  Programs  / 197 


C  —  Estuarine  +  Marine  Biology 

D  —  Genetics 

E  —  Parasitology 

F  —  Ptiysiology 

G  —  Systematic  +  Evolutionary  Biology 

I  —  Behavior 

J  —  Recent  Advances 

K  —  Endocrinology 

L  —  Ecology 

ZOOL  609  Special  Problems  in  Zoology. 
(1-6)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits.  One  seminar  a  week  for  each 
subject  selected: 

A  —  Cell  Biology 

B  —  Developmental  Biology 

C  —  Estuarine  +  Marine  Biology 

D  —  Genetics 

E  —  Parasitology 

F  —  Physiology 

G  —  Systematic  +  Evolutionary  Biology 

I  —  Behavior 

J  —  Recent  Advances 

K  —  Endocrinology 

L  —  Ecology 

ZOOL  610  Cellular  Physiology.  (4)  Two 

lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course 
in  animal  or  plant  physiology,  one  year  of 
organic  chemistry,  one  year  of  physics, 
and  a  course  in  biochemistry.  Recom- 
mended, ZOOL  41 1  or  an  equivalent 
course  in  cytology  or  cell  biology.  A 
study  of  the  structure  and  functions  of 
cells  on  the  molecular,  subcellular  and 
cellular  levels  by  investigations  and 
discussions  of  their  physical,  chemical, 
and  microscopic  properties. 

ZOOL  612  Electron  l\1icroscopy  Labora- 
tory. (3)  Two  three-hour  laboratories  per 
week  and  arranged.  Prerequisite,  a  lec- 
ture course  in  electron  microscopy  and 
permission  of  instructor.  Preparation  and 
study  of  biological  materials  by  electron 
microscopy.  Includes  examination  of 
standard  tissue  and  an  individual 
research  project. 

ZOOL  615  Biological  Ultrastructure.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture-discussion  a 
week.  Prerequisite:  cell  biology  or  histol- 
ogy, or  permission  of  instructor.  The 
ultrastructure  of  cells  and  tissues,  with 
emphasis  on  interpretation  and  correla- 
tion of  ultrastructure  and  function. 

ZOOL  616  Advanced  Topics  in  Cell 
Biology.  (3)  Three  lecture-discussion 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  one  year 
of  biochemistry,  one  year  of  physics,  a 
course  in  cell  biology  or  physiology,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  An  inquiry 
into  the  physico-chemical  background 
and  current  advances  in  selected  aspects 
of  cell  structure  and  function. 

ZOOL  621  Comparative  Physiology.  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  period  each  week.  Prerequi- 
site, one  year  of  zoology,  one  year  of 

198  /  Graduate  Programs 


organic  chemistry  and  one  semester  of 
physiology.  The  study  of  the  differences 
and  similarities  in  the  functioning  of 
organs  of  species  of  the  animal  kingdom. 

ZOOL  624  Experimental  Mammalian 
Physiology.  (4)  Two  four-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course 
in  physiology  and  one  year  of  chemistry 
above  general  chemistry.  The  theory,  use 
and  application  to  research  of  instrumen- 
tation normally  in  the  physiology  labora- 
tory with  an  introduction  to  surgical  tech- 
niques on  both  large  and  small  animals. 

ZOOL  625  Comparative  Invertebrate  En- 
docrinology. (3)  Three  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  one  year  of  organic 
chemistry,  a  course  in  endocrinology  and 
a  course  in  physiology,  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  systematic  approach  to  the 
structure  and  physiology  of  neuro- 
endocrine systems  of  invertebrates. 

ZOOL  626  Mammalian  Physiology.  (3) 

One  three-hour  lecture  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site, a  course  in  physiology  and  a  course 
in  biochemistry.  A  biochemical  and  phar- 
macological approach  to  problems  in 
physiology.  A  survey  of  neurochemistry 
and  neuropharmacology,  the  study  of  ac- 
tion of  hormones  and  drugs  at  the 
molecular  and  cellular  level. 

ZOOL  627  Comparative  Vertebrate  Endo- 
crinology. (3)  Three  lectures  each  week. 
Prerequisite,  one  semester  of  biochem- 
istry, physiology  and  endocrinology. 
Study  of  the  difference  and  similarities  in 
the  structure  and  functioning  of  the  en- 
docrine organs  of  the  vertebrate  species. 

ZOOL  628  Electrophysiology.  (4)  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course 
in  physiology,  one  year  of  physics,  and 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Concerned 
with  electrical  phenomena  occurring  in 
living  matter  and  with  the  effect  of  elec- 
trical current  on  cells,  with  special  em- 
phasis on  nerves  and  muscles. 

ZOOL  630  Organogenesis.  (2)  Two  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisite;  a  course  in 
embryology  or  development  biology;  the 
experimental  basis  of  developmental 
mechanisms. 

ZOOL  631  Biochemical  Patterns  in 
Development.  (2)  Prerequisites:  a  course 
in  embryology  and  a  course  in  physi- 
ology or  biochemistry.  Two  lectures  per 
week.  The  biochemical  basis  of  develop- 
ment. 

ZOOL  632  Invertebrate  Developmental 
Systems.  (3)  Prerequisites,  courses  in 
development,  physiology,  and  biochem- 
istry, or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Three  hours  of  lecture-discussion  per 
week.  An  intensive  survey  of  morpho- 
genesis, pattern  formation,  and  molecu- 
lar development  of  invertebrate  groups. 

ZOOL  634  Experimental  Developmental 
Zoology.  (4)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  Two  four-hour  lecture/lab 
periods  per  week.  A  laboratory  oriented 
course  focused  on  current  problems  in 
developmental  zoology  and  designed  to 
instruct  students  in  modern  experimental 
techniques. 


ZOOL  640  Population  Genetics.  (4)  Two 

lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  a  course  in 
genetics.  The  role  of  mutation,  selection, 
migration,  inbreeding,  and  Stochastic 
process  in  evolution. 

ZOOL  641  Ecological  Genetics.  (3)  Three 
hours  of  lecture-discussion  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites: a  course  in  genetics  and  a 
course  in  ecology,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Analysis  of  the  interactions 
between  genotype  and  the  environment 
in  natural  and  experimental  populations 
of  animals. 

ZOOL  642  Developmental  Genetics.  (3) 

Three  lecture-discussion  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisites,  courses  in 
molecular  genetics  and  developmental  or 
cell  biology,  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. Differential  gene  function  and  its 
regulation  in  developing  systems.  Genes 
and  the  analysis  of  developmental  pro- 
cesses. 

ZOOL  643  Cellular  Genetics.  (3)  Two  f-Va 
hour  lecture-discussion  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  1  year  of  genetics  in- 
cluding basic  molecular  genetics  or  per- 
mission of  the  instructor.  The  course  will 
evaluate  studies  using  protozoan 
systems  as  models  for  analyzing 
phenomena  or  nuclear  differentiation, 
cytoplasmic  heredity  and  control  of 
cellular  organization. 

ZOOL  650  Systematic  Zoology.  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  The  principles  and 
methods  involved  in  the  classification  of 
animals,  with  emphasis  on  population 
dynamics  and  speciation.  Methods  of 
evaluating  taxonomic  data,  principles  of 
zoological  nomenclature,  field  and 
museum  techniques,  and  the  factors  in- 
fluencing the  distribution  of  animals  are 
also  stressed. 

ZOOL  660  Comparative  Behavior.  (4)  Two 

lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  usually  a 
course  in  behavior  and  one  in  physiol- 
ogy, and  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Orientation  and  migration,  communica- 
tion, coding,  brain  and  behavior,  biolog- 
ical rhythms,  and  hormones  and  behavior 
are  the  main  subjects  that  will  be  con- 
sidered. 

ZOOL  665  Sociobiology.  (4)  Two  lectures 
and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  a  course  in  behavior 
and  permission  of  the  instructor.  Deals 
with  the  description  and  analysis  of 
animal  social  organizations,  the  adaptive 
nature  of  animal  societies,  the  effects  of 
early  experience,  and  the  role  of  com- 
munication in  the  integration  of  animal 
groups. 

ZOOL  670  Analysis  of  Animal  Popula- 
tions. (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  a 
course  in  ecology  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. An  advanced  course  in  animal 
ecology  with  a  focus  on  populations. 
Studies  of  growth  and  regulation  of 
animal  populations  are  emphasized. 


ZOOL  671  Quantitative  Zoology.  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  MATH  140 
or  equivalent  and  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. A  consideration  of  the  statistical 
techniques  of  principal  importance  in  the 
analysis  of  biological  data. 

ZOOL  673  Advanced  Aquatic  Ecology.  (4) 

Prerequisite:  ZOOL  670  or  equivalent. 
One  discussion  session  (arranged)  and 
one  all-day  laboratory  per  week.  Empha- 
sizes field  experience  in  analyzing  eco- 
logical processes  in  freshwater  lakes  and 
rivers,  and  the  plankton  communities  of 
estuaries. 

ZOOL  674  Quantitative  Field  Ecology.  (4) 

One  full  day  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
animal  or  plant  ecology,  statistics,  and 
permission  of  instructor.  Group-oriented 
formulation  of  hypotheses,  collection  of 
data,  analysis  and  discussion  of  results. 
Current  problems  in  community  and 
population  ecology  to  be  studied  in  the 
field.  Extended  field  trips. 

ZOOL  675  Ecological  Models.  (3)  Three 
hours  of  lecture-discussion  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, ZOOL  670  or  equivalent.  Ex- 
plores the  assumptions,  structure  and 
consequences  of  theoretical  models  in 
ecology. 

ZOOL  676  Behavioral  Ecology.  (4)  Prereq- 
usites,  a  course  in  ecology  and  a  course 
in  behavior,  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. Two  lecture-recitation  periods  and 
six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  The  role 
of  interactions  among  organism  and 
environment  upon  the  dynamics  and 
resource  utilizaton  of  animals. 

ZOOL  677  Ecology  of  Marine  Com- 
munities. (4)  Prerequisites,  ZOOL  670  or 
permission  of  the  instructor,  ZOOL  481 
strongly  recommended.  Two  lecture- 
recitation  periods  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  An  evaluation  and 
extension  of  our  current  knowledge  of 
marine  communities  and  how  their  com- 
ponent populations  are  limited  and  in- 
teract with  one  another. 

ZOOL  681  Physiological  Ecology.  (4)  Two 

lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course 
in  invertebrate  zoology,  physiology  and 
in  ecology.  An  in-depth  comparative 
study  of  the  physiological  interactions  of 
marine  and  estuarine  invertebrates  and 
their  environment. 

ZOOL  682  Ecology  of  Marine  Inverte- 
brates. (4)  Two  lectures  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  a  week  (including  some  Satur- 
day field  trips).  Prerequisites:  a  course  in 
animal  ecology,  or  hydrobiology,  and  in- 
vertebrate zoology,  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. The  distribution,  abundance, 
and  adaptations  of  marine  and  estuarine 
invertebrates  as  related  to  the  factors  of 
those  environments. 

ZOOL  686  Marine  and  Estuarine  Pro- 
tozoa. (4)  Two  lectures  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  An  indepth  study  of 
the  taxonomic  and  morphological  diver- 
sities, life  histories,  and  autecologies  of 
the  protozoan  fauna  of  marine  and 
estuarine  environments.  Special  em- 


phasis will  be  placed  on  Chesapeake  Bay 
forms.  Field  work  will  be  an  integral  part 
of  the  laboratory,  and  shipboard  ex- 
perience is  anticipated.  Permission  of  in- 
structor required.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

ZOOL  708  Lectures  in  Zoology.  (1-3)  One, 
two  or  three  lectures  a  week.  Advanced 
lectures  by  outstanding  authorities  in 
their  particular  field  of  zoology.  As  the 
subject  matter  is  continually  changing,  a 
student  may  register  several  times. 
Receiving  credit  for  several  semesters. 

ZOOL  709  Lectures  in  Zoology.  (1-3)  One, 
two  or  three  lectures  a  week.  Advanced 
lectures  by  outstanding  authorities  in 
their  particular  field  of  Zoology.  As  the 
subject  matter  is  continually  changing,  a 
student  may  register  several  times, 
receiving  credit  for  several  semesters. 

ZOOL  770  Experimental  Parasitology.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a 
course  in  parasitology  and  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Experiments  performed 
utilizing  living  parasites  in  laboratory 
animals  to  illustrate  various  aspects  of 
the  host-parasite  relationship. 

ZOOL  771  Helminfhology.  (4)  Two  lec- 
tures and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  two  years 
of  zoology  and  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  classification,  struc- 
ture and  biology  of  the  helminths. 

ZOOL  778  Advanced  Topics  in  Pro- 
tozoology. (4)  The  advanced  study  and 
analysis  of  selected  protozoological 
topics;  e.g.;  advanced  cytology  and  tech- 
niques, morphogenesis,  and  systematics 
and  evolution.  Two  lectures  and  six 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week,  emphasiz- 
ing the  research  literature.  Prerequisite:  a 
course  in  general  protozoology  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years.  May  be  taken  more  than  once 
since  topic  coverage  will  change.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  twelve 
semester  hours. 

ZOOL  799  Master's  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

ZOOL  878  Advanced  Topics  in  Parasi- 
tology. (1-16)  Prerequisites,  advanced 
graduate  standing  and  permission  of  the 
instructor.  The  content  of  the  course 
changes  frequently  and  students  may 
register  for  it  several  times.  The  course 
will  consist  of  critical  discussions  of  the 
published  literature  and  current  prob- 
lems in  parasitology.  1.  Host-parasite 
relationships;  2.  Ecology  of  parasites;  3. 
Immunity  to  parasites:  and  4.  Physiology 
of  parasites. 

ZOOL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Re- 
search. (1-8) 


Graduate  Programs  / 199 


Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings 


Afro-American  Studies 
Courses 

AASP  400  Directed  Readings  in  Afro- 
American  Studies.  (3)  The  readings  will 
be  directed  by  the  Director  of  Afro- 
American  Studies.  Topics  to  be  covered; 
the  topics  will  be  chosen  by  the  Director 
to  meet  the  needs  and  interests  of  in- 
dividual students. 

AASP  401  Seminar  in  Afro-American 
Studies.  (3)  The  theory  and  concepts  of 
the  social  and  behavioral  sciences  as 
they  relate  to  Afro-American  studies.  Re- 
quired for  the  certificate  in  Afro- 
American  Studies.  Prerequisites:  at  least 
15  hours  of  Afro-American  studies  or 
related  courses  or  permission  of  the 
Director. 

AASP  403  Tfie  Development  of  a  Blacic 
Aestfietic.  (3)  An  analysis  of  selected 
areas  of  black  creative  expression  in  the 
arts  for  the  purpose  of  understanding  the 
informing  principles  of  style,  techniques, 
and  cultural  expression  which  make  up  a 
black  aesthetic.  Prerequisite,  completion 
of  ENGL  443  or  AASP  302  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

AASP  410  Contemporary  African  Ideol- 
ogies. (3)  Analysis  of  contemporary 
African  ideologies.  Emphasis  on  philoso- 
phies of  Nyerere,  Nkrumah,  Senghor, 
Sekou  Toure,  Kaunda,  Cabral,  et  al. 
Discussion  of  the  role  of  African 
ideologies  on  modernization  and  social 
change. 

AASP  411  Black  Resistance  tUlovements. 

(3)  A  comparative  study  of  the  black 
resistance  movements  in  Africa  and 
America;  analysis  of  their  interrelation- 
ships as  well  as  their  impact  on  contem- 
porary Pan-Africanism. 

AASP  428  Special  Topics  in  Blacl( 
Development.  (3)  A  multi-disciplinary  and 
inter-disciplinary  educational  experience 
concerned  with  questions  relevant  to  the 
development  of  black  people  everywhere. 
Development  implies  political,  economic, 
social,  and  cultural  change  among  other 
things.  Consequently,  a  number  of  topics 
may  be  examined  and  studied. 

AASP  429  Special  Topics  in  Black 
Culture.  (3)  An  interdisciplinary  approach 
to  the  role  of  black  artists  around  the 
world.  Emphasis  Is  placed  upon  contribu- 
tions of  the  black  man  in  Africa,  the 
Caribbean  and  the  United  States  to  the 
literary  arts,  the  musical  arts,  the 
performing  arts,  and  the  visual  arts. 
Course  content  will  be  established  in 
terms  of  those  ideas  and  concepts  which 
reflect  the  cultural  climate  of  the  era  in 
which  they  were  produced.  Attention  to 
individual  compositions  and  works  of  art 
through  lectures,  concepts,  field  trips, 
and  audio-visual  devices. 


Applied  Design  Courses 

APDS  430  Advanced  Problems  in  Adver- 
tising Design.  (3)  Two  studio  periods. 
Prerequisite,  APDS  331.  Advanced  prob- 


lems in  design  and  layout  planned  for 
developing  competency  in  one  or  more 
areas  of  advertising  design. 

APDS  431  Advanced  Problems  in  Adver- 
tising Design.  (3)  Two  studio  periods. 
Prerequisite,  APDS  430.  Advanced  prob- 
lems in  design  and  layout  planned  for 
developing  competency  in  one  or  more 
areas  of  advertising  design. 

APDS  437  Advanced  Pfiotography.  (3) 

Three  studio  periods.  Continuation  of 
APDS  337. 

APDS  499  Individual  Problems  in  Applied 
Design.  (3-4) 

A  —  Advertising 

B  —  Costume 

Open  only  to  advanced  students  who, 
with  guidance  can  work  independently. 
Written  consent  of  instructor. 


Agriculture  Courses 

AGRI  401  Agricultural  Biometrics.  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  MATH  115  or  equiv- 
alent. Probability,  measures  of  central 
tendency  and  dispersion,  frequency 
distributions,  tests  of  statistical  hy- 
potheses, regression  analyses,  multiway 
analysis  with  emphasis  on  the  use  of 
statistical  methods  in  agricultural  re- 
search. 

AGRI  489  Special  Topics  in  Agriculture. 
(1-3)  Credit  according  to  time  scheduled 
and  organization  of  the  course.  A  lecture 
series  organized  to  study  in  depth  a 
selected  phase  of  agriculture  not  normal- 
ly associated  with  one  of  the  existing 
programs. 

AGRI  601  Design  of  Experiments.  (3)  First 
semester,  two  lectures  and  one  labora- 
tory period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  AGRI 
602  or  its  equivalent.  The  application  of 
the  principles  of  experimental  design  in- 
cluding basic  and  advanced  designs, 
confounding,  fractional  replication  and 
relative  efficiencies. 

AGRI  602  Advanced  Agricultural  Bio- 
metrics. (3)  Second  semester,  two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  AGRI  401  or  equiv- 
alent. Analysis  of  variance  to  include  fac- 
torials and  split-plot  design,  analysis  of 
covariance,  multiple  and  curvilinear 
regression,  enumeration  data,  non- 
parametric  procedures  and  sample 
survey  methods. 

AGRI  604  Statistical  Metfiods  in  Bio- 
logical Assay.  (3)  Spring  semester.  Pre- 
requisite, AGRI  602  or  its  equivalent.  The 
course  is  intended  to  provide  the 
graduate  student  with  a  working  knowl- 
edge of  statistical  methods  used  in  bio- 
logical assay.  Topics  to  be  considered 
will  include  direct  assays,  quantitative 
dose-response  relationships,  parallel 
lines  assays,  assays  based  on  quantal 
response,  transformations  and  designs 
used  in  bioassay,  and  fine  particle 
statistics. 


AGRI  607  Application  of  Least  Squares 
Metfiods.  (3)  First  semester,  three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisite,  AGRI  602  or 
equivalent.  Application  of  the  method  of 
least  squares  to  the  analysis  of  experi- 
mental data.  Principles  of  the  least 
squares  method,  basic  matrix  algebra, 
and  the  application  of  the  least  squares 
method  of  one-way  and  multi-way 
analysis  of  variants,  analysis  of 
covariants,  and  various  component 
analysis  will  be  considered.  Emphasis 
given  to  the  use  of  least  squares  pro- 
cedures for  the  analysis  of  data  with  une- 
qual subclass  numbers. 

AGRI  702  Experimental  Procedures  in  the 
Agricultural  Sciences.  (3)  First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Organization  of  research  projects  and 
presentation  of  experimental  results  in 
the  field  of  agricultural  science.  Topics 
included  will  be:  sources  of  research 
financing,  project  outline  preparation, 
formal  progress  reports,  public  and  in- 
dustrial supported  research  programs, 
and  popular  presentation  of  research 
data. 


Anthropology  Courses 

ANTH  401  Cultural  Antfiropology  —  Prin- 
ciples and  Processes.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ANTH  101,  102,  or  221.  An  examination  of 
the  nature  of  human  culture  and  its  pro- 
cesses, both  historical  and  functional. 
The  approach  will  be  topical  and  theoreti- 
cal rather  than  descriptive. 

ANTH  402  Cultural  Antfiropology  — 
World  Etfinograpfiy.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ANTH  101,  102,  or  221.  A  descriptive 
survey  of  the  culture  areas  of  the  world 
through  an  examination  of  the  ways  of 
selected  representative  societies. 

ANTH  412  Peoples  and  Cultures  of 
Oceania.  (3)  A  survey  of  the  cultures  of 
Polynesia,  Micronesia,  Melanesia  and 
Australia.  Theoretical  and  cultural- 
historical  problems  will  be  emphasized. 

ANTH  414  Etfinology  of  Africa.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, ANTH  101  and  102.  The  native 
peoples  and  cultures  of  Africa  and  their 
historical  relationships,  with  emphasis 
on  that  portion  of  the  continent  south  of 
the  Sahara. 

ANTH  417  Peoples  and  Cultures  of  ttie 
Far  East.  (3)  A  survey  of  the  major  socio- 
political systems  of  China,  Korea  and 
Japan.  Major  anthropological  questions 
will  be  dealt  with  in  presenting  this 
material. 

ANTH  423  Etfinology  of  tfie  Soutfiwest. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  ANTH  101  and  102. 
Culture  history,  economic  and  social  in- 
stitutions, religion,  and  mythology  of  the 
Indians  of  the  southwest  United  States. 

ANTH  424  Ethnology  of  North  America. 

(3)  Prerequisites.  ANTH  101  and  102.  The 
native  people  and  cultures  of  North 
America  north  of  Mexico  and  their 
historical  relationships,  including  the  ef- 
fects of  contact  with  European-derived 
populations. 


200  /  Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings 


ANTH  426  Ethnology  of  Middle  America. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  ANTH  101  and  102. 
Cultural  background  and  modern  social, 
economic  and  religious  life  of  Indian  and 
Mesitzo  groups  in  Mexico  and  Central 
America;  processes  of  acculturation  and 
currents  in  cultural  development. 

ANTH  431  Social  Organization  of 
Primitive  Peoples.  (3)  Prerequisites, 
ANTH  101  and  102.  A  comparative  survey 
of  tfie  structures  of  non-literate  and  folk 
societies,  covering  botfi  general  prin- 
ciples and  special  regional 
developments. 

ANTH  434  Religion  of  Primitive  Peoples. 

(3)  Prerequisites,  ANTH  101  and  102.  A 
survey  of  the  religious  systems  of  primi- 
tive and  folk  societies,  witfi  empfiasis  on 
the  relation  of  religion  to  other  aspects 
of  culture. 

ANTH  436  Primitive  Technology  and 
Economy.  (3)  A  survey  of  technology, 
food  economy  and  general  economic 
processes  in  non-industrial  societies. 

ANTH  437  Politics  and  Government  in 
Primitive  Society.  (3)  A  combined  survey 
of  politics  in  human  societies  and  of  im- 
portant anthropological  theories 
concerning  this  aspect  of  society. 

ANTH  441  Archaeology  of  the  Old  World. 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ANTH  101  or  241.  A 
survey  of  the  archaeological  materials  of 
Europe,  Asia  and  Africa,  with  emphasis 
on  chronological  and  regional  interre- 
lationships. 

ANTH  451  Archaeology  of  the  New 
World.  (3)  Prerequisite,  ANTH  101  or  241. 
A  survey  of  the  archaeological  materials 
of  North  and  South  America  wth  em- 
phasis on  chronological  and  regional  in- 
terrelationships. 

ANTH  461  Human  Osteology  Laboratory. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  101.  A  laboratory 
study  of  the  human  skeleton,  its  mor- 
phology, measurement,  and  anatomic 
relationships. 

ANTH  462  Primate  Anatomy  Laboratory. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  101.  The  gross 
anatomy  of  non-human  primates.  Labora- 
tory dissection  of  various  primate 
cadavers  under  supervision.  Occasional 
lectures. 

ANTH  463  Primate  Studies.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: ANTH  101.  A  combination  lecture 
and  laboratory  examination  of  non- 
human  primates.  Major  studies  of  various 
types  that  have  been  undertaken  in  the 
laboratory  and  in  the  field. 

ANTH  465  Human  Growth  and  Constitu- 
tion. (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  101.  A  labora- 
tory study  of  the  growth,  development 
and  age  changes  in  the  human  body  from 
conception  through  old  age,  including 
gross  photographic,  radiographic,  and 
microscopic  study  of  growth  and  varia- 
tion. 

ANTH  466  Forensic  Anthropology 
Laboratory.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  461  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  A  laboratory 
study  of  the  methods  used  to  identify 
human  remains  by  anthropological  tech- 
niques and  discussion  of  the  role  of  the 


anthropologist  in  medico-legal  investi- 
gation. 

ANTH  467  Human  Population  Biology 
Laboratory.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  101.  A 
laboratory  study  of  human  population 
genetics,  dynamics  and  variation,  in- 
cluding anthropological  seriology,  bio- 
chemistry, dermatoglyphics  and  hair 
microscopy. 

ANTH  498  Field  Methods  In  Ethnology. 
(1-6)  Field  training  in  the  collection  and 
recording  of  ethnological  data. 

ANTH  499  Field  Methods  in  Archaeology. 
(1-6)  Field  training  in  the  techniques  of 
archaeological  survey  and  excavation. 

ANTH  60S  Theory  of  Cultural  Anthro- 
pology. (3)  History  and  current  trends  of 
cultural  anthropological  theory,  as  a 
basic  orientation  for  graduate  studies 
and  research. 

ANTH  621  Cultural  Ecology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, permission  of  instructor.  An  ex- 
amination of  the  nature  of  the  interrela- 
tionships between  human  cultures  and 
the  natural  environmentals  in  which  they 
exist. 

ANTH  631  Evolution  in  Social  Institu- 
tions. (3)  An  inquiry  into  the  origin  and 
development  of  institutions  of  kinship, 
marriage,  and  group  formation  in  differ- 
ing socio-cultural  systems. 

ANTH  637  Political  Power  and  Organiza- 
tion. (3)  A  seminar  concerning  the  nature 
of  political  power,  distribution,  and  the 
way  it  allows  different  socio-cultural 
systems  to  solve  major  adaptive  prob- 
lems. 

ANTH  641  Method  and  Theory  in  Archae- 
ology. (3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  the 
instructor.  An  examination  of  the  prin- 
ciples and  purposes  involved  in  the 
gathering  and  interpretation  of  archaeo- 
logical data. 

ANTH  661  Human  Morphology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, ANTH  461  or  its  equivalent  and 
permission  of  the  instructor.  The  nature 
and  variation  of  human  skeletal  and 
somatic  characters,  with  emphasis  on 
evolutionary  developments. 

ANTH  681  Processes  of  Culture  Change. 

(3)  Change  in  culture  due  to  contact,  dif- 
fusion, innovation,  fusion,  integration, 
and  cultural  evolution. 

ANTH  685  Peasant  Communities  in  the 
Modern  World.  (3)  Comparative  analysis 
of  peasant  communities  in  Latin 
America,  Europe,  Middle  East,  Asia  and 
Africa. 

ANTH  688  Current  Developments  in  An- 
thropology. (3)  Detailed  investigation  of  a 
current  problem  or  research  technique, 
the  topic  to  be  chosen  in  accordance 
with  faculty  interests  and  student  needs. 
May  be  repeated,  as  content  varies,  for  a 
total  of  not  more  than  nine  semester 
hours. 

ANTH  689  Special  Problems  in  Anthro- 
pology. (1-6) 

ANTH  698  Advanced  Field  Training  in 
Ethnology.  (1-6)  Offered  in  the  summer 
session  only. 


ANTH  699  Advanced  Field  Training  in  Ar- 
chaeology. (1-6)  Offered  in  the  summer 
session  only. 


Architecture  Courses 

ARCH  400  Architecture  Studio  III.  (4)  Pre- 
requisites —  ARCH  301  with  a  grade  of  C 
or  better,  and  ARCH  311.  Corequisite  — 
ARCH  410,  except  by  permission  of  the 
Dean.  Continuation  of  design  studio, 
with  emphasis  on  comprehensive  build- 
ing design  and  introduction  to  urban 
design  factors.  Lecture  and  studio  9 
hours  per  week. 

ARCH  401  Architecture  Studio  IV.  (4)  Pre- 
requisites —  ARCH  400  with  a  grade  of  C 
or  better  and  ARCH  410.  Corequisite  — 
ARCH  411,  except  by  permission  of  the 
Dean.  Continuation  of  design  studio  with 
emphasis  on  urban  design  factors.  Lec- 
ture and  studio,  9  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  410  Architectural  Science  and 
Technology  III.  (4)  Prerequisites  —  ARCH 
301  and  ARCH  311  with  a  grade  of  C  or 
better.  Corequisite  —  ARCH  400,  except 
by  permission  of  the  Dean.  Application 
of  principles  in  architectural  structures, 
environmental  controls  and  construction. 
Lecture  and  studio,  6  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  411  Architectural  Science  and 
Technology  IV.  (4)  Prerequisites  —  ARCH 
400  and  ARCH  410  with  a  grade  of  C  or 
better.  Corequisite  —  ARCH  401  except 
by  permission  of  the  Dean.  Application 
of  principles  and  further  analysis  of 
systems  and  hardware  in  architectural 
structures,  environmental  controls  and 
construction.  Lecture  and  studio,  6  hours 
per  week. 

ARCH  413  Structural  Systems  in  Archi- 
tecture. (3)  Theory  and  application  of 
selected  complex  structural  systems  as 
they  relate  to  architectural  decisions. 
Prerequisite,  ARCH  410  or  by  permission 
of  the  instructor.  Seminar,  3  hours  per 
week. 

ARCH  414  Solar  Energy  Applications  for 
Buildings.  (3)  Prerequisites,  ARCH  311,  or 
ENME  321,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Methods  of  utilizing  solar  energy  to  pro- 
vide heating,  cooling,  hot  water,  and 
electricity  for  buildings  and  related  tech- 
niques for  reducing  energy  consumption. 
Crosslisted  as  ENME  414. 

ARCH  418  Selected  Topics  in  Archi- 
tectural Science.  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  7  credits,  provided  content  is  dif- 
ferent. 

ARCH  419  Independent  Studies  in  Archi- 
tectural Science.  (1-4)  Proposed  work 
must  have  a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive 
approval  of  the  curriculum  committee. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  7  credits. 

ARCH  420  History  of  American  Architec- 
ture. (3)  Survey  history  of  American  ar- 
chitecture from  the  17th  century  to  the 
present.  Lecture,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  421  Seminar  in  American  Architec- 
ture. (3)  Advanced  investigation  of 
historical  problems  in  American  architec- 


Additionai  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings  /  201 


ture.  Readings,  discussions,  and  papers. 
Prerequisite,  ARCH  420  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

ARCH  422  French  Architecture 
1750-1800.  (3)  French  arctiitectural  theory 
and  practice  of  the  second  half  of 
the  eighteenth  century.  A  reading  knowl- 
edge of  French  will  be  required.  Collo- 
quium and  independent  research.  By  per- 
mission of  the  instructor. 

ARCH  424  History  of  Russian  Architec- 
ture. (3)  Survey  history  of  Russian  archi- 
tecture from  the  10th  century  to  the  pre- 
sent. Lecture,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  426  Readings  in  Contemporary  Ar- 
chitecture. (3)  Prerequisite  —  ARCH  326. 
Readings  and  analysis  of  recent  architec- 
tural criticism.  Seminar,  three  hours  per 
week. 

ARCH  428  Selected  Topics  in  Architec- 
tural History.  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
of  7  credits,  provided  the  content  is  dif- 
ferent. 

ARCH  429  Independent  Studies  in  Archi- 
tectural History.  (1-4)  Proposed  work 
must  have  a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive 
approval  of  the  curriculum  committee. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  430  Problems  and  Methods  of  Ar- 
chitectural Preservation.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ARCH  420  or  by  permission  of  instructor. 
Examination  of  social,  cultural,  and 
economic  values  affecting  the  theory  and 
practice  of  architectural  preservation  in 
America,  with  emphasis  upon  the  ra- 
tionale and  methods  for  the  documenta- 
tion, evaluation,  and  utilization  of  exist- 
ing architectural  resources.  Field  trips. 

ARCH  438  Selected  Topics  in  Archi- 
tectural Preservation.  (1-4)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  7  credits,  provided  the  con- 
tent is  different. 

ARCH  439  Independent  Studies  in  Archi- 
tectural Preservation.  (1-4)  Proposed 
work  must  have  a  faculty  sponsor  and 
receive  approval  of  the  curriculum  com- 
mittee. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

ARCH  447  Advanced  Seminar  in  Pho- 
tography. (3)  Prerequisites,  ARCH  340  or 
APDS  337  or  JOUR  351 ;  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Advanced  study  of  photo- 
graphic criticism  through  empirical 
methods,  for  students  proficient  in 
photographic  skills.  Photographic 
assignments,  laboratory,  seminar,  3 
hours  per  week. 

ARCH  448  Selected  Topics  in  Visual 
Studies.  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  in- 
structor, Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  7 
credits,  provided  the  content  is  different. 

ARCH  449  Independent  Studies  in  Visual 
Studies.  (1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have  a 
faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of 
the  curriculum  committee.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  450  Introduction  to  Urban  Plan- 
ning. (3)  Introduction  to  city  planning 
theory,  methodology  and  techniques. 


dealing  with  normative,  urban,  structural, 
economic,  social  aspects  of  the  city;  ur- 
ban planning  as  a  process.  Architectural 
majors  or  by  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. Lecture,  seminar,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  451  Urban  Design  Seminar.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, ARCH  350  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Advanced  investigation  into 
problems  of  analysis  and  evaluation  of 
the  design  of  urban  areas,  spaces  and 
complexes  with  emphasis  on  physical 
and  social  considerations,  effects  of 
public  policies,  through  case  studies. 
Field  observations. 

ARCH  453  Urban  Problems  Seminar.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  A 
case  study  of  urban  development  issues, 
dealing  primarily  with  socio-economic 
aspects  of  changes  in  the  built  environ- 
ment. 

ARCH  458  Selected  Topics  in  Urban 
Planning.  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  7 
credits,  provided  the  content  is  different. 

ARCH  459  Independent  Studies  in  Urban 
Planning.  (1-4)  f^roposed  work  must  have 
a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of 
the  curriculum  committee.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  472  Economic  Determinants  of  Ar- 
chitecture. (3)  Introduction  of  economic 
aspects  of  present  day  architecture: 
government  policy,  land  evaluation,  and 
project  financing;  construction  materials 
and  labor  costs;  cost  analysis  and  con- 
trol systems.  Architecture  majors,  except 
by  permission  of  instructor.  Lecture, 
seminar,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  478  Selected  Topics  in  Architec- 
ture. (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  in- 
structor. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  7 
credits,  provided  the  content  is  different. 

ARCH  479  Independent  Studies  in  Archi- 
tecture. (1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have  a 
faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of 
the  curriculum  committee.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

Chinese  Courses 

CHIN  401  Readings  in  Chinese  History 
and  Literature  I.  (3)  Prerequisite  —  CHIN 
302  or  equivalent.  A  language  training 
course  using  original  sources  in  history 
and  literature. 

CHIN  402  Readings  in  Chinese  History 
and  Literature  II.  (3)  Prerequisite  —  CHIN 
401  or  equivalent.  A  language  course 
training  using  original  sources  in  history 
and  literature. 

CHIN  403  Classical  Chinese  I.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, CHIN  302.  Introductory  classical 
Chinese  using  literary  and  historical 
sources  in  the  original  language. 

CHIN  404  Classical  Chinese  II.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, CHIN  302.  Further  classical 
studies  by  various  writers  from  famous 
ancient  philosophers  to  prominent 
scholars  before  the  new  culture  move- 
ment. 

CHIN  405  Advanced  Conversation  and 
Composition  I.  (3)  Prerequisite  —  CHIN 


202  or  equivalent.  Review  of  contem- 
porary grammar  with  emphasis  on  con- 
temporary materials  and  free  composi- 
tion. 

CHIN  406  Advanced  Conversation  and 
Composition  II.  (3)  Prerequisite  —  CHIN 
405  or  equivalent.  Analysis  of  the  role  of 
language  in  literature;  study  of  principles 
and  techniques  of  advanced  composi- 
tion, speech  composition,  letter  and 
report  writing. 

CHIN  411  Chinese  Civilization.  (3)  This 
course  supplements  GEOG  422;  cultural 
geography  of  China  and  Japan.  It  deals 
with  Chinese  literature,  art,  folklore, 
history,  government,  and  great  men.  The 
course  is  given  in  English. 

CHIN  412  Chinese  Civilization.  (3) 

Developments  in  China  since  1911.  The 
course  is  given  in  English. 

CHIN  413  Survey  of  Chinese  Literature  in 
Translation  I.  (3)  The  background  and 
development  of  Chinese  literature  from 
the  earliest  philosophical  writings 
through  the  poetry  of  the  Sung  Dynasty 
(13th  century  A.D.). 

CHIN  414  Survey  of  Chinese  Literature  in 
Translation  II.  (3)  Yuan  Dynasty  drama 
through  Ming  and  Ching  novels  and 
essays  to  the  modern  and  revolutionary 
short  stories,  essays  and  poetry  of  twen- 
tieth century  China. 

CHIN  421  Chinese  Linguistics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, CHIN  102  or  equivalent. 

CHIN  422  Chinese  Linguistics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, CHIN  102  or  equivalent. 

CHIN  431  Translation  and  Interpretation 

I.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN  202  or 
equivalent.  Introduction  to  the  history 
and  theories  of  translation/interpretation; 
contrastive  studies  of  the  structures  of 
English  and  Chinese;  development  of  the 
four  language  skills. 

CHIN  432  Translation  and  Interpretation 

II.  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN  431  or 
equivalent. 


Crafts  Courses 

CRAF  420  Advanced  Ceramics  II.  (3) 

Three  studio  periods.  Prerequisite,  CRAF 
330.  Experience  in  experimental  develop- 
ment of  body  and  textures,  glazes  and 
colors  and  their  utilization  in  clay  prod- 
ucts of  original  design.  Calculation  of 
body  and  glaze  composition. 

CRAF  428  Individual  Problems  in 
Ceramics.  (3)  Prerequisites:  CRAF  220, 
320,  420.  Open  to  students  with  demon- 
strated ability  and  with  the  potential  for  a 
high  level  of  achievement  in  studio  pro- 
duction or  in  research.  Total  undergradu- 
ate credit  permitted  in  all  individual  prob- 
lems courses  in  crafts  is  a  maximum  of 
nine  hours.  Consent  of  crafts  faculty.  No 
less  than  B  average  on  prerequisites  and 
presentation  of  work  for  evaluation. 

CRAF  430  Advanced  Metalry  II.  (3)  Two 

studio  periods.  Prerequisite,  CRAF  330. 
Advanced  application  of  skills  to  the 
design  and  fabrication  of  metals;  jewelry. 


202  /  Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings 


stone  setting,  metal  casting,  cloisonne. 
Hand-raised  hollow. 

CRAF  438  Individual  Problems  in  Metalry. 

(3)  Prerequisites:  CRAF  230.  330.  430  with 
at  least  a  grade  of  'B'  in  all  three  courses. 
Open  to  students  with  demonstrated 
ability  and  with  the  potential  for  a  high 
level  of  achievement  in  studio  production 
or  in  research.  Total  undergraduate  credit 
permitted  in  all  individual  problems 
courses  in  crafts  is  a  maximum  of  nine 
hours.  Consent  of  crafts  faculty.  No  less 
than  B  average  on  prerequisites  and 
presentation  of  work  for  evaluation. 

CRAF  448  Individual  Problems  in  Textile 
Design.  (3)  Prerequisites:  CRAF  240.  241. 
340.  or  341  with  at  least  a  grade  of  'B'  in 
all  three  courses.  Open  to  students  with 
demonstrated  ability  and  with  the  poten- 
tial for  a  high  level  of  achievement  on 
studio  production  or  in  research.  Total 
undergraduate  credit  permitted  in  all  in- 
dividual problems  courses  in  crafts  is  a 
maximum  of  nine  hours.  Consent  of 
crafts  faculty.  No  less  than  B  average  on 
prerequisites  and  presentation  of  work 
evaluation. 

Dance  Courses 

DANC  400  Advanced  Choreographic 
Forms.  (3)  Prerequisite.  DANC  208  or 
equivalent  and  adequate  dance  tech- 
nique. Lectures  and  studio  work  in 
modern  sources  as  they  apply  to  dance. 
Solo  and  group  choreography. 

DANC  458  Group  Forms.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
DANC  400  or  equivalent.  Choreography 
for  small  groups:  duets,  trios,  quartets, 
etc. 

DANC  465  Advanced  Notation.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. DANC  365  or  equivalent.  Continua- 
tion of  materials  in  DANC  365  in  more  in- 
tensive work.  The  translation,  writing, 
and  performing  of  advanced  scores  in 
the  various  forms  of  dance. 

DANC  468  Repertory.  (3)  The  learning  of 
dances  to  be  chosen  from  notated 
scores,  works  of  visiting  artists,  or 
selected  faculty  choreography  to  be  per- 
formed on  at  least  one  concert.  Audition 
required.  The  course  may  be  repeated  for 
credit,  as  different  works  will  be  chosen 
each  semester. 

DANC  470  Creative  Dance  for  Children. 

(3)  Prerequisite.  DANC  208  and  305  or 
equivalent.  Directing  the  essential 
elements  of  dance  to  the  level  of  the 
child's  experience  and  facilitating  the 
creative  response.  The  development  of 
movement  into  simple  forms  to  serve  as 
a  symbol  of  individual  expression. 

DANC  478  Dance  Production.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. DANC  388  or  equivalent  and  an 
adequate  understanding  of  dance  tech- 
niques. Advanced  choreography.  In- 
dependent work  with  periodic  criticism. 

DANC  482  History  of  Dance.  (3)  The 

development  of  dance  from  primitive  to 
the  middle  ages  and  the  relationship  of 
dance  forms  to  patterns  of  culture. 

DANC  483  History  of  Dance.  (3)  The 

development  of  dance  from  the 


Renaissance  period  to  the  present  times 
and  the  relationship  of  dance  forms  to 
patterns  of  culture. 

DANC  484  Theory  and  Philosophy  of 
Dance.  (3)  The  study  of  the  theories, 
philosophies  and  aesthetics  of  dance.  In- 
vestigation of  form,  content  and  struc- 
ture. Interrelationships  of  the  arts,  and 
their  role  in  man's  world. 

DANC  488  Pracficum  in  Dance.  (1-6)  Ad- 
vanced workshop  in  dance  presentation 
including  performing,  production,  and 
planned  field  experiences,  repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

DANC  489  Ethnic  Styles.  (3)  Prerequisite. 

DANC  104.  Lecture  and  activity  in  styles 
expressive  of  various  cultures.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  by  permission  of  in- 
structor. 

DANC  492  Percussion  and  Music 
Sources  for  Dance.  (3)  Prerequisite. 
DANC  102  or  equivalent  or  permission. 
Techniques  of  percussion  playing,  and 
its  use  as  dance  accompaniment.  Learn- 
ing to  use  the  instruments  in  composi- 
tion an  improvisation.  Study  of  music 
sources  for  dance. 

DANC  498  Directed  Studies  in  Dance. 
(1-6)  Hours  arranged.  For  advanced 
students  who  have  the  permission  of  the 
chairman  of  the  department  of  dance. 

DANC  499  Advanced  Dance  Technique. 

(2)  Prerequisite.  DANC  389  or  equivalent. 
Continuation  of  DANC  389  in  further  ad- 
vanced form. 

Engineering  Cooperative 
Education  Courses 

ENCO  408  Co-Op  Internship.  (0)  Profes- 
sional internship  in  industry  or  govern- 
ment agency  provides  the  practical  work 
experiences  which  supplement  and 
enhance  the  theories,  principles  and 
practices  in  the  normal  educational  pro- 
gram. The  student  should  register  for 
ENCO  408  for  each  summer  internship. 
He  should  register  for  both  ENCO  408 
and  ENCO  409  for  each  semester  intern- 
ship. 

ENCO  409  Co-Op  Internship.  (0)  Profes- 
sional internship  in  industry  or  govern- 
ment agency  provides  the  practical  work 
experiences  which  supplement  and 
enhance  the  theories,  principles  and 
practices  studied  in  the  normal  educa- 
tional program.  The  student  should 
register  for  ENCO  408  for  each  summer 
internship.  He  should  register  for  both 
ENCO  408  and  409  for  each  summer  in- 
ternship. 

Engineering  Science 
Courses 

ENES  401  Technological  Assessment.  (3) 

Intended  for  senior  not  majoring  in 
engineering.  Not  applicable  as  a 
technical  elective  for  engineering  majors. 
Analysis  of  assessing  technology  in 
terms  of  goals  and  resources.  Public  and 
private  constraints,  changes  in  objec- 


tives and  organization.  Applications  to 

engineering  technology. 

ENES  405  Power  and  the  Environment. 

(3)  Intended  for  senior  not  majoring  in 
engineering.  Not  applicable  as  a 
technical  elective  for  engineering  majors. 
An  introduction  to  the  power  needs  of 
society.  The  interrelationship  between 
man's  use  of  energy  and  the  effect  on 
the  eco-system.  Introduction  to  the 
techniques  of  power  production  with 
special  emphasis  on  nuclear  fueled 
power  plants. 

ENES  473  Principles  of  Highway  and 
Traffic  Engineering.  (3)  Prerequisites,  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Designed  to  assist 
the  non-engineer  in  understanding 
highway  transportation  systems.  A 
survey  of  the  fundamentals  of  traffic 
characteristics  and  operations.  Study  of 
the  methods  and  implementation  of 
highway  design  procedures,  and  the  role 
of  traffic  engineering  in  transportation 
systems  safety  improvements. 

Engineering  Technology 
Fire  Service  Courses 

ETFS  402  Fire  Safety  Research  and 
Transfer.  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  An  evaluation 
of  scope  and  methods  utilized  to  ac- 
complish technological  transfer  of  scien- 
tific finding  to  the  application  of  problem 
situations  in  public  fire  safety.  An  ex- 
amination of  ongoing  and  reported  re- 
search. 

ETFS  405  Technical  Problem  Analysis.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  12  hours  of  upper 
division  courses  in  fire  science.  The 
development  of  student  awareness  and 
competency  relating  to  concepts  of 
research  analysis.  Each  student  develops 
a  research  design  and  carries  out  a  study 
project.  Individual  studies  are  culminated 
with  a  project  paper. 

Fire  Protection  Engineer- 
ing Courses 

ENFP  411  Fire  Protection  Hazard 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENFP  251, 
310.  corequisite:  ENFP  415.  Examination 
of  diffusion  flame  phenomena  and 
material  flame  propagation  and  develop- 
ment in  industrial  and  related  en- 
vironments. Synthesis  of  design  pro- 
cedures relative  to  the  total  application 
of  fire  protection  engineering  with 
economic  and  cost  benefit  analysis. 

ENFP  414  Life  Safety  Systems  Analysis. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENFP  321.  Detailed  ex- 
amination and  study  of  the  physical  and 
psychological  variables  related  to  the  oc- 
curence of  fire  casualties.  The  investiga- 
tion of  functional  features  of  smoke 
movement  and  egress.  Review  of 
systematic  procedures  for  analysis  of  life 
safety  in  structures,  and  the  incorpora- 
tion of  such  procedures  into  the  design 
process. 

ENFP  415  Fire  Protection  System  Design 

II.  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENFP  310,  312.  Study 


Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings  /  203 


of  gaseous  and  particulate  fire  suppres- 
sion systems  plus  hazard  detection 
systems.  Examination  and  evaluation  of 
code  criteria.  Performance  specifications 
and  research  relation  of  code  criteria, 
performance  specifications  and  research 
relation  to  the  study  areas.  Application  of 
fluid  theory  to  the  design  layout  and  the 
calculation  procedures  for  gaseous  and 
particulate  fire  suppression  systems. 
Functional  analysis  and  design  layout  of 
detection  systems.  An  integrated  fire 
protection  systems  design  project. 

ENFP  416  Problem  Synthesis  and 
Design.  (3)  Prerequisite:  senior  standing. 
Techniques  and  procedures  of  problem 
orientation  and  solution  design  utilizing 
logical  and  numerical  procedures.  Stu- 
dent development  of  research  projects  in 
selected  areas. 

ENFP  489  Special  Topics.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: permission  of  the  department. 
Selected  topics  of  current  importance  of 
fire  protection.  Limited  to  a  total  of  6 
credits. 


Foreign  Language  Courses 

FOLA  408  Foreign  Language  I.  (3)  Inten- 
sive study  of  a  foreign  language  or 
related  topic  not  available  under  one  of 
the  current  foreign  language  depart- 
ments or  programs.  May  not  be  used  to 
fulfill  the  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement. 

FOLA  409  Foreign  Language  II.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: FOLA  408  in  the  same 
language  or  topic.  A  continuation  of 
FOLA  408.  May  not  be  used  to  fulfill  divi- 
sion of  arts  and  humanities  language  re- 
quirement. 

FOLA  459  Foreign  Literature  in  Transla- 
tion. (3)  Reading  and  discussion  of 
selected  authors,  periods  or  genres  of  a 
foreign  literature  not  otherwise  offered. 
May  be  repeated  for  six  credits  in  a 
single  literature  if  content  is  different.  All 
readings  and  instruction  in  English. 


Geology  Courses 

GEOL  421  Crystallography.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, MATH  115  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. An  introduction  to  the  study  of 
crystals.  Stress  the  theoretical  and  prac- 
tical relationships  between  the  internal 
and  external  properties  of  crystalline 
solids.  Encompasses  morphological,  op- 
tical and  chemical  crystallography. 

GEOL  422  Mineralogy.  (4)  Two  lectures 
and  two  laboratories  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite: GEOL  110  and  421  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Basic  elementary  mineralogy 
with  emphasis  on  description,  identifica- 
tion, formation,  concurrence  and 
economic  significance  of  approximately 
150  minerals. 

GEOL  423  Optical  Mineralogy.  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  laboratories  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite: GEOL  422  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. The  optical  behavior  of  crystals 


204  /  Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings 


with  emphasis  on  the  theory  and  applica- 
tion of  the  petrographic  microscope. 

GEOL  431  Invertebrate  Paleontology.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  GEOL  102  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. ZOOL  102  or  equivalent  recom- 
mended. A  systematic  review  of  the  mor- 
phology, classification,  ecology,  and 
geologic  range  of  selected  invertebrate 
groups  represented  in  the  fossil  record. 

GEOL  432  Stratigraphic  Paleontology.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  GEOL  431.  Principles  of 
biostratigraphy,  paleoecology  and 
pateogeography.  Laboratory  study  em 
phasizes  significant  index  fossils. 

GEOL  434  Micropaleontology.  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  GEOL  431  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. A  systematic  review  of  the  mor- 
phology, classification,  ecology  and 
geologic  ranges  of  important  microfossil 
groups,  particularly  ostracoses  and 
foraminifera. 

GEOL  436  Regional  Geology  of  North 
America.  (3)  Prerequisite,  GEOL  102  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  A  systematic 
study  of  the  regional  geology  of  North 
America  including  history,  structure, 
stratigraphy  and  petrology  of  the 
physiographic  provinces  of  the  United 
States,  Canada  and  the  Caribbean. 

GEOL  441  Structural  Geology.  (4)  Two 

lectures  and  two  laboratories  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  GEOL  110  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. A  study  of  the  cause  and  nature 
of  the  physical  stresses  and  resulting 
deformational  responses  in  the  earth. 
Laboratory  exercises  include  crustal 
model  studies  and  stereographic 
analysis  of  derformational  structures. 

GEOL  442  Sedimentation.  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures an  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, GEOL  1 10  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  critical  variables  in 
sedimentation  systems:  origin,  disper- 
sion, accumulation,  and  properties  of 
sediments  and  sedimentary  rocks. 
Laboratories  will  include  the  measure- 
ment and  statistical  analysis  of  sediment 
properties  and  study  of  sedimentation 
rates. 

GEOL  443  Petrology.  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOL  422  or  consent  of  instructor.  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  A 
detailed  study  of  rocks:  petrogenesis: 
distributions:  chemical  and  mineralogical 
relation:  macroscopic  descriptions  and 
geologic  significance. 

GEOL  444  Petrography.  (3)  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratories  a  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, GEOL  423,  442  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Microscopic  thin-section 
studies  of  rocks  stressing  the  descrip- 
tion and  classification  of  igneous  and 
metamorphic  rocks. 

GEOL  445  Principles  of  Geochemistry.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
CHEM  103  and  GEOL  422.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  basic  principles  of  geochem- 
istry including  geothermometry,  geo- 
barometry,  geochronology  and  the 
genesis  of  natural  inorganic  materials. 


GEOL  446  Geophysics.  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
PHYS  122  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  in- 
troduction to  the  basic  theories  and  prin- 
ciples of  geophysics  stressing  such  im- 
portant applications  as  rock  magnetism, 
gravity  anomolies,  crustal  strain  and 
earthquakes,  and  surveying. 

GEOL  451  Groundwater  Geology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, GEOL  100  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. An  introduction  to  the  basic 
geologic  parameters  associated  with  the 
hydrologic  cycle.  Problems  in  the  ac- 
cumulation, distribution  and  movement 
of  ground-water  will  be  analyzed. 

GEOL  452  Marine  Geology.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, GEOL  100  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. An  introduction  to  the  essential 
elements  of  marine  and  estuarine 
geology  including  studies  of  currents, 
tides,  waves,  coastline  development, 
shore  erosion  and  marine  and  bay 
sedimentation. 

GEOL  453  Economic  Geology.  (3)  Two 

laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisite,  GEOL 
422  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
the  geology  of  metallic  ore  deposits 
stressing  ore-forming  processes,  con- 
figuration of  important  ore  bodies,  and 
familiarization  with  characteristic  ore 
mineral  suites. 

GEOL  456  Engineering  Geology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, GEOL  441  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
a  week.  A  study  of  the  geological  prob- 
lems associated  with  the  location  of  tun- 
nels, bridges,  dams  and  nuclear  reactors, 
slope  control,  and  natural  hazards. 

GEOL  460  Earth  Science.  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
permission  of  instructor.  An  inter- 
disciplinary course  designed  to  show 
how  geology,  meteorology,  physical 
geography,  soil  science,  astronomy  and 
oceanography  are  interrelated  in  the 
study  of  the  earth  and  its  environment  in 
space.  Recommended  for  science  educa- 
tion. 

GEOL  462  Geological  Remote  Sensing. 

(3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratories  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  GEOL  441  and  442, 
or  440,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  An 
introduction  to  geological  remote  sens- 
ing including  applications  of  aerial 
photographic  interpretation  to  problems 
in  regional  geology,  engineering  geology, 
structural  geology,  and  stratigraphy. 
Films,  filters,  and  criteria  used  in  select- 
ing imagery  are  also  discussed.  Labora- 
tory exercises  include  measurements  of 
geologic  parameters  and  compilation 
and  transference  of  data  to  base  maps. 

GEOL  475  General  Oceanography.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  103  or  equivalent,  and  one  addi- 
tional semester  of  physical  science.  An 
introduction  to  physical,  chemical  and 
geological  processes  that  occur  in  the 
marine  environment  including  physical 
and  chemical  properties  of  sea  water, 
geology  of  the  sea  floor,  general  circula- 
tion of  the  ocean,  currents,  waves,  and 
tides. 


GEOL  489  Special  Topics  in  Earth 
Science.  (1-3)  Prerequisite,  GEOL  460  or 
equivalent. 

GEOL  490  Geology  Field  Camp.  (6)  Pre- 
requisites: GEOL  422.  431.  and  441,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Six  weeks  of  sum- 
mer field  work  prior  to  senior  year.  Prin- 
ciples and  problems  in  sampling, 
measuring,  mapping,  and  reporting  of 
geologic  data.  Group  field  trips  and 
discussions. 

GEOL  499  Special  Problems  in  Geology. 
(1-3)  Prerequisites,  GEOL  102  and  1 10  or 
equivalent,  and  consent  of  instructor.  In- 
tensive study  of  a  special  geologic  sub- 
ject or  tectinique  selected  after  consul- 
tation witti  instructor.  Intended  to  pro- 
vide training  or  instruction  not  available 
in  ottier  courses  whiich  will  aid  thie 
student's  development  in  fiis  field  of  ma- 
jor interest. 

Greek  Courses 

GREK  400  Level  Course  Prerequisite:  The 
status  of  advanced  undergraduate  or 
graduate  and  consent  of  the  instructor. 

GREK  401  Thucydides.  (3) 

GREK  402  Greek  Philosophers.  (3) 

GREK  403  Greek  Tragedy.  (3) 

GREK  404  Greek  Comedy.  (3) 

GREK  405  Greek  Oratory.  (3) 

GREK  406  Greek  Epigraphy.  (3) 

GREK  488  Independent  Study  in  Greek 
Language  and  Literature.  (1-3)  Permission 
of  departmental  ctiairman  and  instructor 
required.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

GREK  499  Greek  Readings.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  ttie  instructor.  The 
reading  of  one  or  more  selected  Greek 
authors.  Reports.  May  be  repeated  with 
different  content. 


Hebrew  Courses 

HEBR  423  The  Hebrew  Bible  in  Transla- 
tion I.  (3)  Selected  readings  from  the  Bi- 
ble and  its  commentaries,  classical  and 
modern.  Major  concepts  of  biblical 
thought. 

HEBR  424  The  Hebrew  Bible  in  Transla- 
tion II.  (3)  A  continuation  of  HEBR  423. 
HEBR  431  Modern  and  Contemporary 
Hebrew  Literature.  (3)  The  period  of  the 
Haskalah  (enlightenment)  and  the  period 
of  the  Tehiah  (modern  revival). 

HEBR  432  Modern  and  Contemporary 
Hebrew  Literature.  (3)  Reading  in  prob- 
lems facing  modern  man  as  reflected  in 
the  writings  of  Agnon,  Buria,  Berkowitz, 
Mosensohn,  etc.  Training  in  literary 
criticism.  Reading  of  periodicals  dealing 
with  modern  literary  criticism. 

HEBR  441  Studies  in  Classical  Hebrew. 

(3)  Linguistic  peculiarities  of  classical 
Hebrew  style  from  pre-biblical  epigraphic 
records  to  the  Dead  Sea  scrolls.  Applies 
the  method  of  literary  form  criticism  to 


poetry  and  songs,  cultic  formulae, 
historical  annals  and  narratives.  Prereq- 
uisite. HEBR  301. 

HEBR  442  Studies  in  Classical  Hebrew. 

(3)  Pentateuchal  source  analysis,  pro- 
phetic oracles,  biblical  law  in  comparison 
with  other  ancient  codes,  wisdom 
literature,  the  Apocalyptic  form  and  the 
manual  of  discipline  of  the  Dead  Sea 
scrolls.  Prerequisite,  HEBR  301. 

HEBR  498  Special  Topics  in  Hebrew.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  as  announced  in  the 
schedule  of  classes  for  each  topic. 
Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
provided  the  content  is  different. 


Housing  and  Applied 
Design  Courses 

HSAD  440  Interior  Design  III.  (4)  Eight 
hours  studio  periods.  Prerequisite,  HSAD 
344.  Preparation  of  complete  presenta- 
tion: work  specifications,  floor  plans, 
purchase  orders,  renderings,  etc.  Port- 
folio preparation. 

HSAD  441  Interior  Design  IV.  (4)  Eight 
hours  studio  periods.  Prerequisite,  HSAD 
440.  Preparation  of  complete  presenta- 
tion: work  specifications,  floor  plans, 
purchase  orders,  renderings,  etc.  Port- 
folio preparation. 

HSAD  458  Readings  in  Housing.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: SOGY  100  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. Readings  in  depth  under  the 
guidance  of  a  faculty  member  on  one  or 
more  facets  of  housing,  in  support  of  in- 
dividual interests  in  urban  renewal, 
public  housing,  etc.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

HSAD  488  Selected  Topics  in  Housing 
and  Interior  Design.  (1-6)  Offered  on  de- 
mand. May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of 
six  hours. 

HSAD  499  Individual  Study  in  Housing 
and/or  Interior  Design.  (3-4)  Guidance  for 
the  advanced  student  capable  of  in- 
dependent subject  matter  investigation 
or  creative  work.  Problem  chosen  with 
consent  of  instructor. 

HSAD  658  Special  Topics  in  Housing  and 
Interior  Design.  (3-6)  Individual  study  or 
arranged  group  study.  May  be  repeated 
to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 


Human  and  Community 
Resources  Courses 

DHCR  488  Selected  Topics  in  Human 
and  Community  Resources.  (3)  Topics  in 
interdisciplinary  areas  relevant  to  the 
study  of  human  and  community  re- 
sources. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  the  subject  matter  is  different. 

DHCR  788  Advanced  Topics  in  Human 
and  Community  Resources.  (3)  Topics  in 
interdisciplinary  areas  relevant  to  the 
study  of  human  and  community  re- 
sources. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  the  subject  matter  is  different. 


Information  Systems 
Management  Courses 

IFSM  401  Electronic  Data  Processing.  (3) 

The  electronic  digital  computer  and  its 
use  as  a  tool  in  processing  data.  Organi- 
zation of  data  processing  systems;  en- 
vironmental aspects  of  computer 
systems;  and  management  control  prob- 
lems and  potentials  inherent  in  mechan- 
ized data  processing  systems.  IFSM  202 
and  401  cannot  both  be  taken  for  credit. 

IFSM  402  Construction  of  Comptuter 
Based  Information  Systems.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: IFSM  202  or  IFSM  401  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  The  advanced  con- 
cepts and  tools  necessary  for  the  con- 
struction of  computer  based  information 
systems.  Information  systems  archi- 
tecture, data  and  storage  structures, 
operating  system  and  software  support 
functions,  and  hardware  characteristics. 
Advanced  features  of  a  programming 
language,  operating  system  command 
languages  and  data  definition  and  mani- 
pulation languages.  Emphasis  on  struc- 
tured programming,  adequate  testing 
and  documentation  standards. 

IFSM  410  Information  Processing  Prob- 
lems of  Models  of  Administrative,  Eco- 
nomic and  Political  Systems.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, MATH  141  or  equivalent;  IFSM 
402,  BMGT  231,  and  some  familiarity  with 
administrative,  economic  and/or  political 
models.  Prerequisites  may  be  waived 
with  the  consent  of  instructor.  Data  pro- 
cessing requirements  underlying  the  cre- 
ation and  maintenance  of  a  data  base  to 
be  used  in  estimating  the  parameters  of 
socio-economic  models.  An  analysis  of 
the  structure  and  development  of  recent 
socio-economic  models  as  relevant  to 
data  processing  considerations.  Extrac- 
tions and  preparation  of  data  from  the 
data  base  to  facilitate  the  appropriate 
transformation  necessary  for  model  con- 
struction and  also  to  minimize  the  pro- 
cessing cost  of  data  in-put.  The  course 
draws  upon  a  knowledge  of  models  of 
administrative,  economic  and  political 
systems.  Case  studies  and  experience 
with  data  processing  for  selected  models 
are  included. 

IFSM  420  Information  Processing  and 
Computational  Problems  in  Operations 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  141  or 
equivalent;  IFSM  402,  and  a  course  in 
statistics,  such  as  BMGT  430,  dealing 
with  multivariate  models.  Prerequisites 
may  be  waived  with  the  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Implementation  of  applica- 
tions requiring  the  integration  of  data 
processing  and  analytical  programming 
techniques.  Such  applications  feature 
the  calculation  of  various  statistical 
estimates  of  the  parameters  in  a 
multivariate  model  within  the  context  of 
a  file  maintenance  problem  (e.g.,  the 
writing  of  a  matrix  inversion  routine  for 
revenue  forecasting  within  a  master  up- 
dating program  or  sales  forecasting 
and/or  sales  performance  evaluation 
within  a  sales  transaction-master  up- 
dating program).  A  universal,  problem- 
oriented  language  such  as  cobol  will  be 


Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings  /  205 


used  with  strong  emphasis  on  the  use  of 
the  mathematical  Fortran  IV  library 
subroutines.  Class  projects  include  case 
studies  and  solutions  of  problems  using 
real-world  data. 

IFSM  436  Introduction  to  Systems 
Analysis.  (3)  Prerequisites,  IFSM  102. 
Bf^GT  330,  MATH  141,  or  the  equivalent. 
Prerequisites  may  be  waived  with  con- 
sent of  instructor.  The  use  of  the  com- 
puter in  the  management  and  operation 
of  organizations.  The  course  includes  the 
following  areas;  (1)  the  principles  of 
systems  analysis,  (2)  recent  applications 
and  innovations  of  the  systems  concept, 
(3)  design  and  implementation  of  com- 
puter systems,  including  such  tech- 
niques as  mathematical  programming, 
simulation,  business  games  and  network 
analysis,  and  (4)  laboratory  use  of  a 
digital  computer  in  the  application  of 
these  techniques. 

IFSM  483  Information  Systems  as 
Research  Tool.  (3)  Prerequisite:  permis- 
sion of  department.  Strategies  for  collec- 
ting, organizing  and  using  data,  under- 
standing systems  interfaces:  command 
language:  aspects  of  running  special 
packages  (statistics,  operations  re- 
serarch,  etc.);  library  and  archival 
storage;  effect  of  charge-back  policy. 
Portability  and  transferability  of  program 
and  data;  use  of  networks.  Emphasis  on 
general  concepts  illustrated  by  the  local 
environment  with  problems  selected 
from  situations  facing  students  in  the 
class.  Not  intended  for  IFSM  or  CMSC 
students. 

IFSM  498  Special  Topics  in  Information 
Systems.  (1-3)  Permission  of  instructor. 
Topics  in  the  design  and  implementation 
of  information  processing  systems. 
Repeatable  to  maximum  of  six  credits 
when  topics  differ. 

IFSM  606  Information  Systems  Teciinol- 
ogy.  (3)  Introduction  to  graduate  courses 
In  IFSM,  a  survey  for  interested  graduate 
students  in  other  fields.  The  concepts, 
theory  and  techniques  of  information 
systems.  The  system  life  cycle.  The  role 
of  information  systems  in  the  manage- 
ment and  control  of  the  organization.  Ef- 
fectiveness measures  of  Information 
systems.  Case  studies  of  information 
systems  as  developed  by  industry  and 
government.  Societal  impact. 

IFSM  610  Design  of  Large-Scale  Informa- 
tion Processing  Systems.  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites, IFSM  410  and  436  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. Characteristics  of  large-scale  in- 
formation processing  systems.  Relation- 
ship of  model-building  and  simulation  to 
information  processing  system  design. 
Design  elements  and  phases.  Programm- 
ing techniques  for  large-scale  informa- 
tion processing  systems,  including  time 
sharing  and  real-time.  Special  projects  in- 
clude case  studies  and  the  design  of  a 
large-scale  information  processing 
system. 

IFSM  620  Management  of  Information 
Processing  Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite, 
IFSM  436  or  consent  of  instructor.  Ad- 
ministrative uses  and  limitations  of  high- 


speed computers  in  an  information  pro- 
cessing system.  Limitations  as  related  to 
system  structure  and  methods  used  to 
originate  and  process  data.  Planning  and 
installation  of  a  total  information  pro- 
cessing system  including  conversion 
problems.  Measures  of  information  pro- 
cessing effectiveness.  Documentation 
procedures.  Data  security,  legal  con- 
siderations and  auditing  the  information 
processing  system.  Personnel  require- 
ments for  an  on-going  system.  The  broad 
statement  of  the  system  requirements  is 
taken  as  given. 

IFSM  630  Application  of  Advanced 
Developments  in  Information  Processing 
Equipment.  (3)  Prerequisite,  IFSM  610  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  study  and  an 
evaluation  of  the  operational  and  hard- 
ware characteristics  of  the  computer  and 
peripheral  equipment  available  to  meet 
the  specification  of  the  broad  classes  of 
information  processing  systems,  in- 
cluding coding  systems,  error-detecting 
and  software  considerations.  Data  com- 
municating devices,  including  the  func- 
tional characteristics  of  long-line, 
telephone  channel,  transceiver  and  com- 
munication satellites.  Case  studies  and 
examples. 

IFSM  698  Special  Topics  in  Information 
Systems  Technology.  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
IFSM  606  or  permission  of  instructor.  Ad- 
vanced topics  in  the  specification,  analy- 
sis and  implementation  of  large  scale  in- 
formation systems.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  provided  the  con- 
tent is  different. 

IFSM  721  Requirements  Analysis  and 
Logical  Design  of  Information  Systems. 

(3)  Prerequisite:  IFSM  606  or  permission 
of  instructor.  The  life  cycle  of  an  informa- 
tion processing  system.  The  early  part  of 
the  life  cycle,  i.e.,  the  perception  of  need 
and  the  collection  of  requirements. 
Feasibility  analysis  of  proposed  informa- 
tion processing  systems.  Techniques  for 
statement  of  the  requirements  of  an  in- 
formation processing  system,  ranging 
from  the  early  industrial  engineering 
originated  methods  to  current  computer- 
aided  ones.  Concepts  of  logical  design 
from  the  synthesis  of  requirements. 

IFSM  722  The  Physcial  Design  of  Infor- 
mation Systems.  (3)  Prerequisite:  IFSM 
606  or  permission  of  instructor.  Mapping 
the  logical  design  to  the  available  hard- 
ware and  off-the-shelf  software  I  in  the 
'best'  way  possible.  Human  factors  and 
social  implications. 

IFSM  723  Database  Technology.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: IFSM  606  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. The  concepts,  theory  and 
models  of  data,  its  structure,  manipula- 
tion, and  storage.  The  various  archi- 
tectures of  data  management  systems. 
Evaluation  and  selection  of  database 
systems. 

IFSM  724  Application  of  Management 
Methods  to  Information  Systems.  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: IFSM  606,  BMGT  734  or  equiv- 
alent, theory  and  practice  of  manage- 
ment techniques  from  strategic  planning 
to  system  acquisition  to  operation  as  ap- 


plied to  information  systems.  Methods  of 
organizing  the  information  center,  alloca- 
tion of  chargeback  policies,  performance 
monitoring  and  projection,  security  and 
integrity  evaluation,  project  selection  and 
staffing,  outside  services  for  resource 
leveling. 

IFSM  788  Seminar  in  Information 
Systems.  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  IFSM  606  or 
permission  of  instructor.  A  seminar  of 
advanced  topics  in  the  operation,  user  in- 
terface, management  and  social  implica- 
toins,  and  conceptual  methods  of  large 
scale  information  systems.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  provided  the 
topic  is  different. 

Japanese  Courses 

JAPN  418  Japanese  Literature  in  Transla- 
tion. (3)  Representative  works  of 
Japanese  literature  in  translation.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  total  of  nine  credits  when 
content  differs. 

JAPN  499  Directed  Study  in  Japanese. 

(1-3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instruc- 
tor. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 


Latin  Courses 

LATIN  400  Level  Course  Prerequisite: 
LATN  361 . 

LATN  401  Catullus  and  the  Roman 
Elegiac  Poets.  (3) 

LATN  402  Tacitus.  (3) 
LATN  403  Roman  Satire.  (3) 
LATN  404  Roman  Comedy.  (3) 
LATN  405  Lucretius.  (3) 

LATN  411  Advanced  Latin  Grammar.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  three  years  of  college  Latin 
or  equivalent.  An  intensive  study  of  the 
morphology  and  syntax  of  the  Latin 
language  supplemented  by  rapid  reading. 

LATN  488  Independent  Study  in  Latin 
Language  and  Literature.  (1-3)  Permission 
of  departmental  chairman  and  instructor 
required.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

LATN  499  Latin  Readings.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  instructor.  The  reading 
of  one  or  more  selected  Latin  author 
from  antiquity  through  the  renaissance 
Reports.  May  be  repeated  with  different 
content. 

LATN  610  Vulgar  Latin  Readings.  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, consent  of  instructor.  An  inten- 
sive review  of  the  phonology,  mor- 
phology, and  syntax  of  classical  Latin, 
followed  by  the  study  of  the  deviations 
of  Vulgar  Latin  from  the  classical  norms, 
with  the  reading  of  illustrative  texts.  The 
reading  of  selections  from  the 
Peregrinatio  and  Loca  Sancta  and  the 
study  of  divergences  from  classical 
usage  therein,  with  special  emphasis  on 
those  which  anticipate  subsequent 
developments  in  the  romance  languages. 
P°port? 


206  /  Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings 


Other  University  of  l\/laryland  Campuses 


Information  concerning  graduate  programs  of- 
fered on  University  of  Maryland  campuses  otfier 
than  College  Park  may  be  obtained  by  writing 
directly  to  or  calling  the  appropriate  officers  for 
graduate  study. 

A  University-wide  graduate  bulletin,  describ- 
ing programs  and  listing  courses  available  at 


UMAB,  UMBC.  and  UMCP,  is  available  in  the 
graduate  school  office  on  each  campus,  or 
directly  from: 

Editor.  Graduate  School  Publications 
2123  South  Administration  Building 
University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742 


Baltimore  (UMAB) 

In  addition  to  programs  leading  to  professional 
degrees,  the  following  graduate  programs  for 
M.S.  and/or  Ph.D.  degrees  are  offered: 

School  of  Dentistry: 
Anatomy 
Biochemistry 
Microbiology 
Oral  Pathology 
Oral  Surgery 
Physiology 

School  of  Medicine: 
Anatomy 

Bilogical  Chemistry 
Biophysics 
Clinical  Pathology 
Pharmacology  and  Experimental 

Therapeutics 
Microbiology 
Pathology:  Medical  Pathology,  Legal 

Medicine  Pathology 
Physiology 

School  of  Nursing: 
Nursing 

School  of  Pharmacy: 
Medicinal  Chemistry 
Pharmacognosy 
Pharmacy-Pharmaceutics 
Pharmacy-Institutional  Pharmacy 
Pharmacology  and  Toxicology 

School  of  Social  Work  and  Community 
Planning 
Clinical  Social  Work 
Community  Planning 
Social  Administration 
Social  Strategy 

Contact: 

Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 
(301)528-7131 


Baltimore  County 

(UMBC) 

Programs  offered: 

Applied  Mathematics 

Applied  Sociology 

Chemistry  Related  to  Health  Sciences 

Community-Clinical  Psychology 

Experimental  Biology-Health  Sciences 

Instructional  Systems  Development 

Policy  Sciences 

Contact: 

Director  of  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 
University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  County 
5401  Wilkens  Avenue 
Baltimore.  Maryland  21228 


Eastern  Shore:  (UMES) 

There  are  no  established  graduate  programs  at 
UMES,  but  occasionally  graduate  level  courses 
are  offered  on  the  Eastern  Shore  campus. 


Contact: 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 
University  of  Maryland,  Eastern  Shore 
Princess  Anne,  Maryland  21853 
(301)651-2200 


University  College 

(UMUC) 

Although  University  College,  the  adult  education 
evening  division  of  the  University  of  Maryland, 
is  primarily  an  undergraduate  college,  there  are 
some  courses  offered  through  this  division  which 
are  eligible  for  graduate  credit. 

Contact: 

Dean,  University  of  Maryland, 

University  College 
University  Boulevard  and 

Adelphi  Road 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742 
(301) -454-4755 


Other  University  of  Maryland  Campuses  /207 


Index 


Academic  Organization/5 

Academic  Standards,  Committee  on/4 

Access  to  and  Release  of  Student  Data,  Policy 

on/15 
Additional  Graduate  Level  Courses/200 
Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum 

Course  Listing/45 

Faculty/45 

Program  Description/45 
Admission 
Categories  of/19 

General/ 18 

Non-Degree/19 

Offer  of/20 

Termination  of/21 
Admission  to  Candidacy,  for  Doctoral 

Degree/26 
Admissions,  Committee/4 
Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate/ 19 
Advanced  Special  Student  Status/19 
Advising/22 
Aerospace  Engineering 

Course  Listings/47 

Faculty/47 

Program  Description/47 
Afro-American  Studies  Courses/200 
Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

Course  Listings/49 

Faculty/48 

Program  Description/48 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 

Course  Listings/50 

Faculty/49 

Program  Description/49 
Agricultural  Engineering 

Course  Listings/51 

Faculty/51 

Program  Description/51 
Agriculture  Courses/200 
Agronomy 

Course  Listings/52 

Faculty/52 

Program  Description/52 
American  Studies 

Course  Listings/55 

Faculty/54 

Program  Description/54 
Animal  Sciences 

Course  Listings/56 

Faculty/55 

Program  Description/55 
Antfiropology  Courses/200 
Application 

Foreign  Student/21 

Instructions/21 

Senior  Year/24 
Applied  Design  Courses/200 
Applied  K/lathiematics 

Course  Listings/59 

Faculty/58 

Program  Description/58 
Arcfiitecture  Courses/201 
Art 

Course  Listings/61 

Faculty/61 

Program  Description/61 
Art  Education  Courses/ 
Art  History  Courses/61 
Art  Studio  Courses/62 
Assistantstiips/12 
Association  of  Sea  Grant  Program  Institutions 

(SGA)/10 
Astronomy 

Course  Listings/64 

Faculty/63 


Program  Description/63 

B 

Baltimore  City  Campus/207 
Baltimore  County  Campus/207 
Board  of  Regents/2 
Botany 

Course  Listings/65 

Faculty/64 

Program  Descripfion/64 
Business  and  Management 

Course  Listings/68 

Faculty/67 

Program  Description/67 


Calendar,  Academic/1 
Campuses  of  the  University/ 207 
Career  Development  Center/ 14 
Cfiemical  Engineering 

Course  Listings/74 

Faculty/73 

Program  Description/73 
Cfiemical  Phiysics 

Course  Listings/75 

Faculty/75 

Program  Description/75 
Cfiemistry 

Course  Llstings/76 

Faculty/76 

Program  Description/76 
Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Environmental 

Studies  (CBCES)/10 
Cfiesapeake  Research!  Consortium,  Inc./IO 
Cfiild  Study,  Institute  for/8 
Cfiinese  Courses/202 
Civil  Engineering 

Course  Llstings/79 

Faculty/78 

Program  Description/78 
College  Park  Campus  Officers/2 
Commencement/28 
Comparative  Literature 

Course  Listing/82 

Faculty/82 

Program  Description/82 
Computer  Science 

Course  Listings/83 

Faculty/83 

Program  Description/83 
Consortia/10 
Consumer  Economics  Courses  (see  "Textiles 

and  Consumer  Economics"  Program")/193 
Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 

Course  Listings/87 

Faculty/86 

Program  Descriptlon/86 
Counseling  Center/14 
Course  Numbering  System/22 
Course  Requirements/25 
Crafts  Courses/202 
Creative  and  Performing  Arts/ 
Credit-by-Examination/24 
Credit 

For  Seniors/24 

Transfer  of/24 

Undergraduate  for  Graduate  Courses/24 
Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology 

Course  Listings/89 

Faculty/88 

Program  Description/88 


Dance  Courses/203 


Dates  for  Advisors  and  Students/ 15 
Deans  of  the  College  Park  Campus/2 
Degree  requirements/25 
Dissertation/26 
Dissertation,  Doctoral/27 
Doctor  of  Education,  Requirements  for/27 
Doctor  of  Philosophy,  Requirements  for/27 
Doctoral  Candidates,  Minimum  Registration 

Requirements/23 
Doctoral  Degree,  Requirements  for/26 
Dramatic  Art  Courses/191 


Early  Childhood — Elementary  Education 

Course  Listings/90 

Faculty/89 

Program  Description/90 
Eastern  Shore  Campus/207 
Economics 

Courses  Listings/93 

Faculty/92 

Program  Description/93 
Elections,  Committee  on/4 
Electrical  Engineering 

Course  Listings/97 

Faculty/96 

Program  Description/96 
Engineering  Cooperative  Education 

Courses/203 
Engineering  Materials 

Course  Listings/102 

Faculty/101 

Program  Description/ 101 
Engineering  Science  Courses/203 
Engineering  Technology  Fire  Service 

Courses/203 
English  Language  and  Literature 

Course  Listings/ 103 

Faculty/ 102 

Program  Description/ 102 
English  Proficiency  test  (T0EFL)/21 
Entomology 

Course  Listings/105 

Faculty/ 104 

Program  Description /1 04 


Family  and  Community  Development 

Course  Listings/ 106 

Faculty/ 106 

Program  Description/ 106 
Fees  and  Expenses/ 1 1 
Fees,  Determination  of  In-State  Status/11 
Fellow(ships/12 
Fellowships,  Committee  on/4 
Final  Exam,  for  Doctorate/27 
Financial  Assistance/ 12 
Fire  Protection  Engineering  Courses/203 
Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administration 

(see  also  "Food  Science"  and  "Nutritional 

Sciences') 
Course  Listings/ 108 

Faculty /1 07 

Program  Description/ 107 
Food,  Course  Listings/ 
Food  Science 

Course  Listings/ 1 10 

Faculty/ 109 

Program  Description/109 
Food  Services/ 14 
Foreign  Language  Courses/204 
Foreign  Language  Requirement/27 
Foreign  Student  Application/21 
French  Language  and  Literature 

Course  Listings/112 


208  /  Index 


Faculty/111 

Program  Description/1 1 1 
Full-time  Students,  Description  of/23 


Geography 

Course  Listings/114 

Faculty/113 

Program  Description/113 
Geology  Courses/204 
German  Language  and  Literature 
Course  Listings/ 1 17 

Faculty/116 

Program  Description/ 1 16 
Government  and  Politics 

Course  Listings/119 

Faculty/118 

Program  Description/1 18 
Grades/23 
Graduate  Council/3,6 

Graduate  Credit,  for  Senior  Undergraduates/24 
Graduate  Faculty/6,29 
Graduate  Faculty,  Committee  on/4 
Graduate  Fees/ 11 
Graduate  Management  Admissions 

Test(GIVIAT)/18 
Graduate  Programs/ 17 
Graduate  Record  Exams  (GRE)/18 
Graduate  School  Officers  and  Staff/3 
Graduate  Status 

Full/ 19 

Provisional/ 19 
Graduate  Student,  Visiting/20 
Greek  Courses/205 
Guide  to  Graduate  Life/ 15 

H 

Handicapped  Students,  Partial  Credit 

Registration/23 
Health  Education 

Course  Listings/ 122 

Faculty/ 122 

Program  Description/122 
Health  Insurance/14 
Health  Service/ 14 
Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

Course  Listings/123 

Faculty/ 123 

Program  Description/123 
Hebrew  Courses/205 
History 

Course  Listings/ 125 

Faculty/ 124 

Program  Description/ 124 
History  and  Philosophy  of  Science 

Concentration/129 
History  of  the  University/6 
Horticulture 

Course  Listings/ 130 

Faculty/ 129 

Program  Description/ 129 
Housing/ 13 

Housing  and  Applied  Design  Courses/205 
Human  and  Community  Resources 

Courses/205 
Human  Development  Education  (Institute  for 

Child  Study)  8,131 

Course  Listings/131 

Faculty/131 

Program  Description/131 

I 

Industrial  Education 
Course  Listings/ 134 
Faculty/ 133 
Program  Description/ 133 


Information  Systems  Management  Courses/205 

In-State  Status,  for  Fees/ 1 1 

Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology/8 

Institutes,  Centers,  and  Bureaus/8 

Institution  Administration,  Course  Listings/ 109 

Inter-Campus  Student/25 

Inter-University  Communications  Council 

(EDUCOM)/10 
Inter-University  Consortium  for  Political  Science 

Research/ 10 
Italian,  Course  Listings/112 


Japanese  Courses/206 
Journalism 

Course  Listings/ 136 

Faculty/ 135 

Program  Description/ 135 


Latin  Courses/206 

Libraries/8 

Library  and  Information  Services 

Course  Listings/ 137 

Faculty/ 136 

Program  Description/ 136 

M 

Map/i 

Master  of  Arts,  Requirements  for/25 

Master  of  Education,  Requirements  for/26 

Master  of  Science,  Requirements  for/25 

Masters'  Degree  Requirements/25 

Mathematics 

Course  Listings/141 

Faculty/ 139 

Program  Description/139 
McKeldin  Library/8 
Measurement  and  Statistics 

Course  Listings/146 

Faculty/ 145 

Program  Description/ 145 
Mechanical  Engineering 

Course  Listings/148 

Faculty/ 147 

Program  Description/147 
Meteorology 

Course  Listings/152 

Faculty/151 

Program  Description/151 
Microbiology  Program 

Course  Listings/ 154 

Faculty/ 154 

Program  Description/ 154 
Middle  Atlantic  Consortium  on  Air  Pollution 

(MACAP)/10 
Miller  Analogies  Test  (MAT)/ 18 
Music  Program 

Course  Listings/155 

Faculty/ 155 

Program  Description/155 

N 

National  Criminal  Justice  Educational 

Consortium/ 11 
Non-Degree,  Undergraduate  Student/20 
Non-discrimination  (Title  IX)  Policy/5 
Non-Thesis  Option/p.26 
Nuclear  Engineering  Program 

Course  Listings/ 159 

Faculty/ 158 

Program  Description/ 158 
Nutrition,  Course  Listings/ 108 
Nutntional  Sciences  Program  (see  also  "Food, 

Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administration  "  and 


"Food  Science") 
Course  Listings/160 
Faculty/160 
Program  Description/ 160 

o 

Oak  Ridge  Associated  Universities  (ORAU)/10 


Part-time  Graduate  Students,  Designation  of/23 
Philosophy  Program 

Course  Listings/ 162 

Faculty/161 

Program  Descnption/161 
Physical  Education  Program 

Course  Listings/ 164 

Faculty/ 163 

Program  Description/163 
Physics  Program 

Course  Listings/ 168 

Faculty/166 

Program  Description/166 
Portuguese 

Course  Listings/186 
Poultry  Science  Program 

Faculty/171 

Program  Description/171 
Program  Review,  Committee  on/4 
Programs  and  Courses,  Committee  on/2 
Provosts  of  the  College  Park  Campus/2 
Psychology  Program 

Course  listings/ 172 

Faculty/ 171 

Program  Descnption/171 
Publications,  Committee  on/4 
Publications,  Graduate  School/14 


Radio-TV-Film  Courses/190 
Records,  maintenance  of/22 
Recreation  Program 

Course  Listings/176 

Faculty/ 175 

Program  Description/ 175 
Registration/22 

Registration  Requirements,  Minimum/23 
Requirements  for  Doctor  of  Education/27 

Master  of  Arts/25 

Doctor  of  Philosophy/27 

Master  of  Education/26 

Master  of  Science/25 
Research,  Committee  on/4 
Research  Resources/7 
Residence  Requlrement/26 
Russion,  Course  Listings/117 


Secondary  Education  Program 

Course  Listings/177 

Faculty/ 177 

Program  Description/ 177 

Social  Foundations  of  Education  Program 

Course  Listings/180 

Faculty/ 180 

Program  Description/ 180 
Sociology  Program 

Course  Listings/182 

Faculty/181 

Program  Listings/181 
Spanish  Language  and  Literature  Program 

Course  Listings/185 

Faculty/ 184 
Program  Deschption/ 184 
Speech  and  Dramatic  Art  Program 

Course  Listings/189 

Faculty/ 188 


Index  /  209 


Program  Description/ 188 
Speech  Courses/ 189 
Student  Life,  Committee  on/4 
Student  Loans/ 12 
Student  Services/ 13 


Termination  of  Admission/2G.21 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  Program 

Course  Listings/ 193 

Faculty/ 192 

Program  Description/ 192 
Textiles  Courses/193 
Thesis  Option/25 
Thesis  Requirement/25 
Time  Limits  for  Degree/20 
Title  IX  Compliance  Policy/5 
Transcripts/21 
Transfer  of  Credit/24 

u 

Undergraduate  Credit  for  Graduate  Level 

Courses/24 
Undergraduate,  Non-degree  Student/20 
Universities  Council  on  Water  Resources 

(UCOWR)/n 
Universities  Research  Association  (URA)/10 
University  College/207 
University  Corporation  for  Atmospheric 

Research  (UCAR)/10 
University-National  Oceanographic  Lab  System 

(UNOLS)/11 
University  Officers/2 
University  Policy  Statement/5 
Universities  Space  Research  Association 

(USRA)/10 
Urban  Studies  Program 

Course  Listings/195 

Faculty/ 194 

Program  Descnption/194 

V 

Veterans  Benefits/ 13 

Z 

Zoology  Program 
Course  Listings/196 
Faculty/ 196 
Program  Descnption/196 


210  /  Index 


University  of  Maryland 
College  Park  Campus 
College  Park,  Maryland 
20742 


Non-profit  Organization 

U.S.  Postage  Paid 

College  Park,  Md.  20742 

PERMIT  #10